RS//- 


%a3AiNn]v\v 


%. 


^OFCAIIFO% 


^. 


^OF-CAllFO%. 

3 


^(?AavaaB^     "^(^Auvaan^ 


:^YQc. 


^^IIIBRARYO^ 


\\\EUNIVERy/A 


.5MEUNIVEl?5/7> 


^lOSANCfl£A>. 

CO 

so 

3> 

30 

%a3AiNn-3y\v^ 

.nvIOSANCFICTa 


RECOMMENDATIONS    OF   THE   AMERICAN    MANUAL. 

Extracts  from  Letters,  d'c,  received  hi/  'he  PiihlisJiers. 

From  Rtv  fl  dntphin.  Prhirivnl  of  Ihf  lli'ih  Srhm!  nl  E'islr./!!f.  Northmniiinn  Cmmtv.  Viraitiia. 
— Mv  sfhiilni-s  l.aVH  l':ill(-ti  in  Inve  with  llie  Anievican  A!arin;il.  iind  Uihm-  inipriiverjieiit  ileliKlitfiilly 
(-<)n-es[Kimls  if  I  i!i>  init  mistake,  it  will  bo  aiiiirc-ihtfa  and  iiilnuliircd  iti"i  Srhtiols  just  in  pro- 
portion as  il  btciirnes  linown      It  ouglil  In  Iib  in  every  family  and  in  every  library. 

From  Dr.  J  I'nlrirk.  Presklait  of  Mmliaon  Co/krii.  pn  —The  (I'le^tions  and  ninreinal  notes  are 
of  nir.alcnlalile  scrvi™  to  tl^e  pupil ;  wlide  at  ti'.i'  same  lime  tlie  an'hor'.s  evposition  combines  tlie 
ulinost  tierspiouiiy.  precision,  and  clearness,  tnakini  very  attractive  llie  study  of  lliose  great  prin- 
ciples wiiicli  are  tlie  soul  of  tlie  charier  of  our  liberties 

Tlie  elTerls  of  tlie  extensive  use  of  fbe  American  Manual  must  he  to  elevate  onr  national  clia- 
ract(!r,  by  preparini  the  American  boy  to  act  the  part  of  a  soveiciu'ii  citizen,  eillier  in  the  i)i.-ice 
of  authority  as  an  oifiei  r.  or  as  a  private  individual ;  and  the  American  girl  for  enimeiating  at  the 
fireside  the  princip  es  of  true  patriotism  and  wirVwe.— Baltimore  Palriul. 

The  principle.?  inculcated  are  sound,  and  lend  to  the  improvement  of  the  heart  as  well  as  the 
enUglitenment  of  tlie  \nmi\.— Lutheran  Otistrvcr,  Baltimore. 

This  Manual  of  Mr.  Biirleisti's  is.  in  our  opinion,  the  most  valuable  school  book  that  has  issued 
from  the  prolific  Ameiiciu  pre.«s  for  many  years.  Its  value  is  icreally  iiieieased  by  llie  lactlha: 
iiuineroiis  qiieslioiis  are  given  in  an  uiii(|ue  marciiial  arrtuiseiiieut,  liy  which  the  skill  ot  Ihe 
pupils  IS  much  exercivi-d  in  menially  trai-ius  Hie  analogy  of  synouyniy,  thus  rendering  perlect 
their  knowledge  of  the  language.— G«2c«t  0/ llie  Union. 

The  conci.seness  and  beauty  of  the  stvle.  the  unequalled  excellence  of  the  marginal  exercises 
in  drawing  out  Ihe  mind,  and' thoroughly  di.scipliiimg  the  mental  powei-s,  and  tr.iiiimg  the  pupils 
to  reason  wiih  accnnicy  ami  precisioii,  renders  it,  in  my  opinion,  the  best  school-book  extant.  I 
shall  introduce  it  into  the  female  seuiiiiarv  over  which  I  preside,  at  the  commenceiiient  of  next 
session.  D.  R   ASH  TON,  Fifth  Street  below  Arch,  Pniladelplua. 

I  have  e.tamined  the  American  Slanual,  and  heartily  concur  with  Professor  Ashton  in  regard 
to  its  merits,  and  shall  introduce  it  into  the  French  seminary  over  which  1  [ireside. 

C.  PICOT,  No   15  Washington  Square. 

I  h.ave  criticallv  examined  the  American  Manual.  Having  taken  much  pains  in  a.scertaining 
the  true  tenor  of  the  republican  histitntions  of  mv  adopted  couiiliy,  1  had  previously  read  the 
leading  authors  on  Kovernment  with  much  .saiisfViction.  but  I  have  not  met  vvilh  any  work,  in  any 
languau;e.  th.it  so  clearlv,  so  concisely,  and  so  heaulifully  conveys  to  the  mind  the  principles  'if 
political  seieiii'e.  Tiie  hiarsinal  exercises  all'ord  much  and  valuable  assistance  10  tlie  forei:;iier  111 
acquiring  a  knowledge  of  the  Knglish  language  The  exercises  also  allord  lo  Ihe  iiientui  powers 
a  similar  discipline  that  is  obtained  111  studying  the  ancient  classics.  A.  FlitlTAU.  L.I..L). 
Professor  of  Uermaii  m  St.  .Mary's  College,  Baltimore, 

A  text-book  prepared  by  a  man  so  distinguished  for  scholarship,  experience,  and  success  in 
teaching,  as  Prcshleul  Burleigh,  cannot  fail  to  secure  uniiersal  favor.  The  general  arrangement 
of  Ihe  work  is  reiiul.ir.  The  inargmal  exercises  and  ([Uestioiis  placed  at  the  loot  of  each  pa^-e, 
.•really  faeihtaie  lie-  iaiinr  both  of  the  teacher  and  scliular.  and  serve  lo  iiileiest  ihe  niiii.l  of  Ihe 
latler.  Ill  llie  acquisilion  of  knowledse.  The  ippeiidix  servos  as  a  key  to  the  whole  work,  which 
renders  it  complete.  It  is  a  book  which,  in  my  opinion,  should  be  phi'-ed  in  the  hands  of  every 
American  citizen.  ROBERT  KtiKK,  Principal  of  W est.  Female  High  School,  Baltimore. 

The  arrangenienl  of  Ihe  book  is  such  as  greatly  to  fhcilitate  the  labor  of  instruction,  and  no 
candid  mind  cm  lo.ik  over  its  pages  without  coming  to  the  conclusion,  that  the  work  is  the  bevt 
of  any  yet  pnhlislnd  to  promote  among  pujiils  geiiei'ally  an  exact  and  thorough  knowledge  of  the 
principles  of  rephlilicau  ijoverimieut. 

WM    K    CI<t:EKY,      M.  CO.NNOLLY,      M.  M'CONKy,      E.  ADAMS,      R.  CONNOLLY, 
and  many  other  principals  of  Public  Schools  in  Ballunore. 

From  Professor  Lriiris  W.  Burnet.— \  have  eximiined  the  American  Manual,  by  President  Bur- 
leigh, and  find  it  to  be  just  the  book  that  is  wanted  in  our  schoids,  and  I  may  add,  m  every  pri- 
vate library.  While  all  proclaim  that  our  existence,  as  a  free  iia'ion,  depends  on  the  iuleUiyence 
0/ the  people,  little  comparatively  is  doing  to  reduce  ihis  idea  to  practice  in  our  schools. 

Frnm  Hon.  L  G  F-dwrrrds.  Pres.  of  the  Ed  of  Pub.  School  Commissioneis  for  Norfolk  Co..  Va  — 
I  consider  the  American  Manual  a  desideratum  which  had  not  been  before  supplied,  and  respect- 
fully recommend  that  it  be  used  generally  m  every  District  Free  School  iu  this  county. 

At  a  meeting  of  the  Controllers  of  Public  .Schools,  First  Di.stric.t  of  Pennsylvania,  held  at  the 
Controllers'  Chamber,  on  Tnesdav.  December  lUth,  IS.'JO,  the  following  resolution  was  adopted  :— 
Resolved,  That  the  American  .Maliual.  bv  Joseph  Bartlelt  Burleigh,  be  mlroduced  as  a  class-book 
mlo  the  Giamniar  Schools  of  th.s  District.  KUBEKl'  J.  HE.MPHILL,  Sec. 

The  American  Manual,  bv  .Tosepli  B,  Burleigh.  L.L  D..  has,  by  order  of  Ihe  Trustees,  been  in- 
troduced mto  the  Pubhc  Schools  of  the  City  of  Washington.        C.  A.  DAVIS,  Sec'y  B.  V.  P.  C. 

Frnm  the  Hon.  B  Everett  Smith.— \  doubt  whether  the  ingenuity  of  man  can  ever  devise  a  work 
better  adapted  to  the  purpose  avowed  by  the  author.  I  arose  from  the  perusal  of  the  American 
Manual,  more  deeply  ini|iressed  than  ever  with  my  responsibility  as  a  citizen,  and  with  the  abso- 
lute necessity  of  foslcnug  sound  virtue  and  political  morality. 


(1) 


Depahtment  of  State. 
Washington,  Oct.  1,  1850. 
This  is  to  certify,  that  Joseph  Bartlett 
Burleigh's  Script  Edition  of  the  U.  S. 
Constitution  with  the  Amendments,  has 
been  carefully  collated  uith  the  originals 
in  the  Archives  of  this  Department,  and 
proved  to  he  accurate  in  the  catitals, 
orthography,  text,  and  punctuation. 


Secretary  of  State. 


Chief  Clerk. 


Department  of  State. 
Washington,  October  3,  1850. 
/  have  carefully   compared  Burleigh's    Script  Edition    of  the    American 
Constitution  and  the  Amendments  appended,  idth  the  original  manuscript  and 
the  twelve  Amendments,  in  the  order  of  their  adoption,  and  have  found 
that  it  minutely  delineates  the  original  documents,  with  all  their  peculiarities. 

It  may  be  proper  to  add,  that  other  Amendments  have  been  proposed,  but 
only  the  aforesaid  twelve  have  been  constitutionally  ratified. 


VaC^t^UJ 


Keeper  of  the  Archives. 


Washington,  D.  C,  Sept.  30,  1850. 
/  have  critically  compared  Burleigh's  Script  Constitution  of  the   United 
States,  and  all  its  Amendments,  tvith  the  original  documents  deposited  at  the 
Department  of  State,  and  have  found  them  in  every  respect  alike,  even  to  the 
minutest  particular. 


rROOF-READER  IN  THE  DEPARTMENT  OF  StATE. 
53-  See  the  lattrr  p.irt  of  page  22  in  the  Introduction,  and  also  png;e  118. 


SEE    ALSO   THK    KJHST    PAGE   OF   THIS    LEAF. 


THE 

AMERICAN   MANUAL; 

OR, 

THE    THINKER, 

(part     III.,     COMPLETE     IN     ITSELF.) 

CONTAINING 

AN   OUTLINt:    OF  THE    ORIGIN  AND  PROGRESS   OP   GOVERNMENT;    THE   NATURE 
OF    liberty;    the    law   OF   nations;    a   clear    explanation    OF   THE 

CONSTITUTION  OF  THE  UNITED  STATES, 

and    of   THE    DUTIES    OF   VOTERS,    JURORS,    AND    CIVIL   MAGISTRATES  ;    WITH 

synonymous    WORDS    APPLIED    AND    PRACTICALLY    ILLUSTRATED 

IN    SENTENCES ;    AND    THE    CENSUS    OF    1850. 

THE    WHOLE 

ARRANGED  ON  A  NEW  AND  ORIGINAL  PLAN; 

DESIGNED     TO     IMPART     AN     ACCURATE     KNOWLEDGE     OF     OCR     SOCIAL    AND 

POLITICAL    INSTITUTIONS;    TO    AROUSE    THE    MINDS    OP    YOUTH, 

AND    INCULCATE    PURE    AND    NOBLE    PRINCIPLES. 

ADAPTED,    AS   A   READER,    OR   TEXT-BOOK,    TO    THE   WANTS 

OF   ADVANCED   PUPILS;    ALSO   TO   THE    USE   OF 

PUBLIC    AND   PRIVATE   LIBRARIES. 


JOSEPH   BARTLETT  BURLEIGH.  LL.  D. 

PERMANENT    STEREOTYPED    EDITION, 

PHILADELPHIA : 

J.   B.   LIPPINCOTT    &    CO, 

1856. 


Entered,  according  to  Act  of  Congress,  in  the  year  1851,  by 
JOSEPH  BARTLETT  BURLEIGH, 

ill  tlie  clerk's  office  of  the  District  Court  of  the  United  States  for 

the  District  of  Miirylaud. 


(4) 


PUBLISHERS'^PREFACE. 


The  publishers  commit  this  work  to  ihe  practical  teachers  of 
Ihe  United  States,  believing  that  it  will  greatly  assist  them  in  the 
discharge  of  their  important  duties,  and  reflect  the  highest  honor 
on  their  profession.  The  Author  is  a  laborious  practical  teacher, 
of  twenty  years'  experience ;  he  has  travelled  extensively  in  every 
section  of  the  Union,  with  a  view  to  ascertain  the  true  condition 
and  the  real  wants  of  the  schools  of  the  country.  He  has  also 
made  many  and  important  improvements  in  the  system  of  instruc- 
tion, and  we  think  nothing  is  hazarded  in  the  assertion  that  none 
understand  the  true  character  of  the  schools  of  the  whole  Union 
better,  or  are  more  ardently  and  zealously  devoted  to  the  cause  of 
universal  education. 

The  work  seems  to  be  imperatively  demanded.  It  has  received 
the  highest  commendation  from  all  who  have  carefully  examined 
it.  Many  politicians  from  the  leading  parties  of  the  country,  and 
some  of  the  ablest  divines  from  the  prevailing  denominations  of 
Christians  in  the  Union,  have  given  it  their  heartiest  approval. 

It  is  intended,  both  by  us  and  the  Author,  that  it  shall  contain 
no  sentiment  that  will  in  the  least  militate  against  the  views  of  aiiy 
denomination  of  Christians,  or  that  shall  conflict  with  the  political 
opinions  of  the  patriotic  citizens  of  any  party  in  our  land. 

On  every  page  are  inculcated  principles  that  will  tend  to  make 
the  mind  purer,  and  the  heart  better.  The  spirit  of  the  entire 
work  is  of  ihe  most  patriotic  character ;  it  advocates  the  rights 
and  the  privileges  of  the  people.  It  sets  forth  in  vivid  light  their 
duties,  and  the  necessity  of  the  universal  dissemination  of  sound 
education,  and  the  purest  principles  of  patriotism  and  morality. 

The  proper  use  of  the  marginal  exercises  cannot  fail  to  give  the 
pupil  an  accurate  use  of  words  and  an  extensive  command  of  lan- 
guage. It  must  tend  to  render  the  Teacher's  Profession  delightful, 
because  the  plan,  carried  out,  will  always  be  attended  with  suc- 
cess, and  enable  him,  at  the  close  of  each  day,  to  see  that  labor 
has  not  been  spentia  vain. 


1^*  (5) 

21  fii  2B 


EXTRACTS  FROM  RESOLUTIONS,  LETTERS,  &C.,  RESPECTINa  THE  THINKER, 
THE    LEGISLATIVE    GUIDE,    AND    THE    AMERICAN    MANUAL. 

At  a  ineetins  of  the  Ciiiitr<illfirs  of  PunUn  Schools,  First  District  of  Pennsylvania,  held  on  Tues- 
day. Nov-  mil,  1851.  the  follovvin?  resolution  whs  adopted  :— Resolved,  That  Ihe  '•'I'liiiiker,"  by 
JosbdIi  Bartlelt  Burleigh,  be  introduced  as  a  class-book  into  the  Pnli'.ic  Schools  of  tliix  Oi.strict. 
^  ROBKRT  J.   HEMPHILL,  Sec. 

At  a  ineelin?  of  the  Board  of  Scliool  Coititr.'ssioners  for  the  city  of  B.il:ii!iore.  held  on  Tuesday, 
lOlh  reliru:iry,  1852.  the  followmi;  resolution  was  unanimously  adopted: — Resolved.  That  the 
"Thii'ker"  In- .losi^ph  Bartlett  Burleizli.  L.L  D  ,  he  introduced  as  a  class-hi>ok  into  the  Public 
Schools  of  BaUunore.  J.  W.  TILYARD,  Clerk  Com.  of  Pub.  Schools.  Baltimore. 

At  a  niectin;  of  the  Board  of  Public  School  Commissioners  for  the  City  of  Baltimore,  held  on 
Tue.sday,  10: h  ■February,  18.52,  the  foUowine  resolution  v.as  H«r7n(mCT(.'/y  adopted  :—Re.solved. 
That  the  "Practical  S|iellini;  Book."  by  Joseph  Bartlett  Burleigh,  LL  D.,  be  introduced  as  a 
class-book  into  the  Public  Schools  of  Baltimore.  .      ,     „      . 

J.  W.  TILYARD.  Clerk  Com.  of  Pub.  Schools,  Baltimore. 

"The  Practical  Spelline-Book."  bv  Joseph  Bartlett  BnrleiKh.  L.L  D.is  hajipily  calculated  to 
teach  the  infant  mind  sell-reluiiice.  the  wa'iit  of  which  blishts  the  iirospect  of  so  many  youth. 
GEORGE  S.  GRAPE,  Wll    KKRR,  and  many  other  principals  of  Public  .Schools  in  Baltimore 

The  "  Thinker"  is  one  of  the  very  best  books  that  can  be  put  into  the  hands  of  youth      Apart 
from  the  morality  which  it  inculc.iies.  it  cannot  fail  to  secure  a  facility  m  the  choice  of  words,  a 
command  of  laniuase,  and  a  faniiliaritv  with  the  construction  and  component  parts  ot  aseiitenc*. 
HIRAM  JOH^SO.\■,  Prin  Pub.  .School  ><o.  8,  Baltimore. 

From  Ex-Governor  W.  G.  D.  WorthinQton.—l  have  examined  "  Bnrleieh's  Legislative  Guide." 
and  find,  as  its  name  implies,  that  it  is  indispensable  for  every  Icsislator  who  desires  to  estidilish 
a  uniform  system  of  rules  for  coiubictine;  public  business  throusliout  the  1  ir.ted  Slates.  In  my 
humble  judsment,  every  Srate  Legislature  will  immediately  atiopl  it  as  their  slamlard  as  so<m  as 
theineritsoflhe  work  can  be  known.  VV.  G.  D.  WURl  HINGTON. 

I  am  convinced  that  the  "  Lesislative  Guide"  will  prove  a  valuable  text-book  for  collegiate 
students,  and  will  use  it  as  such  at  St.  Timothy's  Hall,  believin?  that  every  ynun?  American 
ouo-ht  to  be  acquainted  with  the  routine  of  order  appropriate  to  le:;is!aiive  asspiuhlies. 

St.  Timothy's  flail,  Catonsville,  Md.,  Feb.  2<j,  1832  L.  VA.N  BOHKELEN,  Rector. 

From  Him  J.  C.  LrQrmid,  Ch  Jmtire  ConrI  nf  Appeals.  Md  —The  plan  of  the  "Legislative 
Guide"  enables  the  student  or  lezLslator  to  discover,  with  facility,  the  rule  and  reason  for  it.  m 
each  particular  instance,  and  must,  therefore,  be  of  great  value  to  lesislative  and  oilier  delibera- 
tive bodies.  J^O.  CARKOLL  LLGR.\.\D. 

At  a  meeting  of  the  Board  of  Public  School  Commissioners  for  the  City  of  Baltimore,  held  on 
Tuesday  lOth  February,  18.52.  the  foUowin.?  resolution  was  i/«n;i?moH.f/y  adopted :  — Uesolved. 
That  the  "  American  Manual."  by  Joseph  Bartlett  Burleigh.  L.L.D  .  lie  introduced  as  aclass-hook 
into  the  Public  Schools  of  Ballimore.  J.  W.  TILYARD,  Clerk  Com.  Pub.  Sch.  Baltimore. 

We.  the  undei>risned,  Teachers  of  the  Public  Sidiools  in  the  city  of  Steubenville,  find,  on  trial, 
that  Burleigh's  "  Amer.can  Manual"  is  the  b>st  book  with  which  we  are  acquainted  for  waking 
up  the  mind  of  vouth.  for  training  them  to  under.siaiid  what  they  read,  lor  leading  theni  to  inves- 
tigate and  reason  for  themselves,  and  thorou^-hlv  fitting  them  for  the  duties  of  after  life.  I  he 
.sf"hool.  the  nif'.llilile  ti'sl  of  the  mcnis  of  a  class-book,  proves  that  Us  proper  use  need  only  be 
witnessed  to  receive  the  approbation  of  every  friend  of  thorough  edtjca'iou  „r.„i,-AT 

FRINCIS    TLR.NEK,        M.   A.  WALKER,         M.   KIDDO.  MHITLL,        XBRO\\N, 

M.  ALLEN,  WxM.  McCAY,  L  B.  BUITER,  E.  KELL,         M.  ORR. 

The  "American  Manual  cannot  fail  to  command  general  {M-or.—BnUimore  Sun. 

From  John  B  Strange,  A  M  .  and  R  B.  Tsehudi.  A.M..  Principals  ofthe  Norfolk  Acndr-my,  Vn  — 
We  do  noi  hesiiate  to  pronounce  it  (the  Aniencau  Manual)  one  of  the  best  school-books  we  hjive 
ever  extiiiimed  not  only  as  regards  the  m.itter.  hut  also  the  maimer  ot  communicating  it  1  he 
Manual  is  ada|)ted  to  the  capacity  of  the  youngest,  and  must  prove  highly  interesting  and  instruc- 
tive to  the  older  pupils. 

From  Prof.  S.  C.  Alkijisoii.—So  far  as  my  ob.servation  extends,  no  school-book  is  so  well  cal- 
culated 10  enlarge  and  ennoble  the  mind  of  youth  as  the  American  Manual. 

A  lawyer  by  profession  and  a  teacher  fnnn  choice.  Mr.  Burleigh  pos.se.sses  at  the  sarno  time  a 
consciousness  of  what  is  needed  and  the  ability  to  supply  it.— Franklvrd  HnaUl. 

We,  the  undersigned,  teachers  in  the  Public  .Scliools  of  Pittsburg,  have  used  Burleigh's  Ameri- 
can Manual  with  great  satisfaction  and  delight.  The  plan  of  the  woi  k  is  iii  all  respects  judi- 
cious The  marginal  e.xereises  are  a  novel  and  cn-igiiial  feature,  and  are  arranged  with  great 
accuracy  and  discrimmati..n  Their  u.se  not  only  excites  the  liveliest  interest  among  the  pupils, 
but  iiroduces  great,  salutary,  and  lasting  etfects,  in  arousing  the  mental  powers,  and  leading  the 
scholars  conslantlv  to  investigate,  reason,  and  judge  for  themselves.  T  he  Manual  is  eh^gaii.ly 
written,  and  must  have  the  eiTect  to  give  a  taste  to  what  is  pure  and  ol;v  in  the  Lngiish  htn- 
^u;,sre.  Signed  by  B.  M.  KERR,  J.  VVHllUER, 

and""twenty-three  other  principals  of  Public  Schools  in  Pennsylvania. 

.  From  tie  Frederirksb'irq.  Va  .  Herald —The  American  Manual  possesses  a  kind  of  railroad 
facility  in  arousing  the  minds  of  vouth;  no  one  who  is  entrusted  with  the  educ.a'ion  ol  the  nsmg 
generation  should  he  ignorant  of  its  conlents,  m  a  sti-aiiger  to  its  thorough  and  efficient  mode  ol 
imparting  knowledge  It  contains  a  condensed,  lucid,  ex.ict,  and  comprehensive  view  ot  our 
social  and  political  instiliitions.  and  ought  to  be  in  every  family. 

From  Hon.  Tim.  Rohrrti:,  Pnsidrnt  of  the  Bd  Pub.  Sh.  Com.  nf  Princrns  Ann  Co..  Yirqinia  — 
I  consider  The  American  .Manual  the  best  book  for  Iraining  the  young  mmd,  in  the  earner 
stages  of  itji  education,  1  have  ever  seen. 


TC) 


CONTENTS. 


LESSON  I. 
Design  of  the  Work  —  ."-rarsinal  Exercises  — 
Explanation  of  their  Use  and  AJvantase  — 
Aiialvzationof  Parasrai)hs— Marfjin-il  words 
to  he  spelled,  and  tlieir  varied  Detinitions, 
Svnonyius,  Roots,  etc..  Riven— Their  Appli- 
cation ill  coniposiu?  Simple  Sentences— Pro- 
gress of  the  Pupil— Pages  9-11. 

LESSON  n. 

Definitions  and   Synonyms  not  found   in  the 

Mar-in,  to  be  giveii  hy  the  Scholar— Pams 

must  he  taken  to  arouse  Thought  and  Inves- 

tisaiiou— Attention  of  a  Class  lo  be  secured 

—  Mode  of  putting  Questions  to  accomplish 
this  End  expl.dned  — Tact  necessary  in  the 
Teaclier — Meihod  of  Readnig  most  advanta- 
geous to  the  Scholar— Pages  11-12. 

LESSON  in. 
Marginal  Exercises  to  be  varied  according  to 
the  Proficiency  of  the  Pupils  — Necessity  of 
distinct  Articulation  and  correct  Pronuncia- 
tion—The Instructor  to  coninnt  Errors  Pur- 
posely, in  order  that  the  Scholars  may  make 
Corrections  — Each  Feature  to  be  made  a 
leading  Subject,  until  well  understood  — 
Anecdote  of  a  Paris  Rhetoncian— Necessity 
for  the  ^cholar  to  comprehend  what  he  reads 

—  Paramount  importance  of  the  Reading 
Lesson— Pages  13-14. 

LESSON  IV. 
An  oral  or  written  Account  of  the  Reading 
Lesson  to  he  given  by  tlie  Pupil  from  Memory 
— Conseqnent  Improvement  of  the  Learner 
in  Writing,  Spelling,  Application  of  Words, 
and  Ease  and  Rapidity  of  Composition— At- 
tention of  tlie  Scholar  thus  riveted — Habit  of 
relaling  Incidents  with  Accuracy  and  Preci- 
sion thus  acquired  —  Immeasurable  benefit 
thereliy  accruing  to  all  the  Sons  and  Daught- 
ers of  the  Land— Pages  11-15. 

LESSON  V. 
Judgment  of  the  Teacher  to  be  used  in  sim- 
phfvmg,  suppressnig,  or  extending  the  Mar- 
ginal Exercises,  and  in  illustrating  and  vary- 
ing the  Lessons— Local  Prejudices  to  be  thus 
overcome— The  same  Plan  will  not  suit  every 
Part  of  the  Union— Extended  application  of 
the  Marginal  Words— Suggestions— Marginal 
Terms  lo  be  employed  in  the  construction  of 
Literary  and  Scientitic  Themes— Nice  shades 
of  Distinction  in  the  varied  Use  of  the  same 
Word  pointed  out  by  them— Pages  15-17. 

LESSON  VI. 
Errors  to  be  corrected  by  the  Pupils  — Easy 
Answers  to  be  at  first  permitted  — Further 
directions  —  Attractivene?s  of  the  System — 
Necessity  of  cultivating  the  Moral  Powers— 
The  young  must  rely  upon  tuemst^lves — Pre- 
vention better  than  Cure— Pages  17-19. 

LESSON  VIL 

The  Pupil's  own  Tlioughts  to  be  elicited— .U- 

tribules  of  the  Mind  to  be  exercised— Exer- 


tion required  in  Educators— Opposition  to  be 
met  by  them;  their  final  Success— Kqual 
Benefit  not  derived  by  all  from  the  same 
Book— Thoroushiiess  necessaiy  in  Keadui;; 
— Error  sonieiimcs  printed — Some  Books  to 
be  shunued—ReHections— Appeal  on  behalf 
of  proper  Eilucation— 'i'he  American  Cousti- 
tulloii— Pages  19-21. 

LESSON  VIII. 
Our  principles  of  Action  formed  in  early  Life 
from  the  Books  studied  in  Sciiool— Lxit-oMve 
influence  of  Teachers  on  the  Dest.iiyol  .Man- 
kind—Their  Labors  often  inaJe.pia'ely  re- 
warded—Plan of  rigid  Moral  and  mlelieci  iial 
Training  lo  be  carried  out —  Enthusiasm  for 
Critical  Study  thereby  excited- Consequeut 
Advantages  to  Society— Pages  21—21. 

LESSON  IX. 

Political  Science  an  important  Study  — Excel- 
lencies of  the  National  Constitution— .Some 
knowledge  of  the  Rise  and  Progress  of  the 
Science  of  Government  necessary  lor  all  — 
Origin  of  Government  — Far  reaching  clia- 
racter  of  the  Mosaic  History  — Only  reliable 
account  of  the  Antediluvian  Worid  — Mo- 
mentous Events  only  related- Paternal  Au- 
thority the  source  of  Government— Longevity 
of  the  Antcdi  luvians-Consequeut  early  dense 
Population  of  tlie  Worid  — Absolute  Sway 
over  FamiUes  fm-merly  exercised  by  lathers 
— Blcssuigs  at  present  enjoyed  by  us— Pages 
21-29. 

LESSON  X. 

Difference  between  Familv  Law  and  Law  ge- 
nerally—lm|ieifection  of  early  Governiiients 
— Pievalence  of  Licentiousness  and  Depr.av- 
itv— Wickedness  destroyed  by  the  Almighty 
thi-oUL-h  a  Deluge— Reilections—.\ge  ot  the 
World— Wise  Laws  enjoved  by  but  a  small 
Portiunof  lis  Inhaiiitauts— Noah  and  his  Sous 
co'iiniaudtd  to  replenish  the  Earth- A  Por- 
tion of  Noah's  Desiuiidants.  regardless  of  the 
Alim-'hly's  commands,  build  the  Tower  ol 
BaheT,  to  make  themselves  a  Name— Fuldity 
of  their  Scheme  — A  l-essou  for  us— Contu- 
sion of  Languages-Resolution  of  Society  to 
its  Primitive  State— Result  of  Man's  painful 
and  long-coutiuued  Elforls— Pages  29-34. 

LESSON  XI. 
Early  Governments  not  the  restilt  of  Delibera- 
tion—innuence  and  Dominion  acquired  m 
Primitive  Times  bv  .Men  noted  for  Sirength, 
Bravery,  and  Skill  — Niiiirod  founder  of  the 
first  Empire  — Primeval  Governments  de.s- 
potic— Herodotus'  account  ot  the  Election  oi 
the  ftrst  Median  kins.  IVjoces— Early  Cro-.vus 
often  elective— I  irciiinscnbed  Dominions  ol 
the  first  Monarchs— Kin;;s  consequently  iiu- 
[ncroos  — Onumal  divisions  of  Egypt,  China, 
and  Japan  —  .■^iinil  ir  examples  now  exis  ins: 
in  Afnra— Ri'^'lil^  of  the  Ruled  disiv-anloJ 
as  the  power  of  Kuk-rs  increase  — Rul^■,  at 
firs'  delegtited,  usurped  and  made  heredilar" 
—Pages  31-JO. 


J! 


(') 


CONTENTS. 


LESSON  Xn. 

Ceremonies  (if  M;in-i;i!fe.  resulaticm  of  I'rn- 
i-.crtv.  :iiul  ^lllil^ll!•l^:Il^  of  Crimes,  anioiiK  the 
lii'^r  l.a«>  ;ll^t|lnte(l  — Pciiiil  Luws  at  tirst 
extrt-iiielv  scviie— Many  I'nmes  puaislieil 
Willi  lir-iili  I'V  I'll-  Mosiiir  Cu.lu— Its  lemler- 

nessol  ;: v...:u^n.l,o,i-lsIlie  Basis 

of   i,u,-  .1  M,    1  .1  '.  -       l'ulii,i-iiy  iiercssary  to 


auth 


-W 


link: 


Laws  tiaosmuud  U,'  I'ostenly  iii  uial  Verse 
—Executive  power  needed—  1  lie  early  Kuler 
aMacistrate  and  I'riest  — Land  assigned  to 
every  Family- Proliiljiiion  to  remove  Land- 
marks—Til  le  to  Land  gained  by  oiUtivation 
— Jlnderu  CliiUiges  in  old  Keguiations— Pages 
40^7. 

LESSON  XIIL 
Laws  of  some  Sort  have  always  govenied  the 
whole  human  Race- Examples—  I  he  Uni- 
verse pervaded  by  Law— All  protected  and 
restrained  by  it  —  Condition  of  Society  in 
which  human  Restrictions  would  not  be 
needed,  impossible  under  present  Circuin- 
st;,„(.^.«_l,icorreclness  of  a  common  Asser- 
tion shown  — Non-existence  of  natural  Li- 
berty—Human Laws  detective  and  inade- 
quate—'1  hose  of  God  perfect  in  all  Respects 
—Even  Americans  are  not  governed  by  Laws 
of  their  own  making—  Demonstration—  All 
are  dependent  — Reflections— An  Appeal- 
Pages  47-57. 

LESSON  XIV. 
Man  created  for  Civil  Society —Canses  which 
biiiil  Mi-ii  K.gelher- Each  Individual  should 
reli.Kl'iitli  tlie  cluini  of  .Manilammg  and  Ke- 
dresMi'K  I'ersonal  Higlits  and  Wrongs,  to  Au- 
thorities delegated  by  the  Community —The 
ablest  Minds  generally  selected  to  establish 
Rules  — Security  and  Haiipmess  afforded  by 
Chrislian  t'ommonvvealths — Law  of  Nations 
— Ba^rd  up.m  t:iiristiinity— Not  enforced  by 
any  ilunian  Tribunal— No  Courts  for  adjust- 
ni''  National  dis[iule.s— Moral  obligations  dis- 
vegarded  by  ancient  Empires  and  Republics 
—The  fiiine  of  Rome  taniislied  by  her  Per- 
fidy—Superior Moral  Character  ot  Modern 
iSuliuus— Additional  Remarks— Pages  57-ti:i, 

LESSON  XV. 

Divisions  of  the  Law  of  Nations  — Necessary 
Liw  of  Nalioiis  defined— Positive  or  liiter- 
nalioiial  Law  explained  at  large  — Applica- 
tion of  the  two  Divisions  contrasted- Each 
Nation  at  liberty  to  legislate  for  ii self,  |iro- 
vided  that  by  so  doing  it  does  not  injure  an- 
other—A State  breaking  the  Law  ol  Nations 
Uabie  to  attack  from  idl  the  Rest— Nationa 
rights  of  Navigation  —  Passports  — National 
Agents— Ambassadors— Pages  62pHi8. 

LESSON  XVL 

fjnvoys— rienipotentiaries- Ministers— Nat^ire 
of  the  disiinclion  between  Anibiussadors.  En- 
vovs.  Pu  iiipi>teiiliaries,  and  Resident  Miins- 
tt.i',s.L(  liaiiies  d'Atlii  res  — Consuls  —  'I'lieir 
|)u'^,,„.vs— \\  ar— lis  Fomiahties  and  Laws— 
Duclaialion  of— The  Tax-payer  a  belligerent 
as  well  as  the  Soldier  — Difference  between 
Oflensive  and  Defensive  War— Dangers  aris- 
ing from  Military  Ambition  and  Renown- 
Pages  6t!-72. 

LESSON  XVU. 

Nature  and  Effect  of  a  Blockade— Truces  and 
Armistices  defined— Con-sequences  of  a  Ue- 
claratKin  of  War— An  Embargo— Letters  of 


Marque  and  Reprisal— Privateers— Treaties 
—Observations  on  the  tendency  of  War  — 
Pages  72-76. 

LESSON  XVIII. 
Origin  of  the  American  Const itution—Recapi- 
tuhition  —  Early  instances  of  Associations 
formed  bv  the  People  of  America  for  niuMial 
Defence  and  Prolection— Congress  of  17;)t— 
l)ilfereiice  belween  the  objects  of  the  Crown 
and  those  of  its  Men.bers  gineralij — Plan  of 
United  Government  drawn  up  by  Franklin, 
rejected  not  only  by  the  King,  but  by  all  the 
Colonies— Reasons  and  Causes— hKbgiiation 
roused  by  the  passage  of  the  Stamp-Act  — 
Congress  of  ]7&'i  — Its  Declaration  of  Rights 
Adopts  an  Address  to  the  King,  and  a  Petition 
to  each  House  of  Parliament  — Congress  ot 
1774_Flr^."l■ecomnlended  by  the  People  of 
Providence,  Rhode  Island— Pages  Iti-S'Z. 

LESSON  XIX. 
The  "  Revolutionary  Government,"  or  "  Conti- 
nental Congress"— Passes  the  Declaration  of 
Rights,  October  Uih,  177-t,  and  the  Declara- 
tion of  Independence,  JulyJIh,  177R  — The 
separate  nationality  of  the  United  States 
dates  from  the  first,  and  the  Constitution  is 
based  upon  both— Various  prior  forms  of  Co- 
lonial Government  —  General  Remarks  — 
Pages  82-86. 

LESSON  XX. 
Declaration -of  Rights  — Its  reception  by  the 
whole  Counlry — Comnienceinent  of  Hostili- 
ties-Pages 86-94. 

LESSON  XXI. 
Declaration  of  Independence— Pages  91-102. 

LESSON  XXII. 
Sketch  of  a  Confederation  submitted  by  Dr. 
Franklin  to  Congress  in  1175,  not  discussed 
—Congress  takes  .Measures  to  form  a  Consti- 
tutional plan  of  Union  — Confirms  the  Arti- 
cles of  Confederation,  November  loth,  1/  / . 
—They  are  sanctioned  by  all  the  States  ;  the 
last  one.  Maryland,  agreeing  on  the  1st  of 
March.  1781  — Congress  assembles  the  next 
day  under  the  new  Powers  — The  two  Pe- 
riods of  I  he  Continental  Congress— Us  Powers 
gradually  progressive— Beginning  of  the  Na- 
tionality of  the  Colonies,  and  rise  of  the  Ge- 
neral Government  — The  Colonies  known 
abroad  as  the  "United  Stales"- Powers  ot 
Congre.ss  inadequate— Amended  and  extend- 
ed from  I  ime  to  time— Pecuniary  embarrass- 
ments of  the  Country  on  the  reiurn  ol  Peace 
—  A  Governnii  lit  of  and  from  the  People 
wanted -liicnipeleiicy  of  Ihe  Articles  ol 
Confederalioii  for  mimasmg  National  .\ttairs 
denioiisl rated  to  Madison, ILimilion, and  Jay. 
— Wasliinglon  in  Retirement  broods  over  the 
Distriss  of  the  Comitiy,  and  disMppomted 
H,, pes— First  idea  of  a  Revision  of  the  Arti- 
cles of  Coiifedera'ion  slarled  at  Mount  Ver- 
non—A  Convrnuon  proposed  by  Virgima- 
Held  at  Aimiii.olis,  with  but  five  .Mates  re- 
i.resented-Recouimends  another  lo  meet  in 
Pbiladelplua  — Constitnlion  of  the  United 
Stales  framed  by  this  Last — Remarlvs— Pages 
102-ld9. 

LESSON  XXIIL 
Violation  of  the  essential  Principles  of  rational 
liberlyand  English  Common  Law,  the  im- 
mediate Cause  of  the  Declaration  of  Indc- 
peudence— Proceedings  of  Congress  pending 


CONTENTS. 


it— " Committee  of  the  Whole"  exphiimil  in 
full— Extracts  from  ilie  Jouniuls  of  ('uii^rcss 
of  1776 — Couimitice  of  rive  apiminteil  lo  pre- 
pare the  Poclaraliou  —  i?y  asreenient  e;ich 
draws  up  a  Form  lulepcncleiit  of  tlip  o'hers 
—  Jnfferson's  tirst  read  in  r-omniittce,  and 
adop  ed  unaninnm-iv  —  TroK  Causes  and 
Nature  of  III.'  Rrvolnlion  exliibitc.l  l/y  the 
Dcrluritinn— Allthe  Kxci-Uenciosofthe  Ens- 
lisli  CnnvUMUion  fuiliiHicd  in  our  own  — A 
Copy  surp.i-sni^'  Uie  On^mal  — The  Revolu- 
to  .  no  will  o  il  nriTi.di-nis— 'nl^'nl■•rlt()lour 
Ani-cstors  is.  that  tin  v  ininsmiili-il  lo  us  tlie 
Frei'doi?!  oStainyd  ln-'tlicir  Braverv— I'ritica'. 
pi>si:ion  of  the  Ss'it-rs  of  the  D.-clara:.on— 
Brilws  offtred  to  some  of  them  by  Ennssanes 
of t!ie Crown — Th'-irfrreat  Merit— Am  ■riiMns 
of  the  pres.-nl  Dav  should  he  Fn.'udly  to 
their  British  hretli'cn— Brilisii  Parhanii-n'ary 
Speeclies  in  favor  of  American  KtnMiutionary 
Liberty — Exhortation- Fa^es  109-118. 

LESSONS  XXIV —XXV.— XXVL  <t  XXVII. 
Constitution  of  the  United  States  of  America- 
Pages  118-112. 

LE.SSON  XXVIII. 
Articles  in  addition  to  and  amendment  of  tlie 
Coiisiitulion  of  the  United  States  of  America 
—Pages  112-118. 

LESSON  XXIX. 
Commentary  on  the  Constitution— Derivation 
of  the  svord  "Constitution  — The  Constitu- 
tions of  Eiiijlaiid  and  other  Monarchies,  de- 
ppiiilinK  upon  iniiiifmorial  Consent  of  the 
Peoplp,  and  ]on2;-settled  Usa4;e,  it  is  difficult 
for  tlie  Majority  of  the  Ruled  lo  understand 
them— Advantages  ofour  own  in  this  Respect 
— Derivation  of  the  word  "Preandiie"—  Im- 
portance of  the  Preandiie  in  elucidatimr  the 
Principles  of  the  Constiiuliou  —  Remarks  — 
Further  Particnlars-Coinnients— The  ■■more 
perfect  Union"— Tlie  People  must  Read  and 
Ponder  every  Sentence  of  the  Constituiion 
before  they  can  sustain  it  —  Coiuparalively 
small  number  of  Men  and  Women  who  have 
ever  read  the  Constitution- Number  of  lalse 
Oaths  to  sustain  it  annually  taken  by  OfHce 
holders— The  Power  and  Glory  of  our  Coun- 
try sustainetl  by  its  'I'eacliers — Pages  118-156. 

LESSON  XXX. 
Commentary  on  the  Preamble  continued— Im- 
portance of  thorough  Male  and  Female  Edu- 
cation to  Free  Govcnmu-iits  — The  "  estab- 
lishment of  Justice"— (■oinmenis—Tlie  "  eii- 
snrance  of  Domestic  TranqaiUity"  —  Com- 
ments— Pages  15U-1G0. 

LESSON  XXXL 
Commentary  on  the  Preamble  concluded— Pro- 
vision for  the  "Common  Defence" — Remarks 
and  Reflections—"  Promotion  of  the  ueneral 
■Welfare ''-Remarks — .Secnringof  "  theble.ss- 
insrs  of  Liberty  to  ourselves  and  Posterity" 
— General  Observations — Pages  160-167. 

LESSON  XXXII. 
Commentarv  on  the  Constitution  —  Legislative 
Department  —  House  of  Representatives  — 
The  more  Popular  Branch  has  the  power  of 
Impeachment  —  Senate  — Check  n[ion  too 
ha.sry  Action — A  Court  for  the  trial  of  Im- 
peachments—  Skilful  distribution  of  Power 
—Pages  167-173. 


LESSON  XXXIII. 
Duties  and  Compensation  of  Members ;  ami 
Powers  of  Congress  gi'iierally  —  Election  — 
Quorum  —  Adjournment —  Pay  —  Exiaiiotiou 
from  Arrest  not  a  iiersonal  Privilege —  l''ree- 
ilom  fioni  being  Questiniicd  for  Speech  or 
Debate  necessarv— Revenue  Bills  to  emraiate 
from  the  Lower'House— Veto- Duties.  &c., 
to  be  ahlie  fliioughout  the  Couniry--Con- 
gress  to  regulate  Coiuinerce— Establish  uni- 
form Naturalization  -Can  pass  general  IJaiik- 
ru]it  Laws — ,s  alone  lo  coin  Money  and  fix 
its  Standard— The  Post-Ollice  and  Mai!  Ser- 
vice— Ci.pi'-righls  and  Paten's — Piracy — De- 
chinition  and  Conduct  of  War — \avv — tJov- 
ernment  of  Land  and  Sea  Forces — Mil.iia — 
Paramount  Authority  requisite  fur  the  gene- 
ral Government — Pages  173-182. 

LESSON  XXXIV. 
Prohibitions  upon  the  Powers  of  Congress  and 
upon  the  States  —  Aligration  or  Iniporiation 
of  Persons — Slave-trade^  Habeas  Corpus — 
Bills  of  Attainder— Ex  Post  Facto  Laws— No 
Duty  to  be  laid  on  Exports  of  any  State — No 
Preference  to  be  given  to  Ports  of  any  Stale 
— No  Vessel  from  one  State  bound  to  enter, 
clear,  or  pay  Duties  in  another — No  Meney 
to  be  draw-n,  but  in  cnnseijuence  of  Ap,iro- 
priations  made  by  Law — Fxhibit  of  the  State 
of  Public  Finances  to  be  published  from 
time  to  time — No  Titles  of  Nobdity  to  be 
granted — Ottice-holde re  not  allowed  to  ac- 
cept Presents,  ic.  from  Foreign  Govern- 
ments—  Rights  of  and  Restrictions  on  Uie 
States  — Continental  Money — Nothing  but 
Gold  and  Silver  a  legal  Tender— The  States 
not  to  pass  Bills  of  Attainder,  Ex  Post  Facto 
Laws,  and  Laws  impairing  Contracts — Not  to 
grant  Titles  of  Noljjhty  —  111  extremity  can 
wage  Defensive  War — Executive  Department 
— President  —  Vice-President  —  Remarks  — 
Rule  for  finding  tlie  Name  of  any  Congress 
— Ac'ual  mode  of  elec'iiig  Executive  Ma^'is- 
tratea— Pages  182-189. 

LESSON  XXXV. 
Duties  of  the  Presidential  Electors  —  Contin- 
gency of  an  Election  by  the  House  of  Repre- 
sentatives provided  for— Wav  of  Procceiliiig 
of  the  Elec'nral  College  — Qualifications  of 
Presiden'  and  Vice-Piesideiit  —  Salaries- 
Oaths  of  Olliee—Deuuneiation— Warning- 
Powers  and  Du-iesof  llie  President— Is  C.im- 
maiider-in-Chief  of  the  whole  Military  Force 
— Can  Retirieve  and  Pardon,  but  not  in  Cases 
of  Iinpeachmeiit  — lias,  in  connection  willi 
the  Senate,  thi^  Treaty-iiiaking  Power,  and 
thatof  Ai'poiuiiiieiit  to  iliFice— Removes  from 
OtSce  wuliout  ciJiisulting  the  Senate  —  An 
Argument — Pages  lhtJ-195. 

LESSON  XXXVI. 
Duties  of  the  President,  continued — Is  to  give 
('ongress  infonnalion  of  the  "State  of  the 
llnioii."  and  recoiniiiend  Measures  for  the 
general  Good— Ihus  Power  to  convene  Con- 
gress— Aiuiiial  Messa'ie— -Special  Messages — 
Executive  Patronage;  lut'uence  ;  Exemp'ioii 
fioui  Arrest  in  Civil  Cases;  Liability  to  I in- 
p<  achineiit— No  Titles  of  an>  sort  given  by 
the  Constitulioii— Observations— Judici.d  De- 
partment ;  Treason  —  A  Law-adiniuistering 
Tribunal  needed — Montesquieu— No  Liberty 
if  the  Judiciary  is  not  separafed  fr'Uii  the 
Executive  and  Legislative  Powers— Duties  oi 


10 


CONTENTS. 


tlie  JiuliCKiry— Rana;e  of  its  Powers— Judjes 
—How  appoi tiled  — Duruiicm  of  tlitir  Ti;mii 
of  Oflioe  — Subject  to  removal  oiilv  on  !m- 
peacluiieiir,  —  Siipicme  Court  —  Its  "Jurisdic- 
tion, Orisitiiil  iiiid  Appell;iie,  detiiied  iiud  de- 
scribed—Trml  by  Jury— Pages  195-203. 

LESSON  XXXVIl. 
Treason— tts  Nature— Two  W'ilnesses  needed 


EllL'llsIl 


Piivd.. 


-Itspi 


iif  it— Eifcrts  of  Atiaiiider  limili 

of  U.H(ilIi-nil.-r— llornhle  ;iiicip 
III  of  Tri- 


liM 


^siouofnuw 

rrrildrirs  — 

provided 


and  Slaves— KoriiMlion  and  Adiiii 

Slates  — Governiiiciil    of  I  lie  T 

Anieiidnienls  to   llie  CimstHulii 

for— PuOliC  Debt— .SiipreiiKioy  of  tlii 

tulion  and   Laws— Kebsious  Test — (.)utli  of 

Office— Kaiifirution  of  tlie  Cuiislilulioa — 

Keinarks — Pages  2Uli-208. 

LESSON  xxxvin. 

Commentary  on  tbe  Amendments  —  No  Reli- 
Rion  to  be  established  by  Law— Freedom  of 
Speech  and  Liberty  of  the  Press  guaranteed— 
Riffht  of  Petition  confirmed  lo  the  People— 
Militia  — KiKht  of  the  People  to  keep  and 
bear  Arms  not  to  he  infnni^ed- Remarks  (m 
Standing  Annies  and  Jlilitary  Habits— Addi- 
tional observations  — In  time  of  Peace  Sol- 
diers are  not  to  be  quartered  in  anv  House 
without  the  Owner's  Consent— Pages  208-216. 

LESSON  XXXIX. 
Houses  of  the  People  protected  against  unrea- 
sonable Searches — Speedy  trial  guaranteed 
to  those  accu.sed  of  Crime— Life  not  to  be 
twice  jeoparded  —  Other  Privileges  —  Jury 
trial  extended  to  Civil  Cases— Manner  of  ex- 
amining Causes  once  tried,  prescribed — Pro- 
hihition  of  excessive  Bail  and  Fines,  and  un- 
usual punishmem— Rights  enumerated  do  not 
alfeei  iliose  retained — Reservation  of  Powers 
— Prohibition  additional  upon  the  Powers  of 
the  Supreme  Court  —  Remarks  —  Present 
Manner  of  clerlmg  the  President  and  Vice- 
Presiileiit  shown  by  Article  XI  I. —Reason  of 
the  Change- Uiiratioii  of  the  Conslitution— 
General  lielleclions— Washington's  Farewell 
Address— Extract  from  Bryant — Pages  216- 
225. 

LESSON  XL. 

Duties  and  Responsibilities  of  Voters — Popular 
Phrases  rendered  obsolete  by  the  peculiar 
Character  of  our  Inslitutioiis — Subject  con- 
sidered at  Length— Reflections  —  Pages  225- 
234. 

LESSON  XLL 

Subject  continued  —  Enlightenment  necessary 
—Ignorance  in  any  Part  detrimental  to  the 
Whole— Apostrophe— Rights  of  the  Minority 
—Parly  Virulence  dangerous- Admonition  lo 
Voters— Pages  231-230. 


LESSON  XLIL 
Duties  and  Responsibilities  of  Jurors— Prepa- 
ratory Mental  Discipline  an  essenlial  lliiiig  to 
a  Juryman  — General  Remarks— Two  kinds 
of  Juries  — Grand  Juries  defined  and  ex 
phiined— Pieliminaiy  Oaths  of  till  ir  Foremi-n 
and  Members— Extent  of  I  heir  J  iiris(lii:tioii— 
One  Member  appointed  Secre'arv.  but  no  re- 
cords kept— Bills  of  liidictinent  "supplied  by 
the  Attorney-General— Secret  examination 
ol  Witnesses- Pages  2.39-245. 

LESSON  XLtll. 
Subject  continued- Vigilance  and  Caution  re- 
quired —  Presentments  — Further  Lx|ilana- 
tiofis  and  Remarks-  Jury  of  Trials  or  Petit 
Jnry—The(Jatli— C^'ialiliiuilioiis. should  be  of 
an  equally  high  order  as  iliose  of  ti  Grand 
Jury— Deliniiioii-T rial  Public- Evidence  to 
be  first  given  by  the  Plaiiilifl"— Cross-exami- 
nation—Challenged  Questions  decided  upon 
by  the  Bench— Speeches  of  Counsel  — Sum- 
ming up  of  Testimony  by  the  Judge— His  In- 
terpretalicm  of  the  Law  — The  Facts  deter- 
mined by  the  Jury— Pages  245-253. 

LESSON  XLIV. 
Subject  continued— Admonition— Way  of  pro- 
ceeding in  plain  Cases— In  intricate  ones — 
Common  Law  explained— Contrast  between 
ancient  and  modern  Jury  treatment — Crimi- 
nal prosecutions— Surest  preventive  of  Crime 
—  Privileges  of  the  Accused —  Further  Re- 
marks—Pages 252-2C0. 

LESSON  XLV. 
Disclaimer— Danger  to  be  apprehended — No- 
thing stationary  —  General   Observations  — 
Pages  260-268. 

LESSON  XLVL 
Duties  and  Responsibilities  of  Civil  Magistrates 
— Term  defined — Improvement  in  llie  Condi- 
tion of  Society  —  Extracts  from  Locke  and 
others,  on  the  Subjects  treated  of — Accom- 
panying extracts  from  early  English  Statutes 
—Pages  2G8-276. 

LESSON  XLVII. 
General  Observations  and  Reflections — Pages 
276-282. 

LESSONS  XLVIII.  &  XLIX. 
Concluding  Remarks— Pages  2S2-29O-301. 

STATISTICAL  TABLES— Page  323. 

APPENDIX— Pages  1-54. 

ARTICLES  OF  CONFEDERATION  — Pages 
45-48. 


INDEX 


TO  THE  SYNONYMS,  AND  OTHER  WORDS,  EXPLAINED 
AND  ILLUSTRATED  IN  THE  APPENDIX. 


The  synonyms  have  no  designatory  character.  U.  signifies  unlike;  S.,  used  in 
different  senses;  M.,  meaning;  and  Q,.,  question,  applied  to  words  not  properly  be- 
longing to  any  of  the  other  divisions.  The  numbers  are;— first,  the  lesson;  second, 
the  question ;  third,  the  page  in  Appendix.    Words  twice  given  are  twice  elucidated. 


Lei.  O.    P. 

A|>oI'-h.      }  XV.  16,18 

Abrogate,  ) 

.\blior3— detests xlvi.  44,  42 

.■\hsence— recess,  U xxvi.  11,28 

Abuses— wrongs,  (J xxi.  17,  24 

.\cconnt— history xiii.  20,  14 

.\ccurately— correctly xvi.  5,  20 

,\r,knowledged — recognized. . -xv.  15,  18 

Acquire— receive,  U., ix.  51,    8 

.\cquittal— liberty,  U xlv.  2i),  41 

Actual— real xxiv.  8,  27 

Ad  (prefix)  -journ,  M xxv.  4,  28 

^''■"iP'*''*  (  U xxiii.  23,  26 

.■\dopted  ( 

Adequate — commensurate* xv.  47,20 

Adieu— farewell— good-bye.  .xxii.  8,  25 

Adjoining — contiguous xv.  30,  19 

A;l,|i)urn— prorogue xix.  15,  22 

Administer — contribute xiv.  9,  16 

Admitted— received xxii.  17,  25 

Advancement— progression  . ..  16,    6 

Advantage— benefit xxii.  6,25 

.\ffiiniation— oath,  (J xxvi.  7,28 

Affirmed— sworn,  (J xlii.  35,40 

Atfront- insult xv.  41,  lit 

Ages— generations xxxi.  18,  36 

Asfs — periods xiii.  26,  14 

-Agreement — contract xvii.  15,  21 

Asreement — covenant xv.  10,18 

AjTfpments— compacts xx.  11,  23 

AllitcMation,  M., xlix.  68,  43 

Also  — likewise xxv.  2,  27 

Alter— change xv.  4,  18 

Altered— changed xx.  20,  24 

Amicable— friendly xv.  39,  19 

Among— between,  U., xxxi.  5,36 

Analyze,  M 4,    6 

.\ngry ^offended xxiii.  27,  26 

Annihilation — destruction. .  .xxi.  26,  24 

.\p  (prefix)  -prnpriations,  M.  xxv.  25,  28 

.Apportioned — listributed.  ..xxiv.  7,  27 

Apprehended— feared xviii.  13,  21 

•>I'P'!«'='H  U xvii.  2,20 

.Apprised  \ 

Arms — weapons xxviii.  9,  31 

Art — science xiii.  88.  16 

Article,  S xxvii.  3,  29 

Asbestos,  M xxiii.    3-2,26 

.Assemble— meet xxviii.  38  32 

Assembly — convocation xviii.    16,  21 

Attainder,  M xxvii.     8,  29 

Authority — power — strength..  20,    6 

Authorizing — empowering.  ..xvi.  12,  20 


Avow — declare xxi.  6,  24 

Axioms — self-evident  truths  xxii.  25,  25 

Aye,  M., xxix.  50,  35 

Baffled— defeated xviii.  17,21 

Bail— security xxviii.  28,  32 

Ballot— ticket xxviii.  3!),  32 

Banner— flag xxxi.  3.3,  37 

Bargains — contracts xvii.  10,  2] 

Basis— foundation xx.  13,23 

Bear — carry xvi.  11,  20 

Before  —  preceding,  (phrases 

syn.  to) xxii.  1,  25 

Behavior — conduct xxiv.  14,  27 

Beneath— under xv.  35,  19 

Benefit— advantage xxii.  6,  2.5 

Bestow— confer xxix.  37,  35 

Between— among,  U., xxxi.  5,  36 

Bill   of   attainder  —  ex  post 

facto  law xxxiv.  8,  38 

Bliss— felicity xxix.  48,  35 

Book  of  laws— code xii.  112,  14 

Borne — supported xviii.  2.5,  22 

Brands— swords xxix.  49,  .35 

Breach  of  the  peace— felony  xxiv.  18,  27 

Break  the  seals  of— open  .  .xxviii.  42,  33 

Brethren  j                                         •  ^  „, 

Brothers  ( ^•^'-  **' '* 

Business — concerns xvi.  8,  20 

But,  (dif  parts  of  speech) .  ..xliii.  36,  40 
By  d-'grees— gradually,  (phrase 

syn.  to) xxii.  10,  25 

Calculated  )                            ,,..  .,  or 

,,           .   J    ! XXIX.  47,  .}5 

Computed   ) 

Called — named xvii.  13,  21 

Carry — bear xvi.  11,  -20 

Case,  S. xiii.  31,  14 

Catalogues  -lists xxviii.  40,  3-2 

Cause — reason ...xxviii.  2-2,32 

Cede — surrender xv.  '27,  19 

Celebrated— illustrious xiv.  28,  17 

Ceremony— form xiv.  39,  18 

Change — alter xv.  4,  18 

Changed— altered xx.  20,  24 

Changes — vicissitudes xvii.  17,21 

Charge— office xxiv.  20,  27 

Choice — option xv.  28,  19 

Chosen — elected xxi.  25,  24 

Chosen — selected xxiv.  6,  27 

Christendom  (its  old  M.) x.  1,    8 

Chronological,  M ix.  30,    8 

Circumscribed — restricted  ....xv.  12,  IH 


(11) 


12 


INDEX. 


.xvu. 


Circumstantial — minute xv. 

Ciliz  Ti— s.ibjfct xxxvi. 

Citiz  lis — Juiiizeii? xxxi. 

Citiz(-!is— poople xiii. 

Civil  tixio,  M xii. 

Claim,  S xxvii. 

Claims— rii;  Ins xii. 

Class— orrliT xxiv. 

Class — order — rank xv. 

Client— patron,  U xliii. 

Closiii2  I 

Concl'i;!iMS  i 

Coalescence — ii  nion xv. 

Code — book  of  laws xii. 

Columbia  (whence  derived).  .xx.\. 

Com  (prefix)  -pose    xii. 

Commensurate— adequate  . . .  xv. 
Comments — observations  . .  .xxix. 
Commonwealth— state. ..  .x.wiii. 

Compacts — agreements xx. 

CompMisation— remuneration 

xxviii. 

Compile,  M xxii. 

Complete— perfect xxix. 

Compose     ) 

Constitute  ( 

Con (piefi.x) -sequently  and  -tracts, 
M.  xii. 

Concerns — business xvi. 

Conce.t     those    measures    (syn. 

phrase  to) xxii. 

Conc.rronce  /   ^^i^ 

Conseit  \ 

Conilurt  — b'haviour xxiv. 

Confe  leralion — union xxvii. 

Confer— bestow xxix. 

Confidence — trust xlvi. 

Confirm — establish xxiv. 

Conqu'rod — vanquished xiv. 

Consecrated — devoted xxxi. 

Consecrated — hallowed xxix. 

Considered — regarded xix. 

Constant — perpetual xiv. 

Constitution  (whence  deriv.)  xxix. 

Constitiition,  S xxix. 

Cotiteiiipt — disdain xx. 

Conteutions- dissensions xxx. 

Contested — disputed   xv. 

Contifruous — adjoining xv. 

Continuance   (  ■ 

Continuation  ( 

Contr:;ot— aiireement xvii. 

(jontriifts- bargains xvii. 

Contribute— administer xiv. 

('ontnncrsv — dispute. xiv. 

Conveali.n'is    (  -. 

Convo.  alions  ( aa»ii. 

Conve.itions — meetings xviii. 

Convocation — assembly. . .  .xviii. 

Correctly  -accurately xvi. 

Couns -l — lawyers xiv. 

Countenance — encouiage xvi. 

Co  intenanceil — sanctioned.. .  .xv. 

Countiy— land xxvii. 

Course— .scries xxix. 

Co-  en.T  nt— agreement xv. 

Cradle— dwillinir-place,  U.  ..xlvi. 
Oime — misilvmianor xxviii. 


38,  )0 
14,38 
31.37 
48,15 

103,  14 
1-2,  29 

110,  14 
10,27 
44,  10 
41,  40 

20,21 

17,  18 
112,  14 
2,  35 
56,  13 
47,20 
20,34 
35,  32 
11,23 

13,31 

3,25 

29,34 

xii.  Ill,  14 


30,  12 

8,20 

11,25 

15,27 

14,27 
13,  30 
37,  35 

29,  42 

4,  27 
20,  17 

12,  30 
44,35 

7,22 
11,  17 
2,34 
3,34 
9,23 

13,  35 
7,  18 

30,  19 

21,27 

15,21 
10,21 
9,  16 

18,  17 

27,30 

29,  22 
16,  21 

5,  20 
21,41 

6,20 
3,  18 
33,  30 
25,34 
10,  18 
16,42 
21,31 


Lfs.  d.  r. 
Crown-lands — public  domain,  U. 

xxii.  5, 25 

Custom — usage xv.  31,  19 

Customs — practices  xxix.  26,34 

Customs — usages xiv.  20,  17 

Cut— tear,  U xlvi.  32,  42 

Uanecr — jeopardy xxviii.  17,  31 

IJialings — tratlic xvii.  9,  21 

Debate — speech xxiv.  19,  27 

IJeclare — avow xxi.  6,  24 

Declare — proclaim xvi.  15,  20 

Declined — refused xvii.  12.  21 

Deeds,  S xii.  32,  12 

Defeated— baffled xviii  17,  21 

Defi'ctive- imperfect xxix.  35,  35 

Defence  (two  ways  to  spell),  .xiv.  37,  41 

Definition — synonym,  U 10,    6 

Degree,  S xiv.  10,  17 

Demand — requirement xv.  46,  20 

Demoniacs — possessed  persons 

xlvi.  11,42 

Denizens— ciiBzens xxxi.  31,  37 

Denoted— signified x.  35,    9 

Depredation  — robbery xv.  23,  19 

Deputize  (an  Americanism),  .xiii.  82,  16 

Design -object xiii.  14,  40 

Destroy    ) 

Diss<dve  ( ^^^-  ^"^^ 

Destruction — annihilation  . .  .xxi.  26,  24 

Destruction — ruin ix.  13,    7 

Destruction  — ruin xxxvi.  15,  .38 

Detests — abhors xlvi.  44,  42 

Developing— elevating— strength- 
ening, U 11,    6 

Devises— wills  xii.  108,  14 

Devoted — consecrated xxxi.  12,  36 

Dictate — prescribe  xiv.  37,  18 

Ditr.Tent     ;                                     V  -IS     9 

Dissiuiilar  i ^-  "^'    ^ 

Different— several xxvii.  23,  30 

Dithculties- obstacles xxix.  38,  3,5 

Diffulty — honor xiv.  42,  18 

Dis  (prefix)  -approved,  M.  . .  -xxv.  6,  28 

Discoveries— inventions xii.  10.5,  14 

Discretion  — juilgment xv.  26,  19 

Disdain— contempt xx.  9,  23 

Disjiarity— inequality xiv.  1,  16 

Display— exhibit xv.  8,  18 

Disposed— inclined xiii.  26,  14 

Dispute — controversy xiv.  18,  17 

Disputed— contested xv.  7,  18 

Disregard— slight xiv.  19,  17 

Dissensions— contentions  ...xxx.  13,35 

Dissensions — quarrels xxx.  15,35 

Distant-foreign,  U xxviii.  36,32 

Distinct- separate x.  36,    9 

Distributed— apportioned. .  .xxiv.  7,  27 

Disturb— interrupt xxx.  8,  .T5 

Disunited  )                                     _  j-     n 

Divided      i ^-  ^•''    9 

Done- made xxvii.  30,  30 

Drawing,  S xii.  32,  12 

Due-right xiii.  26,  14 

Duties— taxes xxxiii.  36,  37 

Duty— service xxviii.  16,  31 

Dwelling  place— cradle,  (J.  .  xlvi.  Iti,  42 


INDEX. 


18 


Lea.  Q.     P. 

Jfl'^''     (    XXX.  17,30 

Lverv  \ 

E'ln(/atnrs,  M   

r.l.ricij— cliuseri xxi.  25,  04 

ElcvatLxi— raised xxix.  34,  34 

E!e  va  tins— developing— Btreiigth- 

eniiig,  U II,    6 

Emergency  I ^^i  3  oq 

Exigency     ( 

Einoliinients— salaries xxi.  33,  24 

Emphasis  — 

Emphasis— pause— tone 21,    6 

Eiiipliiy— use     xv.  25,  lit 

EMipowering  — authorizing.  ..xvi.  12,  20 

Enacted  —made xiii.  48,  15 

Enconipas.sing  -surrounding  xvii.  1,  20 

l^ncouraga  -countenance  . ..  .xvi.  G,  20 

Ends— objects xiv.  41,  18 

Enemies— foes xxi.  54.  25 

Engatferaents,  S xii.  32,12 

Engrossed,  S xxiii.  3,25 

Enormous — vast xvi.  18,  20 

Enviable,  (whence  derived,  and 

how  used) ix.  49,    8 

Envy— jealousy xviii.  23,  22 

{^'"'»!!'M  xiv.  40,18 

Equally   (  ' 

Equal -uniform xiv.  34,  17 

Essay-treatise 23,    6 

Establish— ciuifirm xxiv.  4,  27 

Evasion— subterfuge xv.  20,18 

Evident— manifest xvi.  17, 'JO 

Examples — instances xviii.  10,  21 

Exci-ses- imposts xxxiii.  37,  37 

Excite— incite 18,    6 

Executives-pardoning  power, 

U xiv.  28,  41 

Exhibit— display xv.  8,  18 

Existing— subsisting xviii.  I],  21 

Experience— trial xx.  lii,  23 

Exports— imports,  U xxv.  28,28 

Ex  post  facto  law — bill  of  at- 

ta.nder,  (J xxxiv.  8,38 

Extending — suppressing,  U.. .  .vi.  2,    4 


Faculties,  M 12,    6 

Faithful— true xlvi.  35,  42 

Famous — renowned xiv.  22,  17 

F'arewell — adieu— good-bye  .xxii.  8,25 

Fearei— apprehended xviii.  13,21 

Felicity— bliss xxix.  48,  35 

Felony — breach  of  the  peace  xxiv.  18,  27 

FixerP-permanent xii.  100,  14 

Flag— banner xxxi.  33,  37 

Foes — enemies xxi.  54,  25 

Foreign— distant,  U xxviii.  30,  32 

Forgive— pardon xlvi.  5,  41 

Form,  S xix.  9,  22 

Forms,  S xii.  32,  12 

Form— ceremony xiv.  39,  18 

Form — system xix.  10,  22 

Foundation — basis xx.  13,  23 

Freedom— lib'rty   xxviii.  5,31 

Friendly — amicable xv.  39,  19 

Fruitful- prolific xiv.  24,  17 

Fulcrum- prop xlviii.  49,  43 

Furnished— provided xv.  33,  19 


General  excellency — humanitv, 

U xiv.  25,  41 

Gencratiojis — ages xxxi.  18,  .'!() 

Glaive,  M xxix.  31,  35 

Glaring — notorious xxii.  23,  25 

Governed — ruled xiii.  48,  15 

Government,  M ix.  14,    7 

Government,  S ix.  15,    7 

Good-bye — adieu — farewell,  .xxii.  8,  25 
Gradually — by  degrees,  (phrase 

syn.  to) xxii.  10,  25 

Grandeur — magnificence xv.  50,  20 

Greatest — largest xxviii.  43,  33 

Grievances — wrongs xxviii.  8,  31 

Guns— muskets xxxviii.  22,  38 

Had,  S.  xxii.  12,25 

Hallowed — consecrated xxix.  44,  35 

Harbors— ports xv.  37,  !!• 

Hidden— latent xxix.  21,  34 

History — account xiii.  20,  14 

Honor— dignity xiv.  42,  18 

Host,  S X.  54,    9 

Humanity— general  excellency, 

U xiv.  25,41 

Ignorant  )                                  „■„  „   ,„ 

,r^^-,      .    J XIV.  2,  lb 

Illiterate  ( 

Illegal — unjust  . .  .• xiv.  50,41 

Illustrious— celebrated xiv.  28,  17 

Im  (prefix) -portant,  M xii.  21,12 

III!  (prefix) -punity,  M xliv.  37,41 

lmi)erfect — defective xxix.  35,  35 

Imports— exports,  U xxv.  28,  28 

Imposing — obtruding xxi.  37,  24 

Imposts — excises  ....   ....xxxiii.  37,37 

In  (prefix)  -fcuined  and  -flicted, 

M xii.  03,  13 

In  (prefix) -habitants,  M xii.  50   12 

In  (prefix)  -secure,  &c.,  M.  .  .xliv.  38,  41 

Incite — excite 18,    0 

Inclined — disposed xiii.  20,  14 

Independent  (whence deriv.)  .xxx.  9,  .35 

Indians — savages xviii.  14,  21 

Indictment— presentment  •  ..xliii.  5,  40 

Inefl^.ctually|(^„^^^^y„j^j^^i.  „^^  ^^ 

Inequality— disparity xiv.  1,  10 

Infallible- unerring xiii.  2,  14 

Infirmity — weakness xiii.  20,  14 

Infringement  (whence  deriv.)  xix.  5,  22 

Inhabitants— people xxviii.  33,32 

Inheritance — legacy xxxi.  3,  30 

Iiihrritaiices— patrimonies.. .  .xii.  107,  14 

{"■'"■■':     I   .XV.  18,  18 

Impair  (                                          v  .  , 

Inoffnding — unoffending xv.  21,  19 

Instances- examples xviii.  10,  21 

Instructed— taught xiv.  25,  17 

Instrument,  S xxiii.  21,  2  1 

Instrument— tool xxi.  38,  21 

Insult— affront xv.  41,  i:i 

Insurrections — rebellions  . . .  .xxv.  10.  2H 

Insurrections — riots xxxiii.  74,  :!8 

Intellectnal— moral 15,    0 

Intention— purpose xxiv.  12,  27 

Inter  (prefix) -national,  M.. . -xiv.  11,  17 

Interrupt — disturb xxx.  8,  M 


2 


14 


INDEX. 


Inventions- 
Italics,  M.. 


-discoveries xii.  105,  14 

1,    2 


Jealniisy— envy xviii.  2^.  32 

Jeoparily— danger xxviii.  17,  31 

Judgment— discretion xv.  26,  19 

Junes— voters,  a xlv.  17,  41 

Juryman,  M See  page  242 

Kept— retained xi.  18,  23 

Kingly — regal xviii.  20,  22 


Land— country xxvii. 

Largest— greatest xxviii. 

Lasting— permanent xviii. 

Latent— hidden xxix. 

Law,  S xxvii. 

Law— rule '"'^.'Il- 

Laws— statutes xiii. 

Laws— statutes xxvii. 

Lawyers— counsel xlv. 

Leave— permission xv. 

Legacy— inheritance xxxi. 

Liberty — acquittal,  U xlv. 

LiliiTty- freedom xxviii. 

Lifilit- trivial xxi. 

Like— similar xviii. 

Likewise— also i ...  .xxv. 

Lists — catalogues xxviii. 

Literary— scientific,  U 

Loyalty,  M xix. 


Made- done xxvii. 

Made — enacted xiii. 

Maifi.-^t rate— priest,  U xii. 

MaL'iia  Cliarta,  M xlvi. 

M:i;;ii]fi(eiite — grandeur xv. 

Main,  (in  opposite  senses)  •  .xxix. 

Main- ocean xxix. 

Man  ifost— evident xvi. 

JJaV'^r  j xxiv. 

Mo<le       ( 

Manner— way xxviii. 

Matters— resolutions,  CI xxiii. 

May,  S xix. 

Meaning— signiftration  ....xxix. 

Meet— assemble *-^^'?f|- 

Ml  itiiigs — conventions  . ..  .xviii. 
M(-mi'nio     ) 

MdMunient  J   

Method  (  : 

Mode      i  •^"^■ 

Metonomy,  M 

Minute— circumstantial xv. 

Mi-sdemeanor — crime  ....  xxviii. 

Model— pattern xxx. 

Moderr  -recent xiv. 

Modulation — emphasis 

Monarchs- sovereigns xv. 

Mdiiciiith- obelisk xxxi. 

Moral—  intellectual 

Moral  

Mo^lc■ms— Turks xlvi. 

Mot  ivi'S-princi  pies xvi. 

Multitudes— swarms xviii. 

Muskets — guns xxxviii. 

Mutual  — reciprocal xv. 


33,30 
43,  33 

28,22 
21,34 
5,2!) 
3,31 
48,  15 
30,30 

21,  41 
36,  11) 

3,  .36 
2tj,  41 

5,  31 
16,24 
26,  22 

40',  32 

22,  6 
lU,  23 

39,30 

48,  15 
C2,  13 
20,  42 
50,  20 
42,  35 
41,  35 
17,20 

13,27 

12,  31 

14,26 
2,  22 
18,  34 
38,  .32 

20,  22 

xxiii.    25,26 


13,  6 
38,  19 
21,  31 

4,  35 
32,  17 
21,    6 

6,  18 
30,  37 
15,  6 
15,  6 
10,  42 
20,  20 
22  22 
22!  .38 
43,  19 


35,  30 


Named— called xvii.    13,  21 

Necessary — requisite xii.    44,  12 

|^«^'=f  ^'''y  j xii.  104,  14 

Need  j 

Need— want xiii.    26,  14 

Nevertheless 

Notwithstanding  _ 

Nobles— peers ' xxxi.    22,  30 

Notorious — glaring xxii.    23,  25 

Oath— aflirmation,  U xxvi.  7,  28 

Obelisk— monolith xxxi.  39,  37 

Object— design xlii.  14,  40 

Objects— ends xiv.  41,  18 

Observations — comments.  ..xxix.  20,  34 

Obstacles— difficulties xxix.  38,  35 

Obtain — procure xvi.  14,  20 

Obtruding — imposing xxi.  37,  24 

Ocean— main xxix.  41,  35 

Ocean — sea xxxi.  10,  36 

Oti'ended— angry xxiii.  27,  20 

Olticc— charge  xxi  v.  20,  27 

On — upon xxviii.  44,  3;^ 

0))en,  S xxvii.  9,29 

Open— bleak  the  seals  of.  .xxviii.  42,  33 

Option — choice xv.  28,  19 

Or  (affix)  elect-,  M xxvi.  2,  28 

Orally,  M 9,    6 

Order — class xxiv.  10,  27 

Order — cla.ss — rank x v.  44,  19 

Outline— sketch xxii.  2,  25 

Ownership — property xii.  109,  14 

.34 

40 

fi 
41 

41 
30 


Pallfidium,  M xxix.    27, 

^•■""^'Ju xlii.    27, 

I'annel  \ 

Paragraph— sentence,  U 2.3, 

Pardon — forgive xlvi.      5, 

Pardonirkg  power— executives, 

U xlv. 

l^'l       I xxvii. 

Portion  S 

Passed 

Propounded 

Patrimonies — inheritances  . .  .xi 

Patron— client,  U xliii.  41, 

Pattern- model XXX.  4, 

Pause — emphasis — tone,  M..-.  21, 

Peace — fpiiet xxviii.  11, 

Pi'ace- tranquillity xii.  102, 

Peace— tranquillity xiv.  3;^, 

Peers— nobles xxxi.  22, 

P('ople — citizens xiii^  48, 

People — inhabitants xxviii.  .33, 

People— populace xxii.  24, 

Perceived— seen xxix.  30, 

Perfect -complete xxix.  20, 

Perfidious— treacherous xiv.  29, 

Periods -ages xiii. 


28, 
xxvii.    25, 

'a xxiii.    19, 

107, 


Permanent  — fixed xii.  106, 


Pennarieiit— lasting xviii.  28, 

Permisiion — leave xv.  36, 

Per|)etual— constant xiv.  11, 

{;i""r',! =^xi.  43, 

Plundered  ( 

Place— spot xxiv.  IG, 

Poetry— verso xii.  57, 

Ponder— reflect xxix.  45, 


INDEX. 


1ft 


Ports — ha  rbors xv.  37,  19 

PossesaeJ  pi^rsoiis — demoniacs 

xlvi.  11,  42 

^Ifu^l xxix.  23.34 

Powor— authority— strength  .  .iii.  20,    2 

Power— strength xiv.  35,  18 

Powers,  S 20,    6 

Practices— <;;istoms xxix.  2t),  34 

Pre  (prefix) -scrilju,  M xiii.  13,14 

Preamble  (wlience  derived)  .xxix.  8,  34 

Preaiiil)le,  S xxix.  9,  34 

Preceding — before  (phrases  syn. 

to)  xxii.  1,  25 

Precepts     )                                 xv  2  18 

Principles! ^^-  "''  ^° 

Prejudice,  M 3,    4 

Preparing.  S xxiii.  10,  26 

Prerequisite — qualification,  U. 

xxvii.  37,  30 

Prescribe— dictate xiv.  37,  18 

Presence— sight,  U xxviii.  41,  32 

Presentment — indictment.  ..xliii.  5,  40 

Pretences  /                                     ,-,  q  oi 

Pretexts    (   *^^-  "'' ~* 

Priest — magistrate,  U xii.  62,13 

Principles,  S xix.  4,  22 

Principles— motives xvi.  20,  20 

Pro  (prefix)  -vide,  M xxv.  9,  28 

llZlf"'{ xxviii.  23,32 

Proclaim — declare xvi.  15,  20 

Procure — obtain xvi.  14,  20 

Progression — advancement 16,    6 

Prolific— fruitful xiv.  24,  17 

Prop — fulcrum xlviii.  4'J,  43 

Proper— right xxix.  32,34 

Property— ownership xii.  109,  14 

Prorogue— adjourn xix.  15,  22 

Purfurl   -•  4«-l« 

Prosperity — welfare xxiv.  5,  27 

Provided— furnished xv.  33,  19 

Prudence — wisdom xxxi.  21,  36 

i'ublic  domain— crown-lands, 

U xxii.  5,25 

Purpose — intention xxiv.  12,27 

Purpose — sake xv.  22,  19 

Qualification  —  prerequisite, 

U xxvii.  37,  30 

(iuarrels — dissensions xxx.  15,  35 

(luick — speedy xxviii.  20,  31 

Cluiet — peace xxviii.  11,  31 

Q,uit — relinquish xiv.  4,  16 

Raised — elevated xxix.  34,  34 

Rank — class — order xv.  44,  19 

Rational       )                           ,_•„  An  oc 

Reasonable  i  "'*■  ^^'^ 

Re  (prefix)  -consider,  M xxv.  3,  28 

Ri'al— actual  xxiv.  8,27 

Reason — cause xxviii.  22,32 

Rebellions— insurrections  ...xxv.  Ki,  28 

Receive — acquire,  U ix.  51,    8 

Received— admitted xxii.  17,25 

Rer.i>nt— modern  xiv.  32,17 

Recess — ah^ience,  U xxvi.  11,  28 


XIV. 


Reciprocal — mutual xv. 

Recognized — acknowledged. .  .xv. 

Recorded     ) 

Registered  i 

Redress  (  ■ 

Relief     (    •^•^'• 

Reflect — ponder x.vix. 

Refused  -declined .xvii. 

Regal — kingly xviii. 

Regard   ;  • 

Respect  i   *-'^- 

Regardeil — considered xi  x. 

Relinquish— quit xiv. 

Remuneration — compensation 

xxviii. 
Renewed  )  „   ■■ 

Revived    ( *^"- 

Renowned— famous xiv. 

Repeatedly  (phrases  syn.  to) .  .xx. 
Repose  ) 

Rest       \   ''''*• 

Representatives — sen  ate,  Q,.  xxiii. 

Requirement — demand xv. 

Requisite — necessary xii. 

Resolutions — matters,  0,.-  ..xxiii. 
Restrained  ) 

Restricted   ( **" 

Restrainmenl — suppression.  ..xx. 
Restricted— circumscribed  . ..  .xv. 

Retai  ned — kept xx. 

Revered — venerated xx. 

Revolutionary — transitional, 

U xxii. 


4.3,  19 

15,  18 

30,  17 


45,  :« 
12,  21 
20,  22 

23,  17 

7,22 
4,  16 

18,31 

5,21 

22,  17 

24,  24 

7,35 

22  26 
46i  20 
44,  12 
14,20 

14,23 

7,  23 
12,  18 
18,  23 
22,  24 

9,25 


Right,  S xix.  16,  23 

Right- due xiii.  26,  14 

Right— proper  xxix.  32,34 

Rit'hts— claims xii.  Ill),  14 

Rigorously— strictly xiii.  26,  14 

Riots — insurrections xxxiii.  74,  38 

Robbery— depredation xv.  23,  19 

Ruin — destruction ix.  13,    7 

Ruin— destruction xxxvi.  15.  38 

Rule— law  xxviii.  3,31 

Ruled— governed xiii.  48,  15 


Sabbath,  M xii. 

Saeredncss  (whence  derived),  .xii. 
Safe      ( 

i^ecure  (  ^^^' 

Sake — purpose xv. 

Salaries — emoluments x.xi. 

Sanction  ) 

Support    ( * 

Sanctioned — countenanced  . .  .xv. 

Savages— Indians xviii. 

Scholar 

School  (words  derived  from)  ... 

Science — art xiii. 

Scientific— literary,  U 

Sea— ocean xxxi. 

Seasons — times xv. 

Security— bail xxviii. 

Seen — perceived  xxix. 

Self-eviilent  truths— axioms  xxii. 
Semi  (prefix)  -barbarous,  M.  .xiii. 
S'liate — represi'iitatives,  Q,.  xxiii. 
Sentence — paragraph,  U 


9,  11 
33,  12 

5,  35 

22,  19 
33,24 

11,  18 

3,  18 
14,21 
13,  6 
13,  6 
88,  16 
22,  6 
10.  36 
49,  20 
28,  32 
30,  34 
2.'5,  25 

9,  14 
22,  26 
23, 


26  i 


16 


INDEX. 


Spiitierit  (whence  derived)  ....  17,    6 

&'paiate — distinct x.  3'J,    \t 

Si'pt — tribe xxxi.  14,  3G 

Series — coiirse xxix.  25,  34 

Service — duty xxviii.  ]G,  31 

Several — different xxvii.  2.'!,  30 

Several — various x.  37,    i) 

Sheep,  a xlv.  23,  41 

Sheriff,  M xlii.  24,40 

Ships— vessels xv.  32,  10 

Slight — presence,  U xxviii.  41,  32 

Sijinification — meaning  ....xxix.  18,34 

Sit'iiified— denoted x.  .3.5,    9 

Similar— like xviii.  2!),  22 

Skctcli — outline xxii.  2,  23 

Sli^'ht— disrrgard xiv.  i:»,  17 

Societies,  M xiii.  3,  14 

Soil,  S XX.  25,  24 

Sovereigns— monarchs xv.  6,  18 

Speech — debate xxi v.  19,  27 

Speedy— quick xxviii.  20,  31 

Spot— place xxiv.  10,  27 

State— commonwealth  . . .  .xxviii.  35,  32 

States,  M xiii.  8,  14 

St.'itus  quo,  Q XV.  13,  18 

Statutes — laws xiii.  48,  15 

Statutes- laws xxvii.  30,  30 

Step,  M xii.  71),  13 

Step  (prefix)  -father,  M xii.  77,  13 

Story,  S is.  2ri,    7 

Strength- authority — power  . .  20,    6 

Strength— power xiv.  35,  18 

Streimthi'ning — developing — 

elevating,  U II,    6 

Strictly — rigorously xiii.  20,  14 

Subject,  S vii.  3,    0 

Subject— citizen xxxvi.  14,38 

Subsisting— existing xviii.  11,  21 

Subterfuge— evasion xv.  20,  18 

Supported— borne xviii.  25,  22 

Suppressing — extending,  U 2,    4 

Sijpprrssion — restrainraent . .  .xx.  7,  23 

Sdrreiidcr— code xv.  27,  19 

Surrounding — encompassing  xvii.  1,  20 

Swarms — multitudes xviii.  22,  22 

Swords — brands xxix.  49,  35 

Sworn— affirmed,  U xlii.  35,  40 

Synonym— definition,  LT 10,    (5 

System— form xix.  10,  22 

Talesmen,  M xliv.  42,  41 

Taught— instructed xiv.  25,  17 

Taxes— duties xxxiii.  36,  37 

Tear— cut,  U xlvi.  32,  42 

Temporary  ) .  . 

Transient    ( ■**'^-  ^^"" 

Term— word xvi.  2,  20 

Testimony — witness xxvii.  41,  30 

That,  Q xliv.  30,  41 

Ticket— ballot xxviii.  39,  32 

Times — seasons xv.  49,  20 

Tion  (affix)  capita-,  M xxv.  23,28 

Tone— emphasis — pause,  M.  . .  21,    6 


Tool— instrument xxi.  38,  24 

Traffic— dealings xvii.  9,21 

Tranquillity- peace xii.  102,  14 

Tranquillity- peace xiv.  33,  17 

Trans  (prefix)  -mitted,  M xii.  58,  13 

Transitional — revolutionary,  U. 

xxii.  9, 25 

Treacherous— perfidious xiv.  29,  17 

Treatise— essay 23,    (! 

Trial— experience xx.  10,  23 

Tribe— sept xxxi.  14,  3(i 

Trivial— light xxi.  16,  24 

True— faithful  xlvi.  35,  42 

Trust— confi.lence xlvi.  29,  42 

Turks— Moslems xlvi.  10,  42 

Ty  (affix)  notorie-,  31 xii.  25,  12 

fJn  (prefix),  M xii.  114,  14 

LTii  (prefix)  -aided,  M xii.  113,  14 

Under — beneath xv.  35,  19 

Unerring— infallible xiii.  2,  14 

Uniform— equal xiv.  34,  17 

Union— coalescence xv.  17,  18 

Union— confederation xxvii.  13,  30 

Unjust— illegal xlv.  50,  41 

Unoffending — inoffeiiding  ....xv.  21,19 

Upon— on xxviii.  44,  33 

Usage — custom xv.  31,  19 

Usages— customs xiv.  20,  17 

Use— employ xv.  25,  19 

Validity,  S xii.  32,  12 

Vanquished— conquered xiv.  20,  17 

Various — several x.  37,    9 

Vast— enormous xvi.  18,  20 

Venerated— revered xx.  22'  24 

Verse— poetry xii.  57',  13 

Vessels— ships xv.  32,  19 

Vetoed,  M xiii.  63,15 

Vice  (prefix),  M xxvi.  16,  28 

Vice,  S x.wi.  17,  28 

Vicissitudes — changes xvii.  17,  21 

Vote   I  -''•^'^-  y.27 

Voters— juries,  Q, xlv.  17,  41 

Want— need .\ili.  26,  14 

Way— manner xxviii.  12^31 

Weakness- infirmity xiii.  2GJ  14 

Weapons— arms xxviii.  9,  31 

Welfare— prosperity xxiv.  5,  27 

Wills— devises xii.  108,  14 

Wisdom— prudence xxxi.  2li  36 

Witiiess-tistimony xxvii.  41,' 30 

Word— term xvi.  2,  20 

Work,  S 2     6 

Writ  of  error,  a xxxix.  I5',  39 

Wr(mgs— abuses,  U xxi.  17,  24 

Wrongs— grievances xxviii.  s]  31 


THE 

AMERICAN  MANUAL. 

LESSON  I. 

The  design  of  the  right-hand  column  of  words  (See  Lesson  7.)  is 
to  render  the  school-room  a  place  of  intense  interest,  enchaining 
the  mind  of  the  pupil  by  gradual  and  constant  exercise  of  all  the 
intellectual  faculties;  for,  like  the  body,  the  more  the  mind  is  pro- 
perly exercised  the  stronger  it  becomes.  When  the  right-hand 
column  is  used  as  a  spelling  lesson,  and  the  teacher  gives  out  any 
word,  it  is  intended  that  the  word  in  the  same  line  indicated  by 
the  figure  '  shall  be  spelled  in  its  place.  For  example — when  the 
teacher  pronounces  book,  the  pupil  will  spell  wor/c — when  primary, 
the  pupil  will  spell  elementary — when  lessons  for  practice,  the  pupil 
will  spell  exercises — and  when  writers,  the  pupil  will  spell  authors. 
Again,  when  the  teacher  pronounces  work,  the  scholar  will  spell 
book — when  elementary,  the  scholar  will  spell  primary — when  exer- 
cises, the  scholar  will  spell  lessons  for  practice — when  authors,  the 
scholar  will  spell  writers.  It  is  obvious  that  by  this  plan  not  a 
word  can  be  spelled  without  "waking  up  the  mind"  of  the  scho- 
lar. The  pupil  spells  and  learns  the  meaning  of  two  words  in 
every  line,  and  eventually  forms  the  habit  of  observing  how  every 
word  read  is  spelled,  or,  in  other  words,  learns  to  spell  every  word 
in  the  language  correctly;  and,  what  is  more,  not  only  learns  the 
meaning  of  every  word,  but  also  the  nice  shades  of  difference  be- 
tween words  generally  used  as  synonymous  with  each  other.  Youth 
thus  enter  with  zest  on  the  study  of  their  mother  tongue,  and  each 
day  brings  increasing  delight  in  tracing  the  beauties  and  following 
out  the  philosophy  of  language,  in  which  all  the  business  of  life 
is  transacted,  effectually  fitting  the  student  for  the  real  practical 
duties  of  the  world. 

In  order  to  enliven  the  class,  train  the  pupils  to  think  quick,  and 
to  rivet  their  attention  the  teacher  may  occasionally  give  them  the 
marginal  words  to  spell  by  letter.  Thus,  the  teacher  pronounces 
work,  Susan  begins,  B,  Mary  instantly  follows,  00,  then  Jane,  K, 
and  Harriet  pronounces  the  word  ;  and  so  on  down  the  column  and 


18  INTRODUCTION. 


through  the  class.  It  will  be  advisable  for  those  who  use  the 
Manual  as  a  reading  book  to  take  but  one  feature  at  a  time,  and  to 
omit  the  questions  till  the  pupils  are  perfectly  familia'-  with  the 
marginal  exercises. 

It  cannot  be  too  often  repeated,  that  the  great  object  has  been 
to  discipline  the  mind,  to  give  the  pupil  an  accurate  command  of 
language  j  and  hence,  the  word  found  in  the  margin  is  often  not  the 
easiest  or  the  plainest  one  that  might  have  been  given.  For  exam- 
ple (see  page  83),  Icen,  18th  marginal  line;  also  (page  111.)  coterie, 
33d  marginal  line,  and  moderator,  49th  marginal  line. 

Some  words  in  the  right-hand  column  are  definitions,  some  syno- 
nyms, and  some  neither  definitions  nor  synonyms,  but  phrases  or 
expressions  that  convey  a  similar  idea  to  the  mind.  Hence,  the 
pupil  in  properly  using  this  book  must  reason,  investigate,  and  re- 
ilect ;  the  attention  thus  aroused  in  school  will  accompany  the  pupil 
through  life,  and  in  the  place  of  stupidity,  sluggishness,  and  a  dis- 
taste for  intellectual  pursuits,  an  acute  intellect  and  polished  mind 
will  be  formed  which  will  adorn  the  possessor,  and  bless  society 
to  the  end  of  time. 

It  is  believed  that  pupils  who  properly  use  this  book  will  acquire 
attentive  habits,  desire  for  study,  and  patient  investigation,  which 
will  fit  them  in  after  life  to  be  the  solace  and  pride  of  their  fami- 
lies, and  the  ornaments  of  society. 

LESSON   II. 

Another  excellent  feature  of  the  marginal  exercises  is,  that 
youths  gradually  train  the  eye  to  look  in  advance  of  the  word  they 
are  pronouncing.  For  example,  when  the  scholar  pronounces 
schools,the  first  word  in  the  third  line  of  Lesson  7.,  the  eye  glances 
forward  to  the  end  of  the  line  in  order  to  bring  in  the  meaning 
of  exercises,  the  word  indicated  by  the  figure  \  The  eye  thus 
accustomed  to  reach  in  advance  of  the  words  being  pronounced, 
the  pupil  is  enabled  to  articulate  the  difficult  words  that  occur 
in  the  course  of  reading,  without  the  least  hesitancy.  Hence,  a 
habit  ot  reading  fluently  is  acquired  at  the  same  time  youth  are 
obtaining  a  ''ommand  of  language.  Educators  will  find  it  well 
frequently  to  call  the  attention  of  the  young  to  the  great  variety  of 
meanings  the  same  word  may  have,  owing  to  its  connexion  with 
ihe   sentence   in   which   it   is   placed.      Thus  work,    the   second 


INTRODUCTION. 


19 


word  in  the  first  line  of  Lesson  7.,  is  used  in  the  sense  of  book,  but 
it  may  have  ten  different  significations.  See  Lesson  8.,  Question 
2,  Page  6  Appendix.  Teachers  who  properly  use  the  marginal 
column  will  soon  find  the  eyes  of  their  pupils  beaming  with  joy, 
as  their  minds  expand  by  the  use  of  the  marginal  exercises.  The 
pupil  should  so  study  the  lesson  as  not  to  make  the  slightest  halt  in 
substituting  the  meaning  for  the  word  indicated  by  the  figure  '.  For 
backward  or  dull  scholars,  it  will  be  well  for  the  teacher  to  simplify 
the  answers  in  the  Appendix.  For  example,  Question  2,  of  Lesson  8., 
in  the  Appendix  may  be  elucidated  more  in  full,  thus :  (see  Ques.  2. 
Les.  8. )  first  in  the  sense  of  book,  as  the  work  is  well  written  ;  that  is, 
the  book  is  well  written.  Second,  in  the  sense  of  labor,  as  he  is  at 
work  ;  that  is,  he  is  at  labor.  Third,  in  the  sense  of  manage,  as  xoork 
out  your  own  salvation;  that  is,  manage  your  own  salvation.  Fourth; 
in  the  sense  of  operate,  as  the  principle  works  well ;  that  is,  the 
principle  operates  well.  Fifth,  in  the  sense  of  become,  as  the 
cogs  work  loose  by  friction ;  that  is,  they  become  loose  by  friction. 
Sixth,  in  the  sense  of  ferment,  as  malt  liquors  ti-or^-;  that  is,  they 
ferment.  Seventh,  in  the  sense  of  remove,  as  the  plaster  loorks 
out  of  place  ;  that  is,  the  plaster  is  removed  out  of  place.  Eighth, 
in  the  sense  of  knead,  as  the  young  ladies,  Bridget,  Elizabeth,  and 
Louisa,  work  pastry ;  that  is,  the  young  ladies  knead  pastry.  Tenth, 
in  the  sense  of  embroider,  as  the  young  ladies,  Jane,  Susan,  and 
Harriet,  work  purses;  that  is,  they  embroider  purses.  For  back- 
ward or  dull  scholars  it  would  probably  be  best  for  the  teacher  to 
omit  the  questions  in  the  book  entirely,  and  give  them  a  few  easy 
oral  ones ;  and  for  those  advanced  it  will  be  well  to  vary  the  exer- 
cise and  make  it  more  difficult.  By  taking  again  Question  2,  Les- 
son I.,  the  advanced  pupil  would  give  something  like  the  follow- 
ing answer.  First,  in  the  sense  of  book,  as  my  mother  purchased 
the  work.     Second,  in  the  sense  of  labor,  as  John  is  at  work,  &c. 

It  frequently  occurs  throughout  the  book  that  the  best  word  for 
the  text  is  found  in  the  margin.  In  doing  this,  the  author  had  a 
two-fold  object ;  first,  to  exercise  the  judgment  and  discriminating 
powers  of  the  pupils ;  second,  it  was  often  more  convenient.  For 
examples  of  this  kind,  see  page  111,  and  the  38th  line;  commit- 
tee would  be  far  preferable,  both  in  brevity  and  style,  to  number 
of  their  body ;  plaintiff,  page  250,  marginal  line  149;  replica- 
tion, page  251,  marginal  line  167;  given  his  charge.  Lesson  XLIV., 
page  252,  line  2  ;  with  many  others,  are  examples  of  this  kind. 


20  INTRODUCTION. 


As  a  general  rule,  the  term  or  phrase  given  in  the  margin  is  the 
approximate  meaning  of  the  word  in  the  same  line,  indicated  by 
the  figure  ',  The  teacher  should  be  careful  to  make  the  pupil  un- 
derstand that  the  same  word  may  convey  a  very  different  or  even 
an  opposite  signification  in  one  sentence  from  what  it  does  in  an- 
other ;  for  example,  when  we  speak  of  a  nervous  writer,  we  mean 
one  strong  and  vigorous;  but  when  we  speak  of  a  nervous  lady, 
we  mean  one  weak  and  feeble. 

After  the  pupils  have  become  familiar  with  the  marginal  words 
they  should  substitute  original  meanings,  obtained  by  their  own 
research  and  reflection  :  for  example,  in  the  place  of  the  meaning 
given  in  the  margin  of  work^  in  the  first  line  of  Lesson  7.,  the  schol- 
ars may  substitute  Reader^  Manual,  or  Volume ;  any  phrase  or  ex- 
pression that  will  convey  a  similar  idea. 

LESSON  III. 

The  Index  to  synonyms,  [see  page  11]  will  also  furnish  many 
interesting  fireside  lessons,  and  greatly  assist  the  teacher  who  uses 
the  Manual  for  advanced  classes.  For  example,  suppose  the  pupil 
wishes  to  know  the  difference  between  abolish  and  abrogate ;  by 
reference  to  lesson  XV.,  Question  16,  page  18  of  the  Appendix  (as 
pointed  out  by  the  Index),  the  difference  is  explained  at  length ; 
and  by  turning  to  Lesson  XV.  (Question  16,  which  points  out  the 
line  in  which  the  words  occur),  and  page  70,  in  the  body  of  the 
book,  the  pupil  will  see  an  application  of  the  words  in  a  sentence  ; 
hence  it  is  plain  that  if  the  nation  does  away  gradually  with  its 
old  regulations,  abolish  will  be  the  best  word  to  use  in  the  text; 
if  suddenly,  then  abrogate  would  be  the  best.  It  appears  that  alter 
precedes  abolish  (see  page  70,  line  54) ;  hence,  it  is  evident  that 
the  change  may  be  a  gradual  alteration,  and  therefore  abolish  is 
the  best  word  to  use  in  the  text.  Again,  suppose  the  difference 
between  declare  and  avow  is  required ;  under  the  letter  D,  page 
12,  in  the  Index,  the  difference  is  indicated,  and  clearly  ex- 
plained in  Lesson  XXI.,  Question  6,  page  24  of  the  Appendix. 
By  reference  to  Lesson  XXI.  (Question  6,  which  points  out  the  line 
in  which  the  words  occur),  page  94,  the  application  of  the  words 
will  appear;  declare  being  the  best  word  to  use  in  the  text,  because 
its^Kpplication  is  national. 

The  Biographical  Tables  also  furnish  fruitful  and  varied  themes 


INTRODUCTION.  21 


for  composition,  and  are  of  much  service  by  arousing  a  literary 
spirit  ill  the  family  circle.  The  pupils  should  be  encouraged  to 
obtain  knowledge  from  friends  as  well  as  from  books. 

Again,  to  vary  the  exercise,  as  well  as  to  give  the  pupils  seme 
lesson  that  will  interest  their  families  at  home,  the  teacher  may 
assign  with  Lesson  I.,  Table  I.  (found  on  page  332)  of  the  State  in 
which  the  school  is  taught.     For  example,  suppose  the  school  to 
be  in  the  State  of  Pennsylvania;  by  reference   to   the   table,  it 
will  be  perceived  that   Pennsylvania  is  the  ninth  Slate   in  the 
column  of  States,  and  that  opposite  each  State  is  the  first  column 
of  figures  denoting  in  years  the  time  for  which  the  governor  in 
that  State  is  elected.     The  figure  opposite  Pennsylvania   in  the 
first  column  is  3  ;  hence,  the  governor  of  Pennsylvania  is  elected 
for  three  years.     The  figures  in  the  second  column  denote,  in  dol- 
lars, the  governor's  salary  per  year ;  opposite  Pennsylvania  in  the 
second  column  is  3000 ;  hence,  the  governor  of  Pennsylvania  has 
an  annual  salary  of  $3000.     Again,  suppose  the  school  happens  to 
be  in  Virginia,  and  that  the  class  has  been  assigned  Lesson  II.  By 
reference  to  Table  II.  it  will  be  seen  that  Virginia  is  the  twelfth 
State  in  the  column  of  States.     The  first  column  of  figures  denotes 
the  number  of  State  Senators.     In  the  first  column  of  figures  oppo- 
site Virginia  is  50  j  hence,  the  number  of  State  Senators  in  Vir- 
ginia is  50.     The  second  column  of  figures  denotes  the  time,  in 
years,  for  which  the  State  Senators  are  elected  ;  4  is  opposite  Vir- 
ginia in  the  second  column  of  figures ;  hence,  the  term  of  office 
for  the  State  Senators  in  Virginia  is  four  years.     The  third  column 
of  figures  denotes  the  number  of  State  Representatives  for  each 
State.     The  figures  opposite  Virginia  are  152  ;  hence,  the  number 
of  State  Representatives  in  Virginia  is  152.     The  fourth  column  of 
figures  denotes  the  time,  in  years,  for  which  the  State  Representa- 
tives are  elected.     The  number  opposite  Virginia  is  2  ;  hence,  the 
term  of  office  of  the  State  Representatives  for  Virginia  is  two  years. 
The  fifth  column  of  figures  denotes,  in  years,  the  youngest  age  at 
which  any  man  can  legally  serve  as  State  Senator.     The  figures 
opposite  Virginia  in  the  fifth  column  are  30;  hence,  a  man  must 
attain  thirty  years  in  Virginia  before  he  can  be  legally  elected  a  State 
Senator.     Again,  suppose  the  school  happens  to  be  in  Ohio,  and 
the  class  has  Lesson  IV.    assigned.     For  the  home  lesson  the 
teacher  may  assign  Table  V.        Ohio  is  the  twenty-fifth  State  in 
the  column  of  States,  on  page  336.     The  first  column  of  figures 


22  INTRODUCTION. 


tlenotes  the  number  of  inhabited  dwelling  houses  in  each  of  the 
States  respectively.  The  figures  opposite  Ohio  in  the  first  column 
are  336,098  ;  —  hence,  according  to  the  government  authority  of 
the  last  census,  there  were  330,098  inhabited  dwelling  houses  in 
Ohio.  The  scholars  may  commit  to  memory  one  table,  or  even 
less  than  one  table,  for  each  day;  and  in  the  course  of  a  short 
time  they  will  be  familiar  with  all  the  statistics  of  their  own  State. 

LESSON   IV. 

Inattentive  examination  has  led  many  who  were  not  practical 
teachers  to  believe  that  the  author  intended  the  right-hand  column 
of  words  as  exact  definitions ;  nothing  could  be  farther  from  the  fact. 
There  are  about  one  thousand  questions  calling  the  attention  to  the 
difference  between  the  meaning  of  the  word  indicated  by  the 
figure  '  and  the  word  in  the  margin,  at  the  end  of  the  line.  The 
great  object  is  to  give  varied  accuracy  in  the  use  of  words,  a  com- 
mand of  language,  and  gradually  but  thoroughly  to  exercise  the 
judgment  and  discriminating  powers  of  the  pupils.  Pages  291,  297, 
and  many  others,  call  the  attention  expressly  to  the  use  of  the  mar- 
ginal column.  It  cannot  be  too  much  borne  in  mind,  that  even 
of  any  several-words  derived  from  various  tongues,  and  conveying 
each  in  its  own,  the  same  thought  as  either  or  all  of  the  rest,  there 
is  generally,  in  our  language,  a  slight  shade  of  difference  in  the 
application,  so  that  they  cannot  be  used  indiscriminately.  See  page 
4,  Ap.  Probably  no  two  words  can  be  found,  in  their  true  and 
nice  application,  exactly  alike,  though  there  are  many  conveying  a 
similar  idea.  Let  it  be  always  distinctly  recollected,  that  the  main 
object  of  the  marginal  exercises  is  properly  to  discipline  the  mind,  to 
cultivate  a  taste  for  the  philosophy  of  our  own  language,  and  fit  the  pu- 
pils for  the  duties  of  after-life. 

Especial  attention  is  also  requested  to  the  peculiarities  of  ortho- 
graphy in  the  Constitution.  Several  persons  have  had  the  kind- 
ness to  point  out  what  they  supposed  to  be  errors  in  spelling, 
whereas  if  they  had  taken  pains  to  examine  the  questions  at  the 
termination  of  the  Constitution  (page  147),  and  the  answers  found 
to  questions  65,  66,  67,  68,  69.  70,  and  71,  in  the  corresponding 
lesson  ill  the  Appendix,  or  Key  (pages  33  and  34),  they  would 
have  seen  the  importance  of  not  altering  one  iota,  a  document  so 
sacreu  and  venerable  as  the  American  Constitution.     Hence,  in- 


INTRODUCTION.  2'? 


^ 


Stead  of  being  an  insuperable  objection  to  the  use  of  the  Manual, 
it  will  be  seen  that  the  very  fact  of  its  containing  a  fac  simile  of 
the  original  manuscript  of  the  Constitution  (now  in  the  Department 
of  State  in  the  City  of  Washington),  greatly  enhances  its  value. 
Hundreds  of  errors  are  now  to  be  found  in  law  and  other  books 
purporting  to  contain  copies  of  the  Constitution.  One  of  the  most 
popular  school-books  of  the  day  has  XIII.  amendments  to  the  Con- 
stitution ;  yet  only  XII.  have  been  made  by  Congress.  If  in  less 
than  a  century,  independent  of  variations  and  errors  in  orthography, 
punctuation,  &c.,  an  entire  amendment  can  be  added  to  the  Consti- 
tution, is  there  not  danger,  if  authors  are  allowed  to  vary  from  the 
original  manuscript,  that  in  the  course  of  time  the  entire  original 
Constitution  will  be  changed  or  obliterated,  and  a  new  one  formed, 
according  to  the  caprices  of  the  public  mind  ]  Again,  our  lan- 
guage is  subject  to  constant  change,  and,  according  to  the  general 
received  opinion,  up,  the  last  word  in  the  120th  line,  page  134,  is 
superfluous;  yet  it  is  found  in  the  manuscript  as  originally  adopted. 
The  specimens  of  old  English  poetry,  page  44  of  the  Appendix, 
and  the  Constitution  itself,  may,  when  compared  with  the  best 
writers  of  the  present  day,  serve  to  show  the  changes  our  language 
has  gradually  undergone.  It  may  be  well  here  to  remark,  that  no 
one  can  comprehend  the  author's  system  of  instruction  who  does 
not  constancy  refer  to  the  questions.  The  answers  to  the  ques- 
tions, in  the  Appendix  or  Key,  are  intended  simply  as  models ;  the 
pupils  should  always  be  encouraged  to  give  original  answers.    ' 

Books  are  companions  whose  silent  and  ever-acting  influence,  for 
good  or  for  evil,  is  incalculable.  If  we  place  in  the  hands  of  youth 
books  from  which  they  form  habits  of  memorizing  like  parrots  and 
reciting  like  automatons;  if  we  allow  our  daughters  to  take  to 
their  bosoms  productions  that  please  the  fancy  while  they  under- 
mine the  morals;  if  we  allow  our  sons  to  read  works  that  enervate 
and  degrade  instead  of  invigorating  and  exalting;  if  we  are  indif- 
ferent to  the  contents  of  a  volume  recormncnded  or  decried  by  a 
s:aiidy,  a  mercenary,  a  base,  a  prostituted  press,  we  suffer  others,  tam- 
pering not  with  things  of  time  but  of  eternity,  to  stain  the  fair 
blank  of  mind,  prepared  for  the  pen  of  virtue,  and  mar  the  symme- 
trical proportions  of  the  soul.  With  interests  so  vast  at  stake,  it 
behooves  everyeducator,  if  he  has  not  at  hand  those  known  to  be 
disinterested,  carefully  to  read  books  designed  for  his  use,  relying 
in  the  end  upon  his  own  judgment,  so  that  neither  the  seljishiicss 


24  INTRODUCTION. 


of  individuals,  nor  the  cupidity  of  hireling  critics,  burning  with  im^ane 
zeal  to  promote  private  ends,  shall  thwart  his  laudable  efforts  to  ele- 
vate AND  ENNOBLE  THE  MINDS  OF  THE  RISING  GENERATION. 

Should  these  remarks  ever  meet  the  eye  of  a  teacher  wishino' 
to  procure  his  bread  without  labor,  to  while  away  the  time  and 
pocket  the  money  consecrated  to  the  noble  purpose  of  training 
youth  for  the  duties  of  life  and  of  eternity — if  there  be  any  hav- 
ing the  superintendence  of  schools,  or  in  any  way  whatever  the 
charge  of  the  young,  who,  to  screen  the  teacher's  indolence  or  serve 
in  any  manner  private  ends,  advance  the  specious  argument  that 
the  multiplicity  of  words  given  confuse  and  bewilder  the  pupil — 
the  brief  and  irrefutable  answer  may  be  made,  that  learning  the 
definitions  from  a  dictionary,  the  study  of  the  classics,  and  the  ac- 
quirement of  any  knowledge,  is  liable  to  the  same  sophistical 
objections.  But  skilful  and  conscientious  teachers  will  not  be 
dismayed  by  labor;  and  the  child's  eye,  beaming  with  joy,  as  in- 
dications of  an  expanding  mind,  will  dispel  such  arguments  like 
mist  before  the  burning  sun. 

By  those  who  wish  to  travel  the  old  beaten  track,  to  use  the  books 
their  forefathers  used,  this  work  may  be  cast  aside  as  a  "  humbug ;" 
and  every  other  effort  made  to  arouse  the  unreflecting  to  a  sense  of 
the  imminent  dangers  that  now  threaten  the  ruin  of  our  Republic 
will  also  be  cried  down  by  those  who  feel  that  knowledge  and  mo- 
rality endanger  the  wheedling  politician's  permanent  hold  on  office. 
Some  will,  however,  be  found  who  regret  the  irmovations  of  the 
day;  who,  like  the  Chinese,  wish  us  now  to  live  as  man  lived  two 
thousand  years  ago,  trusting  to  the  profession  of  rulers,  and  neg- 
lecting all  the  means  by  which  we  may  know  how  well  they  live 
up  to  their  vaunting  professions  of  disinterested  patriotism. 

The  present  is  an  age  of  progress — the  farmer  uses  labor-saving 
machines  in  agriculture ;  all  the  departments  of  human  industry 
call  to  their  aid,  and  are  served  by,  the  skill  and  ingenuity  of  mo- 
dern inventi-ons;  the  labor  of  months  is  now  often  performed  in 
a  few  days ;  feats  are  accomplished  that  would  formerly  have  been 
deemed  incredible;  and  even  the  lightning  of  heaven  has  been 
bridled  and  broken  to  an  express  courser  by  man.  Has  it  come  to 
this,  that  ever)'  thing  shall  receive  countenance  and  support  save 
that  only  which  affects  the  training  of  the  young,  that  which  has 
for  its  object  the  growth,  the  progress,  the  strength,  the  welfare  of 
the  immortal  mind? 


INTRODUCTION.  25 


In  two  quarters  have  objections  been  raised  to  the  use  of  a  work  of  this 
kini  in  female  seminaries.  One  class  argue  that  poUtical  science  is  dry, 
uninteresting,  and  useless:  "What,"  say  they,  "do  young  girls  want  to 
know  of  the  Constitution  of  the  United  States  ?  An  accomplished  education 
consists  in  dancing  gracefully  ;  in  being  familiar  with  the  contents  of  every 
novel  in  English  and  French."  The  other  class  wish  to  Umit  woman's  know- 
ledge to  cooking  and  washing.  The  former  would  make  woman  a  toy  of 
youth,  to  be  deserted  in  age  ;  the  latter,  a  cateress  to  man's  selfishness — 
not  a  companion  and  equal,  but  his  abject  slave  through  life. 

Who  moulds  the  destiny  of  the  future  ?  Who  makes  an  indelible  iiji- 
pression  on  the  infant  mind  ere  it  gives  utterance  to  expressions  of  endear- 
ment and  purity  ?  Woman  !  Ye  master  spirits  of  the  present  and  the  past 
century,  v:ho  were  the  real  authors  of  your  greatness  ?  What  enabled  you  to 
fill  the  world  with  your  fame,  and  engrave  your  names  high  on  the  pillars  of 
immortahiy  ?  The  tomb  resounds,  maternal  influence.  Oh,  shades  of 
Washingto7i  and  Napoleon  !  How  long  will  the  world  be  learning  that  when 
the  father's  influence  is  no  more  felt,  when  the  paternal  spirit  takes  its  flight, 
and  leaves  the  widow  and  her  infant  brood  to  loneliness  and  woe,  the  edu- 
cated mother's  power  is  sufficient,  soaring  above  the  misfortunes  of  earth, 
to  mould  the  character  and  shape  the  destiny  of  world-kulers  ? 

Where  is  the  man — yea,  what  man  ever  lived  distinguished  for  great 
deeds  and  noble  actions,  for  goodness  and  excellence,  who  owed  not  his 
eminence  to  the  elevating  influence  of  female  power  ?  What  mother — 
yea  what  father — lives,  believing  that  the  mind  is  immortal,  that  God  go- 
verns the  universe  and  takes  cognizance  of  the  affairs  of  man,  who  would 
wish  the  daughter's  mind  to  remain  blank  in  reference  to  our  social  and  po- 
litical institutions?  Who  would  wish  the  females  of  our  country  to  remain 
for  ever  ignorant  of  the  disinterested  motives,  the  self-sacrifices  of  the  found- 
ers of  our  Republic  ?  Who  would  desire  any  to  remain  ignorant  of  the 
American  Constitcjtion,  the  sheet-anchor  of  the  world's  liberties,  and 
the  guarantee  alike  of  man's  and  woman's  privileges  ?  Who  would  wish  the 
daughters  of  America  to  form  alliances  for  life  like  the  Turkish  slave — who 
would  wish  fading  beauty — wealth,  "which  takes  to  itself  wings" — to  be  the 
soul  of  attraction  ?  for  when  these  begin  to  wane,  she  must  bid  farewell  to 
earthly  happiness,  and  it  may  he,  through  a  defective  education,  to  celestial 

BLISS. 

The  female  may  even  now  be  born  on  whom  may  fall  the  mantle  of  the 
combined  virtues  of  the  illustrious  dead,  whose  name  may  yet  animate  a 
slumbering  world  to  deeds  of  excellence  and  of  piety.  It  may  be  that  fe- 
male fame  may  yet  leave-  all  names  now  first,  second  on  earth's  annals  of 
renown.  The  female  maj'  even  now  live  who  may  follow  closer  the  pre- 
cepts and  the  commands  of  the  Saviour  of  mankind  than  ever  mortal  yet 
attained.  Who  is  afraid  that  by  the  study  of  political  and  liberal  science  wo- 
man will  usurp  the  duties  of  man?  As  the  Creator  has  assigned  the  moon, 
the  sun,  and  the  stars,  their  respective  orbits,  so  also  has  he  prescribed  the 
sphere  and  the  duties  of  woman  ;  and  glorious  will  be  that  day  when  she  as- 
sumes an  intelligent  and  a  proper  sway  in  the  affairs  of  a  suffering  world. 
-  - 


26  INTRODUCTION. 


LESSON    V. 

Particular  attention  is  called  to  the  novel  plan  of  reading  the 
questions,  used  in  this  book,  and  the  answers  thereto,  in  the  Ap- 
pendix. For  this  exercise  the  class  should  be  separated  into  two 
divisions,  facing  each  other.  The  poorest  readers  should  be  the 
questioners,  who  ought  always  to  face  the  best  readers,  or  an- 
swerers. For  example,  suppose  the  school  to  be  in  Maryland,  and 
the  class  to  be  composed  of  Ann,  Louisa,  Sarah  and  Jane,  the  for- 
mer two  being  the  poorest  readers.  If  Lesson  X.  be  assigned,  Ann 
begins  with  question  1,  pa;^e  35,  Miss  Sarah,  in  what  sense  was 
Christendom  formerly  used  '/  Sarah,  having  her  book  open  at  the 
8th  page  of  the  Appendix,  reads  1st  answer  of  the  10th  Lessson. 
Louisa  then  asks  the  2d  question  on  the  35th  page,  and  Jane  reads 
the  2d  answer  from  the  8th  page  of  the  Appendix.  A  class  of  30 
or  40  may  proceed  in  the  same  manner.  The  poorest  readers  in 
front  of  the  best  should  proceed,  in  rotation,  to  read  [ask]  the 
questions,  taking  care  always  to  raise  the  eyes  and  look  at  those 
questioned.  The  best  readers,  fiicing  the  poorest,  should,  in 
rotation,  read  [answer]  tlio  questions,  each  pupil,  in  turn,  taking 
care  always  to  h-ok  at  the  one  propounding  the  query.  Long 
practice  in  the  school-room  proves  that  these  familiar  dialogues 
and  colloquies  effectually  break  up  drawling  tones,  lifeless  mo- 
notony, heedlessness,  &c.,  and  impart  to  each  pupil  vigor,  life, 
and  accuracy.  The  tables  are  designed  to  be  read  as  dialogues. 
For  example,  if  the  school  be  in  Maryland,  and  Table  III.,  page 
334,  be  the  reading  exercise,  John  Ball,  at  the  head  of  the  1st  divi- 
sion, looks  directly  at  William  Lewis,  who  is  at  the  head  of  the 
2d  division,  and  says,  jMr.  Lewis,  (see  question  40,  page  334,) 
AVhen  is  the  election  held  in  oiu*  state  ?  William  Lewis  replies, 
(see  Maryland,  11th  state  from  the  top,  and  the  2d  column  of 
figures,)  Mr.  Ball,  the  election  in  Maryland  is  held  on  the  first 
Wednesday  in  October.  It  will  be  perceived  that  John  adds  to 
question  40,  in  our  state.  W^ith  little  encouragement  each  pupil  will 
be  able  to  frame  his  own  questions  for  the  census  tables  of  1850. 
This  book  can  be  used  by  two  different  classes  at  the  same  time, 
the  less  advanced  being  selected  to  <ask  the  questions.  The  Manual 
contains  many  mental  questions  such  as  are  not  generally  found 
in  school  books.  Every  query  is  designed  to  load  the  pupil  to 
think,  investigate,  and  reason.  Reading  the  questions  and  the 
answers  gives  variety,  and  cannot  be  too  highly  commended.  All 
who  have  tried  this  system  speak  of  it  as  the  best  possible  exer- 
cise for  all  scholars  who  are  in  the  habit  of  reading  too  low  or  too 
fast.  Asking  and  answering  questions  is  the  easiest  and  quickest 
way  to  elevate  the  voice  to  its  natural  pitch.  The  learner  soon 
acquires  the  habit  of  reading  with  case,  distinctness,  and  elegance. 
The  questions  and  answers  are  in  reading  what  the  gammut  is  in 
music,  a  natui'al  and  an  infallible  guide.     They  are  the  simplest 


INTRODUCTION.  27 


kind  of  dia'ogucs  and  colloquies,  and  gradually  excite  backward, 
inattentive,  and  indolent  pupils  to  the  liigbebt  degree  of  quickness 
and  energy.  It  is,  however,  of  the  utmost  importance  that  the 
class  proceed,  in  reading  these  dialogues  and  cc)lloquies,  in  the 
right  way.  By  invariably  raising  the  eyes  in  propounding  and 
answering  the  queries,  and  looking  at  the  person  questione<l  or 
answered,  the  pupil  is  at  once  initiated  into  the  secret  of  the  best 
elocution,  by  following  the  natural  instead  of  an  artificial  rule. 
Hence  inattentive  habits,  indistinct  enunciation,  and  mannerism, 
the  great  impediments  to  good  reading,  are  effectually  avoided. 
Long  experience  in  the  use  of  this  plan  has  proved  that  the  learn- 
ers will  soon  use  the  language  of  the  book  clearly  and  naturally. 
Youth,  in  fact,  form  the  habit  of  communicating  what  they  read 
with  the  ease,  facility,  and  clearness  of  animated  conversation.* 
Pupils  in  rising  to  read  should  endeavor  to  feel  that  they  are  com- 
municating the  subject  to  all  present,  and  talking  the  sentences 
read.  The  best  readers  are  those  who  talk  best  to  the  persons  in 
the  school  room.  This  plan  will  soon  enable  them  to  read  with 
ease  and  facility.  Accustomed  to  look  constantly  in  advance  of 
the  word  being  pronounced,  they  read  naturally,  and  will  not 
make  the  slightest  pause  when  they  come  to  a  difficult  word,  or 
raise  their  e3'es  towards  the  audience.  The  plan  pursued  in  this 
work  is  not  to  make  every  part  so  plain  that  youth  may  under- 
stand it  without  study.  The  questions  are  of  a  mental  character, 
and  regard  the  pupil  not  as  a  parrot  but  as  a  rational  being,  sus- 
ceptible of  constailt  and  progressive  improvement.  They  are  de- 
signed to  lead  youth,  by  easy  and  progressive  steps,  to  the  top  of 
the  ladder  of  thought.f 

The  marginal  arrangement  is  believed  to  be  the  best  method 
ever  devised  for  forcing  the  eye  in  advance  of  the  word  being  pro- 
nounced. It  is  most  effectual  in  aiding  the  pupil  to  read  with 
ease,  fluency,  and  correctness.  The  exercises  also  give  an  accu- 
racy and  variety  in  expressing  the  same  idea,  and  a  command  in  the 
use  of  language.  The  marginal  words  tliat  most  consider  best 
selected,  may  be,  by  a  few,  called  the  poorest.  This  conflicting 
opinion  does  not,  ho\\Hiver,  detract  any  thing  from  their  transcen- 
dent excellence.  No  work  can  ever  receive  the  sanction  of  all. 
Even  the  Bible  itself  is  loudly  decried  by  a  certain  class.  Sup- 
pose, however,  that  the  author  has  not,  in  every  case,  selected 
the  best  marginal  words,  every  human  production  must  1)0  im- 
perfect.    If  the  best  expressions  are  not  always  used,  then  the 


*  One  of  the  most  eminent  Bcholars  of  the  age  remarks  that,  "  the  highest  decree 
of  excellence  in  reading  and  speaking  is  attained  by  following  nature's  laws,  and  not 
torturing  the  young  to  read  according  to  mechanical"  rules  as  various  and  as  contradic- 
tory as  the  eccentricities  of  the  authors  who  eomiiose  them." 

t  This  suli.icct  is  more  extensively  illustrated  in  a  small  book  called  "  The  Thinker," 
bv  Joseph  Hartlett  Burleigh.  The  Thinker  appropriately  precedes  the  American 
Manual.  The  Thinker  )  robably  contains  a  greater  variety  than  rny  other  book  of 
its  size  ever  published.  Asa  practical  work  of  morality,  it  oucht  to  he  in  the  hands  of 
every  youth. 


28 


INTKODUCTION. 


toacher  can  encourage  the  pupils  to  jmwearied  effort  in  selecting 
those  which  are  better.*  When  the  best  are  used,  then  the  next 
best  may  be  selected.  Every  educator  will  at  once  see  that  no 
class  of  marginal  words  could  be  selected  that  would  alike  suit  all 
schools,  and  be  equally  acceptable  to  all  teachers. 

LESSON  VI. 
The  questions  in  this  book  are  intended  to  make  separate  and  distinct 
reading  lessons,  and  should  he  read  [asked]  by  one  division  of  the  class 
and  the  answers  (see  page  4  of  the  Appendix)  should  be  read  [given]  by  the 
other  division  of  the  class.  1.  [Mary.]  Some  words  of  the  questions  in  this 
book  are  printed  in  italics,  what  is  the  meaning  of  italic?  2.  [Jane.] 
What  is  the  difference  in  meaning  between  suppressing  and  extending  ?  3. 
What  is  Vne  medinmg  oi  prejudice  9  4.  [Susan.]  You  perceive  the  syl- 
lable un  is  placed  before  wearied,  how  does  un,  as  a  prefix,  atfect  words  1 
The  questions  and  the  answers  thereto  throughout  this  book  are  intended 
to  be  read  by  the  pupils  either  as  dialogues  or  colloquies,  (see  page  4, 
Lesson  VL,  of  the  Appendix.)  In  case  the  answers  to  the  questions  in 
the  Appendix  are  lengthy,  as  is  the  case  with  the  remarks  that  follow  the 
4th  query,  all  the  pupils  in  the  class  may  read  by  turns,  each  reading  only 
to  a  period. 


EXPLANATIONS. 
LESSON    VII. 

(§  1.)  This  ^work  is  a  family  manual  for  refer- 
ence, and  a  text-book  and  reader  for  ^elemen- 
tary schools  and  academies.  The  marginal  ^ex- 
ercises are  peculiar  to  the  ^author's  school- 
5  books.  (§  2.)  Before  the  Hop  of  the  first  let- 
ter of  some  word  in  each  line  is  a^diminutive 
figure  1,  which  ^denotes  that  the  word  marked 
by  it  may  be  ^omitted,  and  the  definition,  or 
^some  other  expression  that  will  convey  a 
10  similar  ^idea,  be  put  in  its  stead.  (§  3.)  For 
example,  the  ^first  line  maybe  read,  "this 
hook  is  a  ^family  manual,"  and  so  on  through 
the  ^lesson,  omitting  the  marked  words,  and 
^putting  in  their  stead  those   in  the  margin. 


I  ?  §  B.  5 


Book. 

Primary. 
Lessons  for 
practice. 

Writer's. 

Upper  part. 

Very  small. 

Signifies. 
Not  men- 
tioned. 

Any  .2 

Meaning. 

Top.2 

Qoneral.2 

Exercise.2 

Suhsti- 
tutin!;. 


*  It  has  Konerally  been  acknowlcdsed,  whenever  at  firBt  sij^ht.  the  best  words  appear 
not  to  have  been  t-xken,  or  where  the  most  difficult  were  not  marked,  that  they  were 
elsewhere  exemplified. 


DIRECTIONS   AND    EXPLANATIONS. 


29 


15  This  ^Manual  can  be  used  as  a  reader  in  the 
largest  ^public  schools,  without  occupying 
more  time  than  the  ^ordinary  Readers.  (§  4.) 
By  reading  in  this  'book  pupils  gradually 
acquire  a  '^Jcnozvledr/e  of  our  socialand  politi- 

20  cal  institutions.  Youth  are  Hhus  led,  by 
^progressive  steps,  to  cultivate  a  taste  for  use- 
ful reading,  'industrious  habits,  and  patient 
research,  without  which  they  are  not  'properly 
fitted  for  the  'duties  of  after  life.     (§  5.)  The 

25  ^alluring  incentives  of  the  Marginal  words 
give,  by  easy  'gradations,  a  variety  of  words 
in  expressing  the  same  'idea,  and  an  accuracy 
in  the  use  of  'terms.*  (§  6.)  Immediately 
before   'telling  the    meaning    of   the   words 

30  ^marked  by  the  small  figure  *,  the  pupils 
should  ^revise  their  eyes  from  the  reading  ex- 
ercise, and  'look  at  those  to  whom  they  read.f 


Book. 
rree.2 
Common. 
ManuE-l. 

Familiar- 
ity with. 

In  this  way 

Easy  and 
advancing. 

Atteutiye. 

Suitably. 

Labors. 

Enticing. 

Steps. 

Thought. 

Words. 

Giving. 

Labelled. 

Look. 

Glance. 


LESSON  VIII.— 1.  To  what  does  their  refer?  [line  14.]  2.  In  what 
sentences  can  you  use  the  word  %i'ork  [see  Lesson  VII.,  line  1]  so  that  in 
each  it  shall  convey  a  diflferent  meaning  1  3,  V^lvxi  is  ^ paragraph?  4. 
What  does  analyze  mean"?  5.  What  is  the  meaninc;  of  mari/uial  u-ords? 
6.  Amos,  what  is  a  simple  sentence!  7.  Peter,  what  is  a  compotmd 
sentence  1  8.  Phillip,  is  it  a  bad  plan  to  think,  out  of  school,  about 
the  subject  of  your  lessons  1  9.  'I'honias,  what  does  orally  mean  1  10. 
Henry,  what  is  the  difference  in  meaning  between  dcjinilion  and  si/no- 
nyni?  11.  Joseph,  illustrate  the  difierence  in  the  meaning  of  develop- 
ing, strengthening,  and  elevating.  12.  William,  what  is  the  meaning  of 
mental  faculties?  13.  Asa,  what  is  the  meaning  of  victonomy ?  14. 
Charles,  what  does  rAe^oriCi'an  mean?  15.  Timothy,  what  is  the  differ- 
ence, in  meaning,  between  intellectual  and  moral?  16.  Alfred,  what 
is  the  difierence  in  meaning  between  progression  and  advancement  ?  17. 
Eli,  from  what  is  sentient  derived  1  18.  Moses,  what  is  the  dillbrence 
in  meaning  between  incite  and  excite?  19.  Stephen,  in  how  many  sen- 
tences can  you  use  the  woxA  poiver,  so  that  in  each  sentence  it  shall  convey 
a  different  meaning  1  20.  Joshua,  illustrate,  in  sentences,  the  difference 
in  the  meaning  of  strength,  poicer  and  authority?  21.  Edward,  what 
do  persons  mean  when  they  speak  of  pause,  tone,  and  emphasis  ?  22. 
Edwin,  what  is  the  difference  between  scientific  and  literary  ?  23.  Hiram, 
what  is  the  meaning  of  a  sentence,  a  paragraph,  an  essay,  and  a  treatise? 
24.  Benjamin,  what  is  the  most  important  part  of  our  education] 

*  See  the  Index,  pa^e  11.  f  See  Rules  for  Rea/ling,  page  1,  Appendix. 

_ 


UTILITY    OF    POLITICAL    SCIENCE. 


LESSON   IX.* 

f(§l.)  Political  'Science  is  an  exceedingly 
interesting  and  'important  study,  and  justly 
'claims  the  attention,  both  of  the  young  and 
of  the  old.  It  'expands  and  strengthens  the 
5  mind — 'increases  our  knowledge  of  human 
'nature — enables  us  to  judge  of  the  actions  of 
men,  and  understand  the  'system  of  govern- 
ment 'under  which  we  live.  t(§  2.)  No  Ameri- 
can citizen  can  'creditably  perform  the  duties 

10  incumbent  on  him,  without  a  'knowledge  of 
the  nature  of  political  'power.  The  Consti- 
tution of  the  United  States  is  the  most  'com- 
plex yet  perfect  system  of  human  'policy 
ever  established,  and  combines  alike  the  'ex- 

15  cellencies  of  all  the  'illustrious  States  of  an- 
cient and  modern  'times.t(§3.)  It  is,  therefore, 
'necessary  for  every  citizen  to  know  some- 


KnowleJge. 
Useful. 
Demands. 
Enlarges. 
Adds  to. 
Character. 
Plan. 
Subject  to. 

Honorably. 

Acquaint- 
ance. 

Authority. 
Intricate. 

Government 

Good  quali- 
ties. 

Famous. 

Eras. 

Useful. 


The  difflcult  ancslic 


:  elucidated  in  the  Appendix. 


f(§  1.)  1.  What  is  the  meaning  of  "io/A  of  the  ymmg  and  of  the  old;' m 
the  3d  line?  2.  What  conjunction  usually  follows  both?  3.  Can 'you 
give  an  example  in  which  both  is  substituted  for  a  noun?  t(§  2.) 
4.  When  you  substitute  acquaintance  for  knowledge,  in  tlie  10th  line 
why  do  you  change  a  to  a7i?  5.  In  M'hat  country  do  you  think  the 
people  the  happiest  and  most  powerful  at  the  present  time  ?  6.  What 
do  you  think  is  the  only  guarantee  of  the  perpetuity  of  liberty  and 
the  happiness  of  communities  1  7.  Can  you  name  some  of  the  causes 
which  led  to  the  settlement  of  this  country?  8.  What  do  you  think 
has  contributed  to  make  the  people  of  the  United  States  so  prosperous 
and  happy?   f(§  3.)  9.  Why  is  the  study  of  political  science  interesting 

•  Ussoii  IX  is  the  besrinnin?  of  the  main  subject  of  this  work.  To  meet  the  convenience  of 
different  reachers.\yho  mast  necessarily  have  classes  of  varied  aUamments,  the  lessons  are 
Keiieraliy  divided  mto  10  or  12  sections,  each  of  which  usually  contains  from  8  to  12  Imps  l1 
will  beborneinmmd,  that  these  sections  are  merely  arbitrary  divisions,  and  not  paraCTaohs 
According  to  this  arraneement,  Teachers  may,  with  the  utmost  ease,  vary  the  lessons  thcv  w  oi 
to  a.sMiai.  lor  some  classes,  one  section  may  be  enough  for  a  task  ;  others  mav  take  2-3  .1  -Wfi 
sections,  or  it  may  be,  even  a  whole  lesson,  for  a  .single  exercise.  The  answers  to  the  on^titrnv 
are  often  not  found  in  the  Lesson,  and  are  intended  to  stimulate  tlie  pupils  to  m,lustnoush  Inf. 
out  of  school-to  drvtlope  thorouyhty  the  mental  n,id  moral  po,„crs~to  tram  ,,ro,e7h,llJT/u^^^^^^^^ 
the  momentous  duties  and  responsibilities  that  nwait  them  in  Ihc  future.  j   "y  •  <c,  'jouiu/jo? 

t  r..rA.ri  will  perceive  that  each  .ecllon  orque.tion,  I,  intended  lo  correepoKl  to  it.  numbered  .ectlon  In  Ih.  context. 


ORIGIN    OP    GOVERNMENT. 


31 


thing  of  the  'origin  and  progress  of  poUtical 
science,  its  nature  and  'necessity ;  to  under- 

20  stand  the  causes  and  'circumstances  which 
have  'contributed  to  found  States  and  Em- 
pires ;  the  means  by  which  they  'acquired 
honor  and  'renown ;  the  reasons  of  their 
real  happiness  and  'grandeur ;  and  the  true 

25  causes  of  their  degeneracy  and  'ruin. 

(§4.)  Government  is  'a  science  of  the  most 
exalted  character,  and  can  only  be  '  learned 
by  study.  It  'combines  reason,  morality, 
and  wisdom,  and  'approximates  to  the  attri- 

30  butes  of  Divine  power.  In  'treating,  there- 
fore, of  the  Constitution  of  the  'United  States, 
and  the  'duties  of  citizens,  it  seems  proper 
to  commence  with  the  'origin  and  progress 
of  'government. 

(§  5.)       ORIGIN    OF    GOVERNMENT. 

35  It  is  the  nature  of  each  'order  of  created 
beings  to  take  'pleasure  in  one  another's 
company.    The  beasts  of    the  'forest,  and 


Rise. 

Need. 

tncidjnts. 

Helped. 

Attained. 

Fame. 

Splendor. 

Destruction. 

»One. 

Acquired. 

Unites. 

Approaches. 

Discoursing. 

Coofcderdcy. 

Obligations. 

Beginning. 

Political 
power. 

Class. 

Enjoyment. 

Wilderness. 


and  useful  to  all  ?  10.  Why  is  it  necessary  for  every  one  to  know 
something  of  the  nature  of  political  power?  11.  What  is  the  differ- 
ence between  ancient  and  modern  times?  12.  Can  you  name  some 
of  the  most  famous  nations  of  antiquity  ?  13.  Illustrate  the  difference 
between  ruin,  in  the  25th  line,  and  destruction.  (§4.)  14.  Can  you 
illustrate  the  meaning  of  government,  in  the  26th  line?  15.  How 
many  simple  sentences  can  you  name  in  each  of  which  government 
shall  have  a  different  meaning?  IG.  Why  is  the  science  of  govern- 
ment a  subject  of  much  importance?  17.  In  what  country  is  it  neces- 
sary for  every  one  to  understand  the  principles  of  government  ?  18. 
Why  do  yon  suppose  it  is  more  necessary  for  people  to  be  enlightened 
under  a  republican  than  wncfer  a  despotic  government?  19.  Ought  all 
the  people  in  every  country  to  be  educated  ?  20.  Why  do  you  sup- 
pose, in  treating  of  the  Constitution  of  the  United  States,  it  is  proper 
to  begin   with   the  origin  and  progress  of  government?     *  What  do 


R"). 


ORIGIN    OF    GOVERNMENT. 


the  birds  of  the  air,  herd  and  'flock  together; 
but  the  'power  is  given  to  the  human  race 

40  alone,  to  'look  through  the  vista  of  past, and 
of  future  time,  to  derive  '  wisdom  from  tlie 
Creator  of  all,  and  enjoy  the  '  inestimable 
blessingsof 'rational  government.  (§6.)  The 
history  of  the  people  of '  Israel  is  the  only  one 

45  that  carries  on  a  continued  'narration  from 

the   'beginning  of  the  world  without  any 

'interruption,  and  even  with  this,  there  are 

occasionally  chronological  'dilficulties.  Yet 

these  are  of  minor  importance,  'compared 

50  with  the  universal  'obscurity  and  uncertainty 
which  pertain  to  the  'annals  of  all  other  na- 
tions. (§  7.)  The  Mosaic  '  history,  contained 
in  the  first  seven  chapters  of  'Genesis,  is  the 
only  reliable  'account  of  the  world  before 

55  the  'deluge.  Moses  has  related  only  those 
'momentous  events  which  were  necessary 
for  man  to  know ;  all  minor  'details,  which 


Collect. 

Ability. 

See. 

ICnowledge. 

Invaluable. 

Reasonable. 

Jacob. 

Story. 

Origia. 

Disturbance. 

Impediments 

Contrasted. 

Mystery. 

Histories. 

Account. 

The  first  book 
of  tlie  Bible. 

Narration. 
Flood. 
Weighty. 
Explanations 


you  think  is  the  difference  between  a  and  one?  (§5.)  21.  What 
is  the  meaning  of  all,  in  the  42(1  line?  22.  Wliat  do  you  think  is 
the  nature  of  eacli  order  of  created  beings?  23.  Can  yoy  name  a7iy 
created  beings,  besides  the  birds  and  the  beasts,  that  take  pleasure  in 
each  other's  company?  24.  Can  you  name  some  of  the  advantages 
the  human  race  has  over  all  other  orders  of  created  beings?  25.  Can 
you  assign  any  reason  why  forest,  in  the  37th  line,  is  used  instead  of 
forests,  inasmuch  as  there  are  many  forests  in  the  world,  and  the 
author  is  speaking  in  general  terms?  (§  6.)  26.  What  is  the  meaning 
of  one,  in  the  44th  line  ?    27.  Can  you  tell  why  Jacob  was  called  Israel  ? 

28.  In  how  many  simple  sentences  can  you  use  story,  in  the  45th  line, 
so  that  the   word   shall    in    each  case  convey   a   different  meaning? 

29.  What  is  understood  after  this,  in  the  47th  line  ?  30.  What  is  the 
meaning  of  cAroMofogj'rrtZ,  in  the  48ih  line?  31.  What  does  these  refer 
to,  in  the  49th  line?  (§7.)  32.  Give  an  account  of  the  eventful  life 
of  Moses.  33.  Can  you  give  an  account  of  the  flood?  34.  Do  you 
suppose  they  had  any  printed  books  in  the  time  of  Moses  ?  35.  How 
do   you    suppose    this    account  of   Moses    was    originally   recorded? 


ORIGIN    OF    GOVERNMENT. 


3;; 


would  be  exceedingly  interesting  and  'grati- 
fying to  us,  have  been  'omitted.  (§  8.)  We  are, 

GO  however,  led  to  '  infer  from  this  history,  that 
the  origin  of  government  arose  from  'pater- 
nal authority,  and  is  nearly  'coeval  with  the 
creation.  We  are  '  informed  that  the  first 
man  '  lived  930  years ;  that  his  children  and 

65  their 'descendants  generally  attained  a  similar 

'  longevity.    (§  9.)  This  great  length  of  human 

life  would,  in  a  few  'centuries,  have  filled  the 

earth  with  a  'dense  population ;  and  it  would 

certainly  have  been  natural  for  all  to  'reve- 

70  rence  the  authority  of  their  common  'progeni- 
tor, who  probably  'received  much  knowledge 
by  'inspiration,  and  retained  a  greater  amount 
of  'virtue  and  wisdom  than  any  of  his  cotem- 
poraries.     Moreover,  it  is  reasonable  to  'sup- 

75  pose,  that  the  one  who  stood  'preeminent  in 
experience  and  years  would  be  'sovereign  of 
those  in  his  'vicinity.  (§  10.)  The  duties  of 
'rulers  and  of  parents  are  in  many  respects 
nearly  'allied ;  both  are  bound  by  the  holiest 


Pleasing. 

Neglected. 

Conclude. 

Fatherly. 

Of  equal  age. 

Told. 

Existed. 

Offspring. 

Length  of  Ufe 

Hundreds  of 
years. 

Tluck. 
Regard, 
Ancestor. 
Obtained. 

Divine  influ- 
ence. 

Moral  good- 
ness. 

Conceive. 
K-Xcellent 

above 

others. 
Kuler. 

Neighbor- 
hood. 

Governors. 
Connected. 


36.  Why  do  you  suppose  we  have  nui  a  more  detailed  account  of  the 
world  before  the  flood?  (§8.)  37.  Whence  do  you  suppose  govern- 
ment originated"?  38.  Assign  all  the  reasons  you  can  for  this  conclu- 
sion? 39.  Who  was  the  first  man?  40.  What  can  you  say  of  his 
extraordinary  career.  (§9-)  41.  What  does  all  mean,  in  the  69th 
line?  42.  Can  you  name  some  of  the  different  parts  of  speech  in  the 
margin?  43.  *  Which  of  the  marginal  exercises  affords  you  the 
g'reatest  facility  in  composing  simple  sentences?  44.  Who  do  you 
suppose  is  meant  by  ancestor,  in  the  70th j"  line?  45.  How  do  you 
suppose  his  attainments  m  virtue  and  wisdom  compared  urith  liis  cotem- 
poraries?  (§  10.)  46.  In  what  respects  are  the  duties  of  rulers  and  of 
parents  similar  1     47.  Who  do  you  suppose,  among  rulers,  merits  most 

*  Intended  to  exercise  the  discriminating  powers. 

t  The  line  in  the  margin  is  generally  synonymous  with  the  one  in  the  context. 


34 


ORIGIN    OF    GOVERNMENT. 


80  ties  to  promote  the  happiness  of  those  'com- 
mitted to  their  'charge-^both  are  entitled  to 
respect  and  obedience ;  and  the  most  'envia- 
ble and  exalted  title  any  ruler  can  '  acquire 
is  "  the  father  of  his  'country."     (§  11.)  For-,^ 

85  merly,  fathers  exercised  an  'absolute  sway 
over  their  families  and  considered  it  'lawful 
to  'deprive  even  their  children  of  life;  and  this 
'custom  is  still  sanctioned  by  many  savage 
tribes,  and  'prevails  in  the  oldest  and  most 

90  populous  'empire  in  the  world.*  How  thank- 
ful ought  we  to  be,  who  are  alike  'exempt 
from  'despotism  and  unrestrained  liberty  ; 
and  enjoy  the  'inestimable  blessings  of  a 
'republican  government,  and  the   heavenly 

95 'influence  of  our  Holy  Religion. 


Kiitrusted. 
Care. ' 
Desirable. 
Receive. 
Native  land 
Unlimited. 
Right. 
Dispossess. 

Usage. 

Predomi- 
nates. 


Arbitrary 
rule. 


Representa- 
tive. 


the  gratitude  of  mankind  ?  48.  Who,  among  all  the  innumerable  hosts 
that  have  ever  lived,  do  you  suppose  deserves  most  our  gratitude  and 
veneration?  49.  What  is  enviable,  in  the  82d  line,  derived  from,  and 
is  it  generally  used  in  a  good  or  a  bad  sense'?  50.  Can  you  name  any 
word  that  may  convey  one  meaning  in  one  sentence,  and  directly  its 
opposite  in  another?  51.  What  is  the  difference  between  the  meaning 
of  acquire  and  receive,  m  the  83d  line?  (§  11.)  52.  Name,  in  this  les- 
son, a  simple  sentence — 53.  A  compound  sentence — 54.  A  paragraph. 
55.  Can  you  nanie  any  revolting  custom  that  formerly  prevailed,  and 
is  sanctioned  by  the  unenlightened  at  the  present  day?  5G.  Name 
some  of  the  peculiarities,  advantages,  and  blessings  resulting  from 
Christianity.  57.  What  is  the  oldest  and  most  populous  empire  in  the 
world  ?  58.  How  many  times  larger,  in  population,  is  China  than  the 
United  States?  59.  What  nation  do  you  suppose  is  the  jnost  power- 
ful? 60.  In  which  do  you  suppose  the  people  the  happiest?  61.  Can 
you  name  any  peculiarities  in  the  natural  productions,  works  of  art, 
language,  literature,  &c.,  of  China?  62.  How  do  you  suppose  the  power 
of  the  Eiriperor  of  Ciiina  compares  with  that  of  the  President  of  the 
United  States?  63,  In  which  country  would  you  rather  live?  64. 
Why?  65.  What  invaluable  privilege  and  unfailing  source  of  happi- 
ness have  the  people  of  our  country  that  the  Chinese  do  not  enjoy  ? 

•  A  prominent  feature  of  this  work  is  to  excite  investi£;ation.  thought,  reflection,  and  reason  ; 
Teachers  and  Purtms  sluiuld.  tlieiefore,  afford  all  possible  facilities  in  encour:ieniglhe  youiis  to 
read  out  ul'si;liuol,  and  give  extended  narraliuiis  of  all  lliu  Iciiuuiud^e  thus  indusliiuusly  obtained. 


ORIGIN    OF    GOVERNMENT. 


OO 


LESSON    X. 

(§  1.)  Between  the  laws  in  'Christendom, 
however,  and  the  'regulations  of  a  family, 
there  are  several  'material  differences;  the 
latter  are  of  a  more  'limited  character. 
5  Wlien  children  arrive  at  'age,  they  are  as  free 
as  their  parents — but  citizens  are  'always  un- 
der the  control  of  the  '  laws  of  their  country. 
(§  2.)  Governments  may  and  often  do  'inflict 
'capital  punishment,  but  no  parent  is  ever 

10  allowed  to   exercise   this  'prerogative.  The 
law  speaks  with  authority,  and  'commands — 
the  parent  admonishes,  'entreats  or  advises. 
The  child,  in  his  'turn,  may  become  a  parent 
— but  it  does  not  'consequently  follow  that 

15  the  parent  may  exercise  the  '  functions  of 
government. 

(§  3.)  The  first  'governments,  like  the  first 
arts  and  'sciences,  were  exceedingly  imper- 
fect.    The  'patrid;rchs  often  ruled  with  des- 

20  potic  'sway,  yet  they  were  not  able  to  impart 
harmony  and  '  happiness  even  among  those 
who  were  'affiliated  to  them  by  the  tenderest 


Very  import- 
ant. 


Twenty-one 
years. 


Regfulations. 
Impose. 

A   punishment 
that  takui  uwa] 
life. 

Peculiar  au- 
tliority. 


Persuades. 

Vicissitnde. 

Accordingly. 

Powers. 

Polity. 
Systems  of 
polity.  . 

Cnllictiona  of 
leadiii;^  truths 
r.laliug  10  au, 
subject, 

Aucieut   falhem 
of  maukiud. 

Power. 

Felicity. 
Bound. 


The  ilifficult  tiuestions  are  elucidated  in  the  Appeuilix. 

{%  1.)  1.  In  what  sense  was  Christendom  formerly  nsed  ?  2.  What  are 
some  of  the  tlifferences  between  national  antl  family  government  ?  3. 
Wherein  consists  the  propriety  of  assisjning  a  fixed  age  as  minority? 
(§  2.)  4.  What  is  meant  by  capital  punishment?  5.  Wliat  is  the  design 
(if  punishment?  6.  Is  there  any  other  way  of  induciiiij;  a  compliance 
witli  rectitude?  7.  What  is  the  proper  treatment  of  incorrigible  of- 
fenders? (§3.)  8.  Why  were  the  earliest  systems  of  fcoveinment 
'lefective?  9.  Has  experience  the  effect  to  improve  polity?  10. 
Can  you  tell  the  condition  of  the  first  laws,  arts,  and  sciences,  and 
name  some  of  the  improvements  that  have  been  made  in  each  ^ 
11.  What  is  understood  by  despotic   power?      12.  In   what  grade  Oi 


36 


OUIGIN    OF    GOVERNMENT. 


ties;  'discord  and  murder  entered  the  family 
of  the  first  ruler  of  the  human  'race.     (§  4.) 

25  Want  of  proper  order  and  'government  among 
the  families  of  mankind  increased  till  '  licen- 
tiousness and  'depravity  prevailed  to  so  great 
an  extent,  that  from  the  vast  'multitudes  of 
the  earth  only  eight  'righteous  persons  were 

30  to  be  found  'worthy  of  preservation.  Then 

the  'vengeance  of  heaven  was  kindled  at  the 

'  frenzied  disorders  of  men,  and  the  Almighty, 

who  governs  with  the  'utmost  harmony  and 

regularity,  the   boundless   'universe,   deter- 

35  mined  to  destroy  the  whole  dense  popula- 
tion of  the  earth  with  a  'universal  deluge. 
(§  5.)  Hence  it  appears  that  an  'abiding  sense 
of  the  'omniscience  and  'omnipresencet  of 
God,  and  personal  accountability  to  him  for  all 

40  that  each  one  'does,  says,  and  even  thinks,  is 
necessary    to    secure    'undying    grandeur. 


Contention. 
Family. 

Diicipline. 

Unrestrained 

liberty. 
Destitution 
of  tiuUness. 

Population. 
Pioas. 
Deserving- 
Retribution. 
Maddening. 
Greatest. 

System    of  cre- 
ated worlds. 

Extirpate. 

Overwhelm- 
ing. 

Permanent  • 


Performs. 
Immortal. 


society  can  tlespotic  power  be  exercised  ?  (§  4.)  13.  Under  what  cir- 
cumstances are  licentiousness  and  depravity  most  likely  to  prevail? 
14.  Do  yon  think  of  any  appalling  desolation  that  the  Almighty  sent 
upon  the  earth,  on  account  of  the  lawless  spirit  and  wickedness  of  its 
inhabitants  ?  15.  Why  does  the  author  use  boundless  before  universe,  in 
the  34th  line?  16.  Can  you  give  some  idea  of  the  extent  of  the  uni- 
verse? 17.  VVhiah  is  the  easiest  to  define,  the  extent  of  the  universe, 
the  commencement  of  time,  or  the  duration  of  eternity?  18.  What 
should  these  things  teach  us?  19.  How  does  human  life  and  all 
earthly  happiness  compare   with   the   duration  and  joys  of  eternity? 

20.  Had   the   earth   probably  become  very  popidous  before  the  flood? 

21.  What  cause  could  have  accumulated  so  numerous  a  population  in 
the  comparative  infancy  of  the  earth?  (§  5.)  *  When  you  substitute 
permanent  for  abiding,  in  the  37th  line,  why  do  you  alter  an  to  a?  22. 
How  are  you  pleased  with  the  study  in  which  you  are  now  engaged? 
23.  Do  you  consider  it  important?  24.  Who  do  you  think  will  be  the 
legislators  and  governors  in  our  country  40,  50,  60  or  70  years  hence? 
25.  Should  you  ever  be  a  legislator,  a  judge,  or  a  governor,  what  is  it  ne- 

tThe  figures  2,  3.  4,  ic,  before  words,  refer  to  words  similarly  marked  in  the  margin. 


ORIGIN    OF    GOVERNMENT. 


37 


This  'immutable  truth  should  be  indelibly 
'engraven  alike  on  the  hearts  of  rulers  and 
the   'ruled.  With  this  sense,  the  former  can 

45  safely  'attain  the  pinnacle  of  earthly  fame 
and  have  their  names  'transmitted  in  grate- 
ful remembrance  to  'posterity.  By  piety 
the  former  and  the  latter  can  alike  'secure 
temporal  comfort  and  'everlasting  happiness. 

50  (§  6.)  The  world  has  been  'created  nearly 
six  thousand  years,  yet,  for  want  of  'order 
and  suitable  government,  individuals,  'tribes, 
and  'nations  have  been  to  each  other  the  great- 
est'scourge.       Even    at    the  present  day,  of 

55  the  'estimated  nine  hundred  millions  of  the  hu- 
man 'race,  that  now  inhabit  the  globe,  how 
few  are  in  the  enjoyment  of  w^ise  '  laws  and 
salutary  'government ! 

(§  7.)  Immediately  after  the  flood,  the  'Lord 

60  blessed  Noah  and  his  sons  and  'commanded 
them  to  "replenish  the  earth,"  which  'de- 
noted that  they  should  be  divided  into  'sepa- 
rate nations,  under  'various  governments, 
and  dwell  in  'different  countries,  till  every 


UnchangeaMe. 
Impressed. 
Governed. 

Reach. 

Handed 
down. 

Succeeding 
generations. 

Make  certain 

Eternal. 

Made. 

Method. 

Races. 

Communities 

Punishment. 

Computed. 

Family. 

Regulations. 

Control. 

Supreme  Be- 
ing- 
Ordered. 

Signified. 

Distinct. 

Several. 

Dissimilar. 


cessary  for  you  constantly  to  remember?  26.  Sliould  yon  forget  this, 
what  would  be  your  future  fate  among  posterity — and  before  wliat 
i>i/>  \llible  tribunal  will  you  have  to  appear  and  answer  for  your  conduct? 
27.  After  we  die,  where  must  we  all  appear  and  for  what  purpose? 
2S.  What  effect  should  this  consideration  produce  on  youth?  29. 
What  on  men?  (§6.)  30.  What  is  the  reputed  age  of  the  earth? 
31.  What  its  present  population?  32.  How  is  that  population  politi- 
cally divided?  33.  What  has  been  the  nature  of  their  respective 
intercourse?  34.  Does  this  intercourse  resemble  that  between  the 
respective  States  of  the  American  confederacy?  (§7)  35.  Illustrate 
the  ditference  between  denoted  and  signified,  in  the  filst  line — 36.  sepa- 
rate and  distinct,  in  the  62d  line — 37.  various  and  several,  in  the  63d 
line — 38.  different  and  dissimilar,  in  the  64th  line.     39.  What  was  the 


O-'?  ir- 


J3    r^a>l<.l 


ORIGIN    OF    GOVERNMENT. 


65  part  of  the  earth  was  'reinhabited.  Up- 
wards of  one  hundred  years  after  the  '  flood, 
the  descendants  of  Noah,  under  the  'com- 
mand, 'doubtless,  of  Nimrod,  "journeyed 
from  the  east,  and  'settled  on  a  plain  in  the 

70  land  of  Shinar."  (§  8.)  They  rapidly  'in- 
creased in  number,  but,  'regardless  of  the 
commands  of  the  Almighty,  they  'determined 
to  have  but  one  government — to  'remain  one 
nation — and  'formed  a  plan  "  to  build  a  city, 

75  and  a  'tower  whose  top  would  reach  unto 
heaven."  Thus,  among  other  'purposes,  the 
tower  would  be  a  '  beacon  to  guide  the  inha- 
bitants back  to  the  city  when  they  had  'wan- 
dered to  a  great  distance  in  'search  of  the 

80  'necessaries  of  life ;  it  would  be  a  centre  of 
union,  and  they  would  thereby  not  be  'disu- 
nited and  'scattered  abroad  upon  the  face  of 


Inhiihited 
anew. 

Iiiuiiilation. 

Control. 

Without 
doubt. 

Fixed   their 
habitations. 

Augmented. 

Neglectful. 
Resolved. 
Conlinue. 
Devised. 
Lofty  fortress 
Uses. 
Sign- 
Strayed. 
Quest. 
Requisites. 
Divided. 
Dispersed. 


exart  mnnber  of  years  after  the  flood,  when  the  people  commenced 
building  the  Tower  of  Babel,  and  why  do  you  suppose  the  term  "up- 
wards of  lOO  years"  shouUl  be  used  in  the  C5th  linel  40.  Can  you  tell 
where  it  is  recorded  that  the  Lord  blessed  Noah  and  his  sons?  41. 
Can  you  tell  who  Nimrod  was,  and  why  do  you  suppose  it  without 
doubt  that  the  hordes  that  "journeyed  from  the  east"  were  under  Nim- 
rod's  command?  42.  As  Noah  was  living  at  this  time,  what  reason 
can  you  assign  why  he  had  not  the  command  instead  of  Nimrod? 
43.  What  leads  us  to  infer  that  the  hordes  that  "journeyed  from  the 
east  and  settled  on  a  plain  in  Shinar"  did  not  include  all  the  inhabit- 
ants of  the  earth?  44.  Can  you  tell  where  the  land  of  Sliinar  was? 
(§  8.)  45.  What  is  the  dilference  between  disunited  and  divided,  in  the 
81st  line?  46.  Why  do  you  suppose  the  people  diil  not  intend  the 
tower  as  a  place  of  refuge  in  case  of  another  flood?  47.  What  do 
you  suppose  were  some  of  the  objects  of  the  tower?  48.  What  name 
was  given  to  the  tower?  49.  What  was  the  meaning  of  the  name? 
50.  What  do  yott  suppose  were  some  of  the  reasons  why  the  people 
wished  to  have  but  one  government?  51.  How  did  the  Lord  counte- 
nance this  plan  of  having  o«e  grand  ruler  of  all  mankind?  52.  What 
effect  has  increasing  the  territory  and  popidation  of  a  country  on  the 
power   of  rulers?     53.  Does  the  more  power  rulers  possess  generally 


ORIGIN    OF    GOVERNMENT. 


39 


the  whole  'earth.    (§  9.)  It  appears,  moreover, 
that  they  sought  their  own  'glory,  and  wished 

85  to  obtain  'adoration  and  fame  among  pos- 
terity. Yet  it  is  'remarkable  that  of  all  that 
ambitious  'host  not  a  single  name  is  men- 
tioned by  any  '  historian. 

We  may  here  'derive  a  most  instructive 

90  lesson  on  the  'vanity  of  all  earthly  fame,  and 
the  weakness  and  'folly  of  man  if  not  guided 
by  the  'unerring  precepts  of  heaven.  (§  10.) 
The  'whole  race  at  that  time  spoke  the  same 
language.  'Jehovah,  who  gave  to  man  speech, 

95  by  a  'miracle  dissolved  this  powerful  bond 
of  union,  scattered  the  different  'tribes,  and 
thus,  by  'aividing  the  languages,  divided  the 
governments ;  'accordingly,  since  then,  every 
nation  has  had  a  'language  and  government 

100  'peculiar  to  itself.  Thus  it  ajipears  that  the 
'descendants  of  Noah,  after  the  confusion  of 
languages,  'occupied  a  position  similar  to 
that  of  the  first  'parents  of  mankind ;  and 
nearly  two  thousand  years  after  the  'world 


Habitable 
globe. 

Renown. 

Praise. 

Krtraordi- 
nary. 

Multitude. 

Writer. 

Obtain. 

Pride. 

Irrationality, 

Infallible. 

Entire. 

The  Lord. 

Wonder. 

Hordes. 

Separating. 

Tlierefore. 

Dialect, 

Appropriate. 

Of&pring. 

Held. 

Ancestors. 

Earth. 


increase  or  decrease  their  regard  for  the  rights  of  their  subjects  and 
their  morals  and  piety?  (§9.)  54.  In  how  many  simple  sentences 
can  you  use  the  word  host,  in  the  S7th  line,  so  that  in  each  case  it 
shall  convey  a  different  meaning?  55.  Can  you  use  it  so  that  in  one 
sentence  it  shall  convey  a  meaning  direotly  the  opposite  of  what  it 
does  in  the  other?  56.  Can  you  name  any  Republic  that  has  a  Christian 
government?  57.  Can  you  mention  any  powerful  nation  that  once 
adopted  a  republican  government,  and  rejected  Christianity?  58. 
What  has  been  the  fate  of  every  nation  that  has  not  been  governed 
by  Christian  laws?  (§  10).  59.  Do  you  know  whether  learned  men 
have  thought  the  term  confusion  of  languages  might  bear  another  con- 
struction? GO.  What  reasons  can  you  assign  that  seem  to  prove  be- 
yond doubt  that  the  opinion  generally  received  '.5  correct?  61.  What 
was  the  exact  number  of  years,  according  to  tht  most  accredited  au- 
thorities, after  the  creation,  that  the  confusion  of  languages  occuired  ? 


40 


ORIGIN    OF    GOVERNMENT. 


105  had  been  created,  we  find  society  'resolved 
to  nearly  its  'primitive  state,  and  govern- 
ment in  its  infancy.  (§11.)  The  'post-diluvians 
had,  however,  'retained  some  important  fea- 
tures of  the  Divine  'statutes.        After  centu- 

110  ries  of  'experience,  trials,  and  sufierings,  we 
find  mankind  governed  by  those  'rules  and 
precepts  which  derive  their  'origin  from  sen- 
timents of  'equity  and  justice,  engraven  on 
the  human  heart  by  the  'invisible  hand  of 

115  'Providence. 


Reduced. 

First. 

Peijons  liv- 
ing since  the 
fluud. 

Kept. 

Laws. 


First  exist- 
ence. 

Rectitude. 
Unseen. 

Divine  guid- 
ance. 


62.  What  natural  monuments  go  to  prove,  independent  of  revelation, 
that  tlie  Lord  intended  that  there  should  be  many  governments? 
(§  11.)  63.  Do  the  natural  divisions  of  the  earth  into  separate  conti- 
nents, islands,  &c.,  seem  to  indicate  that  the  Almighty  intended  one 
nation  to  have  absolute  sway?  64.  What  reaso*is  can  you  assign  why 
it  would  not  be  well  to  have  a  republican  president  govern  the  whole 
world  ?  65.  What  has  heretofore  been  the  fate  of  republics  that  have 
attempted  universal  dominion?  66.  Is  our  awn  republic  the  most 
powerful  that  has  ever  existed?  67.  What  do  you  suppose  contri- 
butes most  to  the  happiness  of  man  ? 


LESSON   XI. 

(§  1).  It  appears  evident,  that  the  first  'go- 
vernments were  not  the  result  of  'delibera- 
tions. The  'usages  of  the  patriarchs,  estab- 
lished without  the  'sanction  of  legislative 
5 'assemblies,  gradually  became  the  first  laws 
among  mankind.  Consequently,  these  'cus- 
toms were  the  origin  of  all  the  'political 


Systems  of 
polity. 


Customs. 

Support. 

Parliaments. 

Usages. 

National. 


The  difflcull  (Questions  are  elucidated  in  Ibe  Appendix. 

(4  1.)  1.  What  do  you  think  ought  to  be  the  object  of  every 
government?  2.  Mention  some  of  the  advantages  likely  to  result 
from    legislative   deliberation.     3.  Under    what    governments  do  you 


ORIGIN    OF    GOVERNMENT. 


41 


regulations  that  have  either  'depressed  or 
'amehorated  the  condition  of  the  human  race 

10  in  all  'succeeding  ages.  (§2.)  In  the  differ- 
ent societies  that  were  'formed  after  the  con- 
fusion  of  tongues,  and  the  'dispersion  of  "  the 
people,"  at  the  building  of  the  Tower  of  'Ba- 
bel, were  persons  noted  for  'physical  power, 

15  skill,  and  'bravery.  Those  who  enjoyed 
these  'blessings  soon  acquired  pubhc  confi- 
dence and  admiration.  Hence  the  'utility  of 
their  services,  and  the  favorable  'opinion  of 
men,  enabled  them  gradually  to  acquire  'do- 

20  minion.  (§  3.)  The  'records  of  all  nations 
prove  that  the  first  rulers  owed  their  'ascend- 
ancy to  the  'services  they  had  rendered  so- 
ciety, or  to  military  'prowess.  Nimrod  was 
the  'founder  of  the  first  empire  of  which  we 

25  have  any  'authentic  account.  We  are  in- 
formed by  the  'sacred  historian  that  he  was 
a  mighty  hunter,  and  are  led  to  'infer  that  the 
people  were  often  with  him,  that  they  'gra- 
dually put  themselves  'under  his  authority. 

30  In  'process  of  time,  he  conquered  na- 
tions, increased  his  power,  and  '  founded  the 


Degraded. 

Made  better. 

Following. 

Organized. 

Separation. 

Confusion. 

Superior 
streUo'lh. 

Courage. 

Advantages. 

Benefit. 

Sentiment. 

Supreme  au- 
tlioniy. 

Aullientic 
nieinonals. 

Superiority. 

Benefits. 

Valor. 

Establisher. 

Reliable. 

Divine. 

Conclude. 

By  degrees. 

Subject  to. 

Progressive 
Course. 


think  a  majority  of  the  people  enjoys  the  most  happiness?  (§  2.)  4. 
Do  you  suppose  there  were  any  distinguished  personages  at  the 
building  of  the  Tower  of  Babel  ?  5.  Who  do  you  suppose  of 
those  Babel-builders  acquired  dominion?  6.  Do  you  think  of  any 
endowments  that  are  requisite  for  every  ruler  to  possess  in  rendering 
service  to  the  community  ?  7.  What  is  of  the  utmost  consequence  that 
all  should  possess?  8.  May  everyone  possess  this  inestimable  bless- 
ing ?  (§3.)  9.  What  sort  of  men  have  generally  been  the  first  rulers  of 
nations?  10.  Who  was  the  founder  of  the  first  empire  of  which  we 
have  any  authentic  account?  11.  Who  informs  us  what  this  man 
was,  and  what  he  became?     12.  Illustrate  the  meaning  of  Sacred  His- 

_ 


42 


ORIGIN    OF    GOVERNMENT. 


Babylonian,  or  Assyrian  'empire,  for  he  be- 
came a  "  'mighty  one  in  the  earth." 

(§4.)  It  is  a  'remarkable,  but  irrefutable 

35 'fact,  that  the  first  human  governments  were 
of  a  'despotic  character.  Yet  they  were 
'  baneful  in  their  operation,  and  signally  failed 
in  securing  permanent  order,  'harmonj^,  pros- 
perity, or  'tranquillity  to  individuals — peace 

40  between  tribes  and  nations,  or  the  'perma- 
nent power  and  'magnificence  of  empires. 
The  'deleterious  influences  of  the  arbi- 
trary will  and  'unbridled  passions  of  rulers, 
the   'usurpation  of  human  rights    by  petty 

45  chiefs  and  mighty  'monarchs,  affected  all 
classes,  till  universal  'contamination  and 
'depravity  prevailed.  (§  5.)  Herodotus,  who 
is  styled  the  father  of  'profane  histor}?-,  in- 
forms us  that  the  Medes,  after  having  'rejected 


Realm. 
Powerful. 

Extraordi- 
naiy.» 

Truth. 

Absolute.' 

Euinous. 

Concord. 

Freedom  from 
trouble. 

Lasting. 
Grandeur. 
Destructive. 
Licentious. 

Unlawful 
seizing. 

Sovereigns. 
Pollution. 
Wickedness. 
Secular. 
Shaken  off. 


tory.  (§  4.)  13.  *In  substituting  extraordinary  for  remarkable,  and  absolute 
for  despotic,  why  do  you  change  a  to  an  ?  14.  What  was  the  character  of 
the  first  human  laws  ?  15.  What  was  their  result  in  relation  to  individuals 
— 16.  tribes  and  nations — 17.  and  empires?  18.  Do  you  suppose  people 
generally  look  to  their  rulers  for  examjiles  to  imitate?  19.  Do  you  sup- 
pose evil  rulers  tend  to  make  good  people  wicked?  20.  If  rulers 
usurp,  or  steal,  or  rob,  ox  get  intoxicated,  what  are  their  subjects  likely  to 
do?  21.  What  would  be  the  tendency  of  righteous  riders  on  a  vicious  or 
corrupt  people?  22.  Do  you  suppose  people  would  be  likely  to  become 
tvicked  or  corrupt,  if  they  always  had  pious  riders?  23.  Do  you  think 
any  one  can  commit  a  crime  and  escape  punishment?  24.  Is  ,t  toise  or 
foolish,  then,  to  do  wrong  ?  25.  Is  it  the  mark  of  a  great  or  a  little  mind 
to  do  wrong?  26.  Can  you  mention  any  authority  from  the  Bible  that 
has  reference  to  tliis  subject?  27.  Who  do  you  think  are  the  happiest 
in  this  life,  those  that  do  wrong,  or  those  that  strive  to  do  right  ?  28.  Who 
do  you  think  stand  the  best  chance  of  being  happy  in  the  life  to 
come,  those  that  are  indolent  and  vicious,  or  those  that  are  industrious 
and  strive  to  be  good  ?  (§  5.)  29.  What  is  history?  30.  Who  is  styled 
the  father  of  profane  history?  31.  What  is  profane  history?  32.  Can 
you  give  any  account  of  the  nature  and  power  of  the  Assyrian  or 


ORIGIN    OF    GOVERNMENT. 


43 


50  ihe' Assyrian  yoke, were  some  time  without 
any  form  of  government,  and  'anarchy  pre- 
vailed and  subjected  them  to  the  most '  hor- 
rible excesses  and  'disorders.  It  was  at 
length  'resolved  by  them,  that,  in  order  to 

55  avoid  their  'direful  calamities,  they  would 
elect  a  king.  Dejoces,  a  man  of  'con- 
summate prudence  and  skill,  was  'unani- 
mously 'elected. 

(§  G.)  In  the  'primitive  ages  crowns  were 

60  often  elective,  and  those  were  'selected  who 
were  either  capable  of  'dispensing  justice 
to  their  subjects,  or  of  'commanding  them 
in  time  of  war.  The  'dominions  of  the  first 
monarchs    were   of  small    'extent.     In    the 

65  early  ages,  every  city  had  its  king.  'Sacred 
and  'profane  historians  alike  bear  testimony 
to  the  narrow  bounds  of  'ancient  kingdoms, 
and  the  valor  and  even  excellent  'traits  of 
their   rulers.     Joshua    'defeated   thirty-one 

70  kings ;  and  Adonibezek  'owned  that  in  his 


T)Tanny   of 
the  Assyrians 
Intestine 
broils. 

Fearful. 
Tumults. 
Determined. 
Woeful. 

Complete. 

Without  dis- 
sent. 

Selected. 

Pristine. 

Chosen. 

Distributing. 

Directing. 

Territories. 

Limit. 

Holy. 

Secular. 

Primitive. 

Qualities. 

Overthrew. 

Confessed. 


Babylonian  empire?  33.  What  do  you  suppose  contributed  to  the 
overthrow  of  the  Assyrian  empire?  34.  What  was  the  character  of 
the  government  of  the  Medes  after  tliey  had  shaken  off  the  tyranny 
of  the  Assyrians?  35.  Why  do  you  suppose  their  government  did 
not  continue  a  democracy?  (§6-)  3G.  From  whom  did  sovereigns  in 
ilie  primitive  ages  derive  their  power  to  govern?  37.  If  sovereigns 
sometimes  derived  their  power  to  govern  from  the  Lord,  what  name 
ought  to  be  given  such  government?  38.  Can  you  name  any  remark- 
able texts  in  scripture  to  prove  that  the  Lord  did  not  approve  of  kingly 
government?  39.  What  do  you  suppose  was  the  earliest  kind  of  go- 
vernment? 40.  What  was  the  first  kind  of  human  government?  41. 
What  was  the  second  kind  of  human  government?  42.  What  wore 
formerly  considered  requisites  in  a  king?  43.  Do  yoij  suppose  modern 
kings  are  the  most  learned  and  virtuous  people  in  the  nations  they 
respectively  govern?  44.  What  are  your  reasons  for  this  opinion? 
45.  Were  monarchies  formerly  extensive?     46.  What  reasons  can  you 


44 


ORIGIN    OF    GOVERNMENT. 


wars  he  had  destroyed  "  Hhree  score  and  ten 
kings."  (§7.)  Egypt  was 'originally  divided 
into  several  states.  The  different  'provinces 
that  compose  the  present  'empires  of  China 

75  and  Japan,  formed  'anciently  as  many  distinct 
'sovereignties.  A  few  families  assembled  in 
one  neighborhood  composed  all  the  'subjects 
of  many  of  the  first  'monarchs.  Africa,  a 
'part  of  Asia,  and  the  Indian  tribes  of  our 

80  own    'continent,   present   us   with    samples 
similar  in  many  'respects  to  the  primitive 
'monarchies. 

(§  8.)  But  the  'ambition  of  monarchs — the 
desire  to  'transmit  to   their  posterity  their 

85  power  and  their  '  fame,  as  well  as  their  pro- 
perty, among  other  causes  'induced  them  to 
usurp  the  rights  'delegated   to  man   by  his 


Seventy. 

Primarily. 

Dominions. 

Regions. 

Of  old. 

Dominions. 

Vas.sals. 

Kaigs 

Portion 

Hemisphere. 

Particulars. 

Kingdoms. 

Inordinate 
gr.ispujg. 

Hand  down. 

Kenown. 

Influenced. 

Intrusted. 


assign  for  this  opinion  ?  (§  7.)  47.  What  was  formerly  the  political 
condition  of  Egypt?  48.  What  other  sources  prove  that  monarchies 
were  not  originally  extensive?  49.  Do  you  suppose  crowns  are  still 
elective?  50.  What  is  your  reason  for  this  opinion?  51.  What  coun- 
tries, at  the  present  day,  are  in  some  respects  similar  to  the  primitive 
monarchies?  52.  What  remarkable  fact,  independent  of  revelation, 
proves  the  existence  of  God,  and  of  our  souls  after  our  bodies  turn  to 
dust?  (§8.)  53.  What  is  the  principle  which  induces  us  to  desire 
to  transmit  our  possessions  to  our  partici»'-ir  heirs?  54.  Wliat  is  your 
opinion  about  the  justice  and  propriety  ot  the  law  of  inheritance? 
55.  Why  do  you  suppose  the  law  of  inheritance  oufiht  not  to  apply  to 
power  and  office,  as  well  as  to  property?  5C.  Wherever  it  has  so 
applied,  what  has  been  the  uniform  result?  57,  Do  you  suppose  hu- 
man nature  is  the  same  now  that  it  always  has  been?  58.  What  are 
your  reasons  for  this  opinion?  59.  Do  you  suppose  there  is  no  dan- 
ger that  the  rulers  of  a  republic  will  ever  abuse  authority  entrusted 
to  them?  60.  What  are  your  reasons  for  this  opinion?  61.  If  a 
fartner  hires  a  man  to  work,  or  a  merchant  employs  a  clerk,  or  a  me- 
chanic an  apprentice,  and  the  employed,  in  either  case,  abuse  the 
trusi  confided  to  him,  what  is  usually  done?  62.  Who  are  the  em- 
ployed, the  rulers  or  the  people?  63.  What  ought  to  be  done,  when 
rulers  abuse  the  trust  confuled  to  them?     64.  Why  do  you  suppose  a 


ORIGIN    OF    GOVERNMENT. 


45 


creator.  'Accordingly  all  history  shows,  that 
as  the  'power  of  the  ruler  has  been  increased 

90  the  rights  of  the  'ruled  have  been  disregarded. 
(§9.)  Hence,  the  'mightiest  empires  of  the 
'earth,  the  Babylonian,  the  Assyrian,  the 
Egyptian,  and  the  Chinese,  'with  all 
those  of  later  'ages,  as  they  increased  in 

95  'territory  and  population,  became  hereditary. 
But  the  highest  'dazzling  power  ever  pos- 
sessed by  any  'monarch,  the  renown  of  the 
mightiest  'armies  that  have  ever  been  led  to 
the  field  of  'slaughter,  have  exhibited  alike 

100  the  'insensibility,  the  degradation,  the  hope- 
less misery  of  the  'mass  of  the  subjects,  and 
the  '  fatuity,  the  wretchedness  of  their  rulers. 
Without  the  light  of  Divine  'revelation,  what 
stronger  'proof  need  be  adduced  to  demon- 

105  strate  to  all  the  absolute  'necessity  of  inte- 
grity and  piety,  than  the  total  ruin  of  all 
'ancient  empires  and  republics,  whose  sur- 
passing power  and  'magnificence  would  be 
deemed  a  'fable  were  it  not  that  their  crum- 
bling 'monuments  still  attest  that  they  existed. 


Consequently 
Authority. 

Subjects. 

Most  power- 
iul. 

World. 

As  well  as. 

Times. 

Area. 

Brilliant. 

Potentate. 

Hosts. 

Butchtry. 

Stupidity. 

Body. 

Imbecility. 

Communica- 
tion. 

Evidence. 

Want. 

Duty  to  God. 

Old. 

Grandeur. 

Falbehood. 

Relics. 


people  that  can  neither  read  nor  write  cannot  tell  when  aiuliority  is 
abused  1  (§  9.)  65.  What  effect  has  absolute  power  always  produced 
on  rulers?  C6.  Their  subjects?  67.  What  rendered  the  Babylonian, 
Assyrian  empires,  &c.,  unable  to  cope  with  other  nations  ?  68.  How 
mariy  lives  do  you  suppose  have  been  sacrificed  to  gratify  the  vanity 
or  ambition  of  a  few  tnen  clothed  with  authority?  09.  How  much 
treasure?  70.  What  incalculable  good  do  you  suppose  might  be  ac- 
coinplished  with  the  treasure,  the  talent,  and  the  lives  that  have  been 
wasted  in  war?  71.  Do  you  suppose  it  is  pleasing  to  the  Aliniglity 
Ruler  of  the  universe  to  have  discord  and  contention  among  men'' 
72.  Wliat  has  Christ,  through  whose  atonement  alono  we  can  be  saved, 
commanded?  73.  Do  you  suppose  the  time  will  come  when  wars 
will  cease  ?     74.  What  does  the  Bible  say  about  this  subject  ? 


4G 


PRIMITIVE    LAWS. 


LESSON   XII. 

(§  1.)  Among  the  earliest  'laws  instituted, 
was,  undoubtedly,  the  'establishment  of  the 
'regulations  concerning  property — the  pun- 
ishment of  crimes — the  ceremonies  of  'mar- 
5  riage.  These  'usages,  which  experience  has 
proved  to  be  indispensable  to  the  'xcell-heing 
of  mankind,  were  coeval  with  the  first  'form 
of  human  government.  (§  2.)  We  'find,  in 
the  early  ages,  that  the    penal  laws  were 

10  extremely  'severe.  By  the  code  of  Moses, 
'blasphemy,  idolatry,  profanation  of  the  sab- 
bath, 'witchcraft,  and  many  other  crimes, 
were  punished  with  death.  Yet  it  is  'remark- 
able, that  the  laws  of  Moses  were  'exceed- 

15  ingly  tender  of  all  the  'irrational  creation. 
The  Mosaic  statutes  have  'received  the  ap- 
probation of  the  wise  and  good  of  all  'suc- 
ceeding ages.     They  are  the  'basis  of  the 


Stulur.es. 

lustitutiuu. 

Rules. 

Matiimony. 

Cus  terns. 

Happiness. 

System. 

Learn. 

Punishing. 

Rigorous. 


ward  Jeliovah. 

Sorcery. 


Obtained. 
Following. 
Foundation. 


The  difficult  Questions  arc  elucidated  iu  the  Appendix. 

(§  1.)  1.  Name  some  of  the  earliest  laws  instituted.  2.  Have  people 
ever  deviated  from  these  usages'?  3.  What  are  your  reasons  for  this 
opiuion  ?  4.  Do  yon  suppose  these  usages  were  designed  or  sanctioned  by 
the  Creator?  5.  What  are  your  reasons  for  this  opinion  ?  6.  Can  you 
name  a  few  instances  where  men  in  the  most  exalted  human  stations, 
possessing  unlimited  power,  have  been  signally  abased  for  deviating 
from  these  primitive  laws?  7.  Were  the  primitive  laws  lenient?  8. 
Wliat  are  your  reasons  for. this  opinion  ?  (§  2.)  9.  What  is  the  meaning 
of  sabbath,  in  the  lltli  line  ?  10.  When  was  the  sabbath  first  observed  as 
a  day  of  rest?  11.  Do  you  think  it  a  good  or  a  bad  plan  to  loiter  away 
one's  time  on  the  sabbath?  12.  Assign  your  reasons  for  tliis  opinion. 
13.  Can  you  name  any  nation  that  has  attained  either  durable  happi- 
ness or  power,  that  profaned  the  sabbath  ?  14.  How  do  our  laws  com- 
pare witli  those  of  the  primitive  ages?  15.  What  reasons  can  you 
assign  why  ours  may  with  safety  be  more  lenient?  16.  How  do  the 
laws  of  Moses  compare  with  all  other  laws?      17.  Where  are  the  laws 


PRIMITIVE    LAWS. 


47 


laws  of  our  country,  and  have   'remained 

20  unaltered,  stood  the  'test  of  the  most  pro- 
found 'criticism,  and  received  the  Veneration 
of  nations  for  upwards  of  three  thousand 
years.  (§  3.)  In  every  age,  the  more  '  im- 
portant 'transactions  of  society,  such  as  pur- 

25  chases,  sales,  marriages,  'sentences  of  judges, 
the  'claims  of  citizens,  &c.,  have  had  a 
certain  degree  of  'notoriety,  in  order  to 
secure  their  execution  and  'validity.  Hence 
certain  'forms   have   been   established   for 

30  drawing  'deeds,  certain  persons  authorized 
to  receive  them,  and  public  'places  appro- 
priated to  preserve  them ;  for  the  'welfare 
of  society  depends  upon  the  'sacredness  of 
the  'engagements  of  its  members. 

35  (§4.)  In  the  primitive  'ages,  the  art  of 
writing  was  not  'practised ;  consequently  all 
'contracts  and  deeds  were  verbal ;  yet  it  was 


Continued. 

Scrutiny. 

Animadver- 
sion. 
^Reverence. 

Weiglity. 
Affairs. 

Judicial  deci- 
sions. 

Titles. 

Pnblieity. 

Justness. 

Prescribed 
modes. 

Contracts. 

Apartments. 
Prosperity. 

Inviolable- 
ness. 

Mutual  pro- 
mises. 

Eras. 

Exercised. 

Bargains. 


of  Moses  found'?  18.  Have  our  laws  any  similarity  to  those  of  Mo- 
ses? 19.  What  is  your  reason  for  tl)is  opinion?  20.  Why  do  you 
suppose  Ihe  laws  of  Moses  were  so  perfect?  (§3-)  21.  Illustrate 
the  meaning  of  im  before  portant,  in  the  23d  line.  22.  What  does 
ty,  ending  words,  denote,  as  sooie/y,  in  the  24th  line?  23.  What  is 
im,  and  also  iy,  called  ?  ■  24.  Why  are  tliey  so  called?  25.  What  is 
the  meaning  of  the  affix  ty,  in  notoriety,  in  the  27th  line?  26.  What 
is  the  meaning  of  ty,  in  validi/y,  iti  the  28th  line?  27.  Why  do  you 
suppose  the  line  is  always  named  in  which  ihe  prefixes  and  affixes  are 
used  ?  28.  Does  ty  affixed  to  words  always  have  the  same  meaning? 
29.  Is  ty  ever  used  as  a  prefix?  30.  Why  is  it  not  a  prefix  in  the 
word  tyrant?  31.  With  what  words  are  prefixes  and  affixes  uiP.dl 
32.  In  how  many  simple  sentences  can  you  use  the  words  notoriety, 
validity,  forms,  drawing,  sacredness,  engagetnenis,  and  deeds,  in  the  27ili, 
28ih,  29th,  30th,  33d,  and  34th  lines,  so  that  in  each  case  they  shall 
convey  a  difl'erent  meaning?  33.  From  what  is  sacredness  derived,  in 
the  33d  line?  34.  Is  there  any  thing  peculiar  in  its  meaning?  35 
W  hat  is  your  reason  for  this  opinion  ?  (§  4.)  36.  What  is  the  meaning 
of  con,  placed  before  words,  as  coyisequently,  in  the  36th  line,  and  con- 


48 


PRIMITIVE    LAWS. 


'necessary  to  have  them  acknowledged  and 
authenticated ;    hence,    all    'proceedings    in 

40  'transferring  property  were  held  in  pnblic, 
and  before  'witnesses.  The  same  method 
was  'adopted  in  dispensing  justice  among 
the  'people ;  and  the  gates  of  cities  were 
usually  'resorted  to  for  these  purposes.     (§  5.) 

45  Though  the  'primitive  inhabitants  were  not 
skilled  in  the  'art  of  writing,  yet  they  had 
adopted  several  'expedients  to  supply  its  place ; 
the  most  rational  plan  was  to  'compose  their 
laws,  histories,  &c.,  in  'verse,  and  sing  them  ; 

50  thus  were  the  first  '  laws  of  states  and  em- 
pires 'transmitted  to  posterity.  It  has  been 
'found,  in  all  ages,  that  it  is  not  enough  that 


Requisite. 

Transactions 

Conveying. 

Deponents. 

Chosen. 

Citizens. 

Repaired. 

Original. 

Profession. 

Devices. 

Form. 

Poetry. 

Statutes. 

Handed 
dowiu 

Discovered. 


tracts,  37th  line?  37.  'What  is  con  called  when  placed  before  words? 
38.  *  Why  is  it  so  called?  39.  *Name  some  other  syllables  used  in 
the  same  way.  40.  Illustrate  the  meaning  of  con  with  some  other 
words.  41.  What  is  meant  by  deeds,  in  the  37ili  line?  42.  What 
were  verbal  deeds?  43.  How  are  deeds  and  contracts  at  the  present  day 
authenticated?  44.  What  is  the  ditference  between  requisite  and  ne- 
cessary, in  the  38th  line?  45.  What  do  you  understand  hy  gates  of 
cities,  in  the  43d  line  ?  4G.  Why  do  you  suppose  we  have  no  gates  to 
cities  in  the  United  States?  47.  Can  you  name  any  modern  cities 
that  have  gates?  (§  5.]  48.  Wliat  conjunction  follows  though,  in  the 
45th  line?  49.  Why  does  this  conjunction  usually  follow  though,  and 
what  is  it  called?  50.  What  is  the  meaning  of  in  before  habitants, 
in  the  45th  line?  51.  Why  does  not  in  have  the  same  meaning  be- 
fore human,  as  inhuman?  52.  As  the  ancients  had  not  the  art  of 
writing,  how  did  they  record  sentimerits  and  events?  53.  Can  you 
name  any  specimens  of  history  transmitted  in  verse?  54.  Wherein 
are  the  functions  of  modern  government  essentially  different  from 
those  of  the  ancients?  55.  To  what  does  its  refer,  in  the  47th  line? 
56.  What  is  the  meaning  of  coin,  before  pose,  in  the  48th  line  1  57 
What  is  the  difference  between  verse  and  poetry,  in  the  49th  line? 
58.  What  is  the  meaning  o{  trans,  before  milted,  in  the  51st  line?  59 
Illustrate  its  meaning  with  some  other  words.  60.  Why  do  you  sup 
pose  the  primitive  inhabitants  were  not  skilled  in  the  art  of  writing' 

•  The  Teacher  will  bear  in  mind,  that  these  questions,  with  all  others  of  an  intricate  charac- 
ter, are  to  be  omitted  wlien  the  pupils  are  nut  advanced. 


PRIMITIVE    LAWS. 


4 'J 


laws  exist.    It  is  'requisite   to   provide    for 
their  'execution ;  and  as  the  early  patriarchs 
55  'presided  over*  their  families,  and  settled  the 
'disputes  tiiat  naturally  arose  among  their 
children,  so  the  first  monarchs  'distributed 
justice    in    person    among    their   'subjects. 
(§6.)   It    appears    that    the   earliest    'rulers 
60  exercised  the  station  of  both  'magistrate  qind 
priest.     We  are  informed  that  Moses,  'op- 
pressed with  the  multiplicity  of  'afiairs,  chose 
a  certain  number  of  wise  men  to  'dispense 
justice  among  the  people.  These  judges  -'de- 
OS  cided  all  matters  of  small  'importance ;  but 
their  decisions  w^ere  'subject  to  the  ^supervi- 
sion and  reversion  of  Moses.     The  adminis- 
tration of  'justice  was,  in  the  early  ages,  ge- 
nerally given  to  the  'priests,  who  determined 
70  all  'disputes,  and  inflicted  such  punishment 
as  they  'deemed  necessary. 

(§  7.)  'Probably  the  earliest,  and  certainly 
the  most  important  regulation  'm  reference 


Kssential. 
Performance 

Superin- 
tended. 

Controver- 
sies. 

AUolleJ. 
Inferiors. 
Governors. 
Judge. 

Overbur- 
dened. 

Business. 

Adnnnister 

Settled. 

Weight. 

Liable. 

^Review. 

Equity. 

Spiritual  di- 
rectors. 

Contests. 
Thought. 
Likely. 
Relating. 


Gl.  Who  is  the  first  writer  mentioned  in  authentic  history  ?  (§  G.)  62. 
What  is  tiie  difference  between  a  magistrate  and  a  priest?  63.  Wl)at 
is  the  me-Amn?  \}i  in  hefoxe  formed,  in  the  6  1st  line?  64.  lUnstrate 
the  meaning  of  in  with  some  other  words.  65.  What  is  the  meaning 
of  in  hetore  Jlided,  in  the  70th  line?  G6.  What  meaning  do  ini,  in, 
and  il  always  have  when  prefixed  to  verbs?  67.  Illustrate  their 
meaning  by  examples.  68.  What  meaning  do  im,  in,  ig,  ir,  ne,  dis, 
and  ill  have  when  placed  before  adjectives?  69.  Are  there  any  ex- 
ceptions to  this  rule?  70.  Illustrate  their  meaning  by  examples.  71. 
What  offices  did  the  earliest  rulers  fill  ?  72.  Do  you  suppose  one  man 
is  competent  to  fill  so  many  offices  ?  73.  Does  it  require  more  than 
erudition  and  talent  to  fill  any  of  them  ?  74.  W^o  were  generally 
appointed,  in    the   primitive  ages,  to  dispense  justice? 

*  The  teacher  will  perceive  that  the  definitions  or  synonyms  of  two  or  moi-p  words  are  ponio- 
times  given  in  the  margin,  in  which  case  they  are  printed  in  italics. 


50 


PROIITIVE    LAWS. 


to   property,    was   'assigning  and    securing 

75  to  each  family  a  certain  'portion  of  land. 
This  was  the  first  step  towards  'civiUzation, 
for  among  all  savages  lands  are  common ; 
they  have  no  '  boundaries,  no  land-marks ; 
every  one  seeks   his  'subsistence  where  he 

80  sees  fit.  But  in  the  civilized  'state  it  is 
necessary  to  'distinguish  land,  and  adopt 
such  rules  as  will  secure  to  each  'member 
the  'benefit  of  his  labor;  so  that  he  who 
sows  may  have  a  reasonable  'expectation  of 

85  reaping  and  enjoying  the  'profits  of  his  skill 
and  '  industry.  The  rights  of  all  ought  to 
be  'guaranteed,  so  that  no  one  can  seize  the 
'profits  of  another's  labor.  (§  8.)  Laws  were 
eai'ly  'established,  not  only  to  regulate  the 

90  division  of  'land,  but  also  to  guard  against 
and  prevent  'usurpation.  With  a  view  to 
curb  the  grasping  desires  of  'avaricious  and 
tyrannizing  oppressors,  and  to  protect  'mu- 
tually the  rights  of  all,  we  'find  that  the  ear- 

95  liest  laws  'required  every  person  to  fix  the 
boundaries  of  his  'possessions  by  land-marks. 


AUottmg. 
Piece. 

The   state  of  be- 
ing reHned   in 

primitive  grouH- 
Dess,  aiid    iin- 

aud  IcaruiAg, 

Limits. 

Support. 

Condition. 

Separate. 

Individual. 

Profit. 

Prospect. 

Reward. 

Diligence. 

Warranted. 

Proceeds. 

Enacted. 

Real  estate. 

Occupation 
without  right 

Covetous. 

Reciprocally. 

Leam. 

Demanded. 

Property. 


(§  7.)  75.  What  was  probably  tbe  fnsl  and  mnst  important  regulation 
in  reference  to  property?  76.  What  is  the  meaning  of  st?/),  in  the  76th 
line?     77.  Why  does  not  step  have  the  same  meaning  before  father? 

78.  Illustrate    some    of  the   ditferent    meanings  of  step  in   sentences. 

79.  How  are  lands  held  amopg  all  savages?  80.  How  do  savages  ob- 
tain their  support?  81.  What  regulations  are  observed  anrong  all 
civilized  nations?  82.  Why  do  you  suppose  it  neressary  to  have 
such  rules?  (§  8.)  S3.  Why  were  other  laws  established  besides  those 
tnat  regulate  the  division  of  land  ?  84.  Do  you  suppose  r-eason  or 
rei'f/a/i^H  sanctions  the  ownership  of  a  whole  state  by  one,  ttvo,  three, 
four,  or  five  men?  85.  Assign  some  reasons  why  it  would  not  be  well 
ibr  a  few  men  to  own  all  the  land  in  a  whole  nation  ?  86.  What  did 
the  ancient  laws  require  all  persons  to  do?     87.  What  were  all  ex- 


PRIMITIVE    LAWS. 


jMoses  'expressly  forbids  the  Israelites  from 
removing  the  ancient  'boundaries  of  lands ; 
and  in  the  days  of  Job,  those  who  'removed 

100  these  marks  were  'ranked  among  the  worst 
of  mankind.  'Profane  history  informs  us  of 
the  importance  attached  to  this  most  'salu- 
tary regulation.  'Homer  speaks  of  it  as  a 
custom  of  the  highest  'antiquity.     Virgil  re- 

105  fers  it  to  the  age  of  Jupiter,  which  'appears 
with  him  to  mean  the  '  beginning  of  time. 

(§  9.)  'Agriculture  first  gave  rise  to  pro- 
perty in  'lands;  but  this  property  must 
change  after  the  death  of   the    'owner.      It 

no  is  'reasonable  to  suppose  that  after  cultivat- 
ing the  'land  for  years,  men  would  become 
strongly  attached  to  it,  and  desire  to  'trans- 
mit its  'enjoyment  to  those  bound  to  them  by 
the  holiest  ties.     Furthermore,  the 'peace  of 

115  society  required  that  some  'permanent  regu- 
lation should  be  'established  in  reference  to 


fii  direct 
terms. 

Limits. 
Displaced. 
Classed. 
Secular. 

Advantage- 
ous. 

The  father  of 
poets. 

Age. 

Seems. 

Commence- 
ment. 

Husbandry. 

Real  estate. 

Proprietor. 

Rational. 

Ground. 

Convey. 

Possession. 

Tranquillity. 

Durable. 

Settled. 


pressly  prohibited  from  doing '^  88.  How  are  lands  measured?  89. 
If  land-marks  are  removed,  have  people  of  the  present  age  any  means 
of  knowing  where  they  stood'?  90.  What  nation  first  used  surveying? 
91.  What  c/tarrtc/er separates  landmarks,  in  the  9Gih  line?  92.  Shoukl 
you  ever  use  this  character  in  composing  letters,  or  in  avy  otlier  writ- 
ing? 93.  Why  do  you  tliink  it  important  to  notii^e  the  different  pauses 
and  characters  used  in  the  books  we  read?  94.  Will  you  elucidate  the 
meaning  of  the  use  of  the  hyphen  by  a  few  examples?  93.  What 
marks  are  meant  in  the  100th  line?  96.  Do  you  know  what  the 
opinion  of  many  learned  men  is  respecting  Homer  and  his  writings  ? 
97.  Who  was  Virgil?  (§9-)  98.  What  first  gave  rise  to  property  in 
lands?  99.  Why  do  you  suppose  men  would  naturally  desire  to 
transmit  their  property  to  their  posterity?  100.  What  do  you  suppose 
has  produced  many  inventions  and  laws?  101.  Why  do  you  suppose 
the  peace  of  society  required  permanent  regulations  in  reference  to 
property  of  deceased  persons?  102.  Wliat  is  the  difierent-e  between 
the  meanings  of  ^cace  and  tranqicillity,  in  the  114th  line?     103.  What 


52 


PRIMITIVE    LAWS. 


the  property  of  deceased  persons.  'Neces- 
sity, which  is  said  to  bo  the  "  mother  of  'in- 
ventions" as  well  as  of  laws,  'required  some 

ixio  'permanent  regulations  in  reference  to  inhe- 
ritances, and  also  the  power  of  making  'de- 
vises. Hence,  'property  in  lands  was  the 
origin  of  'rights  and  jurisprudence,  which 
'compose  the    most   important   part  of  the 

125  whole  civil  'code.  (§  10.)  Civil  laws,  like 
governments,  were  at  first  very  '  imperfect ; 
'jurisprudence  was  not  formed  into  any  regu- 
lar system  till  after  the  'lapse  of  centuries. 
No  one  ruler  or  lawgiver,  'unaided  by  Di- 

130  vine  '  inspiration,  could  foresee  all  events ; 
unlooked-for  'occurrences  gave  occasion  for 
the  'establishment  of  most  of  the  laws  that 
now  'govern  civilized  society.  Old  regula- 
tions have  consequently  been  either 'extended, 

135  reformed,  or  'repealed,  in  proportion  to  the 
'ingenuity  and  industry  of  man  in  extending 
'commerce — discovering  the  natural  wealth 
of  the  earth — the  'multiplicity  of  inventions 
— the  wonderful  '  improvements  in   the  arts. 


Need. 

Discoveries. 

Demanded. 

Fixed. 

WiUs. 

Ownerutiip. 

Claims. 

Constitute. 

Book  of  laws 

Defective. 

The  science 
of  nght. 

Passing  away 

Unassisted. 

Infusion. 

Incidents. 

Enactment. 

Regulate. 

Enlarged. 

Revoked. 

Acuteness. 

Trade. 

Variety. 

Progress. 


is  the  meaning  of  civil  code,  in  tlie  125tb  line?  104.  What  is  the  dif- 
ference between  necessity  and  need — 105.  inventions  and  discoveries — 
lOG.  permanent  and  Jixed — 107.  inheritavces  and  pah-imouies — 108.  de- 
vises and  tvills — 109.  propc7iy  and  ownership — 110.  rights  and  claims — 
111.  compose  and  constitute — 112.  code  and  bonk  of  laics,  in  the  117th, 
llStli,  120th,  r21st,  122d,  123d,  124tli,  and  125th  lines  respectively? 
(§  10.)  113.  What  is  the  meaning  of  i«;i  prefixed  to  aided,  in  the  129th 
line?  114.  What  meaning  has  un  prefixed  to  words?  115.  What 
were  civil  laws  at  first?  lit).  Can  any  ruler  or  body  of  legislators, 
however  wise,  foresee  all  events?  117.  What  gave  rise  to  most  of  the 
laws  in  force  among  civilized  nations?  118.  What  has  happened  to 
ola  regulations?  119.  What  has  caused  this  great  difference  between 
many  of  the   ancient  and   modern  laws?      120.  Who   is   meant  by  the 


NATURE    OF    LIBERTY. 


bo 


140  sciences,    letters,    and,  above  all,  the  'pro-  Diffusion. 
mulgation  of  the  'ameliorating  doctrines  of  j  improving. 
the  '  Savior   of  mankind.  Redeemer. 


Saviour  of  mankiiul  in  the  142il  line?  121.  Where  do  we  fi-nd  his 
precepts?  122.  What  do  you  suppose  woidd  be  the  result  if  all  lived 
according  to  the  doctrine  taught  by  Jesus  Christ"? 


LESSON   XIII. 


(§  1).  We  see  by  reference  to  the  'unerring 
page  of  history,  that  laws  of  some  'kind 
have  'always  governed  the  whole  human 
race.  'Civilized  societies  have  their  exten- 
5  sive  and  'complicated  systems  of  jurispru- 
dence. ^Semi-barharous  states  yield  to  the 
'commands  of  a  king,  or  some  other  despotic 
ruler ;  and  even  savages  obey  their  chief,  'en- 
dure the  rules  which  the  'customs  of  their 
10  tribes  'prescribe,  or  obey  the  obvious  and 
indisputable  laws  of  'right  and  the  voice  of 
nature,  which  'alarm  the  soul  with  excru- 
ciating 'remorse  whenever  justice  is  disre- 


Infamble. 

Sort. 

Ever. 

Cultivated. 

Intricate. 

Half  savage. 

Orders. 

Abide  by. 

Usages. 

Ordain. 

Justice. 

Frighten. 

Agony. 


(§  1.)  1.  What  do  you  suppose  is  meant  by  infallible  page  of  history, 
in  the  1st  h'nc  ?  2.  What  is  the  difference  between  unerring  and  in- 
fallible? 3.  Wliat  is  the  meaning  of  societies,  in  the  4th  line  ?  4.  What 
part  of  speech  is  if?  5.  What  number?  6.  What  do  nouns  ending 
in  ty  always  denote  ?  7.  How  do  they  always  form  their  plural  ?  8. 
What  is  the  meaning  of  staffs,  in  the  Ulh  line?  9.  Do  you  Know  what 
meaning  semi  has  before  barbarous,  in  the  6th  line?  10.  Do  you  suj)- 
pose  it  always  has  this  meaning?  11.  What  is  your  reason  for  diis 
opinion?*  12.  Illustrate  the  meaning  oC  send  with  some  other  words. 
13.  What  is  the  meaning  oi  pre  before  ^cribe,  in  the  10th  line?  14. 
Does  it  always  have  the  same  power  when  used  as  a  prefix?  15.  Il- 
lustrate its  meaning  with  some  other  words.      (§  2.)    16.  Do  you  sup- 

*  When  pupils  give  eilhera  simple  affirmative  or  neg;itive  answer,  it  is  always  well  to  reqiiire 
their  reasons,  inasmuch  as  yes  or  no  may  be  indiflerently  given  without  either  thought  or 
renoolion. 

5* 


54 


NATURE    OF    LIBERTY. 


garded,     (§  2.)  Law  'pervades  the  universe ; 

15  no  created  being  is  'exempt  from  its  protect- 
ing care — nor  can  any  one  ever  'deviate 
from  its  'salutary  influence  with  impunity. 
Even  in  'societies  possessing  the  greatest 
blessings,  each  individual  is  'restricted  to  cer- 

20  tain  'limitations  in  his  intercourse  with 
others,  and  '  invested  with  rights  which  ex- 
tend alike  to  all,  and  which  cannot  be  '  in- 
fringed without  'endangering  the  security 
and  happiness  of  every  'member,  who  is  an 

25  'integral  part  of  the  community. 

(§  3.)  If  each  and  every  one  possessed  'suffi- 
cient knowledge,  and  a  'disposition  to  do  what 
was  'strictly  just — to  give  to  all  their  due — 
to  take  only  what  was  'lawful — then,  indeed, 

30  there  would  be  no  'need  of  human  restric- 
tions. But  the  history  of  man  in  all  'ages 
proves  that,  either  from  ignorance,  the  'weak- 
ness of  his  judgment,  or  from  his  natural  'in- 


Is  diffused 
thru  ugh. 

Free. 

Turn  aside. 
Wholesome. 

Communities 

Restrnined 

willuii. 

Bounds. 
Clothed. 
Violated. 

Putting  ill 
hazard. 

Citizen. 

Component. 

Adequate. 

Desire. 

Rigorously. 

Proper. 

Want 

Times. 

Infirmity 

Propensity. 


pose  there  is  anyplace  wliere  there  is  not  law?  17.  What  is  the 
meaning  of  being,  in  the  15th  line?  18.  Why  would  not  beirigs  be  a 
better  word  than  being,  in  the  15th  line,  inasmuch  as  nothing  is  ex 
empted?  19.  If  the  wisest  and  best  men  are  required  to  observe  cer- 
tain rules,  is  it  unreasonable  that  sclwlais  should  scrupulously  regard 
the  rules  of  school  ?  20.  Which  do  you  suppose  most  benefits  the  pupils, 
the  school  with  perfect  order,  or  the  school  without  any  order?  21.  Do 
you  think  each  one  at  school  should  strive  to  aid  the  teacher  in  pre- 
serving perfect  order?  (§  3.)  22.  Do  you  suppose  there  might  be  any 
condition  in  which  human  law  would  not  be  necessary?  23.  What 
does  all  history  prove?  24.  What  is  necessary  for  man's  quiet  and 
hajjpiness?  25.  What  do  reason  and  revelation  alike  prove?  26. 
What  is  the  difference  between  disposed  and  inclined — strictly  and  rigor- 
ously— due  and  right — lued  and  ivant — history  and  account — ages  and  peri- 
ods— weakness ^-id  infirmity,  in  the  27th,  28th,  29th,30th.31st,anil  32d  lines 
respectively"  27.  Why  do  you  suppose  man  is  used  in  the  31st  line, 
as  it  is  evident   the  author  me?in\.  XhQ  whole  hxmuin  race?     (§4.)   28. 


NATURE    OF    LIBERTY. 


00 


clinalion  to  evil,  he  has  been  'prone  to  go 

35  astray,  and  that  laws  are  '  indispensable  to 
his  'tranquillity  and  his  happiness.  More- 
over, reason  and  revelation  alike  'attest  that 
man  was  created  for  society,  and  '  intended 
by  the  'Deity  to  be  subject  to  that  law  and 

40  order  which  the  created  'intelligences  of 
heaven  'obey,  and  that  there  is  no  such  thing 
as  'natural  liberty.  (§  4.)  It  has  often  been 
'asserted,  that  man  gave  up  certain  natural 
'rights  when  he  became  a  member  of  civil 

45  society,  but  it  appears  'evident  that  such 
was  not  the  'case.  No  one  ever  had  the  right 
to  do  as  he  'chose,  for  all  were  born  with 
equal  'rights ;  and  if  one  had  natural  liberty, 
then  all  were  equally  entitled  to  it.    'Suppose 

50  all  have  natural  '  liberty,  then  our  property, 
yea,  our  lives,  are  at  the  'disposal  of  any 
person  who  is  either  able  or  'willing  to  take 
them  from  us.  In  our  country,  every  'in- 
fringement of  the  law  is  a  'violation  alike  of 

55  public  and  rational  liberty,  for  'God  created 
man  'subject  to  law,  and  that  is  his  natural 
'state. 


Disposed. 

Necessary. 

Quiet. 

Bear  witness 

Designed. 

Creator. 

Spiritual  be- 
ings. 

Comply  with. 

Original. 

Aflirmed. 

Privileges. 

Plain. 

Fact. 

Liked. 

Clainu. 

Admit. 

Freedom, 

Mercy. 

Desirous. 

Breach. 

Transgression. 

Jehovah. 

Amenable. 
Condition. 


What  has  often  been  asserted  1  29.  Is  such  the  case  ?  30.  What  are 
some  of  your  reasons  for  this  opinion  ?  31.  In  how  many  simple  sen- 
tences can  you  use  case,  in  the  46th  line,  so  that  in  each  instance  it 
shall  convey  a  difTerent  meaning?  32.  Is  the  assertion  that  "all  men 
were  created  equal"  literally  true  ?  33.  What  are  your  reasons  for 
diis  opinion?  34.  If  some  are  horn  deformed  or  with  sickly  consti- 
tutions, and  others  are  born  perfect  and  robust,  what  is  the  meaning 
oC '■' all  were  horn  with  equal  rights,''  in  tlie  47th  line?  35.  What  rea- 
sons prove  that  no  one  has  natural  liberty  ?  36.  What  effect  do  you 
suppose  it  would  have  in  this  country  if  every  one  violated  the  laws 
that  appeared  unjust?     37.  What  do  you  suppose  is  the  natural  state 


56 


NATURE    OF    LIBERTY. 


(§  5.)  The  laws  of  one's  'country  may  or 
may  not  'protect  the  natural  rights  of  man 

60  according  to  'circumstances  or  the  pecu- 
liarities of  the  individual's  'condition ;  but 
the  law  of  God  is  a  perpetual  'security 
against  'oppression,  and  no  liberty  has  ever 
existed  or  can  'exist  where  the  laws  of  God 

65  are  not  obeyed.  For  take  away  the  'sacred 
law,  and  the  weaker  are  'subject  to  the 
stronger,  and  the  'stronger  may,  in  their  turn, 
become  subject  to  'combinations  of  the 
weaker.     (§  6.)  It  may,  moreover,  be  'ob- 

70  served  that  liberty  does  not  'consist  in  laws 
of  our  own  'making ;  for  let  us  examine  the 
laws  of  our  'country,  and  we  shall  find  most 
of  them  were  in  '  force  before  we  had  exist- 
ence.   Furthermore,  it  is  'evident  that  a  large 

75  majority  of  'people,  even  of  this  country, 
are  never  'governed  by  laws  of  their  own 
making,  though  the  statutes  may  be  'enacted 
during  their  owai  'lives. 


stale. 

Guard. 

The    worldly 

iloJe  of  be- 
Protection. 
Tyranny. 
Have  being. 
Divine. 

Liable. 

More  power- 
ful. 

Coalitions. 

Remarked. 

Depend  on. 

Framing. 

Confederacy. 

Operation. 

Plain. 

Citizens. 

Ruled. 

Made. 

Existence. 


of  man ?  (§5.)  38.  What  is  the  meaning  of  the  expression,  "one's 
country"  in  the  58th  line?  39.  May  the  laws  of  one's  country  operate 
unequally?  40.  What  laws  always  operate  justly'?  41.  What  would 
be  the  condition  of  society  if  the  principles  of  the  sacred  law  were 
banished?  42.  Do  you  suppose  any  nation  ever  enjoyed  true  liberty 
tliat  liad  not  received  the  aid  of  Divine  revelation?  43.  Do  you  sup- 
pose we  often  enjoy  many  blessings  which  are  the  result  of  Chris- 
tianity without  being  conscious  of  the  true  source  from  whence  they 
flow?  (§6.)  44.  Do  you  suppose  liberty  consists  in  laws  of  our  own 
making?  45.  What  are  your  reasons  for  this  ojjinion?  46.  How  long 
do  you  suppose  most  of  the  laws  of  this  country  have  been  in  force  ? 
47.  Why  are  not  a  majority  of  the  people  in  this  country  governed  by 
laws  of  their  own  making,  even  when  the  laws  are  made  during 
their  lives?  48.  What  is  the  difference  helween  people  and  citizens — 
governed  and  ruled — statutes  and  laws — enacted  and  made,  in  the  75th, 
76th,  and  77th  lines  respectively?     49.  What  words  do  you  consider 


NATURH    OF    LIBERTY. 


57 


(§  7.)  The  'Congress  of  the  United  States 

80  consists,  (1848,)  in  'round  numbers,  of  291 
members;  31  in  the  'senate  and  116  in 
the  'house  of  representatives  make  a  quorum 
for  transacting  business.  Hence  it  'appears 
that  a  'bill  may  pass  both  houses  by  a  majo- 

85  rity  of  one  vote ;  58  would  be  a  'majority 
in  the  'house  and  16  in  the  senate.  A 
'contingency  might  therefore  happen  in 
which  a  bill  would  'pass  both  houses  by  re- 
ceiving 74  votes,  and  the  'sanction  of  the 

90  President  would  make  it  a  law.  Conse- 
quently, every  person  in  the  whole  'union 
might  be  governed  by  a  law  made  by  75 
'men;  and  217  senators  and  representatives 
might  be  'opposed  to  the  law  made  by  75 

95  men,  which  would  '  govern  upwards  of 
twenty  millions  of  "people.     On   the   other 


Legislature. 

Wliole. 
Upper  house. 
Lower  house 
Is  evident. 
Law. 

Lee»\  num- 
ber. 

Hull  of  repre- 
sentalives. 

I'ortuitous 
event. 

Prevail  in. 

Approval. 

Statute. 

Country. 

Ruled. 

Legislators. 

Unfavorable. 

Rule. 

Citizens. 


synonyms,  and  what  definitions,  in  section  6  ?  (§  7.)  50.  Why  is 
the  teim  round  nmnhers  used  in  the  80th  line?  51.  In  the  80tl) 
line,  it  is  asserted  that  the  full  number  is  291  members,  can  you 
tell  how  many  there  are  in  the  senate,  and  how  many  there  are  in 
tlie  house  of  representatives?  52.  Can  the  largest  State,  with  nearly 
three  millions  of  inhabitants,  send  more  senators  than  the  smallest 
State,  with  less  thaxi  one  hundred  thousand  inhabitants?  53.  If  you 
know  the  number  of  States  and  the  whole  number  of  members  in 
Congress,  can  you  not  tell  how  many  representatives  there  are  ?  54. 
How  many  make  a  quorum  in  the  house  ?  55.  How  many  in  the 
senate?  56.  How  many  may  pass  a  law  in  the  house?  57.  How 
many  in  the  senate?  58.  How  is  it  that,  in  the  85th  line,  it  is  said 
58  may  be  a  majority,  when  there  are  116  necessary  to  make  a  quo- 
rum, and  58  is  only  one-half  of  116 — why  would  not  58  be  a  tie,  and 
not  a  majority?  59.  Could  there  possibly  be  a  contingency  in  whicli 
75  men  might  make  a  law  that  would  govern  upwards  of  twenty 
millions  of  peojile?  60.  If  such  is  the  power  of  law-rnakers,  what 
ought  to  be  the  character  of  all  men  elected  to  legislative  bodies? 
61.  What  peojjle  do  you  suppose  the  most  likely  to  discern  and  elect 
men  of  pure   princijiles   and   patriotic  character,  an  intelligent  or  an 


58 


NATURE    OF    LIBERTY. 


hand,  a  bill  of  the  'utmost  importance  may 
unanimously  pass  both  houses  and  be  'vetoed 
by  the  President.    It  must  then  be  'returned 

100  to  the  house  in  which  it  'originated — say  the 
house  of  representatives — w^ho  'pass  it  again 
'unanimously.  It  then  goes  to  the  senate,  who 
happen  to  have  but  a  bare  'quorum — nineteen 
votes  are  given  in  '  favor  of  the  bill  and  ele- 

105  ven  against  it ;  consequently  it  does  not  're- 
ceive a  'majority  of  two-thirds  of  the  senate 
and  is  'defeated.  Hence  it  appears  that  a 
bill  of  'vital  importance  might  be  defeated 
by  either  the  'arbitrary  will — the  vanity — 

110  the  imbecility — or  the  mistaken  'views  of 
one  man.  The  President  has  'power  during  his 
continuance  in  'office  to  forbid  any  bill  from 
becoming  a  law,  though  he  is  'sustained  by 
less  than  three-eighths  of  the  'members  of 

115  'congress,  and  opposed  by  the  unanimous 
voice  of  the  nation.  Further  the  '  final  vote 
of  eleven  senators  may  be  in  'opposition  to 
the  'views  of  two  hundred  and  thirty-one 
representatives     and     forty-nine    '  senators. 

120  'Moreover,    these    eleven     senators     mav 


Highest. 
Prohibited. 
Sent  back. 
Had  origin. 
Sanction. 

Without  a  dis- 
seuliijg  voice. 

Lfgal  number  to 
trau^iact  business 

Support. 
Obtain. 
Plurality. 
Rendered  null. 

Essential. 

Despotic. 

Opinions. 

The  prerogative. 

Authority. 

Upheld. 

Delegates. 


Contraiiic- 
tion. 


Legislative 
counsellors. 


illiterate  people  ?  62.  What  may  prevent  a  bill  from  becoming  a  law 
after  it  lias  unanimously  passed  both  houses  of  congress?  63.  What 
is  the  meaning  of  the  word  vetoed,  in  the  9Stli  line  ?  64.  When  a 
bill  is  vetoed,  to  t/;/itf/t  house  must  it  be  returned?  65.  May  a  bill, 
under  any  circumstances,  become  a  law  thouj^h  the  President  veto 
(forbid)  it?  66.  Name  some  circumstances  in  which  a  contingency 
might  happen  to  defeat  a  bill  of  vital  importance?  67.  Can  Dela- 
ware, with  a  population  of  78,085*  inhabitants,  send  as  many 
senators  to  congress  as  the  State  of  New  York,  with  a  population  of 
2,428,021*   inhabitants?     68.  Why  is  the  term  original  collective  con- 

•Accordln?  to  the  census  of  18t0,  New  York  has  at  the  present  time  nearly  3,000,000. 


NATURE    OF    LIBERTY. 


be  from  the  six  'smallest  States  in  the  Union, 
whose  original  collective  'constituency  would 
be  less  than  one-half  that  of  a  single  'sena- 
tor from  the  largest  State.  Hence  the  'hopes 

125  of  upwards  of  twenty  millions  can  be  'tem- 
porarily 'blasted  by,  it  may  be,  even  a  good 
man,  though  an  'unsuitable  President. 

(§  8.)  Again,  suppose  a  '  bill  passes  unani- 
mously both  'houses  of  congress,  receives 

130  the  'sanction  of  the  President,  and  becomes 
a  law ;  'yet  the  original  constituents  of  the 
'makers  of  the  law  would  probably  be  less 
than  one-tenth  of  the  'people  that  would  be 
'governed    by  the    same.      It   is    undoubt- 

135  edly  'true,  that  all  the  important  laws  passed 
by  congress,  whether  for  good  or  for  'evil, 
have  received  the  'sanction  of  less  than  two 
hundred  votes,  and  that  the  'constituents  of 
these  rulers   have,  on   'an  average,  been  a 

140  minority  of  the  '  legal  voters  of  the  country, 
to  say  nothing  of  those  of  their  'constituents 
who  were  entirely  'opposed  to  the  action  of 
their  'representatives.  Thus  the  laws  that 
govern  'upwards  of  twenty  millions  of  people. 


I«ast  popu- 

luus. 
Body  of  con- 

sUtueals. 

Legislator. 
Expectations 
for  a  time. 
Destroyed. 
Unfit. 


Branches. 

Approval. 

Though, 

Framers. 

Inhabitants. 

Ruled. 

A  fact. 

Woe. 

Approbation. 

Employers. 

A  mean  pro- 
portion. 

LavvfuL 
Electors. 
Adverse. 
Deputies. 
More  than. 


stituency  wse<\  in  the  122d  line?  69.  What  is  the  difference  in  the 
way  in  which  U.  S.  senators  and  representatives  are  elected  ?  (§  8.] 
70.  Do  important  bills  generally  receive  the  unanimous  concurrence 
of  congress?  71.  What  are  your  reasons  for  this  opinion  ?  72.  Do 
you  suppose  congress  could  pass  an  evil  law?  73.  What  are  your 
reasons  for  this  opinion?  74.  What  kind  of  men  do  you  think  ought 
to  be  elected  as  legislators?  75.  Do  you  suppose  those  are  generally 
the  best  legislators  who  give  the  people  the  most  to  eat  and  drink  on 
election  days?  76.  What  men  in  former  repidilics  adopted  this  nrac- 
tice?  77.  Do  you  suppose  there  is  any  danger  that  men  may  become 
candidates  for  congress  with  any  other  object  in  view  than  the  purest 


Jj 


60 


NATURE    OF    LIBERTY. 


145  even  in  this  'country,  have  been  directly 
'framed  by  about  one-twentieth  of  the  popu- 
lation ;  it  is,  indeed,  'an  axiom  that  no  one 
has  perfect  'liberty — no  people  can  be  go- 
verned bylaws  of  their  own 'making.    We 

150  are  all  'dependent — dependent  on  our  parents 
and  friends — dependent  on  our  fellow  citi- 
zens— dependent  on  'our  cotemporaries — de- 
pendent on  our  'ancestors — dependent  on  the 
'goodness,  and  protecting  care  of  our  Hea- 

155  venly  Father.  (§  9.)  If  such  are  the  '  intri- 
cacies and  the  imminent  dangers  of  'dele- 
gated power  in  the  purest  'republic  on  which 
the  sun  ever  shone,  how  'indispensable  is  it 
that  all  should  understand  the  'fundamental 

iGo  'principles  of  political  science !  Let  every 
citizen  duly  'profit  by  the  sufferings  which 
mankind  have  'endured  for  nearly  six  thou- 
sand ycnrs.  Let  the  'ambition  of  each 
be  propci-ly  aroused  to   obtain   the  'imper- 

165  ishable  wealth  of  the  mind,  to  'understand 
and  'support  the  Constitution  of  the  United 
States,  and  transmit  in  'unsullied  bright- 
ness the  'character  of  the  American  name. 
(§    10.)     Let    all    early    receive    '  impres- 


patriotism?  78.  What  is  rv  self-evident  truth?  79.  How  ought  each 
one,  then,  to  perform  the  trusts  committed  to  his  charsie  ?  (§9-)  80. 
In  whose  hands  is  power  originally  vested?  81.  What  is  understood 
by  delegated  or  deputed  power?  82.  Is  deputize  a  correct  English 
wore'  ?  83.  When  power  is  deputed,  lias  it  irrevocably  left  its  grantor? 
84,  What  are  some  of  the  sutTerings  which  mankind  have  so  long  en- 
dured? 85.  What  is  meant  by  the  "  wealth  of  the  mind,"  in  the  165th 
line?  86.  Why  may  the  American  name  be  considered  bright?  87. 
What  is  meant  by  political  science?  88.  What  is  the  difference  be- 
tween an  art  and  a  science?     (§  10.)  89.  What  are  republics  or  com- 


NATURE    OF    LIBERTY. 


61 


no  sive  lessons  from  the  fate  of  former  'repub- 
lics, which,  in  their  'day,  though  far  more 
powerful  than  ours,  have  either  been  'crushed 
by  military  despotism,  or  rent  'asunder  by 
'intestine  broils.      Let  every  philanthropist 

175  arouse,  so  that  the  predictions  of  kings,  'no- 
bles, and  many  of  the  'literati  of  Europe,  pro- 
nouncing 'anarchy  and  despotism  to  be  the 
future  'fate  of  the  United  States,  shall  be  fal- 
sified.   And  thus  the   'augmenting   number 

180  of  our  'adult  population,  now  probably  five 
millions,  who  can  neither  read  'understand- 
ingly  nor  write  intelligibly,  may  be  'dimin- 
ished, and  finally  'extinguished  by  the  well- 
directed  'efforts  of  every  American  citizen. 

185  (§11-)  It  is  imperative  to  'weigh  pro- 
perly the  'expediency  of  disseminating  in 
every  part  of  the  republic  the  'inestimable 
blessings  of  letters,  'fraternal  union,  and 
Christian  'sentiment.    In  this  way  our  coun- 

190  try  may  be  made  the  '  hallowed  ark  to 
preserve  in  safety  the  'rational  liberties  of 
mankind,  by  becoming  the  'depository  of 
human  rights,  and  the  'asylum  of  the  op- 


Common- 
wealllis. 

Time 

Overwhelmed. 

Apart. 

Domestic. 

Peers. 

Learned  men 

Want  of  rule. 

Destiny. 

Increasing. 

Grown  up. 

Knowingly. 

Lessened. 

Eradicated 

Exertions. 

Consider. 

Propriety. 

Invaluabl". 

Brotherly. 

Feeling. 

Sacred. 

Reasonable. 

Lodgment. 

Refuge. 


monwealtbs?  90.  What  republics,  in  their  day,  exerted  apparently 
a  more  extensive  influence,  and  were  comparatively  more  pov/erfiil 
than  the  United  States'?  91.  Why  sboukl  we  learn  lessons  from  these 
republics?  92.  Wby  should  those  lessons  be  indelibly  impressed  ? 
93.  What  is  tlie  probable  reason  that  monarchs  and  noblemen  de- 
nounce our  governtnent  ■?  94.  Name  some  of  the  causes  which  may 
justly  alarm  the  friends  of  our  governiiient.  95.  Are  crowned  heads 
interested  in  promoting  disunion  in  the  United  States?  96.  Are  the 
literati  interested  in  the  perpetuity  of  our  institutions?  97.  What 
should  be  our  conduct  towards  those  who  differ  from  us  in  opinion? 
98.  What  were  soine  of  the  causes  which  produced  the  fall  of  former 
_ 


02 


NATURE    OF    LIBERTY. 


pressed  and  trodden-dow^n  of  'the  old  world. 

195  In  view  of  all  these  impending  'circum- 
stances and  'denunciations,  it  behooves 
each  of  us  to  use  the  utmost  'caution  and 
unceasing  'vigilance  in  regard  to  the  perpe- 
tuity of  our  'unequalled  institutions.     (§  12.) 

200  Let  us  justly  'compare  the  fame  of  our 
philosophers,  'legislators,  heroes,  and  their 
influence  on  'cotemporaries,  with  those  that 
flourished  in  the  'palmiest  days  of  Greece 
and    Rome.      Let   the    most    'indefatigable 

205  exertions  be  used  to  'convey  knowledge 
to  every  home,  that  one  united  'intellectual 
'phalanx  may  be  presented  to  assert  the 
rights  of  mankind — to  'demonstrate  to  the 
'monarchies    of  the   world,  that  while   we 

210  praise  our  'illustrious  ancestors  in  words  we 
'imitate  them  in  actions.  Then  their  envi- 
able names,  and  the  'glory  they  won  while 
living  will  not  be  'tarnished  by  the  degene- 
racy of  their  'posterity.    For  our  republican 

215  institutions,  while  they  'inculcate  human 
equality  and  a  reverence  for  the  'approxi- 
mating 'perfection  of  our  statutes  will  im- 


Europe. 
Facts. 

Pulilic  men- 
aces. 

Prudence. 

Watchful- 
ness. 

Unrivalled. 

Estimate. 

Law-makers. 

Personii  existing 
atthebunie  Ume 

Mo.st  pros- 
perous. 

Unwearied. 

Carry. 

Mental. 

Array  of  men 

Prove. 

Kingdoms. 

Renowned. 

Copy. 

Fame. 

Stained. 

Descendants. 

Instil. 

Approaching 


republics?  (§  11.)  99.  How  are  tlie  inhabitants  of  Europe  oppressed 
and  trodden  down?  100.  Why  may  our  institutions  be  considered 
unequulled?  (§  12.)  101.  Who  were  soine  of  the  principal  philoso- 
phers?— 102.  Legislators? — 103.  Heroes,  of  antiquity  ?  104.  Whence 
is  the  word  pahniest  derived?  105.  Why  is  it  appijrable  to  the  sub- 
ject? 106.  What  is  the  nature  of  the  indefatigable  exertions  we 
should  use?  107.  What  is  meant  by  a  phalanx?  108.  What  is  the 
strongest  bidwarlc  of  American  liberty?  109.  What  is  the  general 
tendency  of  rc})idjlican  institutions?  110.  Are  republics  favorable  to 
literature?  111.  What  should  we  endeavor  to  show  the  monarchies 
o'"  t"r(  world?      Hi.  Which  do  you  think  the  best  way  to  honor  our 


NATURE    OF    LIBERTY. 


6: 


part  additional  Veneration  for  the  wisdom  of  i  Adoration. 
the  Divine  law — instil  an  implicit  ^obedience  an^'^wittu 
290  to  the  decrees  of  heaven,  and  secure  the  Hen-  Dearest, 
derest  regard  for  the  'rights  of  every  human  Justciaims 

*b  e  1  n  Of.  Creature. 


illustrious  ancestors,  to  praise  them  in  words  or  imitate  them  in  actions  1 
113.  What  ought  to  be  the  character  and  tendency  of  our  republican  in- 
stitutions?    114.  The  class  spell  by  letter  the  marginal  words. 


LESSON    XIV. 


(§  1.)  The  great  inequality  in  the  condi- 
tion of  the  race  ;  the  general  ^propensity  to 
^exercise  power  to  the  disadvantage  and  in- 
jury of  the  ^ignorant  and  the  weak;  the  ne- 
5  cessity  of  'curbing  the  excesses  of  the  base 
and  the  'wicked  tend  to  form  communities. 
The  love  for  society  ;  the  'fellowship  with 
those  of  like  'dispositions  or  similar  conditions 
and  the  'desire  for  knowledge,  also,  help  to 

10  secure  association.  But  a  'proper  knowledge 
of  the  ^Divine  Law  and  an  unwavering  Meter- 
mination  by  all,  to  live  according  to  its  pre- 
cepts are  ^necessary  to  secure  the  greatest 
'comfort  on  earth  and  eternal  bliss  in  Heaven. 

15  (§  2.)  In  communities  it  is 'requisite  that  each 
individual  should  ^relinquish  the  claim  of 
asserting  individual    rights,  and  ^redressing 


Disparity. 

Inclination 

Use. 

Illiterate. 

Checking. 

Evil. 

Mingling. 

Minds. 

Wish. 

Suitable. 

Bible. 

2Purpose. 

Roqviisite. 

Enjoyment 

Essential. 

Quit. 

Repairing. 


(§  1.)  1.  What  is  the  difference  between  disparity  and  inequality/,  in 
the  1st  line  1— What  do  their  prefixes  denote?  2.  What  is  the  differ- 
ence between  ignorant  and  illiterate,  in  the  4th  line? — What  do  their 
prefixes  signify  ?     3.  How  would   it  aflect   the  sense,  if  the  comma  were 


G4 


NATURE    OF   LIBERTY. 


personal  Hvrongs  ;  everyone  must  take  the] 
general  will  of  the  community  for  a  ^guide,  and 

20  renounce  all  resort  to  individual  4orce,  for 
each  receives  'instead  of  it  the  protection 
of  the  ^commonwealth.  None  are  allowed 
to  consult  ^exclusively  their  own  happiness, 
without  regard  to  the  peace  and  ^order  of  the 

25  society  with  which  they  are  ^connected. 
Men  with  the  best  ^intentions  often  err  ; 
^precipitancy,  or  the  want  of  knowledge  or 
talent,  may  ^prevent  them  from  coming  to 
correct  ^conclusions  concerning  what  is  just. 

30  No  one  does  ^right  on  all  occasions. 

(§  3.)  Civil  society  is  intended  t-o  ^remove 
these  Mitficulties  ;  the  ablest  minds  are  gene- 
rally ^selected  to  establish  the  rules  which 
best  promote  the  general  good.     It  is  Vequi- 

35  site  that  all  subject  themselves  to  the  ^legal 
authority  created  to  ^enforce  these  regula- 
tions. Christian  institutions  ^conduce  in 
the  highest  possible  Megree  to  man's  pre- 
sent and  ^perpetual  happiness.     They  have 

40  the  ^immunity  to  enforce  laws  that  best  pro- 
mote the  general  welfare — maintain  ^perfect 


Injuries. 

Rule. 

Violence. 

In  place. 

State. 

Solely. 

Kegular 

discipline. 

United. 

Designs. 

Hastiness. 

Hinder. 

Deductions 

Proper. 

Displace. 

Impedi- 
ments. 

Chosen. 

Necessary. 

Lawful. 

Administer 

Contribute 

Measure. 

Constant. 

Prerogar 
tive. 

Entire. 


omitted  after  all,  in  the  12th  line.  (  §  2.)  4.  What  is  the  difference  be- 
tween relinquish  and  quit,  in  the  16th  hne  ]  What  is  it  requisite  for  every 
one  to  do  in  civil  society  1  6.  What  may  prevent  even  good  men  from 
coming  to  just  conclusions?  7.  To  what  does  it  refer,  in  the  21st  line  1 
8.  What  is  the  meaning  of  7jonc,  in  the  22d  line]  (§3.)  9.  What  is  (he 
difference  between  administer  and  contribute,  in  the  37lh  line  1 — What  do 
their  prefixes  ad  and  con  denote  1  10.  In  liow  many  simjile  sentences  can 
you  write  degree,  in  the  38th  line,  so  that  in  each  case  it  shall  convey  a  differ- 
ent meaning  1  11.  What  is  the  difference  between  ;^fr/)f/?(aZ  and  constant,  m 
the  39th  line  1 — What  do  their  prefixes  jui'r  and  con  denote  ?  12.  To  what 
does  they  refer,  in  the  39tli  line?     13.  What  is  the  character  of  Iaw.s  en- 


LAW    OF    NATIONS. 


65 


'subordination  without  oppression — regulate 
private  conduct  without  '  invading  the  right 
of  individual  opinions,  and  binding  to  'pre- 
45  scribed  'modes  of  worship. 

(§  4.)       LAW    OF    NATIONS. 

The  Law  of  Nations  designates  the  'rights 
and  'ordains  the  duties  of  nations  in  all  their 
varied  'relations  with  each  other.  It  is  a 
plain  system  of  rules  'emanating  from   the 

50  principles  of  justice,  which  'govern  and  regu- 
late the  aflairs  of  men  in  their  'social  rela- 
tions. On  no  subject  have  writers  'differed 
more  than  on  this ;  'yet  none  is  more  simple 
or  easier  of  comprehension.     It   is  'estab- 

55  lished  on  the  '  basis  of  Christianity,  and  is 
'recognized,  understood  and  observed  only 
among  'enlightened  and  Christian  communi- 
ties. (§5.)  Its  binding  'power  is  entirely  of  a 
moral  and  religious  nature ;  its  '  fundamental 

60  principles  are  'contained  in  the  text  "  Do  ye 
unto  others  as  ye  would  that  otiiers,  in  'simi- 
lar 'circumstances,  should  do  unto  you," 
and  'enjoins  benevolence,  kindness  and  cha- 
rity among  all  'mankind.     There  is  no  hu- 

65  man  'tribunal  to  enforce  an  observance  of 
national  law.  Nations,  in  this  respect,  'sus- 
tain a  similar  'position  toward  each  other 
that  'individual  members  of  society  would 
if  all  the  halls  of  justice  were  'abohshed. 


Submission- 
Infringing. 
Dictated. 
Forms. 

Immunities. 

Prescribes. 

Dealings. 

Proceeding. 

Control. 

Companion- 
able. 

Varied. 

N  otwi  thatondijig 

Erected. 
Foundation. 

Acknowledgtd. 

Intelligent. 

Authority. 

Essential. 

Embraced. 

Like. 

Situations, 

Commands. 

The  human  rac«. 

Seat  of  joBtloe. 

Bear. 

Attitude. 

Single. 

Destroyed. 


acted  and  enforced  ])y  Christian  communities?  (§4.)  14.  Wliat  was 
anciently  the  difference  between  the  law  of  nations  and  international 
law? — What  is  the  meaning  of  the  prefix  i7iter  before  national?  15. 
What  is  the  valid  basis  of  the  law  of  nations  ?  (§  5.)  16.  What  relatiow 
_ 


66 


LAW    OF    NATIONS. 


70  (§  6.)  There  are  no  courts  for  the  'adjust- 
ment of  national  'misunderstandings.  Each 
nation  is  a  judge  of  its  own  'wrongs,  and 
decides  its  own  'standard  of  justice.  Hence, 
wiien  a  'controversy  arises  between  nations, 

75  and  the  parties  'disregard  the  voice  of  reason 
and  the  estabhshed  'usages  of  the  Christian 
world,  they  have  no  other  'resort  than  that 
of  'arms.  (§7.)  It  appears  that  the  most 
'renowned  and  powerful  empires  and  repub- 

80  lies  of  antiquity  paid  no  'regard  to  the  moral 
national  obligations  of  justice  and  'humanity. 
Athens,  that  fruitful  mother  of  philosophers 
and  statesmen,  who  'instructed  the  world  in 
the  arts  and  'sciences,  encouraged  her  navy 

85  in  'piracy,  and  put  to  death  or  sold  into  per- 
petual slavery,  not  only  the  'prisoners  taken 
in  war,  but  also  the  'women  and  children  of 
the  'conquered  country. 

(§  8.)  Rome,  the  '  boasted  mistress  of  the 

90  world,  is  celebrated  alike  for  her  'tyrannical 
triumphs,  her  'treacherous  treaties,  and  her 
continual  violations  of  justice.  To  the  'eter- 
nal disgrace  of  the  Roman  name  it  is  're- 


settlement. 

Quarrels. 

Injuries. 

Criterion. 

Dispute. 

Slight. 

Customs. 

Expedient. 

War. 

Famous. 

Respect. 

Benevolence. 

Prolific. 

Taught. 

Systematic 
knowledge. 

Hi^h-sea  rob- 
bery. 

Captives. 

Females. 

Vanquished. 

Vaunted. 

Imperious. 

Perfidious. 

Lasting. 

Registered. 


do  nations  sustain  toward  each  other  ?  (§  6.)  17.  Repeat  the  substance 
of  section  sixth.  18.  What  is  the  difference  between  controversy  and 
dispute,  in  the  74th  line?  19.  Disregard  and  slight,  in  the  75th  line? 
20.  Usages  and  nistoms,  in  the  76th  line?  (§7)  21.  Give  a  synopsis 
of  section  seventh.  22.  What  is  the  difference  between  renowned  and 
famous,  in  the  79th  line?  23.  Regard  and  respect,  in  the  80th  line? 
'2-i.  Fruitful  and  prolific,  in  the  82d  line?  25.  Instructed  and  taught,  in 
the  83d  line?  26.  Conquered  ?in A  vanquished,  \n  the  88th  line?  (§  8.) 
27.  Of  what  does  section  eighth  treat?  28.  What  is  the  distinction 
t)etween  celebrated  and  illustrious,  in  the  90th  line  ?  29.  Treacherous 
and  perfidious,  in  the  91st  line?     30.  Recorded  and  registered,  in  the  93d 


LAW    OF    NATIONS. 


G7 


corded,  in  her  most  'approved  legal  code, 

95  that  whoever  'passed  from  one  country  to 
another  became  immediately  a  'slave.  (§  9.) 
It  is  only  in  'modern  times  that  nations 
'assuming  a  moral  character  have,  like  the 
individuals    'composing    them,     considered 

100  themselves  bound  by  the  'immutable  prin- 
ciples of  justice.  In  a  state  of  'peace  all 
the  nations  in  Christendom  stand  in  an  'equal 
'relation  to  each  other,  and  are  entitled  to 
claim  equal  'regard  for  their  national  rights, 

105  and  require  'reciprocal  obligations  in  good 
faith,  whatever  may  be  their  'relative  size  or 
'power,  or  however  varied  may  be  their  poli- 
tical and  religious  'institutions.  It  is  a  funda- 
mental 'principle  in  the  law  of  nations,  that  all 

no  are  on  a  'perfect  equality  and  entirely  indepen- 
dent. (§  10.)  Every  nation  has  the  sole  'privi- 
lege of  regulating  its  'internal  policy,  and  no 
political  power  has  a  right  to  'prescribe  for 
another  a  mode  of  government  or  '  form  of 

115  religion.  TheLaw  of  Nations,  which 'equally 
dispenses  its  'rights  and  requires  the  fulfil- 
ment of  its  obligations,  has  for  its  'objects  the 
peace,  the  happiness,  the  '  honor  and  the  un- 
fading glory  of  'mankind. 


Commended. 

Moved. 

Bondman, 

Recent. 

Taldng. 

Formmg. 

UncboDgeable. 
Tranquillity. 
Uniform. 
Connection. 

Consideration. 
Mutual. 
Particular. 
Strength. 

E^tablisiunentfi. 

Doctrine. 
Complete. 

Advantage. 

Domestic, 

Dictate  to. 

Ceremony. 

Equably. 

Immunities. 

Ends. 

Dignity. 

Humanity. 


line?  (§  9.)  31.  Give  a  detailed  account  of  section  ninth.  32.  What 
is  the  difference  between  modern  and  recent,  in  the  97th  line?  33. 
Peace  and  tranquillity,  in  the  101st  line?  34.  Equal  and  uniform,  in 
the  I02d  line  ?  35.  Power  and  strength,  in  the  107th  line  ?  (§  10.)  36. 
Repeat  the  substance  of  section  tenth.  37.  What  is  the  difference  be- 
tween ;>r<;sm6e  and  dictate,  \\\  the  113th  line?  38.  Mode,  in  the  114th 
line,  and  the  word  method'^  39.  Forrti  and  ceremony,  in  the  114th  line  ? 
40.  Equally  and  equably,  m  the  115th  line?  41.  Objects  and  ends,  in 
the  117ih  line?     42.  Honor  and  dignity,  in  the  118th  line? 


68 


LAW    OF    NATIONS. 


LESSON   XV. 

(§  1.)  The  Law  of  'Nations  may  be  divided 
into  two  parts,  'viz. :  the  Necessary  Law  of 
Nations,  and  the  'Positive  Law  of  Nations, 
or  International  Law.  Those  'principles  of 
5  justice  which  reason  'dictates  and  revelation 
enjoins,  may  be  'considered  the  Necessary 
Law  of  M'ations,  'for  these  principles,  indis- 
pensable to  international  'commerce,  are  of 
universal  application,  and  are 'sanctioned  by 

10  the  ablest  jurists,  numerous  historical  'pre- 
cedents, and  the  long-established  'usages  of 
Christian  governments.  No  'power  can,  by 
its  separate  laws,  'invalidate  any  portion 
of  the  'necessary  law  of  nations   any  more 

15  than  'single  individuals  can,  by  their  private 
acts,  'alter  the  laws  by  which  the  States 
wherein  they  '  live  are  governed.  (§  2.)  The 
'Positive,  or  Inlernational  Law,  consists  of 
treaties  or  'compacts  between  two  or  more 

20 'sovereigns  or  nations.  Treaties  are  of  va- 
rious kinder  —  as,  treaties  of  'peace  —  of 
'alliance,  offensive  and  defensive — for  regu- 
lating 'commercial  intercourse — for  settling 
'disputed  boundaries — any  matter  of  national 

25  'interest,  policy  or  honor.    When  treaties  are 


Commonweallhs 

Namely. 

Absolute. 

Precepts. 

Prescribes. 

Regarded  as. 

Because. 

Intercourse. 

Countenanced. 

Examples. 

Customs. 

Nation. 

Weaken. 

Requisite. 

Separate. 

Change. 

Dwell. 

Explicit. 

Contracts. 

Monarchs. 

Amity. 

Union. 

Trade. 

Contested. 

Concern. 


The  ilifflrult  Questions  are  elucWatrJ  in  tlie  Appendix. 

(§  1.)  1.  Of  what  does  section  first  treat?  2.  What  is  the  differ- 
ence between  principles  and  precepts,  in  the  4th  line  ?  3.  Sanctioned 
and  cmmtenanced,  in  the  9th  line?  4.  Alter  and  change,  in  the  16th 
line?  (§2.)  5.  Of  w'uat  does  section  second  treat?  G.  What  is  the 
difTerence  between  sovereigns  and  monarchs,  in  the  20th  line?  7.  Dis- 
puted  ar.d   contested,  in   the  24th   line?      S.  Display  ^x\d  exhibit,  in  the 


LAW    OF    NATIONS. 


69 


made,  ministers,  usually  called  'plenipotentia- 
ries — 'chosen,  one,  two,  three,  or  more,  by 
and  for  each  nation,  'meeting  at  some  place 
'mutually  agreed  upon,  and  generally  in  the 

30  territory  of  some  neutral  state — often  'display 
much  'ingenuity  in  making  the  preliminary 
arrangements,  as  each  strives  to  'secure 
the  best  possible  'terms  for  his  respective 
'country. 

35  (§3.)  After  the  'plenipotentiaries  have 
come  to  'an  understanding,  they  write  out 
their  'agreement,  which  is  then  sent  to  their 
respective  nations  or  sovereigns.  If  its  'arti- 
cles are  confirmed,  they  '  immediately  be- 

40  come  an  international  law  to  those  'countries. 
Should  either  power  refuse  to  'sanction  the 
acts  of  its  ministers,  the  treaty  is  'inoperative 
and  things  remain  'm  statu  quo.  In  the 
United  States,  the  'concurrence  of  the  Pre- 

45  sident  and  two-thirds  of  the  senate  is  're- 
quisite for  the  adoption  and  'ratification  of 
a  'treaty.  The  Necessary  Law  of  Nations 
may  'apply  to  the  whole  human  family ; 
whereas  international  law  is  more  'circum- 

50  scribed  in  its  'extent,  and  binds  only  the 
contracting  nations.  (§  4.)  It  is  'an  acknow- 
ledged principle  that,  having  a  right  to  'adopt 


Appointed. 

Cuiiveniiig. 

Recipnically. 

i;xliil)it. 

Acuteness. 

Obtain. 

Conditions. 

Nation. 

Hijilomates. 

A  stipulation. 

Covenant. 

Terms. 

At  once. 

Lands. 

Support. 

Null. 

As  before. 

Approbation. 

Necessary. 

Confirmation 

Compact. 

Rule. 

Restricted. 

Limit. 

A  recognized 

Select. 


30th  line?  (§3.)  9.  Give  a  detailed  account  of  section  third.  10. 
What  is  the  difference  in  the  meanings  of  agreement  and  covenant,  in 
the  37th  line?  11.  Sanction  and  support,  in  the  41st  line?  12.  Cir- 
cumscribed and  restricted,  in  the  49ili  line?  13.  Status  quo  is  the  name 
of  a  certain  kind  of  treaty — can  you  tell  the  cojidition  in  which  it 
leaves  the  contracting  parties  ?  (§4.)  14.  Of  what  does  section  fourth 
treat?     15.  What   is   the   difference  between  acknowledsred  sind  recog- 


70 


LAW    OF    NATIONS. 


such  'form  of  government  as  it  deems  expe- 
dient, every  nation  may  alter,  or  even  'abo- 

55  lish,  its  internal  regulations  at  'pleasure, 
provided  the  'changes  do  not  in  the  least 
'affect  any  of  its  obligations  to  other  govern- 
ments, and  that  the  claims  of  'individual 
creditors  are  not  thereby  'weakened.     No 

60  division  of  territory,  'coalescence  with  other 
powers,  or  change  in  government,  can  'im- 
pair any  of  its  rights,  or  'discharge  it  from 
any  of  its  just  'engagements. 

(§5.)  A  community,  or  'kingdom,  basely 

65  resorting  to  any  'subterfuge  to  shake  off 
its  'obligations  —  or  wantonly  making  war 
upon  its  unotTending  neighbors  without  as- 
serting any  'just  cause  for  the  same,  and  ap- 
parently for  the  'sake  of  plunder  and  a  desire 

70  of  conquest,  would  'forfeit  alike  its  claim  to 
the  'protection  of  the  Law  of  Nations,  and 
the  'regard  of  the  civilized  world.  Such 
power  would  be  a  'common  enemy,  and  the 
act  of  'appropriating  the  spoils  thus  obtained 

75  would  be  called  national  'robbery.  Every 
government  would  be  bound  to  join  a  'league 
to  force  the  'relinquishment  of  such  unlaw- 
ful possessions.  (§  6.)  It  is  generally  'ac- 
knowledged tliat  every  nation  may  'use  its 


System. 

Abrogate. 

WiU. 

Variations. 

Impair. 

Private. 

InvaliJated. 

L'liion. 

Injure. 

Free. 

Liabilities. 

Realm. 

Evasion. 

Engagements 

Inoffending. 

Proper. 

Purpose. 

Lose. 

Defence. 

Respect. 

General 

Impropriating. 

Depredation. 
Confederacy. 

Abandonment. 

Allowed. 

Employ. 


nized,  in  the  51st  line?  16.  Abolish  and  abrogate,  in  the  51th  line? 
17.  CoaJpscence  and  utiion,  in  the  COth  line?  18.  Impair  and  injure,  in 
tneolstline?  (§  5.)  19.  Of  what  does  section  fifth  treat?  20.  Whatis 
the  dirterence  between  subterfuge  and  evasion,  in  the  65th  line?  21. 
T''noJfending  and  iiwffending,  in  the  67th  line  ?  22.  Sake  and  purpose,  in 
the  69th  line?  23.  Bobbery  and  depredation,  in  the  75th  line?  (§  6.) 
24.  Give  a  synopsis  of  section  sixth.      25.  What  is  the  difference  be- 


LAW    OF    NATIONS. 


71 


80  own  discretion  in  ma-king  commercial  and 
other  treaties — that  'one  government  may 
'surrender  to  another  a  part  or  all  of  its  ter- 
ritory, 'provided  that  in  so  doing  the  rights 
of  no  other  'power  are  either  molested  or 

85 'endangered.  Every  country,  has  a  right 
to  'monopolize  its  own  internal  and  colonial 
trade,  and  can  exclude  or  admit  at  'option 
any  or  every  other  'nation. 

(§7.)  It  is  generally  'conceded  that  every 

90  nation  has  'an  exclusive  right  to  rivers  flow- 
ing thr(^ugh  its  territory — to  all  'inland  bays 
and  'navigable  icaters  whatsoever — and  to 
the  'adjoining  sea-coast  for  the  distance  of 
three  miles  from  shore.     'Custom  has  ren- 

95  dered  it  necessary  for  'vessels  sailing  beyond 
the  'jurisdiction  of  their  own  country  to 
be  'provided  with  passports.  (§  8.)  A  pass- 
port, is  an  'ofiicial  certificate,  bearing  the 
seal  of  the  government  'under  whose  flag 

]oo  the  vessel  sails ;  it  gives  'permission  to  pass 
from  and  to  certain  'ports  or  countries,  and 
to  navigate  'prescribed  seas  without  molesta- 
tion. It  should  contain  a  'minute  description 
of  the  vessel,  her  'master,  crew,  loading,  &c., 


Judgment. 
Any. 
Cede. 
Conditioned. 

CommODwealth 

Jeoparded. 

Engross. 

Choice. 

Country. 

Granted. 

The  sole. 

Arms  of  the  sea. 

Writers  atTording 
free  [labaa^e  to 
vesijela. 

Contiguous. 

Usage. 

■Ships. 

Limits. 

Furnished. 

Authoritative 

Beneath. 

Leave. 

liaibors. 

Determinate. 

Circumstan- 
tial. 

Captain. 


tweeii  use  and  employ,  in  the  79th  line  ?  26.  Discretion  and  judgment, 
in  the  80th  line?  27.  Surrender  and  cede,  in  the  S2d  line?  28.  Op- 
tion and  choice,  in  the  87th  line?  (§7.)  29.  Repeat  tlie  substance  of 
section  seventh.  30.  What  is  the  difference  bt^tween  adjoining  and 
contiguous,  \r\  the  93d  line?  31.  Between  custotn  and  \isnge,  \n  the 
94th  line?  32.  Vessels  ?i\u\  ships,  in  the  95th  line?  33.  Provided  tlwA 
furnished,  in  the  97th  line?  (§  8.)  34.  Of  what  does  section  eighth 
treat?  35.  What  is  the  difference  between  under  and  beneath,  in  the 
99di  line?  36.  Permission  and  leave,  in  the  lOOih  line?  37.  Ports  nnd 
harbors,  in  the  lOlst  line?     38.  Minute  and  circumstantial,  in  tlie  103d 


iz 


LAW    OF    NATIONS. 


105  and  request  all  'friendly  powers  to  permit 
her  to  'pursue  the  prescribed  voyage  with- 
out any  'interruption.  Although  the  vessel 
may  'be  the  property  of  a  single  merchant, 
yet  any  injury  done   the   vessel  or  'crew 

110  would  be  considered  a  national  '  insult,  and 
one  requiring  full  'reparation,  according  to 
VAe  laio  of  nations. 

(§  9.)  The  'mutual  welfare  of  nations  re- 
quires   that    they    should    have    'accredited 

xi5  agents  to  'represent  them  at  the  national 
courts,  or  legislative  'assemblies  of  Ccfch 
other.  These  'officers  have  usually  been 
divided  into  the  following  classes,  Ho  wit : — 
1st  class,  or  highest   'order.  Ambassadors 

120  and  'Papal  Legates, — 2d  class,  Envoys  Ex- 
traordinary and  Ministers  'plenipotentiary, — 
3d  class.  Ministers  'resident,  accredited  to 
sovereigns  or  'independent  nations,  —  4th 
class,  'Charges  cf  Affaires,  accredited  to  the 

125  minister  of  foreign  'affairs.  (§  10.)  An  am- 
bassador is  a  foreign  'minister  of  the  highest 
'rank ;  he  acts  in  the  place  of  the  sovereign 
or  government  that  employs  him,  and  'is  en- 
titled to  all  the  respect  and  '  immunities  that 

130  the  ruler  of  the  country  he  'represents  would 
be  if  'personally  present.     An  ambassador 


line?  39.  FriotJly  and  amicable,  in  the  105th  line?  40.  Ptirsue  and 
prosecute,  in  th«  lOGlh  line  ?  41.  Insult  and  affront,  in  the  110th  line? 
(§  9.)  42.  O;  what  does  section  ninth  treat?  43.  What  is  the  difler- 
ence  between  mutual  and  reciprocal,  in  the  113th  line?  44.  What  is 
the  difference  in  the  meanings  of  class,  order  and  rank,  in  the  119th 
line  ?     Cj  10.)  45.  Give  a  detailed  account  of  section  tenth.     46.  What 


LAW    OF    NATIONS. 


is  not  'answerable,  even  for  the  most  atro- 
cious crimes,  to  the  judicial  'tribunals  of  the 
country  to  which  he  is  sent.     For  'flagrant 

135  'offences  he  may,  however,  be  sent  to  his 
own  government,  with  a  'demand  that  he 
should  receive  'adequate  punishment.  Am- 
bassadors are  'usually  selected  from  the 
ablest  'politicians  of  their  respective  coun- 

140  tries — their  residence  is  at  the  'seat  of  govern- 
ment of  the  power  with  which  they  'nego- 
tiate. (§  11.)  In  'times  of  peace,  it  is  usual 
for  each  Christian  'nation  to  be  represented 
at  the  'national  legislature  of  every  foreign 

145  government,  and  the  'duties  of  an  ambassa- 
dor consist  in  'transacting  all  public  business 
to  the  best  possible  'advantage  for  his  own 
government.  He  may  'penetrate  the  secrets, 
the  'designs  and  the  policy  alike  of  the  go- 

150  vernment  in  which  he  'resides,  and  that  of 
every  nation  \vhose  'representatives  he  may 
meet;  hence  there  is  'constant  danger  of 
'immorality  and  crime  among  the  highest 
national  'functionaries.    It  is  a  mournful  fact, 

155  that  foreign  courts  have  been  more  'cele- 
brated for  'intrigue  and  corruption  than  for 
'purity  of  morals  and  patriotic  deeds.  Na- 
tional 'gratitude  has  oftener  been  awarded  to 
private  'citizens  than  to  pubhc  functionaries. 


Responsible. 

Courts. 

Buormous. 

Crimes. 

Requirement 

Commensu- 
rate. 

Commonly. 

Statesmen. 

CapitaL 

Treat 

Seasons. 

Country. 

Court. 

Obligations. 

Negotiating. 

Benefit  o£ 

Fathom. 

Schemes. 

Sojourns. 

Envoys. 

Continual. 

Dishonesty. 

Officers. 

Noted. 

Complicated 
plots. 

Chasteness. 

Thanks. 

Individuals. 


is  the  difference  between   demand  and  requirement,  in  the  136th  line? 

47.  Between   adequate  and    commensurate,  in  the  137th  line'     (§11.) 

48.  Give  a  synopsis  of  section  eleventh.  49.  What  is  the  liifference 
between  times  and  seaso7is,  in  the  142d  line  ?  50.  Between  grandeur 
and  magnificence  ? 


74 


LAW    OF    NATIONS. 


LESSON   XVI. 

(§  1.)  An  envoy  is  a  person  'deputed  by  a 
sovereign  or  government  to  'negotiate  a 
treaty,  or  to  'transact  any  other  business 
with  a  foreign  nation.  The  'word  is  usually 
5  applied  to  a  public  'minister  sent  on  an 
'emergency,  or  for  a  particular  purpose. 
A  plenipotentiary  is  a  person  'clothed  with 
full  'power  to  act  for  his  sovereign  or  gov- 
ernment, 'usually  to  negotiate  a  treaty  at  the 

10  close  of  a  war.  The  'representatives  of  the 
government  of  the  United  States  at  '  foreign 
courts  are  usually  'styled  ministers,  and  their 
duties  depend  entirely  on  the  'nature  of  the 
'instructions  given   them    by  the   executive 

15  'cabinet  at  Washington.  (§  2.)  The  business 
of  the  foreign  ministers  of  the  'United  States 
is  generally  to  keep  their  government  'cor- 
rectly informed  of  the  'proceedings  of  foreign 
"courts — to  see  that  their  countrymen  are  not 

20 'molested  within  the  realms  in  which  they 
reside,  and  to  'countenance  all  enlightened 
proceedings  that  tend  to  'ameliorate  the 
'condition  of  the  human  race.  The  distinc- 
tion 'between  ambassadors,  envoys,  plcnipo- 

25  tentiaries,    and    resident    ministers,    'relates 


Appointed. 

Make. 

Manage. 

Term. 

Agent. 

Exigency. 

Invested. 

Authority. 

Commonly. 

Deputies. 

Distant. 

Denominated 

Sort  of. 

Advice. 

Council. 

Amoncan  re- 
puljlic. 

Accurately. 
Transactions 

Administra- 
tions. 

Disturbed. 

Encourage. 

Improve. 

Situation. 

Betwixt. 

Applies. 


Tlie  difficult  Questions  are  eluciilated  in  the  Appendix. 


(§  1.)  1.  Repeat  the  substance  of  section  first.  2.  What  is  the  dif- 
ference between  word  and  term,  in  the  4th  line  ?  3.  Between  emergency 
and  exigency,  in  tlie  6th  line?  (§2.)  4.  Give  a  synopsis  of  section 
second.  5.  What  is  the  difference  between  correctly  and  accurately,  in 
the  ]  7ta  line  ?     6.  Between  encourage  and  countenance,  in  the  21st  line? 


LAW    OF    NATIONS. 


75 


chiefly  to  diplomatic  precedence  and  'eti- 
quette, and  not  to  their  'essential  powers 
and  'privileges.  Governments  generally  re- 
serve to  themselves  the  right  to  'ratify  or 

30  'dissent  from  treaties  concluded  by  their  pub- 
lic 'ministers. 

(§  3.)  A  charge  d'affaires  'ranks  lowest 
in  the  'class  of  foreign  ministers,  and  is 
usually  a  person  intrusted  with  public  'busi- 

35  ness  in  a  foreign  country  'm  the  -place  of  an 
ambassador  or  other  minister  of  high  'degree. 
A  consul  is  a  commercial  'agent,  appointed 
by  the  government  of  a  country  to  'reside 
in  foreign  dominions,  usually  in  'seaports. 

40  Consuls  are  not  entitled  to  the  '  immunities 
of  public  ministers,  'nor  are  they  under  the 
special  'protection  of  the  law  of  nations. 
The  power  of  a  consul  may  be  'annulled  at 
'pleasure  by  the  ruler  of  the  country  where 

45  he  'resides,  whereas  the  power  of  a  foreign 
minister  can  be  'annulled  only  by  the  govern- 
ment which  he  'represents.  (§4.)  Consuls 
must  'carry  with  them  a  certificate  of  their 
appointment,  and  must  be. 'publicly  recog- 

50  nized  and  'receive  from  the  government  in 
whose  dominions  they  'propose  to  reside,  a 
written  declaration,  called  an  exequatu?',  'au- 
thorizing them  to  'perform  their  specified  du- 


Ceremoiiy. 

Requisite. 

I'rerogatives. 

Confina. 

Reject. 

Agents. 

Stands. 

Order. 

Concerns, 

In  lieu. 

Runk, 

Factor. 

Dwell. 

Maritime  towns. 

Exemptions. 

Neitiier. 

Shelter. 

Cancelled. 

Option. 

Lives. 

Abrogated. 

Supplies  the 
place  of. 

Bear. 

Officially. 
Get. 
Intend. 
Empowering 
Attend  to. 


(§  3.)  7.  Of  what  does  section  third  treat?  8.  What  is  the  difference 
between  business  and  concerns,  in  the  34th  line  1  9.  Between  agent 
and  factor,  in  the  37th  line?  (§4.)  10.  Repeat  the  substance  of  sec- 
tion fourth.  11.  What  is  the  difference  between  carry  and  bear,  in 
the  48th  line?     12.  Between  empowering  and  authorizing,  in  the  52d 


7G 


LAW    OF    NATIONS. 


ties.     The  'business  of  consuls  is  to  attend 

55  to  the  'commercial  rights  and  privileges  of 
their  'country  and  its  citizens.  Unless  it  is 
'stipulated  by  treaty,  the  refusal  to  receive  a 
consul  is  considered  no  breach  of  'etiquette 
between  nations ;  but  the  'refusal  to  receive 

60  a  foreign  minister  denotes  'hostility. 

(§  5.)  War,  the  greatest  'scourge  that  has 
ever  'afflicted  the  human  race,  has,  among 
civilized  nations,  its  '  formalities  and  its  laws. 
It  is  customary  to  'precede  it  by  a  demand 

65  for  redress  of  'grievances.  When  every 
means  has  been  resorted  to  in  vain  to  'obtain 
'justice — when  peace  is  more  dangerous  and 
'deplorable  than  war  itself — then  nations 
usually  'set  forth  their  grievances,  accompa- 

70  nied  v.dth  a  declaration  of  war,  and  'proceed 
to  '  hostilities.  In  monarchies,  the  right  to 
'declare  war  is  usually  vested  in  the  sove- 
reign. In  the  United  States,  the  'power  to 
declare  war  is  confided  to  the  'national  le- 

75  gislatiire.  (§  6.)  When  war  is  once  'declared, 
each  and  every  man  in  the  'belligerent  coun- 
tries is  'a  'party  to  the  acts  of  his  own  gov- 
ernment; and  a  war  'between  the  govern- 
ments of  two  'nations  is  a  war  between  all 

80  the  '  individuals  living  in  their  respective  do- 
minions. The  'officers  of  government  are 
considered  'merely  as  the  representatives  of 


Occupation. 

Mercantile. 

Government. 

Covenanted. 

Decorum, 

Declining. 

Enmity. 

EvU. 

Troubled. 

Ceremonies. 

Preface. 

Wrongs. 

Procure. 

Redress. 

Lamentaole. 

Publish. 

Begin  and 
carry  on. 

War 

Proclaim. 

Authority. 

Congress. 

Commenced. 

Fighting. 

Concerned  in 

Betwixt. 

Countries. 

Persons. 

FonctionarieB. 

Only. 


line?  (§5)  13.  Repeat  the  substance  of  section  fifth.  14.  Wliat  is 
the  difference  between  obtain  and  procure,  in  the  GOth  line?  15.  Be- 
tween declare  anil  prndaun,  in  the  72(1  line?  (§  fi.)  IG.  Of  what  does 
section  sixth  treat?      17.  What  is  the  difference  between  evident  and 


LAW    OF    NATIONS. 


77 


the  people.     It  is  'evident  that  every  citizen 
indirectly  contributes  to  'sustain  war,  inas- 

85  much  as  it  requires  'enormous  sums  of  mo- 
ney, and  can  be  'waged  only  by  the  general 
'consent  of  the  citizens  of  each  country  in 
paying  taxes.  The  'soldier  is  therefore  the 
direct,  and  the  tax-payer  the  indirect  'belli- 

90  gerent ;  both  'participants,  though  perhaps 
in  an  unequal  degree,  in  whatever  of  'honor 
or  of  '  infamy  may  be  attached  to  the  com- 
mon 'cause. 

(§  7.)  When  one  nation  '  invades  the  ter- 

95  ritory  of  another,  under  any  'pretence  what- 
ever, it  is  called  an  'oflensive  war  on  the 
part  of  the  invading  nation,  and  a  'defensive 
war  on  the  part  of  the  nation  'invaded. 
'Offensive  wars  are  generally  waged  by  the 

100  most  'powerful  nations ;  and  nothing  more 
clearly  'demonstrates  the  absurdity  and 
'injustice  of  wars  than  the  fact  that  by  them 
chiefly  'tyrants  sustain  their  power — fill  the 
world  with  'wretchedness,  and  enslave  man- 

105  kind.  The  most  'unhallowed  armies  that 
ever  'desolated  the  earth  and  converted  it 
into  a  human  slaughter-house,  have  'cla- 
mored most  about  the  justice  of  their  'cause. 
The  most  'idolized  generals,  those  who  have 

110  commanded  the  mightiest  armies  and  'boasted 


JIanifest. 

Support. 

Vast. 

Piosecated. 

Concurrence 

Warrior. 

Combatant. 

Sharers. 

Glory. 

Shame. 

Object  puiBued. 
Hostilely  enters. 

Pretext. 
Aggressive. 

Warofresist- 
ance. 

Attacked. 

Invading. 

Potent. 

Proves. 

Wickedness. 

Despots. 

Misery. 

Wicked. 

Ravaged. 

Vociferated. 

Party. 

Adored. 

Vaunted. 


manifest,  in  the  83d  line?  IS.  Between  enormous  and  vast,  in  the  85th 
line"?  (§  7.)  19.  Give  a  synop.~is  ol'seotion  seventh.  20.  What  is  the 
difference  between  principles  and  7notives,  in  the  111th  line?  21.  Can 
you  name  some  renowned  generals  that,  professing  to  )e  republicans, 
devastated  the  world  and  destroyed  the  liberties  of  the  people  ?   -.22. 


7  * 


78 


LAW    OF    NATIONS. 


most  of  their  republican  'principles,  have  been 
the  first  to  snatch  the  'imperial  purple,  and 
'usurp  the  unalienable  rights  of  man. 


Why  ought   not  people   to  entrust  their  liberties  to  those  who  vaunt 
most  about  their  patriotism  and  devotion  to  republican  principles '? 


LESSON   XVII. 


(§  1.)  A  Blockade  is  the  'surrounding  of  a 
place  with  hostile  troops  or  'ships  in  such  a 
manner  as  to  prevent  'escape  and  hinder 
supplies  of  provisions  and  'ammunition  from 
5  entering,  with  a  view  to  'compel  a  surrender 
by  hunger  and  'want,  without  regular  at- 
tacks. No  neutral  nation  is  'permitted  to 
afford  any  'relief  whatever  to  the  inhabitants 
of  a  place  blockaded,  and  all  'supplies  in  a 

10  state  of  'transmission  for  such  relief  are 
liable  to  'confiscation.  A  mere  declaration 
of  a  blockade  is  not  considered  'binding 
upon  'neutrals  unless  the  place  be  actually 
'surrounded  by  troops  and  ships  in  such  a 

15  manner  as  to  render  an  entrance  'hazardous. 
It  is  also  requisite  that  neutrals  be  'apprised 
of  the  'blockade.  (§  2.)  A  Truce  is  a  tem- 
porary 'suspension  of  arms,  by  the  mutual 
agreement  of  the  'belligerent  parties,  for  nc- 

20  gotiating  peace  or  any  other  'purpose ;  at 


Encompaseing. 

Vessels. 
A  departure. 

Military  stores. 

Force. 

Need. 

Allowed. 

Succour. 

Commodities 

Conveyance. 

Forfeiture. 

Obligratory. 

Non-combataDtB 

Encircled. 

Dangerous. 

Informed. 

Investment. 

Cessation. 

Hostile. 

Cause. 


(§  1.)  1.  What  is  the  difference  between  surroimding  and  encompass- 
ivg,  in  the  1st  line?  2.  Why  would  not  apprized  answer  as  well  as 
apprised,  in  the  16th  line?  3.  How  many  simple  sentences  are  there 
in  section  first?     4.  Of  what  does  section  first  treat?     (§  2.)   5.  What 


LAW    OF    NATIONS. 


79 


the  'expiration  of  a  truce,  hostilities  may  be 
'renewed  without  a  new  declaration  of  war. 
Truces  are  either  'partial  or  general.  A  par- 
tial truce  'suspends  hostilities  only  between 

25 'certain  places,  as  between  a  town  and  the 
army  'besieging  it;  but  a  general  truce 
'extends  to  all  the  territories  and  dominions 
of  the  'belligerent  nations.  An  Armistice 
has  a  more  'limited  meaning,  being  applied 

30  to  a  'short  truce,  and  solely  to  military 
'affairs. 

(§  3.)  A  'declaration  of  war  is  a  total  pro- 
hibition of  all  commercial  'intercourse  and 
'dealings  between  all  the  citizens  of  the  hos- 

35  tile  powers.  All  'contracts  made  with  the 
subjects  of  a  national  'enemy  are  null  and 
void.  It  is  unlawful  for  a  'citizen  of  one  of 
the  '  belligerent  countries  to  insure  the  pro- 
perty, or  ev^en  to  'remit  money  to  a  citizen 

40  of  the  other  'country.  (§  4.)  An  embargo 
is  'a  prohibition  upon  shipping  not  to  leave 
port.  This  'restraint  can  be  imposed  only 
by  the  'supreme  government  of  a  country, 
and  is  'an  implied  declaration  of  some  im- 

45  mediate  and  'impending  public  danger.  Let- 
ters of  'marque  and  reprisal,  are  letters  under 
seal,  or  commissions  'granted  by  a  govern- 


Close. 

Revived. 

limited. 

Stops. 

Specified. 

Investing:. 

Includes. 

Hostile. 

Restricted. 

Brief. 

Matters. 

Proclamation 

Communication. 

Traffic 

Bargains. 

Foe. 

.Subject. 

Contending. 

Transmit. 

Land. 

-in  injanction. 

Restriction. 

Paramount. 

A  virtuaL 

Threatening. 

License. 

lss:ied. 


is  the  difference  between  reneived  and  revived,  in  the  22d  line?  6. 
What  dci  their  prefixes  denote  1  7.  Of  what  two  subjects  does  section 
second  treat?  (§  3.)  8.  Repeat  the  substance  of  section  third.  9.  What 
is  the  difference  between  dealings  and  traffic,  in  the  34th  line?  10. 
Eetweeii  contracts  and  bargains,  in  the  35th  line?  (§4.)  11.  Give  a 
s/nopsis  of  section  fourth.    12.  What  is  the  difference  between  declined 


80 


LAW    OF    NATIONS. 


ment  to  its  citizens  to  make  seizure  or  're- 
prisal of  the   'property  of  an  enemy,  or  of 

50  'persons  who  belong  to  a  government  which 
has  'refused  to  do  justice  to  the  citizens  of 
the  country  'granting  the  letters  of  marque 
and  reprisal.  The  'war-vessels  thus  permitted 
by  a  government  to  be  'owned  by  its  private 

55  citizens  are  'called  privateers. 

(§  5.)  A  Treaty  is  a  solemn  'contract  be- 
tween two  or  more  nations,  'formally  signed 
by  commissioners  'duly  appointed,  and  rati- 
fied in  the  most  sacred  manner  by  the  'su- 

60  preme  power  of  each  state,  which  'thereby 
'plights  its  national  fidelity  and  honor. 
Treaties  'usually  take  effect  from  the  day 
they  are  'ratified,  and  are  as  binding  upon 
nations  as  private  'contracts  are  upon  indi- 

65  viduals.  Treaties  should  always  'receive  a 
fair  and  liberal  'construction  and  be  kept 
'inviolable.  (§6.)  JNations,  like  individuals, 
know  not  what  'changes  may  await  them. 
The   most  powerful  'states,  whose  citizens 

70  vainly  'boasted  of  their  perpetual  grandeur 
and  'duration,  have  been  subverted  and  their 
monuments  of  'art  demolished  by  the  unspar- 
ing ravages  of  ruthless  conquerors.  Hence 
it  'behooves  the  most  powerful  nations  to 


Capture. 

Goods. 

Individuals. 

Declined. 

Giving. 

Men-of-war 

Possessed. 

Named. 

Agreement. 

Ceremoniously. 

Properly. 
Highest. 

By  that  means. 

Pledges. 

Generally. 

Approved. 

Compacts. 

Obtain. 

Explanation. 

Sacred. 

Vicissitudes. 

Governments 

Vaunted. 

Continuance. 

Human  skill. 

Barbarous. 

Becomes. 


and  refused,  in  the  51st  line?  13.  Between  called  and  named,  in  the 
55th  line?  (§5.)  14.  Of  vt^hat  does  section  fifth  treat?  15.  What 
is  the  difference  in  the  meaning  of  agreement  and  contract,  in  the  56th 
line?  16.  How  many  different  parts  of  speech  are  there  in  the  mar- 
ginal exercises  in  section  fifth  ?  (§6.)  17.  What  is  the  difference  in 
the  meaning  of  changes  and  vicissitudes,  in  the  68th  line?     18.  What 


LAW    OF    NATIONS. 


81 


75  apply  to  themselves  the  same  'unerring  rules 
and  principles  of  justice  and  'humanity  which 
tliey  'require  their  weaker  neighbors  to  ob- 
serve. It  is  their  duty  to  'check  wicked- 
ness ;     to  sustain  liberty,  order,  'equity  and 

80  'peace  among  all  the  weaker  powers  of  the 
earth ;  to  unite  in  Hke  enforcement  of  the 
positive  law  of  nations,  and  the  'rational 
usages  of  'the  Christian  world. 

(§7.)  It  may  be  observed,  in  'concluding 

85  this  subject,  that  the  'tendency  of  war  is  to 
'aggrandize  the  few,  to  strengthen  more  and 
more  the  bands  of  'tyrants,  and  bring  the 
'direst  miseries  upon  the  many.  War  che- 
rishes nothing  good,  and  fosters  'all  manner 

90  of  wickedness.  As  the  'true  spirit  of  the 
Divine  law  is  generally  'diffused  among,  and 
understood  by  the  great  'majority  of  the 
people,  so  do  they  'become  more  temperate, 
'honest,  industrious    and    intelligent.     Con- 

95  sequently,  nations  grow  'better,  cultivate 
a  'liberal  and  humane  policy,  enjoy  inter- 
nal peace  and  happiness,  and  'outward  power 
and  'dignity.  It  is  evident  no  nation 
can  'contribute  to  another's  degradation,  or 

100  promote  another's  'welfare,  without,  in  a  cor- 
responding degree,  'depressing  or  elevating 
its  own.  The  most  'sacred  observance 
of  the  'positive  laws  and  rights  of  nations 


IiifulUble. 

Benevolence 

Demand. 

Curb. 

Justice. 

Quiet. 

Putling  in 
execution. 

Reasonable. 
Christeniiom 
Closing. 
Effect 

Incrciise   the 
power  of. 

Despots. 

Most  terrible 

Every  de- 
scription. 

Essential  part. 

Disseminated 

^rass. 
Grow. 

Upright. 

iMore   pros- 
perous. 

Generous. 

External. 

Honor. 

Minister, 

Happiness. 

Sinlving:. 

Scrupulous. 

Definite. 


is  the  duty  of  all  powerful  nations?  19.  Repeat  the  substance  of  sec- 
tion sixth.  (§  7.)  20.  What  is  the  differenre  between  concluding  and 
closins;,  in  the  84th  line?  21.  Repeat  the  substance  of  section  seventh. 
22.  What  is  the  only  real   guaranty  of  individual  happiness   and  na- 


82 


ORIGIN  OF  THE  AMEPaCAN  CONSTITUTION. 


is  'essential  to  exalted  national  character, 
105  the  'happiness  of  the  whole  human  family, 
the  perpetuity  of  the  'liberties  of  mankind, 
and  the  'tranquillity  of  the  world.  It  is  to 
be  'hoped  that  the  light  of  Christianity 
will  soon  'utterly  extinguish  the  spirit  of 
'war,  and  thus  promote  human  happiness. 


Necessary. 

Welfare. 

Franchises. 

Peace. 

Desired. 

Entirely. 

Bloodshed. 


tional  perpetuity  and  grandeur?  23.  Which  do  you  think  the  happi- 
est individuals  and  nations,  those  that  resort  to  fraud  and  violence,  or 
those  that  deal  with  justice  and  humanity? 


LESSON   XVIII. 


ORIGIN  OF  THE  AMERICAN  CONSTITUTION. 


(§1.)  The  'brief  survey  we  have  now 
taken  of  the  'nature  of  political  power  may 
'enable  us  more  fully  to  understand  the  origin 
and  the  causes  of  the  American  'Union. 
5  We  have  seen  that  the  nations  of  the  'earth 
profess  to  be  governed  by  the  'immutable 
principles  of  'justice — that  during  all  ages  a 
'latent  spark  of  the  fire  of  rational  Hberty 
has  'glowed  in  the  human  breast — that  nearly 

10  four  thousand  years  ago  the  'seeds  of  repub- 
lican principles  were  'scattered  over  the 
'face  of  the  earth  by  inspiration.  When 
the  world  'seemed  to  be  shrouded  in  political 
'darkness — when  the  sun  of  human  liberty 

15  had  set  upon  the  melancholy  'wreck  of  an- 


Concise. 

Character. 

Help. 

Confederacy. 

World. 

Unchangfing. 

Right. 

Concealed. 

Burned. 

Elements. 

DiiiBeminated. 

Surface. 
Appeared. 
Ignorance. 
Ruin. 


The  difficult  QiiestJODa  are  elucidated  Jo  the  Appendix. 

(§  1.)   1.  Repeat  the  substance  of  section  first.     2.  To  whom  do  you 
suppose  the   principles  of  republicanism  were  given  by  inspiration? 


ORIGIN  OF  THE  AMERICAN  CONSTITUTION. 


sa 


cient  republics — the  Almighty,  whose  'in- 
scrutable wisdom  is  often  'concealed  from 
mortal  'view,  brought  to  light  a  new  world. 
(§  2.)  'Therein  liberty,  flying  before  the  po- 

20  tentates  of  the  earth,  'chose  for  itself  a  secret 
asylum.  '  Thither  the  oppressed  and  down- 
trodden of  all  the  'nations  of  the  earth  fled. 
Though  they  were  not  able  to  'shake  off" 
entirely  all  the  'shreds   of  tyranny  and  of 

25 'bigotry,  yet  the  commingling  of  all  nations 
and  of  all  'creeds  enabled  them  more  pro- 
perly to  'appreciate  the  moral  worth  of  man. 
They  valued  more  highly  his  'industry,  the 
intellectual  and  pure  qualities   of  the  'soul, 

30  and  attained  the  nearest  'approximation  of  the 
age  to  an  universal  'brotherhood — the  true 
'standard  of  human  dignity. 

(§  3.)  Hence  we  find,  'soon  after  the  set- 
tlement of  this   country,   several  'instances 

35  of  an  association  of  the  'people  of  America 
for  mutual  defence  and  'protection,  while 
owing  alleofiance  to  the  British  'crowii.  As 
early  as  1643,  only  twenty-three  years  'after 
the   first  'settlement    of  New  England,    the 

40  'colonies  of  Massachusetts,  Plymouth,  Con- 
necticut, and  New  Haven,  formed  a  'league. 


Unsearchable. 

Hidden. 

Ken. 

In  that  place 

Selected. 

To  that  place 

Kingdoms. 

Cast. 

Fragments. 

Blind  zeal. 

Symbols. 

Prize. 

Labor. 

Mmd. 

Approach. 

Fraternity. 

Cnterion. 

Shortly. 

Examples. 

Inhabitants. 

Preservation 

Throne. 

Succeeding. 

Peopling. 

Provinces. 

Compact. 


3.  What  is  meant  by  tlie  expression  "bringing  to  light  a  new  M'orld," 
in  the  18th  line?  4.  How  does  the  world  now  compare  with  its  con- 
dition at  that  time?  (§  2.)  5.  Repeat  the  substance  of  section  second. 
Ci.  Can  you  give  some  account  of  the  causes  of  the  first  settlement  of 
this  country?  7.  What  was  the  religious  and  political  condition  of 
mankind  when  this  country  was  first  settled?  8.  What  is  the  highest 
attainment  of  human  society?  (§  3  )  9.  Repeat  the  substance  of  sec- 
tion third.     10.  What  is  the  difTerence  between  instances  and  examples, 


84 


ORIGIN  OF  THE  AMERICAN  CONSTITUTION. 


offensive  and  defensive,  firm  and  'perpetual, 
under  the  'name  of  the  United  Colonics  of 
New  England.     The  'authority  to  regulate 

45  their  general  concerns,  and  'especially  to 
levy  v^^ar  and  make  'requisitions  upon  each 
component  colony  for  men  and  'money  ac- 
cording to  its  population,  was  'vested  in  an 
annual  congress  of  commissioners  'delegated 

50  by  the  several  'colonies.  This  confederacy, 
after  'subsisting  forty-three  years,  was  arbi- 
trarily 'dissolved  by  James  II.,  in  1686. 

(§  4.)  A  'congress  of  governors  and  com- 
missioners from  other  colonies,  'as  well  as 

55  those  of  New  England,  for  the  sake  of  'fra- 
ternal union  and  the  'protection  of  their 
'western  frontier,  was  held  at  Albany,  in  1722. 
A  more  'mature  congress  was  held  at  the 
same  place  in  1754,  ' consisting  of  ^commis- 

60  sioners  'Yrom  New  Hampshire,  Massachu- 
setts, Rhode  Island,  Connecticut,  New  York, 
Pennsylvania,  and  Maryland.  This  'con- 
gress was  'called  at  the  instance  of  the  Brit- 
ish 'government,  to  take  into  consideration 

65  the  best  'means  of  defending  America  in  the 
event  of  a  war  with  France,  then  'appre- 
hended. The  object  of  the  'crown  was  to 
effect  treaties  with  the  Indians  through  this 
congress ;  but  most  of  the  'commissioners, 

70  among  whom  was  the  'illustrious  Franklin, 


in  the  34th  line  ?  11.  Between  subsisting  and  existing,  in  the  5lst  line  ? 
(§4.)  12.  Give  a  synopsis  of  section  fourth.  13.  What  is  the  difler- 
ence  between  apprehended  a.\\A  feared,  in  the  66th  line?  14.  Between 
Indians  and  savages,  in  the  6Sth  line?     (§ '^•)  15.  Give  a  detailed  ac- 


ORIGIN  OF  THE  A3IERICAN  CONSTITUTION. 


85 


had  more  enlarged  and  'philanthropic  views. 
Tiiey  advanced  and  'promulgated  some  in- 
valuable truths,  of  which  the  proper  'recep- 
tion by  their  'countrymen  pi'epared  the  way 

75  for  future  independence  and  'fraternal  union. 
(§  5.)  From  this  'assembly,  the  king  and 
parliament  'anticipated  much  support.  They 
hoped  insidiously  to  bribe  its  '  leading  mem- 
bers by  offices,  and  '  furthermore  sent  their 

80 'emissaries  to  divide  the  colonies  into  several 
'confederacies,  so  that  they  miglit  be  more 
easily  'controlled  ;  but  all  tiie  plans  of  the 
crown  were  signally  'baffled.  The  sagacious 
commissioners,  with  Franklin  for  their  'chair- 

85  man,  drew  up  a  'plan  of  united  government, 
consisting  of  a  general  'council  of  delegates, 
to  be  chosen  by  the  'provincial  assemblies, 
and  a  president  general  to  be  'appointed  by 
the  'crown.     (§6.)  Many   of  the  rights  of 

90  war  and  peace,  and  the  'authority  to  lay  and 
levy  imposts  and  taxes,  were  proposed  to 
be  vested  in  this  council,  subject  to  the  'nega- 
tive of  the  president.  The  'union  was  to 
'embrace  all  the  colonies.     This  bold  project 

95  was  rejected  by  the  king,  who  was  'alarmed  at 
the  republican  principles  'contained  therein ; 
and,  by  those  'arts  among  the  office-holders 
which  'kingly  governments  so  adroitly  prac- 
tise, its  rejection  w^as  'procured  in  every  co- 


Benevolent. 

Made  public. 

Admission. 

Compatriots. 

Brotherly. 

Convocation. 

Expected. 

Prominent. 

Moreover. 

Secret  agents 

Leagues. 

Governed. 

Defeated. 

Leader. 

Method. 

Body. 

Colonial. 

Designated. 

King. 

Power. 

Intended, 

Veto. 

Confederacy. 

Include. 

Frightened. 

EmboJied. 

Artifices. 

Regal. 


count  of  section  fifth.  16.  What  is  the  difference  between  assembly  and 
convocation,  in  the  76th  line?  17.  Between  baffled  and  defeated,  in  th? 
83(1  line?  (§6.)  18.  Give  a  synopsis  of  section  sixth.  19.  What  is  the 
difference  between  embrace  and  include,  in  the  94  th  line  t    20.  Between 


8G 


ORIGIN  OF  THE  AMERICAN  CONSTITUTION. 


100  lonial  assembly,  and  'singular  as  it  may  ap- 
pear, on  the  ground  of  its  'favouring  the 
'Crown. 

(§  7,)    Thus,  by  the  '  swarms  of  kingly 
officers  who  filled  the  colonies,  'prejudice 
105  was  excited  against  the  'purest  patriots,  and 
for  several  years  these  kingly  'parasites  suc- 
ceeded in  exciting  much  '  jealousy  and  ani- 
mosity among  the  'colonies.     So  great  was 
the   '  disaffection,  fostered    mainly  by   mo- 
no narchical  'intrigue,  that  even  Franklin  des- 
paired of  a  general  and  a  'permanent  union. 
But  when  the  corruption  and  the  'tyranny 
of  the  government  became  'apparent  to  the 
majority  of  the  people,  they  'meted  out  me- 
ns rited  scorn  to  the  British  rulers,  and  'reposed 
the  utmost  'confidence  in  their  own  patriotic 
Congress.    (§  8.)  The  'passage  of  the  stamp- 
act  by  the  British  Parliament,  in  1765,  'im- 
posing a  small  tax  on  paper,  'roused  a  general 
120  indignation  'throughout  all  the  colonies;  not 
that  the  tax  was  grievous  to  be  'borne,  or 
that   there  was  anything  'unjust   in   taxing 
paper,  for  several  states  have  imposed  a  '  si- 
milar   tax.      The     'opposition  was  on  the 
125  'ground  that  Parliament  had  no  right  to  tax 
the  'colonies,  and  that  taxation  and  repre- 
sentation were  'inseparable.     A  congress  of 


Curious. 

Benefiting. 

Government. 

Multitudes. 

Bias. 

Most  disinte- 
rested. 

Sycophants. 

Envy. 

Plantations. 

UafrieiidlinesB. 

Finesse. 

Lasting. 

Despotism. 

Evident. 

Measured. 

Placed. 

Trust. 

Enactment. 

Laying. 

Awakened. 

lu  every  part  of. 

Supported. 

Wrong. 

Like. 

Resistance. 

Principle. 

Settlements. 

Indivisible. 


fcin^ly  ami  regal,  in  tlie  98th  line?  (§7.)  21.  Of  wliat  does  section 
seventh  treats  22.  What  is  the  (lifference  between  stvarms  and  vml- 
tiludes/u)  the  103d  line?  23.  Between  y««7oM5y  and  envy,  in  the  107th 
line?  (§  8.)  24.  What  is  the  subject  of  section  eighih  ?  25.  What  is 
the  difference  between  borne  and  supported,  in  the  121st  line?    2G.  Be- 


ORIGIN  OF  THE  AMERICAN  CONSTITUTION. 


87 


'deleo-ates  from  nine  colonies  met  at  New 
York  in  October,  1765,  at  the  'instance  and 

130  'recommendation  of  Massachusetts.  The 
colonies  '  represented  were  Mass.,  II.  I., 
Conn., '  N.  Y.,  N.  J.,  Pa.,  Del.,  Md.,  and  S.  C. 
The  declaration  of  rights  of  this  body  'as- 
serted, that  the  'sole  power  of  taxation  lay 

135  in  the  '  colonial  legislatures,  and  that  the 
'restrictions  imposed  on  the  colonies  by  late 
'acts  of  Parliament,  were  unjust.  The  Con- 
gress also  adopted  an  'address  to  the  king, 
and  a  petition  to  'each  house  of  Parliament. 

140  (^  9.)  The  Congress  of  1765  was  only  '« 
preparatory  step  to  the  more  'extended  and 
'lasting  union,  which  took  place  at  Philadel- 
phia, in  September,  1774,  and  laid  the  'foun- 
dations of  the  American   '  Republic.     The 

145  'meeting  of  this  Congress  w^as  first  recom- 
mended by  a  town-meeting  of  the  'people  of 
Providence,  Rhode  Island,  'followed  by  the 
'Assemblies  of  Massachusetts  and  Virginia, 
and  by  other  public  bodies  and  'meetings  of 

150  the  people.  In  some  of  the  colonies,  'dele- 
gates were  appointed  by  the  'popular  branch 
of  the  legislature ;  in  others,  by  'conventions 
of  the  people.  The  deputies  'convened  Sep- 
tember 4,  1774;    and,  after  'choosing  offi- 

155  cers,  adopted  certain  'fundamental  rules  of 
'  legislation. 


Deputies. 
Suggestion. 

Commenda- 
tion. 

Personated. 

New  York. 

Maintained. 

Only. 

Provincial. 

Eestraints. 

Edicts. 

Official  mes- 
sage. 

The  Lords  and 
Commous. 

An  introdactory. 

Enlarged. 

Permanent. 

Groundwork. 

Union. 

Assembling. 

Inliabitants 

Succeeded. 

Legislatures. 

Gatherings. 

Members. 

Elective. 

Meetings. 

Met. 

Selecting. 

Radical. 

Law-making. 


tween  similar  and  like,  in  the  123d  line?  (§  9.)  27.  Repeat  the  sub- 
ject of  section  ninth.  28.  What  is  the  difference  between  lasting  and 
permanent,  in  the  the  142d  line?  29.  Between  conventions  and  meet- 
ings, in  the  l52d  line? 


=dj 


88 


ORIGIN  OF  THE  AMERICAN  CONSTITUTION. 


LESSON   XIX. 

(§  1.)  As  the  Congress  thus  'assembled  ex- 
ercised 'sovereign  authority,  not  as  the  agent 
of  the  government  'de  facto  of  the  colonies, 
but  in  virtue  of  'original  power  derived  di- 
5  rectly  from  the  people,  it  has  been  'called 
"  the  revolutionary  government."  It  'termi- 
nated only  when  regularly  'superseded  by 
the  'confederated  government,  in  1781.  Its 
first  'act  was  the  declaration,  that  in  deciding 

10  questions  in  this  Congress,  each  '  colony 
should  have  but  one  'vote ;  and  this  was  the 
'established  course  through  the  revolution. 
It  'proposed  a  general  Congress  to  be  held 
at  the  same  place,  in  May  of  the  next  'year. 

15  It  was  this  Congress  which  'passed,  October 

14th,  1774,  the  Bill  of  Rights,  which  'set 

forth  the  great  'principles  of  national  liberty. 

(§  2.)  It  was  the  '  violation  of  this  bill  of 

'rights  that  was  the  cause  of  the  American 

20  revolution.  The  '  grievances  under  which 
the  colonies  '  labored  being  unredressed  by 
the  British  government,  Congress  'issued  a 
declaration  of  independence,  'July  4th,  1776, 
and  'claimed  a  place  among  the  nations  of 

25  the  earth,  and  the  'protection  of  their  ac- 


Convened. 

Supreme. 

In  fact. 

Primary. 

Named, 

Ended. 

Supplanted. 

Consolidated 

Deed. 

State. 

Voice. 

Fixed. 

Recommended. 

Season. 

Enacted. 

Proclaimed. 

Truths. 

Infringement 

J  ust  claims. 

Oppressions. 

Toiled. 

Sent  forth. 

Seventh  month. 

Requested. 
Defence. 


(§  I.)  1.  Repeat  the  substance  of  section  first.  2.  In  how  many 
sentences  can  you  use  the  word  May,  in  tlie  14th  line,  so  that  in  each 
case  it  shall  convey  a  different  meaning?  3.  Is  season,  in  the  14th 
line,  used  in  its  limited  or  extended  sense?  4.  In  how  many  sentences 
can  you  use  the  word  principles,  in  the  17th  line,  so  that  in  each  case 
it  shall  convey  a  different  meaning?  (§  2.)  5.  From  what  is  infringe- 
nient  derived,  in  the  ISth   lino?     6.  Repeat  the   substance  of  section 


ORIGIN  OF  THE  AMERICAN  CONSTITUTION. 


89 


knowlcdgcd  law.  The  'declaration  of  the 
Bill  of  Rights,  and  of '  Independence,  is  the 
'basis  on  which  the  Constitution  was  founded, 
and  after  this  declaration  of  'rights  the  colo- 

30  nies  may  be  'considered  as  a  separate  and 
distinct  'nation. 

(§  3.)  'Anterior  to  this  time,  there  were 
three  'distinct  forms  of  civil  polity  existing 
in  the  colonies,  'to  wit:  The  Provincial  or 

85  Royal,  '  Proprietary,  and  Charter  govern- 
ments. The  Provincial  or  'Royal  form  of 
polity  'existed  under  the  immediate  author- 
ity of  the  king  of  England,  and  was  'en- 
tirely under  his  control.     Under  this  'form 

40  of  '  government,  New  Jersey,  New  Hamp- 
shire, and  South  Carolina  were  '  governed 
as  provinces,  at  the  'time  of  the  declaration 
of  rights.  The  'Charter  governments  were 
great  political  corporations,  'derived  from 

45  and  'dependent  on  the  Crown.  (§  4.)  The 
Charter  governments  'approximated  nearest 
to  that  of  'the  mother  country,  and  its  citizens 
had  the  greatest  'protection  in  their  rights. 
The  'powers  of  this  government  were,  like 

50  those  of  England  and  our  Constitution,  'dis- 
tributed into  three  great  'departments  —  the 
Executive,  the  '  Legislative,  and  the  Judicial. 


Promulgation. 

FreeJom. 

Ground-work. 

Privileges. 

Regarded. 

People. 

Previous. 

Separate. 

Thut  is  10  say. 

Grantee. 

Kingly. 

Continued. 

Completely. 

System. 

Polity. 

Ruled. 

Period. 

Corporated 

Obtained. 

Subservient  to. 

Approached 

England. 

Defence. 

Duties. 

Divided. 

Divisions. 

Law-enacliug. 


second.  7.  What  is  the  difference  between  considered  and  regarded, 
in  the  30th  line?  (§  3.)  8.  Give  a  synopsis  of  section  third.  9.  In 
how  many  sentences  can  yon  use  form,  in  the  39th  line,  in  each  of 
which  it  shall  convey  a  different  meaning?  10.  What  is  the  difference 
between  _/br»i  and  system,  in  the  30th  line?  11.  Why  does  on  follow 
dependent,  and  to  subservient,  in  the  45th  line?    (§4.)  12.  What  were 


90 


ORIGIN  OF  THE  AMERICAN  CONSTITUTION. 


The  Charter  governments,  at  the  'time  of  the 
'declaration  of  rights,  were  Mass.,  R.  L,  and 

55  Conn.  (§  5.)  The  'Proprietary  governments 
were  written  'grants  from  the  king  to  one  or 
more  persons,  'conveying  to  them  the  general 
powers  of  management  within  their  '  pre- 
scribed territories.     The  proprietors  'exer- 

60  cised  similar  rights,  and  acted  'instead  of 
the  king,  and,  Hke  him,  '  had  power  at  any 
time  to  convene  or  'prorogue,  and  also  to 
negative,  or  even  'repeal  any  of  the  acts  of 
the  Assemblies.     The  Proprietary  'govern- 

65  ments,  at  the  time  of  the  declaration  of  'rights, 
were  Pa.,  '  Del,  and  Md. 

(§  6.)  '  Hence  it  appears  that  the  king  was 
not  only  'represented,  but  had,  or  rather, 
claimed  the  'right,  either  directly  or  indi- 

70  rectly,  to  'abolish  any  law,  or  dissolve  any 
legislative  assembly  in  the  colonies.  A  'ma- 
jority of  the  governors  and  'council  in  the 
colonies,  were  appointed  'directly  by  the  king. 
The  judges,  and  the  'incumbents  of  all  im- 

75  portant  '  places,  were  also  dependent  upon 
the  king  for  their  '  continuance  in  ofhce, 
though  generally  'paid  by  the  colonists.  (§  7.) 
It  was  the  'supercilious  acts  of  the  governors, 
and  the  'exercise  of  despotic  power  by  the 


Period. 

PromnlgalioQ, 

Deputy. 

Permissions. 

Transferring. 

Specified. 

Used. 

In  place. 

Possessed. 

Adjourn. 

AnnuL 

Admin  iatratioQS 

Privileges. 

Delaware. 

From  this. 

Personated. 

Authority. 

AnnuL 

Plurality. 

Executive 
advisers. 

Immediately. 
Holders. 
Situations. 
Stay. 

Recompensed. 

Overbearing. 
Use. 


the  Charter  governments?  (§  5.)  13.  What  were  Proprietary  govern- 
ments 1  14.  Why  is  it  necessary  to  use  the  preposition  to  after  convey- 
ing^ in  the  57th  line?  15.  What  is  the  difference  between  prorogue 
and  adjourn,  in  the  62d  line?  (§  6.)  16.  In  how  many  sentences  can 
you  use  the  word  righl,  in  the  6'Jth  line,  so  that  in  each  case  it  shall 
not  only  convey  a  different  meaning,  but  also  be  a  different  part  of 
speech?     (§  7.)   17.  What  caused  the  declaration  of  rights?    18.  From 


ORIGIN  OF  THE  AMERICAN  CONSTITUTION. 


91 


80  king,  that  'led  to  the  declaration  of  rights, 
which  was  in  direct  opposition  to  the  'arro- 
gated authority  of  the  '  British  government, 
and  'asserted  in  substance  that  the  king  had 
'violated  the  common  law  of  England. 

85  As  the  colonists  never  retracted  the  'least 
portion  of  the  '  declaration  of  rights,  they 
may  be  '  considered  as  forming  a  distinct 
nation  from  that  'time.  Though  in  their  ad- 
dresses to  the  '  king   and  parliament   they 

90  professed  the  utmost  '  loyalty,  and  undoubt- 
edly hoped  that  all  '  grievances  would  be 
speedily  redressed,  and  '  consequently  that 
there  would  be  no  'necessity  for  the  proposed 
'meeting  in  1776. 

95  (§  8.)  It  is  important  to  'hear  in  mind  the 
situation  of  the  colonies  'previous  to  their 
declaration  of  rights,  in  order  to  'imderstand 
correctly  the  political  'progress  of  our  coun- 
try, and  'especially  the  Declaration  of  Inde- 

100  pendence  and  the  'palladium  of  liberty.  It 
may  here  be  'observed,  that  the  framers  of 
the  'Constitution  considered  the  declaration 
of  rights  passed  fn  1774,  and  that  of  'inde- 
pendence in  1776,  as  'setting  forth  all  the 

105  great  principles  of  American  liberty,  'Hence 
they  deemed  it  unnecessary  to  'precede  the 
Constitution  with  any  further  'formal  decla- 
ration of  a  'new  bill  of  rights.     (§  9.)  But 


Caused. 
Assumed. 

EiiglisU. 

Maintained. 

Brolven. 

Smallest. 

Assertion. 

Regarded. 

Period. 

Throne. 

Fidelity. 

Wrongs. 

Therefore. 

Occasion. 

Convention. 

Remember. 

Prior. 

Comprehend 

Advancement. 

Above  aU. 

Shield. 

Mentioned. 

System  of  rules. 

Exemption  from 
Briti^ll  rule. 

Making  apparent 

Accordingly. 
Preface. 
Express. 
Fresh. 


what  time  may  the  colonists  be  deemed  independent  of  Great  Britain  ? 

19.  What  is  the  general  meaning  of  loyalty,  in  the  90th   line  ?      (§  8.) 

20.  What  is  meant  by  the  expression  "pallildiiim  of  liberty,"'  in  the 
100th  line  1    21.  To  u  hat  does  that,  in  the  103d  line,  refer  ?    (§  9.)  22. 


92 


DECLARATION  OF  INDEPENDENCE. 


the  American  people  are  so  'extTemely  care- 

110  fid  of  their  rights,  and  desirous  of  'transmit- 
ting them  to  posterity  in  'unsullied  purity, 
that  the  'Congress  of  the  United  States,  on 
the  25th  of  '  September,  1789,  proposed  ten 
'amendments  to  the  Constitution,  which  more 

115  'clearly  and  definitely  specify  the  rights  of 
the  people,  'prescribe  the  duties  of  Congress, 
and  the  '  hmit  of  the  Constitution.    The  2nd 

120  'continental  Congress,  which  assembled  at 
Philadelphia  in  May,  1775,  was  'invested  by 
the  colonies  with  very  ample  'discretionary 
powers.  Determined  to  assert  'unconditional 
sovereignty  over  the  colonies  by  'force,  Great 

125  Britain  had  already  'commenced  hostilities 
in  the  'province  of  Massachusetts.  Congress, 
supported  by  the  'zeal  and  confidence  of  its 
constituents,  'prepared  for  defence  by  pub- 
lishing a  declaration  of  the  'causes  and  ne- 

130  cessity  of  'taking  up  arms,  and  by  proceeding 
to  levy  and  'organize  an  army,  to  prescribe 
'regulations  for  land  and  sea  forces,  to  emit 
'•paper  money,  contract  debts,  and  exercise 
all  the  other  'prerogatives  of  an  independent 

135  government.  '  Goaded  to  the  utmost  by 
the  'attacks  of  England,  which  repeatedly 
caused  American  '  soil  to  drink  American 
blood,  it  'at  last,  on  the  4th  of  July,  1776,  de- 
clared the  'united  colonies  to  be  FREE  and 

140  -INDEPENDENT  STATES. 


Jealous. 
Imparting. 

Spotless. 

Nationa'  As 
scmoly. 

Nathmortli. 

Aildilioiis. 

Explicitly. 

Ordain. 

Extent. 

Provincial. 

Clothed. 

OptionaL 

Absolute. 

Violence. 

Begun. 

Dependency. 

Ardor. 

Made  ready. 

Reasons  for. 

Going  to  war. 

Arrange. 

Rules. 

Bills  of  credit 

Peculiar  pri- 
vileges. 

Stimulated. 

Aggressions. 

Earth. 

Finally. 

Federate. 

Self-reliant. 


LESSON  XX. — The  advanced  pupils  willi  the  aid  of  the  Index  may 
compose  the  questions  for  this  lesson. 


■^^$N>l^^i--' 


'1 


^^^WMI\W^ 


\> 


-^i^; 


'^ 


AUTHOR  OP  THE  DECLAKATION  OF  INDEPENDENCE. 


(93j 


94 


DECLARATION  OF  INDEPENDENCE. 


LESSON   XXI. 
DECLARATION  OF  INDEPENDENCE. 

(§  1.)  A  'Declaration  by  the  representatives 
of  the  United  States  of  America,  in  'Con- 
gress   assembled.      '  Passed,    Thursday, 
'July  4th,  1776. 
5      When,  in  the  course  of  human  'events,  it 
becomes  necessary  for  one  people  to  'dissolve 
the  political  '  bands  which  have  connected 
them  with  another,  and  to  'assume  amono" 
the  powers  of  the  earth  the  'separate  and 

10  equal  station  to  which  the  'laws  of  nature, 
and  of  nature's  God,  'entitle  them,  a  decent 
respect  to  the  opinions  of  mankind  'requires, 
that  they  should  'declare  the  causes  which 
'impel  them  to  the  separation. 

15  (§2.)  We  hold  these  'truths  to  be  self-evi- 
dent: that  all  men  are  'created  equal;  that 
they  arc  'endowed,  by  their  Creator,  with 
certain  'unalienable  rights;  that  among  these, 
are  life,  liberty,  and  the  'pursuit  of  happiness. 

20  That,  to  'secure  these  rights  governments  are 
'instituted  among  men,  deriving  their  just 
powers  from  the  'consent  of  the  governed ; 


Proclamation 
Convention. 
Adopted. 
Seventh  month- 
Occurrences. 
Destroy. 
Ties. 
Take. 
Distinct. 
Decrees. 

Give  them  a 
claim. 

Demands. 

Avow. 

Urge. 

Tenets. 

Made. 

Invested. 

Not  transfer- 
able. 

Quest. 
Confirm. 
Established. 
Concurrence 


The  diffli  ult  Que»l 


elucidated  in  the  Appendix. 

(§  1.)  1.  When  was  the  declaration  of  the  independence  of  the 
United  States  adopted?  2.  By  whom  was  it  atlopted  ?  3.  Wlien  was 
this  declaration  made?  4.  Repeat  section  first.  5.  Illustrate  the  dif- 
ference between  dissolve  and  destroy,  in  tiie  6th  line.  6.  Illustrate  the 
dflerence  between  declare  and  avow,  in  the  13ih  line?  f  §  2.)  7. 
What  truths  are  said  to  be  self-evident?  8.  What  are  inalienable 
rights?  9.  For  what  is  goverament  instituted?  10.  From  what  do 
governments  derive  their  just  powers?      11.  When  have  the  people  a 


DECLARATION  OF  INDEPENDENCE. 


95 


that,  whenever  any  'form  of  government  be- 
comes 'destructive   of  these  ends,  it  is  the 

"25  right  of  the  people  to  alter  or  to  'abolish  it, 
and  to  'institute  a  new  government,  laying 
its  'foundation  on  sucli  principles,  and  orga- 
nizing its  powers  in  such  form,  as  to  them 
shall  seem  most  likely  to  'effect  their  safety 

30  and  'happiness.  (§  3.)  Prudence,  indeed, 
will  'dictate,  that  governments,  long  estab- 
lished, should  not  be  changed  for  '  light  and 
transient  causes ;  and  accordingly,  all  'expe- 
rience hath  shown,  that  'mankind  are  more 

35 'disposed  to  suffer,  while  evils  are  sufferable, 
than  to  'right  themselves,  by  abolishing  the 
forms  to  which  they  are  'accustomed.  But 
when  a  long  train  of  'abuses  and  usurpations, 
pursuing  invariably  the  same  object,  'evinces 

40  a  design  to  reduce  them  under  'absolute  des- 
potism, it  is  their  right,  it  is  their  'duty,  to 
throw  off  such  government,  and  to  'provide 
new  guards  for  their  future  'security.  Such 
has  been  the  patient  'sufferance  of  these  colo- 

45  nies ;  and  such  is  now  the  'necessity  which 
constrains  them  to  'alter  their  former  systems 
of  government.  (§  4.)  The  '  history  of  the 
'present  king  of  Great  Britain  is  a  history  of 
'repeated  injuries  and  usurpations,  all  having, 


System. 

Ruinous  to. 

Abrogate. 

Establish. 

Baas. 

Order. 

Secure. 

Welfare. 

Prescribe. 

Trivial. 

Proot 

Jfen. 

Inclined. 

Indemnify. 

Habituated- 

Wrongs. 

Proves. 

Positive. 

Obligation. 

Procure. 

Safety. 

Endurance. 

Compulsion, 

Change. 

Narrative. 

Reigning. 

Sac<^essive. 


right  to  abolish  a  g;overnment?  12.  Ilhistrate  the  difference  between 
abolish  and  abrogate,  in  the  25th  line?  (§3.)  13.  What  does  prudence 
dictate?  14.  What  has  all  experience  shown?  15.  When  is  it  the 
right  and  dnty  of  a  people  to  throw  off  a  government?  16.  Illustrate 
the  difference  between  light  and  trivial,  in  the  32d  line.  17.  Illus- 
trate the  difference  between  abuses  and  wrongs,  in  the  38th  Vine  ? 
(§4)    18.  What  is  the  history  of   the    then    king  of  Great  Britain? 


96 


DECLARATION  OF  INDEPENDENCE. 


50  in   'direct  object,  the  establishment  of  "^an 

absolute  tyranny  over  these  states.  To  prove 

this,  let  facts  be  'submitted  to  a  candid  world. 

He  has  refused  his  'assent  to  laws  the  most 

'wholesome   and   necessary  for   the   public 

55  'good. 

He  has  'forbidden  his  governors  to  pass 
laws  of  immediate  and  pressing  'importance, 
unless  'suspended  in  their  operation  till  his 
assent  should  be  'obtained;  and,  when  so 
60  suspended,  he  has  utterly  'neglected  to  attend 
to  'them. 

He  has  'refused  to  pass  other  laws  for  the 
accommodation  of  large  'districts  of  people, 
unless  those  people  would  'relinquish  the  right 
65  of  'representation  in  the  legislature  ;  a  right 
inestimable  to  them,  and  'formidable  to  ty- 
rants 'only. 

(§  5.)  He  has  called  together  '  legislative 

bodies  at  places  unusual,  'uncomfortable,  and 

70  distant  from  the  'depository  of  their  public 

records,  for  the  sole  purpose  of  'fatiguing 

them  into  compliance  with  his  'measures. 

He  has  'dissclved  representative  houses, 

repeatedly,  for  opposing,  with  'manly  firm- 

75  ness,  his  invasions  on  the  rights  of  the  people. 

He  has  'refused,  for  a  long  time,  after  such 

dissolutions,  to  cause  others  to  be  'elected ; 


Express. 

2A  complete. 

Referred. 

Concurrence 

S.'ilalary. 

Benefit. 

Prohibited. 

Moment. 

Delayed. 

Procured. 

Omitted. 

The  laws. 

Declined. 

Regions. 

Abandon. 

Political  par- 
ticipation. 

Terrible. 

Alcme. 

Law-giving. 

Inconvenient 

Archives. 

Wearying. 

Proceedings. 

Broken  up. 

Undaunted. 

Inroads. 

Neglected. 

Cliosen. 


19.  To  what  did  the  king  of  Great  Britain  refuse  his  assent?  20. 
What  had  he  forbidden  the  governors  to  do?  21.  Illustrate  the  diffe- 
rence between  refused  and  declined^  in  the  62d  line.  (§  5.)  22.  Why 
did  the  king  of  Great  Britain  call  legislative  bodies  at  places  distant 
from  the  depository  of  public  records?     23.  Why  did  he  repeatedly 


DECLARATION  OF  INDEPENDENCE. 


97 


'whereby  the  legislative  powers,  incapable  of 
'annihilation,  have  returned  to  the  people  at 

80  large  for  their  'exercise ;  the  state  remain- 
ing, in  the  mean  time,  'exposed  to  all  the 
dangers  of  'invasion  from  without,  and  con- 
vulsions 'within. 

(§  G.)  He  has  'endeavoured  to  prevent  the 

85  population  of  these  states ;  for  that  'purpose, 
'obstructing  the  laws  for  naturalization  of 
'foreignei-s ;  refusing  to  pass  others  to  encou- 
rage their  'migration  hither,  and  raising  the 
'conditions  of  new  appropriations  of  lands. 

90  He  has  obstructed  the  'administration  of 
justice,  by  refusing  his  assent  to  '  laws  for 
establishing  'judiciary  powers. 

He   has   made  judges  'dependent  on   his 
wuU  alone,  for  the  'tenure  of  their  offices,  and 

95  the  amount  and  payment  of  their  'salaries. 
He  has  'erected  a  multitude  of  new  offices, 
and  sent  hither  sw^arms  of  officers  to  harass 
our  people,  and  eat  out  their  'substance. 
He  has  '  kept  among  us,  in  time  of  peace, 

100  standing  armies,  without  the  'consent  of  our 
'legislatures. 

(§  7.)  He  has  affected  to  render  the  'mill- 


By  wliich. 

Destruction. 

Practice. 

Liable. 

tucursiiiii. 

Intenially. 

Striven. 

Design. 

Hindering. 

Aliens. 

Removal. 

Stipulations. 

Legal  execution. 

Regulations. 

Legal-deLTjing. 

Subject  tl. 

Holding. 

Emoluments 

Established. 

Worry. 

Wealth. 

Established. 

Agreement. 

A.ssemblies. 

Warlike. 


dissolve  representative  houses?  24.  After  such  dissolution,  what  did 
he  refuse  to  do?  25.  Illustrate  the  difference  between  ejected  and 
chosen,  in  the  77iL  line.  26.  Between-  annihilation  and  destruction,  in 
the  79ih  line.  (§0.)  27.  How  did  the  king  of  Great  Britain  endea- 
vour to  jirevent  the  pofiulation  of  the  states?  28.  How  did  he  obstruct 
the  administration  of  justice  ?  29.  How  did  he  make  the  judges  de- 
pendent? 30.  What  did  he  erect?  31.  What  did  he  send  to  this 
country?  32.  What  did  he  keep  among  the  people  in  times  of  peace? 
33.  Illustrate  the  difference  between  salaries  and  emoluments,  in  the 
95th  line.      (§  7.)   34.  How  did  the   king  of  Great  Britain  render  the 

_ 


98 


DECLARATION  OF  INDEPENDENCE. 


tary  independent  of,  and  superior  to,  the  'civil 
'power. 

105  He  has  'combined  with  others,  to  subject 
us  to  a  jurisdiction  'foreign  to  our  constitu- 
tion, and  '  unacknowledged  by  our  laws ; 
giving  his  'assent  to  their  acts  of  pretended 
'legislation : 

110  For  '  quartering  large  bodies  of  armed 
'troops  among  us : 

For  'protecting  them,  by  a  mock-trial, 
from  'punishment  for  any  murders  which 
they  should  '  commit  on  the  inhabitants  of 

115  these  'states : 

For  'cutting  of  our  trade  with  all  parts  of 
the  'world: 

For  '  imposing  taxes  on  us,  without  our 
'consent : 

120  For  'depriving  us,  in  many  cases,  of  the 
benefits  of  trial  by  'jury: 

For  'transporting  us  beyond  seas,  to  be 
tried  for  'pretended  offences : 
(§  8.)  For  'abolishing   the   free  system  of 

125  English  laws  in  a  'neighboring  province, 
establishing  therein  'an  arbitrary  govern- 
ment, and  enlarging  its  '  boundaries,  so  as  to 
render  it,  at  once,  an  example  and  a  fit  'in- 
strument for  'introducing  the  same  absolute 

130  rule  into  these  'colonies : 


Political. 
Authority. 
Coalesced. 
Extraneous. 

Unrecognized. 

Sanction. 

Government. 

Stationing. 

Soldiers. 

Shielding. 

Chastisement 

Perpetrate. 

Communities 

Interdicting. 

Globe. 

Obtruding. 

Assent. 

Bereaving. 

Peers  of  the 
vicinage. 

Conveying. 

Feigned. 

Repealing. 

Near. 

A  despotic. 

Limits. 

Tool 

Bringing. 

States. 


l"! 


military  power?  35.  For  what  did  he  combine  with  others?  36. 
Name  all  the  acts  of  pretended  legislation  to  which  he  gave  his  as- 
sent. 37.  Illustrate  the  difference  between  imposing  and  obtruding, 
in  the  118th  line.  (§8.)  38.  Illustrate  the  difference  between  instru- 
ment and  tool,  in  the  128th  line.  (§  9.)  39.  How  did  the  king  of  Great 
I 


DECLARATION   OF  INDEPENDENCE. 


99 


For  taking  away  our  'charters,  abolishing 
our  most  valuable  laws,  and  altering  'funda- 
mentally, the  'forms  of  our  government : — 
For  'suspending  our  own  legislatures,  and 

135  declaring  themselves  'invested  with  power  to 
legislate  for  us,  in  all  'cases  whatsoever. 

(§  9.)  He  has  'abdicated  government  here, 
by  declaring  us  'out  of  his  protection,  and 
'waging  war  against  us. 

140  He  has  'plundered  our  seas,  ravaged  our 
coasts,  burnt  our  towns,  and  'destroyed  the 
lives  of  our  'people. 

He  is  at  this  time,  'transporting  large 
armies  of  foreign  'mercenaries,  to  complete 

145  the  works  of  death,  desolation,  and  'tyranny, 
already  begun  with  circumstances  of  'cruelty 
and  perfidy,  scarcely  'paralleled  in  the  most 
barbarous  ages,  and  'totally  unworthy  the 
'head  of  a  civilized  nation. 

He  has  'constrained  our  fellow-citizens, 
taken  'captive  on  the  high  seas,  to  boar  arms 
against  their  country,  to  become  the  'execu- 
tioners of  their  friends  and  '  brethren,  or  to 
fall  themselves  by  their  hands. 

(§  10.)  He  has  excited  domestic  'insurrec- 
tions amongst  us,  and  has  'endeavoured  to 


150 


Deeds  of  pn- 
vilege. 

Essentially. 
Features. 
Interrupting. 
Clothed. 

Contingencies. 

Renounced. 

Outlawed. 

Carrying  on. 

Pillaged, 

Wasted. 

Citizens. 

Conveying. 

Hirelings. 

Despotism. 

Rigor. 

Equalled. 

Wholly. 

Chief. 

Compelled. 

Prisoners. 

Inflicters  of 
death  on. 

Brothers. 
Die. 

Sedition. 
Labored. 


Britain  abdicate  his  government  in  this  country'?  40.  In  waging  war 
attains!  the  colonies,  what  did  he  do?  41.  What  was  the  king  of  Great 
Britain  doing,  at  the  time  of  the  Declaration  of  Independence?  42. 
What  did  he  constrain  the  people  of  this  country  to  do,  when  taken 
captive  on  the  high  seas?  43.  Illustrate  the  difference  between /7?itn- 
deredand  pillaged,  in  the  140th  line.  44.  Between  brethren  and  brothers^ 
in  the  153d  line.  (§  10.)  45.  What  did  the  king  of  Great  Britain  en- 
deavour to  excite  amongst  the  people  of  his  colonies?     46.  What  did 


100 


DECLARATION  OF  INDEPENDENCE. 


bring  on  the  inhabitants  of  our  'frontiers,  the 
merciless  Indian  'savages,  whose  known  rule 
of  warfare  is  an  'undistinguished  destruction 

160  of  all  ages,  'sexes,  and  conditions. — In  every 
'stage  of  these  oppressions,  we  have  petitioned 
for  'redress,  in  the  most  humble  terms :  our 
repeated  'petitions  have  been  answered  only 
by  'repeated  injury.     A  prince,  whose  cha- 

1C5  racter  is  thus  'marked  by  every  act  which 
may  'define  a  tyrant,  is  unfit  to  be  the  ruler 
of  a  free  'people.  (§11-)  Nor  have  we  been 
'wanting  in  attentions  to  our  British  brethren. 
We  have  'warned  them,  from  time  to  time, 

170  of  attempts,  by  their  legislature,  to  'extend 
an  'unwarrantable  jurisdiction  over  us.  We 
have  reminded  them  of  the  'circumstances 
of  our  emigration  and  'settlement  here.  We 
have  appealed  to  their  'native  justice  and 

175  'magnanimity,  and  we  have  conjured  them, 
by  the  ties  of  our  common  kindred,  to  'dis- 
avow these  usurpations,  which  would  'inevi- 
tably interrupt  our  connexions  and  'corre- 
spondence.    They  too,  have  been  'deaf  to 

180  the  voice  of  justice  and  of  'consanguinity. 
We  must,  therefore,  'acquiesce  in  the  neces- 


Bonlers. 

Burbarians. 

ladiMriminata. 

Kinds. 

Step. 

Relief. 

Entreaties. 

Reiterated. 

Stamped. 

Describe. 

Race. 

Deficient. 

Notified. 

Exercise. 

Unjustifiable. 

Incidents. 

Colonization. 

Inborn. 

Mental  greatnesa 

Disclaim. 

Unavoidably. 

Friendship. 

Inattentive. 

Affinity. 

Accede  to. 


he  endeavour  to  bring  on  the  inhabitants  of  the  frontiers?  *47.  Was 
the  system  of  savage  warfare  in  violation  of  the  laws  of  civilized 
nations?  48.  In  every  stage  of  their  oppressions,  what  did  the  inha- 
habitants  of  the  colonies  do  ?  49.  How  were  their  repeated  petitions 
answered?  50.  What  was  the  character  of  every  act  of  the  king  of 
Great  Britain?  51.  Illustrate  the  ditference  between  redress  and  relief, 
in  the  162d  line.  (^  11.)  52.  To  what  was  the  main  body  of  the  Bri- 
tish government  deaf?  53.  In  what  did  the  colonists  find  it  necessary 
to  acquiesce?  54.  Illustrate  the  difference  between  enemies  and  foes, 
in  the  184th  line      (§  12.)  55.  By  whom  was  the  Declaration  of  Inde- 


DECLARATION  OF  INDEPENDENCE. 


101 


sity  which  denounces  our  'separation,  and 
hold  them,  as  we  hold  the  'rest  of  mankind, 
'enemies  in  war,  in  peace  friends. 

185       (§  12.)  We,  therefore,  the  'representatives 
of  the  'United  States  of  America,  in  Ge-  i 
NERAL  Congress  'assembled,  appealing  to  the 
Supreme  Judge  of  the  world,  for  the  'recti- 
tude of  our  'intentions,  do,  in  the  name,  and 

190  by  the  'authority,  of  the  good  people  of  these 
colonies,  'solemnly  publish  and  declare.  That 
these  united  colonies  are,  and  of  'right  ought 
to  be,  Free  and  Independent  '  States  ;  and 
that  they  are  'absolved  from  all  allegiance 

195  to  the  British  'crown,  and  that  all  political 
'connexion  between  them  and  the  State  of 
Great  Britain  is,  and  ought  to  be,  'totally 
'dissolved;  and  that,  as  Free  and  Indepen- 
dent States,  they  have  full  power  to  'levy 

200  war,  conclude  peace,  contract  'alliances, 
establish  'commerce,  and  to  do  all  other  acts 
and  things,  which  'Independent  States  may 
of  right  do.  And,  for  the  'support  of  this 
'declaration,  with  a  firm  reliance  on  the  pro- 

205  tection  of  'Divine  Providence,  we  mutually 
'pledge  to  each  other,  our  lives,  our  fortunes, 
and  our  'sacred  honor. 

For  the  names  of  tlie  sisners  of  the  Declaration  of  Independence,  see   the 
Biographical  table  in  the  hitter  part  of  this  volume. 


Disjunction. 
Remainder. 
Foes. 
Delegates. 


Collected. 

Uprightness. 

Designs. 

Power. 

Seriously. 

Justice. 

Governments 

Freed. 

Throne. 

In  'ercourse. 

Entirely. 

Broken  up. 

Make. 

Treaties. 

Trade. 

Free. 

Maintenance 

Proclamation 

God. 

Gage. 

Inviolable. 


pendence  made  ?  56.  To  whom  did  they  appeal  for  the  rectitude  of 
their  iiuentioiis?  57.  In  whose  Dame,  and  by  whose  authority  was 
the  Declaration  of  Independence  made?  58.  What  was  solemnly 
published  and  declared  ?  59.  What  rights  were  claimed  for  the  United 
States?  60.  In  support  of  the  declaration,  what  did  the  colonists 
pledge  to  each  other?  61.  Upon  whom  did  they  rely?  62.  Upon 
whom  ought  we  to  rely? 


102    ORIGIN  OF  THE  AMERICAN  CONSTITUTION. 


LESSON   XXII. 

(§1.)  A  YEAPi.  'before  the  declaration  of 
independence,  Dr.  Franklin  had  'submitted  to 
Congress  'a  sketch  of  a  confederation  between 
the  provinces,  to  continue  nntil  their  'recon- 
5  ciliation  with  Great  Britain,  and  to  be  'per- 
petual in  failure  of  that  'event;  but  it  appears 
that  this  plan  was  never  discussed.  '  Pending 
the  declaration  of  independence,  'however, 
Congress  took  measures  to  'form  a  constitu- 

10  tional  plan  of  union;  'for,  on  the  12th  of  June, 
1776,  a  'committee  of  one  member  from 
each  'province  was  appointed,  to  prepare 
and  'digest  a  form  of  confederation,  to  be 
'entered  into  by  the  colonies.  (§  2.)  The  report 

15  of  this  committee  was  'laid  aside  on  the  20th 
of  August,  177G,  and  its  'consideration  not 
'resumed  till  the  7th  of  April,  1777,  after 
which  the  subject  being  'from  time  to  time 
'debated,  the  articles  of  confederation  were 

20 'confirmed  by  Congress  on  the  15th  of  No- 
vember, 1777.  Congress  also  'directed  that 
the  articles  should  be  'proposed  to  the  several 
state  legislatures,  and  if  the  'articles  were 
approved,  they  were  requested  to  'authorize 

25  their  delegates  in  Congress  to  'ratify  the 
'same. 

(§  3.)  The  'delegates  of  N.  H.,  Mass.  R.  I., 


Preceding. 
Laid  before. 
All  outline. 
Kcuiiion. 
Lasting. 
Lssue. 

Whilst  delibe- 
ratiiig  upoii. 

Nevertheless 

Compile. 

Because. 

Council  of  re- 
ference. 

Plantation. 

Arrange  me- 
tliutlically. 

Engaged  in. 
Put  away. 
Investigation 

Again  taken  up. 

Occasionally. 

Discussed. 

Ratified. 

Ordered. 

Offered. 

Propositions. 

Empower. 

Make  valid. 

Articles. 

Deputies. 


(§  1.)  1.  Mention  two  phrases  that  convey  the  same  meaning  as 
be/ore  and  preceding,  in  the  1st  line.  2.  What  is  the  difference  l)etween 
sketch  and  outline,  in  the  3d  line?  3.  Does  compile,  in  the  9th  line, 
always  signify  lo  form?     (§  2.)  4.  What  is  the  meaning  of  the  expres- 


ORIGIN   OF   THE   AMERICAN   CONSTITUTION.    103 


Conn.,  JN.  Y.,  Pa.,  Va.,  and  S.  C,  'signed  the 
articles  on  the  9th  of  July,  1778.  The  'N.  C. 

30  delegates  'signed  them  on  the  21st,  and  those 
from  'Ga.,  on  the  24th  of  the  same  month ; 
those  of  'N.  J.,  on  the  26th  of  November  fol- 
lowing ;  those  of  'Del.,  on  the  22d  of  Feb- 
ruary, and  5th  of  May,  1779.  But  'Md.  pos- 

35  itively  refused  to  ratify,  until  the  'conflicting 
claims  of  the  'Union  and  of  the  separate 
states  to  the  ' croum-lancls  should  be  adjusted. 
This  difficulty  was  finally  'obviated,  by  the 
claiming  states  'ceding  the  unsettled  lands  to 

40  the  United  States,  for  the  '  benefit  of  the 
whole  Union.  (§  4.)  The  former  'insuper- 
able objection  of  Maryland  being  'removed, 
her  'delegates  signed  the  articles  of  confe- 
deration on  the  1st  of  'March,  1781;  four 

45  years,  'seven  months,  and  ticenty-one  days 
after  they  had  been  submitted  to  the  'sove- 
reign states  by  Congress,  with  the  'solemn 
'averment  that  they  ought  to  be  immediately 
'adopted.     They  seemed  essential  to  the  very 

50  existence  of  the  Americans  as  a  'free  people, 
and  'without  them,  they  might  be  constrained 
to  bid  'adieu  to  safety  and  independence. 
The  confederation  being  thus  'finally  com- 
pleted, the  event  was  'joyfully  announced  to 


North  Caro- 
lina. 

Ratified. 

Georgia. 

New  Jersey. 

Delaware. 

llarjland. 

Opposite. 

Confederacy. 

Public  domain. 

Removed. 

RtUnquishing. 

Advantage. 

Insurmountable. 

Displaced. 

KeprvscD  tatives. 

Tliird  month. 
And  31  weeks 
Independent. 
Deliberate. 
Assertion. 

Apprtyved  and 
confirmed. 

Self-governing. 

Not  having. 
Farewell. 
At  last. 
Gladly. 


sion  "  the  same,"  in  tlie  25th  and  26tli  lines  ?  (§3.)  5.  Are  crown-lands  and 
public  domain,  in  the  37th  line,  synonymous'?  6.  What  is  the  differ- 
ence between  benefit  and  advantage,  in  the  40th  line?  (§4.)  7.  Why 
is  not  good-bye  given  as  a  definition  of  adieu,  in  the  52d  line,  instead 
o(  farexccll?  8.  Give  the  actual  meaning  of  adieu,  farewell  and  good- 
bye, and  also  their  derivation.      (§  5.)  9.  Are  revolutionary  and  ti ansi- 


104    ORIGIN  OF  THE  AMERICAN  CONSTITUTIONS. 


55 'Congress ;  and,  on  the  2d  of  March,  1781, 
that  body  assembled  under  the  new  'powers.* 
(§  5.)  The  'term  of  the  continental  Con- 
gress consists  'properly  of  two  periods.  The 
first,  extending  from  the  'first  meeting,  on  the 

CO  4th  of  September,  1774,  until  the  'ratifica- 
tion of  the  '  confederation  on  the  1st  of 
March,  1781,  has  been  'named  the  period  of 
"  the  'revolutionary  national  government, " 
The  second,  'from  the  1st  of  March,  1781, 

65  until  the  'organization  of  the  government 
under  the  'Constitution,  on  the  4th  of  March, 
1789,  has  been  'denominated  the  period  of 
"  the  confederation."  (§  6.)  The  'power  of 
Congress    was    'national,   from    September 

70  4th,  1774,  and  'gradually  progressive.  It  had 
the  authority  to  concert  those  'measures 
deemed  best  to  redress  the  'grievances,  and 
preserve  the  'rights  and  hberties,  of  all  the 
'colonies.     The  Congress  of  1775  "had  more 

75  ample  powers,  and  it  accordingly  exercised 
at  once  some  o,f  the  highest  'functions  of 
sovereignty,  as  has  been  before  'shown.  In 
1776,  the  same  body  took  'bolder  steps,  ex- 
erting powers  not  to  be  'justified  or  accounted 

80  for,  without  'supposing  that  a  national  union 


The  national 
assembly. 

AdmtoistriitioD. 

Duration. 

Strictly. 

Primary. 

Coufirmatioii 

League. 

Designated. 

Transitional. 

After. 

Official  be- 
ginning. 

National  com* 
pact. 

Entitled. 

Jurisdiction. 

General. 

By  degrees. 

Means. 

Wrongs. 

Franchises. 

Settlements. 

"Possessed. 

Faculties. 

Exhibited. 

More  daring. 

Vindicated. 

Admitting. 


tional,  in  the  63d  line,  synonymous  1  (§0-)  10.  Name  a  plirase  con- 
veying the  same  meaning  as  gradually  and  by  degrees,  in  the  70ih  line. 
11.  Give  a  phrase  signifying  nearly  the  same  as  concert  those  measures, 
tn  the  71st  line.  12.  In  how  many  sentences  can  you  use  the  word 
had,  in  the  74th  line,  so  that  it  shall  have  a  different  meaning  in  every 

•  The  articles  of  confederation,  being  null  and  void,  are  not  Inserted  here ;  but  as  a  matter 

of- curiosity,  and  m  order  th:it  the  render  may  compare  them  with  the  Constitution,  they  have 
been  added  to  the  Appendix,  The  names  of  tlie  signers  of  the  Confederation  and  also  those 
of  the  Declaralion  of  ivights  will  be  found  in  the  Biograpliifal  Table. 


OKIGIN  OF  THE  AMERICAN  CONSTITUTION.    105 


for  national  purposes  'already  existed,  and 
that  Congress  was  'invested  with  supreme 
power  over  all  the  colonies,  for  the  'purpose 
of  preserving  their  'common  rights  and  liber- 

85  ties.  The  people  never  'doubted  or  denied 
the  validity  of  these  'acts. 

(§7.)  The  'united  colonies  were  a  nation, 
and  had  a  'general  government,  created  and 
acting  by  the  general  consent  of  the  'people, 

90  from  the  time  of  the  'declaration  of  rights ; 
but  the  'power  of  that  government  was 
not,  and,  'indeed,  could  not  be  well  defined. 
Still,  its  supremacy  was  'firmly  established 
in  many  'cases,  and  its  control  over  the  states, 

95  in  most,  if  not  all  'national  measures,  univer- 
sally 'admitted.  (§  8.)  The  articles  of  con- 
federation not  being  ratified  so  as  to  'include 
all  the  'states,  until  March  1st,  1781,  in  the 
'interim,  Congress  continued  to  exercise  the 

100  authority  of  a  'general  government,  whose 
acts  were  'binding  on  all  the  states.  By 
foreign  'powers,  we  were  politically  known 
as  the  United  States;  'and,  in  our  national 
'capacity  as  such,  we  sent  and  received  am- 

105  bassadors,  'entered  into  treaties  and  alliances, 
and  were  'admitted  into  the  general  commu- 
nity of  nations,  exercising  the  right  of  '  bel- 
ligerents, and  claiming  'an  equality  of  sove- 
reign power  and  'prerogatives. 


Tlien. 

Clothed. 

End. 

Separate  and 
eyual. 

Questioned. 

Proceedings. 

Federate. 

Common. 

Provincials. 

Publication 

Authority. 

In  fact. 

Immovably. 

Respects. 

Public. 

A.knowlpdged 

Comprise. 

Provinces. 

Mean  time 

Xational. 

Obligatory. 

Governments 

Xloreover. 

Condition 

Formed. 

Received. 

War-makers. 

A  parity. 

Privileges. 


instance'?  13.  What  cemented  the  union  of  tlie  colonies  during  the 
revolution  ?  (§  7.)  14.  When  did  the  colonies  first  assume  a  national 
character?  (§8)  15.  When  were  the  articles  of  confederation  rati- 
fied? 16.  By  what  title  was  our  country  politically  known  among 
foreign  powers?      17.  What  is   the   ditference   between  admitted  and 


106    ORIGIN  OF   THE   AMERICAN  CONSTITUTION. 


110  (^  9.)  The  continental  Congress  soon  'found 
that  the  powers  'derived  from  the  articles  of 
confederation  were  'inadequate  to  the  legiti- 
mate objects  of  an  'effective  national  govern- 
ment.    'Whenever  it  became  necessary  to 

115  legislate  on  'commerce  and  taxes,  defects 
were  '  particularly  evident ;  and  it  was  at 
length  indispensable  to  'amend  the  articles, 
so  as  to  give  authority  and  'force  to  the  na- 
tional will,  in  matters  of  'trade  and  revenue. 

1-20  This  was  done  'from  time  to  thne,  until  the 
adoption  of  the  'present  Constitution  of  the 
United  States.  The  'movements  of  Congress 
on  the  3d  of  'February,  1781 — 18th  and 
26th  of  April,  1783— 30th  of  'April,  1784— 

125  and  the  3d  of  'March,  29th  of  September, 
and  23d  of  October,  1786 — would  be  'inte- 
resting to  the  student,  and  show  the  'progress 
of  constitutional  legislation ;  but  the  '  limits 
of  this  chapter  afford  no  room  to   'discuss 

130  them.  (§10.)  Peace  came;  the  'illustrious 
'commander-in-chief  of  the  revolutionary 
armies  surrendered  his  'commission ;  and 
the  armies  were  'disbanded,  without  pay. 
Mutiny  was  suppressed,  after  Congress,  'sur- 

135  rounded  by  armed  men  'demanding  justice, 
had  appealed  'in  vain  to  the  sovereign  state, 
within  the  'jurisdiction  of  which  it  was  sit- 


Ascerlaiued. 

Drawn. 

Not  equal. 

Efficient. 

As  often  as. 

TraJe. 

Especially. 

Revise. 

Strength. 

Traffic. 

Repeatedly. 

Now  existing 

Motions. 

Second  moDth. 
Fourth  month. 
Third  mouth. 
Attractive. 
Advancement. 

Bounds. 

Examine. 

Renowned. 

Genemiissimo. 
Official  warranU 
Dismissed  from 

Beset. 
Requiring. 
Ineffectually. 
Territory. 


received,  in  the  lOGth  line?  (§  9.)  18.  What  did  the  continental  con- 
gress soon  discover'?  (§  10.)  19.  As  the  words  commayuler-in- chief,  in 
the  131st  line,  are  defined  in  the  margin  by  a  single  term,  why  are 
they  not  pnt  in  italics  1  20.  Give  some  other  forms  of  expression, 
conveying  the  meaning  of  in  vain  and  ineffectually,  in  the  136th   line. 


ORIGIN  OF  THE  AMERICAN   CONSTITUTION.    107 


ling,  for  protection.  The  'expenses  of  the 
nation  were  reduced  to  the  'minimum  of  a 

140  peace  estabUshment ;  'and  yet  the  country 
was  not  'reheved.  It  wanted,  not  a  league 
of  thirteen  'different  nations,  with  thirteen 
'distinct  supreme  governments,  but  a  general 
confederacy    that  would    be  'revered    as  a 

145  common  'parent  by  all  the  sister  states  —  a 
government  'founded  on  the  principles  of  the 
declaration  of  independence — a  government 
'constituted  by  the  people  in  their  inherent, 
primitive  'capacity. 

150  (§  11.)  In  the  Congi'ess  of  the  'confedera- 
tion, during  the  'closing  years  of  the  revo- 
lutionary war,  and  those  of  peace  'immedi- 
ately 'succeeding,  James  Madison  and  Alex- 
ander Hamilton  displayed  their  'signal  ability. 

155  John  Jay  was  associated  with  them  'shortly 
after  the  peace,  in  the  'capacity  of  congres- 
sional "secretary  for  foreign  affairs.  The 
'mortifying  experience  of  every  day  demon- 
strated to  these  men  the  'incompetency  of 

I'jo  the  articles  of  confederation  for  'managing 
the  'affairs  of  the  Union,  at  home  or  abroad. 
Though  'm  retirement,  Washington  brooded 
over  the  'injustice  suffered  by  his  companions 
in  arms.   He  deeply  mourned  on  account  of 

1^5  the  'prostration  of  the  public  credit  and  faith 
of  the  nation,  by  the  'neglect  to  provide  even 
for  the  'payment  of  the  interest  of  the  public 


Ditibursementa. 
Lowest  point 
Nevertheless 

Disembarra-ised. 

Separate. 

Unconnected 

Reverenced. 

Mother. 

Based. 

Self-reUance 

Composed. 

Power. 

LeagTje. 

Ending. 

Directly. 

Following. 

Eminent. 

Soon. 

Character. 

Manager. 

Humiliating. 

luadequicy. 

Conducting. 

Business. 

Wilhdrawn  from 
public  auenlioa 

Wrongs. 

Soldiers. 

Depression. 

Omission. 

Liquidation. 


{§  11.)  21.  When  and  where  did  James  Madison  and  Alexander  Ha- 
milton display  their  great  ability?     (§  12.)   22.  Where  was  the  idea 


108    ORIGIN  OF  THE  AMERICAN  CONSTITUTION. 


debt  —  and  the  'disappointed  hopes  of  the 
friends  of  freedom.       In    the     'address  of 

170  April  18th,  1783,  from  Congress  to  the  'states, 
it  was  said  to  be  the  "  pride  and  '  boast  of 
America,  that  the  rights  for  which  she  'con- 
tended were  the  rights  of  'human  nature.'''' 
(§  12.)  The  first  idea  of  'a  revision  of  the 

175  articles  of  confederation,  by  an  'organization 
of  means  'differing  from  that  of  a  compact 
between  the  state  'legislatures  and  their  own 
delegates  in  Congress,  was  'started  at  Mount 
Vernon,  in  March,  1785.     A  'convention  of 

180  delegates  from  the  state  legislatures,  'inde- 
pendent of  Congress,  was  the  'expedient 
which  presented  itself  for  effecting  an  'aug- 
mentation of  the  'powers  of  Congress  in 
'regulating  commerce.     This  proposal  was 

185  'made  and  adopted  in  the  legislature  of  Vir- 
ginia, in  January,  1786,  and  at  once  'com- 
municated to  the  other  state  'legislatures. 

(§  13.)    The  convention    'held  at  Anna- 
polis, in  September   178G,  in  'pursuance  of 

190  this  proposition,  delegates  'attended  from 
only  five  of  the  'central  states,  who,  on 
comparing  their  '  restricted  powers  with 
the  'glaring  defects  of  the  confederation, 
merely  reported  a  recommendation  for  'an- 

195  other  convention  of  'delegates  from  all  the 
states,  with  enlarged  powers,  to  'meet  at 
Philadelphia,  in  'May,  1787.      (§  14.)  The 


of  a  revision  of  the  articles  of  confederation  originated  ?     (§  13.)   23. 
What  is  the  difference  between  glaring  and  notorious,  in  the  193d  line? 


ORIGIN  OF   THE   AMERICAN   CONSTITUTION.    109 


'Constitution  of  the  United  States  was  framed 
by  this  convention;    the    'authority  of  the 

200  'members  of  which  was  derived  from  the 
state  legislatures,  and  not  'directly  from  the 
people.  During  the  'revolution,  the  power 
of  the  'people  had  never  been  called  into 
action,  for  their  rule  had  been  'supplanted  by 

205  state  sovereignty;  and  a  'confederacy  had 
been  'substituted  for  a  government.  But,  in 
'forming  the  Constitution,  the  delegates  soon 
perceived  that  the  'necessary  powers  were 
such  as  no  'combination  of  state  govern- 

210  ments  could  bestow;  and  that,  'leaving 
power  for  right,  and  the  irresponsible  'au- 
thority of  state  rule  for  the  'self-evident  truths 
of  the  'Declaration  of  Independence,  they 
must  'retrace  their  steps,  and  fall  back  from 

215  a  league  of  'friendship  between  independent 
states,  to  the  'primitive  constituent  sove- 
reignty of  the  people,  'for  from  them  only 
could  supreme  authority  'emanate. 


Palladium. 

Powers. 

Individuals. 

Immediately 

Transition. 

Populace. 

Displaced. 

Federation. 

Put  in  the 
place  of. 

Compiling. 

Requisite. 

Association. 

Abandoning. 

Sway. 

Axioms. 

Proclamation 

Return  upon 

Amity. 

Original. 

Because. 

Proceed. 


(§14.)  24.  Are  people  and  populace,  in  the  203d  line,  synonymous  ? 
25.  Are  the  words  self-evident  truths,  in  the  212th  line,  perfectly  de- 
fined by  the  term  axioms? 


LESSON    XXIII, 


(§  1.)  It  'appears  that  the  violation  of  the 
'essential  principles  of  rational  liberty  and 
the  common  law  of  England  was  the  'imme- 


Seems. 
Radical. 
Principal. 


(§  1.)    1.  Give  a  synopsis  of  section  first.     2.  What  was  the  imme 
diate  cause   of  the   Declaration   of  Independence?     3.  In  how  many 

To 


110    ORIGIN  OF  THE  AMERICAN  CONSTITUTION. 


diate  'cause  of  the  Declaration  of  Indepen- 
5  dence;  'and  that  the  Declaration  of  Rights, 
Oct.  14,  1774,  was  but  a  'rcitei'ation  of  those 
fundamental  principles  'conceded  to  the  Eng- 
lish people  in  the  'glorious  revolution  of  1688, 
at  which  time  the  British  constitution   be- 

10  came  'fixed  and  determined.  After  making 
the  Declaration  of  Independence,  'congress 
ordered  it  to  be  'engrossed  and  signed  by  its 
members.  They  'also  resolved,  that  copies 
of  the  Declaration  be  sent  to  the  'several 

15  assemblies,  'conventions,  and  committees,  or 
councils  of  'safety,  and  to  the  several  com- 
manding officers  of  the  'continental  troops ; 
that  it  be  'proclaimed  in  each  of  the  United 
States,  and  at  the  'head  of  the  army.     (§  2.) 

20  It  may  be  useful  to  show  more  'definitely  the 
'proceedings  of  the  continental  congress 
'pending  the  Declaration  of  Independence. 
June  8th,  1776,  congress  'resolved  itself  into 
a  committee  of  the  'whole  house.     Here  it 

25  is  'proper  to  explain  that  a  committee  is  one 
or  more  persons  'elected  or  appointed  by 
any  society,  'corporation,  court,  legislature, 
or  any  number  of  individuals  'acting  together. 
Committees  may  be  appointed  to  'examine 

30  or  manage  any  'matter  or  business.  When 
any  subject  of  'importance  is  brought  before 


sentences  can  you  write  the  word  engrossed  so  that  in  each  it  shall 
convey  a  ditlerent  meaning  ?  4.  Why  do  you  suppose  congress  ordered 
copies  of  the  Declaration  to  be  sent  to  the  several  assemblies,  &c., 
instead  of  printing  circultirs  and  sending  them?  (§2.)  5.  Give  a 
synojjsis  of  section  second  6.  What  is  the  expression  "head  of  the 
army"    called?      7.  How    many    kinds    of  corporations    are    there? 


ORIGIN  OF  THE  AMERICAN  CONSTITUTION.    Ill 


legislative  'bodies,  they  usually  resolve  them- 
selves into  a  'committee  of  the  whole  house, 
and  'debate  and  amend  the  subject  till  they 

35  get  it  into  a  'shape  that  meets  the  approba- 
tion of  'a  majoritij,  which  being  reported  and 
'confirmed  by  the  house,  is  referred  to  a  se- 
lect ^number  of  their  body. 

(§  3.)  The  'form  for  any  body  to  go  into 

40  a  committee  of  the  'whole  house  is  for  the 
'speaker,  on  motion,  to  put  the  question  that 
the  house  or  meeting  now  do  'resolve  itself 
into  a  committee  of  the  whole,  to  'consider 
the   proposed    'business — which   should   be 

45 'distinctly  specified.  If  determined  in  the 
affirmative,  he  appoints  some  one  as  'prolo- 
cutor, then  'leaves  his  seat,  and  takes  a  place 
the  same  as  any  other  'member,  and  the  per- 
son appointed  'chairman  does  not  take  the 

50  'speaker's  chair,  but  sits  at  the  table  of  the 
'secretai'y.  A  committee  of  the  whole  cannot 
adjourn  as  other  'committees  may,  but  if 
their  business  is  'unfinished,  they  rise  on  a 
'question.      (§  4.)  The  house  or  meeting  is 

55 'resumed,  and  the  chairman  of  the  committee 
of  the  whole  'reports  that  they  have  accord- 
ing to  'order  had  the  business  under  conside- 
ration, and  made  'progress  therei^ ;  but  not 
having  time  to  'finish  it,  have  directed  him 

60  to  ask  leave  to  sit  'again.     The  question  is 


Assemblies. 

Coterie. 
Discuss. 
Foiin. 

More  ihan  haU 

Sanctioned. 
Committee. 


ay. 


Total. 

Chairman. 

Form. 

Discuss. 

Subject. 

Clearly. 

Speaker. 

Quits. 

Delegate. 

.Moderator. 

Presiding  of- 
ficer's. 

Clerk. 
Councils. 
Not  finished. 
Sul)ject. 

Recommenced. 

Announces. 
Command. 

Advancement. 
Close. 
Once  more. 


(§  3.)  8.  Give  a  synopsis  of  section  third.  9.  In  what  sense  is  whole 
useil,  in  the  43il  line?  10.  Whence  did  the  continental  Congress  de- 
rive the  custom  of  going  into  a  committee  of  the  whole?  (§  4.)  11. 
What  is  the  sign  for  the  house  to  be  resumed?     12.  What  are  some  of 


112    ORIGIN   OF   THE  AMERICAN   CONSTITUTION. 


then  put,  on  their  having  '  leave,  and  on  the 
time  the  house  will  again  'resolve  itself  into 
a  'committee.  A  committee  of  the  whole 
'elicits  in  the  fullest  manner  the  opinions  of 

65  all  the  members  of  'an  assembly.  The  mem- 
bers are  not  restricted  to  'parliamentary  form, 
but  each  one  speaks  upon  the  'subject  in  a 
familiar  way,  as  often  as  he  'chooses. 

(§  5.)  The  following  is,  in  substance,  'ex- 

70  tracted  from  the  'journals  of  Congress: 
June  8th,  1776.  —  "After  being  in  'session 
some  time,  the  president  resumed  the  'chair, 
and  the  'chairman  of  the  committee  of  the 
whole,  Benjamin  Harrison,  of  'Va.,  reported 

75  that  the '  committee  had  taken  into  considera- 
tion the  'matter  to  them  referred,  but  not  hav- 
ing come  to  any  'resolution  thereon,  directed 
him  to  'move  to  sit  again  on  the  10th.' 
'  'Resolved,  that  this  Congress  will,  on  the 

80  10th  'inst.,  at  ten  o'clock,  resolve  itself  into 
a  committee  of  the  whole,  to  'take  into  their 
further  consideration  the  'resolutions  referred 
to  them.'  (§  6.)  June  10th,  1776.— 'Agreeably 
to  order.  Congress  'resolved  itself  into  a  com- 

85  mittee  of  the  whole,  to  take  into  their  'further 
consideration  the  'resolutions  to  them  re- 
ferred ;  and  after  some  time  'spent  thereon, 
the  President  'resumed  the  chair,  and  Mr. 
Harrison  'reported  that  the  committee  have 

90  had  under  consideration  the  'matters  referred 


Permission. 
Form. 


Council  of  re- 
I'ereiice, 


A  meeting. 

Usaeeof  par 
Iiament. 

Matter. 

Desires. 

Taken. 

Records. 

Meeting. 

speaker's  seat 

Foreman. 

Virginia. 

Under. 

Business. 

Conclusion. 

Propose. 

Determined. 

Of  this  month. 

Receive. 

Subjects. 

According. 

Went. 

Additional. 

Matters. 

Bestowed. 

Took  again. 

Announced. 

Business. 


the  advantages  of  a  committee  of  the  whole?  (§  5.)  13.  Give  a  sy- 
nopsis of  section  five.  (§  6.)  14.  Why  is  matters  used  in  tlie  90th  line, 
instead   of  resolutions,  in  the    S6th    line?      15.  Why  is   it   necessary  to 


ORIGIN  OF  THE  AMERICAN   CONSTITUTION.    113 


Tl 


to  them,  and  have  come  to  a  'resolution 
thereon,  which  they  'directed  him  to  report." 
"  'Resolved  that  these  United  Colonies  are, 
and  of  right  'oiight  to  be,  free  and  indepcn- 

95  dent  states ;  that  they  are  'absolved  from  all 
'allegiance  to  the  British  crov^^n :  and  that 
all  political  'connection  between  them  and 
the  '  State  of  Great  Britain  is,  and  ought  to 
be,  totally  'dissolved." 

100  (§  7.)  June  11th,  1776.—"  '  Resolved,  that 
the  'select  committee  for  preparing  the  De- 
claration of  Independence  'consist  of  five. 
The  committee  were  'chosen  as  follows : 
Benjamin  Franklin  of  'Pa.,  John  Adams  of 

105  'Mass.,  Thomas  Jefferson  of  Va.,  Roger 
Sherman  of 'Conn.,  Robert  R.  Livingston  of 
N.  Y.  The  momentous  question  'propounded 
June  10th,  1770,  was  'held  under  considera- 
tion till  July  2d,  1770,  'when  the  resolution 

110  'passed  the  house :  and  on  the  4th  of  July,  1770, 
was,  as  before  stated,  'passed  the  entire  me- 
morable Declaration,  which  is  as 'imperishable 
as  the  history  of  'our  country,  and  under  the 
'guidance  of  Providence,  has  developed  the 

115  most  perfect  'Constitution  that  human  wisdom 
and 'skill  ever  formed.  (§8.)  The  members  of 
this  committee,  'in  the  place  of  considering  the 


Determinatioo. 

Requested. 

Determined 
by  vule. 

Should. 

Released. 

Obligations. 

Relation. 

ICingdom. 

Dissevered. 

Officially  de- 
termined. 

Special 

Be  composed 

Elected. 

Pennsylvania 

Massachusetts. 

Connecticut. 
Proposed. 

Deliberated. 

At  which  Ume. 

Was  approved 
by  CongresB. 

Adopted. 
Enduring. 
America. 
Direction. 

System  of  polity. 

Ability. 
Instead. 


italici-se  to  after  ought,  in  the  94th  line?  16.  Illustrate  the  various 
meanings  oC preparing,  in  the  101st  line,  in  different  sentences.  (§  7.) 
17.  Why  was  it  necessary  to  appoint  a  select  cominittee  for  draft'iig 
the  Declaration  of  Independence?  18.  Is  it  usual  to  appoint  select 
committees  M'hen  the  House  forms  itself  into  a  committee  of  the 
whole?  19.  Why  is  the  word  propounded  used  in  the  107th  line,  in- 
stead of  passed?     (§  8.)   20.  What  preposition  always  follows  instead, 

10* 


114    ORIGIN  OF  THE  AMERICAN  CONSTITUTION. 


'one  first  named  as  chairman,  and  instead 
of  electing  a  'chairman  themselves,  followed, 
120  it  is  supposed,  the  'sage  advice  of  Frank- 
lin, and  each  member  'agreed  to  draw^  up 
'a  document  according  to  his  own  feelings 
and  'sentiments.    They  also  agreed  that  the 
draft  most  'congenial  to  the  views  of  a  ma- 
125  jority  should  be  adopted.     'When  they  had 
their  'final  meeting,  it  was  determined  that 
Jefferson's  'production  should  be  read  first. 
It  so  'fully  met  the  views  of  the  other  mem- 
bers of  the  committee  and  of  'Congress,  that 
130  after  receiving  'several  minor  alterations,  it 
was  'adopted.    It  would  be  highly  interesting 
to  read  the  'productions  of  each  of  the  other 
members  of  the  committee ;  but  it  is  'sup- 
posed that  their  'authors,  considering  their 
135  own  plans  of  no  'importance,  destroyed  them. 
(§  9.)  The  '  Declaration  of  Independence 
exhibits  the  true  causes  and  'nature  of  the 
Revolution.     It  will  be  'seen  by  reference  to 
that  'document,  that  it  only  renounced  the 
140  'tyranny  of  the  British     king.     The    forms 
of  religious  'worship,  political  and  legislative 
'proceedings,  schools  and  seminaries,  and  the 
English  language,  'remained  unaltered  in  all 
their  'essential  features.  The  American  Con- 
ns stitution,  the  'keystone  of  the  arch  of  Ame- 


in  the  118th  line?  21.  Illustrate  in  sentences  some  of  the  various 
meanings  of  instrument,  in  the  122d  line.  22.  Why  is  not  the  Senate 
acklecl  to  the  Representatives,  in  defining  Congress,  in  the  129th  line? 
23.  W  ny  would  not  adapted  answer  in  the  place  of  adopted,  in  the 
131st  line?     (§0.)    24.  Give  a  synopsis  of  section  nine.     25.  What  is 


ORIGIN   OF   THE  AMERICAN   CONSTITUTION. 


115] 


rican  liberty — the  noblest  'monument  ever 
'reared  by  mortal  hands,  bears  a  strong  re- 
semblance to,  and  embodies  all  the  'excel- 
lencies of,  the  'English  Constitution.     (§  10.) 

150  The  English  has  the  same  important  'checks 
and  balances,  under  'a  dijferent  name,  to 
'executive  'power,  that  the  American  has. 
Many  Englishmen  have  'said  that  our  Con- 
stitution was  'copied  from  theirs ;  but  it  is 

155  hoped  that  our  'youthful  readers  have,  by 
this  time,  '  learned  to  reason  and  reflect  for 
themselves.  If  so  they  will  certainly  draw  the 
just  line  of  '  demarcation.  Furthermore, 
they  can  reply  to  such  absurd  'expressions, 

ICO  without  being  'offended  with  their  foreign 
brethren,  that,  if  such  be  the  'case,  "  the 
copy"  far  'surpasses  the  original. 

(§  11.)  The  fact  is,  that  our  'ancestors,  in 
throwing  off  the  British  yoke,  and  'asserting 

165  successfully  their  independence,  'did  no  more 
than  many  nations  'before  them  had  done. 
The  Greeks,  the  'Romans,  the  Hollanders,  the 
Swiss,  and  'recently  the  French,  were  most 
eminently    successful    in    'vindicating   their 

170  liberties,  but  'signally  failed  in  transmitting 
the  blessing  of  liberty  to  their  'posterity. 
Hence  the  'pre-eminent  merit  of  our  ances- 
tors consists  in  their  having  'constructed  a 


Memento. 
Erected. 

Good  qualiliM. 

British. 

Regulators. 

Another. 

Rulers. 

Averred. 

Transcribed 

Young:. 

Acquired  the 
habit. 

Competent. 

Separation. 

Assertions. 

Angry. 

Fact. 

E.xceeds. 

Forefathers. 

Vindicating. 

Accomplished. 

Previously. 

Penple  of  Borne. 

Lately. 

Asserting. 

Entirely. 

Descendants 

Superior. 

Made. 


the  difference  between  monument  and  memento,  in  the  146th  line? 
(§  10.)  26.  What  word  is  understood  after  English,  in  the  150th  line? 
— also  after  American,  in  the  152d  line?  27.  Illustrate  the  meaning 
of  offended  and  angry,  in  the  IGOth  line?  28.  What  prepositions  usu- 
ally follow  offended  and  angry?  29.  In  what  sense  is  brethren  used  in 
the  161st  line?      (§  11.)   30.  What  is  the  expression,  "ship  of  state," 


116    ORIGIN   OF  THE   AMERICAN   CONSTITUTION. 


'compass  from  the  wrecks  of  republics,  and 

i~5  from  the  excellencies  of  every  'nation,  that 
will  successfully  *steer  the  ship  of  state  in 
safety  between  the  ^Charybdis  of  anarchy  and 
the  iScylla  of  despotism.  Their  work,  as 
'countless  centuries  pass  away,  if  we  of  the 

180  present  'generation  act  well  our  part,  will 
'prove  to  the  despots  of  the  world  that  the 
Constitution  is  not  composed  of  'inflammable 
wood,  but  of  'imperishable  asbestos.  (§  12.) 
We  should  not,  however,  'forget  that  the  de- 

185  claration  was,  in  itself,  a  'vast,  a  solemn  un- 
dertaking. A  majority  of  the  'signers,  had 
they  consulted  their  own  'ease  and  quiet, 
their  own  pecuniary  gain,  or  the  'emoluments 
of  office,  would  have   'bowed,  as  many  of 

100  their  countrymen  did,  to  the  throne  of  the 
king.  To  one  at  least  of  that  'immortal 
'band  of  patriots,  a  direct  offer  of  ten  thou- 
sand dollars,  in  addition  to  the  best  'office 
under  the   'government,  was  made  by  "^an 

195  emissary  of  the  Crown.  If  they  had 
'iee7iMn52^cccss/M/,they  would  have  been  class- 
ed among  the  'vilest  of  England's  rebels ;  and, 
in  common  with  those  guilty  of  the  most  'hei- 
nous and   revolting  crimes,    'expiated  their 

200  temerity  on  the  'scaffold.  (§  13.)  Their  pro- 
perty would  have  been  'confiscated,  their 
children    left   in  'penury,  and    their  names 


Oaidiiig  needle. 

Country. 

Direct. 

Wliirl  pools. 

Rocks. 

Innumerable 

Age. 

Demonstrate 

Combustible. 

lacombustible. 
Be  unmitidfuj. 

Momentous. 

Subscribers. 

Comfort. 

ProHts. 

Succumbed. 

Power. 

Imperishable 

Company. 

Situation. 

Crown. 

2  A  Secret 
agent. 

Failed. 
Basest. 
Wicked. 
Atoned  for. 
Gallows. 

Forfeited  to  Uie 
goverumCDt  of 
England. 

Poverty. 


called  ?  31.  What  is  meant  by  "the  Charybdis  of  anarchy,''  and  the 
"Scylla  of  despoti.'im'"?  32.  What  is  the  meaning  of  asbestos,  in  the 
183d  line?  (§  12.)  33.  What  is  the  expression  "throne  of  the  king," 
called  "J     34.  To  what  does  i/ify  refer,  in  the  195th   line?     (§13.)  35. 


ORIGIN   OF   THE  AMERICAN   CONSTITUTION.        117 


transmitted  to  posterity  under  the  most  igno- 
minious  ^reproach.      The    founders    of    the 

205  American  Republic  were  not  ^ensnared  by 
the  ^allurements  of  office,  and  the  rewards  of 
wealth.  Even  the  ^enticements  of  ease  and 
personal  ^safety  to  themselves  and  their  fami- 
lies did  not  induce  them  to  ^acquiesce  in  the 

210  \vrong.  They  sought  the  path  of  ^duty  by 
the  help  of  approving  conscience.  They 
labored  to  promote  the  Hvelfare  of  mankind 
and  the  glory  of  their  ^Creator.  Let  us  fol- 
low their  ^shining  example. 

215  (§  14.)  As  the  tyranny  of  the  king  of^Great 
Britain  was  the  chief  cause  of  the  ^misery 
and  the  ^bloodshed  of  the  revolution,  let  us 
smoke  the  ^pipe  of  peace  with  our  Eng- 
lish brethren.     We  should  ^be  mindful  that 

220  in  the  *days  of  the  revolution  there  were 
many  Hories  in  our  own  country.  Some  of 
the  most  ^barbarous  deeds  of  the  war  were 
^performed  by  Americans  against  their  own 
^countrymen.     Moreover,  in  the  British  Par- 

225  liament  were  ^delivered  some  of  the  most 
powerful  ^speeches  ever  uttered  by  human 
lips,  in  *favor  of  American  liberty.  While 
the  ^archives  of  our  country  herald  the  names 
of  our  ancestors,  may  our  lives  ^exhibit  their 

230  ^wisdom,  and  our  breasts  glow  with  emulous 


Infamous. 

Dcgrcdac 

tioix. 

Caught. 
Seductions. 

Blandish- 
ments. 

Security. 

Assent  to 

Rectitude. 

Toiled. 

Happiness. 

Maker. 

Bright. 

England. 

Suffering. 

Slaughter. 

Calumet. 

Recollect. 

Times. 

Supporters 
of  tyranny. 

Cruel. 
Executed. 

Fellow-citi- 
zens. 

Spoken. 

Orations. 

Support. 

Records. 

Show. 

Excellence. 


What  is  the  most  heinous  crime  known  to  English  law  1  36.  Are  all 
that  rebel  against  a  government  guilty  of  treason  1  37.  What  is  the 
reverse  of  some  of  the  marginal  words  T  (§  14.)  38,  What  may  the 
expression,  "pipe  of  peace,"  in  the  2l8th  line,  be  called  1  39.  How 
should  we  treat  the  people  of  England,  as  enemies  or  friends  ?  40. 
Name  some  of  the  barbarous  deeds  alluded  to  in  the  221st  line.  41 
Name    some  of   the    speeches    alluded    to    in    the    British    Parliament, 


1]8       CONSTITUTION   OF  THE   UNITED  STATES. 


'zeal  in  their  virtues,  and  our  own  actions 
speak  loudest  their  praise,  and  t!ie  'sincerity 
of  our  'professions. 


Enthusiasm. 

Truth. 

Declarations. 


42.  How  can  we  best  show  our  gratitude  to  our  ancestors?     43.  Give 
an  analysis  of  Lesson  XXIII.* 


LESSON   XXIV. 

CONSTITUTION  OF  THE  UNITED 
STATES  OF  AMERICA.! 


We  the  'People  of  the  United  States,  in 
Order  to  form  a  more  perfect  Union,  'es- 
tablish Justice,  'insure  domestic  Tranquil- 
ity, provide  for  the  'common  defence, 
5  promote  the  general  'Welfare,  and  se- 
cure the  '  Blessings  of  Liberty  to  ourselves 
and  our  'Posterity,  do  ordain  and  establish 
this  'Constitution  for  the  United  States 
of  'America. 

^rtfclt^  I. 

10  Spxtion. I.  All  legislative  Powers  'herein 
'granted  shall  be  vested  in  a  Congress  of  the 
United  States,  which  shall  'consist  of  a  Se- 
nate and  'House  of  Representatives. 


Inhabitants. 

Confirm. 

Make  certain 

Public. 

Prosperity. 

Advantages. 

Descendants. 

Form  of  go- 
vernment. 

Tire  Western 
Continent. 

Clause. 

In  this. 

Conceded. 

Be  composed 

Lower  House 


1.  Repeat  the  preamble  of  the  Constitution.     2.  Repeat  section  first 
of  Article  I.      3.  Repeat  section  third  of  Article  I.    4.  What  is  the  dif- 
ference between  establish  and  confirm,  in  the   2d   line?     5.  Between 
ivel/are  and  prosperity,  in  the  5th   line?     6.  Chosen  and  selected,  in  the 
♦  Intended  for  advanced  pupils. 

■f  This  edition  of  the  Constitution  of  the  United  States  hns  been  taken  from  the 
author's  script  imitation,  and  compared  with  tlie  orl^'inal  in  the  Pepartnienl  of 
State,  and  also  found  to  he  correct  in  capitals,  orthofirnph)',  text,  and  punctuation. 
'I'iie  lerisons,  questions,  niarj'inal  words,  and  the  small  figure  (')  before  some  word  in 
each  liiie,  have  been  added  for  the  convenience  of  teachers.— Editor. 


CONSTITUTION  OF  THE  UNITED  STATES.       119 


'Section. 2.  The   HousG   of  Representatives 

15  shall  'he  composed  of  Members  chosen  every 
'second  Year  by  the  People  of  the  several 
States,  and  the  'Electors  in  each  State  shall 
have  the  'Qualifications  requisite  for  Electors 
of  the  most  numerous  'Branch  of  the  State 

20  'Legislature. 

No  Person  shall  be  a  'Representative  who 
shall  not  have  'attained  to  the  Age  of  twenty- 
five  Years,  and  been  seven  Years  a  'Citizen 
of  the  'United   States,  and  who   shall  not, 

25  when  'elected,  be  an  Inhabitant  of  that  State 
in  which  he  shall  be  'chosen. 

Representatives  and  direct  Taxes  shall  be 
'apportioned  among  the  several  States  which 
may  be  'included  within  this  Union,  accord- 

30  ing  to  their  'respective  Numbers,  which  shall 
be  'determined  by  adding  to  the  whole 
Number  of  free  Persons,  'including  those 
bound  to  'Service  for  a  Term  of  Years,  and 
'excluding  Indians  not  taxed,  three  fifths  of 

35  all  other  Persons.  The  'actual  Enumeration 
shall  be  made  'within  three  Years  after  the 
first  'Meeting  of  the  Congress  of  the  United 
States,  and  within  every  'subsequent  Term 
of  ten  Years,  in  such  'Manner  as  they  shall 

40  by  Law  direct.  The  Number  of  Representa- 
tives shall  not  'exceed  one  for  every  thirty 
Thousand,  but  each  State  shall  'have  at  Least 
one  Representative;  and  'until  such  enumera- 


Part. 

Consist. 

Other. 

Voters. 

Legal  power. 

Division. 

Assembly. 

Delegate. 

Arrived  at. 

PoBseBSOr  of  tlie 
thme. 

Union. 

Selected. 

Elected. 

Taxes  aseessed 
oa  reftl  estate. 

Distributed. 

Contained. 

Relative. 

Ascertained. 

Comprising. 

Labor. 

Ejecting. 

Real. 

During. 

Assembling. 

Following. 

Way. 

Prescribe. 

Surpass. 

Be  allowed. 

TUl. 


26th  linel    7.  Apportioned  and  distributed,  in  the  28th  line?     8.  Actual 
and  rcoi,  in  the  35th  linel     9.  Vote  and  voice,  in   the  63d   line?      10. 


120       CONSTITUTION  OF  THE  UNITED  STATES. 


tion  shall  be  'made,  the  State  of  New  Hamp- 

45  shire  shall  'he  entitled  to  chuse  three,  Mas- 
sachusetts 'eight,  Rhode -Island  and  Provi- 
dence Plantations  'one,  Connecticut  five, 
New  York  'six,  New  Jersey  four,  Pennsyl- 
vania 'eight,  Delaware  one,  Maryland  six, 

50  Virginia  ten,  North  Carolina  'five,  South  Ca- 
rolina five,  'and  Georgia  three. 

When  vacancies  'happen  in  the  Repre- 
sentation from  any  'State,  the  Executive 
Authority  thereof  shall  'issue  Writs  of  Elec- 

55  tion  to  'fill  such  Vacancies. 

The  House  of  Representatives  shall  'chuse 
their  'Speaker  and  other  Officers;  and  shall 
have  the  'sole  Power  of  Impeachment. 
SECTioN.3.The  'Senate  of  the  United  States 

60  shall  be  'composed  of  two  Senators  from 

each  State,  chosen  by  the  'Legislature  thereof, 

for  six  Years ;  and  'each  Senator  shall  have 

one  '  Vote. 

'Immediately  after  they  shall  be  assembled 

65  in  Consequence  of  the  first  'Election,  they 
shall  be  divided  as  'equally  as  may  be  into 
three  Classes.  The  Seats  of  the  Senators 
of  the  first  Class  shall  be  'vacated  at  the  Ex- 
piration of  the  second  'Year,  of  the  second 

70  Class  at  the  'Expiration  of  the  fourth  Year, 
and  of  the  third  'Class  at  the  Expiration  of 
the  sixth  Year,  so  that  one  third  'may  be 
'chosen  every  second  Year ;  and  if  Vacan- 
cies happen  by  'Resignation,  or  otherwise,  i 


P'ormal  with- 
Urawiiieiit. 


What  is  the  difference  between  class  and  order,  in  the  71st  line?     11. 


CONSTITUTION   OF  THE  UNITED  STATES. 


]21 


75  during  the  'Recess  of  the  Legislature  of  any 
State,  the  Executive  thereof  may  make  'tem- 
porary Appointments  until  the  next  'Meeting 
of  the  Legislature,  which  shall  then  fill  'such 
'Vacancies. 
80  No  Person  shall  be  a  'Senator  who  shall 
not  have  'attained  to  the  Age  of  thirty  Years, 
and  been  nine  Years  a  'Citizen  of  the  United 
States,  and  who  shall  not,  when  'elected,  be 
an  Inhahita7it  of  that  State  for  which  he 
85  shall  be  'chosen. 

The  '  Vice  President  of  the  United  States 
shall  be  'President  of  the  Senate,  but  shall 
have  no  Vote,  unless  they  be  equally  'divided. 
The  Senate  shall  chuse  their  other  'Offi- 
90  cers,  and  also  a  President  'pro  tempore,  in 
the  'Absence  of  the  Vice  President,  or  when 
he  shall  'exercise  the  Office  of  President  of 
the  'United  States, 

The  Senate  shall  have  the  'sole  Power  to 
95  try  all  Impeachments.  When  '  sitting  for 
that  'Purpose,  they  shall  be  on  Oath  or  Affir- 
mation. 'When  the  President  of  the  United 
States  is  tried,  the  Chief  Justice  shall  'pre- 
side: And  no  'Person  shall  be  convicted 
100  without  the  'Concurrence  of  two  thirds  of 
the  Members  'present. 

'Judgment  in  Cases  of  Impeachment  shall 
not  extend  further  than  to  'removal  from 
Office,  and   'disqualification  to  hold  and  en- 


Suspension 
uf  busiiiees 

Transient. 
Convening. 
Those. 
Deficiencies. 

Member  of 
the  Senate. 

Arrived  at. 


A  resident 
Elected. 

officer  next  In 
rank  betow  the 
President. 

Chief  OflScer. 

Separated. 

Servants. 

For  the  time 
being. 

Non-attend- 
ance. 

Perform. 


Exclusive. 


Holding  a 
sessiou. 


At  the  time. 

Superintend 
temporarily. 

Individual. 
Approbation. 
Attending. 
Sentence. 

I>i6pla«;nient 

Disability. 


Between  temporary  and  transient,  in  tlie  7Gth   line?      12.  Purpose  and 
intention,  in  the  9(5lh   line?      13.  Marnier  and  mode,  in  the  110th   line? 


11 


122       CONST'TUTION  OF  THE  UNITED  STATES. 


105  joy  any  OiBce  of  honor,  Trust  or  'Profit 
under  the  United  States :  but  the  Party  'con- 
victed shall  'nevertheless  be  liable  and  sub- 
ject to  'Indictment,  Trial,  Judgment  and 
'Punishment,  according  to  Law. 
110  SECTioN.4.The  Times,  Places  and  'Manner 
of  holding  Elections  for  'Senators  and  Re- 
presentatives, shall  be  'prescribed  in  each 
State  by  the  Legislature  'thereof;  but  the 
Congress  may  at  any  time  by  Law  'make  or 
115  'alter  such  Regulations,  except  as  to  the 
'Places  of  chusing  Senators. 

The  Congress  shall  'assemble  at  least  once 
in  every  Year,  and  such  'Meeting  shall  be 
on  the  first  Monday  in  December,  'unless 
120  they  shall  by  Law  'appoint  a  different  Day. 
SECTioN.5.Each  House  shall  be  the  'Judge  of 
the  Elections,  Returns  and  Gi,ualifications  of 
its  own  Meinbers,  and  'a  Majority  of  each 
shall  constitute  a  'Quorum  to  do  Business ; 
125  but  a  smaller  Number  may  'adjourn  from 
day  to  day,  and  may  be  'authorized  to  com- 
pel the  Attendance  of  'absent  Members,  in 
such  'Manner,  and  under  such  Penalties  as 
each  House  may  provide. 
130       Each  House  may  'determine  the  Rules  of 
its  Proceedings,  punish  its  Members  for  'dis- 
orderly 'Behaviour,  and,  with  the  "Concur- 
rence of  two  thirds,  expel  a  Member. 

Each  House  shall  keep  a  'Journal  of  its 


Emolument. 
Found  guilty. 

NotwithstaDdiug 

Arraignment 

Ctiastiacmeat. 

MoJe. 

Delegates. 

Directed. 

Of  it. 

Form. 

Change. 

Localities. 

Meet. 

Gathering. 

Except. 

Designate. 

Examtner. 

Numerical  state- 

The  greatest 
number. 

Legal  namber. 

Saspend  bu- 
siness. 

Warranted 
by  right. 

Non-atteadlne. 

Way. 

Prescribe. 

Fix. 

Unruly. 

Conduct. 

'Consent. 

Diary. 


14.  Behavior  and  conduct,  in  the  132d  line?      15.  Concurrence  and  con- 
sent, in  the  132d   line?      16.  Place  and   spot,  in  the    145tli   line?      17. 


CONSTITUTION  OF  THE  UNITED  STATES. 


123 


135  'Proceedings,  and  from  time  to  time  publish 
the  same,  excepting  such  Tarts  as  may  in 
their  'JudgmiCnt  require  Secrecy;  and  the 
Yeas  and  Nays  of  the  Members  of  either 
House  on  any  'question  shall,  at  the  Desire 

140  of  one  fifth  of  those  Present,  bo  'entered  on 
the  'Journal. 

Neither  House,  during  the  'Session  of 
Congress,  shall,  without  the  'Consent  of  the 
other,  'adjourn  for  more  than  three  days,  nor 

145  to  any  other  'Place  than  that  in  which  the 
two  Houses  shall  be  'sitting. 

SECTioM.6.The  'Senators  and  Representatives 
shall  receive  a  'Compensation  for  their  Ser- 
vices, to  be  ascertained  by  Law,  and  'paid 

150  out  of  the  'Treasury  of  the  United  States. 
They  shall  in  all  Cases,  except  'Treason, 
Felony  and  Breach  of  the  Peace,  be  privi- 
leged from  Arrest  during  their  'Attendance 
at  the  Session  of  their  'respective  Houses, 

155  and  in  going  to  and  'returning  from  the 
same;  and  for  any  'Speech  or  Debate  in 
either  House,  they  shall  not  be  'questioned  in 
any  other  'Place. 

No  Senator  or  Representative  shall,  'dur- 

160  ing  the  Time  for  which  he  was  'elected,  be 
appointed  to  any  civil  'Office  under  the 
'Authority  of  the  United  States,  which  shall 
have  been  created,  or  the  'Emoluments 
whereof  shall  have  been  'encreased  during 


Transactions 
Portions. 
Opinion. 
Individuals. 

Sutiject  of  de- 
bale. 

Set  down  in 
writing. 

Record. 

Business  term. 

Agreement. 

Suspend  bu- 
siness. 

Spot. 
Assembled. 

Members  of 
Congress. 

Bemimeratioii. 
Disbursed  from. 
Public  fund. 

The  levying  of 
war  against  the 
Ucitol  Slateo, 
or  giving  aid  or 
comfort  to  their 

Presence. 
Particular. 
Coming  back. 
Harangue. 

Called  to  ac- 
count. 

Situation. 
Pending. 
Chosen. 

Post. 
Government. 

Profits. 
Augmented. 


Repeat  section  six.  18.  Illustrate  the  difference  between  felony  and 
breach  of  the  peace,  in  the  152J  line.  19.  Illustrate  the  difference  be- 
tween speech  and  debate,  in  the  156lh  line.      20.  What  is  the  difference 


124      CONSTITUTION  OF  THE  UNITED  STATES. 


1G5  such  time ;  and  no  Person  holding  any  'Office 
'under  the  United  States,  shall  be  a  Member 
of  either  House  during  his  'Continuance  in 
'Office. 


Charge. 

By  authority  of. 

Continuation 
Employment 


between  office  and  charge,  in  the  165th   line  I      21.  What  is  the  differ- 
ence between  continuance  and  continuation,  in  the  lG7th  line  1 


LESSON   XXV. 

Section.7.  All  Bills  for  raising  'Revenue  shall 
originate  in  the  House  of  Representatives  ; 
but  the  'Senate  may  propose  or  concur  with 
'Amendments  as  on  other  Bills. 
5  Every  'Bill  which  shall  have  passed  the 
House  of  'Representatives  and  the  Senate, 
shall,  before  it  become  a  Law,  be  'presented 
to  the  'President  of  the  United  States  ;  If  he 
approve  he  shall  'sign  it,  but  if  not  he  shall 

10  return  it,  with  his  'Objections  to  that  House 
in  which  it  shall  have  'originated,  who  shall 
'enter  the  Objections  at  large  on  their  Jour- 
nal, and  proceed  to  'reconsider  it.  If  after 
such    'Reconsideration    two  thirds   of  that 

15 'House  shall  agree  to  pass  the  Bill,  it  shall 
be  'sent,  together  with  the  Objections,  to  the 
other  House,  by  which  it  shall  'likewise  be 
reconsidered,  and  if  'approved  by  two  thirds 
of  that  House,  'it  shall  become  a  Law.     But 

20  in  all  such  Cases  the  'Votes  of  both  Houses 


Upper  house 
of  Congress. 


Deputies. 
Offered. 

Chief   execotive 
magistrate. 

Subscribe  his 
name  to. 

Adverse  rea- 
sons. 

Had  origin. 

Insert. 

Review. 

Revision 

Body. 

Transmitted. 

Also. 

Sustained  as 

right. 

The  Bill. 
Suffrages. 


1.  Repeat  section  seven — section  eiglit,  Article  I.  2.  Illustrate  the 
difference  between  likewise  and  also,  in  the  17th  line?  3.  AVhat 
is  the   meaning  of  re  before    consider,  in   the    13tli   line?      4.  What 


CONSTITUTION  OF  THE  UNITED  STATES.   125 


shall  be  'determined  by  yeas  and  Nays,  and 
the  Names  of  the  Persons  'voting  for-  and 
against  the  Bill  shall  be  entered  on  the  'Jour- 
nal of  each  House  'respectively.     If  any  Bill 

25  shall  not  be  'returned  by  the  President  within 
ten  Days  ('Sundays  excepted)  after  it  shall 
have  been  presented  to  him,  the  'Same  shall 
be  a  law,  in  '  like  Manner  as  if  he  had  signed 
it,  unless  the  Congress  by  their  'Adjournment 

30  prevent  its  Return,  in  which  'Case  it  shall 
not  be  a  'Law. 

Every  Order,  'Resolution,  or  Vote  to  which 
the  Concurrence  of  the  'Senate  and  House  of 
Representatives  may  be  'necessary  (except 

35  on  a  question  of  Adjournment)  shall  be  'pre- 
sented to  the  'President  of  the  United  States; 
and  before  the  Same  shall  'take  Effect,  shall 
be  'approved  by  him,  or  being  disapproved 
by  him,  shall  be  'repassed  by  two  thirds  of 

40  the  Senate  and  House  of  'Representatives, 
according  to  the  Rules  and  'Limitations  pre- 
scribed 'in  the  Case  of  a  Bill. 

Section.8.  The  Congress  shall  have  'Power 
To  'lay  and  collect  Taxes,  Duties,  Imposts 

45  and  Excises,  to  'pay  the  Debts  and  provide 
for  the  common  Defence  and  general  'Wel- 
fare of  the  United  States ;  but  all  'Duties, 


Expreswing  their 
picference  for, 
01  rojuctiou  of. 

Diaiy. 

Particularly. 

Sent  back. 

Sabbaths. 

BilL 

Equal. 

Close  of  Ses- 
sion. 

Coutmgeccy. 
Statute. 

Formal  de- 
termination. 

Upper  ami  lower 
houses  of  Con- 
gross. 

Requisite. 

Sent. 

Executive. 

Have. 

Sanctioned. 

Re-enacted. 

Delegates. 

Restrictions. 

In  the  event. 

Legal  authorily. 

Impose. 
Discharge. 
Pi-osperity. 
Customs. 


is  the  meaning  of  ad  before  journ,  in  the  29th  line?  5.  Ilhistrato 
its  meaning  with  other  words.  6.  What  is  the  meaning  of  dis  before 
approved,  in  the  .3Sth  linel  7.  What  peculiarity  has  if?  8.  Illustrate  its 
meaning  with  other  words.  9.  What  is  the  meaning  of  pro  before 
vide,  in  the  45ih  line?  10.  How  many  words  have  two  prefixes  in 
section  seven?      11.  Illustrate  their  meaning  with  othei  words.      12. 


11 


126   CONSTITUTION  OF  THE  UNITED  STATES. 


'Imposts    and   'Excises    shall    be    uniform 
throughout  the  United  States ; 
50      To  'borrow  Money  on  the  credit  of  the 
'United  States ; 

To  regulate  'Commerce  with  foreign  Na- 
tions, and   among  the  'several  States,  and 
with  the  Indian  'Tribes ; 
55      To  establish  an  uniform  Rule  'of  Natural- 
ization, and  uniform  Laws  on  the  subject  of 
'Bankruptcies  throughout  the  United  States  ; 
To  coin  Money,  regulate  the  'Value  there- 
of, and  of  foreign  'Coin,  and  fix  the  Standard 
60  of  '  Weights  and  Measures ; 

To  provide  for  the  Punishment  of  'coun- 
terfeiting the  'Securities  and  ^current  Coin 
of  the  United  States ; 

To  establish  Post  Offices  and  'post  Roads ; 

65      To  'promote  the  Progress  of  Science  and 

useful  Arts,  by  securing  for  'limited  Times 

to  Authors  and  Inventors  the  'exclusive  Right 

to  their  respective  Writings  and  'Discoveries ; 

To  constitute  'Tribunals  inferior  to  the 

70  'supreme  Court ; 

To  define  and  punish  'Piracies  and  Felo- 
nies committed  on  the  high  Seas,  and  'Of- 
fences against  'the  Law  of  Nations  ; 

To  'declare  War,  grant  Letters  of  Marque 
75  and   Reprisal,  and  make  Rules  'concerning 
Captures  on  Land  and  'Water; 


Contributioiui. 
7  Inland  dnlie» 

Obtain. 

Government 

Trade. 

Different. 

Races. 


T     investing 

liens  withlhe 
Khla  and  pri- 


Insolirencies. 
Worth. 

stamped  monej. 

Quantities. 

Forging. 

Paper. 

"Circulatinff. 

Mail-routes. 

Foster. 

Restricted. 

Sole. 

Inventions. 

Courts  of  jus- 
tice. 

Highest. 

Robberies. 

Crimes. 

International 
Law. 

Proclaim. 
Pertaining  to. 
Sea. 


Repeat  section  eiglit.  13.  Whatusually  precedes  a  declaration  of  war? 
14.  What  are  letters  of  marque  and  reprisal  ?  15.  In  how  many  words 
is  pro  a  prefix,  in  sef^tion  eight?  IG.  Wliat  is  the  difference  between 
insurrections 9.n^\  rebellions,  in  the  84th  line?    17.  Illustrate  their  meaning 


CONSTITUTION  OF  THE  UNITED  STATES.   127 


To  raise  and  'support  Annies,  but  no  Ap- 
propriation of  Money  'to  that  Use  shall  be 
for  a  longer  'Term  than  two  Years ; 

80      To  'provide  and  maintain  a  Navy ; 

To  make  'Rules  for  the  Government  and 
Regulation  of  the  land  and  naval  '  Forces ; 

To  provide  for  calling  forth  the  'Militia  to 
execute  the  Laws  of  the  Union,  suppress  'In- 

85  surrections  and  repel  '  Invasions  ; 

To  provide  for  'organizing,  arming,  and 
disciplining,  the  Militia,  and  for  governing 
such  Part  of  them  as  may  be  'employed  in 
the  Service  of  the  United  States,  'reserving 

90  to  the  States  'respectively,  the  Appointment 
of  the  Officers,  and  the  'Authority  of  training 
the  Militia  according  to  the  '  discipline  '^pre- 
scribed by  Congress ; 

To  'exercise  exclusive  Legislation  in  all 

95  Cases  whatsoever,  over  such  'District  (not 
'exceeding  ten  Miles  square)  as  may,  by 
'Cession  of  particular  States,  and  the  Ac- 
ceptance of  Congress,  become  the  'Seat  of 
the  'Government  of  the  United  States,  and 

100  to  'exercise  like  Authority  over  all  Places 
purchased  by  the  Consent  of  the  Legislature 
of  the  'State  in  which  the  Same  shall  be, 
for  the  'Erection  of  Forts,  Magazines,  Arse- 
nals, dock- Yards,  and  other  needful  'Build- 

105  ings ;  — 'And 


For  that  pur- 
pose. 

Time. 
Furnish. 
Laws. 
Troops. 

Enrolled  citi- 
zens. 

Rebellions. 
Attacks. 

Putting  in  or- 
der. 

Drilling. 
Engaged. 
Retaining. 
Severally. 

Legal  power. 

System  of 
teaching. 

^Directed. 

Exert. 

Place. 

Beyond. 

Surrender. 

Place. 

Power. 

Have. 

Bought. 

Commonwealtli. 

Building. 
Edifices. 
Also. 


with  some  other  words.  18.  How  many  miles  square  does  the  pre- 
sent seat  of  government  contain?  19.  How  many  did  it  formerly  con- 
tain 1  20.  What  is  the  difference  between  eight  miles  square  and 
eight  square  miles?      21.  Illustrate  their  difference  by  example.     22. 


128        CONSTITUTION  OF  THE  UNITED   STATES. 


To  make  all  Laws  which  shall  be  'neces- 
sary and  proper  for  carrying  into  Execution 
the  'foregoing  Powers,  and  all  other  Powers 
'vested  by  this  Constitution  in  the  Government 

no  of  the  United  States,  or  in  any  'Department 
or  'Officer  thereof. 

SECTioN.O.The  'Migration  or  Importation  of 
such  Persons  as  any  of  the  States  now  'ex- 
isting shall  think  proper  to  'admit,  shall  not 

lis  be  'prohibited  by  the  Congress  prior  to  the 
Year  'one  thousand  eight  hundred  and  eight, 
but  'a  Tax  or  duty  may  be  imposed  on  such 
'Importation,  not  exceeding  ten  dollars  for 
each  'Person. 

120  The  Privilege  of  the  Writ  'of  Habeas 
Corpus  shall  not  be  suspended,  unless  when 
in  Cases  of  Rebellion  or  Invasion  the  public 
Safety  may  'require  it. 

No  Bill  of  Attainder  or  'ex  post  facto  Law 

125  shall  be  passed. 

No  Capitation,  or  other  direct.  Tax  shall 
be  'laid,  unless  in  Proportion  to  the  Census 
or  'Enumeration  herein  before  directed  to  be 
'taken. 

130      No  Tax  or  Duty  shall  be  laid  on  'Articles 
'exported  from  any  State. 

No  'Preference  shall  be  given  by  any  Re- 
gulation of  'Commerce  or  Revenue  to  the 
Ports  of  one  'State  over  those  of  another: 

135  nor  shall  Vessels  'bound  to,  or  from,  one 


Suitable. 
Preceding 
Placed. 
Division. 


Imiiugration. 


Grant  en- 
trance to. 

Interdicted. 

1808. 

An  impost. 

Ingression. 

IndividuaL 


For  deliverine  a 
pereon  from 
false  imprison- 


able,  iuamiu- 
ncrin  which  it 
was  nol  jiuo- 
ishable  at  the 
time  it  WM 
committal. 

Imposed. 

Account  of 
population. 


Sent   out   in 
traffic. 

Advantage. 
Trade. 
I'rovince. 
Sailing. 


Repeat  section  nine.  23.  What  is  the  meaning  of  the  affix  tion,  in 
capitation^  in  the  126th  line?  24.  In  how  many  words  in  section  nine 
is  tion  an  affix?     25.  What  is  the  meaning  of  the  prefix  ap  in  appro- 


CONSTITUTION  OF  THE  UNITED  STATES.   129 


State,  be  'obliged  to   enter,  clear,  or  pay 
'Duties  in  another. 

No  Money  shall  be  drawn  from  the  'Trea- 
sury, but  in  Consequence  of  'Appropriations 

140  made  by  Law ;  and  a  regular  '  Statement 
and  Account  of  the  Receipts  and  'Expendi- 
tures of  all  public  Money  shall  be  'published 
'from  tiine  to  time. 

No  Title  of  'Nobility  shall  be  granted  by 

145  the  United  States :  And  no  Person  '  holding 
any  Office  of  Profit  or  '  Trust  under  them, 
shall,  without  the  'Consent  of  the  Congress, 
'accept  of  any  Present,  Emolument,  Office, 
or  Title,  of  any  'kind  whatever,  from  any 

150  King,  Prince,  or  foreign  '  State. 

Section.10.No  State  shall  ^  enter  into  any 
Treaty,  'Alliance,  or  Confederation;  grant 
'Letters  of  *Marque  and  *Reprisal ;  coin 
Mone}^;    'emit  Bills  of  Credit;    make  any 

155  Thing  but  gold  and  silver  'Coin  a  Tender  in 
'Payment  of  Debts;  pass  any  Bill  of  At- 
tainder, ex  post  facto  Law,  or  Law  'impair- 
ing the  Obligation  of  'Contracts,  or  grant 
any  '  Title  of  Nobility. 

160  No  State  shall,  without  the  'Consent  of  the 
Congress,  lay  any  'Imposts  or  Duties  on  Im- 
ports or  Exports,  except  what  may  be  'abso- 
lutely necessary  for  executing  it's  'inspection 
Laws :  and  the  net  Produce  of  all  'Duties 

165  and  Imposts,  laid  by  any  State  on  'Imports 


Compelled. 
Customs. 

Dcpost'ory  of  llie 

public  money. 

A  fk^tting    apart 

for  n  given  pur- 

Exhibit. 
Disbursements. 

Matle  public. 
Statedly. 

Dislinftion    h-j 
blootl  or  ranlt. 

Having. 

Confidence. 

Terraission. 

Receive. 

Sort. 

Government. 

Make. 

League. 

Commissions 

Issue. 

Money. 

Liquidation. 

Wealicning. 

Bargains. 

Appellation 

Approval. 

Taxes. 

Positivei'y 

Commodity   or 


GooiN  or  Jiroduce 
brought  frcni  fo- 
reigu  counliiee. 


priations,  in  the  139th  ]hie?     26.  What  peculiarities  has  it?     27.  Re- 
peat section  ten.      28.  Illustrate  the  difference  between  imports  ai?d 
*  See  page  73,  45th  line. 


130   CONSTITUTION  OF  THE  UNITED  STATES. 


or  'Exports,  shall  be  for  the  Use  of  the  Trea- 
sury of  the  United  States;  and  all  such  'Laws 
shall  be  subject  to  the  'Revision  and  ''Controul 
of  the  Congress. 

no  No  State  shall,  without  the  'Consent  of 
Congress,  lay  any  Duty  of  'Tonnage,  keep 
Troops,  or  'Ships  of  War  in  tinie  of  Peace, 
'enter  into  any  Agreement  or  Compact  with 
another  State,  or  with  a  foreign  'Power,  or 

175  engage  in  War,  unless  actually  'invaded,  or 
in  such  'imminent  Danger  as  will  not  admit 
of  'delay. 


Ordinances. 

Ri.-elamiiiatioii 
for  coirLflioii. 

^Direction. 
Permission. 

Carrying  ca- 
pacity. 

Vessels. 

Make. 

Nation. 

Entered  by  an 
army  with  a 
hostile  cleHign. 

Impending. 

Procrastination. 


exports,  in  the  165th  line?  29.  Are  there  any  words  spelled  contrary 
to  present  usage,  in  section  ten  ?  30.  Name  some  words  that  are 
spelled  differently  by  writers  of  the  present  day. 


LESSON   XXVI. 

^rtCcle*  11. 

Section.  1.  The  exocutive  'Power  shall  be 
'vested  in  a  President  of  the  United  States  of 
America.  He  shall  '  hold  his  Office  during 
the  Term  of  four  Years,  and,  'together  with 
5  the  Vice  President,  chosen  for  the  '  same 
Term,  be  elected,  'asfoUoivs 

Each  State  shall  'appoint,  in  such  Manner 
as  the  Legislature  thereof  may  'direct,  a 
Number  of  Electors,  equal  to  the  'whole 
10 'Number  of  Senators  and  Representatives  to 
which  the  State  may  'be  entitled  in  the 
'Congress :    but  no  Senator  or  Representa- 


Authority. 


Put  in  posses- 
sion oL 


In  company. 

Like. 

In  the  follow- 
ing way. 

Designate. 
Prescribe. 
Total. 
Amount. 
Have  n  claim 

National  As- 
sembly. 


1.  Repeat  section  one,  Article  IT.     2.  What  is  the  meaning  of  the 
affix  or  in  Elector,  in  the   15th  line  ?     3.  Illustrate  its  meaning  with 


CONSTITUTION  OF  HihE  UNITED  STATES.       131 


tive,  or  Person  '  holding  an  Office  of  Trust 
or  'Profit  under  the  United  States,  shall  be 

15  appointed  'an  Elector. 

[*  The  Electors  shall  'meet  in  their  respect- 
ive States,  and  vote  by  'Ballot  for  two  Per- 
sons, of  whom  one  at  least  shall  not  be  'an 
Inhahilant  of  the  'same  State  with  them- 

20  selves.  And  they  shall  make  a  'List  of  all 
the  Persons  voted  for,  and  of  the  'Number 
of  Votes  for  'each ;  which  List  they  shall 
sign  and  "certify,  and  transmit  sealed  to  the 
'Seat  of  the  Government  of  the  United  States, 

25  'directed  to  the  President  of  the  Senate.  The 
President  of  the  Senate  shall,  in  the  'Pre- 
sence of  the  'Senate  and  House  of  Repre- 
sentatives, 'open  all  the  Certificates,  and  the 
Votes  shall  then  be  'counted.     The  Person 

30  having  the  greatest  'Number  of  Votes  shall 
be  the  President,  if  'such  Number  be  a  Ma- 
jority of  the  'whole  Number  of  Electors 
'appointed ;  and  if  there  be  more  than  one 
who  have  such  Majority,  and  have  'an  equal 

35  Number  of  Votes,  then  the  House  of  Repre- 
sentatives shall  'immediately  chuse  by  Ballot 
one  of  them  for  'President ;  and  if  no  Person 
have  a  'Majority,  then  from  the  five  highest 
on  the  'List  the  said  House    shall  in  like 

40  Manner  'chuse  the  President.  But  in  chus- 
ing  the  President,  the  'Votes  shall  be  taken 


Emolument. 

A  President- 
cliouser. 

Assemble. 

Written  papeni, 

A  dweller. 
Identical. 
Catalogue. 
Amount. 
Every  one. 

Testify  to  in 

wnling. 

Metropolis. 
Superscribed 
Sight. 
Upper  House 

BreaX  the  seals  of 

Reckoned. 

Quantity. 

Tliat. 

Entire. 

Deputed. 

Tlie  same. 

Voices. 

At  once. 

Executive. 

Greater  number. 
Roll. 
Elect. 
Suffrages. 


some  other  words.  4.  What  peculiarities  are  there  in  the  orthography 
of  section  one,  Article  II.'?     5.  What  is  tlie  difference  between  a  na- 

*  This  parasraph  is  cancelled,  Article  XII.  of  the  Amendments  being  substituted  for  it,  which 
I  see.    pape  145. 


132   CONSTITUTION  OF  -RHE  UNITED  STATES. 


by  Stales,  the  '  Representation  from  each 
State  'havhig  one  Vote ;  A  quorum  for  this 
Purpose    shall    'consist   of    a    Member   or 

45  'Members  from  twothirds  of  the  States,  and 
a  Majority  of  all  the  States  shall  be  'neces- 
sary to  a  Choice.  In  'every  Case,  after  the 
'Choice  of  the  President,  the  Person  having 
the  greatest  Number  of  Votes  of  the  'Electors 

50  shall  be  the  Vice  President.  'But  if  there 
should  'remain  two  or  more  who  have  equal 
Votes,  the  Senate  shall  'chuse  from  them  by 
Ballot  the  '  Vice  President.'] 

The  Congress  may  'determine  the  Time  of 

55'chusing  the  Electors,  and  the  Day  on  which 
they  shall  'give  their  Votes ;  which  Day  shall 
be  the  same  'throughout  the  United  States. 

No  Person  except  a  'natural  born  Citizen, 
or  a  'Citizen  of  the  United  States,  at  the 

GO  time  of  the  'Adoption  of  this  Constitution, 
shall  be  'eligible  to  the  Office  of  President; 
neither  shall  any  'Person  be  eligible  to  that 
Office  who  shall  not  have  'attained  to  the 
'Age  of  thirty  five  Years,  and  been  fourteen 

65  Years  a  Resident  'within  the  United  States. 

In  Case  of  the  'Removal  of  the  President 

from  Office,  or  of  his  'Death,  Resignation, 

or   'Inability  to  discharge  the  Powers  and 

'Duties  of  the  said  Office,  the  Same  shall 

K^'devolve  on  the  Vice  President,  and  the  Con- 
gress may  by  Law  provide  for  the  'Case  of 


tural  born  citizen,  and  a  citizen  of  the  United  States  at  the  time  of  the 
adoption  of  the  Constitution"?     6.  What  is  the  salary  of  the  President 


CONSTITUTION  OF  THE  UNITED  STATES.       133 


Removal,  'Death,  Resignation,  or  Inability, 
both  of  the  President  and  Vice  President,  'de- 
claring what  Officer  shall  then  'act  as  Pre- 

75  sident,and  such  Officer  shall  act  'accordingly, 
until  the  'Disability  be  removed,  or  a  Presi- 
dent shall  be  'elected. 

The  President  shall,  at  'stated  Times,  re- 
ceive for  his  Services,  a 'Compensation,  which 

80  shall  neither  be  encreased  nor  'diminished 
during  the  'Period  for  which  ho  shall  have 
been  elected,  and  he  shall  not  "receive  within 
that  Period  any  other  'Emolument  from  the 
United  States,  or  'any  of  them. 

85  Before  he  enter  on  the  'Execution  of  his 

Office,  he  shall  take  the  following  'Oath  or 
Affirmation : — 

"  I  do  solemnly  'swear  (or  affirm)  that  I 
will  faithfully  'execute  the  Office  of  Presi- 

90     dent  of  the  United  States,  and  'will  to  the 
best  of  my  Ability,preserve,  'protect  and  de- 
fend the  'Constitution  of  the  United  States." 
SecTioN.S.The  President  shall  be  'Commander 
in    Chief  of   the   'Army  and    Navy  of  the 

95  United  States,  and  of  the  'Militia  of  the  se- 
veral States,  when  'called  into  the  actual 
'Service  of  the  United  States;  he  may  require 
the  Opinion,  in  writing,  of  the  'principal 
Offiicer  in  each  of  the  executive  'Departments, 

100  upon  any  Subject  'relating  to  the  Duties  of 
their  'respective  Offices,  and  he  shull  have 


Demise. 
Proclaiming. 
Govern. 
Conformably 

Incompetency. 

Cliosen. 

Regular. 

RemaneratioD. 

Lessened. 

Time. 

Accept. 

Salary. 

Either. 

Pcrformanre  of 
till;  duties. 

Solemn  Jpclara- 
lion.  mailewUh 
an  Blpeal  to  (ioj 
for  llie  uuth 
thereof. 

Vow. 

Perform. 

Shall. 

Guard. 

Civil  compact 
tieneralisslmo. 
Land  forces. 

Citizen  sol- 
difry. 

Mustered. 
Slilitary  duty 
Cliief. 

Branches  of 
govenimeiit 

Pertaining. 
Several. 


of  the  United  States?  7.  Illustrate  the  difference  between  ocr^/j  and 
affirmation,  m  the  8Gth  line.  8.  Repeat  section  two,  Article  II.  9. 
What  peculiarity  is  there  in   the  orthography  of  section  two,  Art.  II.  1 

12 


134   CONSTITUTION  OF  THE  UNITED  STATES. 


Power  to  grant  Reprieves  and  Pardons  for 
'Offences  against  the  United  States,  except  in 
Cases  of  'Impeachment. 

105  He  shall  have  Power,  by  and  with  the  'Ad- 
vice and  'Consent  of  the  Senate,  to  make 
'Treaties,  provided  two  thirds  of  the  Senators 
present  'concur ;  and  he  shall  nominate,  and 
'by  and  with  the  Advice  and  Consent  of  the 

110  Senate,  shall  appoint  'Ambassadors,  other 
pubhc  Ministers  and  Consuls,  'Judges  of  the 
'supreme  Court,  and  all  other  Officers  of  the 
United  States,  whose  'Appointments  are  not 
herein  otherwise  'provided  for,  and  which 

115  shall  be  'established  by  Law :  but  the  Con- 
gress may  by  Law  'vest  the  Appointment  of 
such  inferior  Officers,  as  they  think  'proper, 
in  the  President  'alone,  in  the  Courts  of  Law, 
or  in  the  'Heads  of  Departments. 

120  The  President  shall  have  'Power  to  fill  up 
all  Vacancies  that  may  'happen  during  the 
'Recess  of  the  Senate,  by  granting  Commis- 
sions which  shall  'expire  at  the  End  of  their 
next  'Session. 

125  Section.S.Hc  shall  from  time  to  time  'give 
to  the  Congress  Information  of  the  'State  of 
the  Union,  ana  recommend  to  their  Consi- 
deration such  'Measures  as  he  shall  judge 
necessary  and  'expedient ;  he  may,  on  extra- 

130  ordinary  Occasions,  'convene  both  Houses, 


Ti-mporary    i 
pt;jit<ir>n«  of  Ihe 
death  Beuleuce 


CouiiseL 

Concurrence 

Compacts. 

Coincide. 

Through. 

Envoys. 

Justices. 

Paramount. 

Designations. 

Prepared. 

Fixed. 

Place. 

Right. 

Solely. 

Chiefs. 

Authority 

Occur. 

Absence. 

Terminate. 

Business  term. 

Furnish. 

Condition. 

Notice. 

Proceedings. 

Proper. 

Call  together 


10  In  ho^"  many  words  in  section  two,  Article  II.,  is  ad  a  prefix? 
11.  Illustrate  the  difference  between  recess  and  absence,  in  the  122d 
line?  12.  What  do  their  prefixes  denote?  13.  In  how  many 
sentences    can    you    write    case,  in    the  131st  line,  so  as    to    convey 


CONSTITUTION  OF  THE  UNITED  STATES.       135 


or  either  of  them,  and  in  Case  of  'Disagree- 
ment between  them,  with  'Respect  to  the 
Time  of  'Adjournment,  lie  may  adjourn  them 
to  such  'Time  as  he  shall  think  proper ;  he 

135  shall  'receive  Ambassadors  and  other  public 
Ministers ;  he  shall  take  Care  that  the  'Laws 
be  'faithfully  executed,  and  shall  Commission 
all  the  'officers  of  the  United  States. 

Section.4.  The   'President,  Vice   President 

140  and  'all  civil  Officers  of  the  United  States, 
shall  be  'removed  from  Office  on  Impeach- 
ment for,  and  'Conviction  of.  Treason,  Bribe- 
ry, or  other  high  Crimes  and  'Misdemeanors. 


Regard. 

The  close  of 
session. 

Period. 

Accept. 

Ordinances. 

Strictly. 

Employees. 

Chief  officer. 

The  whole  of 
the. 

Displaced. 
Legal  proof 
Offences. 


a  different  meaning  in  each  f  14.  Repeat  section  three,  Article  II. 
15.  Repeat  section  four,  Art.  II.  16.  What  is  the  meaning  of  Vice 
when  prefixed  to  nouns?  17.  In  how  many  sentences  can  you  write 
Vice,  so  that  it  shall  convey  a  different  meaning  in  each? 


LESSON   XXVII. 

Article  III. 

SECTioN.l.The  'judicial  Power  of  the  United  Legal. 

States,  shall  be  'vested  in  one  supreme  Court,  Placed. 

and  in  such  inferior  'Courts  as  the  Congress  Tribunals. 

may  from  time  to  time  ordain  and  'establish.  Found. 

5  The  Judges,  both  of  the  supreme  and  'infe-  Lower, 

rior  Courts,  shall  'hold  their  Offices  during  Keep, 

good  'Behaviour,  and  shall,  at  stated  Times,  conduct. 

receive  for  their  Services,  a  'Compensation,  salary. 

which  shall  not  be  'diminished  during  their  Lessened. 

10  'Continuance  in  Office.  stay. 


1.  Repeat  section  one,  Article  III.     2.  Repeat  section  two.  Article 


136   CONSTITUTION  OF  THE  UNITED  STATES. 


SECTioN.2.The  judicial  Power  shall  'extend 
to  all  'Cases,  in  Law  and  Equity,  arising 
under  this  Constitution,  the  'Laws  of  the 
United  States,  and  'Treaties  made,  or  which 

15  shallbe'made,  under  their  Authority; — to  all 
Cases  'affecting  Ambassadors,  other  public 
Ministers, and  'Consuls; — to  all  Cases  of  ad- 
miralty and  'maritime  Jurisdiction;  —  to 
'Controversies  to  which  the  United    States 

20  shall  be  a  'Party; — to  Controversies  between 
two  or  more  'States ; — between  a  State  and 
Citizens  of  another  State ;  —  '  between  Citi- 
zens of  'different  States, — between  Citizens 
of  the  same  State  'claiming  Lands  under 

25 'Grants  of  different  States,  and  between  a 
State,  or  the  Citizens  thereof,  and  foreign 
States,  'Citizens  or  Subjects. 

In  all  Cases  affecting  'Ambassadors,  other 
'public    Ministers    and    Consuls,    and   those 

30  'in  which  a  State  shall  be  Party,  the  supreme 
Court  shall  have  'original  Jurisdiction.  In 
all  the  other  Cases  before  'mentioned,  the 
supreme  Court  shall  have  'appellate  Jurisdic- 
tion, both  as  to  Law  and  'Fact,  with  such 

35 'Exceptions,  and  under  such  Regulations  as 
the  Congress  shall  'make. 

The  'Trial  of  all  Crimes,  except  in  Cases 
of  Impeachment,  shall  be  by  'Jury;  and 
such  Trial  shall  'be  held  in  the  State  where 

40  the  said  Crmies  shall  have  been  'committed; 


Reach. 

Suits. 

Legal  enact- 
ments. 

Contracts. 
Entered  into. 
Acting  upon. 

Government 
agents. 

Naval 

Disputes. 

Litigant. 

Sovereign  tiet. 

Betwixt. 
Various. 

Averting  or  hav- 
ing tille  to. 

Deeds  of  con- 
veyance. 

Remote. 

Inhabitants. 

Envoys. 

NationaL 

Wlierein. 

Primitive. 

Named. 

Cognizance 
of  appeals. 

Reality. 

Reservations 

Provide. 

Examination. 

Freeholders. 

Take  place. 

Perpetrated. 


III.  3.  Write  the  word  article  in  sentences,  so  that  it  shall 
convey  a  different  meaning  in  each.  4.  What  are  ambassadors, 
Public  Minister.'!,  and  Consuls?     5.  Illustrate  the  various  nieanmgs  of 


CONSTITUTION  OF  THE  UNITED   STATES.       137 


but  when  not  'committed  within  any  State, 

the  Trial  shall  be  at  such  Place  or  'Places 

as  the  Congress  may  by  Law  have  'directed. 

SECTioN.3.Treason  against  the  'United  States, 

45  shall  consist  only  in  'levying  War  against 
them,  or  in  adhering  to  their  'Enemies,  giv- 
ing them  'Aid  and  Comfort.  J\o  person 
shall  be  'convicted  of  Treason  unless  on  the 
'Testimony  of  two  Witnesses  to  the  same 

50  'overt  Act,  or  on  Confession  in  open  Court. 

The  Congress  shall  have  'Power  to  declare 

the  'Punishment  of  Treason,  but  no  Attainder 

of  Treason  shall  work  '  CoiTuption  of  Blood, 

or  'Forfeiture  except  during  the  Life  of  the 

55  Person  'attainted. 

Article,  iv. 

Section!.  Full  'Faith  and  Credit  shall  be 
'given  in  each  State  to  the  public  Acts,  Re- 
cords, and  judicial  '  Proceedings  of  every 
other  State.  And  the  Congress  may  by  'ge- 
60  neral  Laws  prescribe  the  'Manner  in  which 
such  'Acts,  Records  and  Proceedings  shall 
be  'proved,  and  the  Effect  thereof. 

SECTioN.2.The  Citizens  of  'each  State  shall 
'be  entitled  to  all  Privileges  and  Immunities 
65  of  Citizens  in  the  'several  States. 

A  Person  'charged  in  any  State  with 
Treason,  'Felony,  or  other  Crime,  who  shall 
'flee  from  Justice,  and  be  found  in  another 


Done. 

Stations. 
Ordered. 

Republic    of 
N.  America. 

Wjigiug. 

Foes. 

Assistance. 

Found  guilly 

Evidence. 

Apparent. 

Authority. 

PetkUty. 

Detriment  to 
children. 

Loss  of  right. 

Rendered  in- 
famous. 


Belief. 

Allowed 

Measures. 

ComprebensiTe. 

Mode. 
Edicts. 

Anthenticated. 
Every. 
Have  a  claim 
Different. 
Implicated. 

Any  oCence  pnn- 
isIiHble    with 


laiv,  in  the  43d  line,  in  sentences.  6.  In  how  many  words  is  con  and 
its  forms  a  prefix,  in  Article  III.?  7.  What  is  the  last  paragraph  in 
Article  III.?  8.  Wliat  is  its  meaning?  9.  Illustrate  in  sentences  thr 
various   significations  of  open,  in   the   50th   line.      10.  Repeat   section 


138   CONSTITUTION  OF  THE  UNITED  STATES. 


State,  shall  on  'Demand  of  the  executive 

70  Authority  of  the  State  from  which  he  fled, 
be  'delivered  up,  to  be  removed  to  the  State 
having  Jurisdiction  of  the  'Crime. 

No  Person  held  'to  Service  or  Labour  in 
one  State,  under  the  Laws  thereof,  'escaping 

75  into  another,  shall,  'in  Consequence  of  any 
Law  or  Regulation  therein,  be  'discharged 
from  such  'Service  or  Labour,  but  shall  be 
delivered  up  on  'Claim  of  the  Party  to  whom 
such  Service  or  Labour  may  be  'due. 

80  SECTioN.3.New  States  may  be  'admitted  by 
the  Congress  into  this  'Union ;  but  no  new 
State  shall  be  formed  or  'erected  within  the 
'Jurisdiction  of  any  other  State ;  nor  any 
State  be  formed  by  the  'Junction  of  two  or 

85  more  States,  or  'Parts  of  States,  without  the 
'Consent  of  the  Legislatures  of  the  States 
'concerned  as  well  as  of  the  Congress. 

The  Congress  shall  have  'Power  to  dis- 
pose of  and  make  all  'needful  Rules  and  Re- 

90  gulations  respecting  the  Territory  or  other 
Property  'belonging  to  the  United  States; 
and  nothing  in  this  'Constitution  shall  be  so 
construed  as  to  'Prejudice  any  Claims  of  the 
United  States,  or  of  any  'particular  State. 

95  SECTioN.4.The  United  States  shall  'guarantee 
to  every  State  in  this  Union  a  Republican 


The  requisi- 
tion. 

Out  of. 

Given. 

Offence. 

As  a  slave. 

Fleeing. 

By  means. 

Released. 

Bondage. 

Demand. 

Owing. 

Received. 

CourederatioD. 

Establislied. 

LimitSi 

Union. 

Portions. 

Approbation. 

Interested. 

Authority. 

Necessary. 

Relating  to. 

Pertaining. 

Compact. 

Impair. 

Individual. 

Secure. 

Repreaenlatlve. 


one,  Article  IV.  11.  Repeat  section  two,  Article  IV.  12.  Illustrate  in 
sentences  the  various  significations  of  claim,  in  the  78th  line.  13. 
What  is  the  difference  between  union  and  confederation,  in  the  81st 
line?  14.  Illustrate  in  sentences  their  various  significations.  15. 
What  is  the  difference  between  power  and  authority,  in  the  88th  line  ? 
16.  Illustrate  in  sentences  tVieir  various  meanings.    17.  Repeat  section 


CONSTITUTION  OF  THE  UNITED  STATES.   139 


Form  of  Government,  and  shall  'protect 
each  of  them  against  Invasion  ;  and  on  'Ap- 
plication of  the  Legislature,  or  of  the  'Exe- 
100  cutive  (v^dien  the  Legislature  cannot  be  'con- 
vened) against  'domestic  Violence. 

The  'Congress,  whenever  tv^^o  thirds  of 
both  'Houses  shall  deem  it  necessary,  shall 
propose  'Amendments  to  this  Constitution, 

105  or,  on  the  'Application  of  the  Legislatures 
of  tvi^o  thirds  of  the  'several  States,  shall 
call  a  'Convention  for  proposing  Amend- 
ments, which,  in  either  Case,  shall  'be  valid 
to  all  Intents  and  Purposes,  as  'Part  of  this 

110  Constitution,  when  'ratified  by  the  Legisla- 
tures of  three  fourths  of  the  'several  States, 
or  by  'Conventions  in  three  fourths  thereof, 
as  the  one  or  the  other  'Mode  of  Ratification 
may  be  'proposed  by  the  Congress ;  Provided 

115  that  no  'Amendment  which  may  be  made 
'priat'  to  the  Year  One  thousand  eight  hundred 
and  eight  shall  in  any  Manner  afiect  the 
first  and  fourth  'Clauses  in  the  Ninth  Section 
of  the  first  Article;  and  that  no  'State,  with- 

120  out  its  'Consent,  shall  be  deprived  of  it's 
equal  'Suffi-age  in  the  Senate. 


Defend. 

Sobcitation. 

Governor. 

Called  together- 
Intestine. 

National  As- 
sembly. 

Branches. 
Alterations. 
Request. 
Different. 

Deliberative 
Assembly. 

Have    legal 
force. 

Portion. 

Confirmed. 

Respective. 

Convocations 

Form. 

Chosen. 

Alteration. 

Before. 

Act  upon. 

Stimulations. 

Common'wealtb 

Pt^rmission. 

Representation 


three,  Article  IV.  18.  Repeat  section  four,  Article  IV.  19.  What  pe 
culiarities  in  orthography  are  there  in  Article  IV.?  20.  How  manj 
simple  sentences  are  there  in  Article  IV.  ?  21.  How  many  paragraphs  1 
22.  Repeat  Article  V.  23.  What  is  the  difference  between  several  and 
different,  in  the  lOGih  line?  24.  Illustrate  in  sentences  their  various 
significations.  25.  What  is  the  difference  between  part  and  portion, 
in  the  109th  line?  26.  Illustrate  in  sentences  their  various  significa- 
tions. 27.  What  is  the  difference  between  conventions  and  convocations, 
in  the  112th   line?     28.  What  is  the  meaning  of  their  prefixes?     29. 


140   CONSTITUTION  OF  THE  UNITED  STATES. 


Sltttclt*  vi. 

All  Debts  'contracted  and  Engagements 
entered  into,  before  the  'Adoption  of  this 
Constitution,  shall  be  as    valid  against  the 

125  United  States  under  this  'Constitution,  as 
under  the  'Confederation. 

This  Constitution,  and  the  'Laws  of  the 
United  States  which  shall  be  made  in  'Pur- 
suance thereof;  and  all  Treaties  'made,  or 

130  which  shall  be  made,  'underthe  Authority  of 
the  United  States,  shall  be  the  'supreme  Law 
of  the  'Land  ;  and  the  Judges  in  every  State 
shall  be  'bound  thereby,  any  Thing  in  the 
Constitution  or   'Laws  of  any  State  to  the 

135  Contrary  'notwithstanding. 

The  Senators  and  'Representatives  before 
'mentioned,  and  the  Members  of  the  several 
State  '  Legislatures,  and  all  executive  and 
judicial  'Otiicers,  both  of  the  United  States 

140  and  of  the  several  States,  shall  be  'bound 
by  Oath  or  Affirmation,  to  'support  this  Con- 
stitution ;  but  no  religious  'Test  shall  ever  be 
required  as  a  'qualification  to  any  Office  or 
public  'Trust  under  the  United  States. 

^rtCtlc-  VII. 

145      The  '  Ratification  of  the  Conventions  of 


Illustrate  in  sentences  tlieir  various  significations.  30.  What  is  the 
difference  between  laws  anil  statutes,  in  the  127th  line?  31.  Illustrate 
in  sentences  their  various  significations.  32.  Repeat  Article  VI,  33. 
What  is  the  difference  between  land  and  country,  in  the  132d  line? 
34.  Illustrate  in  sentences  their  various  significations.  35.  What  is  the 
difference  between  nevertheless  and  notwithstanding,  in  the  135th  line? 
36.  Illustrate  in  sentences  their  various  significations.  37.  What  is  the 
difference  between  qualification  and  prercquisi'e,  in  the  143d  line? 
38.  Illustrate  in  sentences  their  various  significations.    39.  What  is  the 


CONSTITUTION   OF  THE  UNITED  STATES.       141 


nine  States,  shall  be  'sufficient  far  the  Estah- 
Ushment   of  this  Constitution  '  between    the 
States  so  'ratifying  the  Same. 
'tJOtlC    in  Convention  by  the  Unanimous 
150  Consent  of  the  States  'present  the  Se- 

venteenth Day  of  'September  in  "^the 
Year  of  our  Lord  one  thousand  seven 
hundred  and  Eighty  seven  'and  of  the 
Independence  of  the  'United  States  of 
155  America    the    Twelfth     K«  'tolturss 

whereof  We  have  hereunto  'subscribed 
our  'Names, 

'G?   WASHINGTON— 
Presidtand  ^Deputy  from  Virginia* 


Aileqiiate    to 
ordain. 

Amouj. 
Sanctioning. 
Made. 

Represented. 
Ninth  month 

s  Anno    Do- 
mini. 

Also. 

American 
Keputilic 

Testmiony. 

Signed. 

Appellations. 


Delegate. 


difference  between  done  and  made,  in  the  149th  line?  40.  Illustrate 
in  sentences  their  various  significations.  41.  What  is  the  difference 
between  witness  and  testimony,  in  the  155tli  line?  42.  Illustrate  in 
sentences  their  various  significations.  43.  How  many  simple  sen- 
tences are  there  in  each  Article  of  the  Constitution  ?  44.  How  many- 
paragraphs  are  there  in  each  Article?  45.  What  Articles  have  only 
one  section?  46.  What  is  the  number  of  sections  in  each  of  the 
other  Articles? 

•  The  names  of  the  rest  of  the  signers  of  the  Constitution  are  in  the  Biograplucal  Table  in 
the  latter  part  of  this  volume. 

Note. — On  pages  118,  119,  120,  121,  122,  123,  and  several  other  pages  in  this  book,  few  ques- 
tions have  been  asked,  on  account  of  its  being  easy  for  the  teacher  to  supply  them.  It  will  be 
observed  that  the  questions  of  a  moral  bearing  are  not  as  frequent  in  this  part  of  the  book  as  in 
the  former.  These  questions  have  been  omitted,  on  account  of  its  being  easier  for  the  young 
teacher  to  supply  such  questions.  It  was  found,  that  carrying  out  the  plan  of  full  questions, 
would  increase  the  size  and  price  of  the  book  so  much,  as  to  operate  against  its  general  intro- 
duction into  Elementary  schools.  But  it  should  always  be  borne  in  mind  that  moral  questions 
are  of  paramount  importance,  and  no  recitation  should  be  allowed  to  pass  without  an  endeavor 
to  guide  the  pupd  aright  in  this  respect.  It  cannot  be  too  indelibly  impressed  on  the  mind  of  the 
pupil,  that  the  above  is  an  exact  copy  of  the  Constitution,  excepting  the  italicised  words,  all  of 
which  in  the  original  are  uniform,  and  have  been  clianged  and  the  figures  added  for  convenience 
m  the  use  of  the  marginal  exercises ;  that  the  spelling,  punctuation,  omissions  of  punctua- 
tion. Sec,  were  peculiar  to  the  times  in  whicli  it  was  written ;  that  the  use  of  language  ini- 
proves  with  time ;  and  that  to  imitate  any  of  the  peculiarities  of  the  Constitution  would  be 
wrong  and  contrary  to  the  established  usage  of  the  present  age.  For  further  illustration  u{ 
the  progression  of  the  English  language,  see  extracts  from  old  English  poetry,  in  the  latter 
part  of  tlie  Appendix. 


142       CONSTITUTION  OF  THE  UNITED  STATES. 


LESSON    XXVIII. 

ARTICLES  IN  ADDITION  TO,  AND  AMEND- 
MENT OF,  THE  CONSTITUTION  OF  THE 
UNITED  STATES  OF  AMERICA, 

Proposed  by  Congress,  and  'ratified  by  the 
Legislatures  of  the  several  States,  'pur- 
suant to  the  fifth  article  of  the  'original 
'Constitution. 

^Article  the  first, 

5  Congress  shall  make  no  'law  respecting 
an  establishment  of  religion,  or  'prohibiting 
the  free  exercise  thereof;  or  'abridging  the 
'freedom  of  speech,  or  of  the  press ;  or  the 
right  of  the  people  peaceably  to  'assemble, 
10  and  to  'petition  the  Government  for  a  redress 
of  'grievances. 

Article  the  second, 

A  well  'regulated  Militia,  being  necessary 
to  the  'security  of  a  free  State,  the  right  of 
the  people  to  keep  and  bear  'Arms,  shall  not 
15  be  'infringed. 

Article  the  third. 

No    Soldier  shall,  in   time  of  'peace    be 
'quartered  in  any  house,  without  the  consent 


Sanctioned. 

AcciTding. 
Primitive. 

SyBUm  of  Piles. 

Rule. 

Forbidding. 

Restricting. 

Liberty. 

Meet. 

Solicit. 

Wrongg. 

Ordered. 
Protection. 
Weapons. 
Violated. 

Quiet. 

Stationed  for 
lodging. 


1.  Repeat  Arti  -le  I.  of  the  Amendments.  2.  Repeat  Article  II. 
3.  What  is  the  difference  between  law  and  rule,  in  the  5th  line?  4. 
Illustrate  in  sentences  their  various  significations.  5.  What  is  the 
dificrence  between /rcerfo??!  and  liberty,  in  the  8th  line?  6.  Illustrate 
in  sentences  their  various  significations.  7.  What  peculiarity  is  omitted 
in  the  Amendments  ?  8.  What  is  the  difference  between  grievances 
and  wrongs,  in  the  lllh  line?  9.  What  is  the  difference  between 
arms  7iXi(\  weapons,  i\\  i\\e  14th  line?  10.  Repeat  Article  III.  11.  Il- 
lustrate the  diflerence  between  qidet  and  peace,  in  the  16ih  line.     12. 


CONSTITUTION  OF  THE   UNITED  STATES.        143 


of  the  'Owner,  nor  in  time  of  war,  but  in  a 
'manner  to  be  prescribed  by  law.  , 

Article  the  fourth. 

20  The  right  of  the  people  to  be  'secure  in 
their  persons,  'houses,  papers,  and  effects, 
'against  unreasonable  searches  and  seizures, 
shall  not  be  'violated,  and  no  Warrants  shall 
issue,  but  upon  'probable  cause,  supported  by 

25  Oath  or  affirmation,  and  'particularly  de- 
scribing the  place  to  be  'searched,  and  the 
persons  or  things  to  be  'seized. 

Article  the  fftk. 

No  person  shall  be  'held  to  answer  for  a 
'capital,  or  otherwise  infamous  crime,  unless 

30  on  a  presentment  or  'indictment  of  a  Grand 
Jury,  except  in  'cases  arising  in  the  land  or 
naval  forces,  or  in  the  'Militia,  when  in  ac- 
tual '  service  in  time  of  War  or  public 
'danger ;  nor  shall  any  person  be  subject  for 

35  the  same  offence  to  be  twice  put  in  'jeopardy 
of  life  or  limb;  nor  shall  be  'compelled  in 
any  Criminal  Case  to  'be  a  witness  against 
himself,  nor  be  deprived  of  life,  '  liberty,  or 
property,  without  due  'process  of  law ;  nor 

40  shall  'private  property  be  taken  for  public 
use,  without  just  'compensation. 

Article  the  sixth. 

In  all  criminal  prosecutions,  the  'accused 


Proprietor. 
Way. 

Safe. 

Tenements. 

From. 

Infringed. 

Likely. 

Minutely. 

Examined. 

Taken   pos- 
session of. 

Apprehended 

Life-endangering 
Written  accusa- 

Instances. 

Citizen  soldiery. 

Duty. 
Peril. 
Danger. 
Constrained. 

Give  evidence. 

Freedom. 

Proceedings  in. 

Personal. 

Remuneration. 

Arraigned. 


Between  ivay  and  manner,  in  the  19th  line.  13.  Repeat  Article  IV. 
14.  Illustrate  the  clifTerence  between  oath  and  affirmation,  in  the  20th 
line.  15.  Repeat  Article  V.  16.  Illustrate  the  difference  between 
service  and  duty,  in  the  33d  line.  17.  Between  jeopardy  and  danger,  in 
the  35th  liae.    18.  Between  compensation  and  remuneration,  in  the  41st 


144   CONSTITUTION  OF  THE  UNITED  STATES. 


shall  enjoy  the  right  to  a  'speedy  and  public 
trial,  by  an  'impartial  jury  of  the  State  and 

45  district  wherein  the  'crime  shall  have  been 
'committed,  which  district  shall  have  been 
J  lev'iously  'ascertained  by  law,  and  to  be 
informed  of  the  nature  and  'cause  of  the  ac- 
cusation ;    to  be  'confronted  with  the  wit- 

50  nesses  against  him ;  to  have  'Compulsory 
'process  for  obtaining  Witnesses  in  his  fa- 
vour, and  to  have  the  Assistance  of  'Counsel 
for  his  'defence. 

Article  the  seventh. 

In  'Suits  at  common  law,  where  the  value 
55  in  'controversy  shall  exceed  twenty  dollars, 
the  right  of  trial  by  jury  shall  be  'preserved, 
and  no  fact  'tried  by  a  jury,  shall  be  other- 
wise re-examined  in  any  'Court  of  the  United 
States,  than  according  to  the  'rules  of  the 
60  'common  law. 

Article  the  eighth. 

Excessive  'bail  shall  not  be  required,  nor 
excessive  'fines  imposed,  nor  cruel  and  un- 
usual 'punishments  inflicted. 

Article  the  ninth. 

The  'enumeration  in  the  Constitution,  of 
05  certain  rights,  shall  not  be  construed  to  'deny 
or  disparage  others  'retained  by  the  people. 


Quick. 
Equitable. 

MiedemeaDor. 

Perpetrated. 
Kstablislied. 
Reason. 

Set    face    to 
face. 

Forcible. 
Proceeding. 
Lawyers. 
Vindication. 

Prosecutions. 
Dispute. 
Maintained. 
Examined. 

L'?gal  tribanuL 

Precedents. 
Unwritten. 

Security. 
Penalties. 
Chaqtlscmrota. 

Specification. 

Gainsay. 

Kept. 


line  19.  Repeat  Article  VI.  20.  What  is  the  difference  between 
speeay  and  quick,  in  the  43d  line?  21.  Between  crime  and  misde- 
meaiiar,  in  the  45th  line?  22.  Between  cause  and  reason,  in  the  4Sth 
line?  23.  Between  proceeding  and  process,  in  the  51st  line?  24.  What 
peculiarities  are  there  in  Article  VIII.?  25.  Repeat  Article  VII.  26. 
How  many  simple  sentences  are  there  in  Article  VII.?  27.  Repeat 
Article  VIII.      28.  What  is  the  difference  between  bail  and  security,  in 


CONSTITUTION   OF  THE   UNITED  STATES.        145 


Article  the  tenth. 

The  powers  not  'delegated  to  the  United 
States  by  the  Constitution,  nor  'prohibited 
by  it  to  the  States,  are   '  reserved  to  the 
70  States  respectively,  or  to  the  'people. 

Article  the  eleventh. 

The  Judicial  'power  of  the  United  States 
shall  not  be  'construed  to  extend  to  any  suit 
in  law  or  equity,  'commenced  or  prosecuted 
against  one  of  the  United  States  by  'Citizens 
75  of  another  'State,  or  by  Citizens  or  Subjects 
of  any  'Foreign  State. 

Article  the  tvielfth. 

The  Electors  shall  'meet  in  their  respective 
states,  and  vote  by  '  ballot  for  President  and 
Vice-President,  one  of  whom,  at  least,  'shall 

80  not  be  'an  inhabitant  of  the  same  state  with 
themselves ;  they  shall  'name  in  their  ballots 
the  'person  voted  for  as  President,  and  in 
'distinct  ballots  the  person  voted  for  as  Vice- 
President,  and  th-^y  shall  'make  distinct  lists 

85  of  all  persons  'voted  for  as  President,  and 
of  all  'persons  voted  for  as  Vice-President, 
and  of  the  'number  of  votes"  for  each,  which 
'lists  they  shall  sign  and  certify,  and  trans- 
mit 'sealed  to  the  seat  of  the  government  of 


Intrusted. 
ForbiJJen. 
Retained. 
Inhabitants. 

Authority. 
Understood. 
Instituted. 
DweUers. 

CommoDWeulth. 

Distant. 

Assemble. 

Ticket. 

Must. 

A  Citizen. 

Designate. 

Man. 

Separate. 

Form. 

Balloted. 

Individuals. 

Amount. 

Cataloffucs. 

Closed. 


the  61st  line?  29.  Repeat  Article  IX.  30.  What  is  the  diflerence 
between  kept  Rnd  retained,  in  the  66th  line?  31.  What  peculiarity 
lias  Article  IX.  ?  32.  Repeat  Article  X.  33.  What  is  the  difference 
between  people  and  inhabitants,  in  the  70th  line?  34.  Repeat  Article 
XI.  35.  What  is  the  difference  between  state  and  commomvealth,  in 
the  75tli  line?  36.  Between  foreign  and  distant,  \n  the  76th  line? 
37.  Repeat  Article  XII.  38.  What  is  the  difference  between  meet  and 
assemble,  \n  the  77th  line?  39.  Between  bnllot  and  ticket,  in  the  7Sth 
line  ?    40.  Between  cutalogms  and  lists,  in  the  8Sth  line  ?    41.  Between 

13  =^ 


146      CONSTITUTION  OF  THE  UNITED  STATES. 


Tl 


90  the  United  States,  'directed  to  tlie  President 
of  the  Senate ; — The  'President  of  the  Se- 
nate shall,  in  the  'presence  of  the  Senate  and 
House  of  Representgitives,  'open  all  the  cer- 
tificates and  the  votes  shall  then  be  'counted ; 

95  — The  person  having  the  greatest  number 
of  'votes  for  President,  shall  be  the  President, 
if  such  number  be  a  'majority  of  the  whole 
number  of  Electors  'appointed ;  and  if  no 
person  have  such  'majority,  then  from  the 

100  persons  having  the  'highest  numbers  not 
'exceeding  three  on  the  list  of  those  voted 
for  as  President,  the  'House  of  Rcjyrescnta- 
tives  shall  choose  'immediately,  by  ballot,  the 
'President.     But  in  choosing  the  President, 

105  the  votes  shall  be  taken  by  states,  the  repre- 
sentation from  each  state  having  one  'vote; 
a  quorum  for  this  purpose  shall  'consist  of  a 
member  or  'members  from  tvv^o-thirds  of  the 
states,  and  a  majority  of  all  the  'states  shall 

no  be  necessary  to  a  'choice.  And  if  the  House 
of  Representatives  shall  not  'choose  a  Pre- 
sident whenever  the  'right  of  choice  shall 
devolve  'upon  them,  before  the  fourth  day  of 
March  next  following,  then  the  Vice-Presi- 

■15  dent  shall  act  as  'President,  as  in  the  case 
of  the  death  or  other  constitutionaf  'disability 
of  the  President. — The  'person  having  the 
^greatest  number  of  votes  as  Vice-President, 


Addressed. 

Speuker. 

Sight. 

Break   the 
seals  of. 

Computed. 

Largest. 

BaUots. 

Plurality. 

Returned. 

Excess. 

Greatest. 

Surpassing. 

Lower  House 

Without  delay. 

Cliief  officer 

Delegation. 

Voice. 

Be  composed 

Deputies. 

ComtnonwealtliK 

Selection. 
Elect. 
power. 
On. 

Succeeding. 

Chief  niagis- 
Irute. 

Incapacity. 

Citizen. 
.Most. 


presence  and  si^/ii,  in  ttie  92(1  line  ?  42.  Between  open  and  break  the 
seals  of,  in  the  93d  line?  43.  Between  lar!:;eH  and  greatest ,  in  ilie  95th 
line?  44.  Between  upmi  and  on,  in  the  113tli  line?  45.  What  differ- 
ence is  there  between  the  orthography  of  tlie  Amendments  and  the 


CONSTITUTION  OF  THE  UNITED  STATES.   147 


shall  be  the  Vice-President,  'if  such  number 
130  be  a  majority  of  the  whole  'number  of  Elect- 
ors 'appointed,  and  if  no  person  have  a  ma- 
jority, then  from  the  two  highest  'numbers 
on  the  list,  the  Senate  shall  'choose  the  Vice- 
President;  a  'quorum  for  the  purpose  shall 
125  consist  of  two-thirds  of  the  'whole  number 
of  Senators,  and  'a  majority  of  the  whole 
number  shall  be  'necessary  to  a  choice.    But 
no  person  constitutionally  'ineligible  to  the 
office  of  President  shall  be  'eligible  to  that 
130  of  Vice-President  of  the  'United  States. 


Propided. 

Amount. 

AUoHed. 

Names. 

Select. 

Legal  numlttT. 

Entire. 

More    th:m 
one-liulf. 


Qualified  for. 
Union. 


Constitution  1  46.  What  are  some  of  the  differences  between  tliose 
documents  1  47.  How  do  you  account  for  the  apparent  inconsistencies 
in  the  use  of  capital  letters?  _  48.  Do  you  suppose  there  is  any  human 
composition  free  from  error?  49,  What  ought  these  things  to  teach  us? 
50.  In  how  many  words  is  ad,  ami, the  forms  it  assumes,  a  prefix  in 
the  Constitution  and  its  Amendments^  01.  In  how  many  words  is 
con  and  its  variations  a  prefix?  52.  In  how  many  words  is  pre  a 
prefix?  53.  In  how  many  words  is  piv  a  prefix?  54.  In  how  many 
words  is  ob  and  its  variations  a  prefix?  55.  In  how  many  words  is 
re  a  prefix?  56.  In  how  many  words  is  sub  and  its  variations  a  prefix? 
57.  How  many  forms  does  ad  assume  ?  58.  Why  does  ad  take  so 
many  forms?  59.  Why  do  you  suppose  there  are  so  many  repetitions 
of  important  words  in  the  Constitution?  60.  What  is  the  frequent 
repetition  of  important  words  in  the  same  paragraph  called?  61. 
What  rule  in  written  documents  should  take  precedence  of  all  others? 
62.  What  are  the  significations  of  the  prefixes,  ad,  con,  pre,  pro,  and 
ob?  63.  Illustrate  the  use  of  each  in  words.  64.  Illustrate  the  mean- 
ing of  the  words  in  sentences.  65.  How  many  words  are  spelled  dif- 
ferent from  present  usage,  in  the  Constitution?  66.  How  many  in 
the  Amendments?  67.  What  do  you  suppose  was  the  last  imi)ortant 
national  document,  which  was  written  according  to  the  old  plan  of 
beginning  every  noun  with  a  capital  letter?  68.  Do  yon  know  of  any 
nation  at  the  present  day  that  begins  all  nouns  with  capital  letters? 
69.  Name  the  advantages  and  disadvantages  of  this  plan?  70.  Name 
all  the  peculiarities  of  the  Constitution  and  its  Amendments.  71. 
How  do  you  account  for  many  of  the  variations:* 

*The  Teacher  may  continue  similar  questions  acconling-totheproficiency  of  the  class.  After 
the  pupils  have  cominitleil  to  memory  tlie  whole  of  the  Coiistitutiou  ami  it!s  Aniendmi^iits,  and 
repeated  the  same  a  sufficient  number  of  tmie-;,  then  they  sliouid  be  exercissJ  by  qae.-.tions  in 
every  possible  form.    Additional  questions  may  be  found  m  the  succeeduig  commentary. 


148 


COMMENTARY  ON  THE 


LESSON   XXIX. 

(§  1.)  Constitution  is  'derived  from  the 
Latin  con,  and  statuo,  and  'means  to  settle, 
to  fix,  to  'establish,  to  ordain,  decree,  appoint, 
or  determine.  It  'denotes  particularly  that 
5  'form  of  government  which  is  instituted 
either  by  the  people,  or  for  their  'benefit.  In 
its  'general  acceptation,  it  signifies  a  system 
of  'fundamental  rules,  principles,  and  ordi- 
nances, for  the  'government  of  a  society, 

10  community,  state,  or  'nation.  In  England, 
and  other  'monarchical  countries,  the  Con- 
stitution depends  upon  the  'immemorial  con- 
sent of  the  people,  and  long-estabhshed  'usage. 
Hence  it  is  difficult  for  a  'majority  of  the 

15  people  in  'monarchies  either  to  know  defi- 
nitely what  their  Constitution  is,  or  to  'un- 
derstand its  'meaning.  (§  2.)  But  the  Con- 
stitution of  the  United  States  is  'accurately 
and  clearly  'defined  in  writing,  in  such  plain 

20  and  'intelligible  language,  that  it  can  be 
comprehended  by  'every  person  who  can 
read  any  article  understandingly,  'throughout 
our  'land.  It  establishes  and  defines  the 
'rights  of  the  people,  and  prescribes  the  power 

25  of  legislators  and  'rulers.  That  part  of  the 
Constitution  which  precedes  the  first  'Article, 
has  been  justly  called  its  'preamble ;  though 


(§  1.)  I.  Give  a  synopsis  of  section  one.  2.  From  what  is  Consti- 
tution derived 'i  3.  Illustrate  its  various  meanings  in  sentences?  4. 
Wherem  is  our  government  different  from  that  of  England  and  other 
monarchical  governments?     (§2.)    5.  What  is  the  character  of  the 


CONSTITUTION   OF  THE  UNITED   STATES. 


149 


the  framers  did  not  designate  it  by  any  'name 
'whatever. 

30  (§  3.)  Preamble  is  'derived  fro77i  the  Latin 
pra,  and  amhulo,  and  means  to  'go  or  come 
before.  It  denotes  'particularly  an  introduc- 
tion, a  'proem.  In  its  general  acceptation,  it 
means  an  introduction  to  any  'discourse  or 

35  writing,  the  'introductory  matter  to  a  statute, 
a  bill,  or  act  of  a  legislative  '  body.  It  names 
the  parties  to  any  'document  of  writing,  and 
sets  foi'th  in  'general  terms  its  objects  and 
its  meaning.     Every  article  in  the  'Consti- 

40  tution  has  'reference  to  one  or  more  of  the 
'specified  objects  in  the  preamble,  which  pre- 
cedes the  first  article,  and  '  expounds  the 
motives  and  the  designs  of  its  'framers.  The 
preamble  is,  'therefore,  of  the  utmost  import- 

45  ance  in  'elucidating  the  principles  of  the 
Constitution.  (§  4.)  "  We  the  'people  of  the 
United  States,"  'denotes  that  the  people  of 
each  and  every  'state  have,  by  their  sepa- 
rate and  deliberate  acts,  'adopted  the  Con- 

50  stitution,  and  that  it  consequently  'emanated 
from  the  highest  'source  of  all  power.  The 
Constitution,  like  every  other  'code,  has  been 
variously  'understood  by  diflcrent  individuals. 
It  is  'evident  that  a  work  of  such  a  compre- 

55  hensive  and  'enduring  character,  must  speak 


Titla 

AtaU. 

A  derivative  of. 

Pniceed. 

Especially. 

Preftice. 

Speech. 

Preliminary. 

Assembly. 

Instnunent. 

Umcstrictcd. 

Supreme  Law. 

Allusion. 

raxlicularized. 

Explains. 

Makers. 

Consequently. 

Illustrating. 
Citizens. 
Signifies. 
Confederacy. 

Acknowledged. 

Proceeded. 

Fountain. 

Digest  of  law 

Cunslrued. 

nam. 

Lasting. 


Constitution  of  the  United  States?  (§3.)  6.  From  wliat  is  prenmhle 
derived?  7.  What  is  the  object  of  a  })reamble?  8.  Why  is  a  pre- 
amble of  much  importance?  9.  Ilhistrate  it  as  a  noun,  and  as  a  verb 
in  sentences.  (§  4.)  10.  What  does  tho  expression,  "  We  the  peojile 
of  the  United  States,"  denote?  11.  Has  the  Coiistitution  been  under- 
stood differently  by  different  persons?  12.  Is  there  any  code  which 
__ 


150 


COMMENTARY  ON  THE 


in  general  terms — that  it  is  to  be  'viewed 
'conjointly,  and  that  every  word  has  its  na- 
tural and  'obvious  meaning. 

(§  5.)  It  is,  as  its  'preamble  declares   it 

GO  to  be,  'established  by  the  people.  It  is  a 
contract  'binding  alike  each  and  every  citi- 
zen 'within  the  United  States,  to  establish 
and  maintain  a  government  for  the  '  benefit 
of  the  whole  people,  and  is  therefore  'para- 

65  mount  to  all  state  Constitutions,  'and  all  other 
delegated  'authority.  (§  6.)  It  was  scrutinized 
previous  to  its  adoption  in  all  its  'bearings,  by 
the  people  of  the  'whole  country ;  not  on  one 
occasion  alone,  but  for  a  'series  of  months. 

70  Since  its  'original  adoption,  it  has  stood  the 
investigation  of  Hhe  entire  people  of  all  the 
new  states.  It  is,  therefore,  the  'work  of  pa- 
triots of  a  past  age,  'endorsed  by  more  than 
thirty  state  legislatures.   It  was  expressly 'pre- 

75  pared  to  be  ratified  by  the  'great  body  of  the 
people,  to  be  'understood  by  them,  and  to  be  the 
'fireside  companion  of  every  family  through- 
out the  land.  Such  are  its  transcendent  mer- 
its, that  it  has  stood  the  'test  of  time  and  re- 

80  ceived  the  'admiration  of  the  civilized  world. 

(§  7.)    The    'Constitution   of  the   United 

States  contained  originally  a  'preamble  and 

seven  'articles,  the  framing  of  which  occu- 


Taken. 

Unitedly. 

Clear. 

Introduction. 

Founded. 

Controling. 

In. 

Advantage. 

Superior. 

Also. 

Power. 

Points. 

Entire. 

Succession. 

First. 

All  the. 

Production. 

Sanctioned. 

Framed. 

Mass. 

Comprehended. 

Domestic. 

Unequalled. 

Trial. 

Applause. 

Supreme  law 

Preface. 

Stipulations. 


IS  exempt  Trom  erroneous  interpretation?  (§5)  13.  By  whom,  and 
for  what  purpose  was  the  Constitution  established?  14.  What  is 
paramount  to  all  authority?  (§  G.)  15.  Give  a  synopsis  of  section  six. 
If5.  What  are  some  of  the  reasons  that  lead  you  to  believe  that  the 
Constitution  is  a  work  of  much  merit?  (§7.)  17.  Give  a  detailed 
accoimt  of  section  seven.    18.  What  is  the  difference  between  meaning 


CONSTITUTION  OF  THE  UNITED  STATES. 


151 


pied  several  of  the  'purest  patriots,  and  the 

85  ablest  'statesmen  of  the  country,  from  the 
14th  of  May  'till  the  17th  of  September, 
1787.  It  subsequently  passed  the  'ordeal  of 
thirteen  distinct  state  'conventions,  and  re- 
ceived the  most  'profound  criticism  of  the 

90  largest  and  most  'enlightened  body  of  patriots 
that  had  ever  'existed  in  any  country  or  in 
any  'age.  Hence  we  find  every  word  has 
its  place,  and  every  sentence  a  'meaning — 
that  it  is  the  only  uninspired  document  'ex- 

95  tant,  that  combines  the  'fundamental  princi- 
ples of  all  the  political  'wisdom  of  ancient 
and  modern  'times.  (§  8.)  The  preamble, 
for  'comprehensive  brevity,  is  probably  un- 
equalled in  this  or  any  other  '  language.  It 

100  'declares  the  authority  by  whom,  and  the 
'objects  for  which  the  Constitution  was  or- 
dained and  'established.  Though  the  Con- 
stitution was  'framed  by  the  tried  and  faithful 
representatives  of  the  'people,  yet,  before  it 

105  became  a  law,  it  received  the  'comments  and 
the  'scrutiny  of  the  whole  people  of  the 
'confederacy.  Each  and  every  one  of  the 
patriots  of  the  revolution  may  be  'considered 
a  contributor  to  its  'transcendent  excellences, 

110  although  some  may  have  'strenuously  op- 
posed its  'adoption;  for  it  is  only  by  the 
keenest  criticism,  that  the  '  latent  defects  of 
a  theory  can  be  discovered  and  'rectified. 


Most  disinte- 
rested. 

Politicians. 
To. 

Severe  scrutiny. 

Assemblies. 

Learned. 

Intelligent. 

Lived. 

Epoch. 

Signification. 

In  being. 

Essential. 

Knowledge. 

Days. 

Conciseness. 

Tongue. 

rrocluims. 

Purposes. 

Instituted. 

Composed. 

Citizens. 

Observations 

Investigation 

United  States 

Regarded. 

Surpassing. 

Zealously. 

Ratification. 

Hidden. 

Corrected. 


and  signification,  in  the  93t.l  line  ?  (§  8.)  19.  Repeat  the  substance  of 
section  eight.  20.  What  is  the  difference  between  comments  and  ob- 
servations, in  the  10.5th   line?     21.  Between  latent  and  hidden,  in  the 


152 


COMMENTARY  ON  THE 


(§9.)  'Happily  for  this  country,  for  the  fame 

115  of  its  'framers,  and  for  all  succeeding  ages, 
there  existed  a  'powerful,  an  enlightened,  and 
even  a  patriotic  band,  'opposed  to  the  adoption 
of  the  Constitution.  Some  of  its  most  'in- 
valuable and  permanent  features  would  have 

120  been  omitted,  had  it  not  been  for  'an  argus- 
eyed  opposition.  'From  the  first  settlement 
of  the  country,  the  colonists  had  'seen  the 
'benefits  of  association ;  and  at  the  declara- 
tion of  independence  'nothing  was  deemed 

125  of  more  importance  than  'fraternal  union. 
(§  10.)  The  trials  and  'reverses  of  the  revo- 
lution were  but  a  'series  of  experiments 
towards  cementing  the  'ties  of  friendship 
among 'neighboring  states.  This  brotherhood 

130  'originating  in  necessity,  and  contrary  to  the 
'practices  of  ancient  confederacies,  has  proved 
to  the  world,  that  'permanent  political  ag- 
grandizement can  alone  be  'attained  by  states 
'disseminating   blessings  to  all   neighboring 

135  communities.  The  American  'Constitution 
far  surpasses  the  seven  ancient  'wonders  of 
the  world,  in  the  magnificence  of  its  'archi- 
tecture, and  in  its  claims  to  the  'applause  of 
'mankind. 

140  (§  11.)  Yet,  this  instrument,  'perfect  as  it 
is,  was  'adopted  unanimously  by  only  three 


Fortunately. 

Authors. 

Potent. 

Adverse. 

Inestimable. 

Piirts. 

A  Bharp-Highted. 

Ever  after. 

Perceived. 

Advantages. 

Nanght. 

Brotherly. 

Misfortunes. 

Course. 

Bonds. 

Contiguous. 

Beginning. 

Customs. 

Enduring. 

Reached. 

Spreading. 

Palladium. 

Prodigies. 

Construction 

Approbation. 

The  world. 

Complete; 

Sanctioned. 


112th  line?  (§  9.)  22.  Of  what  does  section  ninth  treat?  23.  What 
is  the  difference  between  potent  and  powei-ful,  in  the  llGih  line?  (§  10.) 
24.  Give  a  synopsis  of  section  tenth?  25.  What  is  the  difference  be- 
tween series  and  cauise,  in  the  127th  line?  26.  Between  practices  and 
customs,  in  the  131st  line?  21.  Palladium  is  neither  definition  nor 
synonym  of  Constitution  —  what  is  the   meaning  of  it?     (§11.)   28. 


CONSTITUTION  OF  THE    UNITED  STATES.        153 


of  the  'smaller  states  of  the  Union.  So 
'prudent,  so  extremely  cautious  were  our  an- 
cestors, that  it  was  'nearly  a  year  after  it  was 

143  framed  before  it  'received  the  sanction  of  the 
'requisite  number  of  states  and  of  the  people, 
to  make  it  the  'supreme  law  of  the  land.  It 
will  be  'perceived  that  the  Constitution  was 
'ratified  by  the  people,  who  are  the  only  true 

150  source  whence  all  authority  'flows  ;  and  that 
it  differed  'essentially  from  the  old  articles 
of  confederation,  which  'emanated  from  the 
several  state  'legislatures.  (§  12.)  If  then 
the  American  Constitution  emanated  from 

155  the  people,  it  is  reasonable  to  'suppose  that 
it  contains  nothing  but  what  is  'proper  for 
every  one  to  'know,  nothing  but  what  is 
perfectly  'intelligible,  and  nothing  but  w^hat 
is     the     'duty  of  all  to  understand.     The 

160  first  six  lines  of  the  'preamble  comprise  the 
'objects  for  which  the  Constitution  was 
'formed. 

(§13.)  The  first  'object  was  "to  form  a 
more   perfect    union ;"    '  implying    that   the 

165  union  then  existing,  the  union  that  had  'car- 
ried them  'triumphantly  through  the  revolu- 
tionary 'war,  the  union  that,  taking  them  as 
dependent  colonies,  had  'raised  them  to  the 
rank  of  'an  independent  nation,  was    still 


Lesser. 

Circumspect. 

Almost 

Obtained. 

Necessary. 

Paramount. 

Seen. 

Approved  and 
sanctioned. 

Issues. 

^^aterially. 

Sprang. 

Assemblies. 

Proceeded. 

Tliiuk. 

Right. 

Be  acquaint- 
ed with. 

Clear. 

Obligation. 

Introduction. 

Ends. 

Constructed. 

Intention. 

Signifying. 

Bonie. 

Victoriously. 

Struggle. 

Elevated. 

A  free. 


Repeat  the  substance  of  section  eleventh.  29.  What  is  the  difference 
between  perfect  and  complete,  in  the  140th  line?  30.  Between  ner- 
«?Def£  and  seen,  in  the  14Sth  line?  (§12.)  31.  Of  what  does  section 
twelfth  treat?  32.  What  is  the  difference  between  proper  and  rio-ht, 
in  the  156th  line?  (§  13.)  33.  Repeat  the  substance  of  section  thir- 
teenth.   34.  What  is  the  dilTcrence  between  raised  and  elevated,  in  the 


154 


COMMENTARY   ON  THE 


no  'imperfect.  This  "  more  perfect  union"  would 
secure  'tranquillity  and  prosperity  at  home, 
power  and  'dignity  abroad,  and  would  dimi- 
nish the  causes  of  'war.  (§  14.)  It  would 
'enhance  the  general  happiness  of  mankind, 

175  'confer  dignity  upon  the  American  name,  and 
give  power,  not  to  'rulers,  but  to  tlie  people ; 
thus  'perpetuating  the  "  more  perfect  union." 
It  should  not  be  forgotten  that  our  'ancestors 
had  many  'difficulties  to  contend  with — sec- 

180  tional  jealousies  and  'prejudices  then  existed 
as  they  now  do  —  but  they  'went  to  their 
duties  with  'pure  hearts  and  enlightened  and 
'liberal  views.  From  the  political -state  of 
'society,  and  the  force  of  circumstances,  it 

185  was  requisite  for  them  to  'make  numerous 

and  '  liberal  concessions ;  and  now,  for  the 

people  to  'disregard  the  injunctions  of  the 

Constitution,  and  'cast  it  aside,  would  denote 

■  political  'insanity. 

100  (§15.)  Equally  'rational  would  it  be,  for 
navigators  to  'disregard  the  position  of  the 
heavenly  bodies,  destroy  their  'charts  and 
'compasses,  and  attempt  to  steer  their  frail 
'barks  amid  storms  and  darkness  across  the 

195  pathless  'ocean,  as  for  the  people  of  this 
country  to  'destroy  the  chart  of  their  liber- 


Defective. 

Peac. 

Honor. 

Strife. 

Increa.'se. 

iiestow. 

Governors. 

Eternizing. 

Forefathers. 

Obstacles. 

FrepoHseasioDS. 
Applied    ttaem- 

Open. 

Enlarged. 

The  Commu- 
nity. 

Grant. 
Generous. 

Shght. 
Throw. 

DeroDgemeQU 

Reasonable. 

Pass  by  un- 
noticed. 

Sea-maps. 

Magnetic  needles 
Vessels. 
K.iin. 
Annihilate. 


168th  line?  35.  Between  imperfect  and  defective,  in  the  170th  line? 
[%  14.)  36.  Give  a  detailed  account  of  section  fourteenth.  37.  Wliat 
is  the  difference  belvvoen  confer  and  bestoiv,  in  the  175th  line?  38. 
Between  difficulties  and  obstacles,  in  the  179th  line?  (^15.)  39.  Of 
what  does  section  fifteenth  treat?  40.  What  is  the  difference  between 
rational  and  reasonable,  in  the  190th  line?  41.  Between  ocean  and 
main,  in  the  195th   line  ?     42.  Cannot  main  be  used   in  two  directly 


CONSTlTUTIOiN   OF  THK   UNITED  STATES.        155 


ties,  by  'permitting  the  violation  of  their 
Constitution,  and  by  ceasing  to  'imitate  the 
'virtues  of  their  ancestors.     (§  16.)  The  first 

i!oo  object  'declared  in  this  Constitution  is,  to 
'form  a  "  more  perfect  union."  It  is  reason- 
able then  to  'infer,  from  the  character  of  its 
framers,  and  the  'unparalleled  caution  and 
'deliberation  of  the  whole  people,  before  they 

205  'consecrated  it  as  the  charter  of  the  rights  of 
mankind,  that  an  observance  of  its  'provi- 
sions and  rules  will  secure  the  objects  'de- 
signed. But  how  can  the  people  either  'sus- 
tain the  Constitution,  or  even  '  know  what  it 

210  is,  unless  they  read  it,  and  'ponder  the  mean- 
ing of  every  'sentence. 

(§  17.)  It  has  been  'computed  by  enlight- 
ened statesmen,  that  of  'the  whole  popuIatio7i 
in  our  country,  not  one  'woman  in  ten  thou- 

215  sand,  or  one  voter  ^out  of  every  hundred,  ever 
read  the  Constitution.  Yea,  it  is  'susceptible 
of  demonstration,  that  the  most  'sacred  oatlis 
to  support  the  Constitution,  are  annually 
taken  by  a  'multitude  of   men,  who  never 

i<io  read  a  single  sentence  of  that  sacred  'docu- 
ment. If  the  pure  'spirits  of  departed  pa- 
triots are  permitted  to  'icatch  over  the  inte- 
rests of  their  'posterity  and  their  country, 
from  the  regions   of   'bhss,  well    may  we 


Suffering. 

EiDulate. 

Mnrnl  etcel- 
lenoies. 

Proclaimed. 
Eslablisb 
Suppose. 
Unequalled. 

CocsideratiOD. 

Hallowed. 

Stipulations. 

Intended. 

Uphold. 

Understand. 

Reflect  upon. 

Period. 

Calculated. 

All  the  inha- 
bitants. 

Mother. 

In. 

Capable. 

Inviolable. 

Yearly. 

Host. 

Writing. 

Souls. 

Superintend 
and  fuard. 

Descendants. 
Felicity. 


opposite  senses?  (§  IG.)  4.3.  Repeat  the  substance  of  section  six- 
teenth. 44.  What  is  the  ditference  between  consecrated  and  halhwed, 
in  the  205th  line?  45.  Belween  ponder  and  reflect,  in  the  210th  line? 
(§  17.)  46.  Of  what  does  section  seventeenth  treat?  47.  What  is  the 
difference  between  computed  and  calculated,  in  the  212th  line?  48. 
Between  bliss  and  felicity,  in  the  224th  line?    4).  Between  swords  and 


156 


COMMENTARY  ON  THE 


n1 


225  suppose  that  the  'manes  of  its  illustrious 
authors  often  exclaim,  with  an  'intenseness 
beyond  the  reach  of  human  'imagination, 
"  'O  tempera !  ^O  mores  !"  Let  it  never  be 
forgotten  that   teachers,  and  not  warriors, 

230  common  schools,  and  not  'swords  and  bayo- 
nets, sustain  and  'perpetuate  the  power  and 
the  'glory  of  our  country,  and  its  "  more 
'perfect  union." 

Of  'lands  untaught  it  has  been  aye  the  doom 
235  To  fill  untimely  'an  ignoble  tomb; 

Then  foster  'learning,  if  you  wish  to  save 
Your  country  from  the  'horrors  of  the  glaive. 


Shades. 

Earnestness. 

Conception. 

Oh,  the  times  ! 
i  Ob,  tlie  moraji 

Brands. 
Continue. 
Fame. 
Complete. 

States. 

A  disgraceful 

Knowledge. 

Terrors. 


brands,  in  the  230th  line  ?     50.  What  is  the  meaning  of  aye,  in  the 
234th   line?     51.  0^  glaive,  in  the   237th  linel 


LESSON   XXX. 


(§  1.)  A  FREE  'people  should  ever  pay  the 
most  scrupulous  attention  to  the  liberal  'edu- 
cation of  thifcse  whom  'nature  has  pointed 
out  as  the  'first  teachers  of  mankind.  No 
5  nation  has  ever  attained,  or  can  ever  'attain 
'enduring  greatness,  whose  females  are  su- 
perficially educated.  The  'school,  then,  the 
entire  school,  both  'male  and  female,  should 
early  be  made  'acquainted  with  the  most 
10  perfect  'charter  of  human  government  that 
was  ever  framed  by  mortal  men,  whose  'fun- 
damental principles  can  be  'traced  down  the 
vista  of  Time,  for  nearly  'four  thousand  years, 


Nation. 

Training. 

Providence. 

Earliest. 

Reach. 

Lasting. 

Pupils. 

Masculine. 

Familiar. 

Embodiment 

Primary. 

Followed. 

Forty  centu- 
ries. 


(§  1.)   1.  To  what  should  a  free  people  ever  pay  the  most  scrupu- 


CONSTITUTION  OF  THE  UNITED  STATES.   157 


'deriving  their  immutable  wisdom  from  "in- 
15  spiration. 

To  keep  'intact  this  "perfect  union  formed," 
And  give  its  blessings  to  each  'future  age, 
Our  youths  must  be  with  patriot  'passion  warmed 
By  'studying  its  glories  on  that  page 
20    Where,  'midst  foul  blots  'exposing  Britain's  shame, 
Is  graved,  in  words  of  fire,  'Columbia's  fame. 

(§2.)  The  'first  object  after  forming  a 
"  more  perfect  union,"  was  "  to  'estabhsh 
justice."    Thus  it  is  'evident  that  the  authors 

25  looked  not  for  a  'model  amonsr  the  most 
'powerful  governments  of  the  age  in  which 
they  lived,  but  to  those  'immutable  principles 
that  respect  men  according  to  their  'deeds. 
This  provision  Hends  to  secure,  to   all,  the 

SOequal  ^enjoyment  of  property,  liberty,  reli- 
gion and  domestic  ^happiness.  Without  the 
most  'exact  and  impartial  administration  of 
justice,  no  inhabitant  would  be  'safe ;  hence 
the  necessity  "  to  establish  'justice"  that  v/ould 

35  protect  or  'punish  alike  the  exalted  and  the 
humble,  the  rich  and  the  poor,  the  'powerful 
state  with  its  'millions,  and  the  feeble  terri- 
tory with  its  hundreds.  (§  3.)  In  'disputed 
boundaries,  in  conflicting  claim.s  of  'indivi- 

40  duals  living  in  'different  states,  in  reference 
to  the  national  debt,  and  the  'local  laws  of 
each    state,  the  'national  government  must 


Receiving. 

2DiYme  power. 

UntoucheJ. 

Coming. 

Ardor. 

Pondering. 

Disclosing. 

Our  country's 

Primary. 
Institute. 
Clear. 
Pattern. 

Miglity. 

Uuchon^eable. 

Actions. 

Helps. 

Frmtion. 

Felicity. 

Strict. 

Secure. 

Equity. 

Chastise. 

Potent. 

Myriads. 

Contested. 

Persons. 

Separate. 

.'Sectional. 

Executive  autho- 
rity. 


lous  attention?  2.  From  what  is  Columbia,  in  the  phrase  "Columbia's 
fame,"  21st  line,  derived,  and  what  is  its  meaning?  (§  2.)  3.  Give  a 
synopsis  of  section  second.  4.  What  is  the  difference  between  model  and 
pattern,  in  the  25th  line?  5.  Between  safe  and  secure,  in  the  33d  line? 
(§  3.)  6.  Of  what  does  section  third  treat?     7.  What  is  the  difference 

14 


168 


COMMENTARY  ON  THE 


deal  to  all  'even-handed  justice.  The  people 
having    'an    august   and    impartial    arbiter, 

45  might  'confide  in  it  with  perfect  safety.  Thus 
border  'warfare,  which  in  all  past  history  had 
been    found    to   'disturb    the   tranquillity  of 

'neighboring  states  would  be  prevented. 

The  honest  'foreigner,  driven  by  oppression 

50  from  his  native  country,  may  'repose  in  the 
liberality  and  'justice  of  the  American  Con- 
stitution, which  proclaims  to  the  'uttermost 
limits  of  the  earth,  that  its  'object  is  "  to  es- 
tablish 'justice." 

55  (§  4.)  "  To  ensure  domestic  'tranquillity," 
was  the  third  'object  of  the  Constitution.  It 
is  important  '  here  to  remark,  that  immedi- 
ately after  the  'war,  the  confederation  bore 
the  'aspect  of  a  speedy  dissolution.      The 

60 'sages  of  the  revolution  had,  with  reason, 
'feared  less  the  formidable  power  of  Great 
Britain,  than  the  domestic  'tumults,  that  had 
'engulphed  all  former  democracies  and  repub- 
lics.     The  'confederation  was  a  league  of 

G5  'friendship  among  tiiirteen  separate  and  inde- 
pendent 'sovereignties  or  nations,  each  of 
which  was  exposed  to  the  'intrigues  of  foreign 
monarchies.  'Dissensions  and  disputes  were 
liable  to  arise 'among  themselves;  in  fact  each 

70  state,  looking  to  its  own  'immediate  interest, 


EquaL 

A  grand. 

Trust. 

War. 

Interrupt. 

Adjacent. 

Alien. 

Confide. 

Equity. 

Extreme. 

.iim. 

Right. 

Quiet. 

Design. 

In  this  place. 

Contest. 

Appearance. 

Wise  men. 

Dreaded. 

Riots. 

Swallowed 
up. 

Confederacy. 

Amity. 

Governments 

Plots. 

Contentions. 

Between. 

Present. 


between  repose  and  rest,  in  the  45th  line  1  8.  Between  disturb  and 
interrupt,  in  the  47th  line?  (^4.)  9.  From  what  is  independent  de- 
rived? 10.  What  does  its  first  prefix  denote?  11.  What  does  its  se- 
cond prefix  signify?  12.  When  two  prefixes  are  joined  to  a  word, 
which  governs  the  meaning  of  the  word  ?  13.  Illustrate  the  differ- 
ence between  contentions  and  dissensions,  in  the  G8th   line?      14.  What 


CONSTITUTION  OF  THE  UNITED  STATES.   159 


had  'silently  withdrawn  its  support  from  the 
confederation,  till,  in  the  'language  of  the  day, 
"  its  'tottering  edifice  was  ready  to  fall,  and 
crush  the  country  '  beneath  its  ruins."    (§  5.) 

75  All  past  history  furnished  'admonitory 
lessons  of  the  evils  of  'disunion;  and,  not- 
withstanding the  most  powerful  'inducements 
existed  to  'cement  the  union  of  the  states, 
yet   every  day's    '  experience   proved,  that 

80  petty  strifes  were  likely  to  'agitate  the  en- 
tire country.  'Dissensions  about  boundaries, 
a  fruitful  'cause  of  discord,  had  arisen ; 
the  states  seemed  to  be  'jealous  of  each 
other's  'growing   greatness.  There  was  no 

85  'common  head  to  the  government ;  there  was 
no  president  of  all  the  union,  but  'each  state 
was,  in  'fact,  an  independent  nation,  and 
'had  the  full  privilege  of  establishing  any 
'kind  of  government. 

90  (§  6.)  Hence,  foreign  'intrigue  might  be 
brought  to  bear  'upon  one  or  a  few  states, 
and  induce  them  to  adopt  monarchical  go- 
vernments :  it  had  been  even  'suggested  that 
Washington    should  be  'king.     Experience 

95  'proved  that  the  confederacy  could  not  long 
'continue ;  that  there  must  be  a  government 
of  more  power  and  'energy ;  that,  to  main- 


Quietly. 

Expression. 

Sliaking:. 

Under. 

WarniDg. 

Separation. 

Motives. 

Strengthen. 

Trial. 

Disturb. 

Quarrels. 

Source. 

FearfuL 

Increasing. 

GeneraL 

Every. 

Reality. 

Possessed. 

Sort. 

Finesse. 

On. 

Actuate. 

Hinted. 

Slonarch. 

DemoDgtraUd. 

Remain. 
Force. 


do  their  prefixes  denote '2  (§5)  15.  'Yhat  is  the  difference  between 
quarrels  and  dissensions,  in  the  81st  line?  16.  Illustrate  Jn  sentences 
their  various  significations.  17.  What  is  the  difference  between  each 
and  every,  in  the  SGth  line?  18.  Illustrate  in  sentences  their  signifi- 
cations, (§  G.)  19.  Why  do  you  suppose  it  of  the  utmost  importance 
to  preserve  domestic  tranquillity?  20.  What  is  the  difference  between 
upon  and  on,  in  the    91st  line?     21.  Spell  each    word    in   its   order 


IGO 


COMMENTARY  ON  THE 


tain  the  union,  and  secure  domestic  'tran- 
quillity, was  of  the  utmost  importance.     Se- 

100  parate  states  would  not  have  the  'power  to 
defend  themselves  against  foreign  'aggres- 
sion ;  the  weak  would  be  'unable  success- 
fully to  contend  against  the  strong ;  'rivalries, 
jealousies,  and  'retaliatory  measures  would 

105  be 'interminable.  Thosewho  had  been  rocked 
in  the  cradle  of  'disunion,  and  experienced 
the  horrors  of  war,  well  knew  that  the  'hap- 
piness and  'greatness  of  nations,  as  well  as 
families,   consisted   in  'piety  and   domestic 

110  'tranquillity. 


Quiet. 

Difierent 

Ability. 

Assaults. 

Not  able. 

Competitions 

Revenging. 

Unlimited. 

Separation. 

Bliss. 

Strength. 

Devoutness 

Peace. 


in  the  first  simple  sentence  of  section  six.  22.  In  the  second.  23. 
In  the  third.  24.  What  advantage  is  there  in  spelling  words  from 
one's  reading  lesson?     25.  What  in  spelling  them  seriatim? 


LESSON   XXXI, 

(§  1.)  The  fourth  "object  in  establishing 
the  Constitution  was,  "  to  'provide  for  the 
common  'defence."  As  the  present  state  of 
human  society  is  'constituted,  the  powerful 
5  are  'prone  to  disregard  the  rights  of  the  weak. 
The  history  of  the  world  exhibits  the  'mourn- 
ful fact,  that  individuals  and  nations  are  'dis- 
posed to  consider  their  immediate  'pecuniary 
interest,  and  not  their  own  permanent  'wel- 
10  fare,  the  cause  of  justice,  or  the  'inalienable 
ri'zhts  of  man.    '  Innumerable  instances  have 


Make  provi- 
sion. 

Protection. 

Formed. 

Disposed. 

Melancholy. 

Prone. 

Monetary. 

Benefit. 

Inherent. 

Numberless. 


(§  1.)   1.  What  was  the  object  of  the  framers  of  the  Constitution? 
2    What  does  the  history  of  the  woild  show?      (§  2.)   3.  What  is  tln^ 


CONSTITUTION  OF  THE  UNITED  STATES.   161 


'occurred,  in  which  the  most  unwarrantable- 
and  unprovoked  'assaults  have  been  made 
upon  the  'weak  and  defenceless.     (§  2.)  The 

15 'founders  of  our  republic  justly  considered  it 
a  matter  of  the  utmost  'importance  to  shield 
their  dearly-bought  treasure  —  the  '  legacy 
they  were  to  '  bequeath,  not  to  their  posterity 
alone,  but  'eventually  to  all  mankind — against 

20  the  'arts,  the  arms,  and  the  machinations  of 
the  'croivned  heads  of  Europe.  In  union 
there  would  be  less  danger  of  war  'among 
the  states ;  without  it,  the  'chances  of  war 
would  increase,  in  exact  'ratio  to  the  °aug- 

25  mented  number  of  states.  There  would  be 
no  guarantee  against  the  most  'prolific  of  all 
'sources  of  war  disputes  about  boundaries. 

(§  3.)  If  our  forefathers  feared  'collision 
among  only  thirteen  nations  —  if  they  'saw 

30  the  'necessity  of  union  then  to  guard  against 
dissensions  at  home,  and  'assaults  from 
abroad,  it  may  be  interesting  and  'profitable 
for  us  to  examine  'briefly  some  of  the  grounds 
on  which  they  'predicated  their  views,  in 

35  providing  better  for  the  'common  defence. 
They  'viewed  the  early  history  of  the  mother 
country,  divided  into  seven  '  kingdoms,  un- 
connected with  Scotland  and  Ireland,  'sub- 


Transpired. 

Attacks. 

Feeble. 

Establishers. 

Consequence 

lolieritauce. 

Give  by  will. 

Finally. 

Artifices. 

Kings. 

Between. 

Lialiilities. 

Proportion. 

^Increased 

Fruitful 

Causes. 

Clashing. 

Observed. 

Need. 

Invasions. 

Beneficial. 

Concisely. 

Established. 

General. 

Beheld. 

Realms. 

Exposed. 


difference  between  inheritance  and  legacy,  in  the  17th  line?  4.  Illus- 
trate in  sentences  their  various  significations.  5.  What  is  the  differ- 
ence between  among  and  between,  in  the  22d  line?  6.  Is  the  impres- 
sion conveyed  by  sotne  of  the  dictionaries,  that  between  is  restricted  to 
two,  correct?  7.  Assign  your  reasons  for  this  opinion.  (§  3.)  8.  Give 
a  synopsis  of  section  third.  9.  Illustrate  the  difference  between  need 
and  necessity,  in  the  30th  line?      10.  What  is  the  ditlerence  between 

__ 


162 


COMMENTARY  ON  THE 


jected  to  insults  and  wrongs — a  'scourged 

40  and  '  timid  victim  of  all  warlike  nations. 
They  traced  the  causes  of  the  'growing  and 
constantly  advancing  'greatness  of  England, 
as  century  after  century  passed  'away,  to  the 
'augmented  and  cemented  union  at  home,  till 

45  all  the  nations  of  the  'earth  respected  the 
British  'name,  and  awarded  to  England  the 
proud  title  of  mistress  of  the  'ocean.  (§  4.) 
A  'memento  of  the  effects  of  disunion,  and 
its  results,  misery,  'imbecility,  and  ruin,  was 

50  to  be  seen  in  the  'aboriginal  inhabitants  of 
'this  country.  After  having  degenerated  from 
time  'immemorial,  the  Indians,  at  the  era  of 
the  'discovery  of  America,  were  numerous, 
and  'consecrated  themselves  to  war;  yet,  by 

55  disunion,  'tribe  after  'tribe  was  overcome  by 
the  European  'conquerors,  until,  where  mil- 
lions of  the  aborigines  were  formerly  'mar- 
shalled in  'battle  array,  no  vestige  remained 
of  their  'existence. 

CO  (§  5.)  The  measure  of  their  'irrational 
career  has  been  'filled.  No  more  do  the 
midnight  'orgies  of  barbarous  ^incantations 
disgrace  human  nature,  and  pollute  Atlantic 
soil.     Their  only  'monument  is  the  history 

65  written  by  their  'conquerors,  which  will  ever 


Chastised. 

FeiirfuL 

Iiicreiising. 

Power. 

By. 

Increased. 

World. 

Appellation. 

Sea. 

Memorial. 

Weakness. 

Indians 

America. 

Out  of  mind. 

Finding  out 

Devoted. 

Sept. 

Invaders. 

Mustered. 

Order  of  battle. 

Being. 

UnreaBonable. 

Made  full. 
Revelries. 

2  EnchaDtmenta. 

Memento. 
Victors. 


ocean  and  sea,  in  the  41  th  line?  (§4.)  11.  Repeat  tlie  substance  of 
section  four?  12.  Wliat  is  the  difference  between  consecrated  and  de- 
voted, in  the  54th  line?  13.  Illustrate  in  sentences  their  various  sig- 
nifications. 14.  What  IS  the  difference  between  tribe  and  sept,  in  the 
55th  line?  15.  Illustrate  in  sentences  their  various  significations. 
(§  5.)  16.  What  is  the  only  monument  of  the  aborigines  of  the  At- 
lantic states?    17.  In  what  way  is  the  common  defence  best  secured? 


CONSTITUTION  OF  THE  UNITED  STATES.       163 


remain,  to  exhibit  the  'results  of  war,  and  to 
afford  a  'salutary  lesson  to  all  succeeding 
'a"-es,  that  the  "  common  defence"  is  best  se- 
cured,  not  by  the  'constant  use  of  arms,  but 

70  by  'fraternal  union.  (§  6.)  Since  the  Con- 
stitution was  'formed,  Europe  has  furnished 
incontestable  proofs  of  the  'wisdom  of  our 
ancestors.  Hereditary  kings  and  '  nobles 
have  made  common  cause  to  'extirpate  every 

75  root  of  republican  'principles.  The  soil  of 
Europe  has  been  'soaked  with  the  blood  of 
millions  'struggling  for  liberty.  The  people 
of  France  and  Greece  have  had,  'against 
their  'will,  monarchical  forms  of  government 

80  'prescribed  for  them  by  the  "  Holy  Alliance. " 
Unhappy  Poland  has  been  'crushed  by 
the  'tyrants'  power,  and  blotted  from  the  list 
of  nations.  Without  union,  standing  'armies 
would  be  as  'requisite  in  America  as  in  Eu- 

85  rope.  One  of  the  'champions  of  the  Con- 
stitution 'said,  that "  without  standing  armies, 
the  '  liberties  of  republics  can  never  be  in 
'danger ;  nor,  with  large  armies,  safe." 

(§  7.)  The  fifth  object  of  the  'framers  of 

90  the  Constitution,  was  "  to  'promote  the  ge- 
neral welfare."     In  a  country  so  'extensive 


Consequences* 

Beneficial. 

Generations. 

Continual. 

Brotherly. 

Framed. 

Prudence. 

Peers. 

Eradicate. 

Tenets. 

Steeped. 

Striving. 

Contrary  to. 

Inclination. 

Established. 

overwhelmed. 

Despots'. 

Battalions. 

Ilidiapensable. 

Zealous  sup- 
porters. 

Remarked. 

Privileges. 

Jeopardy. 

Fabricators. 

Advance. 

Lar2;e. 


IR.  What  is  the  difference  between  a.ges  and  generations,  in  the  GSth 
line?  19.  lUustrate  in  sentences  their  various  significations.  (§6.) 
20.  Repeat  the  substance  of  section  six.  21.  What  is  the  difference 
between  ivisdom  anil  prurience,  in  the  72d  line?  22.  Between  nobles 
and  peers,  in  the  73d  line  ?  23.  Why  does  the  word  tyrants,  in  the  82d 
line,  mean  more  than  one,  when  the  same  word  is  often  used  to  express 
the  oppression  of  a  single  despot?  24.  Illustrate  the  importance  of 
punctuation,  by  examples  in  sentences.  (§  7.)  25.  What  was  the  fifth 
object  of  the  frnmers  of  the  Constitution?    2G.  What  must  necessarily 


164 


COMMENTARY  ON  THE 


as  the  American  republic,  there  must  'neces- 
sarily exist  a  variety  of  'pursuits,  and  of 
'occupations  among  the  people  of  the  difierent 

95  states.  The  'apparent  poUcy  of  one  state 
might  'induce  it  to  import  all  goods  free  of 
'duty,  whereas  another  state  would  impose 
duties  upon  all  imported  'goods,  in  order  to 
encourage    their  constant  'manufacture    at 

100  home.  (§  8.)  No  'plan  of  legislation  could 
be  'devised,  which  would  be  acceptable  in  a 
'pecuniary  view  to  all  the  people  in  every 
part  of  the  Union.  Hence  the  'importance 
of  a  national  'government  that  would  look 

105  with  impartial  eyes  upon  every  'part  of  the 
Union,  and  'adopt  only  such  laws  as  would 
'contribute  the  greatest  amount  of  benefit  to 
the  greatest  'numbers.  A  just  and  wise 
administration  must  'award  to  each  section 

110  corresponding  advantages,  and  'enact  laws, 
and  make  'appropriations  that  perpet- 
ually 'redound  to  the  glory  and  lasting  benefit 
of  the  whole  country.  (§9.)  'Separate  states 
look  generally  to  the  'immediate  interests  of 

115  their  own  people.  No  power  is  so  'likely 
to  keep  in  view  the  rights  of  the  '  citizens 
of  all  the  other  states,  as  the  'general  govern- 
ment.      'Commerce,    the     greatest  source 


Indispensably 

Objects. 

Vocations. 

Seeming. 

Incite. 

Impost. 

Articles. 

Making. 

Scheme. 

Contrived. 

Monetary. 

Necessity. 

Administra- 

tlllD. 

Section. 

Enact. 

Yield. 

Multitudes. 

Adjudge. 

Frame. 

Grants. 

Contribute. 

IndividuaL 

Particular. 

Apt. 

Denizens. 

Chief. 

Traffic. 


exist,  in  a  country  so  extensive  as  ours?  (§  8.)  27.  Is  there  any  plan 
of  legislation  that  will  contribute  equally  to  the  pecuniary  gain  of 
every  part  of  the  country  ?  28.  What  are  your  reasons  for  this  opi- 
nion? 29.  What  are  some  of  the  advantages  of  a  national  govern- 
ment? (§9.)  30.  Give  a  synopsis  of  section  nine.  31.  What  is  the 
(lifTerence  between  citizens  and  deiiizens,  in  the  llCth  line?  32.  Illus- 
trate in  sentences  their  various  significations.      33.  What  is  the  differ- 


CONSTITUTION  OF  THE  UNITED  STATES.   165 


of  wealth,  of  'improvement,  and  of  civiliza- 

120  tion,  if  left  to  the  'protection  of  single  state 
governments,  would  be  'destroyed  by  the 
jealous  and  'arrogant  powers  of  Europe. 
Under  the  'protecting  care  of  the  Union, 
the  American  'flag   commands   respect  in 

1-25  every  part  of  the  'world,  and  is  one  of  the 
mightiest  'bulwarks  of  knowledge.  Hence 
the  general  welfare  is  best  'promoted  by  the 
'Union. 

(§  10.)  The  sixth  and  'last  object  men- 

130  tioned  by  the 'framersofthe  Constitution  was, 
to  "  'secure  the  blessings  of  liberty  to  our- 
selves and  our  'posterity."  American  liberty 
had  been  obtained  by  'an  immense  sacrifice 
of  treasure  and  of  life.  The  people  had  'en- 

135  dured  all  the  horrors  and  'misery  of  war. 
Hence  the'authors  of  the  Constitution  fully  ap- 
preciated the  'inestimable  blessings  of  civil 
and  'religious  libert5^  (§  11.)  Hence,  they 
wished  to  'establish  a  government  that  might 

140  combine  'durability  with  moderation  of  power 
— energy  with  'equality  of  rights  —  respon- 
sibility with  a  'sense  of  independence — stea- 
diness of  'counsels  with  popular  elections  — 
and  a  lofty  'spirit  of  patriotism  with  the  love 

145  of  personal  'aggrandisement  —  to  combine 
the  'happiness  of  the  whole  with  the  least 
practicable  'restraints,  so  as  to  insure  per- 


Guardianship 

Kiiined. 

Hauglity. 

Fostering. 

Banner. 

Earth, 

Sliields. 

Advanced. 

Cnnfedera- 
tiun. 

Final. 

Makers. 

Insure. 

Descendants. 

A  vast. 

Suffered. 

Dreadfulness 

Originators. 

Invaluable. 

Spiritual. 

Form. 

Fermauency. 

Similarity. 

Knowledge. 

Deliberations 

Zeal  for. 

Advancement. 

Welfare. 
Restrictions. 


ence  between  ^^ag  and  banner,  in  the  124th  line?  34.  Illustrate  in 
sentences  their  various  significations.  (§  10.)  35.  What  was  the  sixth 
object  of  the  authors  of  the  Constitution  1  36.  In  what  way  was 
American  liberty  obtained  ?      (§  11.)  37.  Give  a  detailed  account  of 


166 


COMMENTARY   ON  THE 


manence  in  the  public  institutions,  'intelligent 
legislation,  and  'incorruptible  priv^ate  virtue. 

150  The  success  of  the  'labors  of  the  framcrs 
of  the  Constitution  has  'thus  far  been  with- 
out 'a  parallel.  (§  12.)  Here,  thought  is 
liberal,  conduct  free,  'property  and  person 
'secure,  manners  independent ;  and  here  mind 

155  enjoys  its  free  'scope.  With  us  alone,  now 
rests  the  chief  responsibility  of  'testing  the 
practicability  of  a  'republican  government. 
We  stand  as  a  'beacon  of  hope  to  the  enslaved 
millions  of  other  lands,  and  an  object  of  'dis- 

ico  trust  and  'dread  to  their  oppressors.  The 
success  or  failure  of  our  'example,  will  dis- 
pense 'light  and  liberty  to  the  world,  or 
'strengthen  the  hands  of  tyrants,  draw  still 
'firmer  the  chains,  and  extinguish  for  ages 

1C5  the  hopes  of  the  oppressed.  May  no  'dis- 
sensions, no  vice  or  corruption,  'destroy  our 
'flattering  prospects;  and  may  no  dazzling 
visions  of  ambition,  no  'specious  pretensions 
of  deceiving  tyrr.nts,  ever  'induce  us  to  betray 

170  our  high  and  'sacred  trust. 

THE  CONSTITUTIOBT 

That  'monolith,  so  lofty  and  enduring, 

Which  fills  the  eye  with  its  'proportions  grand, 
Has  long  since  'proved  its  fitness  for  securing 

Unnumber'd  blessings  to  our  'favor'd  land. 
175     It  is  a  'proper  monument  beside, 

For  all  its  'authors,  mighty,  pure,  and  sage, 
Who  are  'indeed  their  grateful  country's  pride, — 

The  crown. ng  glory  of  a  'trying  age. 


section  eleven      {§  12.)  38.  What  great  responsibility  rests  with  usi 

39.  What   is   the   meaning   of  monolith — of  obelisk,  in  the  171st  line? 

40.  Illustrate  the  dilTerence  between  them. 


CONSTITUTION  OF  THE  UNITED  STATES.       167 


LESSON   XXXII. 
LEGISLATIVE    DEPARTMENT.* 

(§  1.)  The  'exercise  of  legislative,  execu- 
tive, and  judicial  'powers,  is  indispensable  to 
the  energy  and  'stability  of  government. 
Whenever  these  are  all  'vested  in  one  per- 
5  son,  or  'body  of  men,  the  government  is  a 
despotism.  Their  entire  'separation  in  our 
Constitution,  'forms  one  of  the  strongest  pos- 
sible securities  to  public  liberty  and  'private 
rights.     The  'advantages  of  a  division  in  the 

10  legislative  power,  also,  are  'numerous.  It 
'interposes  a  check  upon  hasty  or  oppressive 
legislation  ;  opposes  'a  barrier  to  the  accu- 
mulation of  all  powers  in  a  single  body,  'pre- 
vents any  'artifices  of  popular  leaders,  and 

15  secures  a  calm  review  of  the  same  'measures 
by  differently  'organized  bodies. 

HOUSE    OF    REPUESENTATIVES. 

(§  2.)  Section  second  'relates  to  the  struc- 
ture and  'organization  of  the  house  of  repre- 
sentatives. This  being  the  more  'popular 
20  branch  of  the  legislature,  the  'members  are 
'elected  at  intervals  of  only  two  years,  that 
the  people  may  have  frequent  'opportunities 


Employment 

Authorities. 

Permanency. 

Reposed. 

Assemblage. 

Detanliment. 

Gives. 

Individual. 

Benefits. 

Manifold. 

Places. 

An  obstruo- 
tioo. 

Hinders. 
JIacIiinations 
Acts. 
Constructed. 


Establish- 
ment. 


Representa- 
tives. 


Chosen. 
Chances. 


(§  1.)  1.  What  are  some  of  the  evils  arising  from  a  want  of  union? 
2.  In  what  are  all  legislative  powers  vesteJ  ?  3.  Of  how  many 
branches  is  Congress  composed?  4.  What  powers  are  necessary  to 
government?  5.  What  does  their  separation  form  ?  6.  What  are  the 
advantages  of  a  division  in  the  legislative  department?  (§  2.)  7. 
How  often  are  the  members  of  the  House  of  Representatives  chosen? 

Teachers  who  wish  to  continue  tlie  examples  on  the  meaning  cf  words,  are  referred  to  the 
Index  of  synonyms  and  mental  exercises. 

•  See  Article  1.  of  the  Constitution,  sections  1     and  2  Faffe  118  and  11!'. 


168 


COMMENTARY   ON  THE 


of  expressing  their  approval  or  'disapproval 
of  their  'conduct,  and  of  making  known  their 
25'v^ashes    through    them.      A   representative 
should  be  of  'sufficient  age  to  enjoy  the  be- 
nefits of  some  experience,  to  have  his  'judg- 
ment 'matured,  and  his  principles  established, 
and  generally  knovv^n.    'Aliens  cannot  be  ex- 
30  pectedto  have  that  'attachment  to  the  soil  and 
interests  of  the  country,  nor  that  'acquaint- 
ance vi^ith  its  institutions,  which  is  'necessary 
to  constitute  patriotic  or  'efficient  public  offi- 
cers.    It  is  'important  that  a  representative 
35  should  possess  'a  familiar  knowledge  of  the 
'interests  of  those  whom  he  represents,  and 
share  with  them  the  'resuhs  of  the  measures 
which  he  may  'support.     (§  3.)  The  number 
of  representatives  was  'restricted  to  one  for 
40  every  thirty  thousand  'inhabitants,  that  the 
House  might  not  become  'unreasonably  large, 
and  too  unwieldy  for  the  'transaction  of  bu- 
siness.    There  is  also  much  'wisdom  and 
consideration  'manifested  in  that  provision, 
45  which  'secures  to  every  state,  however  small, 
one  representative.  Otherwise  the  'ratio  of  re- 
presentation might  be  'raised  so  high  as  to 
'exclude  the  smaller  states  from  any  share  of 
the  legislative  power  in  one  '  branch.     The 


8.  By  wlioml  9.  What  are  the  qualifications  for  electors?  10.  Why- 
is  a  short  term  ot  otTice  selected?  11.  What  are  tlie  qualifications 
requisite  for  members  of  the  House?  12.  Why  is  a  qualification  in 
respect  to  age  necessary  ?  13.  Why  are  aliens  excluded  ?  14.  Why 
should  the  representative  be  an  inhabitant  of  the  state  in  which  he 
's  chosen?  (§3)  15.  How  are  representatives  apportioned?  IG. 
See  Article  I.  of  (he  Constitution,  sections  1  and  2,  p.iRc  1 18  and  1 19. 


CONSTITUTION  OF  THE  UNITED  STATES. 


169 


A  member. 

Souis. 

Arraignment 

Cliarge. 


50  ratio  of  representation  ^established  by  act  of 
Congress,  for  the  census  of  1850,  is  *one 
representative  for  93,420  ^inhabitants. 

(§  4.)  The  power  of  'impeachment  is  the 
right  to  present  a  written  'accusation  against 

55  persons  in  high  'offices,  for  the  purpose  of 
bringing  them  to  trial  for  any  'misconduct. 
Persons  of  high  'rank  and  influence,  who 
might  escape  punishment  before  the  'ordinary- 
tribunals,  may  thus  be  brought  to   'justice. 

[The  Representati/es  in  Congress  for  eadi  State  are,  Me  6,  N.  H.  3,  Vt.  3,  Mass.  IX.  R.  I.  2, 
Ct.  4,  N.  Y.  33.  N.  J.  5,  Pa.  25,  Del.  1.  Md.  6,  Va  13,  N.  C.  8,  S.  C.  6,  Ga.  8.  Fl.  1,  Ala.  7,  Miss.  5. 
La.  4,  Tex.  2,  Ark.  2. 'lean.  10,  Ky.  10,  Mo  7.  O.  21,  Mich.  4,  la.  11,  111.  9.  Wis  3,  Iowa  2,  Cal.  2, 
and  one  Delegate  for  each  Terntury.    Each  State  is  eutitleil  to  two  U.  S.  Senators.] 

SENATE.* 

(§  5.)  Two  senators  are  'chosen  from  each 
state,  so  that  in  this  'branch  all  the  states  are 
'equal;  and  though  the  small  states  may  be 

65  'outvoted  in  the  other  branch,  by  the   large 

ones,  here,  the  smallest  stand  on  a  'perfect   complete. 
'equality  with  the  largest.     The  members  are   Level. 
'chosen   by  the   state   legislatures,  and     are 
'therefore  the  representatives  of  these  bodies.  Accordingly. 

70  and  not  of  the  people  'directly.     A  term  of  immeuiatciy. 
six   years    'secures  greater    stability  in  its 
counsels,  and  more  'experience  and  inform- 
ation in  its  members,  than  a  'shorter  term. 


How  is  the  census  to  be  made?  17.  How  is  the  number  of  represen- 
tatives limited?  18.  Why  thus  limited'?  19.  Why  is  it  important 
that  each  state  should  have  at  least  one  representative?  20.  What  is 
the  ratio  established  in  1850?  (§4.)  21.  How  are  vacancies  filled? 
22.  How  are  the  speaker  and  other  officers  chosen?  23.  Over  what 
has  the  House  sole  power?  24.  What  is  the  power  of  impeachment? 
(§5.)  25.  Of  what  is  the  Senate  composed?  2(3.  How  are  tlie  mem- 
liers  chosen?  27,  For  what  time?  28.  Why  is  an  equal  numbei 
chosen  fioin  each  state?  29.  What  do  the  senators  represent?  30. 
What  does  a  term  of  six  years  secure?  31.  V/hat  projjortion  is  chosen 
*  See  Article  I.  of  the  Constitution,  section  3  pa^^a  ICO. 
_ 


170 


COMMENTARY  ON  THE 


The  'whole  body  is  changed  in  six  years, 

75  and  'must  always  retain  a  large  share  of  ex- 
perience in  public  'matters.  The  Senate  is 
an  'important  check  upon  government ;  and 
it  is  worthy  of  'remark,  that  those  republics 
which    'endured    the    longest,  and  secured 

80  most  the  'respect  of  mankind,  have  been 
'shielded  by  the  wisdom  and  foresight  of 
Senates.  (§  6.)  The  'office  of  Senator  being, 
in  some  respects,  more  'important  than  that 
of  Representative,  greater  age  is  'required. 

85  The  term  of  citizenship  is  also  'increased,  on 
account  of  the  'connexion  of  the  Senate  with 
'foreign  nations,  in  the  appointment  of  am- 
bassadors, and  the  formation  of  'treaties. 
Nine  years  does  not  appear  to  be  an  'unrea- 

90  sonable  term  for  a  foreigner  to  lose  his  'at- 
tachment for  his  'native  country,  and  become 
'identified  with  the  interests  of  his  adopted 
'country. 

(§  7.)  A  Senator  must  also  be  Uin  inha- 

J>5  hiiant  of  the  State  which  he  'represents,  that 
he  may  be  acquainted  with  the  '  local  inte- 
rests and  'wants  of  the  State,  and  share  in 
the  effect  of  'measures,  relating  to  the  rights 
and  'sovereignty  of  the   State.     Here,    we 

100  may  'observe,  that  no  qualification,  as  to  pro- 


every  second  year?  32.  How  may  temporary  appointments  be  made? 
33.  In  what  time  is  the  whole  body  changed  ?  34.  What  does  it  al- 
ways retain?  35.  What  are  the  qualifications  requisite  for  a  senator? 
(§  6.)  36.  Why  is  greater  age  reqinred  for  a  Senator  than  for  a  member 
of  the  House?  37.  Why  a  longer  term  of  citizenship  ?  38.  Why 
should  he  be  an  inhabitant  of  the  State  which  he  represents?     (§  7.) 

See  Article  I.  of  the  Constitution,  section    3,  pagp  120. 


CONSTITUTION   OF  THE   UNITED  STATES. 


17] 


perty,  is  required  either  in  'regard  to  Sena- 
tors or  Representatives.  'Merit  and  talent 
have  free  access  to  the  highest  'stations  of 
honor  in  the  land,  and  thus  receive  'direct 

i05  and  powerful  'encouragement.  (§  8.)  The 
Senate  is  the  most  'suitable  body  upon  which 
the  trial  of  'impeachments  could  have  been 
'conferred.  It  is  generally  composed  of  men 
of  'distinguished  talent,  mature  age,  and  ripe 

110  experience,  in  w'hose  wisdom  and  'integrity 
the  whole  country  have  'confidence.  In  a 
great  degree  removed  from  popular  'passions, 
and  the  influence  of  sectional  prejudices,  they 
w^ould  be  likely  to  act  'impartially.     On  ac- 

115  count  of  their  numbers,  and  the  'assurance 
arising  from  'permanency  of  place  and  dig- 
nity of  station,  they  would  act  'independently. 
(§  9.)  It  is,  'moreover,  a  political  body,  well 
'acquainted  with  the  rights  and  duties  of  the 

120  public  'officers  who  may  be  brought  before 
it.  Trials  for  'impeachment  are  not  such  as 
'usually  come  before  the  Supreme  Court ;  the 
court  is  not,  therefore,  'accustomed  to  ex- 
amining cases  of  political   'delinquency. 

125  'Besides,  one  of  its  judges  may  be  the  very 
person  to  be  'impeached.      In     that     case 


Respect. 

Worth. 

Offices. 

Immediate. 

Assistance. 

Proper. 

Crimes. 

Bestowed. 

Eminent. 

Uprightness. 

Credence. 

Impulses. 

TerritoriaL 

Equitably. 

Coufideace. 

Stability. 

Without  re- 
straint. 

Furthermore 
Familiar. 

FuDCtJon&riea. 
Miademeajiora. 

Customarily. 
Used. 
Guilt. , 
Moreover, 
.irraigiied. 


39.  Is  there  any  property  qualification  required  in  a  Senator?  40. 
Who  is  president  of  the  Senate?  41.  When  may  he  vote?  42.  What 
officers  are  chosen  by  the  Senate'?  (§  S.)  43.  What  body  has  sole 
power  to  try  impeachments,  and  who  presides  when  the  president 
is  to  be  tried?  44.  What  number  is  necessary  to  convict?  45.  What 
are  some  of  the  reasons  why  the  Senate  is  the  most  suitable  body  for 
the  trial  of  impeachments?  (§  9  )  46.  Why  is  not  the  Supreme  Court 
suitable  for  the  trial  of  impeachments?  (§  10.)  47.  How  far  does 
See  Article  I.  of  the  Constitution,  section  3  pago  101. 


172 


COMMENTARY  ON  THE 


the  court  would  be  '  likely  to  feel  a  strong 
'partiality  for  one  of  its  members.  (§  10.) 
The  'object  of  impeachment  is  punishment 

130  fora  political 'offence,  hence  the  removal  from 
office  'appears  to  be  sufficient.  Yet,  the  guilty 
can  not  'escape  chastisement,  they  are  ame- 
nable to  trial  and  'punishment  in  the  courts 
of  law.     For  this  'reason,  trial  for  impeach- 

135  ment  may  have  been  'excluded  from  the 
courts ;  for  then,  they  would  'decide  twice 
upon  the  same  'offence.  (§11.)  Each  state  is 
'allowed  to  consult  its  own  local  convenience 
in  reference  to  the  time  and  place  of  'elec- 

Ho  tion.  As  the  'ability  of  the  government 
to  carry  on  its  'operations,  depends  upon 
these  elections,  the  'ultimate  power  to  make 
or  alter  such  'regulations,  in  order  to  pre- 
serve the  'efficiency  of  the  government,  is 

45  'placed  in  Congress.  Otherwise,  the  govern- 
ment would  possess  no  'means  of  self-pre- 
servation. The  more  'carefully  we  examine 
the  nice  'arrangement  and  the  skilful  distri- 
bution of  the  powers  of  the   'Constitution, 

J50  the  more  shall  we  be  'impressed  with  the 
surpassing  v/isdom  of  its  'construction,  and 
the  more  shall  we  'imbibe  the  patriotic  zeal 
of  its  'framers. 


Apt. 

Favor. 

Purpose. 

Transgres- 
siou. 

Seems. 

Avoid. 

Penalty. 

Cause. 

Debarred. 

Determine. 

Crime. 

Permitted. 

Choosing. 

Power. 

Measures. 

Final. 

Schemes. 

Energy. 

Vested. 

Power. 

Accurately. 

Order. 

Supreme  law 

Convinced  of. 

Formation. 

Keceive. 

Constructers. 


judgment  extend  in  ca.«es  of  impeachment?  48.  To  what  else  is  the 
convinted  party,  liable?  49.  Why  were  trials  for  impeachment  ex- 
cluded from  courts?  (§  11.)  50.  How  are  the  times,  places,  and 
manner  of  holding  elections  for  Senators  and  Representatives,  pre- 
scribed? 51.  Who  may  alter  such  regulations?  52.  With  what  ex- 
ception? 53.  Why  is  this  power  necessarily  left  to  Congress? 
See  Article  I.  of  the  Constitution,  section  4  page  122. 


CONSTITUTION   OF  THE    UNITED  STATES.        173 


LESSON    XXXIII. 

DUTIES  AND  COMPENSATION    OF    THE    MEMBERS  ;    AND 
OF    THE    POWERS    OF    CONGRESS.* 

(§  1.)  The  power  to  judge  of  '  elections 
must  be  '  lodged  somewhere,  in  order  to  pre- 
vent 'impositions ;  and  if  vested  in  any  other 
body,  might  prove  'dangerous  to  the  legis- 
5  lative  department.  It  is  'important  that  some 
number  should  be  fixed  for  the  'transaction 
of  business ;  or  laws  might  '  sometimes  be 
'passed  by  a  minority,  and  thus  defeat  the 
'design   of  the  Constitution.      A  power  to 

10 'compel  the  attendance  of  absentees  is  also 
indispensable,  or  legislation  might  be  'utterly 
suspended.  No  body  can  'transact  business 
with  proper  'order  and  deliberation,  nor  pre- 
serve its  'dignity  and  self-respect,  without 

15  the  'power  of  making  and  enforcing  its  own 
'rules.  (§  2.)  A  member,  knowing  that  his 
'vote  upon  every  question  is  recorded  where 
it  is  'exposed  to  public  view,  and  may  be 
brought  in  'judgment  against  him,  will  vote 

20  with  'deliberation  and  caution  upon  every 
'measure  presented  for  consideration.  Both 
Houses  must  concur  to  'enact  a  law.  Hence 
the  provision  to  prevent  'unnecessary  adjourn- 


Choice  made 
of  ullicurs. 

Placed. 

Wrongs. 

Iliizardous. 

Requisite. 

Performance. 

Occasioaally. 

Enacted. 

Object. 

Enforce. 

TotaUy. 

Do. 

Method. 

Honor. 

Ability. 

Regulations. 

Suifrage. 

Open. 

.'\.ccount. 

Considera- 
tion. 

Act. 
Make. 

Useless. 


(§  1.)  1.  Of  what  is  each  House  the  judge?  2.  What  constitutes  i 
quorum?  3.  What  may  a  smaller  number  do?  4.  Why  is  the  jiowet 
to  judge  of  the  e'ections,  &c.,  of  its  own  members,  given  to  each 
House?    5.  Why  should  a  majority  be  required  to  constitute  a  quorum? 

6.  What  power  has  each  House  over  its  proceedings  and  members? 

7.  Why  are  these  powers  necessary  to  Congress  ?      (§  2.)   8.  What 

*  See  Article  I.  of  the  Constitution,  section  5  page  122. 

15* 


174 


COMMENTARY  ON  THE 


ment  and  needless  'delay  in  the  transaction  of 

25  business.  Congress  must  'adjourn,  every  se- 
cond year,  on  the  3d  of  March,  '  because  on 
that  day  the  term  of  'office  of  all  the  represent- 
atives and  one-third  of  the  senators  'expires. 
(§  3.)  'Objections  have  been  made  to  al- 

30  lowing  a  'compensation  to  members,  because 
it  was  alleged  that  it  'tempted  the  unworthy  to 
intrigue  for  office,  'chiefly  on  account  of  the 
pay.  On  the  other  hand,  if  no  'compensa- 
sation  was  'allowed,  none  but  the  wealthy 

35  would  be  found  in  the  'halls  of  Congress,  and 
'poverty  might  exclude  the  highest  merit  from 
the  'councils  of  the  nation.  Senators  and 
Representatives  are  'paid  from  the  national 
'treasury  eight  dollars  per  day.  The  exemption 

40  of  members  from  'arrest,  must  not  be  consi- 
dered a  personal  privilege,  for  the  'benefit  of 
the  member,  but  for  the  benefit  of  his  'con- 
stituents, who  might  be  deprived  of  his  'ser- 
vices and  'influence  in  the  national  councils. 

45 'Exemption  from  being  questioned  for  "any 
speech  or  debate,"  is  also  a  public  right,  'de- 
signed to  secure  independence  and  'firmness 


Retarding. 

Prorogue. 

For. 

Service. 

Terminates. 

Exceptions. 

Recompense. 

Incited. 

Mainly. 

Remunera- 
tion. 

Granted. 

Seats. 

Indigence. 

Assemblies. 

Compensated 

Repository. 

Seizure. 

Advantage. 

Fellovv.coun- 

sellors. 

Labors. 

Weight. 

Freedom. 

Instituted. 

Stability. 


must  each  House  keep,  and  from  time  to  time  publish  1  9.  What  pro- 
portion is  necessary  to  have  the  yeas  and  nays  entered  on  the  journal  ? 
10.  What  is  the  object  of  this?  11.  How  long  can  one  House  adjourn 
without  the  consent  of  the  other?  12.  Why  cannot  it  adjourn  for  a 
longer  time  ?  13.  Why  must  Congress  adjourn  every  second  year  on  the 
3d  of  March?  14.  In  what  cases  are  they  privileged  from  arrest?  15. 
Can  they  be  questioned  in  any  other  place  for  any  speech  or  debate  in 
either  House?  (§  3.)  16.  What  are  some  of  the  reasons  for  allowing 
compensation  to  members?  17.  How  much  are  they  paid?  18.  For 
what  reasons  are  they  privileged  from  arrest?  19.  From  being  ques- 
foi  any  speech  or  debate?  (§4.)  20.  What  offices  are  the  members 
See  Article  I.  of  the  Constitution,  section  6  page  123. 


CONSTITUTION  OF  THE  UNITED  STATES.   175 


in  action,  and  freedom  in  'debate.  (§  4.) 
— 'Legislators    are    prevented  from  holding 

50  any  otfice  'inconsistent  with  their  legislative 
duties.  'An  intermingling  oiih<dde^^x\.n-\ex\\.% 
is  also  'prevented.  The  House  of  Repre- 
sentatives have  the  power  of  'levying  taxes. 
The   probable   reason   why    'revenue   bills 

55  must  'originate  in  the  House  of  Represen- 
tatives is,  that  the  members  are  'elected 
'directly  by  the  people,  and  therefore  ac- 
quainted with  their  local  'interests  and  their 
wishes.     But  the  Senators  are  'chosen  by 

60  the  '  leo;islatures  of  the  states.  It  is  also  in 
accordance  with  the  'usages  of  the  British 
Parliament.  All  bills  for  'raising  revenue 
must  'originate  in  the  House  of  Commons, 
which  'corresponds  with  our  House  of  Re- 

65  presentatives.  According  to  the  'usages  of 
Congress,  bills  that  indirectly  'create  or  aug- 
ment the  revenue,  'may  originate  in  the  Se- 
nate as  well  as  the  House  of  'Representatives. 
(§  5.)  The  'veto  is  generally  regarded  as 

70  imposing  a  salutary  'check  upon  rash  and 
hasty  legislation.  The  'power  of  the  presi- 
dent is  only  'negative,  and  is  not  absolute; 
for  if  a  bill  be  'passed  by  a  vote  of  two-thirds, 
after  'reconsideration,  it  becomes  a  law,  not- 

75  withstanding  his  veto.    The  veto  'power  has. 


Discussion. 
Lawgivers. 
Incompatible 

A  commingliuB. 

Obviated. 

Assessing. 

Income. 

Have  origin. 

Cliosen. 

Immediately 

Advantages. 

Elected. 

Assemblies. 

Customs. 

Collecting. 

Commence. 

Is  similar  to. 

Practices. 

Make. 

Can. 

Delegates. 

Prohibition. 

Restraint. 

Authority. 

Conditional. 

Carried. 

Review. 

Privilege. 


proliibited  from  holding?  21.  Why?  22.  Where  do  revenue  bills 
originate?  23.  Why?  24.  To  whom  must  every  bill  be  presented 
before  it  can  become  a  law  ?  [%  5.)  25.  What  is  done  if  he  vetoes  it? 
20.  Can  a  bill  become  a  law  without  his  signature?  27.  How  ?  28. 
What  is  the  object  of  the  veto  power?  29.  What  objections  have 
See  Article  I.  of  the  Constitution,  section  7  page  124. 


176 


COMMENTARY  ON  THE 


however,  in  its  present  form,  many  'opposers, 
who  'contend  that  it  is  a  monarchical  fea- 
ture in  the  government —  'enables  one  man 
to  set  his  private  'opinions  against  the  wishes 

80  of  the  people  —  and  ought  to  be  'modified. 
(§  6.)  The  adjournment  is  very  'properly 
left  to  the  'discretion  of  Congress,  unless  the 
two  houses  disagree,  when  it  'devolves  on 
the  President.    The  eighth  'section  of  article 

85  first  'specifies  the  legislative  powers  conferred 
on  Congress.  Congress  has  power  to  '  lay 
and  'collect  taxes,  duties,  imposts,  and  ex- 
cises, in  order  to  'pay  the  debts,  and  provide 
for  the  common  'defence  and  general  wel- 

90  fare,  but  for  no  other  'purpose.  They  must 
be  'uniform.  Congress  is  thus  prohibited 
from  giving  an  'undue  preference  to  any 
particular  'section  of  the  Union,  or  to  the 
particular  'interests  of  any  party. 

95  (§  7.)  In  'times  of  war,  the  expenses  of 
one  year  may  'exceed  the  revenue  of  many 
years.  'Emergencies  may  also  arise  in  times 
of  peace,  when  the  'ordinary  revenue  would 
be  found  'insufficient  to  meet  the  demands 

100  upon  government.  In  such  cases  the  'effi- 
ciency of  the  government  would  be  'greatly 


Opponents. 

Argue. 

Helps. 

Views. 

Changed. 

Wisely. 

Judgment. 

Passes  to. 

Division. 

Names. 

Levy. 

Gather. 

Cancel. 

Protection. 

Object. 

Equal. 

Improper. 

Part. 

Benefits. 

Seasons. 

Be  more  than 

Exigencies. 

Usual. 

Inadequate. 

Power. 

Much. 


been  made  to  it?  30.  To  whom  must  every  order,  resolution,  or  vote 
be  presented?  (§6.)  31.  Can  Congress  adjourn  without  the  consent 
of  the  president?  32.  Wliat  if  the  two  Houses  disagree?  33.  For 
what  purposes  lias  Congress  power  to  lay  and  collect  taxes,  &c.  ?  34. 
Must  they  be  uniform?  35.  Why  is  it  important?  3G.  Illustrate 
the  difference  between  taxes  and  duties.  37.  Between  imposts  and 
excises.  38.  Illustrate  in  sentences  their  various  meanings.  (§  7.)  39. 
How  may  congress   borrow   money?     40.  For  what  purposes  is  this 

See  Article  I.  of  the  Constitution,  section  8  pa^o  lil 


CONSTITUTION  OF  THE   UNITED   STATES.        177 


'impaired,  without  the  power  to  collect  taxes, 
its  existence  might  be  'endangered.      The 
power  to  'regulate  commerce  with  foreign 
105  nations  can  only  be  safely  'entrusted  to  Con- 
gress.    It  cannot  be  '  left  to  the  states.    Ex- 
perience under  the  Confederation  'taught  this. 
Each  state  then  'pursued  its  own  imaginary 
local  interests ;  opposite  and  'conflicting  re- 
no  gulations  were  adopted;  'rivalry  and  jealousy 
impelled  each  to  retaliatory  'measures.  Our 
commerce  'declined,  and  became  the  prey 
of  foreign  nations ;  contention  was  rife ;  'an- 
archy and  ruin  'seemed  to  be  near  at  hand. 
115  (§  8.)  To  prevent  conflicting  'arrangements 
by  the  states,  the  power  to  'estabhsh  "  a  uni- 
form rule  of  'naturalization"  is  given  to  Con- 
gress.    'Citizens  of  one  state  are  entitled  to 
the  rights  and  'privileges  of  citizens  in  an- 
120  other.     Now,  if  one    state    should    'require 
a  long  'term  of  residence,  and   another  a 
short  one,  'a  foreigner  by  becoming  natural- 
ized  in   that  which   required   the   'shortest 
term,  might    'immediately  remove   to   any 
125  other,  and  'claim  all  the  privileges  of  a  citi- 
zen.    The  term  of  '  residence  required  by 
Congress  is  five  years.     Bankrupt '  laws  are 
'designed  to  obtain  for  honest  but  unfortunate 
debtors  a  'discharge  from  debts  which  they 
130  are  unable  to  'pay.     They  also  secure  to 


Weakened. 

JeoparJed. 

Adjust. 

Committed. 

Submitted. 

Showed. 

Followed. 

Clashing. 

Competition. 

Proceedings. 

Diminished. 

Confusion. 

Appeared. 

Plans. 

Create. 

Indenization. 

Residents. 

Advantages. 

Ask 

Period. 

An  alien. 

Briefest. 

At  once. 

Demand. 

Habitation. 

Statutes. 

Intended. 

Clearance. 

Discharge. 


power   necessary?     41.  What   power  has  congress  over  commerce? 

42.  What  example  shows  that  it  couhl  not  be  left  to  the  states  ?      (§  8.) 

43.  What  power  has  congress  with  regard  to  naturalization  and  bank- 

See  Article  1.  of  tlie  Constitution,  section  8  page  126. 


178 


COMMENTARY   ON  THE 


creditors  a  full  'surrender  of,  and  an  equal 
participation  in,  the  'effects  of  the  debtor. 
Tiie  states  have  power  to  pass  '  bankrupt 
laws,  when  there  is  no  bankrupt  'law  of  the 

135  United  States  in  'force. 

(§  9.)  Money  being  the  'standard  by  which 
all  merchandise  and  'property  of  every  kind, 
as  well  as  the  value  of  labor,  are  'measured, 
should  be  of  'uniform  value  throughout  the 

140  nation.  A  like  reason  might  be  'assigned 
for  'fixing  the  standard  of  weights  and  mea- 
sures. They  cannot,  therefore,  be  '  left  to 
the  states,  as  this  would  produce  'intermin- 
able confusion  and  'embarrassment.      Con- 

145  gress  has  power  to  punish  'infringements 
upon  its  sole  right  to  'coin  money,  and  to 
prevent  'forgery  and  fraud  upon  its  securi- 
ties when  it  '  borrows  money.  (§  10.)  As 
the  mails  are  to  be  'carried  to  all  parts  of 

150  the  Union,  the  'adoption  of  any  uniform 
system  of  'I'egulations  by  the  diflerent  states 
would  be  'impossible.  The  post-office  is  one  of 
the  most  'useful  departments  of  government. 
By  it,  'intelligence,  literary  and  private,  is 

155  'disseminated  through  the  country  with  great 
'speed  and  regularity.  It  keeps  the  people 
constantly  'advised  of  the  doings  of  their 


RtsigTiation 

Property, 

Insolvent. 

Eiiactinent. 

Operation. 

Medium. 

Kffecls. 

Gauged. 

Equal. 

Given. 

Establishing. 

Referred. 

Continual. 

Perplexity. 

Encroach- 
ments. 

Mint. 

Counterfeit- 
ing. 

Hires. 

Conveyed. 

Selection. 

Rules. 

Unattainable 

Beneficial. 

Information. 

Spread. 

Dispatch. 

Informed. 


ruptcies?  44.  Why  may  not  the  states  enact  naturalization  laws? 
45.  Fo-  what  are  bankrupt  laws  designed?  (§  9.)  40.  What  power 
has  con<,'rcBs  over  moneys,  weights  and  measures?  47.  For  what  rea- 
son is  this  power  given  to  Congress  rather  than  to  the  states  ?  48.  In 
what  case  may  Congress  punish  counterfeiting?  (10.)  49.  What 
power  has  it  in  regard  to  post-offices  and  post-roads?  50.  Why? 
See  Article  I.  of  the  Con.'ititution.  section  8  page  126. 


CONSTITUTION  OF  THE  UNITED  STATES.   179 


rulers,  which  is  'indispensable  for  a  free  go- 
vernment.— 'Authors  of  valuable  works,  and 

160  'discoverers  of  useful  inventions  ought  to  be 
'considered  pubhc  benefactors,  and  should 
receive  encouragement  and  'reward  for  their 
labors.  They  cannot  obtain  '  protection 
from  the  states.     A  copy-right  or  a  'patent, 

165  given  by  one  state,  might  be  'violated  with 
impunity  by  all  the  'others. 

(§11.)  Piracy  is  'generally  defined  to  be 
robbery  upon  the  liigh  seas.  Pirates  are  the 
declared  'enemies  of  all  nations,  and  may 

iro  be  'punished  by  any  realm.  The  law  of 
nations  can  only  be  'deduced  from  reason 
and  the  law  of  nature,  the  'practices 
and  general  consent  of  the  'civilized  world. 
Each  government  is  'responsible  to  foreign 

173  authorities  for  the  'conduct  of  its  citizens 
on  the  high  seas,  and  must  have  'power  to 
punish  any  'infraction  of  the  law  of  na- 
tions. (§  12.)  The  power  to  'declare  war 
must  'evidently  be  deposited  with  the  general 

180  government.  It  seems  to  belong  'appropri- 
ately to  Congress,  where  all  the  'states  and 
all  the  'people  are  represented.  Congress 
may  raise  and  'support  armies;  but  no  ap- 


Requisite. 

Writers. 

Introducers. 

Deemed^, 

Compensa- 
tiuo. 

Support. 

Privilege. 

Invaded. 

Rest. 

Usu.'UIy. 

Open  waters. 

Foes. 

Condemned. 

Drawn. 

Usages. 

Learned. 

Answerable. 

Deportment. 

Authority. 

Violation. 

Wage. 

Obviously. 

Fitly. 

Commonwealths 

Iiihaliitants. 
Sustain. 


51.  What  are  the  benefits  of  this  department?  52.  How  may  Con- 
gress promote  science  and  the  useful  arts?  53.  Why  may  not  a  state 
i;rant  a  copy-riglit  or  patent  ?  54.  What  power  has  Congress  in  regan] 
to  establishing  tribimals?  (§  11.)  55.  What  power  in  regard  to  pira- 
cies and  the  laws  of  nations?  5G.  Wliat  is  piracy?  57.  Why  may 
any  government  punish  offences  against  the  lavvs  of  nations?  (§  12.) 
58.  What  power  has  Congress  in  regard  to  war?  59.  Wliy  is  this 
power  appropriate  to  Congress  ?  60.  What  are  letters  of  marque  and 
See  Article  I.  of  the  Constitution,  section  8  page  126. 


180 


COMMENTARY  ON  THE 


propriation  of  money  to  that  'use  shall "  be  for 

185  a  longer  'term  than  two  years."  Without 
this  authority,  the  power  to  'declare  war 
would  be  'nugatory.  It  secures  promptitude 
of  action ;  and  by  being  always  'prepared 
for  war,  a  nation  may  frequently  'avoid  it. 

190  This  power  is  also  important,  for  the  'sup- 
pression of  domestic  'insurrections.  As  this 
power  might  be  'abused  in  times  of  peace, 
a  restriction  is  placed  upon  the  grant  of  'ap- 
propriations for  the  'support  of  armies. 

195  (§13.)  Congress  'may  "provide  for  and 
'maintain  a  navy."  This  power  has  the  same 
'objects  as  that  to  raise  and  maintain  armies. 
It  is  'considered  less  dangerous  to  the  liber- 
ties of  the  people  than  'an  army.     There  is 

200  no  'record  of  any  nation  having  been  de- 
prived of  liberty  by  its  navy,  while  many  have 
been  ruined  by  their  'armies.  A  navy  is  very 
'important  for  the  protection  of  commerce, 
and   is  a  strong   arm   of   'defence  in  war. 

205  Congress  may  "  make  rules  for  the  'govern- 
ment and  'regulation  of  the  land  and  naval 
forces."  This  power  is  'an  in  dispensable 
consequence  of  the  'preceding  clauses.  (§  14.) 
The    next   power  of  Congress    is    to  '  pro- 

210  vide  for  "  callina;  forth  the  militia  to  'exe- 


reprisal  ?  61.  For  wliat  purpose  are  they  granted  ?  62.  What  power 
in  regard  to  armies?  63.  How  is  this  power  restricted'?  64.  What 
are  its  objects?  (§  13.)  65.  What  power  in  regard  to  a  navy?  66. 
What  are  the  benefits  of  a  navy  ?  67.  What  power  in  regard  to  the 
regulation  of  hind  and  naval  forces?  68.  To  what  is  this  power 
incident «  (§  14.)  69.  For  what  purposes  may  Congress  call  forth  the 
See  Article  I  of  thp  Constitution,  section  8.  page  137. 


CONSTITUTION  OF  THE  UNITED  STATES.   18] 


cute  the  laws  of  the  Union,  'suppress  insur- 
rections, and  repel  'invasions."  Among  a 
free  people,  there  are  the  'strongest  objec- 
tions to  'maintaining  a  large  standing  army, 

215  justly  deemed  the  curse  of  republics.  This 
power  of  calling  on  the  'militia  prevents  this 
necessity,  which  must  otherwise  'exist,  for 
the  purpose  of  'suppressing  insurrections  and 
riots.     The  power  'exercised  by  Congress 

220  over  the  militia  is  designed  to  'secure  uni- 
formity and  energy  of  action,  while  the  'con- 
trol left  to  the  states  'prevents  them  from 
being  'entirely  deprived  of  the  means  of  mili- 
tary defence,  in  any  sudden  'emergency. 

225  (§  15.)  ^Congress,  to  maintain  its  dignity 
and  enforce  its  'authority,  must  be  free  from 
state  laws  and  'govern  the  district  where  its 
members  meet.  At  the  close  of  the  'Revo- 
lution the  ^continental  Congress  was  insulted 

230  and  its  'business  interrupted  by  the  insur- 
gents of  the  array.  Those  venerable  'Legis- 
lators, with  world-wide  fame,  were  'forced 
to  leave  Hhe  cradle  of  independence  and 
adjourn    to    Princeton.      (§   16.)     ^National 

235  legislation  over  forts  and  all  public  'places  is 
also  'intended  to  guard  against  state  inno- 
vations, and  secure  wise  and  uniform  'laws. 


Subdue. 

Incursions. 

Greatest. 

Supporting. 

Bane. 

Citizen  sol- 
diery. 

Be. 

Subduing. 

Wielded. 

Maintain. 

Governance. 

Hinders. 

Wholly. 

Exigency. 

Qovermnent 

Statutes. 

Rule. 

Firet  war  with 
England. 

Revolution- 
ary. 
Proceedings. 

Law-makers 

Compelled. 

Philadelphia, 

Congrcs- 
sinnal. 
Property.2 

Designed. 

Regulations 


militia  ?  70.  The  Class.  Name,  in  rotation,  the  reverse  of  the 
marginal  words.  71.  Spell  by  letter  each  word.  72.  Give  the  defi- 
nitions.     73     What  words  are   neither  definitions   nor   synonyms. 

74.  What  is  the  difference  between  insurrections  and  riots?     (^  15.) 

75.  What  power  has  Congress  over  the  seat  of  government  and  places 
purchased'?     76.  Why  are  these  powers  necessary]     77.  What  is  the 

See  Article  1,  section  8,  page  127. 

16        ~  ^ 


182 


COMMENTARY  ON  THE 


Congress  should  *use  all  necessary  and 
proper  means  to  carry  out  the  Aforegoing 
•2i0  laws.  It  is  ^clear,  that  a  power  to  do  a  thing, 
without  the  right  to  use  the  'necessary  means 
to  perform  it,  would  be  absurd  and  *nuga- 
tory.  But  this  clause  is  ^inserted  to  avoid 
all  possible  Moubt,  for 

245     The  bane  of  governments  is  'want  of  power 

To  make  effective  'wholesome  laws  enacted, 
And  steadfastness  'forsakes  them  from  the  hour 
Concessions  are  of  'feebleness  exacted. 


Employ. 

Preceding. 

Erident. 

Needful. 

Useless. 

Put  in. 

Uncertainty 

Lack. 

Useful. 
Deserts. 
Impotence. 


present  seat  of  government?  78.  By  whom  selected?  (§16.)  79. 
What  general  powers  are  given  to  Congress?  80.  For  what  purpose? 
81.  Give  the  four  last  lines  of  the  lesson  in  prose,  and  supply  the  ellipses. 


LESSON   XXXIV. 

PKOHIBITIONS    UPON    THE    POWERS    OF    CONGRESS, 
AND    UPON    THE    STATES.* 

(§  1.)  The  ninth  section  of  the  first  'article 
treats  of  the  'limitations  and  prohibitions 
upon  the  power  of  Congress.  "  The  'migra- 
tion or  'importation  of  such  persons,  as  any 
5  of  the  States  now  existing  shall  think  'proper 
to  admit,  shall  not  be  'prohibited  by  the  Con- 
gress, 'prior  to  the  year  one  thousand  eight 
hundred  and  eight.  But  a  tax  or  'duty  may 
be  'imposed  upon  such  importation,  not  ex- 
10  ceeding  ten  dollars  for  each  'person."  This 
clause  will  be  understood  as  'referring  to  the 


Clause. 

Restrictions. 

Expatriation. 

Entrance. 

Fit. 

P'oiliidJen. 

Previous. 

Impost. 

Levied. 

IndividuaU 

Relating. 


(§  1.)  1.  What  prohibition  upon  Congress  in  respect  to  the  migra- 
tion or  importation  of  certain  persons?     2.  What  tax  may  be  imposed 


See  Article  I.  of  the  Constitution,  section  9,  page  128. 


CONSTITUTION  OF  THE  UNITED   STATES.       183 


slave-trade.  Congress  was  'prohibited  from 
passing  any  act  to  'prevent  the  importation 
of  'slaves  until  the  year  1808.     Soon  after 

15  this  'restriction  was  removed,  Congress 
'abolished  the  slave-trade,  thus  setting  the 
first  example  of  its  'interdiction  in  modern 

<  •  'times.  (§  2.)  The  writ  of  habeas  corpus  is 
a  'term    used  in  common  law,  and  is  em- 

20  ployed,  when  a  person  is  'imprisoned,  to 
'ascertain  whether  the  imprisonment  is  lawful 
or  not.  The  writ,  "  habeas  corpus,"  'signi- 
fies "  you  may  have  the  body,"  and  'autho- 
rizes the  officer  to  whom  it  is  'directed,  to 

25  bring  the  prisoner  from  'confinement,  before 
a  judge,  and  if  the  'cause  of  the  imprison- 
ment be  'insufficient,  he  is  immediately  set 
at  liberty.  This  is  'justly  esteemed  the  great 
'bulwark  of  personal  hberty,  and  cannot  be 

30  'suspended  unless  "  the  public  ^safety  require 
it." 

(§  3.)  "  No  bill  of  'attainder,  or  ex  post 
facto  law,  shall  be  'passed."  A  bill  of  at- 
tainder, is  an  act   'convicting  a  person  of 

35  some  fault,  for  which  it  'inflicts  upon  him 
the  'punishment  of  death,  without  any  trial. 
Such  acts,  as  they  'deprive  a  person  of  life 
without  any  legal  proof  of  his  'guilt,  are  in  the 


Proliibit. 

Peraons  la  bODd- 
agu. 

Restraint. 

Destroyed. 

Prohibition. 

Days. 

Phrase. 

Incarcerated 

Determine. 

Means. 

Empowers. 

Addressed. 

Durance. 

Reason. 

Inadequate. 

Rightly. 

Defence. 

Intermitted. 

'Security. 

ImpeachmcBL 

Enacted. 

Criminating:. 

Brings. 

Penalty. 

Bereave. 

Criminality. 


on  them?  3.  To  what  does  this  prohibition  refer?  4.  Has  the  slave 
trade  been  abolished?  (§  2.)  5.  When,  only,  can  the  privilege  of  the 
vi^rit  of  habeas  corpus  be  suspended?  6.  What  is  a  writ  of  habeas 
corpus  ■?  7.  What  is  its  design?  (§3.)  8.  Can  a  bill  of  attainder  or 
ex  post  facto  law  be  passed?  9.  What  is  a  bill  of  attainder?  10. 
What  is  the  difference  between  a  bill  of  attainder  and  an  ex  post  facto 

See  Article  I.  of  the  Constitution,  section  9  page  128. 


184 


COMMENTARY   ON   THE 


highest  degree  'reprehensible.     Ex  post  facto 

40  laws  are  laws  made  after  the  'act  is  done. 
By  these  a  person  might  be  'punished  for  acts 
which  were  lawful  when  'committed.  The  ty- 
ranny and  injustice  of  these  laws  are 'apparent. 
(§  4.)  "  No  tax  or  duty  shall  be  laid  on  'arti- 

45  cles  exported  from  any  State.  No  'prefer- 
ence shall  be  given  by  any  'regulation  of 
commerce,  or  revenue  to  the  'ports  of  one 
State  over  those  of  another ;  nor  shall  'ves- 
sels, bound  to  or  from  one  State,  be  'obliged 

50  to  enter,  clear,  or  pay  'duties,  in  another." 
The  'design  of  these  two  clauses  is  similar ; 
it  is  to  preserve  the  equal  'rights  of  the 
states,  and  to  'prevent  Congress  from  giving 
any  'undue  preference  to  the  interests  and 

55 'pursuits  of  one  state  over  those  of  another. 
(§  5.)  "  No  money  shall  be  'drawn  from 
the  treasury,  but  'in  consequence  of  appro- 
priations made  by  law.    And  a  regular  'state- 
ment and  account  of  the  receipts  and  'expen- 

GO  ditures  of  all  public  money  shall  be  'published 
from  time  to  time."  Thus,  the  'expenditures 
of  the  'president  are  made  dependent  upon 
the  'appropriations  of  the  people's  representa- 
tives.   An  'account  of  the  expenditures  and 

65  'receipts  is  to  be  published,  that  the  people 


Censurable. 

Deed. 

Chastised. 

Done. 

Obvious. 

Goods. 

Favor. 

Law. 

Harbors. 

Ships. 

Compelled. 

Taxes. 

Purpose. 

Privileges. 

Debar. 

Improper. 

Engagemento. 

Taken. 

On  account. 

Detail. 

Disburse- 
ments. 

Made  known 
Expenses. 

Chief  magis- 
trate. 


Moneys  re- 
ceived. 


law  1  11.  What  are  ex  post  facto  laws?  (§  4.)  12.  What  restriction 
ill  respect  to  taxes,  coinmeree  and  revenue?  13.  What  is  the  purpose 
of  these  restrictions?  (§  5.)  14.  In  what  manner,  only,  can  money  be 
drawn  from  the  treasury?  15.  Why  should  an  account  of  expendi- 
tures be  kept  and  published?  16.  Why  may  not  titles  of  nobility  be 
granted  ?      17.  Why  may  not  an  officer  receive  a  present,  office  or  title 

See  Article  I.  of  the  Cdnstitutiou,  ser.tion  9  pai;e  128. 


CONSTITUTION  OF  THE  UNITED  STATES.   185 


may  be  acquainted  with  the  'nature,  extent, 
and  'authority  of  each.  (§  6.)  A  perfect 
'equality,  not  only  in  rights  and  privileges, 
but  in  'rank,  among  all  citizens,  being  con- 

70  templated  by  the  'Constitution,  there  would 
be  manifest  'impropriety  in  allowing  Con- 
gress to  grant  titles  of  'nobility.  To  pre- 
vent '  bribery  of  national  servants  by  foreign 
nations,  otficers  of  the  government  are  'pro- 

75  hibited  from  accepting  any  present,  'emolu- 
ment, office,  or  title.  The  tenth  'section  of 
the  first  article  contains  the  'prohibitions 
'upon  the  states. 

(§  7.)  "No  State  shall  'enter  into  any  treaty, 

80 'alliance,  or  confederation;  grant  letters  of 
marque,  or  reprisal ;  or  'coin  money."  Such 
powers  are  'reposed  exclusively  in  the  national 
government.  They  cannot  be  'exercised  by 
states  of  'various  local  interests,  and  acting 

85  from  a  different  policy,  without  'conflicting 
with  each  other,  and  with  the  'general  go- 
vernment. The  "bills  of  credit"  'alluded  to, 
are  a  denomination  of  paper  money  'issued 
by  the  colonies  '  before  the  revolution,  and 

90  afterwards  by: the  states.  No  'adequate  funds 
were  'provided  to  redeem  them,  and  they 
'depreciated,  until  they  became  nearly  or 
quite  'valueless.     (§  8.)  From  this  example. 


Character. 

Force. 

Uniformity 

Standing. 

Charter  of 
riglits. 

Uusuitable- 
ness. 

Rank. 

Corruption. 

Debarred. 

Reward. 

Division. 

Interdictions 

On. 

Become  a 
party  to. 

Compact. 

Stamp. 

Placed. 

Used. 

Numerous. 

Interfering. 

Main. 

Referred. 

Sent  out. 

Previous  to. 

Sufficient. 

Set  apart. 

Lessened  in 
value. 


from  any  foreign  government?  (§  6.)  18.  Why  are  officers  of  the 
government  prevented  from  accepting  any  present  from  foreign  gov- 
ernments? (§7.)  19.  Why  is  not  a  state  allowed  to  make  treaties, 
grant  letters  of  marque,  or  coin  money?    20.  What  are  bills  of  credit? 

See  Article  I.  of  the  Constitution,  section  TO,  page  129. 


186 


COMMENTARY   ON  THE 


may  be  seen  the  propriety  of   'prohibiting 

95  their  'emission.  The  making  of  anything  but 
gold  and  silver  coin  'a  tender  in  payment  of 
debts,  has  been  'found  to  be  attended  with 
similar  'pernicious  results,  and  is  prohibited 
for  similar  'reasons.     The   power  to   pass 

100  "  any  '  bill  of  attainder,  ex  post  facto  law,  or 
law  impairing  the  obligation  of  'contracts, 
or  to  grant  any  title  of  nobility,"  is  'denied  to 
the  states.  The  reasons  why  they  are  'de- 
nied to  the  general  government  have  been  'al- 

105  luded  to;  and  the  same  'objections  exist  in 
'regard  to  the  states. 

(§  9.)  It  will  be  'seen  that  the  powers  here 
denied  to  the  states,  belong  to,  and  are  'ex- 
ercised by  'Congress.     The  same  could  not 

110  be  intrusted  to  the  'individual  states,  without 
'producing  confusion,  and  engendering  feuds 
^destructive  o/the  prosperity,  and  dangerous 
to  the  peace,  of  the  Union.  In  case  of  ac- 
tual invasion,  when  delay  would  be  attended 

115  with  pernicious,  if  not  'fatal  consequences, 
they  have  power  to  engage  in  'defensive  war. 

EXECUTIVE    DEPARTMENT.* 

(§  10.)  The  second  article  'relates  to  the 
structure,  'organization  and  powers  of  the 
'Executive  Department.     Section  first  is  as 


Forbidding. 

Issue. 

An  offer. 

Discovered. 

DestnicliTe. 

Causes. 

Instrument. 

Bonds. 

Refused. 

Withheld 
from. 

Spoken  o£ 

Reasons. 

Relation. 

Observed. 

Used. 

The  National 
Assembly. 

Separate. 

Generating. 

Detrimental 
to. 

Quietude. 
Incursion. 
Ruinous. 
Protective. 


Refers. 

Regulation. 

Presidential. 


(§  8.)  21.  Why  may  not  the  states  pass  bills  of  attainder,  ex  post  facto 
laws,  or  grant  any  title  of  nobility  1  (§  9.)  22.  What  restrictions  are 
laid  upon  the  states  in  respect  to  duties?  23.  What,  in  respect  to 
troops  and  ships  of  war,  compacts  with  the  other  states  or  foreign 
powers,  and  engaging  in  war?  24.  Why  are  these  powers  denied 
to  the  states?      25.  In  what  case  may  a  state  engage  in  war?     (§  10.) 

*  See  Article  II.  of  the  Constitution,  section  1,  page  130. 


rdl 


CONSTITUTION  OF  THE  UNITED  STATES.       187 


120  follows :  "  The  executive  'power  shall  be 
vested  in  a  President  of  the  'United  States  of 
America.  He  shall  'hold  his  office  during 
the  'term  of  four  years ;  and  together  with 
the  Vice-President,  'chosen  for  the  same  term, 

125  be  elected  as  follows."  *The  'executive  power 
is  'vested  in  a  single  individual,  to  secure 
energy  and  'promptitude  in  the  administra- 
tion. The  'term  of  four  years  is  long  enough 
to  secure  independence  and  'firmness  in  the 

130  'execution  of  his  duties ;  but  not  so  long  as 
to  remove  a  'sense  of  responsibility  to,  and 
dependence  upon,  the  'people.  In  case  of  the 
vacancy  of  the  'office  of  President,  by  death, 
impeachment,  or  'otherwise,  the  Vice-Presi- 

135  dent  'succeeds  him  in  office.  (§  11.)  The 
President  and  Vice-President  '  commence 
their  'duties  on  the  fourth  day  of  March, 
'succeeding  their  election.  The  first  govern- 
ment under  the  Constitution  'went  into  ope- 

140  ration  on  the  4th  of  'March,  1789.  There- 
fore it  is  on  the  4th  of  this  'mo.  that  every  2d 
year  a  new  House  of  Representatives  is  'vested 
with  'official  power,  and  one-third  of  the  Se- 
nate is  renewed.  Hence  the  'term  new  Con- 
i  gress.  Representatives  and  Senators  'may 
be  're-elected  to  office,  and  consequently  con- 
tinue to  be  'members  of  Congress  as  long  as 


Authority. 

Confederated 

Retain. 

Period. 

Selected. 

Acting. 

Lodged. 

Despatch. 

Space. 

Steadiness. 

Performance 

Feeling. 

Citizens. 

Place. 

In  any  other 
manner. 

Follows. 

Begin. 

Functions. 

Allei. 

Commenced. 

Third  mouth. 

Month. 

Clothed. 

Delegated. 

Phrase. 

Can. 

Chosen. 

Dulegates  in 


26.  In  whom  is  the  executive  power  vested  1  27.  How  long  does  the 
President  hold  his  office  ?  28.  The  Vice-President  ?  29.  Why  is  the 
executive  power  vested  in  a  single  individual?  (§11.)  30.  When 
did  the  first  government  go  into  operation  under  the  Constitution? 
*  See  Article  II.  of  the  Constitution,  section  1,  page  130,  and  H5. 


188 


COMMENTARY  ON  THE 


the  citizens  of  their  'respective  states  see  pro- 
per to  keep  them  in  the  National  'Legislature. 

150  (§  12.)  The  'name  of  the  Congress  for  any 
year  may  be  found  by  ' —  1789,  the  year  the 
Congress  first  originated,  from  the  'current 
year,  and  'dividing  the  remainder  by  tvv^o.  If 
the  'result  is  an  even  number,  it  denotes  the 

155  'number  of  the  Congress  of  the  year ;  if  there 
'remains  one,  this  last  remainder  is  to  be 
'added  to  the  quotient,  and  the  result  will  be 
the  Congress  of  the  year.*  'Ex.  1848  — 
1789  '=  59  -:-  2  =  29  +  1   remainder  =  30, 

100  the  name  of  the  new  Congress,  in  'session 
for  the  year  1848.  (§  13.)  The  'people  do 
not  'vote  actually  for  President,  but  for  elec- 
tors ;  and  these  electors  vote  'directly  for 
President  and  Vice-President.t   This  'plan, 

165  it  was  thought,  would  be  'attended  with  less 
excitement  than  a  'purely  popular  election. 

No  'right  hereditary  names  tlie  chief 

Ordain'd  our  country's  'rugged  sons  to  guide — 

No  'warrior  famous,  grasping  as  a  thief, 
170         Can  here  'through  bayonets  to  power  ride  ; — 

Our  law  from  all  such  'despots  gives  relief, 
And,  'as  our  freemen  point  to  it  with  pride, 

Kings  tremble  for  tlieir  'crowns,  and  see  in  grief, 
'Throngs  move  towards  open  polls  with  manly  stride, 
175     Where,  free  from  'sharpen'd  sabres  at  their  throats, 

They  cast  in  peace  their  'silent,  mighty  votes. 


Several. 

Council. 
Appellation. 
Subtracting. 
Present. 

Quotient. 
Title, 
ts  left. 

+ 

For  example. 

Equals. 

Ck)ntinuaDCe. 

Citizens. 
Ballot. 
Expressly. 
Way. 

Accompanied 
by. 

Strictly. 

Privilege  of 
birlli-right. 

Nervous. 

Leader. 

On. 

Tyrants. 

While. 

Thrones. 

Crowds. 

Keen-edged^ 

Quiet. 


(§12.)  31.  How  are  the  different  Congresses  named  1  32.  How  can 
you  ascertain  the  name  of  each  Congress?  (§13.)  33.  How  many 
presidential  electors  are  chosen  frona  each  state?  34.  Do  the  people 
vote  directly  for  President?  35.  Why  was  the  present  mode  of  elec- 
tion preferred?  30.  Give  the  last  ten  lines  of  this  lesson  in  prose, 
and  supply  the  ellipses  if  any. 

*  Wlii'ii  tho  oalouliition  ia  made  in  Decemlicr  following  any  short  session  1  is  also 
to  be  added,     f  Sec  Article  II.  of  the  Constitution,  page  130,  and  Art.  XII.,  page  145. 


CONSTITUTION  OF  THE  UNITED   STATES.       189 


LESSON   XXXV. 

(§  1.)  Article  'XII.  of  the  Amendments 
of  the  Constitution  points  out,  in  'an  explicit 
manner,  the  duties  of  the  electors  in  'casting 
their  votes.  It  gives  suc'i  'directions  in  re- 
5  gard  to  the  signing,  'seahng,  transmission, 
and  'opening  of  the  certificates  of  the  elec- 
tors, as  are  'necessary  to  prevent  frauds  or 
'alterations.  It  also  provides  for  an  election 
of  the  President  by  the  House  of  'Represen- 

10  tatives,  and  a  'Vice-President  by  the  Senate, 
whenever  the  people  fail  to  make  a  'choice 
'through  their  electors.  They  are,  however, 
restricted  in  their  'choice  to  the  three  who  have 
received  the  highest  number  of  'votes.  Other- 

15  wise,  a  person  having  a  'small  number  of 
votes  might  be  elected,  'against  the  wishes  of 
a  large  'majority  of  the  people.  (§  2.)  The 
design  of  making  all  the  electors  'give 
their  votes  on  the  same  day,  is  to  'prevent 

20  'frauds  or  political  combinations  and  intrigues 
among  the  'colleges.  Congress  has  still  fur- 
ther provided  against  frauds  in  the  'migra- 
tion of  voters  from  one  'place  to  another,  and 
double- voting,  by  'causing  the  electors  them- 


Tvvelve. 

A  plain. 

Bestowing. 

Instructions 

Enclosing. 

Unsealing. 

Essential. 

Changes. 

Delegates. 

Scconil  exe- 
cutive officer 

Selection. 

By. 

Choosing. 

Ballots. 

Trifling. 

Contrary  to. 

Plurality. 

Cast. 

Avoid. 

Impositions. 

Electors  of 
difterent 
states. 

Moving. 

Poll 
Requiring. 


(§  1  )  1.  How  do  the  electors-  proceed  in  the  choice  of  President 
and  Vice-President?  2  How  is  the  President  chosen,  when  the  elec- 
tors fail  to  make  a  choice?  3.  How  the  Vice-President?  4.  To  what 
nuinber  is  the  House  restricted  in  its  choice?  5.  To  what  number  is 
the  Senate  limited  ?  6.  Why  are  they  thus  limited?  7.  To  how  many 
electors  is  each  state  entitled  ?  8.  What  persons  are  disqualified  from 
being  electors?      (§  2.)   9.  How  is  the  time  of  choosing  electors,  and 

See  Article  XII.  of  the  Amondrnpnts  of  the  Constitution,  paje  1 15. 


190 


COMMENTARY  ON  THE 


25  selves  to  be  chosen  'upon  the  same  day 
throughout  the  'Union.  By  a  law  of  Con- 
gress, the  'electors  for  President  and  Vice- 
President  must  be  'appointed  on  the  Tuesday 
'succeeding  the  first  Monday  in  November. 

30  (§  3.)  The  electors  are  'required  to  vote 
for  President  and  Vice-President  'on  the  first 
Wednesday  in  December,  in  'every  fourth 
year  after  the  last  'election.  The  electors 
do  not  assemble  at  'the  general  seat  of  gov- 

35  ernment,  but  'usually  at  the  capitals  of  their 
'respective  states.  The  electors  in  each 
'state  are  required  to  make  and  sign  three 
'certificates  of  all  the  votes  given  by  them, 
and  to  'put  the  same  under  seal.     One  of  the 

40  'certificates  is  to  be  at  once  put  into  the  post- 
ofiice,  'directed  to  the  President  of  the  Senate 
at  Washington.  Another  'certificate  is  also 
to  be  'sent  by  some  responsible  person,  selected 
by  the  electors,  to  the  'President  of  the  Se- 

45  nate;  and  the  last  certificate  is  to  be  'deli- 
vered to  the  judge  of  the  'district  in  which 
the  electors  shall  have  'assembled.  The  day 
appointed  for  opening  and  'counting  the  votes 
is  the  second  Wednesday  of  the  'following 


the  day  on  which  they  shall  give  their  votes,  determined'?  10.  Why 
should  the  same  day  be  fixed  throughout  the  Union?  (§  3.)  11.  Why 
is  it  necessary  that  the  House  of  Representatives  choose  the  President 
before  the  4th  of  March?  12.  In  case  it  fails  to  elect  a  President, 
what  is  then  done?  13.  When  are  the  electors  chosen  for  President 
and  Vice-President?  14.  When  are  they  required  to  vote  for  Presi- 
dent and  Vice-President?  15.  How  many  distinct  tickets  are  the 
electors  of  each  state  required  to  sign?  16.  What  do  you  suppose  is 
the  reason  of  this  law?  17.  When  are  the  votes  of  the  electors  of  all 
See  Article  XII.  of  the  Amendments  of  the  Conslitution,  page  145. 


CONSTITUTION  OF  THE  UNITED  STATES.   191 


50 'February.  (§4.)  Section  first  of  Article  II. 
also  'relates  to  the  qualifications  of  the  Pre- 
sident. By  the  'requirements  of  the  Consti- 
tution, tiie  'qualifications  of  the  Vice-President 
'must  be  the  same  as  those  of  the  President. 

55  The  'office  of  President  being  the  highest 
post  of  'honor  in  the  United  States,  the  greatest 
degree  of  'attainment  is  required  to  render 
a  person  'eligible  to  that  office.  As  to  the 
'qualification   in  respect  to  age,  the  middle 

60  period  of  life  has  been  'selected,  when  the 
characters  of  individuals  are  '  generally 
known,  their  talents  fairly  'developed,  and 
the  faculties  are  fast  ripening  into  'maturity. 
No  true  'lover  of  his  country  could  see,  with- 

65  out  fearful  'apprehensions,  the  highest  office 
in  his  country's  gift  'intrusted  to  any  other 
than  a  citizen  of  the  'Union. 

(§  5.)  '  Provision   is    made*  for   any   pos- 
sible 'contingency  that  might  occur  to  pre- 

70  vent  'a  total  suspension  of  the  executive 
'functions,  which  would  be  injurious,  if  not 
fatal,  to  the  'interest  of  the  country.  The 
'salary  of  the  President  is  twenty-five  thou- 
sand dollars  'per  annum ;  that  of  the  Vice- 

75  President,  five  thousand  dollars.  The  'salary 
of  the  President  cannot  be  'increased  during 


Seccmd  month. 

Refers, 
ivequisitions. 
Capabilities 
Shall. 
-Situation. 
Dignity. 

Accomplish- 
nieut. 

Qualified  for. 

Requirement 

Chosen. 

Commonly. 

Formed. 

Perfection. 

Patriot. 

Forebodings. 

Given. 

Confederacy. 

Precaution. 

Chance. 

An  entire. 

Duties. 

Welfare. 

Stipend. 

A  year. 

Emolument. 

Enlarged. 


the  states  counted  ?  *  In  case  of  a  removal,  death,  resignation,  or  ina- 
bility both  of  the  President  and  Vice  President  of  the  United  States, 
the  President  of  the  Senate  pro  tempore,  and,  in  case  there  shall  be  no 
President  of  the  Senate,  then  the  Speaker  of  the  House  of  Representa- 
tives, for  the  time  being,  shall  act  as  President  of  the  United  States, 
until  the  disability  be  removed  or  a  President  shall  be  elected.     [Act 

See  Article  II.  of  the  Couslitution,  section  1,  page  132. 


192 


COMMENTARY   ON   THE 


the  'period  for  which  he  shall  have  been 
elected."  This  provision  removes  all  'temp- 
tation to   use  his  influence,  or  to  'intrigue 

80  for  its  increase  during  his  'administration. 
It  cannot  be  'diminished,  because  this  would 
make  him  'dependent  upon  Congress,  or  an 
humble  'suppliant  for  its  favor.  (§  6.)  No- 
thing has  contributed  so  much  to  the  'sta- 

85  bility  and  'unequalled  prosperity  of  our 
country,  as  the  universal  and  abiding  'prin- 
ciples of  Christianity.  No  'witness,  no  jury- 
man, no  'judge,  no  governor,  no  president 
can  ever  'enter  upon  any  duty,  without  first 

90  being  'placed  under  oath  or  affirmation, 
which  'impUes  a  belief  in  a  supreme  being, 
who  will  'reward  the  good  and  punish  the 
'guilty.  It  is  moreover  an  appeal  to  the 
Judge  of  all  to  bear  witness  to  the  'purity  of 

95  the  intentions  of  the  person  'taking  the  oath 
or  affirmation,  and  is  the  strongest  '  binding 
authority  on  the  'conscience. 

(§  7.)  Woe  be  to  him  who  'inculcates  the 
idea  that  these  are  vain    and   'idle  forms ; 

ICO  they  were  'ordained  by  the  founders  of  human 
liberty  in  America,  and  no  one  can  'escape 
the  retributive  justice  of  'Him  whose  name  is 
idly  invoked.  Should  any  President  'violate  his 


of  Congress  March  1st,  1792.]  In  case  the  above  offices  all  become 
vacant  the  power  of  filling  them  again  reverts  first  to  Congress  and 
then  to  the  People.  See  Art.  II.  Const.  Sec.  1.  page  132.  (§  6).  18 
What  has  contributed  most  to  the  stability  of  our  form  of  government  ? 
19.  What  is  required  from  every  public  functionary  on  his  initiation 
into  office  ?  (§  7-)  20.  What  is  the  consequence  of  a  violation  of  the  so- 
See  Article  11.  of  the  Constitution,  section  1,  page  133.  


CONSTITUTION  OF  THE  UNITED  STATES. 


193 


solemn  'obligations  of  office ;   should  he  dare 
105  knowingly  exclude   honest  merit,  and  'pro- 
mote to  office  for  dishonorable  'ends,  the 
'fawning  tools  of  party ;  he  can  only  get  the 
'outward  and  temporary  applause  of  his  ob- 
sequious 'sycophants.  He  must  even  by  them 
no  be  'inwardly  despised ;  his  doings  will  pass 
the  searching  'ordeal  of  an  enlightened  pos- 
terity, and  his  happiest  'fate  on  earth  will  be 
an  early  oblivion.     No  evasion  can  'shield 
him,  or  any  who  'pander  for  power,  and 
115  barter  principle  for  'office,  from  the  inevit- 
able 'retribution  of  heaven. 

POWERS    AND    DUTIES    OF    THE    PRESIDENT.* 

(§  8.)  The  second  'section  of  the  second 
article  'enumerates  the  powers  and  duties  of 
the  President.     The  'command  of  the  army, 

120  navy,  and  militia,  'obviously  belongs  to  the 
executive  'department.  In  no  other  de- 
partment can  we  'expect  to  find  the  qualifi- 
cations of  'promptitude  of  action  and  unity 
of  design,  'indispensable  to  success  in  cases 

125  of  war  or  'rebellion.  (§  9.)  The  President 
has  "power  to  grant  'reprieves  and  pardons." 
The  'unavoidable  imperfections  in  human 
laws,  the  'fallibility  of  human  tribunals,  and 
the  possibility  that  new  'testimony  may  be 

i:m  brought  to  light,  which  might  prove  the  'inno- 


Promises. 

Elevate. 

Purposes. 

Cringing. 

External. 

Parasites. 

Secretly. 

Scrutiny. 

Lot. 

Protect. 

Cater. 

Place. 

Punishment. 


Part. 

Recounts, 

Direction. 

Plainly. 

Branch, 

Look  for. 

Quickness. 

Necessary. 

Insurrection. 

Temporary  buh- 
peii^ioiis  from 
puitisbmutt. 

Inevitable. 
Uncertainty. 

Evidence. 

Ilarmless- 
ness. 


lemn  obligntion  of  the  official  oatli  by  a  public  functionary  ?  21.  What 
power  have  they  to  fear?  (§8.)  22.  Why  is  the  command  of  the 
army,  navy,  and  militia,  given  to  the  President?  (§  9.)  23.  Why  is 
the  power  to  grant  reprieves  and  pardons  necessary  and  important? 

*  See  Article  n.  of  the  Constitution,  section  2,  pa?e  133. 

17 


194 


COMMENTARY  ON  THE 


cence,  or  'mitigate  the  crime  of  the  offender, 
render  this  power  'highly  important  in  the 
'administration  of  justice.  Any  criminal 
'code,  which  provides  no  pardoning  or  miti- 

135  gating  power,  would  justly  be  'considered 
cruel  and  'oppressive.  The  President  cannot 
pardon  in  cases  of  impeachment;  because 
the  'convicted  party  might  have  been  acting 
under  his  'authority,  or  be  one  of  his  corrupt 

140  favorites.     In  this  'case,  there  would  be  a 

dangerous  temptation  to  'pardon  the  guilty. 

(§  10.)   The   'treati/-7?ia.khig  power   is    so 

extensive,  and  so  'capable  of  abuse,  that  it  is 

not  'confided  to  the  President  alone,  but  two- 

115  thirds  of  the  Senate  must  'concur  with  him. 
Thus,  a  treaty  receives  the  'sanction  of  a 
sufficient  number  of  public  'functionaries,  to 
give  the  surest  'guaranty  of  its  utility  or  ne- 
cessity.     The  power  of  appointment  'fur- 

150  nishes  one  of  the  greatest  'means  for  exert- 
ing influences,  'possessed  by  the  executive. 
It  is,  however,  guarded  in  some  'degree,  by 
making  the  appointment  'dependent  upon  the 
'concurrence  of  the  Senate.    (§  11.)  The  Pre- 

155  sident  'removes  the  oflicers  of  his  appointment 
without  the  'assent  of  the  Senate,  and  usage 
seems  to  have  given  the  'custom  validity.  It 
has  been  'maintained  bv  some  of  the  slates- 


Lessen. 

Very. 

Dispensation. 
Syitem. 
Deemed. 

Tyrannical. 

Remit  pun- 
is^iiinent. 

Condemned. 

Sanction. 

Instance. 

Clear. 

Negotiating. 

Liable  to. 

Conmiitted. 

Agree. 

Approbation. 

Officers. 

Warranty. 

Supplies. 

Facilities. 

Enjoyed. 

Measure. 

Subject  to. 

Approval. 

Displaces. 

Concurrence 

Practice. 

Held. 


Lr 


24.  Wljy  may  not  the  President  pardon  in  cases  of  iinpeacliment? 
(§  10.)  25.  What  bo(iy  must  concur  with  the  President  in  forming 
treaties  ?  26.  What  proportion  f  27.  What  body  must  concur  with 
him  in  the  appointment  of  ambassadors_  and  other  public  officers? 
28.  Why  is  the  appointing  power  thus  granted?  (§  11.)  29.  Is  the 
£*e  Article  II.  of  the  Constitution,  section  2,  page  134. 


CONSTITUTION  OF  THE  UNITED  STATES. 


195 


men  who  'assisted  in  framing  the  Constitu- 
I'jo  tion,  that  where  the  advice  and  'consent  of 
the  Senate  are  necessary  to  an  'appointment, 
they  are  also  'necessary  to  a  removal  from 
'office. 


Approval. 


luvestiiient 
of  office. 


Kequisite. 
Emploj'ment 


concurrence  of  the  Senate  necessary  to  removal  from  office?  30. 
What  opinion  has  been  held  by  some  concerning  thisi  31.  In  what 
case  has  the  President  power  to  fill  vacancies  ? 


LESSON   XXXVI. 


(§  1.)  The  third  'section  of  the  second 
article  'enumerates  the  duties  of  the  Presi- 
dent. From  his  general  'supervision  of  the 
'affairs  of  the  nation,  foreign  and  domestic, 
5  the  President  is  'peculiarly  qualified  to  give 
"information  of  the  'state  of  the  Union," 
and,  from  his  'large  experience,  to  recom- 
mend measures  for  the  'consideration  of  Con- 
gress.    'Occasions  may  arise,  when  the  in- 

10  terests  or  safety  of  the  nation  'require  im- 
mediate 'action.  Hence  the  necessity  of  a 
power  to  'convene  Congress.  He  can  ad- 
journ Congress  only  in  case  of  'disagree- 
ment    "  He  shall  take  care  that  the  '  laws 

15  be  'faithfully  executed."  The  great  object 
in  the  establishment  of  the  'executive  depart- 
ment is,  to  accomplish  a  faithful  'execution 


Division. 

Recounts. 

Superintend- 
aiice. 

Coucerus. 
Particularly. 

Condition. 

Extensive 
knowledge. 

Action. 

Circtunslacces. 

Demand. 

Deliberation. 

Convoke. 

Dissension. 

Enactments. 

Justly. 

Administer- 
ing-. 


(§  1.)  1.  Why  is  the  president  peculiarly  qualified  to  give  informa- 
tion and  recommend  measures  to  Congress?      2.  Why  is  the  power  to 
convene  Congress    necessary]      3.  When    may  the  president  adjourn 
Congress?     4.  What  was  one  of  the  principal  objects  in  the  establish- 
See  Article  II.  of  the  Constitution,  section  3,  page  134. 


196 


COMMENTARY  ON  THE 


of  the  laws.     (§  2.)  It  is  a  'duty  of  the  Pre- 
sident to  send  'annually  to  Congress,  at  the 

20 'opening  of  the  session,  a  message,  which 
should  include  'a  synopsis  of  all  national 
'matters  of  importance.  Special  messages 
are  often  sent  to  Congress,  which  have  'par- 
ticular reference  to  one,  or  only  a  few  'sub- 

25  jects.  It  is  evident  that  the  ' chief  magistrate 
of  the  nation  wields  an  'immense  and  increas- 
ing 'influence  through  patronage.  The  num- 
ber of  postmasters  alone,  'dependent  on  the 
^executive,  the  eighth  day  of  February  1851 

30  was  19265 ;  hvhereas,  in  1790,  one  year 
after  the  ^Constitution  went  into  operation, 
the  ^number  was  only  seventy-five.  The 
'office  of  the  President  ought  always  to  be 
fdled  from  the  rank  of  the  'wisest  and  best 

35  statesmen  of  the  'nation. 

(§  3.)  The  President  'occupies  the  most 
exalted  office  in  the  country,  and  as  he  're- 
ceives all  foreign  'ambassadors  —  who  are 
the  'personal  representatives  of  their  sove- 

40  reigns,  as  has  been  'heretofore  shown  in  the 
'Laws  of  Nations,  (page  66,) — he  must  ne- 
cessarily have  much  'weight  with  foreign 
powers.  In  cases  of  'revolution,  or  divi- 
sions of  other  'governments,  much  discrimi- 


Requiremp»;t 

Yearly. 

Beginning. 

An  epitome. 

Business. 

EspeciaL 

Matters. 

President. 

Extensive. 

Power. 

Depending 

President. 

But. 

Government 

Amount. 

Station. 

Ablest. 

Country. 

Holds. 

Admits. 

Ministers. 

Peculiar. 

Previously. 

Regulations. 

Influence. 

Alterations. 

Realms. 


ment  of  the  executive  department?  (§  2.)  5.  What  annual  duty  de- 
volves on  the  president?  6.  What  are  some  of  the  causes  that  in- 
crease the  influence  of  the  president?  7.  What  number  of  post-offices 
was  there  in  the  United  States  in  1790?  8.  What  number  in  1851  ? 
(§  3.)  9.  Wlio  do  you  suppose  occupies  the  most  exahed  office  in  the 
worhi  ?  10.  What  gives  the  president  much  \vcii|ht  with  foreign 
See  Article  II.  of  the  Constitution,  section  3,  page  134. 


CONSTITUTION   OF  THE   UNITED  STATES. 


197 


45  nation  and  wisdom  is  'required  on  the  part  of 
the  executive,  inasmuch  as  the  'rejection  of 
ambassadors  'usuallyproduces  hostiUty.  (§4.) 
When  treaties  are  'violated  by  foreign  nations, 
it  devolves  on  the  President  to  'require  their 

50  proper  'enforcement.  When  public  officers 
'neglect  their  business,  or  abuse  their  privi- 
leges, it  is  the  duty  of  the  President  to  're- 
move them,  and  'appoint  in  their  places  faith- 
ful and  efficient  'agents.     It  may  be  proper 

55  here  to  'remark,  that  no  member  of  Con- 
gress, no  judge,  no  president,  no  'officer  what- 
ever under  the  national  government  is  'honor- 
able, in  any  titular  way,  by  the  'authority  of 
the  Constitution.  All  titles  are  'given  as  mat- 

60  ters  of  'etiquette. 

(§  5.)  The  'President,  like  the  members  of 
Congress,  cannot  be  'impeded  in  the  discharge 
of  his  official  duties,  but  is  'privileged  from 
arrest  in  all  civil  cases.     For  any  'derelic- 

65  tion  of  'duty,  he  may,  in  common  with  all 
the  'civil  officers  of  the  general  government, 
be  'impeached.  He  is  also  held  accountable  to 
the  'courts  of  justice  for  any  violation  of  the 
laws  of  the  land,  the  same  as  any  other  'citi- 

70  zen.  Senators  and  'Representatives  hold 
their  offices,  and  'deriv^c  all  their  power  to 


Necessary. 

Repulsion. 

Generally. 

Infracted. 

Demand. 

Ej-eoution 

Disreg^'d. 

Discharge. 

Employ. 

factors. 

Observe. 

Functionary. 

Excellent. 

Sanction. 

Accorded. 

Courtesy. 

Chief-magis- 
trate. 

Hindered. 

Exempted. 

Desertion. 

Office. 

Muiucipal. 

An'aigned. 

Tribunals. 

Subject. 

Delegates. 

Ob'.aiii. 


powers?  (§  4.)  11.  What  is  the  duty  of  the  president  when  treatiesv 
with  other  nations  are  violated?  12.  What  is  the  duty  ot"  the  presi- 
dent when  any  of  the  national  officers  neglect  their  duties  or  abuse 
the  trusts  confided  to  them?  13.  Why  are  members  of  Congress 
called  honorable?  (§  5.)  14.  Illustrate  the  difference  between  citizen 
and    subject,  in  the  09th  line.     (§  6.)  15.  Illustrate  the  difference  be- 

See  Article  II.  of  the  Constitution,  section  4,  pajje  135. 
___ 


198 


COMMENTARY  ON  THE 


act  from  their  'constituents  in  the  several 
states,  and  consequently  are  'exempted  from 
'impeachment ;  but  for  misconduct,  they  are 

75  liable  to  be  summarily  'expelled  from  Con- 
gress. (§  6.)  In  the  exercise  of  his  'preroga- 
tive, the  President  'pursues  the  course  dic- 
tated to  him  by  his  'conscience,  and  has  the 
power  of  'contributing  much  to  the  prosperity 

80  or  'ruin  of  the  republic.  The  President  of 
the  nation  should  'consider  his  own  interest 
of  secondary  moment,  and  the  'welfare,  not 
of  any  'party  or  state,  but  of  the  whole 
Union,  of  paramount  'importance.  His  main 

85 'study  should  be,  not  to  secure  the  temporary 
'eulogies  of  favorites,  but  to  perform  with 
'uprightness  the  functions  of  the  most  exalted 
office  that  can  be  'committed  to  mortal  man. 
By  'preserving  the  purity  of  republican  insti- 

90  tutions, he  adds  to  the  'honor  and  prosperity 
of  the  nation,  and  thereby  'promotes  the  civil 
and  religious  'liberties  of  the  world. 

(§  7.)  However  'excellent,  patriotic,  and 
pure  may  have  been  the  'characters  of  Ame- 

95  rican  Presidents,  the  people  should  'con- 
stantly remember  that  no  past  'excellence, 
no  barriers  of  the  Constitution,  no  'restraints 
of  law,  can  'perpetuate  liberty.  They  must 
'inspect  the  conduct  of  their  rulers,  if  they 


tween  ruin  and  destruction,  in  the  80th  line.  16.  What  slionld  be  the 
main  study  of  the  president  of  the  nation?  (§  7.)  17.  What  shoukl 
the  people  constantly  remember  ?  18.  What  are  the  extreme  dangers 
of  a  republic?  19.  Wliy  should  people  inspect  the  conduct  of  their 
rulers?     20.  What  is  requisite  to  sustain  and  perpetuate  liberty?     21. 

*  See  Artirle  11,  of  the  Constitution,  section  1,  pa^e  130. 


r" 


CONSTITUTION  OF  THE  UNITED  STATES.   199 


100  become  ignorant  of  the  'requirements  of  the 
Constitution,  political  power  must  'inevitably 
pass  from  the  'many  to  the  few.  A  republic 
in  name  may  become  a  'despotism  in  reality, 
or  be  rent  asunder  by  intestine  '  broils  and 

105  anarchy.  Intelligence  and  vigilance  are 
alike  requisite  to  'perpetuate  liberty. 

JUDICIAL    DEPARTMENT TREASON. 

(§  8.)  It  is  'evident  that  government  must 
possess  'an  administering  tribunal,  to  inter- 
pret the  laws,  decide  'controversies,  punish 

no  offences,  and  enforce  rights.  'Otherwise  the 
government  will  be  'deficient  and  powerless, 
or  this  power  will  be  'usurped  by  the  other 
departments,  which  would  be  'fatal  to  liberty. 
The  'celebrated  Montesquieu  has  said,  that 

115  "there  is  no  'liberty,  if  the  judiciary  be  not 
separated  from  the  legislative  and  executive 
powers."  And  no  'remark  receives  stronger 
'confirmation  from  experience,  in  all  ages  of 
the  world.      It    is    the    'duty  of  the  judi- 

120  ciary  to  decide  concerning  the  'constitu- 
tionality of  the  'acts  of  the  legislature ;  to 
carry  into  effect  '  established  laws,  and 
prevent  the  'enforcement  of  those  that  are 
unconstitutional;  its  powers  are  'equally  ex- 

125  tensive  with  those  of  the  legislative  'depart- 


Requisitions. 

Certainly. 

People. 

Tyranny. 

Tumults. 

Knowledge 

Continue 


Obvious. 

A  judiciary. 

Disputes. 

Else. 

Imperfect. 

Assumed. 

Destructive. 

Famous. 

Freedom. 

Divided. 

Observation. 

Corrobora- 
tion. 

Function. 
Validity. 
Proceedings. 

Conetitutional. 

Sanction. 

Co-extensive 

Division. 


Do  wise  and  good  rulers  wish  to  keep  their  national  or  legislative 
proceedings  from  the  knowledge  of  the  people?  [%  8.)  22.  For  what 
purpose  is  a  judiciary  necessary?  23.  Why  should  it  be  separated 
from  the  other  departments  ?  24.  With  what  are  the  judicial  powers 
co-extensive?  25.  Who  was  Montesquieu?  (§  9.)  26.  In  what  is  the 
See  Article  ni.  of  the  Constitution,  page  135. 


-00 


COMMENTARY  ON  THE 


raent.  (§  9.)  The  third  article  'relates  to  the 
judiciary.  The  judges,  as  we  have  'seen, 
are  'appointed  by  the  President,  with  the 
'concurrence   of  the   Senate.      Were   they 

130  'elected  by  the  people  directly,  they  would  be 
liable  to  have  their  feelings  'enlisted  in  favor 
of  the  party  which  'elected  them,  and  to  be 
'prejudiced  against  the  party  which  opposed 
them.     They  would  be  more  'liable  to  be 

135  'swayed  by  faction,  and  to  mould  their  deci- 
sions to  suit  the  'prevailing  opinions  of  the 
day,  in  order  to  'retain  their  places.  The 
'judges  "  hold  their  offices  during  good  be- 
havior."     They  can  be  'removed  only  on 

140  impeachment.  This  'secures  firmness  and 
independence,  by  removing  all  'apprehen- 
sions of  being  displaced,  so  long  as  they  'dis- 
charge their  duties  with  'fidelity  and  integrity. 
A  situation  so  'permanent  and  independent, 

145  so  exalted  above  the  hopes  of  higher  'aspi- 
rations, should  awaken  a  'laudable  ambition 
to  leave  behind  them  a  lasting  'fame,  by  a 
wise  and  faithful  'discharge  of  duty. 

(§  10.)  Section  second  of  Article  III.  're- 

150  fers  to  the  'jurisdiction  and  powers  of  the 
judiciary.  The  'Supreme  Court  has  juris- 
diction in  cases  'arising  under  the  constitu- 
tional laws  and  'treaties  of  the  United  States, 


Refers. 

Observed. 

Deputed. 

Assent. 

ChoseiL 

Engaged. 

Chose. 

Biased. 

Prone. 

Influenced. 

Existing. 

Hold. 

Arbitrators 

Set  aside. 

Renders  cer- 
tain. 

Fears. 

Perform. 

Truth. 

Unchangeable. 

Wishes. 
Praiseworthy 
Renown. 
Performance 

Relates 

Extent  of 
authority. 

liighest. 
Coming  up 
Compacts. 


judicial  power  vested?  27.  How  long,  do  the  judges  hold  their  offices? 
28.  Why  should  not  the  judges  be  elected  by  the  people?  29.  What 
is  the  probable  effect  of  this  terra  of  office  upon  the  judges?  (§  10.) 
30   To  what  cases  does  the  judicial  power  extend?     31.  Why  does  it 

See  Article  HI.  of  the  Constitution,  page  136. 


CONSTITUTION  OF  THE  UNITED  STATES.   201 


'because  the  judicial  power  must  be  co-ex- 

155  tensive  with  the  'legislative  and  executive, 
in  order  to  'insure  uniformity  in  respect  to 
their  'operation.  The  other  cases  of  juris- 
diction are  too  'numerous  to  be  particularly 
mentioned  in  a  work  of  this  'kind.     They 

160  are  such  as  obviously  'appertain  to  the  juris- 
diction of  the  Supreme  'Court,  and  such  as 
could  not  'pi'operly  belong  to  the  courts  of 
the  states.  (§  H.)  Foreign  'ministers  are 
national  'officers.      No  tribunal   can  have 

165  'jurisdiction  against  such  foreign  olficers,  but 
the  'Supreme  Court  of  the  United  States. 
The  Supreme  Court  has  'power  over  cases 
of  'admiralty  and  maritime  jurisdiction,  be- 
cause they  are   intimately  'connected  with 

no  commerce,  and  the  'regulation  of  commerce 
belongs  to  the  national  'government.  It  has 
power  over  'controversies  between  states, 
and  citizens  of  'different  states,  because  no 
state  should  be  'a  judge  in  its  own  case,  as  it 

175  might  be  'inclined  to  favor  its  own  citizens. 
(§  12.)  A  court  is  said  to  have  'original  ju- 
risdiction, when  a  party  may  'commence  a  suit 
before  such  court.     'Appellate  jurisdiction  is 
the  right  to  'revise  and  affirm  or  reverse  the 

180  decision  made  by 'some  other  court.     The 


For  the  rea- 
son that. 

Law-making. 

Secure. 

Action. 

Many. 

Character. 

Pertain. 

TribunaL 

Suitably. 

Envoys. 

Functiona- 
ries. 

Legal  power. 

Highest. 

Authority. 

NavaL 

United. 

Management 

Administra- 
tion. 

Disputations. 

Various. 

An  arbiter. 

Disposed. 

Primary. 

Begin. 

Appealing. 

Review. 

Any.3 


extend  to  cases  arising;  under  the  Constitution  and  laws  of  the  United 
States?  (§11.)  32.  Why  does  the  judicial  power  extend  to  cases 
affecting  foreisin  ministers  ?  33.  Why  to  cases  of  admiralty  and  mari- 
time jurisdiction?  34.  Wliy  to  tjontroversies  between  the  states  and 
between  citizens  of  the  different  states?  (§  12.)  35.  In  what  cases 
has    the    Supreme   Court    original    jurisdiction?      36.   In   what  cases 

See  Article  111.  of  the  Constitution.  pa?e  136. 


202 


COMMENTARY   ON  THE 


right  of  trial  by  jury  is  'esteemed  one  of  the 
great  'bulwarks  of  human  liberty.  It  se- 
cures to  every  one  who  may  be  'accused  of 
crime,  'an  impartial  trial  by  his  fellow-citi- 

185  zens,  who  can  have  no  interest  in  'oppressing 
the  'suspected,  and  may  have  a  common 
'sympathy  loitli  him  if  he  be  innocent.  The 
trial  must  "be  held  in  the  'state  where  the 
crime  shall  have  been  'committed,  that  the 

190  accused  may  not  be  removed  from  'home, 
witnesses,  and  'friends,  to  be  tried  by  strang- 
ers, who  can  feel  jio  'sympathy  for  him, 
and  may  be  'prejudiced  against  him. 


Considered. 

Barriers. 
Charged  vvitli 
A  just. 
Mullreatiug. 
Accused. 
Aifection  for. 

Commonwealth. 

Perpetrated. 

Residence. 

Associates. 

Compassion. 

Predisposed. 


appellate  jurisdiction?  37.  What  is  meant  by  orij,'inal  jurisdiction? 
38.  What  by  appellate  jurisdiction  ?  39.  How  must  all  crimes  except 
impeachments  be  tried?  40.  Where  must  it  be?  41.  What  are  the 
advantages  of  a  trial  by  jury?  42.  Why  should  the  trial  be  held 
where  the  crime  was  committed? 


LESSON  XXXVII. 


(§  1.)  Section  third  of  Article  'III.  relates 
to  'treason.  Treason  is  the  highest  crime 
knovk'n  to  human  laws,  as  its  aim  is  to  'over- 
throw the  'government,  and  must  generally 
5  be  'attended  with  more  or  less  bloodshed. 
So  -atrocious  is  the  crime  considered,  that 
even  a  'suspicion  of  treason  is  likely  to  rouse 
the  public  'indignation  against  the  suspected 
person,  to  a  'degree  that  must  operate  to  the 
10  'prejudice  of  the  accused,  though    he    may 


Tliree. 

Rebellion. 

Subvert. 

Admiiiistra 
tion. 

Accompanied 

Enormous. 

Distrust. 

Wrath. 

Height. 

Injury. 


(§  1.)    1.  In   what  does  treason  consist?     2.  How  many  witnesses 

See  Article  III.  of  the  Const  it  ution,  paae  137. 


CONSTITUTION  OF  THE   UNITED  STATES.       203 


be  innocent.  To  prevent  the  'innocent  from 
suffering,  treason  is  confined  to  'overt  acts 
of  'hostility  against  the  government.  For  a 
like  reason,  two  witnesses  are  'required  to 

15 'convict  of  treason,  while  in  other  cases 
only  one  is  'necessary.  (§  2.)  "  The  Con- 
gress shall  have  'power  to  declare  the  pun- 
ishment of  treason.  But  no  'attainder  shall 
work  corruption  of  blood,  or  'forfeiture,  ex- 

20  cept  during  the  life  of  the  'person  attainted." 
'According  to  the  common  law  of  England, 
treason  was  punished  in  the  most  'cruel 
manner.  The  'offender  was  drawn  to  the 
'gallows  in  a  hurdle.     He  was  then  hanged 

25  by  the  neck,  cut  down  while  'yet  alive,  ''his 
head  cut  off,  and  his  body  quartered.  The 
punishment  'declared  by  Congress  is  death 
by  'hanging.  Under  the  common  law,  the 
person  attainted  'forfeited  all  his  estates,  real 

30  and  'personal.  His  blood  was  also  corrupted, 
so  that  his  descendants  were  'incapable  of 
'inheriting  any  of  his  property.  Thus  the 
'innocent  suffered  for  the  crimes  of  their 
'ancestors. 

PUBLIC  KECORDS PRIVILEGES  OF  CITIZENS FUGI- 
TIVE   CRIMINALS    AND    SLAVES E-UBLIC    DEBT 

SUPREMACY    OF    THE    CONSTITUTION    AND    LAWS 

RELIGIOUS    TEST OATH    OF    OFFICE RATIFICA- 
TION, &C. 

35      (§  3.)  If  a  case  which  had  been  'decided 


Guiltless. 

PubUc. 

War. 

Demanded. 

Find  guilty. 

EssentiaL 

Authority. 

Conviction. 

Confiscation. 

Individual 

Agreeable. 

Unfeeling. 

Criminal. 

Gibbet. 

Still. 

^Decapitated. 

Pronounced. 

Gibbeting. 

Lost. 

.Moveable. 

Not  capable 

Possessing. 

Harmless. 

Progenitors. 


are  required  to  convict  of  treason?  3.  Why  is  treason  confined  to 
overt  acts?  (§  2,)  4.  How  is  Congress  restricted  in  regard  to  tlie 
punishment  of   treason?     5.  Howr  was  treason  punished  under  the 

See  Article  III.  of  the  Constitution,  page  137. 


204 


COMMENTARY   ON   THE 


in  one  state  could  'afterwards  be  brought  to 
trial  in  another  state,  it  is  'evident  that  end- 
less 'contests  at  law  might  be  produced  by 
either  party,  and  the  'ends  of  justice  effectu- 

40  ally  'defeated.  Section  second  relates  to  the 
privileges  of  citizens,  'fugitive  criminals  and 
slaves.  In  'regard  to  this  subject  there  exists 
much  animosity,  and  'diversity  of  opinion. 
"  The  citizens  of  each  state  shall  'be  entitled 

45  to  all  privileges  and  'immunities  of  citizens 
in  the  'several  states."  The  United  States, 
though  'consisting  of  many  different  states, 
as  they  are  'bound  by  the  Constitution  to  the 
same  'national   government,  constitute  one 

50  nation.  '  Hence,  a  citizen  of  one  part  must 
be  a  citizen  of  any  and  every  'part.  (§  4.) 
This  'provision  is  designed  for  the  mutual 
'benefit  and  convenience  of  the  states.  It 
'aids  in  carrying  out  the  demands  of  justice, 

55  and  has  a  great  tendency  to  'suppress  crime, 
by  diminishing  the  'chances  of  escaping  its 
penalties.  This  'enables  the  slave-holding 
states  to  'reclaim  slaves  who  may  have 
'escaped  into  the  states  where  slavery  is  not 

60  'permitted.     The  third  section  of  the  fourth 


common  law  ?  6.  How  was  an  attainted  person  treated  under  the 
common  law'  7.  Who  were  thus  made  to  sufTer?  (§3.)  8.  Why 
should  credit  be  given  in  each  state  to  the  judicial  proceedings  of 
every  otlier?  9.  To  what  are  the  citizens  of  each  state  entitled  in 
every  other  state  ?  10.  In  what  manner  may  fugitive  criminals  be 
reclaimed?  11.  What  is  the  tendency  of  this  provision?  12.  How 
may  fugitive  slaves  be  recovered  ?  13.  Wiiat  is  the  design  of  this 
[jrovision  ?  (§  4.)  14.  What  power  has  Congress  in  relation  to  the  ad- 
mission of  new  siates?  15.  What  in  relation  to  forming  new  ones 
from  the  other  states?  16.  How  many  states  were  there  when  the 
See  Article  IV.  of  the  Constitution,  page  137. 


CONSTITUTION  OF  THE  UNITED  STATES. 


205 


article  relates  to  the  'admission  of  new  states, 
and  the  government  of  'territories.  When 
the  Constitution  was  'formed,  there  were  only 
thirteen  states :    'since  that  time   the  num- 

65  bar  of  'commonwealths  has  more  than  doubled. 
(§  5.)  There  is  still  remaining  'iji  the  west 
a  'vast  amount  of  territory,  which  will  pro- 
bably be  admitted  at  some  future  time,  'form- 
ing several   states.     But  'Congress  has   no 

70  power  to  form  a  new  state  within  the  'juris- 
diction of  another  state,  or  'merge  two  in 
one,  without  the  'consent  of  the  legislatures 
of  the  states  'concerned ;  for  then,  the  states 
would  no  longer  be  'independent,  but  hold 

75  their  'sovereignty  at  the  will  of  Congress. 
It  is  but  'reasonable  that  Congress  should 
have  'power  to  govern  and  control  the  terri- 
tories, 'since  they  are  the  property  of  the 
United    States.     The    'territories    generally 

80  have  a  governor  'appointed  by  the  president, 
and  a  legislature,  'consisting  of  representa- 
tives, elected  by  the  'people  of  the  territory. 
They  also  send  a  'delegate  to  the  House  of 
Representatives  at  Washington,  who  'may 

85  'debate  questions,  but  cannot  vote.  (§  6.) 
The  fourth  section  of  the  fourth  article  'gua- 
rantees a  republican  'form  of  government  to 
each  of  the  states.    Were  a  state  'allowed  to 


Entrance. 

Districts. 

Framed. 

Subsequently 

States. 

Towards  the 
Pacific. 

Very  large. 

Constituting. 

The  national 
legislature. 

Limits. 

Involve. 

Approval 

Interested. 

Uncontrolled 

Supremacy. 

Just. 

Authority. 

Because. 

Provinces. 

Designated. 

Composed. 

Inhabitants. 

Deputy. 

Can. 

Discuss. 

Secures. 

Mode. 

Permitted. 


Constitution  was  adopted?  17.  How  many  have  since  been  added  ? 
18.  Why  may  not  Congress  form  new  states  from  others  without  the 
consent  of  the  states  concerned?  (§5.)  19.  What  control  has  Con- 
gress over  the  territories  and  other  property  of  the  United  States? 
20.  How  are  the  territories  generally  governed  ?  (§  6.)  21.  What 
See  Article  IV.  of  the  Constitution,  page  138. 

18 


206 


COMMENTARY   ON  THE 


'adopt  a  monarchical  government,  it  would 
90  be  '  dangerous  to,  and  probably  destruc- 
tive of,  the  Union.  The  'duty  of  a  govern- 
ment to  'protect  all  the  people  within  the 
'limits  of  its  jurisdiction,  from  domestic  vio- 
lence, by  'insurrection,  and  from  foreign  in- 
95  vasion,  cannot  be  'reasonably  doubted. 

(§  7.)   The   fifth    article    '  prescribes   the 
manner  in  which  'amendments  may  be  made 
-   to  the  Constitution.     No  Constitution  is  'per- 
fect.        No    one    can  be  so  'framed  as  to 
100  meet  all  the  'exigencies  which  may  arise  in 
different  ages.     '£  total  change  may  in  the 
'course  of  time  take  place  in  the  character, 
or  'aims  and   pursuits  of  a  people,  w^hich 
will  require  corresponding  'changes  in  the 
105  powers  and   'operations  of  government,  to 
suit   their  interests,  conveniences,  and  'ne- 
cessities.   To  guard  against  too  'frequent  and 
easy  'changes  is  also  highly  important.     A 
'changeable  government  cannot  have  a  pros- 
no  perous   people.      Hence   the    'propriety   of 
making  two-thirds  of  each  'House  of  Con- 
gress necessary  to  propose  'amendments,  or 
'flTi  appJication  of  the  legislatures  of  two- 
thirds  of  the  states,  'necessary  to  call  a  con- 
ns vention.    (§  8.)  The  sixth  article  is  a  'decla- 
ration   of  an  obligation  which  is  'morally 


Receive. 

Detrimental. 

Obligatioii. 

Guard. 

Bounds.' 

Rebellion. 

Candidly. 

Sets  forth. 

Improveraentd. 

Complete. 

Formed. 

Emergencies 

An  entire. 

Process. 

Desigfiis. 

Alterations. 

Effects. 

VVante. 

Often  recur- 
ing. 

Mutations 

Variable. 

Fitness. 

Branch. 

Alterations. 

A  request. 

Essential. 


Conscien- 
tiously. 


L4 


mu:?t  the  United  States  guarantee  to  every  state?  22.  Why  is  this 
necessary?  23.  Is  it  the  duty  of  the  general  government  to  protect 
the  states  from  invasion?  (§  7.)  24.  How  may  amendments  be  made? 
25.  Why  are  they  sometimes  necessary?  26.  Wliat  should  be  guarded 
against?  (§  8.)  27.  In  v/hat  manner  are  all  debts  binding  upon  go- 
See  Article  V.  of  the  Constitution,  papre  139. 


CONSTITUTION  OF  THE   UNITED  STATES. 


207 


'binding  upon  every  nation  through  all 
'changes.  The  powers  enumerated  in  the 
Constitution  would  be  'utterly  useless,  if  they 

120  could  not  be  'exercised  independent  of  any 
other  power;  or,  in  other  'words,  if  they 
were  not  'supreme ;  and  the  Constitution  it- 
self would  be  'a  nullity.  The  propriety  of 
an  oath  on  the  part  of  public  'officers,  in 

125  every  department,  will  hardly  be  'doubted. 
The  last  part  of  this  'clause  is,  to  prevent 
any  'alliance  between  church  and  state  in 
the  'administration  of  the  government.  The 
history  of  other  countries  'affords  examples 

130  of  the  'mischievous  effects  of  such  a  union, 
amply  sufficient  to  warn  us  against  a  '  like 
'experiment. 

(§  9.)  Two  of  the  'states.  North  Carolina 
and  Rhode  Island,  did  not  at  first  'accede  to 

135  the  Union,  but  they  finally  'ratified  it,  when 
they  found  that  the  national  government  'con- 
sidered them  as  foi'eign  nations.  At  the  'close 
of  the  Constitution  follow  the  'names  of  the 
'delegates*  from  the  different  states,  most  of 

140  whom  are  'distinguished  in  history  for  their 
'wisdom  and  patriotic  devotion  to  their  coun- 
try. At  their  head,  as  President,  and  'dele- 
gate  from  Virginia,    'stands   the   name    of 


Obligatory. 

Variations. 

Entirely. 

Used. 

Language. 

Paramount. 

Void. 

Functiona- 
ries. 

Questioned. 

Article. 

League. 

Management 

Furnishes. 

Injurious. 

Similar. 

Trial. 

Confedera- 
cies. 

Consent. 

Confirmed. 

Looked  upon 

End. 

Cognomens. 

Deputies. 

Eminent. 

Discreetness 

Deputy. 

Is  registered. 


vernments  in  all  circumstances?  28.  What  is  declared  to  be  the  su- 
preme law  of  the  laud  ?  29.  Who  are  bound  thereby?  30.  What 
would  the  Constitution  be  without  this  provision?  31.  What  officers 
are  bound  by  oath  to  support  the  Constitution?  32.  Why  is  any  reli- 
gious test  prohibited?     (§  9.)  33.  How  many  states  were  required  io 

See  Articles  VI.  and  VII.  of  the  Constitution,  page  140. 
*  See  Biogiaphical  Table. 


208 


COMMENTARY  ON  THE 


George  Washington — a  sufficient  'guaranty 
145  to  'every  American  that  the  Constitution  was 
framed  witli  'prudence  and  foresight,  and 
with  an  ardent  desire  that  it  might  'prove  a 
'perpetual  blessing  to  the  whole  American 
'people. 


Warrant. 

Eacli. 

Discretion. 

Become. 

Continual. 

Nation. 


ratify  the  Constitution?  34.  Wliat  states  at  first  refused  to  ratify  it? 
35.  Who  was  President  of  the  Convention  that  framed  the  Constitu- 
tion?    36.  Of  wliat  is  his  name  a  sufficient  guaranty? 


LESSON   XXXVIII. 

AMENDMENTS. 

(§  1.)  The  'amendments  to  the  Constitu- 
tion have  all  been  'ratified,  and  are  now  a 
part  of  that  'instrument.  The  greater  part 
of  them  are  designed  more  'effectually  to 
5  guard  rights  before  ''alluded  to  in  the  Con- 
stitution, or  more  'clearly  to  define  certain 
'prohibitions  of  power,  the  exercise  of  which 
would  be  dangerous  to  the /interests  of  the 
country.      The  first  'article  is — "  Congress 

10  shall  make  no  law  'respecting  an  establish- 
ment of  religion,  or  'prohibiting  the  free  ex- 
ercise thereof;  or  'abridging  the  freedom  of 
speech,  or  of  the  press ;  or  the  'right  of  the 
people  peaceably  to  assemble,  and  to  'peti- 

15  tion  the  Government  for  a  'redress  of  griev- 
(§  2.)  We  have  'seen,  in  Article  VI. 


ances. 


Additions. 

Approved. 

Document 

Efficiently 

Referred. 

Lucidly. 

Interdictioi* 

Welfare. 

Clause. 

Concerning 

Forbidding 

Curtailmg 

Liberty. 

Memorializa 

Cunection. 

Observed. 


(§  1."^  1.  Of  what  are  the  amendments  now  a  part?  2.  For  what 
are  they  mostly  desij^ned?  3.  Why  is  Congress  forbidden  to  make 
any  law  resj^ecting  an  establishment  of  religion?      (§  2.)  4.  What  pre- 

See  Article  1.  of  tlie  Amendments  to  the  Constitution,  page  142. 


CONSTITUTION  OF  THE  UNITED  STATES.   209 


of  the  Constitution,  that  no  religious  'test 
can  be  'required,  as  a  qualification  for  office. 
The  first  clause  here,  is  an  'extension  of  that 

20 'prohibition,  and  is  supported  by  the  same 
reasons.  It  prevents  all  'interference  of  go- 
vernment in  'religious  duties.  Moreover, 
this  'clause  presents  an  insurmountable  bar- 
rier to  the  'union  of  church  and  state. 

25  Congress  can  never  have  any  'pretence  for 
legislating  on  the  'various  forms  of  religion. 
^At  ichatever  time  a  government  has  estab- 
lished the  ^form  of  belief  of  any  sect,  it  has 
usually  'patronised  only  those  professing  that 

30  belief,  and  placed  'grievous  restrictions  upon 
all  other  'denominations. 

(§  3.)  It  may  be  'proper  here  to  remark, 
that  the  Constitution  makes  no  'provision  for 
the  support  of  'Christianity,  because  it  was 

35  framed  'exclusively  for  civil  purposes ;  and 
'the  Christian  religion  formed  no  part  of  the 
'agreement  between  the  contracting  parties. 
Each  ofthe  states  surrendered  to  the 'general 
government   a   few  of  its    'political    rights 

40  for  the  better  'protection  of  the  rest;  but 
every  state  and  every  'individual  in  the 
country  'retained  untouched  and  unmolested, 
all  the   principles  of  religious  'freedom.    It 


Pledge. 

Exacted. 

Enlargement 

Interdiction. 

Intermed- 
dling. 


Junction. 

Pretext. 

Different. 

Whenever. 

Creed. 

Favored. 

Oppressive. 

Sects. 

Suitable. 

Arrangement 

The  religion 
of  Clirist. 

Altogether. 

Christianity. 

Bargain, 

NationaL 

Public. 

Defence. 

Person. 

Kept. 

Liberty. 


sents  an  insuperable  barrier  in  this  country  to  the  union  of  church 
and  state?  5.  Wliat  has  generally  been  the  result  whenever  any 
government  has  adopted  sectarian  tenets?  (§  3.)  6.  For  what  reason, 
in  your  opinion,  M^as  no  provision  made  to  support  Christianity  in  the 
Constitution  ?  7.  Why  did  the  states  cede  to  the  national  government  any 
of  their  political  rights'?  S.  What  did  every  state  and  every  individual 
See  Article  I.  of  the  Amendments  to  the  Constitution,  page  112. 


210 


COMMENTARY  ON  THE 


would   likewise   have   been    'impossible   to 

45  introduce  the  'subject  of  religion  in  such 
manner  as  to  meet  the  'approbation  of  the 
numerous  'sects  of  Christians.  Though 

most  agree  on  the  'fundamental  doctrines  of 
religion,  yet  there  are  various  'minor  differ- 

50  ences.  (§  4.)  Among  the  'framers  of  the 
Constitution  were  men  as  'eminent  for  their 
wisdom  and  'piety,  as  they  were  for  their 
patriotism.  The  'history  of  our  country 
has  'demonstrated  that  religion  may  flourish 

55  in  its  'utmost  vigor  and  purity,  without  the 
'aid  of  the  national  government.  Further 
the  universal  'dissemination  of  Christianity 
is  best  promoted,  the  highest  'happiness  of 
society  secured,  and  the  most  'enduring  glory 

60  of  the  nation  'attained,  through  the  medium 
of  'schools. 

(§  5.)  The  'freedom  of  speech  and  of  the 
press  is  indispensable  to  the  'existence  of  a  free 
government.     The  'acts  of  the  government 

65  are  open  to  free  'discussion,  —  hence  any 
'abuse  of  its  powers  may  be  exposed.  This 
power  is  designed  to  'shield  the  people  from 
those  tyrannical  'usurpations,  which  have  so 
'wantonly  deprived  the  world  of  some  of  the 

70  richest  'productions,  of  the  mind.  In  despotic 
countries,  no  newspaper  or  book  can  be  'pub- 
lished, even  of  'a  scientific  or  literary  cha- 


retain  ?  (§  4.)  9.  What  does  the  history  of  our  country  demonstrate? 
10.  How  is  the  happiness  of  mankind  best  promoted?  (§  5.)  11.  In 
whac  manner  is  free  discussion  useful  ?  12.  What  is  the  design  of  tlie 
first  Article  of  the  Amendments  to  the  Constitution?      (§0.)  13.  What 

See  Article  I.  of  the  AmenJments  to  the  Constitution,  page  142. 


CONSTITUTION  OF  THE   UNITED  STATES.       2]  1 


racter,  without  the  'sanction  of  government. 
— There  are  probably,  'at  the  present  time, 

75  in  the  United  States,  more  'newspaper  presses 
than  in  all  the  rest  of  the  'world.  (§  G.) 
Despotism  always  'fears  the  truth,  and  stifles 
public  'discussion ;  but  our  government  being 
'instituted  by  the  people  for  the  benefit  of  the 

80  people,  is  interested  in  the  'universal  disse* 
mination  of  knowledge.  The  'purity  of  its 
objects  and  the  'ability  of  its  administration, 
should  ever  be  so  manifest  as  to  'render  the 
discussion  of  its  affairs,  and  the  'dissemination 

85  of  truth,  its  strongest  'bulwarks.  It  should, 
however,  be  'distinctly  understood,  that  this 
'power  does  not  confer  an  unrestricted  right 
of  'speech  or  publication. 

(§  7.)   If  that  were  the  case,  a  'citizen 

90  might  'viUfy  and  abuse  another  with  impu- 
nity, might  destroy  his  reputation,  and  'sac- 
rifice his  'happiness  and  dearest  interests, from 
a  mere  'wantonness,  or  to  gratify  a  spirit  of 
revenge.    A  man  might  even  excite  'sedition, 

95 'rebellion,  and  treason  against  the  govern- 
ment. It  gives  'liberty  to  print  or  say  any- 
thing that  will  not  'injure  another  in  his  rights, 
property,  or  'reputation ;  or  that  will  not  dis- 
turb the  public  peace,  or  threaten  the  'over- 


Approval. 

Now. 

Gazette. 

Globe. 

Dreads. 

Examination 

Founded. 

GeneiaL 

Justness. 

Wisdom. 

Make. 

Diifusion. 

Barriers. 

Clearly. 

Privilege. 

Utterance. 

Denizen. 

Reproach. 

Immolate. 

Felicity. 

Sportiveness. 

Disaffection. 

insurrection. 

Permission. 

Wrong. 

Character. 

Defeat. 


are  some  of  the  restrictions  upon  knowledge  in  despotic  countries? 
14.  What  does  despotisin  always  fear]  15.  What  are  the  strongest 
barriers  of  our  government?  16.  Has  any  one  the  right  to  say  or 
print  what  he  pleases?  (§  7.)  17.  What  is  the  real  meaning  of  this 
phrase,  "the  freedom  of  speech  and  the  press?"  18.  What  must  be 
the  condition  of  those  who  are  denied  the  right  of  petition?  (§  8.) 
See  Article  I.  of  the  Amendments  to  the  Constitution,  page  142. 


212 


COMMENTARY  ON  THE 


100  throw  of  the  'government.  The  right  of  the 
people  "  peaceably  to  assemble  and  'petition 
for  a  redress  of  'grievances"  is  invaluable. 
(§  8.)  It  is  difficult  to  conceive  of  a  more  'ab- 
ject state  of  slavery,  or  one  more  'humiliating 

105  to  those  who  have  even  limited  'views  of  their 
own  'rights,  than  where  the  people  dare  not 
make  known  their  grievances,  and  'petition 
for  their  'redress.  '  This  right  has  often  been 
denied   in   'despotic  governments,  under  a 

no  pretence  of  guarding  against  'insurrections 
and  'conspiracies. 

(§  9.)  The  second  article  is — "  A  well  're- 
gulated Militia  being  'necessary  to  the  secu- 
rity of  a  free  State,  the  'right  of  the  people  to 

115  keep  and  bear  'arms  shall  not  be  infringed." 
Some  'tyrannical  governments  resort  to  dis- 
arming the  people,  and  making  it  'an  offence 
to  keep  arms,  or  participate  in  military  'pa- 
rades.    In  all  countries  where  despots  'rule 

120  with  standing  armies,  the  'people  are  not 
allov/ed  to  keep  'guns  and  other  warlike 
weapons.  The  true  'nature  of  a  standing 
army  was  fully  'known  by  our  forefathers; 
they  had  'experienced   its  practical  results 

125  before  the  'revolution.  It  may  indeed  be 
a  'question,  if  England  could   have  waged 


19.  What  is  the  most  abject  state  of  slavery  to  which  man  is  subject? 

20.  What  right  has  been  denied  under  despotic  governments?      (§  9.) 

21.  What  is  tlie  condition  of  the  people  in  despotic  countries?  22. 
What  is  tlie  difference  between  guns  and  muskets,  in  the  121st  line? 
23.  In  what  way  had  the  republic  of  tliis  country  realized  the  evils 
of  standing  armies?     24.  Are  the  citizens  of  a  country  easily  made 

*  See  Article  II.  of  the  Amendments  to  the  Constitution,  page  112. 


CONSTITUTION  OF  THE  UNITED  STATES. 


213 


any  war  of  long  duration  against  the  'colo- 
nies, without  its  'standing  army.  The  citi- 
zens of  any  country  'quickly  perceive  the 

130  injustice  of  despotic  'measures,  and  cannot 
generally  be  made  the  'tools  of  oppression. 
(§  10.)  It  is  the  'extreme  of  folly  for  any 
people  to  'maintain  a  large  standing  army  in 
'times  of  peace.    Almost  every  feature  of  a 

i3j  free  government  is  'abolished  in  organized 
armies ;  the  soldiers  are  not  tried  by  'juries 
for  any  real  or  'supposed  offence ;  they  are 
at  the  mercy  of  their  officers — in  'short,  under 
the  most  'absolute  despotism.     Denied  the 

140  privileges  of  going  out  of  'prescribed  Hmits, 
the  endearments  of  'domestic  life,  the  freedom 
of  'speech,  or  the  enjoyments  of  the  social 
privileges  of  'civil  society,  they  are  required 
to  move  as  'puppets,  to  receive  orders  which 

145  they  must  obey,  to  'consider  others  as  their 
superiors,  and  to  'pay  homage  to  men. 

(§11.)  Thus,  'gradually  led  to  be  the  ser- 
vants and  slaves  of  power,  to  obey  'com- 
mands, right  or  wrong,  they  are  'further  lia- 

150  ble,  for  'offences  which  in  civil  society  would 
entail  but  slight  punishment,  to  be  'court- 
martialled,  whipped,  'hung  or  shot.  Thus 
a  man   of   'discretion,  of  wisdom,  and    of 


Provinces. 

Permanent. 

Soon. 

Proceedings. 

Hirelings. 

Height. 

Support. 

Seasons. 

Destroyed. 

Equals. 

Imaginary. 

Fine. 

Complete. 

Defined. 

Home. 

Discourse. 

Free. 

Automatons. 

Deem. 

Render. 

Impercepti- 
bly. 

Mandates. 
Moreover. 

Derelictions 
of  duty. 

Tried  by  mil- 
itary officers. 

Executed. 
Judgment. 


the  tools  of  oppression?  (§  10.)  25.  What  laws  exist  in  established 
armies?  26.  Wliat  is  the  tendency  of  long-continued  surveillance 
upon  men?  27.  How  must  inen  in  armies  view  their  officers?  28. 
Do  men  in  armies  dare  to  go  without  the  limits  prescribed  by  their 
oflScers?  29.  Name  some  other  objections  to  permanent  armies.  30. 
Do  you  suppose  any  people  can  lose  their  liberty  without  standing 
armies?     (§  11.)   31.  What  do  you  suppose  is  the  difference  between 

See  Article  111.  of  llie  Amendments  to  the  Constitution,  page  142. 


214 


C0M3IENTARY  ON  THE 


'years,  may  be  hung,  for  refusing  to  obey,  or 

155  'questioning  the  orders  of  some  young  and 
perhaps  passionate  and  'senseless  upstart, 
whom  chance,  accident,  or  'favoritism,  has 
placed  in  'command.  It  is  well  worthy  of 
remark,  that  the  most  'illustrious  generals  of 

160  the  revolution  were  'citizens  and  not  soldiers 
by  profession,  and  gave  the  strongest  'testi- 
mony against  'standing  armies.  (§  12.)  The 
whole  'revolutionary  army  were  citizens  be- 
fore the  war,  and  may  justly  be  'regarded  as 

165  citizen  soldiers.  The  'standingarmy  of  the 
'king  of  England  was  the  most  oppressive  and 
'hated  instrument  of  his  power.  The  princi- 
pal officers,  like  Washington,  'resigned  their 
posts,  and  assumed  their  'places  as  citizens  at 

170  the  'close  of  the  war.  Ambitious  men  may  ad- 
vocate the  'feigned  glory  achieved  by  stand- 
ing 'armies :  but  the  people  should  remember, 
that  as  the  soldier's  'profession  is  advanced, 
their  own  'calling  is  degraded.  Make  war  the 

175  most  'honorable  of  all  callings,  and  every 
one  must  'how  to  the  nod  of  military  despot- 
ism. Wherever  the  largest  standing  'armies 
have'  been  found,  there  also  has  existed  the 
most  oppressive  and  'absolute  despotism. 


a  trial  by  jury  and  a  trial  by  court-martial?  32.  Where  is  trial  by 
jury  prohibited?  33.  Who  were  the  illustrious  generals  of  the  revo- 
lution? (§  12,)  34.  Did  the  revolutionary  generals  resort  to  war  as  a 
profession?  35.  In  what  light  may  the  whole  revolutionary  army  be 
regarded?  36.  What  was  the  most  oppressive  menial  and  tool  of  the 
king  of  Great  Britain?  37.  What  eflcL't  has  the  exaltation  of  the  sol- 
dier's profession  upon  the  pursuits  and  calling  of  citizens?  3S.  Who 
must  support  soldiers?      {%  13.)  39.  What  are  insuperable  barriers  to 

See  Article  11.  of  the  Amenilmeiits  to  the  Coustitulion,  page  142. 


CONSTITUTION  OF  THE  UNITED  STATES.       215 


180       (§  13.)  The  'great  body  of  the  people,  the 
mihtia  of  a  nation,  presents  'insuperable  bar- 
riers to  the  usurpation  of  power  by  'artful 
and  ambitious  men ;  citizens  and  not  'stand- 
ing armies,  are  the  'bulwarks   of  freedom. 
185  Let  then  all  'knowledge  and  power  be  uni- 
versally 'disseminated  among  the  people,  and 
all  'foes  to  liberty,  whether  domestic  or  fo- 
reign, will  flee  like  "  'chaff  before  the  wind." 
The  'political  condition  of  the  world  is  such, 
100  that   the    friends    of  human    'improvement 
should  be   constantly  on  the  'alert.     If  the 
history  of  the  past  is  'an  index  for  the  future, 
it  'admonishes  the  people  of  this  country  to 
'countenance  no  system  of  policy  that  pro- 
ws duces  'an  inequality  of  its  citizens.    It  shows 
that  arms,  followed  as  a  'profession,  have 
inevitably  produced   either  the  most  'abject 
slaves  and  absolute  despotism,  or  a  '  disso- 
lute and  'disorderly  soldiery,  the  bane  of 
200  civilization — both  of  which,  though  in  'oppo- 
site extremes,  are  alike  'ruinous  to  republics. 
(§  14.)  Let    then    each    and    every  'citizen 
throughout  the  land,  'participate  in  whatever 
of  honor  or  of  'disgrace  there  may  be  at- 
205  tached  to  the  'profession  of  arms.    Let  not 
the  'preposterous  idea  that  a  standing  army 
can  effectually  'protect  the  country,  ever  be 


Large. 

Inviacible. 

Cunning. 

Established. 

Supporters. 

Attainment. 

Spread. 

Enemies. 

Dust. 

National. 

Advance- 
ment. 

Look-out. 

A  director. 

Counsels. 

Favor. 

A  disparity. 

Vocation. 

Despicable. 

Depraved. 

Unruly. 

Different. 

Fatal. 

Inhabitant. 

Share. 

IfjTiominy. 

Culling. 

Very  absurd, 

Save. 


the  usurpation  of  power  1  40.  If  military  science  is  essential,  wlio 
ought  to  possess  it?  41.  Do  you  suppose  the  tendency  of  keeping 
men  constantly  under  military  subjection,  of  requiring  them  to  receive 
and  obey  orders,  gradually  renders  them  fit  tools  for  tyrants?    (§  14.) 

See  Article  II.  of  the  Amendments  to  the  Constitution,  page  142. 


216 


COMMENTARY   ON   THE 


entertained.  In  cases  of  sudden  'invasions, 
as  well  as  violent  'commotions,  the  country 

210  must  be  'shielded  by  the  great  body  of  the 
people.  Let  then  our  'chief  reliance  be  upon 
the  citizen  soldiery  so  that  in  'war  every  citizen 
may  be  a  soldier,  and  in  'peace  every  soldier 
a  citizen.   Let  not  the  'military  profession  be 

215  considered  the  'requisite  road  to  the  highest 
honors,  but  as  a  necessary  evil,  'produced  by 
the  'wickedness  of  tyrants,  and  the  ignorance 
of  their  subjects.  The  third  'amendment  is — 
"  No  soldier  shall  in  time  of  peace  be  'quartered 

KO  in  any  house  without  the  'consent  of  the 
owner ;  nor  in  time  of  war,  but  in  a  'manner 
to  be  prescribed  by  law."  It  was  a  'custom 
in  'arbitrary  times  to  lodge  soldiers  in  the 
houses  of  private  citizens,  without  'regard  to 

225  their  interests,  or  to  'forms  of  law. 


Hostile  en- 
trances. 

Perturba- 

tiuns. 

Protected. 

Individual. 

Conflict. 

Quietude. 

Warlike. 

Necessary. 

Generated. 

UnriKhteous- 
ness. 

Addition, 
Lodged. 
Approbation. 
Way. 


Despotic. 
Respect  for. 
Reerulations. 


42.  Can  soldiers  be  quartered  in  any  house?  43.  In  what  manner 
only  ?  44.  Has  it  ever  been  done  without  regard  to  forms  of  law  ? 
4  3.  Why  should  not  a,  in  the  222d  line,  be  changed  to  an,  when  you 
substitute  usage  for  custom  ? 


LESSON    XXXIX. 

§  1.)  The  fourth  Article  'protects  the  citi- 
zens against  unreasonable  'innovations  and 
molestations  by  government  'officers.  In 
'former  times,  any  house  might  be  searched, 
5  at  the  'discretion  of  the  officers  of  govern- 
ment, without   any  ground   of  'accusation, 


Secures. 

Changes. 

Officials. 

Past. 

Option. 

Suspicion. 


(§  1.)    1.  What  rights  of  the  people  cannot  be  violated?     2.  Upon 
what  conditions  may  warrants  for  search  be  issued?     (§  2.)  3.  What 

See  Articles  III.  and  IV.  of  the  Amendments  to  the  Constitution,  pages  142  and  113. 


CONSTITUTION  OF  THE  UNITED  STATES.   2l7 


and  many  'innocent  persons  suffered  fron) 
such  '  illegal  acts.  This  Article  renders 
searches   of  this   kind    'impossible   in   this 

10  country.  (§  2.)  The  'provisions  of  Articles 
five  and  six  are  very  'important.  They  pre- 
vent false  'accusations,  by  making  an  indict- 
ment necessary  before  the  'accused  can  be 
put  upon  his  'defence.      They  protect  him 

15  from  unnecessary  'oppression,  before  his 
guilt  shall  be  'established :  he  cannot  be  har- 
assed by  more  than  one  'trial,  and  cannot 
be  '  compelled  to  self-accusation.  His  life, 
liberty,  and  property  are  all  'pi-otected  by 

20  law,  unless  he  shall  have  'forfeited  them  by 
crime;  and  his  trial  must  be  'speedy  and 
public,  that  he  may  be  promptly  'acquitted, 
if  innocent.  (§  3.)  They  also  'afford  the  ac- 
cused every  reasonable  advantage  for  'de- 

25  fence.  He  is  to  be  informed  of  the  'nature  of 
the  'accusation  against  him,  that  he  may  pre- 
pare his  defence  and  'refute  the  allegation;  he 
is  to  be  confronted  with  the  'witnesses  against 
him,  that  he  may  'question  them ;  he  is  to  have 

30 'process  to  compel  the  attendance  of  wit- 
nesses in  his  favor.  He  may  have  'coun- 
sel to  assist  him  in  his  defence.  In  'arbitrary 
governments,  many,  and  'frequently  all  of 
these  privileges  are  'denied. 


Guiltless, 
liulawful. 

Impractica- 
ble. 

Stipulations. 

Momentous. 

Charges. 

Charsed. 

Justification. 

Severity. 

Confirmed. 

Ordeat 

Forced. 

Guarded. 

Lost. 

Expeditious. 

Exonerated. 

Give. 

Vindication. 

Character. 

Charge. 

Rebut. 

Deponents. 

Interrogate. 

Proceedings. 

Lawyers. 

Despotic. 

Often. 

Refused. 


is  necessary  before  a  person  can  be  brought  to  trial  for  an  infamous 
crime?  4.  In  what  other  respects  is  the  accused  protected  from  in- 
convenience, injury,  and  oppression  ?  5.  How  are  false  accusations 
prevented  1  6.  Why  should  a  trial  be  speedy?  (§  3.)  7.  Why  must 
the  accused  be  informed  of  the  accusations  against  him  ?  8.  Why 
See  Articles  V.  and  VI.  of  the  Amendments  to  the  Constitution,  page  113. 


19 


218 


COMMENTARY  ON  THE 


35  (§  4.)  The  seventh  Article  has  'reference 
to  the  'extension  of  the  right  of  trial  by  jury 
to  civil  as  well  as  criminal  cases.  This  're- 
lates only  to  the  'courts  of  the  United  States. 
This  Article  'also  prescribes  the  manner  in 

40  which  the  Suprenne  Court  shall  're-examine 
the  facts  in  a  'cause  tried  by  a  jury.  The 
eighth  Article  is — "  Excessive  bail  shall  not 
be  required;  nor  excessive  fines  'imposed;  nor 
cruel    and  unusual    punishments  'inflicted." 

45  Cruel  and  'atrocious  punishments,  which 
might  be  inflicted  from  'malice,  or  to  gratify 
a  feeling  of  'revenge,  are  thus  prevented. 
The  history  of  past  'ages  affords  numerous 
examples  of  the  'disgraceful  and  tyrannical 

50  exercise  of  what  is  here  'prohibited.  (§  5.) 
The  ninth  Article  is — "  The  'enumeration  in 
the  Constitution  of  certain  'rights  shall  not 
be  construed  to  deny  or  'disparage  others 
'retained  by  the  People."     The  tenth  Article 

55  is — "  The  powers  not  'delegated  to  the  United 
States  by  the  Constitution,  nor  'prohibited  by 
it  to  the  States,  are  'reserved  to  the  States 
'respectively,  or  to  the  People."  These  two 
Articles'speak  for  themselves.    It  is  'evident 

60  that  the  powers  not  delegated  to  the  United 
States  must  'belong  to  the  States,  except  such 
as  are  prohibited  to  them  or  to  the  'people. 


confronted  with  the  witnesses  against  him?  9.  Are  any  of  these  pri- 
vileges ever  denied  to  persons  accused  1  (§  4.)  10.  To  what  civil 
cases  is  the  right  of  trial  by  jury  extended?  11.  What  is  prevented 
by  the  prohibition  of  excessive  bail  and  fines,  and  cruel  punishments? 
(§  5.)  12.  What  powers  are  reserved  to  the  states  respectively,  or  to 
See  Articles  VII.,  YIII.,  IX  ,  and  X.,  of  the  Amendments  to  the  Constitution,  paires  14t  nnl  145. 


CONSTITUTION  OF   THE  UNITED   STATES.       219 


(§  6.)  The  eleventh  Article  is—"  The  ju- 
dicial 'power  of  the  United  States  shall  not 

G5  be  'construed  to  extend  to  any  suit  in  law  or 
equity,  'commenced  or  prosecuted  against 
one  of  the  States  by  'citizens  of  another 
State,  or  by  citizens  or  subjects  of  any  'fo- 
reign State."     This  is  'merely  an  additional 

70 'specification  of  the  prohibitions  upon  the 
'Supreme  Court,  the  powers  of  which  have 
been  'considered,  in  treating  of  Article  III. 
of  the  Constitution.*  (§  7.)  This  'amend- 
ment applies  only  to  'original  suits  against 

75  the  states,  and  does  not  'exclude  the  Supreme 
'Court  from  trying  cases  brought  by  appeal 
or  writ  of  error  from  any  of  the  state  'tri- 
bunals. A  icrit  of  error  is  a  'writ  founded 
on  an  alleged  error  in  'judgment,  which  car- 

80  ries  the  suit  to  some  'superior  tribunal,  and 
'authorizes  the  judges  to  examine  the  recoi'd 
on  which  'judgment  has  been  given  in  the 
inferior  court,  and  to  'reverse  or  affirm  the 
'same. 

85  (§  8.)  The  twelfth  and  last  'Article  of  the 
Amendments  has  been  'inserted  in  the  body 
of  the  Constitution.!  It  may,  however,  be 
here  'observed,  that  each  and  every  Article 
of  the   'Amendments  of  the  Constitution  is 

90  equally  as  'binding  as  the  original  Constitu- 


Lavv  aclniin- 

ISltlMlg. 

Authorily. 

Interpreted. 

Be^n. 

Denizens. 

Distant. 

Only. 

Notation. 

Highest. 

Examined. 

Alteration. 

Commencing 

Prevent. 

Tribunal. 

Courts. 

Legal  mstru- 
nient. 

Decision. 

Higher. 

Empowers. 

Sentence. 

Annul. 

Judgment. 

Clause. 

Placed. 

Nevertheless 

Remarked. 

ImproTements. 

Oblig^toy. 


the  people?  (§  6.)  13.  To  what  suits  cannot  the  judicial  power  of 
the  United  States  be  extended?  (^  7.)  14.  Does  the  eleventh  amend- 
ment prohibit  the  Supreme  Court  from  trying  causes  that  may  com- 
mence  in  the  state  courts?     15.  What  is  a  writ  of  error  1     (§  8.)  16. 

•  See  pa;e  200.  t  See  pages  131,  189,  and  190. 

See  Articles  XT.  and  XII.  of  the  Amenilments  to  the  Constitution,  page  145. 


220 


COMMENTARY  ON  THE 


tion,  and  ^justly  considered  part  and  parcel  of 
that  ^document.  The  11th  and  12th  Amend- 
ments are  the  only  ones  that  ^alter,  in  any  way, 
the  original  Constitution.    The  l2th  was^pro- 

95  posed  in  1803,  ^07i  account  of  the  presidential 
contest  of  Aaron  Burr  and  ^Thos.  Jefferson. 
On  the  return  of  the  electoral  'vote,  in  1801,  it 
was  'found  that  each  had  seventy-three  votes. 
(§  9.)  The  House  of  Representatives  'pro- 

100  ceeded,  on  the  11th  of  'February,  1801,  in 
the  manner  'prescribed  by  the  Constitution, 
to  elect  a  President  of  the  'U.  S.,  and  con- 
tinued to  'ballot  during  the  business  hours  of 
each  day,  till  the  17th  of  'Feb.  1801,  when 

105  Thomas  Jefferson  was  'elected,  on  the  thirty- 
sixth  ballot,  'Chief-Magistrate  of  the  Union. 
This  amendment  is,  'therefore,  important, 
inasmuch  as  it  requires  the  electors  'ex- 
pressly to  designate  the  'candidates  for  Pre- 

110  sident  and  Vice-President;  by  that  means 
saving  the  nation  from  'useless  expense,  and 
the  animosity  of  party  'rancor. 

(§  10.)  The  Constitution  has  been  in  ope- 
ration 'tor  fifty-nine  years.     In  peace  and  in 

115  war  it  has  proved  itself  the  'guai'dian  of  the 
republic.  In  its  infancy  it  was  assailed  with 
unparalleled  '  vehemence :  it  was  then  a 
matter  of  'theory,  if  the  Constitution  could 


Why  was  Article  XTI.  of  the  Amendments  inserted  in  the  body  of  the 
Constitution?  17  What  is  peculiar  of  the  twelfth  amendment?  (§9.) 
IS.  Give  an  account  of  the  presidential  contest  in  ISOl.  19.  Why  is  the 
twelfth  amendment  important?  (§  10.)  20.  How  lonj;  has  the  Constitu- 
tion been  in  force?     21.  What  has  been  the  result  of  its  operation  ?     22. 

See  Article  XII.  of  the  Amendments  to  the  Constitution,  ljaa:e  115 


CONSTITUTION  OF  THE  UNITED  STATES.   221 


'bestow  upon  the  country  union,  and  its  na- 

120  tural  consequences,  'prosperity  and  power. 
Experience,  the  infalUble  'test  of  all  human 
theories,  has  demonstrated  the  'wisdom  of 
its  arrangements,  and  the  'unequalled  bless- 
ings of  its  'operation.     Those  who  hereafter 

125  attempt  to  'weaken  its  bonds,  must  do  so 
against  the  'weight  of  its  own  transcendent 
'example  to  bless  mankind,  and  the  light  of 
all  past  'experience.  Nothing  but  the 
mental  'darkness  of  the  people  could  ever 

130  give  a  chance  of  success  to  the  'schemes 
of  those  'unworthy  Americans  who  would 
wish  to  destroy  this  glorious  'confederacy. 
(§  11.)  Every  friend  of  'liberty  throughout 
the  world  has  felt  a  new  'impulse  to  duty  by 

135  the  unparalleled  'prosperity  and  happiness 
'conferred  by  the  American  Constitution.  It 
has  proved  the  mightiest  'rampart  against 
those  'dreaded  evils  which  its  early  but  often 
patriotic  'opponents  feared  it  might  foster ;  its 

110  fruits  have  surpassed  the  'expectations  of  the 
most  'sanguine  of  its  framers.  Let  then  every 
'honest  person  reflect  upon  the  dangerous 
doctrines  of  dissensions  and  'disunion.  Every 
one  should  'remember  that  our  bond  of  union 

145  once  'broken,  makes   over  30  distinct  but 


Give  to. 

Success. 

Proof. 

Sageness. 

Unrivalled. 

Action. 

Enfeeble. 

Power. 

Precedent. 

Trial. 

Blindness 

Intrisrues 

Case. 

Union. 

Freedom. 

Motive. 

Success. 

Bestowed. 

Fortification. 

Feared. 

Adversaries. 

Hopes. 

Confident. 

Sincere. 

Separation. 

Recollect. 

Severed. 


Why  was  the  Constitution  opposed  in  its  infancy?  23.  What  is  the 
infallible  test  of  all  human  theories?  (§  11.)  24.  What  effect  has  the 
success  of  the  American  Constitution  had  on  the  friends  of  liberty 
throughout  the  world?  25.  What  are  its  results  upon  the  evils  it  was 
supposed  it  might  foster?  26.  Is  there  any  danger  in  disseminating 
doctrines  of  dissension  and  disunion?  27.  What  woi'd  result  from 
the  destruction  of  the  Constitution?    28.  If  the  Union  were  destroyed, 


19* 


222 


COMMENTARY   ON  THE 


'feeble  nations,  where  now  exist  the  most 
prosperous  people  of  the  world.  'Questions 
that  are  now  debated  and  reasonably  'de- 
cided in  the  'Halls  of  Congress,  would  then 

150  be  'decided  by  brute  force  in  the  field  of 
'battle. 

(§  12.)  Let  'disunion  once  take  place,  and 
who  can  tell  where  the  'line  of  division  will 
'end  ?    Who  could  tell  the  number  of  unprin- 

155  cipled  politicians  and  military  'adventurers 
that  would  spring  up ;  the  'enormous  taxes 
that  would  be  'exacted  of  the  people  to  sup- 
port armies  for  mutual  'aggression;  the  mili- 
tary despotism  and  the  consequent  'misery  that 

160  would  'inevitably  follow  ?  (§13.)  But  how 
can  the  Constitution  be  'maintained,  unless 
it  is  made  known  to  the  'people,  and  how 
can  it  be  made  known  if  not  'taught  in 
our  schools  ?       May  the  youth  of  our  '  land 

105  learn  to  'appreciate  the  security  it  gives  to 
property,  'Uberty,  equal  laws,  and  even  life, 
and  'realize  the  truth  that  measures  injurious 
to  one  section  of  our  country  must  'eventually 
destroy  our  glorious  'Union.     Harmoniously 

170  united,  our  country  will  not  only  'stand,  but 
take  the  '  lead  of  all  others  in  the  improve- 
ment of  the  'social  condition  of  man,  and 
'attain  a  degree  of  renown  unequalled  in  the 
'annals  of  the  world.      (§  14.)    For  nearly 


Ile'pless. 

Suhjecls. 

Determined. 

Houses. 

Settled. 

Strife. 

Separation. 

Mark. 

Terminate. 

Desperadoes. 

Heavy. 

Required. 

Annoyances. 

Wretched- 
ness. 

Certainly. 

Supported. 

Community. 

Inculcated. 

Country. 

Value. 

Irecdom. 

Comprehend. 

Finally. 

Confederacy. 

Exist. 

Advance. 

Domestic. 

Reach, 

Chronicles. 


how  would  questions  of  sectional  moment  be  then  decided?  (§12.) 
29.  Would  the  Union,  once  divided,  continue  without  niunerous  sub- 
divisions and  distractions?  (§  13.)  30.  What  is  the  only  effectual  way 
to  support  the  Constitution  ?  31.  In  what  consists  the  strength  of  our 
country?     32.  To- what  desirable  position  does  the  Constitution  lead 


CONSTITUTION  OF  THE  UNITED  STATES.   223 


175  'six  thousand  years  has  the  world  been 
created,  yet  during  that  'time  hberty  has 
heretofore  been  'pent  up  in  narrow  territo- 
ries, and  never  before  had  'dominion  on  such 
a  'magnificent  scale  as  is  now'exhibited  in 

iso  America.  Never  before  have  knowledge  and 
equal  laws  been  'extended  to  the  million,  and 
the  highest  'oifices  of  honor,  of  profit,  and  of 
'usefulness,  been  given  alike  to  the  rich  and 
the  'poor.   Never  before  have  the  mightiest 

185  men  of  a  nation,  the  brightest  'names  in  the 
'curriculum  of  fame,  risen  to  immortal  re- 
nown from  'obscurity,  solely  on  the  ground 
of  'merit. 

(§  15.)  The  'Constitution  may  justly  be 

190  'regarded  as  the  promoter  of  universal  know- 
ledge and  'equality  among  men,  the  patron 
of  '  letters,  the  fountain  of  justice  and  of 
'order  in  human  society ;  it  is  the  strong  bul- 
wark of  American  'freedom.     It  is  a  mag- 

195  nificent  'structure,  reared  with  unequalled 
'wisdom  by  the  purest  patriots,  and  the  most 
successful  '  benefactors  of  the  human  race. 
Its  '  pillars  are  now  the  virtue  and  intelli- 
gence of  the  people ;  its  '  keystone  is  union. 

200  Vice,  immorality,  and  corruption  may  'under- 
mine the  one;  faction,  'sectional  jealousies, 
and  strife,  may  'corrode  and  destroy  the 
other.     Let  it  be  the  'care  of  every  Ameri- 


6000. 
Period. 

Shut. 

PreJomi- 
iiance. 

Grand. 

Iiifoimation. 

Offered. 

Places. 

Utility. 

Indigent. 

Appellations. 

Cycle. 

Retirement. 

Ability. 

Palladium. 

Looked  upon 

Equal  rights. 

Literature. 

System. 

Liberty. 

Edifice. 

Sagacity. 

Friends. 

Supports. 

Fastening. 

Sap. 

Local. 

Consume. 

Solicitude 


our  countryl  (§  14.)  33.  How  long  has  the  world  continued  under 
despotic  rule?  34.  What  country  set  the  example  of  freedom  to  all 
others?  35.  Are  poor  men  promoted  to  office  under  the  Constitution  1 
36.  For  what  reason?     (§  15.)  37.  How  may  the  Constitution  be  re- 


224 


COMMENTARY  ON  THE 


can  to  'comprehend  the  vastness  of  its  Bless- 

205  ings,  and  to  'guard  it  from  all  possible  ^en- 
croachments. 

(§  IG.)  The  'legacy  of  the  Father  of  his 
country  sets  forth  alike  the  'importance  and 
the  'paramount  claims  of  the  Constitution. 

210  They  who  'revere  the  sage  counsels  of  him, 
whose  fame  is  'co-extensive  with  the  history 
of  America,  will  'coincide  in  the  opinion,  that 
the  Constitution  should  be  'studied  in  all  the 
'schools.     "  It  is  of  infinite  moment  that  you 

215  should  'properly  estimate  the  immense  value 
of  your  national  union  to  your  'collective  and 
individual  'happiness ;  that  you  should  cherish 
a  'cordial,  habitual,  and  immovable  attach- 
ment to  it;  'accustoming  yourselves  to  think 

2M  and  speak  of  it  as  of  the  'palladium  of  your 
'political  safety  and  prosperity;  watching  for 
its  preservation  with  jealous  'anxiety ;  dis- 
countenancing whatever  may  'suggest  even 
a  'suspicion  that  it  can,  in  any  event,  be 

225  abandoned;  and  indignantly  frowning  'upon 
the  first  'dawning  of  every  attempt  to  alienate 
any  'portion  of  our  country  from  the  rest,  or 
to  'enfeeble  the  sacred  ties  which  now  link 
together  the  'various  parts."* 


Understand. 

Protect. 

^Intrusions. 

Farewell  Ad- 
dress. 

Necessity 

Highest. 

Reverence. 

Coexistent. 

Agree. 

Learned. 

Seminaries. 

Adequately. 

Combined. 

Felicity. 

Heartfelt. 

Habituating. 

Shield. 

National. 

Solicitude. 

Hint. 

Doubt. 

On. 

Appearance. 

Part. 

Weaken. 

Different. 


garded?  38.  What  should  be  the  care  of  every  American?  (§  ^6.) 
39.  What  should  be  properly  estimated'?  40.  Should  all  understand 
the   Constitution?     41.  Is  it  written  so    that  all  can  understand   it? 

42.  Should  each  pupil  in  every  school  in  the  country  understand   it? 

43.  Should  every  citizen  study  it?  44.  How  should  all  speak  of 
it?  45.  Would  it  be  reasonable  or  safe  to  require  persons  to  speak 
in  a  favorable  manner  of  a  document  which  they  had  never  read? 

•The  entire  Farewell  Address  is  inserted  in  the  "Citizen's  Manual,  by  Joseph  Bartlett 
Burleish." 


CONSTITUTION  OF  THE  UNITED  STATES.   225 


(§17 

)  Great  were  the  hearts,  and  'strong  the  minds, 

Stout. 

Of  those  who  'framed,  in  high  debate, 

Made. 

The  'immortal  league  of  love  that  binds 

Eternal. 

Our  fair  'broad  empire,  state  with  state. 

Wide. 

And  deep  the  'gladness  of  the  hour. 

Pleasure. 

235 

When,  as  the  'auspicious  task  was  done, 

Prosperous. 

In  'solemn  trust,  the  sword  of  power 

AvvfuL 

Was  given  to  Globi's  'unspoiled  Son. 

Unstained. 

That  'noble  race  is  gone ;  the  suns 

Worthy. 

Of  sixty  years  have  'risen  and  set; 

Soared. 

340 

But  the  bright  'links  those  chosen  ones 

Rings. 

So  strongly  "forged,  are  brighter  yet. 

Formed. 

Wide — as  'our  own  free  race  increase- 

Americans. 

Wide  shall  extend  the  'elastic  chain, 

Stretching. 

And  bind,  in  'everlasting  peace. 

Everduring. 

245 

State  after  state,  a  'mighty  train. — Bryant. 

Potent. 

(§  17.)  46.  What  were  great?  47.  What  strong?  48.  What  was 
framed?  49.  What  was  given?  50.  To  whom?  51.  What  is  gone? 
52.  What  are  brighter  yet?  53.  What  shall  extend  wide?  54.  Should 
all  endeavor  to  imitate  the  virtues  of  Washington,  who  endeavored 
never  to  tell  a  falsehood,  violate  an  obligation,  or  be  guilty  of  any  other 
dishonorable  act?  55.  If  we  strive  to  attain  the  highest  pinnacle,  shall 
we  be  happier,  and  accomplish  more  good  than  we  should  otherwise? 
56.  Who  do  you  suppose  the  happiest  in  this  life,  the  wicked  or  the 
good? 


LESSON   XL. 
THE    DUTIES    AND    RESPONSIBILITIES    OF    VOTERS.* 

(§  1.)   The   impressions    and    'prejudices 

imbibed  in  infancy — the  'infancy  of  a  person 

or  of  a  nation — and  'perpetuated  in  the  use 

of  'terms  and  phrases  which    should  vary 

5  with  changing  circumstances,  are,  'perhaps, 


Preposses- 
sions. 

Early  exist- 
ence. 

Continued. 

Expressions. 

Probably. 


(§  1.)  1.  What'can  you  say  of  impressions  imbibed  in  early  life? 

*  This  subject  is  not  deemed  irrelevant  to  the  education  of  females,  inasmuch  as  they  are 
naturally  the  first  trainers  of  youth.  Ladies  should  possess  aU  information  in  reference  to  our 
social  aud  pohtieal  iustilutious. 


226 


DUTIES  AND 


in  no  instance  more  'indelibly  and  injuriously 
fixed,  than  those  relating  to  our  'social,  poli- 
tical, and  'national  associations.  Thus,  the 
phrases  and  the  impressions  'incident  to  them, 

10  "right  of  suffrage,"  which  'implies  the  grant 
by  the  'ruling  power  to  the  subject  to  exer- 
cise the  elective  'franchise,  and  "  govern- 
ment," as  applied  to  a  'detached  body  of 
men  in  power,  are  both  rendered  'obsolete 

15  by  the  '■peculiar  character  of  our  republican 
institutions,  and  by  the  'declaration  that  "  all 
men  are  'created  free  and  equal.  Hence 
society,  as  'regards  its  organization  and  go- 
vernment, is  resolved  into  its  'original  ele- 

20  ments ;  and  man  votes,  and  elects  'legislators 
and  rulers,  as  a  right,  not  as  a  'privilege; 
government  'exists  for  man,  not  man  for 
governors.  (§  2.)  As  then  all  men  are  'po- 
litically free  and  equal,  the  only  'operation 

25  necessary  to  'constitute  civil  society  is  their 
association  for  social  enjoyment,  the  'protec- 
tion of  the  'weak  against  the  strong,  the 
'ignorant  against  the  shrewd,  the  destitute 
against  the  wealthy,  'and  so  forth',  and  in  this 

30  'compact  each  has  equal  liberty  to  partici- 
pate and  'express  his  will.  The  united  will 
of  all  the  members  'constitutes  the  govern- 
ment of  a  republican  'community. 

(§  3.)  A  'republican  government  then,  is 

35  nothinsT  more  nor  less  than  'a  contract  formed 


Permanently 

Domestic. 

Public. 

Appertaining 

Means. 

Giiverning. 

Privilege. 

Separate. 

Antiquated. 

Genius. 

Assertion. 

Made. 

Relates  to. 

Primary. 

Law-makers. 

Favor. 

Endures. 

Nationally. 

Tiling. 

Form. 

Defence 

Feeble. 

Illiterate. 

&c. 

Agreement. 

Declare. 

Makes. 

People. 

Free. 

An  agreemenL 


I  2.  Do  people  derive  tlie  right  to  vote  from  their  rulers?  3.  For  what 
does  government  exist?  (§  2.)  4.  Wliat  are  some  of  the  advantages 
of  society?      (§  3.)  5.  What  is  a  republican  government?     6.  What  is 


RESPONSIBILITIES  OF  VOTERS. 


227 


by  the  people  for  'mutual  protection,  de- 
fence, and  security  of  their  'inalienable  rights. 
Hence  the  duty  of  every  freeman  is  'plain ; 
his  own  interest  and  the  'interest  of  those 

40  dear  to  his  heart,  his  family  and  his  'suc- 
cessors, require  him  to  meet  the  'assembled 
'community  and  express  his  wish  respect- 
ing measures  'proposed  for  the  general 
'weal,  which    will   be    found    ultimately   to 

45  'subserve  his  own  self-interest.  (§  4.)  But 
how,  and  where,  shall  a  'modest,  humble  in- 
dividual, meet  the  'assembled  community, 
'composing  this  great  nation,  to  express  his 
'opinion  fearlessly  and  efficiently  t     At  the 

50 'polls.  His  diffidence  is  there  at  once  re- 
lieved by  the  'consciousness  of  his  rights  and 
the  use  of  the  'ballot;  and  his  vote,  thus  cast, 
may  'counterpoise  that  of  the  millionaire 
over  his  'coffers,  the  judge  on  the  bench,  or 

55  the  'general  in  command. 

(§  5.)  Except  in  very  small  'communities, 
the  direct  'agitation  of  the  question  under 
debate,  cannot  conveniently  and  'simultane- 
ously be  discussed  and  decided  by  the  'united 

60  will  of  the  nation.  This  'circumstance  gives 
rise  to  a  representative  republican  'govern- 
ment, in  which  the  voter  'delegates  to  his 
representative  the  privilege  of  'carrying  his 
'opinions  to  the    legislature,  and  presenting 


ReciprocaL 

Untransfer- 
able. 

Obvious. 

Welfare. 

Followers. 

Collected. 

Citizens. 

Suggested. 

Prosperity. 

Promote. 

Diffident. 

Gathered. 

Forming. 

Conviction. 

Pliice  of  elec- 
tion. 

Knowledge. 
Vote. 

Counterba- 
lance. 

Treasures. 
High  officer. 
Societies. 
Discussion. 

At  the  same 
time. 

Combined. 

Incident. 

Polity. 

Grants. 

Conveying. 

Views. 


the  tluty  of  every  freeman?  (§  4.)  7.  How  do  voters  express  their 
opinions?  8.  Is  there  any  difference  between  the  vote  of  the  man 
that  cannot  reail  and  that  of  the  tnost  learned  man  in  the  country? 
(§  0.)  9.  What  gives  rise  to  a  representative  government?      (§  6.)  10. 


228 


DUTIES  AND 


65  them  for  him.  (§  6.)  But  let  the  'voter  bear 
constantly  in  'mind,  that  the  ballot  here  cast, 
is  his  'immediate  opinion,  expressed  on  the 
matter  at  issue,  and  such  'collateral  points 
as  are  'connected  with  it,  to  be  immediately 

70  decided  in  the  '  legislature  by  his  agent.  — 
No  one  should  be  %o  'thoughtless  as  to  con- 
sider the  "  election"  merely  an  'opportunity 
of  expressing   his  'partiality  for  a  favorite 
aspirant,  who  has  'elicited  admiration  by  a 

75  'facetious  "  stump  speech,"  or  for  the  gratifi- 
cation of  'personal  feelings.  The  candid  citi- 
zen will  'discard  all  unworthy  motives ;  he 
will  look  with  pureness  of  heart  and  'sin- 
cerity of  purpose,  to  the  future  'effects  of 

80  the  'choice  of  officers.  (§  7.)  He  will  neither 
be  the  'tool  of  party,  nor  allow  personal 
'enmity  or  prejudice  to  sway  his  vote.  He 
will  'participate  with  the  pure  patriotism  of 
other  ages  in  the  self  'sacrifice  of  individual 

85  or  ])arty  preferences,  for  the  most  'merito- 
rious and  the  ablest  officers,  and,  'governed 
by  good  common  sense,  and  patriotic  'reflec- 
tion, will  select  a  faithful,  'efficient,  and 
trusty  'agent,  to  convey  and  execute  his  will 

90  on  'subjects  connected  with  his  interest,  the 
interest  of  the  nation,  the  well-being  of 'Chris- 
tianity and  of  the  'world. 

(§  8.)    Thus,  as  so  much  'importance  is 
attached  to  the  'elective  franchise,  it  appears 


What  should  every  voter  bear  in  mind  ?  11.  To  what  will  every  pa- 
triotic voter  look?  (§  7.)  12.  What  should  not  sway  the  opinion  of 
the  voter?      13.  What  will  govern  every  intelligent  voter?     (§  8.)  14. 


RESPONSIBILITIES   OF   VOTERS. 


229 


95  that  the  'duty  of  a  voter  is  one  of  great  pri- 
vilege to  the  freeman  ;  but  its  'importance  to 
the  nation  rests  on  the  honesty,  the  'candor, 
and  'intelHgence  of  its  several  members. 
Hence  the  'propriety  and  necessity  of  the  ex- 

100  ertions  to  'disseminate,  with  other  general 
'topics  of  education,  a  knowledge  of  the 
principles  of  the  government,  and  to  'incul- 
cate morality  and  'religion  —  the  pillars  on 
which  rest  the    freedom,  the  'permanency, 

105  and  the  entire  value  of  our  'republican  insti- 
tutions. (§  9.)  Every  'voter  is  bound  by  self- 
interest,  independent  of  the  'unerring  com- 
mands of  the  scriptures,  to  'support  such 
measures  as  will  'contribute  most  to  amelio- 

110  rate  the  sufferings  and  'distresses  of  society, 
to  the  general  'prosperity  of  his  country,  and, 
above  all,  to  the  'perpetuity  of  its  institutions. 
In  the  'course  of  time,  additions  to  and  altera- 
tions of  the  Constitution  must  'necessarily  be 

115  proposed  for  the  'consideration  of  the  people, 
and  even  its  very  existence  is  'committed  to 
them ;  hence  the  imperative  'injunction  is 
placed  upon  all,  to  'understand  that  document, 
which  has  conferred  so  many  'blessings  upon 

i-20  mankind.  'Inasmuch  as  there  are  in  our 
country  about  a  million  of  'adult  white  per- 
sons that  cannot  read,  it  is  'deemed  impor- 
tant here  to  state  'briefly  the  necessity  and 


Business. 
Consequence 
Sincerity. 
Enli^hten- 

Suitablnness. 

Diffuse.     • 

Branches. 

Infuse. 

Cliristianity. 

Duration. 

Liberal. 

Balloter. 

Uudeviating. 

Maintain. 

Aid. 

Adversities. 

Weal. 

Duration. 

Progress. 

Of  course. 

Deliberation. 

Entrusted. 

Command. 

Comprehend. 

Benefits. 

Seeing  that. 

Full-gTown. 

Thouglit. 

Succinctly. 


Ill  wliat  way  does  the  elective  franchise  benefit  the  nation?  l5. 
What  are  the  pillars  on  which  the  permanency  of  republican  insti- 
tutions rest?  (§  9.)  10.  Wliat  is  every  voter  bound  to  do?  17.  What 
must  be  proposed  in  the  course  of  time?  18.  Can  persons  unable 
to  read  be  considered  safe  guardians  of  liberty?      19.  Who  direct  the 

20  "' 


230 


DUTIES  AND 


claims  of  sound  instruction,  to  'allude  to  the 

125  duty  of  all  to  support  'measures  for  the  ge- 
neral 'diffusion  of  knowledge,  and  especially 
of  those  who  'direct  through  the  ballot-box 
the  'destiny  of  the  nation. 

(§  10.)  If  a  citizen  neglects  to  'vote,  he 

130  'rehnquishes  one  of  his  most  valuable  privi- 
leges, and  neglects  an  important  'duty.  The 
'boast  of  our  republic  is,  its  representative 
'feature,  and  to  carry  out  its  plan,  all  ought 
to  be  represented.     All  'ought  to  vote,  for  if 

135  they  do  not,  the  'object  of  government  fails,  the 
'people  are  not  wholly,  but  only  in  part,  repre- 
sented. Every  good  citizen  who  'stays  away 
from  the  polls,  may  be  justly  said  to  'frustrate 
the  plan  of  our  institutions;  and  in  'case  of 

140  bad  officers  being  elected,  to  support  'tacitly 
their  election  and  its  'consequences.  (§  11.) 
In  voting,  a  'man  is  acting  both  for  himself 
and  his  country,  and  is  under  'obligation  to 
use  the  utmost   'discrimination    and    sound 

145  sense  in  the  'selection  of  public  officers,  and 
conduct  himself  on  all  occasions  with  cool- 
ness, 'candor,  and  kindness.  There  should 
never  'be  any  angry  words,  or  imputations 
of  bad  'motives.     The  display  of  ungovern- 

150  able  temper,  or  of  rude  and  'ungentlemanly 
conduct,  is  'beneath  the  dignity  of  freemen. 


Hint. 

Means. 

Dissemina- 
tion. 

GuiJe. 

Fate. 

Ballot. 

Gives  np. 

Obligation. 

Glory. 

Character. 

Should. 

Design. 

Inhabitants. 

Keeps. 

Baffle. 

The  event. 

Silently 

Resulta 

Citizen. 

Responsibi- 
hty. 

Juil^inicnt. 

Designation. 

Instances. 
Ingennous- 

llfc^S. 

Exist. 
Designs. 
Vulgar. 
Below. 


destiny  of  the  political  affairs  of  the  nation?  (§  10.)  20.  What  does 
the  n-.an  relinquish  who  neglects  to  vote  1  21.  Wliy  should  all  vote 
in  a  republican  governmenil  (§  11.)  22.  Under  what  obligation  is 
every  man  who  votes'?  23.  What  should  never  exist?  24.  Do  the 
oest'cf  men  ever  make  mistakes?  25.  Do  instances  occur  in  which 
men    think   profound  statesmen  wrong — in   which,  if  they  possessed 


RESPONSIBILITIES   OF  VOTERS. 


231 


and  totally  'unworthy  of  a  citizen  of  the  Ame- 
rican 'republic.  The  best  of  men  may  some- 
times 'think  they  are  right,  and  yet  be  in  the 
155  wrong.  Persons  often  think  'profound  states- 
men in  the  wrong,  when,  if  they  'enjoyed 
like  advantages,  all  would 'know  that  they 
were  in  the  'right. 

(§  12.)  In  making  political  'statements,  it 
160  is  'incumbent  on  those  who  advance  them  to 
use  much  'caution  and  inquiry  in  reference 
to  their  'validity.    It  is  by  fair  and  honorable 
'discussion  that  the  cause  of  human  liberty 
is  'advanced;  and  the  greatest  folly  any  party 
105  or  people  can  commit,  is  to  'cheat,  'dupe, 
and  deceive  each  other ;  all  honorable  men 
will 'endeavor  to  support  the  cause  of  truth 
and  justice.     As  'treason  is  the  worst  crime 
known  in  civil  society,  so  should  political  'de- 
no  ceivers  be  'ranked  among  the  most  heinous 
falsifiers  of  truth,  and    be  'dismissed  from 
the  society  of  all  '  honorable  and  respectable 
men.     (§  13.)  Experience   'proves,  that  the 
more  the  human  race  are  'accustomed  to  rea- 
175  son  and  reflect  upon  their  'duties,  the  more  pure 
and  'holy  they  become.  A  community  that  has 
for  a  'series  of  centuries  been  oppressed  by 
taxation,  and  made  the  'cringing  slaves  of 
'despotism,  are  prone  to  run  into  the  extremes 
180  of  vice  and  folly  when  their  'shackles  are 


Undeserving. 

Coraraouwealth. 

Believe. 
Learned. 
Possessed. 
Understand. 
True  way. 
Assertions. 
Obligatory. 
Discretion. 
Soundness. 
Argument. 
Promoted. 
Defraud. 
2Impose  upon. 
Aim. 

Rebellion. 
Liars. 
Classed. 
Discarded  by 

Magnanimoufl. 
Demonstrates. 

Habituated. 

Obligations. 

More  sacred. 

Course. 

Bowing. 

Tyranny. 

Fetters. 


proper  information,  tliey  would  flnd  that  they  were  right  ?  (§  12.)  26. 
What  is  the  result  of  fair  and  honorable  discussion?  27.  How  should 
political  deceivers  be  regarded?  (§  t-'^)  28.  What  does  experience 
prove?      29.  In  what  way  can  you   answer  the  objection   that  man  is 


232 


DUTIES  AND 


removed.  They  are  sometimes  'led  to  believe 
that  "  'kings  rule  by  divine  right,"  and  that 
man  is  not  'capable  ofself-government.  With- 
out ever  'reflecting  on  the  absurdity,  that  if 

185  men,  in  the  'aggregate,  cannot  control  their 
own  affairs,  the  'baser  class  of  men  may 
seize  the  'prerogative  of  heaven,  and  not 
only  'govern  themselves,  but  also  others ;  that 
the  'greater  number  should  be  oppressed  with 

I'jo  taxes  to  support  in  sumptuousness  the  'few ; 
that  they  must  have  an  imbecile  race  of 
kings,  to  force  them  to  'submit  to  law  and 
to  do  right.  (§  14.)  The  fact  is,  that  'in 
times  past,  education    has  been  'denied  to 

195  the  mass  of  the  people.  Hence  the  most  'dis- 
interested benefactors  of  'our  race, —  those 
•who  'disseminated  most  the  fundamental 
principles  of  human  'equality  —  that  the 
people  should  be  free  and  'enlightened — that 

200  'virtue  and  wisdom  constituted  the  highest 
'excellence  of  character — and  that  men  should 
be  'respected  according  to  their  personal  merit 
and  the  'piety  of  their  lives,  have  been  sacii- 
ficed  by  the  'illiterate  multitude,  who  were 

205  'duped  and  made  the  tools  of  artful  despots. 
(§  15.)  Recount  the  names  of  the  most  're- 
nowned 'philosophers  ot  antiquity,  the  most 
disinterested  statesmen,  the  ablest  'orators, 
the  purest  'philanthropists,  even  to  him  "who 


Induced. 
Monarchs. 
Qualified  for. 
Pondering. 
Whole. 

Inferior. 

Exclusive 
privilege. 

Direct. 
Majority. 
Minority 
A  weak 
Yield. 
Heretofore- 
Withheld 
from. 

Unselfish. 

I^aukind. 

Diffused. 

Right. 

Educated. 

Morality. 

Worth. 

Esteemed. 

Sanctity. 

Ignorant. 

Deceived. 

Celebrated. 

Sages. 

Speakers. 

Lovers  of 
inaukind. 


incapable  of  self-government?  (§  14.)  30.  What  has  heretofore  been 
the  state  of  education?  31.  What  has  been  tlie  fate  of  those  who 
have  heretofore  contributed  most  to  human  happiness?  (§  15.)  32. 
What  are  the  names  of  the  most  distinguished  philosophers  of  anti- 


RESPONSIBILITIES  OF  VOTERS. 


233 


210  spake  as  never  man  spake,"  they  have  'suf- 
fered the  most  'excruciating  pains,  and  death, 
through  'ignorance,  by  the  hands  of  those 
whose  best  interests  could  alone  be  'promoted 
by  their   existence.    'Providence    will   ever 

215  render  the  'inevitable  hour  of  death  happy  to 
those  who  live  for  the  benefit  of  mankind. 
The  dupes  of  tyrants  have  brought  'untold 
misery  and  wretchedness  upon  '  mankind, 
and  their  ignorance  and  'subserviency  have 

220  often  'clothed  the  world  in  mourning.  (§16.) 
'Ignorance  then  cannot  be  anything  but  a 
moral  crime  of  the  darkest  'dye  to  those  who 
have  'imperishable  education  placed  within 
their  reach,  and  fail  to  take  the  'prize.    The 

225  history  of  the  world,  the  'infallible  index  of 
future  human  action,  'shows  that  no  people 
can  remain  free  who  are  'illiterate.  Know- 
ledge, true  knowledge,  is  'indispensable  to 
secure  'permanently  in  families  even  the  ne- 

230  cessary  'riches  of  this  world.  Without  it,  in 
a  republic,  it  is  'utterly  impossible  for  wealth 
to  continue  in,  and  'contribute  happiness  to 
a  family ;  it  becomes  the  'putrid  carcass  that 
invites  'unseen  vultures,  which  seize  it,  and 

235  bring  either  poverty  or  'inevitable  ruin  on  its 
'possessors. 


Endured. 

Tormenting. 

Illiteracy. 

Advanced. 

God. 

Certain. 

Welfare. 

Unrevealed. 

Our  race. 

Submission. 

Habited. 

Want  of  kaow- 

Color. 

Enduring. 

Reward. 

Unerring. 

Proves. 

Uneducated. 

Requisite. 

Lastingly. 

Wealth. 

Entirely. 

Administer. 

Corrupt. 

Unobserved. 

Unavoidable. 

Holders. 


quity?  33.  Name  the  most  distinguished  orators  and  philanthropists'? 
34.  HoM',  and  for  what  did  they  suffer?  (§  16.)  35.  Why  is  it  a  crime 
to  he  ignorant  ■?  36.  What  is  shown  hy  the  history  of  the  worUl,  on 
this  subject?  37.  Why  is  knowledge  necessary  to  public  ind  private 
prosperity?  38.  Wliat  does  wealth  prove  to  its  possessors  without 
knowledge.  39.  Do  those  who  live  for  the  benefit  of  mankind  best 
advance  the  cause  of  Christianity  ? 

20"* 


234 


DUTIES  AND 


LESSON  XLI. 

(§  1.)  'Self-intekest  alone,  even  for  this 
world's  'enjoyment,  renders  moral  intelli- 
gence 'indispensable.  Let  then  no  one  rest 
'satisfied  whilst,  within  this  Union,  there  are 
5  hundreds  of  thousands  who  Jind  it  difficult 
to  'discriminate  between  right  and  wrong. 
It  is  not  'enough  that  they  know  how  to  read 
and  write ;  an  'enlightened  man  without  pro- 
bity, may  become  the  more  'efficient  tool  for 

10  mischief;  but  morality  should  be  'paramount 
to  letters.  Let  the  'youthful  mind  be  always 
'impressed  with  moral  examples  in  theory  and 
'practice,  and  so  be  fortified  against  the  evil 
influences  of  after-life.     (§2.)  Let  the  'in- 

15  structors  of  youth  receive  such 'remuneration, 
and  such  honor,  that  the  'profession  may  com- 
mand the  ablest  'talents  of  the  land,  and  so- 
ciety will  receive  the  rich  'rewards  of  the 
common  harvest.     'Apathy  to  the  vital  sub- 

20  ject  of  the  moral  'training  of  the  young  may 
be  fatal ;  no  citizen,  however  'wealthy,  or 
however  'exalted,  can  escape  the  evils  of 
surrounding  and  'depraved  ignorance.  Let 
none  'imagine  themselves  in  permanent  secu- 


Individual 
gain. 

Pleasure. 

Necessary. 

Contented. 

Are  puzzled. 

Discern. 

Sufficient. 

Educated. 

Effectual. 

Superior. 

Young. 

Stamped. 

Performance. 

Teachers. 

Compensa- 
tion. 

Calling. 

Capacities. 

Compensa- 
tions. 

InJiflerence. 

Guidance. 

Opulent. 

Elevated. 

Corrupting. 

Suppose. 


(§1.)  1.  What  renders  moral  intelligence  indispensable?  2.  Can 
the  morals  of  children,  or  the  property  of  individuals,  remain  safe 
ainong  ignorant  and  corrupt  communities'?  3.  What  may  an  enlight- 
ened man  without  morality  become  ?  4.  What  examples  are  requi- 
site to  enibrce  morality?  (§  2.)  5.  Who  will  reap  the  benefits  of 
having  good  instructors?  6.  What  is  necessary  to  have  a  good  school 
besides  good  teachers?  7.  Are  any  so  wealthy  or  so  exalted,  that 
thev  may  be  shielded  from  surrounding  ignorance?     8.  Who  have  a 


RESPONSIBILITIES  OF  VOTERS. 


235 


'11 


25  rity,  surrounded  by  'mental  darkness,  or  im- 
rnoral  'mental  illumination ;  all  have  a  part 
to  'perform — the  richest  and  the  poorest,  the 
'mightiest  men  of  the  nation,  and  the  feeblest 
women  of  the  land.  No  'citizen  should  be 

^0 'destitute  of  feeling  fc/rihe  mental  distresses, 
'sufferings,  and  perishing  wants  of  the  multi- 
tudes within  this  republic.  (§  3.)  May  no  'le- 
thean  stupor  overtake,  or  contracted  'personal 
views  'engross  the  attention  of  the  citizens 

35  of  America,  till,  revelling  in  the  'fruits  of 
others'  labors,  and  claiming  part  of  the  're- 
nown of  their  ancestors,  the  hand  of  barba- 
rian 'ignorance  writes  "  mene,  mene,  tekel, 
upharsin,"  on  the  walls  of  the  'republic,  and 

40  the  tide  of  'brutal  force,  guided  by  mental 
'depravity,  sweeps  liberty  for  ever  from  the 
'shores  of  America.  Let  then  every  one  re- 
member that  here  the  people  rule,  that  the  'mi- 
nority must  always  'submit  to  the  majority, 

45  whether  their  'political  measures  savor  of 
vice  or  virtue,  of  folly  or  'wisdom.  The  vigi- 
lance of  all  should  be  used,  that  the  'eloquence 
of  leaders,  the  'zeal  for  party  may  not  cause 
them  to  'forget  either  the  rights  or  mental 

50  wants  of  their  'country. 

(§  4.)  All  minorities  in  a  'republic  are  en- 
titled to  equal  rights  and  'protection  with  the 
majority,  and  any  'violation  of  the  just  rights 


Ignorance. 

Intellectual. 
Fulfil. 

Most  influen- 
tial. 

Voter. 

Insensible  of. 

Endurances. 

Deathly. 

Individual. 

Monopolize. 

Productions. 

Fame. 

Ferocions. 

lUiterance. 

Nation. 

Depraved. 

Recklessness 

Coasts. 

Smallest  number 

Yield. 

Nationa.. 

Discretion. 

Oratory. 

Devotion. 

Overlook. 

Nation. 

CommoimeaUh. 

Security. 
Infraction. 


part  to  perform  in  the  univeral  dissemination  of  knowledge  ?  9.  Who 
founded  those  re.i)idjlican  institutions,  the  blessings  of  which  we  now 
enjoy  ']  (§  3.)  10.  To  what  has  "  mene,  mene,  tekel,  upharsin,"'  refer- 
ence ?      11.  What  is  the  expression,  "walls  of  the  republic,"  called? 


236 


DUTIES  AND 


of  any  minority,  however  'small,  would  be 

55  'despotic  oppression  in  a  republic.  The 
worst  of  all  despotisms  has  been  'exercised 
by  ignorant  'multitudes,  over  the  wisest  and 
best  citizens.  The  man  that  'votes  fur  an 
evil  person,  for  any  oflice,  commits  a  'hei- 

60  nous  'ofience  against  his  country  and  human 
liberty;  he  does  all  in  his  power  to  'disgrace 
and  'ruin  the  republic.  But  the  cause  of 
liberty  is  ever  'onward,  and  though  often  be- 
trayed, it  cannot  be  kept  down.    'Apparently 

65  crushed  and  entirely  'consumed,  it  will  rise 
in  some  other  land,  and  like  the  fabled  phce- 
nix,  will  revive  from  its  'ashes  with  renewed 
youth  and  'vigor.  (§  5.)  The  great  majority 
of  the  'people  of  the  American  republic  will 

70  never  knowingly  pursue  a  course  fatal  to 
hberty.  Education,  'moral  education,  is  the 
sole  'foundation  on  which  the  perpetuity  of 
our  institutions  'depends ;  upon  it  alone  is 
centered   the   future   'renown   of  America. 

75 'Greece,  Carthage,  Rome,  Poland,  Switzer- 
land, Holland,  and  'France,  those  attempted 
nurseries  of  republics,  where  the  'embers  of 
liberty  are  still  'glowing,  are  now  to  look  to 
the  'eyry  of  the  eagle  of  freedom  in  the  New 

80  World.     The  countries  of  the  'Old  World, 


Diminutive, 

Tyrnnnical. 

Wielded. 

Masses. 

Supports. 

Flagrant. 

Crime. 

Defame. 

Destroy. 

Progressive. 

Seemingly. 

Destroyed. 

Feigned. 

Dast. 

Strength. 

Inhabitants. 

Ruinous. 

CoiTect. 

Basis. 

Rests. 

Fame. 

Ionia. 

Gaul. 

Cinders. 

Burmng. 

Home. 

Eastern  Con- 
tiiient. 


(§  4.)  12.  Uinler  what  circumstances  may  despotism  exist  in  a  re- 
public? 13.  What  does  a  man  do  who  votes  for  a  wicked  officer? 
14.  Have  there  been  times  wlien  there  appeared  to  be  no  rational 
liberty  in  the  world?  15.  What  has  taken  place  on  such  occasions? 
(§  5.)  16.  Will  the  majority  of  the  American  people  knowingly  pursue 
a  wrong  course  ?  17.  What  is  then  the  only  security  for  the  perpetuity 
of  our  institutions?      IS.  What  countries  are  now  to  become  disciples 


RESPONSIBILITIES  OF  VOTERS. 


237 


that  formerly  contained  all  that  was  'consi- 
dered 'of  surpassing  splendor  in  the  produc- 
tions of  man  and  of  'nature,  are  now  to  be- 
come the  'pupils  of  America.  —  If    we    per- 

85  form  our  duty  with  the  'fidelity  of  our  an- 
cestors, our  country  will  attain  'enduring 
greatness,  and  receive,  'through  all  time,  the 
enviable  appellation  of  the  'Jllma  Mater  of 
rational  '  liberty. 

90  (§  6.)  In  'conclusion,  it  may  be  well  to 
remind  all  'voters,  that  we  enjoy  more  liberty 
and  are  'subject  to  more  sudden  and  intense 
'discussions  than  any  other  people  on  the 
globe.     Every  'citizen  is  a  voter  and  a  law- 

95  maker,  'almost  every  one  is  a  politician, 
warmly  'attached  to  his  party.  The  op- 
posite views  and  interests  of  parties  engender 
controversies.  There  is  'imminent  danger 
that  the  'ascendency  over  an  opponent  may 

100  be  too  often  the  aim,  'when,  on  the  contrary, 
the  discovery  of  truth  should  'alone  be  the  ob- 
ject of 'in  vest^ation.  (§7.)  Party  contest,  even 
with  a  small  number  of  'uninformed  voters, 
may  endanger  the  'tranquillity  of  the  nation 

105  by  a  'struggle  for  power  among  ambitious 
leaders.  Political  questions  in  this  'country 
will  'test  the  virtue  and  intelligence  of  the 
people,  and  the  'discretion,  moderation,  and 


Peemed. 

Magnificent. 

'/rc-ation. 

Disciples. 

Integrity. 

Permanent. 

During. 

Cherishing 
mutlier. 

Freedom. 
Closing. 
Citizens. 
Liable. 

Controver- 
sies. 

Individual. 

Nearly. 

United. 

Sects. 

Threatening 

Power. 

Whereas. 

Only. 

Search. 

Ignorant. 

Peace. 

Contest. 

Nation. 

Prove. 

Judgment. 


L 


of  America?  19.  What  maybe  tVie  enviable  title  of  America?  20. 
What  is  requisite  on  our  part?  (§6.)  21.  What  are  the  people  of  this 
country  subject  to]  22.  What  is  each  voter?  23.  What  causes  con- 
troversies? 24.  What  should  be  the  object  of  all  discussion?  (§  7.) 
25.  What  may  endanger  the  liberties  of  the  nation?     26.  Upon  vvhom 


238 


DUTIES  AND 


'integrity  of  x\mencan  politicians.    Upon  the 

110  present  generation  devolves  the  'naonnentous 
question  of  republican  government.  If  'suc- 
cessful, we  shall  'recommend  our  institutions 
to  the  'esteem,  the  admiration,  and  the  imita- 
tion of  the  'civilized  world. 

115  (^  8.)  It  is  believed  that  no  'secular  know- 
ledge can  'contribute  so  much  to  the  stabi- 
lity, perpetuity,  and  'grandeur  of  our  insti- 
tutions, and  so  well  'prepare  voters  to  dis- 
charge their  'duties,  as  a  familiar  acquaint- 

120  ance  with  the  Constitution.  The  'converse 
of  the  present  and  the '  rising  generation  should 
be  ahke  with  its  'principles  and  the  causes, 
the  motives,  the  forbearance,  the  'unwearied 
labor  in  its  production,  and  the  'unparalleled 

125  wisdom  and  'sagacity  of  its  framers.  The 
daily  and  domestic  'intercourse  v/ith  that 
'hallowed  instrument,  and  the  pure  spirit  of 
its  authors,  must  promote  'harmony  and 
union,  and  'inspire  every  one  with  patriotism, 

130  and  'an  ardent  desire  faithfully  fAd  effi- 
ciently to  'perform  his  duty.  Voters  are  the 
protectors  of  the  'charter  of  freedom;  the 
children  of  the  'poorest  may  yet  enjoy  some 
of  its  highest  'honors,  and,  like  its  framers, 

135  by  patriotism  and  merit  'engrave  their  names 
on  the  pillars  of  'immortality.  Let  then  every 
one,  'severing  the  chains  of  prejudice,  select 
the  best  men  for  office,  that  the  duration  of 
the  republic  may  be  'co-extensive  with  time. 


dev 
27. 


olves  the  momentous  question  of  republican  government?     (§S.) 
What  is  believed  to  best  prepare  voters  to  discharge  their  duties? 


RESPONSIBILITIES  OF  JURORS. 


239 


LESSON   XLII. 
DUTIES    AND    KESPONSIBILITIES    OF    JURORS. 

(§  1.)  The  right  of  trial  by  'jury  was  justly 
'considered  by  our  ancestors  as  one  of  the 
most  'inestimable  privileges  of  freemen,  and 
the  'violation  of  this  prerogative  was  one  of 
5  the  causes*  of  the  revolution.  No  'citizen -f 
of  the  United  States,  'excepting  those  in  the 
'regular  army,  and  civil  officers  under  the 
'general  government,  can  ever  be  deprived  of 
this  natural  'birthright.     Jury  trials  in  civil 

10  suits,  when  the  amount  in  'controversy  ex- 
ceeds twenty  dollars,  are  also  'guaranteed  to 
every  citizen  in  this  country.  (§  2.)  'Though 
the  trial  by  jury  has  in  all  ages  been  highly 
prized,  and  is  justly  considered  the  'palladiurn 

15  of  liberty,  yet  'comparatively  little  has  hereto- 
fore been  done  'duly  to  discipline  the  mind, 
or  to  impress  the  responsibility  of  the  'under- 
taking on  the  minds  of  those  who  are  to  'sit 
as  'judges,  and  decide  on  matters  affecting 

20  not  only  the  fortunes,  the  'reputations,  and 


Equals. 

Regarded. 

Invaluable. 

Infringement 

Denizen. 

Reserving. 

Standing. 

National. 

Inheritance. 

Dispute. 

Secured. 

Motwithstandlng 

Periods. 

Bulwark. 

Relatively. 

Properly. 

Duty. 

Preside. 

Arbiters. 

Charactera. 


f§  1.)  1.  How  was  the  trial  by  jury  regarded  by  our  ancestors? 
2.  Wliat  is  your  opinion  of  the  trial  by  jury?  3.  What  are  your  rea- 
sons for  this  opinion?  4.  What  is  the  difference  between  denizen  and 
citizen,  in  the  5th  line?  5.  What  persons  in  the  United  States  are  not 
tried  by  jury?  6.  Can  civil  offiiers,  after  being  impeached,  be  tried 
by  jury?  7.  Why  does  not  this  conflict  with  Article  V.  of  the  Amend- 
ments of  the  Constitution?  8.  Can  the  members  of  the  established 
army  be  tried  by  a  jury?  9.  By  whom  must  they  be  tried?  (§2.) 
10.  Can  any  abuses  result  from  trial  by  jury?  11.  What  has  hereto- 
fore been  done  to  discipline  the  minds  of  the  majority  of  the  people 

*  See  Declaration  of  Independence,  page  9t. 

t  See  Articles  V.,  VI.,  and  VI[.,  of  the  Amendments  to  tlie  Constitution,  pages  143  and  1-U 
Also  Article  ill.,  section  second,  of  the  Constitution,  page  136. 


240 


DUTIES  AND 


the  lives  of  their  'fellow-citizens,  but  even  the 
'weU-heing  of  society,  and  the  permanency 
of  our  institutions  of  justice.  (§  3.)  The 
object  of  juries  is  'thwarted,   if  men,  from 

25  deficient  or  'improper  mental  training,  are 
incapable  of  listening  to  'evidence,  and  rea- 
soning and  'discriminating  between  direct 
and  'irrelevant  testimony.  It  is  well  known 
that  men  who  have  never  formed  the  'habit 

30  of  attention,  of  investigating  and  'reasoning 
for  themselves,  after  listening  for  a  few 
days  to  evidence,  become  totally  'bewildered 
with  regard  to  the  'matter  in  controversy. 
Hence,  it  is  'evident  that  well-meaning  men 

35  may  often  be  called  upon  to  'discharge  duties 
for  which  they  are  totally  'unprepared,  and 
if  not  suitably  'qualified  by  mental  training, 
they  may  become  the  instruments  of  'de- 
priving   their  fellow-citizens    of  their  'most 

40  valuable  'rights. 

(§  4.)  It  is  a  prominent  'object  of  this  book 
to  impart  a  'zest  for  critical,  accurate,  and 
'continued  attention,  and  the  most  extended 
examination  of  any  'subject   that  may  come 

45  under  consideration,  to  strengthen  and  'dis- 
cipline the  mind,  and  awaken  that  'com- 
mendable spirit  of  self 'reliance  and  self  per- 
severance, which  is  'essential  to  the  highest 
'success  in  any  calling.   This  plan  constantly 


while  at  school,  to  act  as  jurors?  (§3.)  12.  What  may  thwart  the 
object  of  juries?  13.  What  is  necessary  for  one  properly  to  discharge 
any  duty  which  involves  testimony,  and  affects  the  property  or  lives 
of  persons''  (§  4.)  14.  What  is  the  difierence  between  object  and 
design,  in  the  41st  line?      15.  What  is  necessary  to  the  highest  success 


RESPONSIBILITIES   OF  JURORS. 


241 


50  affijrds  renewed  and  increased  pleasure,  in 
the  most  'intense  thought  and  the  most  un- 
wearied 'ai)phcation.  (§  5.)  It  is  behevcd 
that  no  youth  can  study  this  book  'thoroughly 
without  being  better  'prepared  in  due  time  to 

55  discharge  'eihcicntly,  not  only  the  oilice  of  a 
juror,  but  all  the  varied  'duties  of  life.  Its  judi- 
cious use  will  indelibly  impress  on  the  minds 
of  all,  the  importance  of  the  proper  'disci- 
pline of  the  ' mental  jjoicers.  Youths,  actuated 

60  by  the  jiurest  'philanthropy,  and  the  loftiest 
'patriotism,  as  well  as  the  consciousness 
that  their  own  private  interest  and  'imme- 
diate personal  '  happiness  are  inseparably 
linked  with  their  'social  duties,  will  surely  be- 

65  come  the  enlisihiened,  the  efficient,  the  'vi<;i- 
lant  'guardians  of  justice.  Thus,  while  each 
receives  new  'impulses  to  cultivate,  in  the 
best  possible  'manner,  the  immortal  mind,  an 
imj^erishable  'foundation  is  laid,  on  which  to 

70 'rear  the  inseparable  superstructures  of  do- 
mestic bliss  and  national  'greatness. 

(§  6.)  As  the  object  of  this  work  is  to  'be- 
nefit in  part  the  present  as  well  as  the  rising 
generation,  the  'following   subjects  will  be 

75  'briefly  considered.  The  manner  of  the  organi- 
zation of  juries ;  the  nature  and  'character  of 
their  duties;  the  'extent  of  their  power;  the 
'correct  way  of  doing  business ;  their  respon- 


Bestows. 

Ardent. 

Diligence. 

Accurately. 

Fitted. 

Effi-ctually 

Avocations. 

Permanently 

Culture. 

Intellect. 

Benevolence 

Love  ofcoun- 
try. 

Direct. 

Enjoyment. 

Domestic. 

Watcliful. 

Protectors. 

Incentives. 

Way. 

Basis. 

Erect. 

Po«er. 

Serve. 

A  degree. 

Succeeding. 

Concisely. 

Description. 

Boundaries. 

Riirht. 


in  any  calling?  (§  5.)  1ft-.  What  effect  is  it  hoped  the  use  of  this  book 
will  have  upon  the  minds  of  the  young?  17.  What  is  the  result  of 
impulses  to  cultivate  the  undying  mind?  (§  6.)  18.  What  is  the  olijoct 
of  this  work?      19.  What  subjects  is  it  proposed  to  consider?     (§7.1 


21 


242 


DUTIES  AND 


sibilities,  and  'injiuence  on  the  social    and 

80  political  'institutions  of  our  country.  (§  7.) 
A  jury  is  a  'certain  number  of  citizens,  se- 
lected at  'stated  periods,  and  in  the  manner 
'prescribed  by  the  laws  of  the  various  states, 
whose  'business  it  is  to  decide  some  question 

85  of  'controversy,  or  legal  case.  Juries  are  of 
two  kinds ;  the  grand  jury  and  the  'petit 
jury.  In  whatever  'manner  the  jurors  may 
be  'selected  from  the  people,  it  is  the  duty  of 
the  sheriff'  of  the  county  or  'district,  to  re- 

90  turn  Hheir  names,  on  a  piece  of  paper,  to  the 
court,  previous  to  the  'appointed  day  for 
opening.  Grand  'jurors  must  be  selected 
from  the  county  or  district  over  which  the 
court  has   jurisdiction.      Twenty-four  men 

95  are  'summoned  to  attend  court,  but  not  more 
than  twenty-three  are  ever  'entered  upon 
duty.  (§  8.)  This  prevents  'a  contingency 
that  might  otherwise  'take  place,  of  having 
twelve  'men  in  favor  of  arraigning  a  party 

100  for  trial,  'o])posed  to  the  other  twelve,  who 
might  wish  to  'ignore  the  indictment.  Not 
less  than  twelve  men  can  'serve  on  any  grand 
jury  in  any  state;  and  'generally  some  odd 
number,  'between  twelve  and  twenty-four,  is 


Power  over 

Regulations 

Particular. 

Specified. 

Directed. 

Duty. 

Dispute. 

Traverse. 

Mode. 

Taken. 

Precinct. 

The  panel. 

Designated. 

Arbiters. 

Bailiwick. 

Legal  autho- 
rity. 

Notified. 
Sworn. 

An  occurrence. 

Arise. 

Jurors. 

Contrary. 

Make  invalid 

Act. 

Usually. 

Betwixt. 


20.  What  is  a  jury?  21.  How  are  juries  selected?  22.  Do  all  the 
states  have  the  same  laws  in  reference  to  juries  ?  23.  How  many 
kinds  of  juries  are  there?  24.  What  is  a  sheriff?  25.  What  is  the 
duty  of  the  sheriff?  26.  What  is  a  panel?  27.  What  is  the  difference 
between  panel  and  pannel?  28.  What  is  the  largest  number  of  grand 
jurors  ever  sworn?  (§  8.)  29.  Why  is  not  a  larger  number  sworn? 
30.  What  is  the  smallest  number  of  men  that  can  ever  serve  on  a 
grand  jury?  31.  What  number  is  usually  selected  ?  32.  What  is  an 
odd  number?      33.  How  is  tlip  fnrcMTinn   usually  Sf'lerted  ?      (■§  ^O   3-1. 


RESPONSIBILITIES  OF  JURORS. 


243 


105  'selected.  After  they  are  called  to  the  side  of 
the  court-room  'appropriated  for  the  jury,  they 
are  generally  'permitted  to  choose  their  own 
'foreman.  But  the  judges  can  appoint,  or 
rather  nominate  a  'foreman  for  them. 

110  (§  9.)  The  foreman  is  then  required  to  'take 
the  following  oath  or  'affirmation,  which  is 
'administered  by  some  authorized  person. 
"  You,  A.  B.,  do  'solemnly  swear  (or  affirm), 
that   you  will   'diligently  inquire,  and  true 

115  'presentments  make,  of  all  such  articles, 
'matters  and  things,  as  shall  be  given  to  you 
in  'charge,  or  otherwise  come  to  your  know- 
ledge, touching  the  present  'service ;  the 
commonwealth's  counsel,  your  'fellows',  and 

120  your  own,  you  shall  'keep  secret;  you  shall 
present  no  one  for  'envy,  hatred,  or  malice, 
nor  shall  you  leave  any  one  'unpresented,  for 
fear,  favor,  'affection,  or  hope  of  reward  or 
'gain ;  but  shall  present  all  things  truly,  as 

125  they  come  to  your  'knowledge,  according  to 
the  'best  of  your  understanding,  so  help  you 
God."  (§  10.)  After  the  'foreman  has  taken 
the  above  'official  oath,  the  grand  jurors  are 
'sworn  according  to  the  following  precedent. 

130  "  You  and  'each  of  you  do  solemnly  swear 
(or  affirm),  that  the  same  'oath  (or  affirma- 
tion) which  your  foreman  has  taken  'on  his 
part,  you  and  'every  one  of  you  shall  well 


Taken. 

Set  apart. 

Allowed. 

Spokesman. 

Cliief. 

Subscribe  to. 

Averment. 

Given. 

Seriously. 

Attentively. 

Indictments. 

Subjects. 

Keeping. 

Session. 

Ai'sociales'. 

Not  reveal. 

Antipathy. 

Unindicted. 

Love. 

Emolument. 

Information. 

Utmost. 

Leader 

Legal. 

Affirmed. 

Every  one. 

Invocation. 

For  himself. 

Each. 


What  is  the  foreman  and  each  of  the  jurors  required  to  do  before  pro- 
ceeding to  business?  (§  10.)  35.  What  is  the  difference  between 
sworn  and  affirmed,  in  the  129th  line?  36.  After  the  grand  jury  are 
sworn,  what  should  be  done?     37.  May  the  powers  of  the  grand  jiry 


244 


DUTIES  AND 


and  truly  'observe  on  your  part."    The  grand 

J35  jurors,  after  being  thus  'sivorn  or  affirmed, 
should  be  informed  by  the  'presiding  judge 
of  the  'nature  of  their  business  and  the 
extent  of  their  'jurisdiction,  "which  some- 
times may  be  'permitted  to  extend  beyond 

140  the  '  limits  of  their  county.  He  should  also 
'briefly  allude  to  all  the  ofl'ences,  and  other 
matters,  which  it  is  their  duty  to  'investigate. 
(§  11.)  It  is  the  duty  of  the  jury  then  to  're- 
tire to  a  room  appropriated  solely  to  their  use, 

145  and  sit  in  secret  as  a  jury  of  'accusation.  The 
foreman  acts  as  'chairman,  and  the  jury  should 
appoint  one  of  their  number  to  'perform  the 
duties  of  'secretary;  but  no  records  should 
be  kept  of  their    proceedings,  except  those 

lio  that  are  'essential  for  the  transaction  of  their 
own  business  in  order,  and  for  their  'official 
use.  (§  12.)  After  the  grand  jury  is  'organ- 
ized, the  'Attorney-general  usually  supplies 
them  with  bills  of  'indictment,  which  should 

355  'specify  the  allegations  against  offenders.  On 
these  bills  are  'written  the  names  of  the  wit- 
nesses by  whose  'evidence  they  are  supported. 
The  witnesses,  before  the  jury  'proceed  to 
business,  should  be  in  'attendance  at  court, 

ICO  and  should  be  'carefully  examined,  with  the 
utmost  'scrutiny,  and  in  such  manner  as  in 


Keep. 

Qualified. 

Cliief. 

Character. 

Power. 

Allowed. 

Bounds. 

Succinctly. 

Examine. 

Go. 

Exclusively. 

Arraignment 

President. 

Execute. 

Scrilje. 

Doings. 

Requisite. 

Legal. 

Regulated. 

Lawyer  for 
the  State. 

Accusation. 

Enumerate. 

Endorsed. 

Testimon3'. 

Enter  uiion. 

Waiting. 

Attentively. 

Carefulness. 


ever  extend  beyond  their  own  county?  38.  When?  (§  11.)  39. 
Whiit  sliould  the  grand  jury  do  after  receiving  the  directions  of  the 
ju(]ge?  40.  Should  they  have  any  officer  besides  the  foreman  ?  41. 
W^hy?  42.  Wliy  shonhl  they  not  keep  permanent  records  of  their 
proceedings?  (§  12.)  43.  Wiio  usually  draws  up  the  bills  of  iudict- 
ir.ent-for  the  jury?     44.  What  should   the   indictment  contain?     45. 


RESPONSIBILITIES  OF  JURORS. 


245 


the  'judgment  of  the  jury  will  best  elicit  the 
whole  truth  in  'reference  to  the  pending  in- 
dictment.     The   'object  of  the  grand  jury 

105  is,  to  secure  the  'punishment  of  the  guilty, 
and  to  'protect  the  innocent ;  to  prevent  the 
commission  of  'crime,  and  lead  all  to  reve- 
rence and  obey  the  laws  of  the  '  land ;  to 
show  that  the  way  of  the  'transgressor  is 

no  hard,  and  that  the  only  'path  of  safety  is  the 
path  of  'duty. 


Opinion. 

KelatioQ. 

Purpose. 

Correction. 

Guard. 

Wicliedness, 

Country. 

CriminaL 

Road. 

Well-doing. 


Why  should  witnesses  be  in  attendance  at  court  ?  46.  How  should 
they  be  examined?  47.  What  should  be  the  object  of  every  grand 
juror  1 


'9 


LESSON   XLIII. 


(§  1.)  The  grand  jury  should  'always  ex- 
amine witnesses  under  oath,  and  'proceed 
with  the  utmost  'vigilance  and  caution. — 
When  twelve  jurors  have  'agreed  that  the 
5  accused  party  'ought  to  be  placed  upon  trial, 
it  is  their  duty  at  once  to  'find  a  true  bill,  and 
any  'further  delay  on  their  part  is  merel}' 
a  waste  of  time,  and  of  the  public  'money. 
When  the  grand  jury  'find  a  true  bill  against 
10  an  'accused  party,  on  the  testimony  of  others, 
it  is  'called  an  indictment.  (§  2.)  When 
twelve  or  more  jurors  'know  of  any  public 
ofience  within  their  jurisdiction,  or  if  even 


Invariably. 
Act. 

Watchful- 
ness. 

Decided. 

Should. 

Bring  in. 

Longer. 

Treasure. 

Return. 

Impeaclied. 

Named. 

Are  aware. 

In. 


(§  1.)  1.  In  what  manner  should  grand  jurors  examine  evidence  ?  2. 
What  is  their  duty,  when  twelve  have  decided  to  put  the  accused  on 
trial?  (§  2.)  .3.  What  may  be  done  when  twelve  or  more  jurors  know 
of  any  public  offence  ?    4.  What  when  one  juror  knows  of  any  crime  ? 

21* 


246 


DUTIES  AND 


one  or  more  'jurors,  less  than  twelve,  know 

15  of  any  libel,  'nuisance,  or  public  offence,  he  or 
tlicy  may  be  'placed  on  oath,  and  examined 
in  the  same  way  as  any  other  'witnesses,  and 
after  such  'examination,  if  twelve  jurors  shall 
agree  that  the  'allegations  are  just,  they  may 

20  find  a  true  bill,  and  cause  the  'authors  or 
offenders  to  be  brought  to  'trial.  When  a 
bill  is  found  in  this  'manner,  it  is  usually 
called  a  presentment.  It  should  be  'draicn 
up   in  'legal    form,  describing   the    alleged 

25  offence,  with  all  the  proper  'accompaniments 
of  time,  and  'circumstances,  and  certainty 
of  the  libel,  'nuisance,  or  crime.  The  word 
presentment,  in  the  jurors'  oath,  'compre- 
hends all  bills,  and  is  'consequently  used  in 

30  its  '/nost  extended  application. 

(§  3.)  No  'indictment  or  presentment  can 
be  made,  except  by  the  'agreement  of  at  least 
twelve  jurors.  When  a  'true  bill  is  found,  it 
is  'the  duty  of  the  foreman  to  write  on  the 

35 'back  of  the  indictment,  "a  true  bill,"  with 
the  'date,  and  sign  his  name  as  foreman. 
The  bill  should  be  'presented  to  the  court 
publicly,  and  'in  the  presence  ofsA\  the  jurors. 
When  an  indictment  is  not  'proved  to  the 

40  satisfaction  of  twelve  'jurors,  it  is  the  duty 
of  the  'foreman  to  write  on  the  back  of  the 
bill,  with  the  date,  "  'we  are  ignorant,"  or 


Triers. 

Pest. 

Put. 

Testifiers. 

Invest  igation 

Accusations. 

Originators. 

A  Jj  udicatioii 

Way. 

Written. 

Proper. 

Adjuncts. 

Particulars. 

Annoyance. 

Includes. 

Therefore. 

Widest. 

True  Bill. 

Concurrence 

ReaL 

Incumbent 
on. 

Outside. 

Time. 

Handed. 

Before. 

Verified. 

Arbiters. 

Moderator. 

Ignoramus. 


5.  What  is  the  diflerence  heiv;  een  b.  preseniment  and  an  indidmcnl? 
G.  How  should  a  presentment  be  made?  (§3.)  7.  What  number  of 
jurors  must  concur,  to  bring  in  a  true  bill?  8.  After  the  jury  have 
concluded   to  find  a  true  bill,  what   is  the  duty  of  the  foreman?     9. 


RESPONSIBILITIES  OF  JURORS. 


247 


"  not  a  'true  bill,"  or  "  not  found."     When 
there  is  not  sufficient  evidence  to  'authorize 

45  the  jury  to  'find  a  true  bill,  and  they  express 
a  doubt  as  above  'described,  the  indictment 
is  said  to  be  "  'made  null  and  void.'^  The 
indictments,  'instead  of  being  signed  by  the 
foreman,  may  be  signed  by  'all  the  jurors,  in 

50  which  'case  the  foreman's  name  should  be  at 
the  head  of  the  'list  of  names.  (§4.)  In  re- 
ference to  'indictments,  the  jury  must  depend 
'entirely  on  the  testimony  of  others,  and  their 
own  'judgments.     When  a  disinterested  wit- 

55  ness,  of  good  moral  'character,  has  been  in 
a  position  to  'know  all  the  facts  about  which 
evidence  is  'required,  and  has  sufficient  abi- 
hty  to  testify  in  'courts  of  justice,  the  jury 
are  legally  bound  to  place  implicit  'credence 

60  in  such  evidence,  'provided  there  is  no 
'motive  for  telling  a  false  or  exaggerated 
story.  It  requires  the  closest  'discrimina- 
tion and  'judgment  on  the  part  of  each  juror, 
to  detect  the  'fallacies  of  evidence,  inasmuch 

65  as  the  'accused  party  can  never  be  present. 

(§  5.)  It  is  'incumbent  on  every  juror  to 

use  his    own    'opinion    and    good    sense  in 

these  'matters,  as  well  as  all    others.     Any 

one  \vho  is  'swayed  by  the  suggestions  of 

70  others,  against  the  'dictates  of  his  own  con- 
science, is  'recreant  to  the  trust  reposed  in 


Vera. 

Empower. 

Bring  in. 

Named. 

Ignored. 

In  plare. 

Each  ot 

Instance. 

Panel. 

Accusations 

Solely. 

Opinions. 

Reputation. 

Ascertain. 

Requisite. 

Halls. 

Belief. 

If. 

Cause. 

Scrutiny. 

Discretion. 

Deceptions. 

Criminated. 

Obligatory. 

Judgment. 

Subjects. 

Moved. 

Impulses. 

False. 


What  would  be  the  difference  if  and  should  be  substituted  for  or,  in 
the  42d  and  43d  lines?  10.  When  is  a  bill  said  to  be  ignored?  11. 
How  should  all  ignored  bills  be  signed?  (§4.)  12.  On  what  must 
the  jury  depend  in  indictments?  13.  What  is  required  of  each  juror? 
{(]  5.)  14.  W^hen  may  a  juror  be  said  to  be  recreant  to  the  trust  reposed 


248 


DUTIES  AND 


him.  Every  j^ublic  'offence  within  the  county 
may  be  considered  a  '  legitimate  subject  of 
'indictment  by  the  grand  jury ;  but  they  can 

75  never  try  the  'accused  party.  Their  business 
is  'simply  to  investigate  the  case,  so  far  as 
to  'see  if  the  criminated  party  ought  to  be 
put  on  trial.  Hence  they  are  'debarred 
from  examining  any  witness  in  his    favor. 

80  (§  6.)  In  'concluding  this  subject,  it  may  be 
well  to  'remark,  that  grand  jurors  are  justly 
bound  to  'secrecy;  for  if  they  were  not,  the 
'imprudent  remarks  of  jurors,  that  bills  had 
been  'found  against  accused  persons,  might 

85  enable  the  'guilty  to  escape,  and  thereby 
'thwart  the  ends  of  justice.  It  would  also 
hold  out  an  'inducement  for  persons  guilty  of 
'crimes  to  inquire  of  jurors  respecting  the 
accused,  and  'consequently  facilitate   their 

90  escape.  The  certainty  of  'punishment  is  the 
surest  'preventive  of  crime. 

(§  7.)  The  'duration  of  secrecy  is  not  in 
all  cases  'permanent.  If  a  witness  should 
'swear  in  open  court  directly  opposite  to  the 

95  evidence  given  in  by  him  'before  the  grand 
jury,  the  'injunction  of  secrecy  in  reference 
to  the  witness  would  'he  at  an  end.  Any  of 
the  jurors  might  be  'put  on  oath,  to  show 
that  the  witness  was  not  hcorthy  of  credit, 

100  and  was  guilty  of  'testifying  to  a  falsehood. 


Crime. 

Lawful. 

Accusation. 

Arraigned. 

Merely. 

Ascertain. 

Prevented. 

Behal£ 

Closing 

Observe 

Silence. 

Careless. 

Sanctioned. 

Criminals. 

Defeat. 

Incentive. 

Offences. 

Therefore. 

Retribution. 

Hindrance. 

Continuance. 

Lasting. 

Take  oath. 

In  preseuce 
of. 

Obligation. 
Terminate. 
Sworn. 
Entitled  to. 
Perjury. 


in  him?  15.  Can  the  grand  jury  ever  try  the  accused  party?  (§  6.) 
16.  Assign  a  tew  reasons  why  grand  jurors  should  be  bound  to  secrecy  ? 
17  Wliat  is  the  surest  preventive  of  crime?  (§  7.)  IS.  Is  tlie  injunc- 
tion of  secrecy  on  the  part  of  grand  jurors  always  permanent?      19. 


RESPONSIBILITIES  OF  JURORS. 


249 


'From  these  reasons  it  appears,  that  the  grand 
jury  may  be  justly  'considered  the  vigilant 
and  efficient  guardians  of  public  'virtue. 

JURY    OF    TRIALS. 

(§  8.)  To  the  'petit  jury  are  committed  all 
105  'trials,  both  civil  and  criminal.     Petit  jurors 
must  be  'selected  from  the  citizens  residing 
within  the  'jurisdiction  of  the  court.     The 
form  of  the  'petit  jurors'  oath  varies  in  the 
'different  states  of  the  Union.  The  following 
110  'form  is  in  substance  generally  used  :  "  You 
and  each  of  you  'solemnly  swear,  to  try  the 
'matter  at  issue  between  the  parties,  and  a 
true  'verdict  to  give,  according  to  law  and 
the  'evidence."     As  the  grand  jury  was  con- 
ns sidered  the  jury  of  'accusation,  the  petit  may 
be  'regarded  as  the  jury  of  conviction;  hence 
their  'qualifications  should  be  of  an  equally 
high  order,  and   every  one   should   be  'im- 
bued with  a  sincere  'desire  to  render  strict 
120  justice  to  'all  the  parlies  concerned,  without 
'partiality  or  hope  of  reward.     (§  9.)  A  petit 
jury  'consists  of  twelve  persons,  and  unlike 
the  grand  jury,  it  requires  'perfect  unanimity 
to  enable  them  to  render  a  'judgment  against 
125  any  party.     When  the  'litigant  parties,  in 


Hence. 

Regarded. 
Morality. 

SmaU. 

Issues. 

Picked  out. 

Bounds. 

Traverse. 

Several 

Phrase. 

Sincerely. 

Question. 

Judgment, 

Testimony. 

Arraignment 

Considered. 

Attainments. 

Impressed. 

Wish. 

Every  one. 

Favor. 

Comprises. 

Complete. 

Verdict. 

Persons  at 
law. 


In  wliat  light  may  grand  jurors  be  always  regarded  ?  (§  8.)  20.  What 
is  comrnitted  to  the  petit  jury?  21.  In  what  way  must  the  petit  jury 
be  selected?  22.  Do  the  local  customs  of  this  country  vary  in  the 
selection  of  petit  jurors  ?  23.  What  is  required  of  each  juror  before 
he  enters  on  duty  ?  24.  What  was  the  grand  jury  considered  ?  25. 
What  may  the  petit  jury  be  considered  ?  2G.  What  should  be  the 
qualifications  of  the  petit  juror?  (§9-)  '-^7.  Of  how  many  persons 
must  a  petit  jury  always  consist?     28.  What  is  always  necessary  to 


250 


DUTIES   AND 


their  'allegation,  come  to  a  fact  which  is 
'aiRrmed  on  the  one  side,  and  denied  on  the 
other,  the  cause  is  at  'issue.  The  jury  are 
the  'sole  judges  of  the  matter  in  controversy. 

130  To  insure  'uprightness,  the  trial  by  jury 
should  always  be  'm  open  court.  The  wit- 
nesses should  be  'sworn  in  the  presence  of 
the  judges,  the  'counsel  on  each  side,  and 
all  the  'spectators. 

135  (§  10.)  The  'evidence  should  then  be  given 
by  the  party  on  whom  'rests  the  burden  of 
proof.  After  the  'witnesses  called  by  a  party 
are  examined,  the  privilege  of  're-examin- 
ing them  is  'allowed  to  the  opposite  party. 

140  Whenever  a  question  is  'asked  which  is 
'considered  improper  by  either  of  the  liti- 
gants, the  'judges  decide  upon  the  propriety 
of  the  admission.  'Generally,  before  any 
'evidence  is  offered,  the  counsel  who  open  the 

145  cause  on  each  side,  make  a  short  'speech, 
in  which  they  'state  the  case,  the  matter  in 
'suit,  and  the  facts  which  they  expect  to  prove, 
Hn  order  that  the  jury  may  better  understand 
the  evidence.     (§  11.)  After  the  'party  who 

150  suppcn-ts  the  affirmative  of  the  issue  has  'exa- 
mined all  his  witnesses,  the  'opposite  party 
then  calls  evidence  to  'support  his  side  of  the 
'question.     The  parties  sometimes  try  to  re- 


enable  a  petit  jury  to  rpiider  a  verdict?  29.  Wlio  are  the  sole  judges 
of  the  matter  in  controversy?  30.  Why  should  all  trials  be  in  public? 
(§  10.)  31.  What  is  done  when  an  objectionable  question  is  asked  ?  32. 
What  is  usually  done  before  any  evidence  is  offered?  (§  11.)  33  What 
is  done  after  the  evidence  for  the  prosecution  is  examined  ?  34.  What 
should  determine  in  cases  of  conflicting  testimony?     35.  What  is  done 


RESPONSIBILITIES  OF  JURORS. 


251 


but  the  testimony  'produced  by  each  other. 

155  — Whenever  'conflicting  testimony  is  pro- 
duced, neither  the  judges,  nor  any  'authority 
'but  the  jury  have  a  right  to  decide  which  is 
'right.  After  all  the  witnesses  have  been 
'examined,  the  counsel  for  the  plaintiff  ad- 

160  dresses  the  jury,  'sums  up  the  evidence  in  his 
own  favor,  'shows  all  the  strong  points  in  his 
case,  and  insists  upon  a  'judgment  in  favor 
of  his  'client. 

(§  12.)  The  opposite  'counsel  then  addresses 

IG5  the  jury,  and  'in  like  manner  claims  all  the 
facts  and  the  law  'o7i  his  side  of  the  question. 
A  'reply  of  the  plaintiff^s  counsel  to  the  argu- 
ments of  the  counsel  of  the  defendant  may  'fol- 
low, and  then  'the  answer  of  the  counsel  of 

iTO  the  defendant  to  the  plaintiff's  'replication. 
According  to  'custom,  the  counsel  for  the 
plaintiff  has  the  privilege  of  'speaking  last. 
After  the  'arguments  on  both  sides  are 
'finished,    the   presiding  judge   proceeds    to 

175  'siim  up  the  reliable  evidence  on  both  sides, 
and  'explains  to  the  jury  so  much  of  it  as 
he  'deems  correct.  The  opinion  of  the  judge 
should  contain  a  clear  and  explicit  exposi- 
tion of  the  law,  but  the  'judge  should  never 

180  'undertake  to  decide  the  facts,  for  these  are 


OdTered. 

CoDtradicting. 

Legal  Power 
Except. 
Correct. 
Heard. 

Recapitulates. 

Eihibits. 

Verdict. 

Patron. 

Attorney. 

Also. 

In  his  favor. 

Replication. 

Succeed. 

A  rejoinder. 

Keply. 

Usage. 

Surrejoinder 

Pleas. 

Closed. 

Collect. 

Expounds. 

Thinks. 

Succinct. 

E.^pounder 
ol'  law. 


after  all  tlie  evidence  has  been  producefl  ?  .36.  What  part  of  speech 
is  but,  in  the  157th  line?  37.  How  many  different  parts  of  speech 
may  but  be?  38.  When  is  it  always  a  preposition?  39.  When  an 
adverb?  40.  When  a  conjunction  ?  41.  What  is  the  ciifference  between 
the  Roman  and  tlte  modern  English  meaning  of  client,  in  the  163d 
line?  (§  12.)  42.  What  is  a  Replication? — ARejoinder?  43.  Whose 
counsel   has  the  privilege  of  addressing  the  jury  last?     44   After  the 


252 


DUTIES   AND 


committed  to  the  jury.  It  is  generally  'con- 
ceded that  the  'judges  are  the  proper  inter- 
preters of  the  law.  But  the  'jury  should 
for  ever  'retain  inviolable  the  right  of  decid- 
185  ing  upon  the  'validity  of  testimony. 


AchDowledged. 

Justices. 
Arbiters. 
Keep  sacred. 
Truth. 


arguments  on  both  sides  have  been  closed,  wliat  is  then  done?  45. 
What  should  the  judge  not  do  1  46.  If  he  should  decide  the  facts  of  the 
case,  would  the  jury  be  bound  to  coincide  with  his  views?  47,  What 
evils  might  result,  if  a  judge  decided  upon  the  merits  of  the  evidence  ? 
48.  What  is  generally  conceded  to  the  judge?  49.  What  to  the  jury? 
50.  What  are  the  advantages  of  this  plan  ? 


LESSON   XLIV. 

(§  1.)  After  the  'judge  has  ^summed  up  the 
evidence  on  both  sides,  and  elucidated  the 
points  of  the  kiw,  the  jury  should  'retire  to 
some  room  appropriated  'solely  to  their  use, 
5  and  consider  'critically  and  exclusively  the 
subject  in  'litigation.  Much  reliance  as  to  the 
'meaning  of  the  law  may  generally  be  placed 
in  the  'explanation  of  the  judge.  —  In  this 
as  well  as  all  other  matters  'at  issue,  each 

10  juror  is  bound  to  'use  his  own  good  sense, 
with  the  utmost  'prudence  and  discrimina- 
tion, lest  some  'fallacy  of  judgment,  from 
which  the  'wisest  and  best  of  men  are  not  at 
all  times  'exempt,  should  sway  the  opinions  of 

15  the  'court.    (§  2.)  Should  a  juror  at  any  time 


l/C^al  ex- 
|)OU]i(ler. 

2  Given  his 
charge. 

Withdraw. 

Entirely. 

Closely. 

Controversy. 

Signification. 

Elucidation. 

On  trial. 

Exert. 

Caul  ion 

Error. 

Ablest. 

Free. 

Bench. 


(§  1.)  1.  What  is  meant  by  the  judge's  charge  to  the  jury?  2.  What 
shouM  engross  the  attention  of  the  jury  after  they  receive  the  charge 
o.''  the  judge  ?  3.  What  are  some  of  the  important  duties  of  the  judges  ? 
4.  What  are  some  of  the  essential  duties  of  each  juror  ?  5.  Are  all  men 
liable  to  err  in  opinion?  6.  Why  should  court,  which  implies  several 
judges,  be  used  in  the  15tb  line,  when  judge  was  used  in  the  1st  line' 


RESPONSIBILITIES  OF  JURORS. 


253 


'honestly  believe  that  the  judge  had  mistaken 
the  'application  of  the  law,  it  is  his  duty  to 
'mention  such  instances  in  the  jury-room.  — 
If  no  juror  'is  able  to  explain  the  same  so  as 

20  to  show  that  the  'bench  was  right,  they  should 
'at  once  inform  the  presiding  judge  of  the 
doubt.  For  no  man  'does  his  duty  as  a  juror, 
or  fulfils  his  obligations  to  'society  and  his 
country,  who  follows  blindly  the  'ipse  dixit 

25  of  any  man,  or  any  '  body  of  men.* 

(§  3.)  No  one  should  ever  'consent  to  serve 
on  a  jury  who  is  'conscious  of  being  unable 
to  draw  just  'conclusions  from  statements 
which  have  before  been  made;  of  'discrimi- 

30  nating  between  'specious  eloquence  and  plain 
evidence.  For  if  a  jury  may  be  'swayed  by 
the  enchantment  of  'oratory,  the  lawyer  who 
is  the  most  'eloquent,  or  perhaps  the  one  who 
speaks  last,  will  always  hav^e  an  'undue  influ- 

35  ence.  — An  'ignorant  and  incompetent  jury 
may  then  as  often  be  'arrayed  on  the  side  of 


Sincerely. 

Precedents. 

Name. 

Can. 

Court. 

Immediately 

Fullils. 

The  commu- 
nity. 

All ve  asser- 
tiiin. 

Number. 

Agree. 

Sensible. 

Inferences. 

Judging 

Showy. 

Jloved. 

Declamation. 

Gifted. 

Unwarranted 

Illiterate. 

JIarshalled. 


(§  2.)  7.  What  IS  the  duty  of  any  juror  w  hen  he  thinks  the  judge  has 
erred?  8.  Is  it  the  duty  of  a  juror  to  Ibllow  blindly  the  opinions  of 
others?  9.  When  you  substitute  community  for  society^  in  die  23d  line, 
why  is  it  necessary  in  the  former  instance  to  prefix  the  article  the? 
(§3.)  10.  Who  should  not  serve  as  a  juror?  11.  What  may  an  igno- 
rant and  incompetent  jury  do?      (§  4.)    12.  How  should  a  jury  regard 

•  The  following  brief  extract  from  Vaughan's  Reports  will  show  the  independence  of  Knglish 
jurieji,  and  tlieir  sacred  adherence  to  conscience,  even  in  the  infamous  and  despotic  reign  of 
Charles  II.  Tlie  lUiisinoiis  William  Penu  was  put  on  trial  m  London,  in  1670,  charged  with 
trespass,  contempt,  uiilauful  assembly,  and  luiniilt.  but  was  acquitted  by  a  jury,  against,  what 
the  bench  considered  "  full  and  clear  evidence,  given  in  open  court,  and  also  against  the  charge 
of  the  judtfes  m  points  of  law  "  For  this  otfeiice  the  jury  were  Hned  and  imprisoned  ;  but  by 
the  habeas  corpus  were  brought  before  a  higher  tribunal,  and  acquitted,  for  tiie  following  rea- 
sons :  That  how  manifest  soever  the  evidence  might  have  been  to  the  judges,  it  was  not  plain 
to  the  jurors,  for  they  did  not  believe  it,  and  consequently  they  were  not  deserving  of  rine  and 
imprisonment. 

"If  the  meaning  of  these  words,  'firidiTU)  against  the  direction  of  the  court,  in  matter  of  law,' 
be,  that  if  the  judge,  having  heard  the  evidence  given  in  court,  shall  tell  the  jury,  upon  this 
evidence,  the  law  is  for  the  plainliff.jir  for  the  defendant,  and  you  are  under  the  pain  of  fine  and 
nnprisonmeiit  to  tind  accordingly,  and  the  juiy  ought  of  duty  so  to  do,  then  every  man  sees  that 
the  jury  is  but  a  troublesome  delay,  great  charge,  and  of  no  use  in  determining  right  and 
wrong;  and  therefore  the  trials  by  them  may  be  belter  abolished  than  continued." 
_  _ 


254 


DUTIES   AND 


error  as  on  that  of 'justice.  (§4.)  The  opinions 
of  the  'court  are  entitled  to  much  and  care- 
ful 'consideration,  yet  if  a  jury  were  to  fol- 

40  low  'implicitly  such  directions,  they  would 
not  comply  with  the  'requisitions  of  their 
oath,  which  'enjoins  them  to  act  according  to 
the  'best  of  their  own  knowledge.  They  are 
not  to  'see  with  "  another's  eye,  nor  hear  with 

45  another's  ear,"  but  to  'perform   their  duty 

according  to  the  'dictates  of  an  approving 

'conscience,  with  an  abiding  remembrance  of 

the  omniscience  and  'omnipresence  of  God. 

(§  5.)   'Sometimes  a  case  is  so  plain  that 

50  the  jury  may  'render  a  verdict  without  leav- 
ing the  'court-room.  When  the  matter  in 
'controversy  is  involved  in  much  obscurity, 
they  should  'retire  to  the  juror's  room,  and 
there  freely  'interchange  views  on  tlie  various 

55  points  at  issue.  It  is  'unlawful  for  any  juror 
to  have  'communication  with  any  but  his 
'fellow-jurors  and  the  proper  officers  of  the 
'court.  By  the  *common  law,  jurors  were 
kept  without  'food,  drink,  candles,  or  fire, 


Right. 

JuJfjes. 

Deliberation. 

Strictly. 

Demands. 

Requires. 

Utmost. 

View. 

Discharge. 

Monition. 

Sense  of  right 

Coniintial  pre- 

Ni)W  and 
then. 

Bring  in. 
Jury-box. 
Suit. 
Withdraw. 

Give  and  take 
mutually. 

Illegal. 
Intercourse. 


Judicial  tri- 
bunal. 


the  opinions  of  the  court  ?  13.  How  should  jurors  endeavor  to  dis- 
charge theft-  duties?  (§  5.)  14.  What  may  be  done  by  the  jury  when 
the  case  is  plain?  15.  When  tiiere  is  much  obscurity  in  the  evidence 
what  should  be  done?  16.  What  is  unlawful  for  jurors  to  do?  17. 
What  is  the  common  law?  IS.  Wherein  does  the  common  law  differ 
from  the  statute  law?  19.  What  was  a  regulation  of  the  common 
law?     20.  Where   is   the   common  law  in  all   its  essential   points  in 

»  As  the  term.  "  common,  or  unwritten  law,"  is  in  general  use.  it  may  be  proper  here  to  ob- 
serve, that  the  term  is  usRd  ii»  contradistinction  to  written  or  statute  law,  wh;ch  is  a  rule  of 
action  prescribed  or  enacted  by  the  legislative  power,  and  promiilKiited  and  recorded  in  writing. 
But  iliH  c.iimnon  law  is  a  rule  of  action  which  derives  its  authority  from  long  iisise  or  estab- 
IisIkmI  iiistuin,  which  has  been  iminemonally  received  and  recognized  by  judicial  Iriliutials.  As 
tills  law  can  be  traced  to  no  positive  statutes,  its  rules  or  principles  are  to  he  found  only  in  the 
records  of  courts,  and  in  the  reports  of  judicial  proceedings.  The  common  law  is  in  force  in 
England,  and  its  essential  features  are  recoi^mzed  by  tlie  supreme  courts  of  every  state  in  the 
Union,  as  well  as  by  tlie  supreme  court  of  the  Uiiiied  States. 


RESPONSIBILITIES  OF  JURORS. 


255 


60  until  they  rendered  a  'verdict,  unless  the 
court  directed  'otherwise.  (§6.)  But  juries 
in  'modern  times  are  not  bound  to  such  exact 
rules,  and  instances  'frequently  occur  in  which 
they  do  not  come  to  any  'agreement,  and 

65  are 'dismissed  by  the  court:  the  case  must 
then  be  tried  'dc  novo.  At  other  times,  when 
they  find  it  'ditficult  to  determine  all  the 
points  in  dispute,  from  the  'perplexity  of  evi- 
dence, and  the  'obscurity  of  law,  they  may 

70  render  a  'special  verdict.  This  is  done, 
either  by  'stating  all  the  evidence  in  general 
terms,  and  requesting  the  'court  to  decide 
the  case  for  them,  or  by  finding  the  'facts  of 
the  case  for  the  'plaintiflf  or  defendant,  but 

75  requesting  the  'judges  to  decide  the  case  ac- 
cording to  'law. 

(§  7.)  Criminal  prosecutions  'require  of 
jurors  the  most  'unwavering  firmness;  they 
are  selected  as  'impartial  judges,  and  should 

80  not  'incline  either  to  the  side  of  leniency 
towards  the  'criminals,  or  on  the  other  hand 
be  unjustly  anxious  for  'conviction.  In  the 
United  States,  the  'tendency  of  juries  is  pro- 
bably always  to  favor  the  side  of  the  'guilty, 

85  and  consequently  it  is  this  'weakness  of  our 
'nature  that  jurors  have  most  to  guard  against. 
(§  8.)  The  certainty  of  immediate  'punish- 


To  the  con- 
trary. 

Tliis  age. 

Often. 

Vertlict. 

Discharged. 

Anew. 

Troublesome 

Entangle- 
ment. 

Unintelligi- 
bleness. 

Peculiar. 

Recounting. 

Justices. 

Truth. 

Prosecutor. 

Court. 

Legal  princi- 
ples. 

Demand. 

Steady. 

Correct. 

Lean. 

Misdoers. 

Condemna- 
tion. 

Inclination. 

Criminals. 

Infirmity. 

Disposition. 

Suffering. 


force?  (§  6.)  21.  What  can  you  say  of  jurors  in  modern  times?  22. 
What  instances  occur?  23.  When  the  jury  are  dismissed  by  the  court, 
what  must  be  done?  24.  What  is  a  special  verdict?  25.  In  wliat  two 
ways  may  a  jury  find  a  special  verdict?  (§  7.)  2G.  What  is  the  duty 
of  jurors  in  criminal  prosecutions?     (§  8.)   27.  What  is  the  surest  pre- 


256 


DUTIES  AND 


meat  is  the  surest  preventive  of  'crime.  The 
inadequacy    of    law,    or  tlie  hxity  of  juries 

90  towards  criminals,  has  a  strong  tendency 
to  lead  the  injured  parties  to  take  'justice  into 
their  own  hands,  and  'summarily  avenge 
their  real  or  supposed  'wrongs.  Tiiis  state  of 
society  is  the  more  to  be  'dreaded,  as  all  law 

95  is  thus  trampled  on,  and  'anarchy,  one  of  the 
'hideous  monsters  that  have  crushed  all  other 
republics,  is  thereby  'fostered.  (§  9.)  It  re- 
quires but  little  'acquaintance  with  human  na- 
ture to  know,  that  wherever  'crime  can  be 

100  committed  with  the  greatest  'impunity,  there 
both  property  and  life  are  the  most  insecure. 
It  is,  however,  'natural  for  those  who  are 
'interested,  or  expect  so  to  be,  to  "  declaim 
'eloquently  against  the  horrid  law,"  and  dwell 

105  most  'pathetically  upon  the  claims  of  hu- 

-  manity.    Jurors  should  however  'remember, 

that  the  'purest  principles  of  true  humanity 

require  them  to  'protect    the  innocent  and 

punish  the  guilty.     The  'amount  of  human 

no  'suflering  is  infinitely  less,  confined  to  one 
criminal,  than  extended  to  many  'victims. 
Further  the  "  'horrid  law"  has  made  the  fol- 
lowing most  'humane  provisions  in  reference 
to  criminal  'prosecutions.     (§  10.)  In  cases 


Wickedness. 

Looseness. 

Influence. 

The  law. 

Quickly. 

Injuries. 

Feared. 

Want  of  jus- 
tice 

Frightful. 
Cherished. 
Insight  into. 

Mi^emeanora. 

Kxemption  from 
pmiistuneau 

Unsafe. 

Usual. 

Concerned. 

Fluently 

Feelingly. 

Bear  in  mind 

Most  genuine 

Shield. 

Sum. 

Misery. 

Sufferers. 

Cruel. 

Benevolent. 


ventive  of  crime?  28.  What  has  a  tendency  to  lead  persons  to  be- 
come avengers*  of  their  own  real  or  supposed  wrongs?  29.  Why  is 
this  state  of  society  to  be  dreaded?  30.  What  part  of  speech  is  that, 
in  the  9Gth  line?  31.  When  is  that  a  relative  pronoun?  32. 
When  is  it  an  adjective  pronoun?  33.  When  is  it  a  conjunction? 
(§  9.)  34.  What  is  it  natural  to  expect  from  those  directly  or  indi- 
rectly  interested   in   criminal    cases?      35.  What   is   the    most   com- 


n- 


RESPONSIBILITIES  OF  JURORS. 


257 


115  of  'offences  against  govern7nent,  the  accused 
at  trial  has  the  right  to  'exclude  thirty-five 
jurors,  without  'assigning  any  reason,  and 
also  the  privilege  of  'preventing  any  man 
from  'serving  as  a  juror,  who  is  supposed  to  be 

I'io  unfriendly  or  'incompetent.  In  all  other 
criminal  'cases,  the  accused  or  his  counsel, 
at  trial,  may  object  to  and  'exclude  tweiity 
men,  without  'assigning  any  cause  whatever 
for  so  doing.     The  accused  also  has  the  'pri- 

125  vilege  of  'challenging  the  whole  panel  of 
jurors  for  any  just  cause,  or  he  may  'chal- 
lenge "  'to  the  polls."  Or  if  the  accused  can 
make  it  appear  that  the  community  are  'pre- 
judiced, the  trial  must  be  'removed  to  some 

130  other  'place. 

(§  11.)  The  number  of  names  of  'jurors 
'returned  to  court  varies ;  there  are  usually 
forty-eight  or  seventy-two,  whose  'names 
are   written  on  'tickets,  and  generally  put 

135  into  a  small  'receptacle.  When  a  cause  is 
called,  the  first  twelve  of  those  'persons 
whose  names  shall  be  'drawn  from  the  box, 
serve  as  jurors,  unless  'challenged  or  excused; 
but  in  criminal  'cases  it  frequently  happens 

140  that  the  'entire  number  of  names  is  drawn 
without  obtaining  'the  requisite  number.  The 
'deficiency  is  then  supplied  by  summoning 


Treason. 

Reject. 

Giving. 

Hindering. 

Acting. 

ITnfit. 

Suits. 

Shut  out. 

Rendering. 

Right. 

Excluding. 

Object  to. 

Any  particu- 
lar j  urors. 

Biassed. 

Changed. 

Situation. 

Triers. 

Given. 

Appellations. 

Papers. 

Box. 

Individuals. 

Taken. 

Olijected  to. 

Suits. 

Whole. 

Twelve  suit- 
able jurors. 


mendable  humanity?  (§  10.)  3G.  What  humane  provisions  have  been 
made  by  the  law  1  37.  What  is  the  meaning  of  the  prefix  vn  before 
punity,  in  the  100th  line?  38.  What  is  the  meaning  of  the  prefix  in 
before  secure, \u  the  101st  line;  before  nocent,  in  the  108th  line;  before 
finitely,  in  the  110th  line;  before  compet-ent,  in  the  120th  line?  (§  11.) 
39.  What  words  are  neither  definitions  nor  synonyms  in  section  11  ? 
-  __ 


2.58 


DUTIES  AND 


'men  to  act  as  ju7'ors  from  the  spectators  in 
court.     (§  12.)   There  are  two  'methods  of 

145  determining  whether  the  juror  'challenged  is 
competent,  and  has  no  'partiality  for  either 
of  the  parties.  First  the  court  may  'appoint 
two  indifferent  'persons,  who  must  be  sworn 
to  Hry  the  first  two  jurors,  who,  when  found 

150  capable  by  the  first  triers,  are  *sworn  and  be- 
come the  sole  Hriers  of  all  the  other  jurors  for 
that  case ;  this  is  the  plan  of  the  ^common  law. 
Secondly,  the  'judges  may  themselves  be  the 
triers  of  the  jury;  this  is  the  'more  e.xpedi- 

155  tious  way,  and  is  'sanctioned  by  several  of 
the  states  of  our  'country. 

(§  13.)  There  are  also  other  'lenient  pro- 
visions of  law  in  favor  of  'accused  persons. 
The  'impeached  party  must   be    made  ac- 

160  quainted  with  the  'charges,  in  writing,  pre- 
vious to  the  day  of  Hrial.  He  must  have 
a  ^panel  of  the  jurors,  their  business  and 
residence;  also  'a  list  of  all  the  witnesses 
who  are  'summoned  to  appear  in  the  case. 

165  The  law  also  'provides  that  the  accused  may 
'summon  witnesses  to  prove  either  innocence, 
or  the  'mitigation  of  the  alleged  offence,  and 
further  that  the  'accused  party  may  have  the 
'selection  of  counsel  for  assisting  in  making 

170  the  '  best  possible  defence.    Again,  no   one 


Talesmen. 

Ways. 

1  xcluded. 

Uias. 

Name. 

Individuals. 

Examine. 

Affirmed. 

Judges. 

Unwritten. 

Court. 

Quickest. 

Approved. 

Nation. 

Krad. 

Indicted. 

Arraigned. 

Allegations. 

Test. 

List. 

Tiie  names 

Notified. 

Enacts. 

Cite. 

Alleviation. 

Suspected. 

Choice. 

Strongest. 


40.  How  many  jurors'  names  are  usually  returned  to  court?  41.  Who 
serve  as  jurors  on  any  case  that  is  called?  42.  What  are  talesmen? 
(§  12.)  43.  What  methods  are  there  of  determining  whether  a  juror 
that  '9  challenged  is  capable  of  serving?  (§  13.)  44.  What  are  some 
of  the  lenient  provisions  of  the  law  in  favor  of  criminals?  45.  What 
must  be  done  before  any  one  can  be  put  on  trial   for  any  heinous  of- 


RESPONSIBILITIES  OF  JURORS. 


259 


can  be  'put  on  trial  for  any  heinous  offence, 
until  'thought  guilty  by  at  least  twelve  disin- 
terested men  on  the  grand  jury,  and  in  'cases 
of  indictment  the  grand  jury  must  be  'sus- 

175  tained  by  'respectable   sworn  witnesses. 
(§  14.)  If  a  jury  has  'found  a  verdict  against 
any  one,  and  there  has  been  any  'transac- 
tion whatever  during  the    trial,  'prejudicial 
to  the  prisoner,  the  'judges  by  law  are  bound 

180  to  grant  a  new  'trial.  But  if  the  party  is 
once  'acquitted,  there  can  be  no  new  trial, 
however  'fraudulent  may  have  been  the 
means  by  which  he  'obtained  his  acquittal.* 
Again,  in  'doubtful  cases,  the  law  commands 

185  the  accused  to  be  'acquitted.  No  prisoner 
can  ever  be  'convicted,  if  eleven  jurors  con- 
sider him  'guilty,  and  only  one  is  in  his  favor, 
'i.  e.,  no  one  can  be  convicted,  until  at  least 
twelve  grand  jurors  and  twelve  'petit  jurors 

190  have,  on  oath,  'declared  to  that  efiect,  accord- 
ing to  the  'evidence  and  the  best  of  their 
'judgment.  Moreover,  in  addition  to  the 
perfect  'unanimity  of  twenty-four  sworn  ju- 
rors, must  be  added  also  the  'assent  of  sworn 

195  witnesses,  and  the  'concurrence  of  the  court. 


Placed. 

Considered. 

Finding   a 
true  bill. 

Upheld. 

Reputable. 

Declared. 

Proceeding. 

Injurious. 

Bencli. 

Hearing. 

Set  free. 

Illegal. 

Acquired. 

Uncertain. 

Released. 

Found  guilty. 

In  fault. 

That  is. 

Traverse. 

Averred. 

Testimony. 

Opinioo. 

Agreement. 

Unanimity. 

ApprovaL 


fence?  46.  By  what  must  the  grand  jury  be  sustained  in  cases  of  in- 
dictment? (§  14.)  47.  What  is  done  when  an  unfair  verdict  is  rendered 
against  any  criminal  ?  48.  What  is  done  when  an  unfair  verdict  is 
given  in  a  felon's  favor?  49.  When  eleven  jurors  are  for  conviction, 
and  one  against  it,  what  is  then  done?  50.  Before  any  punishment 
can  be  inflicted  upon  any  criminal,  how  many  honorable  and  disin- 
terested men  must  consider  him  guilty  ?  51.  Who  besides  the  at-least 
twenty-four  jurors  must  also  concur  in  opinion  that  he  deserves  pun- 
ishment' 52.  Are  convictions  generally  sanctioned  by  more  than 
twenty-four  jurors? 

*  See  Article  V.,  Amendments  of  the  Constitution,  page  113. 


260 


DUTIES  AND 


LESSON   XLV. 

(§  1.)  The  'remarks  in  tliis  book  have  no 
reference  'whatever  to  the  propriety  or  impro- 
priety of  'continuing  existing  modes  of  pun- 
ishment. They  are'intended  to  show  that  the 
5  regulations  of  society  sliould  be  'infalHbly  put 
in  force,  for  so  long  as  juries  'efficiently  and 
'properly  perform  tiieir  duties,  there  is  no  dan- 
ger of  'convicting  innocent  persons.  The 
innocent,  and  society  'in  the  aggregate,  have 

10  rights  as  well  as 'felons.  As  long  as  laws 
exist,  they  should  be  'administered  with  cer- 
tainty, scrupulous  justice,  and  'impartiality, 
by  those  who  have  charge  of  their  'execution. 
(§  2.)  It  has  been  intended  to  'prove  that 

15  our  'laws  are  reasonable  and  humane,  in 
giving  'alleged  criminals  an  ample  chance 
of  'justification  ;  that  no  one  can  ever  be 
'condemned  without  a  fair  hearing.  It  may 
be    demonstrated   that  they  'emanate  from 

20  the  people,  and  should  be  'administered  for 
the  'good  of  the  people,  and  not  rendered 
'null  for  the  temporary  benefit  of  individuals. 
A  constant  desire  for 'change  is  agitating 
the  minds  of  the  community  in  'reference  to 

25  our  laws.  Hence  they  must  'inevitably 
'chancre  either  for  the  better  or  for  the  worse. 


(§  1.)  1.  Wliat  is  the  purport  of  tlie  remarks  in  this  book  upon  the 
laws?  2.  Wliy  ought  laws  to  be  impartially  executedl  (§  2.)  3. 
What  is  the  character  of  our  laws  in  reference  to  alleged  criminals? 
4,  From  whom  do  laws  emanate''  5.  Should  the  people  be  afraid  of 
.aws  of  their  own  making?  6.  If  the  representatives  of  the  people 
make  a  bad  law.  what  may  be  done?     7.  What  is  a  strong  argument 


RESPONSIBILITIES  OF  JURORS. 


261 


Our  only  safety  is  'universal  moral  edu- 
cation. (§  3.)  There  is  reason  to  'apprehend 
that,  from  the  eloquence  of  lawyers,  the  'neg- 

30  ligence  of  juries,  and  the  'clemency  of  execu- 
tives, a  great  many  dangerous  'offenders  are 
'annually  let- loose,  to  prey    upon   society. — 
It    is    to    be    feared    that  the'loop-holes  for 
the  escape  of 'criminals  are  annually  increas- 

35  ing ;  that  the  'punishment  of  crime  by  human 
law  is  more  and  more  'uncertain ;  that  the 
law  is  reverenced  less  and  less ;  that  gilded 
'crimes  and  moneyed  offenders  frequently  go 
unpunished;  and  that  the  most  atrocious  have 

40  at  their  'mercy  the  property,  the  morals,  and 
the  lives  of  the  'innocent,  whose  numbers 
alone  form  a  barrier  to  their  'rapacity. 

(§  4.)  Is  there  no  danger  that  'degeneracy 
and  corruption,  'mob  law  and  anarchy,  will 

45 'inevitably  overrun  the  country;  that  the 
hands  of  ignorance,  and  the  tools  of  'tyrants 
will  'insidiously  disseminate  throughout  this 
Union  the  fatal  error,  that  the  'punishment  of 
criminals  is  'oppression,  and  their  indiscrimi- 

50  nate  acquittal  philanthropy.  The  masked'me- 
andering  train  to  a  'mammoth  powder-maga- 
zine may  be  lighted  without  'warning  the  peo- 
ple of  the  danger  of  an  'overwhelming  explo- 
sion. (§  5.)  The  more  'critically  and  exten- 
55  sively  our  laws  are  examined,  in  'reference  to 


CeneniL 

Fear. 

Inattention. 

Favor. 

Depredators 

Yearly. 

Avenues. 

The  guilty. 

Correction. 

DoubtfuL 

Kegarded. 

OfTencoB. 

Wicked. 

Disposal. 

Uaoffeniling. 

Devastation. 

Deterioration 

Lynch. 

Certainly. 

Kings. 

Cunningly. 

Chastisement 

Despotism. 

Winding. 

Huge. 

Notifying. 

Irresistible. 

Accurately. 

Relation. 


ill  favor  of  universal  moral  ediapation  ?  {§  3.)  8.  What  is  there  rea- 
son to  apprehend?  (§4)  9.  What  follow^  degeneracy  and  corrup- 
tion'? 10.  What  dangerous  and  fatal  opinions  may  be  insidiously 
ilisseminatedl  11.  To  what  will  this  opinion,  if  allowed  to  prevail, 
lead?      (§  5.)    1  2.  What  effect  has  a  critical  examination  of  our  laws? 


i62 


DUTIES  AND 


the  trials  of  criminals,  the  more  'transcendent 
will  their 'wisdom  and  humanity  appear,  com- 
pared with  those  of  other  'countries.  Indeed, 
so  perfect  are  they  in  this '  respect,  that  it  seems 

60  impossible  that  'an  innocent  person  could 
ever  be  'convicted.  It  should,  however,  be 
'borne  in  mind,  that  any  law  which,  while  it 
professes  to  'protect  the  property  and  lives  of 
citizens,  'permits  reckless  persons  to  burn  their 

65  houses,  'seize  their  property,  or  take  their 
lives ;    and  then,  out  of  '  professed    philan- 
thropy, lets  them  escape  or  'pardons  them, 
'sanctions  the  most  oppressive  despotism. 
(§6.)  The  law  in  its  'administration  grows 

70  either  better  or  worse ;  the  trial  by  'jury  must 
make  either  a  'progressive  advancement,  or 
'decline  in  its  power  to  protect  and  bless  the 
larger  and  better  'portion  of  mankind.  To 
the  juries  of  the  country  is  'committed  the 

75  correct  administration  of  'justice;  they  are 
equally  bound  to  'convict  the  guilty  and  pro- 
tect the  innocent.  'Consequently,  they  should 
exercise  their  utmost  'sagacity,  and  have  pa- 
tience to  enter  into  the  minutest  'details.  They 

80  should  be  slow  to  convict  on  the  'testimony 
of  dissolute  and  'immoral  witnesses,. sIoav  to 
convict  persons  knowiiTor  'probity  of  cha- 
racter, and  for  leading  'exemplary  hves,  still 
slower  to  'acquit  infamous  persons,  whom 


Suporjor.    , 

Justness. 

Nations. 

Regard. - 

A  guilllcss. 

Condemned. 

Kepi, 

Guard. 

.'VUows. 

Steal. 

Pretended. 

Foigives. 

Sustains. 

Dispensation 

Citizens. 

Constant. 

Grow  weaker. 

Part. 

Entrusted. 

Law. 

Condemn. 

Hence. 

Penetration. 

Particulars. 

Evidence. 

Vicious. 

Inteprrity. 

Praiseworthy 

Set  at  liberty. 


13.  What  seems  impossible?  14.  Wliat  is  every  law  that  without 
reason  acquits  or  pardons  convicts'?  (§  6.)  15.  How  does  tlie  law  in 
ita  administration  grow  1  16.  Wiiat  are  your  reasons  for  this  opinion  ? 
17.  Wliat  is  the  ditference  between  voter s,2ix\d.  juries,  in  the  74th  line? 


RESPONSIBILITIES   OF  JURORS. 


263 


65  they  believe  'guilty,  with  the  evidence  pre- 
ponderating against  them.  (§7.)  'Sometimes 
jurors  do  'honestly  difier  from  the  judges; 
they  may  even  know  w^hat  is  'deposed  in  court 
-to  be  absolutely  'false,  when  such  evidence 

90  may  be  alike  unknown  to  the'counseland  the 
court.  They  should  endeavor  to  'divest 
themselves  of  every  particle  of  'prejudice — 
to  act  as  the  impartial  'arbiters  between  man 

..  and    man,  'irrespective   of  personal  fear  or 

-^S-persopal  favor,  popular  'applause  or  popular 

'indignation.  '  The  turning  of  a  ravening  beast 

into  the  fold  is  as  much  to  be  'dreaded,  as  the 

.  .'possibility  of  cruelly  confining  an  irmocent 

'  sheep  in  the  'guise  of  a  wolf. 

lOO    ;  (§  8i)  We  may  confide  in  the  ^general  ex-'  Humanity 
■cellence  of  our  laws,  the  %isdom  and  spot-' Prudence. 
less  integrity  of  the  -American  judiciary  as  a  Purity. 

;,':  .^body,  and  ihe  ample  provision  already  made  csass. 
_tQ  ^befriend  criminals.      Moreover,   it   is   a  Aid. 

l.&5;great  ^pecuniary  advantage  to  the   lawyers|  Profit. 
.  -vyho  are  ^selected  to  defend  them  to  profurel  chosen. 
their  'acquittal.    In  the  United  States  nothing 
is.  to-be  feared  from  the  'oppression  of  law, 
'administered  as  it  always  must  be,  in  all  its 

Vi* 'essential -features,  by  jurors  selected  from  the 


enmuiaL 

Occasionally. 

Sincerely. 

Sworn  to. 

Untrue. 

Lawyers. 

Free. 

Bias. 

Judges. 

Without  re- 
gard to. 

iPraise. 
Censure. 
Feared. 

Likelihood. 
Clothm?. 


Liberty. 
Grievance. 
Dispensed. 
Important. 


18.  Repeat  the  substance  of  section  six.  (§7.)  19.  May  any  juror 
ever  honestly  differ  from  tlie  judijes?  20.  What  are  your  reasons  for 
this  opinion  ?  21.  What  is  the  difference  between  counsel  and  lawyers, 
in  the  90th  line?  22.  What  shouhl  all  jurors  endeavour  to  dol  (§  8.) 
23.  What  is  there  peculiar  in  parsing  sheep?  24.  Is  ktimanity,  in  the 
100th  line,  either  a  definition  or  synonym  of  general  excellence  ?  25. 
What  are  your  reasons  for  this  opinion?  2G.  Are  liberty  and  acquittal, 
in  the  107th  line,  either  synonyms  or  definitions?  27.  What  is  most 
to  be  feared  in  criminal  prosecutions  ?      28.  Why  should  Executives  be 


264 


DUTIES  AND 


mass  of  the  people.     The  'danger  then  rests 
with  the  improper  'management   of  jurors 
themselves,  and  the  'Pardoning  Power.  (§  9.) 
Independent  of  these,  and  many  other  'ra- 
ils tional  and  kind  privileges  'allov^ed  by  law, 
criminals,  who  are  ever  'vigilant  to  destroy 
the  'peace  of  society,  and  the  lives  of  its  in- 
nocent members,  'resort  to  the  most  artful, 
fraudulent,  and  'untiring  means  to  get  their 
120  friends  'placed  on  the  juries.     They  set  forth, 
in  the  most  'pathetic  appeals  by  counsel,  or 
otherwise,  the  cruelty  of  inflicting  'pain  when 
it  cannot  restore  the  'dead  to  life.       By  the 
'mazes  of  the  law,  the  conscientious  scruples 
125  of  those  who  lose  sight  of  the  'welfare  of  the 
many,  and  look  solely  to  the  present  'grati- 
fication of  the  individual^  they  'adopt  many 
devices  that   arc  never  'resorted  to  on  the 
part  of  the  'agents  of  the  innocent. 
130       (§  10.)  To  such  'an  ascendency  has  the 
'eloquence    and    the    skill  of  some  lawyers 
'attained  in  some  sections  of  the  country, 
that  it  is  often  remarked  by  the  'people,  that 
if  a    criminal,  no  matter  how  aggravated 
135  may  be  his  crime,  can  'secure  the  services 
of  certain  lawyers,  he  is  'sure  of  an  acquittal. 
It  is  a  happy  and  'just  feeling  of  our  nature 


the  marginal  word  for  Pardoning  Power,  when  it  is  neither  a  defini- 
tion nor^  synonym  1  (§  0.)  29.  Do  criminals  resort  to  any  but  legal 
means  to  obtain  exemption  from  punishment?  30.  What  are  some  of 
the  arguments  used  by  those  who  wish  to  obtain  the  acquittal  of 
felons?  (§  10.)  31.  What  is  often  remarked  in  some  sections  of  the 
country  ?  32.  Should  we  generally  sympathize  with  the  oppressed  and 
distressed''    33.  When  a  person  is  robbed,  or  has  his  dwelling  burned 


RESPONSIBILITIES   OF  JURORS. 


265 


to  'sympathize  with  the  sufferings  and  afflic- 
tions of  the  oppressed.     And  this  is,  'per- 

140  haps,  the  most  effective  weapon  used  in  'ora- 
torical dexterity,  to  'captivate  and  win  the 
verdict  of  an  'unreflecting  jury.  It  is  the 
business  of  the  'lawyer  to  use  every  argu- 
ment in  favor  of  his  side  of  the  'question ; 

145  his  'pecuniary  interest  and  his  professional 
reputation,  alike  'demand  it.  (§11.)  If  a 
party  'is  really  guilty,  it  is  he,  and  not  the  law 
that  is  the  'oppressor.  He,  and  not  the  law, 
'should  suffer.     He,  and  not  the  whole  com- 

150  munity,  should  endure  the  'penalty  of  its  vio- 
lation. Any  one  guilty  of  a  'revolting  crime, 
though  in  a  more  'obscure  or  limited  way,  is 
as  much  the  'usurper  of  the  rights  of  man, 
the  oppressor  of  the  innocent,  the  'violator 

155  and  destroyer  of  law  and  'rational  liberty, 
as  a  Tarquin,  a  Caligula,  or  a  Nero.  'Any 
juror,  in  criminal  'prosecutions,  who  allows 
the  eloquence  of  'counsel  on  either  side  to 
sway  his  better  judgment,  who   'entertains 

too  prejudice  against,  or  false  'sympathy  for, 
either  the  'prosecution  or  defence,  is  throw- 
ing his  'influence  against  the  purity  and  the 
'sanctity  of  the  law.  If  the  accused  is  guilty, 
and  a  juror  by  any  means  'contributes  to  his 


Feel  for. 

Probably. 

Rhetorical. 

Fascinale. 

Unreasoning. 

Jurist. 

Issue. 

Monetary. 

Require. 

Has  violated 
the  law. 

Tyrant. 

Ought  to. 

Privations. 

Horrible. 

Humble. 

Assailant. 

Breaker. 

Reasonablo. 

Every. 

Arraignments. 

Attorneys. 

Cherishes. 

Kindness. 

State. 

Power. 

Holiness. 

Countenancea. 


by  another,  who  is  the  oppressed,  the  unfortunate  person  who  sus- 
tains such  losses,  or  the  one  who  commits  such  aggressions?  34. 
Are  heinous  felons  tlien  oppressors,  or  are  they  oppressed  by  the  law? 
(§  11.)  35.  Who  should  sutler  when  a  crime  is  committed?  36.  Who 
should  always  suffer  for  the  violation  of  the  law?  37.  Is  theie  more 
than  one  authorized  way  to  spell  defence,  in  the  161st  line?  3S.  What 
does  every  juror  who  countenances  the  escape  of  criminals?  39.  Does 
_  _ 


266 


DUTIES  AND 


165  escape,  he  'aids  the  worst  of  despots,  who 
totally  disregards  'sufTering  and  oppressed 
innocence.  He  is  the  actual  'abettor  of  crime; 
he  throws  his  'weight  in  favor  of  one  who 
aims  to  'destroy  the  peace  and  harmony  of 

no  society,  and  the  laws  of  this  free  'republic. 

(§  12.)  Any  juror  who  'lends  his  influence 

to  set  at  liberty  the  'prowling  robber,  and 

the  midnight  murderer,  is  equally  'recreant 

to  his  duty,  as  he  would  be  if  he  '  knowingly 

175  aided  in  'convicting  an  innocent  man.  The 
'saying  which  has  filled  so  many  lawyers' 
pockets  with  gold  to  the  'contrary  notwith- 
standing, "  that  it  is  'better  that  ninety-nine 
'guilty  persons  should  escape,  than  that  one 

180  innocent  person  should  'sufler."  The  fact  is, 
this  saying  originated  in  a  '  monarchical 
country.  It  is  totally  'inapplicable  to  the 
soil  of  a  free  republic,  whose  '  laws  are  infi- 
nitely more  '  lenient,  and   ought    always    to 

185  detect  and  punish.  It  was  "undoubtedly 
'intended  to  minister  to  the  unbridled  pas- 
sions and  'unhallowed  crimes  of  royal  princes, 
dukes,  marquises,  'earls,  viscounts,  and  ba- 
rons. All  the  'nobility  of  England  have  more 

I'jo  or  less  escaped  'umvhippcd  of  justice,  from 
this  saying,  uttered  by  a  'pampered  pet  of 
royal   'favor.     (§  13.)  But  where  and  when 


everyone  who  indirectly  aids  in  the  escape  of  criminals  contriliiite  to 
the  ruin  or  the  support  of  our  free  institutions?  (§  12.)  40.  Is  it  right 
or  wrong  to  aid  criminals  to  escape  the  penalty  of  the  law?  41. 
What  are  your  reasons  for  this  opinion  ?  42.  What  saying  has  contri- 
•■'d  most  to  this  effect?    43.  Whence  did  this  adage  originate  ?   (§13.) 


RESPONSIBILITIES   OF  JURORS. 


267 


Shielded. 

Surels' 

Uncertainty. 

Condemna- 
tion. 

Question. 

Sustaining. 

Bestowing 
upon. 

Respect. 

Feast. 

Comforts. 


has  it  ever  'protected  poverty  and  innocence? 
'Certainly  not  in  our  country,  for  in  cases  of 
135  doubt,  the  law  requires  the  jury  to  acquit, 
and  the  'conviction  of  the  innocent  is  next  to 
an    impossibihty.      If    there   is   no    'doubt, 
the  acquittal  of  a  criminal  is  'upholding  des- 
potism, it  is  'giving  the  few  —  those  "who 
200  fear  not  God,  nor  'regard  man" — the  privi- 
lege to  'revel  on  the  fruits  of  the  labors,  and 
trample  upon  the  'happiness  and  the  lives  of 
the  many  with  'impunity.     He  who  counte- 
nances criminals,  the  'enemies  of  rational 
205  freedom,  upholds  them  in  'setting  at  defiance 
the  infallible  laws  of  'God. 

(§  14.)  It  is   therefore  ^incumbent  on  all 
jurors  in  the  Union  to  use  their  'utmost  saga- 
city and  discrimination,  alike  for  the  'plain- 
210  tiff  and  'defendant,  in  civil  suits  as  well  as 
criminal,  to  'view  the  cases  before  them  in 
all  their  'bearings,  to  reason,  to  think,  and 
'investigate  for  themselves,  and  with  an  en- 
lightened and  'unduped  zeal  to  pursue  their 
215  course  with  'unwaverinsr  rectitude.    Be  it  re- 
membered  that  jurors  are  the  most  'efficient 
judicial  officers  of  the  'countr}^  that  upon 
them  'depend    the  honor  and  the  dignity  of 
our  lenient  and   '  humane  laws,  and  the  en- 
^20  during  glory  of  our  'unequalled  institutions. 

Every  'unjust  verdict  of  an  American  jury,  |  luegai 


Exemption  fron 
puiiishmeot. 

Opponents. 
Putting. 
Tlie  Deity. 

Especially 
the  duty  of. 

Greatest. 

Prosecution. 

Defence. 

Examine. 

Variations. 

Inquire. 

Undeceived. 

Undeviating. 

Effective. 

Land. 

Kest. 

Benevolent. 

Incomparable. 


44.  Do  the  innocent  in  our  country  stand  in  need  of  this  saying?  45. 
Is  there  any  danger  with  us  the  innocent  will  be  punished  ?  4t5.  What 
tn;iy  the  unju.st  acquittal  of  criminals  be  rightly  termed  ?  47.  Who 
support  criminals?  48.  Who  support  tyrants?  (§  l-^-)  49.  What  is 
incumbent  on  every  juror  in  the  Union?     60.  What  is  the  ditTerence 


268 


DUTIES  AND   RESPONSIBILITIES 


from  criminal  'suits,  however  aggravated,  to 
'civil  suits,  however  trifling,  is  the  sapper's 
blow  at  the  'foundation   of  the  Temple  of 
^25  'Liberty. 


Cases. 
Pecuniary. 
Base. 
Freedom. 


between  Mw/Msf  and  illegal  in  the   221st   line?     51.  What  bad  effect 
have  the  unjust  verdicts  of  juries  even  in  trifling  pecuniary  cases? 


LESSON    XLVI. 

DUTIES    AND    RESPONSIBILITIES    OF    CIVIL 
MAGISTRATES. 


(§  1.)  A  'civil  magistrate*  is  a  public 
officer,  'charged  with  some  executive  part 
of  the  government.  In  'treating  of  the  duties 
and  responsibilities  of  civil  'magistrates  in 
5  this  book,  '  reference  will  be  had  solely  to 
their  connection  with  juries,  in  'relation  to 
'culprits ;  duties  which  it  is  deemed  impor- 
tant that  ev^ery  citizen  'throughout  the  coun- 
try should  understand.    In  the  'outset  it  may 

10  be  observed,  that  the  'pardoning  power  of 
executives  in  the  United  States  is  'co-exten- 
sive with  that  of  the  most  'absolute  despot 
in  the  world.  (§  2.)  The  'presidents  and  go- 
vernors of  these  United  States,  'have  now 

15  the  same  unlimited  power  to  'pardon  that 
was  exercised  by  kings  in  'by-gone  centu- 


Civic. 
Intrusted. 

Discoursing 
on. 

Rulers. 

Allusion. 

Respect. 

Convicts. 

All  over. 

Beginnii^ 

Remitting. 

Equally  unli- 
uuted. 

Unlimited. 

chief  officere. 

Possess. 
Forsive. 
Past. 


(§  1.1  1.  Parse  duties,  in  the  7tVi  line.  2.  Also  which.  3.  Where  are 
wlio,  tvkich  and  ivhat,  in  the  objective  case,  alwavs  placed  1  4.  What 
is  always  the  form  of  who,  in  the  objective  case?  C^  2.)  5.  What  is 
the  difference  between  j9arc?o)i  arnX  forgive,  in  the  15th  line?    6.  What 


^ 


•  A  full  illustration  of  the  powers  and  extent  of  tlie  judicial,  financial,  and  other  incorporated 
institutions  of  llie  United  States,  is  contained  in  the  Citizen's  Manual,  hy  Joseph  Burtluit  Bur- 
leigh. 


OF  CIVIL  iMAGISTllATES. 


269 


ries,  when  the  world  was  just  'emerging 
from  barbarian  'darkness,  when  hundreds  of 
thousands  of  'innocent  persons  sufl'cred  the 

20  most  'revolting  tortures  for  no  crime  whatever, 
and  were  even  '  burned  alive  at  the  stake  by 
the  hands  of  deluded  ignorance.*  No  longer 
'ago  than  the  middle  of  the  seventeenth  cen- 
tury,  it  was  deemed  a  reproach  to  the  'Turks 

25  that  they  had  neither  witches  nor  'demoniacs 
among  them,  and  urged  as  a  'decisive  proof 
of  the  falsity  of  their  'religion.f  (§  3.)  How 
'wonderful,  how  incredible,  has  been  the 
'improvement  of  human  society !  for  in  every 

30  'country  where  then  such  savage  cruelties, 
such  horrible  excesses  against 'reason,  against 
'humanity,  and  the  religion  of  the  Bible, 
were  'committed,  the  enlightened  principles 
of  'true  Christianity  are  now  beginning  to 

35  bless  'mankind. 

(§4.)  It  must  not,  however,  be  'understood 
that  the  'banishment  of  those  barbarian  cus- 
toms was  'owing  to  the  wisdom  and  human- 
ity of  the  'civil  jnagistrates  of  those  coun- 

40  tries.  —  The  history  of  the  world  'shows, 
that  wherever  man  has  been  found  'incapable 


Issuing. 

Gloom. 

Unoffending. 

Abliorrent. 

Consumed 

Blind. 

Past. 

Moslems. 

Possessed 
persons. 

Conclusive. 

Faith. 

MarveDouB. 

AdTQUccmont. 

Land. 
Justice. 
Benevolence 
Perpetrated. 

Time-honor- 
ed. 

Man. 

Imagined. 

Expulsion. 

Due. 

Rulers. 

Proves. 

Uncapatle. 


is  meant  by  tlie  phrase,  "burned  alive  at  the  stake,"'  in  the  21st  line? 
7.  Near  the  middle  of  what  century  are  we  now  living?  8.  How 
do  we  find  the  distinctive  name  of  any  century?  9.  Explain 
the  reason  of  this.  10.  What  is  the  difference  between  Turks  and 
Moslems,  in  the  24th  line?  11.  Is  the  word  demoniacs,  in  the  25th  line, 
correctly  defineil  by  the  rexm,  possessed  persons?  (§  3.)  12.  What  are 
the  improvements  of  society  to  be  attributed  to?  (§  4.)  13.  To  what 
was  the  banishment  of  these  barbarian  customs  owing?   14.  Are  those 

•  It  is  estimated  that  upwards  of  one  hundred  thousand  innocent  persons  have  been  con- 
demned to  deaih  for  \ritchcraft. 
t  Essaj'  on  Crimes  and  Pumshments:  translated  from  the  French,  by  Edward  D.  Ingrahavn 

ay  * 


270 


DUTIES   AND   RESPONSIBILITIES 


of  self-government,  there  'also  has  been 
exhibited  in  the  'most  glaring  light  his  total 
'incapacity  to  govern  others.     This  remark- 

45  able  improvement  in  human  'society  has  been 
brought  about  by  the  'enlightening  influence 
of  wide-spread  'education,  and  the  humane 
effect  of  the  'religion  of  Christ  on  the  minds 
of    society.        No  people  have  ever'main- 

50  tained  for  any  '  length  of  time  their  national 
liberties,  who  did  not  'understand  the  duties 
and  'responsibilities  of  their  civil  magistrates. 
(§  5.)  Even  Greece,  once  the  'cradle  of  the 
arts  and  sciences,  the  'fountain  of  whatever 

55  was  considered  'grand  and  noble  among  men, 
by  'withholding  proper  education  from  the 
'mass  of  the  people  and  keeping  them  igno- 
rant of  the  'duties  and  responsibilities  of  their 
civil  'magistrates,  lost  its  liberty.  For  the  wise 

60  were  'immolated  or  banished  from  the  re- 
public, because  they  were  honest,  and  'ex- 
posed the  follies  of  the  'age,  whereas  those 
who  'wheedled  and  ^cajoled  the  most,  that 
they  might  aggrandize  themselves. by  pleasing 

65  the  people,  were  most  'applauded,  and  reached 
the  highest  'posts  of  honor  and  power.  It 
'should  never  be  forgotten  that  our  own  coun- 
try once  'enjoyed  less  liberty  than  England 
on  account  of  being  'deprived  of  the  liber- 


wbo  are  unable  to  govern  themselves  fit  to  rule  others?  15.  Have  an 
ignorant  people  ever  maintained  their  liberties  for  any  length  of  time? 
(§  5.)  16.  Why  is  cradle,  in  the  53d  line,  defined  by  dwelling-place  ? 
17.  What  term  was  used  by  the  Greeks  to  denote  banishment?  18. 
For  what  reason?      19.  When  did  our  country  enjoy  less  liberty  than 


OF   CIVIL   MAGISTRATES. 


271 


70  ties*  which  the  'great  charter  secured  to  all 
Englishmen  as  an  'inalienable  right ;  and  that 
this  deprivation  'caused  the  revolutionaiy 
war.  (§  6.)  Our  ancestors  in  England  'knew 
the  duties  and  responsibilities  of  'civil  magis- 

75  trates,  and  when  the  British  'governor  attempt- 
ed to  take  the  trial  by  jury  'out  of  the  hands 
of  the  American  people,t  when  he  'pardoned  J 
his  'menials  and  profligate  nobles,  for  ag- 
gressions on  the    people,  and  'violated  the 

80  Declaration  of  Rights,  he  was  'proclaimed 


Magna  Charta. 

Inborn. 

Produced. 

Understood. 

Rulers. 

King. 

From. 

Forgave. 

Tools. 

Invaded. 

Declared. 


England'?  20.  What  is  tlie  meaning  of  Magna  Charla?  21.  From 
what  king  of  England  was  it  extorted  ?  (§  6.)  22.  What  caused  the 
revolutionary  war?  23.  What  did  our  ancestors  know?  24.  What 
should  we  understand?  25.  What  is  meant  by  the  phrase  "our  ances- 
tors in  England  ?"  26.  Did  the  patriots  of  the  revolution  prize 
the  liberties  of  their  English  ancestors  ?  27.  What  were  some  of 
the  acts  of  ancient  Englishmen  in  favor  of  liberty  ?    (§  7.)  28.  Give  a 

*  The  principles  of  these  liberties  are  set  forth,  often  nearly  verbatim,  in  the  Declaration  of 
RiRhts,     (See  ilesson  XX.,  jjage  86.) 

t  Extract  from  Masna  Charta,  confirmed  by  King  Edward  I.,  in  the  five-and-twentieth  year 
of  his  reigii,  A.  D.,  1297,  chap.  xxix.  "  None  shall  be  condemned  wilhoiil  tnal.  Justice  shall  not 
be  sold  or  deferred. — No  freeman  shall  be  taken  or  imprisoned,  or  be  disseized  of  his  freehold, 
or  liberties,  or  free  customs,  or  be  outlawed,  or  e.xiled,  or  any  otherwise  destroyed,  nor  will  we 
not  pass  upon  him,  nor  condemn  him,  but  by  lawful  judgment  of  his  peers,  or  by  the  law  of  the 
land.  We  will  sell  to  no  man,  we  will  notdeny,  or  defer  to  any  man  either  justice  or  right." 
(Also  .see  section  7,  page  37,  American  Manual.) 

t  Krom  the  English  Statutes,  enacted  the  second  year  of  the  reign  of  Edward  III. :— "  In 
lohat  cases  only  imrdmt  of  felony  sh/ilt  be  granted. — Whereiis,  offenders  luive  been  greatly  encour- 
aged, because  the  cliarters  of  pardon  have  been  so  easily  granted  in  times  past,  of  manslaugli- 
ters,  robberies,  felonies,  and  other  trespasses  against  the  peace,  it  is  ordained  and  enacted, 
That  such  cliarters  shall  not  be  granted,  but  only  where  the  king  may  do  it  by  his  oath,  ttial  is 
to  say,  where  a  man  slays  anollier  in  his  own  defence,  or  by  misfortune. 

"Ill  case  of  deal  h  of  man,  robberies,  and  felonies  against  the  peace,  divers  acts  of  parlia- 
ment liave  restrained  the  power  of  granting  Cliarters  of  pardons.  First,  That  no  such  Char- 
ters shall  be  granted,  but  in  case  where  the  king  may  do  it  by  his  oath.  Secondly,  That  no 
man  shall  obtain  Cliarters  out  of  Parliament,  Stat.  4  Edw.  3,  c.  13. 

"  And  accordingly  in  a  parliament  roll  it  is  said,  [for  the  peace  of  the  land  it  would  be  much 
help,  if  good  justices  wure  appointed  in  every  county,  if  such  as  be  let  to  mainpnze  do  jiut  in 
good  sureties,  as  esquires,  or  gentlemen  :  And  that  no  pardon  were  granted,  but  by  parliament.] 
I'liuilli.  For  that  the  king  hath  granted  pardons  of  felonies  upon  false  suggestions;  it  is  pro- 
vided. That  every  Charter  of  felony  which  shall  be  granted  at  the  suggestion  of  any,  the  name 
of  linn  that  maketh  the  suggestion  shall  be  comprised  in  the  Charter;  and  if  the  suggestion  he 
found  untrue,  the  Charter  shall  be  disallowed. 

•'  By  the  ancient  and  constant  rule  of  law.  iVoii  pottrit  rex  gratiam  facere  rum  injuria  et  dtimno 
alivnim ;  quod  aulcm  alienum  est,  dare  non  potest  per  suam  gratwm.  In  an  appeal  of  death,  rob- 
bery, violence,  &c.,  the  king  cannot  pardon  the  defendant,  for  the  appeal  is  the  suit  of  the 
party,  (tc,  and  whether  the  defendant  be  attainted  by  judgment,  <i.c.,  or  by  outlawry,  the  par- 
don of  the  king  shall  not  discharge  linn." 

Lord  Coke  says,  "I'hese  statutes  are  excellent  instructions  for  a  religious  .and  prudent  king 
to  follow,  for  in  tnese  cases,  Ut  summ<E  poteslatis  Regies  est  posse  quantum  velit  sic  magnttudinis 
est  vetle  quantum  possit,  (as  it  is  the  highest  kingly  power  to  be  able  to  act  what  he  wills ;  so  it 
is  Ins  greatness  and  nobleness  to  will  only  what  he  lawfully  can.)" 

Thus,  it  appears,  that  our  English  ancestors  found  it  necessary  to  limit  the  pardoning  power 
of  tlieir  nioiiarchs. — 'I'hey  found  it  unsafe  to  have  the  pardoning  power  solely  in  the  hands  of 
their  sovereigns.  Hence  it  seems  that  many  Kepubhcau  Executives  may  exercise  greater  par- 
doning povveis  than  hereditary  kings. 


'272 


DUTIES   AND   RESPONSIBILITIES 


a  'tyrant*  When  it  was  found  that  the  Eng- 
lish king  would  not  keep  within  the  'bounds 
their  English  brethren  had  'prescribed  to  him, 
they  'resolved  to  shake  off  this  power,  as 

85  their  'ancestors  had  done.f 

(§  7.)  It  is  'deemed  not  inappropriate  to 
give  here  an  extract  from  Locke's  Essay  on 
Civil  Government :  "  This  holds  'true  also 
concerning  the  supreme  'executor,  who  hav- 

90  ing  a  double  'trust  put  in  him,  both  to  have 
a  'part  in  the  legislative  and  the  supreme 
'execution  of  the  law,  acts  also  against  both, 
when  he  sets  up  his  own  'arbitrary  will  as 
the  '  law  of  the  society.     He  acts  contrary 

95  to  his  trust,  when  he  'employs  the  force, 
'treasure,  and  offices  of  the  society,  to  cor- 
rupt the  representatives,  and  'gain  them  to  his 
'purposes.  When  he  openly  pre-engages  the 
'electors,  and  prescribes  to   their   choice — 

100  those  whom  he  has  by  'solicitations,  threats, 
promises,  or  'otherwise,  won  to  his  designs — 
and  'employs  them  to  bring  in  those  who  have 
'promised  beforehand  what  to  vote,  and  what 
to  'enact.      (§  8.)  Thus  to  regulate    candi- 

105  dates  and  electors,  and  'new-model  the  ways 


Usuri)er. 
Limits. 

Established 
for. 

Determined. 

Forefathers. 

Considered. 

Treatise. 

Good. 

Ruler. 

Confidence. 

Share. 

Enforcement 

Absolute. 

Regulation. 

Uses. 

Wealth. 

Win. 

Designs. 

Voters. 

Entreaties. 

In  any  other 
manner. 

Cses. 
Agreed. 
Decree. 
Change. 


synopsis  of  section  seven  1  29.  What  is  the  diiference  between  trust 
and  confidence,  \n  the  90th  line?  30.  What  is  here  said  of  those  who 
pervert  to  a  bad  use  the  power  entrusted  to  them  by  the  people  ? 
31.  What  bearing  have  the  remarks  concerning  the  abuse  of  the 
elective  franchise,  on  the  conduct  of  political  parties  in  the  United 
States  1     (§  S.)  32.  What  is  the  difference  between  tear  anil  cut,  in  the 

*  See  Lesson  XXI.  page  94. 

t  By  the  Magna  Chirta  forced  from  King  John,  1215.  tlie  Great  Charter  made  !iv  King  Henry 
III.,  and  confirmed  by  Edward  l.,va-i(ius  acts  ol"  Parliament,  and  the  Revululio'n  of  1688,  the 
principles  of  liberty  were  secured  to  the  people,  and  acknowledged  by  all  succeeding  sove- 
reigns. 


OF   CIVIL   MAGISTRATES. 


273 


of  election,  what  is  it  but  to  'cut  up  the  go- 
vernment by  the  'roots,  and  poison  the  very 
'fountain  of  pubhc  security.  For  the  people, 
having  'reserved  to  themselves  the  choice  of 

110  their  representatives,  as  the  'fence  to  their 
properties,  could  do  it  for  no  other  'end,  but 
tiiat  they  might  always  be  freely  'chosen; 
and  so  chosen,  freely  act  and  'advise,  as  the 
'necessity  of   the    commonwealth,   and    the 

115  public  'good,  should,  upon  examination  and 
mature  'debate,  be  judged  to  require.  This, 
those  who  'give  their  votes  before  they  hear 
the  debate,  and  have  weighed  the  'reasons 
on  all  sides,  are  not  capable  of  'doing.    (§  9.) 

120  To  prepare  such  'an  assembly  as  this,  and 
endeavor  to  set  up  the  declared  'abettors  of 
his  own  will,  for  the  'true  representatives  of 
the  people,  and  the  '  lawmakers  of  the  so- 
ciety, is  certainly  as  great  a  'breach  of  trust, 

J35  and  as  perfect  a  'declaration  of  a  design  to 
'subvert  the  government,  as  is  possible  to  be 
met  with.  To  which,  if  'one  shall  add  re- 
wards and  'punishments  visibly  employed  to 
the  same  end,  and  all  the  arts  of  'perverted 

i:!o  law  made  use  of  to  'take  off  and  destroy  all 
that  stand  in  the  way  of  such  a  'design,  and 
will  not  comply  and  consent  to  'betray  the 
liberties  of  their  country,  it   will   be   'past 


Tear. 

Foundation. 

Source. 

Kept. 

BaiTicr. 

Purpose. 

Selected. 

Counsel. 

Need. 

Welfare. 

Discussion. 

Are  pledged. 

Arguments. 

Performing. 

A  legislature 

Aiders. 

Faitliful. 

Legislators. 

Violation. 

Promulga- 
tion. 

Overthrow. 
A  person. 
Privations. 
Misused. 
Put  awtiy. 
Plot. 
Subvert. 
Certain. 


lOGili  line?  33.  Why  should  the  purity  of  legislation  be  an  especial 
olijeet  of  our  care?  31.  Why  are  pledged  representatives  unfit  to 
transact  public  business?  (§  9.)  35.  What  is  the  diflerence  between 
true  and  faithful,  in  the  122d  line?  36.  Illustrate  the  meaning  of 
these  words  in  sentences.  37.  Why  is  the  word  mie,  in  the  127tli 
line,  defined  by  a  person?     38.  Give  some  examples.      (§  10.)  39.  Why 


274 


DUTIES  AND   RESPONSIBILITIES 


doiLht  what  is   doing.     What   'power  they 

135  ought  to  have  in  the  's^iety,  who  thus  <3m- 
plov  it  'contrary  to  the  trust  that  went  along 
with  it  in  its  first  institution,  is  easy  to  'de- 
termine ;  and  one  cannot  but  'see,  that  he 
who  has  once  'attempted  any  such  thing  as 

140  this,  cannot  longer  be  'trusted. 

(§  10.)  Again,  as  to  'judicial  ministers, 
according  to  the  'observation  made  by  "^the 
Father  of  Candor,  '  Should  any  one  in  that 
'station  of  high  trust  and  dignity  temporize, 

145  or  ever  join  those  in  power,  he  must  be 
'despised  by  every  one,  as  it  is  the  power, 
not  the  person,  he  'courts.' 

(§  11.)  "Suppose  any  man  'base  enough, 
for  'a  pecuniary  satisfaction,  or  dishonorable 

150  'title,  to  concur  in  the  introduction  of  arbi- 
trary power  into  a  free  'state.  By  what 
'tenure  will  he  hold  his  illegal  acquisitions  ? 
What  reasonable  hope  can  he  'entertain 
that  his  'posterity  will  enjoy  the  acquisition 

155  which  he  would  'transmit?  Will  he  leave 
his  children  'tenants  at  will  to  his  hereditary 
and  acquired  'fortune  ?  It  is  said,  the  profli- 
gate and  the  needy  have  not  any  'reflection : 
true.     But  will  Britons  'make  choice  of  such 

ICO  to  be  the  'guardians  of  their  property,  their 
lives,  and  their  'liberties'?" 

(§  12.)  "Liberty  receives  'strength    and 


should  a  minister  of  the  law  refrain  from  interfering  in  political  mat- 
ters? (Jj  11.)  40.  Repeat  section  eleven.  41.  What  is  said  of  those 
who,  through  motives  of  gain,  deliver  the  liherties  of  their  conntry 
into  the  hands  of  tyrants?     42.  Who  are  destitute  of  reflection?     43. 


OF   CIVIL   MAGISTRATES. 


275 


vicror  by  wholesome  laws,  and  'a  punctual 
observance  of  them ;  not  by  'contemning  or 

1(35  'treading  them  under  foot.  Justice,  equity, 
and  regularity,  are  all  friends  to  'liberty:  she 
cannot  'subsist  without  them  ;  and  in  a  word, 
courts  Virtue  as  her  'chief  and  bosom  friend, 
and  'abhors  Vice  as  her  greatest  enemy. 

170  (§  13.)  "When  honors  of  any  'sort  are 
'prostituted,  they  are  changed  into  marks  of 
infamy  and  'disgrace,  and  will  be  looked  upon 
by  every  honest  mind  with  horror  and  'dis- 
dain. They  are  no  longer  'badges  of  dignity, 

175  but  yokes  of 'servitude;  no  longer  the  price 
of  virtue,  but  the  'bribes  of  vice.  They  de- 
generate into  the  'accoutrements  of  knaves 
and  fools,  and  become  the  'signs  and  tohcns 
to  distinguish  the  corrupt  from  the  'incorrupt, 

i?o  the  'Catilines  from  the  'Catos.  But  on  the 
other  hand,  when  honors,  as  in  the  days  of 
Trajan,  flow  in  a  pure  'channel,  and  spring 
from  a  'fountain  that  is  clear  and  unsullied, 
who  is  not  glad  to  'approach  the  stream?" 

1S5  (§14.)  Another  writer  'justly  remarks:* 
"  In  governments  where  '  liberty  is  held  in 
'regard,  great  precaution  should  be  taken  that 
the  power  of  pardon  be  not  rendered  'detri- 
mental, and  that  it  'shall  not  become  a  privi- 


An  exact. 

Despising. 

Trampling. 

Freedom. 

Exist. 

Greatest. 

Detests. 

Kind. 

Basely  used 

Reproach. 

Contempt. 

Marks. 

Slavery. 

Inducements 

Equipments. 

Marks. 

Pure. 

Traitors. 

^Patriots. 

Course. 

Source. 

Mear. 

Properly. 

Freedom. 

Esteem. 

Injurious. 

May. 


VVliy  is  this  tlie  case?  (§  12.)  44.  What  is  tlie  difference  between 
iklests  and  abhors,  in  the  IGDtli  line?  45.  Illustrate  the  meaning  of 
these  words  in  sentences?  (§  13.)  4G.  To  what  does  the  piostitution 
of  honors  to  base  purposes  lead?  47.  Why  is  a  course  of  honesty  | 
reconimended  to  all  public  functionaries?  48.  What  is  the  difference 
between  badges  and  marks,  in  the  174th  line?    (^  14.)  49.  What  should  |i 

*  Commentan.'  and  review  of  Montesquieu's  Spirit  of  the  Litws. 


276 


DUTIES  AND  RESPONSIBILITIES 


190  lege  to  'certain  persons  or  classes  for  the 
'perpetration  of  crimes  with  impunity,  as  too 
often  '  happens  in  monarchies."  "  It  is  cer- 
tain, governments  which  'support  themselves 
by  'false  ideas,  do  not  venture  to  give  their 

195  subjects  a  very  'solid  education.  That  those 
which  require  to  keep  certain  'classes  in  a 
state  of  'degradation  and  oppression,  do  not 
permit  them  to  obtain  'instruction ;  and  that 
those  governments  only  which  are  'founded 

300  on  reason,  can  'desire  that  education  should 
be  'solid,  profound,  and  generally  diffused." 


Particular. 

Commission. 

Occurs. 

Sustain. 

Spuriou.s. 

Substantial. 

Orders. 

Wretched- 
ness. 

lOiowIedge. 
Established. 
Hope. 
Correct. 


be  done  in  governments  where  liberty  is  held  in  regard?  50.  What 
attention  do  coniipt  governments  pay  to  education?  51.  What  do 
good  governments  desire? 


LESSON    XLVIT. 


(§  1.)  Such  are  the  opinions  of  the  'ardent 
friends  of  liberty  in  other  'countries,  and  of 
other  ages ;  of  those  whom  our  'forefathers 
reverenced,  and  from  whom  the  'framers  of 
5  the  Constitution  'derived  much  instruction; 
and  such  are  the  'sources  to  which  we  may 
trace  the  origin  of  some  of  our  'best  laws. 
From  those  'fountains  of  wisdom  we  may 
learn,  that  there  is  less  danger  from  'vigilance 
10  than  from  'lethargy;  less  danger  in  watching 
our  rulers  too  closely,  than  in  relying  'implicitly 
on  their  patriotism  and  'professions.    (§  2.)  Is 


Zealous. 

Lands. 

Ancestors. 

Fabricators. 

Received. 

Fountains. 

Wisest. 

Springs. 

Watchful- 
ness. 

Stupor. 
Blindly. 
Declarations. 


(§  1.)  1.  From  what  sources  did  our  fathers  derive  much  benefit? 
2.  Should  the  people  look  to  more  that)  the  mere  professions  of  their 
rulers?     3.  Wliat  are  your  reasons  for  this  opinion?     (§  2.)    4.  What 


OF   CIVIL   MAGISTRATES. 


277 


there  no  'danger  at  the  present  time  lest  the 
law,  the  'rampart  of  our  Hbcrties,  be  perfo- 

15  rated  by  false  'sentinels,  who,  while  working 
for  pecuniary  '  benefit  and  personal  aggran- 
dizement, may  let  in  a  'torrent  of  vice  to  over- 
whelm the  liberties  of  the  'country?  How* 
many  secret  'loop-holes  does  every  year's  ex- 

20  perience  'show  there  are,  through  which 
the  most  atrocious  criminals  'escape  by  in- 
trigue, gold,  or  the  'pardoning  power  of  exe- 
cutives!* (§3.)  The  criminal  'calendar  of 
our  comitry  merits  the  closest  'scrutiny  on  the 

25  part,  not  only  of  juries,  but  of  the  'people  of 
the  whole  country.  If  the  'governors  of 
several  states,  each  for  a  single  'term  of 
office,  may  of  their  own  free  will  pardon  hun- 
dreds of  'criminals  who  have  been,  by  the 

30 'all-protecting  care  of  the  law,  and  against 
the  skill  of  'able  counsel,  found  guilty  by 
hundreds  of  different  juries  of  the  'country, 
is  there  not  just  'apprehension  that  the  law 
may  become  a  'dead   letter,  and  be  totally 

35  'disregarded.  May  it  not  blind  the  innocent, 
and  render  them  more  likely  to  be  'preyed 
upon  by  the  'wicked  \ 

(§4.)  Is  there  not  reason  to  'fear  that  the 


Protecting 

Watcliers. 

Gain. 

Flood. 

Nation. 

Apertures. 

Prove, 

Slip. 

ivemitting. 

Register. 

Examination 

Citizens. 

Executives. 

Period. 

Forgive. 

Culprits. 

Guardian. 

Efficient. 

Union. 

Dread. 

Silent. 

Unheeded. 

Seized. 

Guilty. 

Apprehend. 


danger  exists  at  the  present  time?  5.  What  does  every  year's  expe- 
rience exhibit?  (§  3.)  6.  Why  does  the  criminal  calendar  of  our 
country  deserve  careful  examination  ?  7.  What  do  you  suppose  would 
result  from  the  total  disregard  of  law?    8.  What  has  always  followed 

*  Owine:  to  the  fallibility  of  all  human  institutions,  the  pardoning  power  ousht  undoulitedly 
to  exist  somewhere.  Might  it  not,  with  more  reverence  to  the  law,  and  greater  safely  to  the 
republic,  be  entrusted  to  the  State  and  National  Legislatures,  and  limited  to  instances  in  which 
the  convicting  power  had  palpably  ened  ?  In  some  slates  the  pardiming  power  is  not  entrusted 
alone  to  the  Gnvernors.  In  New'Jersey  it  is  vested  in  the  Governor  and  Council.  In  Connec- 
ticut the  pardoning  power  is  vested  in  the  Legislature.  In  Louisiana  the  Governor  pardons  wito 
the  assent  of  the  Senate.  | 


24 


278 


DUTIES  AND   RESPONSIBILITIES 


'trial  by  jury  is  becoming  a  mere  mockery  ] 

40  Is  there  not  a  confident  '  hope  on  the  part  of 
the  'criminal,  that  if  found  out,  he  will  not 
be  'convicted ;  if  convicted,  he  will  easily 
receive  a  pardon  1  Does  he  not  feel  'assured 
that  ft  is  the  'easiest  thing  in  the  world  to 

45  obtain  the  'executive  clemency?  Is  there 
no  danger  that  'a  wholesale  pardoning  power 
will  aid  'practised  felons  to  entrap  the  young? 
Is  it  not  an  'incentive  to  crime  ?  —  an  im- 
putation on  the  intelligence  and  'candor  of 

50  the  jury,  and  'consequently  upon  the  people  ? 
Is  not  the  power  'gradually  sliding  away 
from  the  many  into  the  hands  of  the  'few  ? 
Does  it  not  denote  that  the  'sanctity  of  the 
law  is  less  'revered  ?     (§  5.)  Every  unjust 

55  pardon  or  acquittal  tends  to  weaken  the  'con- 
fidence of  the  people  in  the  law,  tends  to  'en- 
courage mob-law,  tends  to  make  'honest  peo- 
ple look  for  'safety,  not  to  tribunals  of  justice, 
but  to  weapons  of  steel  and  'missiles  of  lead; 

60  tends  to  encourage  'crime  and  depress  virtue; 
tends  to  weaken  republican  'institutions,  and 
strengthen  despotism.  One  of  the  'fruitful 
sources  of  the  'ruin  of  other  republics  has 
been  the  'connivance  at  gilded  crime,  the  de- 

05  gcncracy  and  corruption  of  'rulers,  and  the 
'disregard  of  the  public  good. 


Examinatiun 
Expectation. 
Trespasser. 

Pronounced 

guiliy. 

CoiifiJent. 
Most,  facile. 
Governor's. 
Extensive. 
Old. 

Enconrage- 
meul. 

Fairness. 

Of  course. 

By  degrees. 

Rulers. 

Sacredness. 

Rtspected. 

Reliance. 

Foster. 

Upright. 

Security. 

BuUeU. 

Wickedness. 

Esinblish- 

IIlKIllS. 

Prolific. 
Destruction. 
Wiulting. 
Governors. 

Neglect. 


anarchy?  (§  4.)  9.  Give  a  synopsis  of  section  4.  10.  Do  hardened 
felons  ever  endeavor  to  entrap  youth?  11.  Wliat  are  some  of  your 
reasons  lor  this  opinion?  {§  5.)  12.  What  is  the  effect  of  every  un- 
just pardon  or  acquittal?  \^.  What  has  been  one  of  the  fruitful 
sources  of  the  ruin  of  other  republics?  14.  What  is  the  difference 
between  ruin  and  dcslrudion,  in  the  6.3d  line?      (§  6.)    15.  What  iin- 


OF  CIVIL  MAGISTRATES. 


279 


(§  6.)  Let  not  the  'delusive  hope  that  moral 
'suasion  can  take  the  place  of  law,  be  enter- 
tained, while  our  country  'numbers  nearly  a 

70  million  of  'adult  white  inhabitants  that  cannot 
read  and  write  ;  while  the  'aggregate  official 
'term  of  office  of  the  rulers  of  the  Union, 
throws  upon  the  people  'thousands  of  par- 
doned convicts.     Moral  'suasion,  holy  as  it 

75  is,  without  the  certain  'chastening  hand  of 
'law,  has  no  more  power  over  many  hardened 
and  reckless  criminals  than  'ropes  of  tow  to 
bind  the  raging  'flames.  (§  7.)  What  object 
has  the  pardoning  power,  which  'seems  to  be 

80  spreading  over  several  states  in  this  'Union? 
'Has  it  come  to  this,  that  hundreds  of  Ameri- 
can juries  annually  render  'erroneous  ver- 
dicts? Do  the  American  'judges,  during 
their  official  terms  of  office,  'pass  thousands 

85  of  oppressive  'sentences?  If  not,  the  par- 
doning power  seems  'imperfect,  inasmuch  as 
it  does  not  include  all  'criminals.  But  some 
assert  that  it  'includes  only  those  who  have 
reformed :  and  who  is  to  be  the  'judge  of  this  ? 

90  Cannot  a  person  who  is  guilty  of  'an  atrocious 
crime  tell  'afaJsehood?  Is  a  man  too  good  to 
'deceive,  who  is  vile  enough  to  wield  the 
midnight  torch,  to  rob,  and  'murder? 


Exnostula- 

llUQ. 

Contains. 

Grown  up. 

Whole. 

Period. 

JIultitudes. 

Reason. 

Correcting. 

Authority. 

Strands. 

Fire. 

Appears. 

Country. 

Is  it  possible. 

W'rong. 

Law-officers. 

Pronounce. 

Judgroents. 

Defective. 

Convicts. 

Embraces. 

Decider. 

A  revolting. 

An  untruth. 

Beguile. 

Kill. 


pediments  are  thore  to  prevent  the  full  power  of  moral  suasioa? 
1  (5.  What  effect  has  mora!  suasion  on  many  hardened  convicts  ?  (§  7.) 
17.  Do  you  suppose  there  are  hundreds  of  American  juries  that  annu- 
ally render  erroneous  verdicts?  18.  What  does  this  imply,  in  the  S9th 
line?  19.  If  felons  are  pardoned  vi'hen  they  profess  to  be  reformed, 
do  you  suppose  their  keepers  would  ever  be  deceived?  20.  What  are 
your  reasons  for  this  opinion?     (§  8.)   21.  If  a  criminal  has  really  re- 


280 


DUTIES  AND  RESPONSIBILITIES 


(§  8.)  If  truly  'reformed,  would  not  a  con- 

95  vict  'cheerfully  comply  with  the  laws  of  the 
land,  which  'assign  to  certain  crimes  certain 
'punishments  ?  shall  any  one,  under  feigned  or 
even  real  reformation,  'evade  them  ?  If  a 
rrian  'suffers  innocently,  may  he  not  suffer 

100  for  the  'good  of  his  country  1  May  there 
not  be  'patriotism  in  prison  as  well  as  in  the 
field  of  battle?  May  not  a  man  'receive 
credit  for  'sustaining  the  majesty  of  the  law, 
and  the  honor  of  his  country  in  the  'former, 

105  as  well  as  in  'the  latter.  (§  9.)  What  right 
has  one  man  to  'pardon  without  assigning 
any  'valid  reason,  a  few  hundred  criminals, 
within  his  'jurisdiction,  and  not  all?  Was 
the  pardoning  power  'designed  especially  to 

no  protect  the  'wealthy  and  the  intelligent,  and 
not  the  poor  and  the  'ignorant?  Was  it  de- 
signed to  favor  'hypocrisy — to  hire  conver- 
sion, by  offering  the  'reward  of  freedom,  and 
the  'revelling  on  the  earnings,  and  taking  the 

115  lives  of  others — to  free  from  the  'confinement 
of  the  prison,  and  its  plain  fare,  for  'feigned 
'reformation?  (§  10.)  Was  it  designed  to 
put  the  people  to  'enormous  costs  to  support 
'courts  of  justice,  and  render  null  and  void, 

120  at  the  will  of  executives,  hundreds  of  'right- 
eous 'verdicts  of  juries?   Is  the  liberty  of  the 


Regenerated. 

Willingly. 

Allot. 

Penalties. 

Shun. 

Enjures. 

Welfare. 

Liive  of  coun- 
try. 

Get. 

Upholding. 

CeU. 

War. 

Free. 

Sound. 

Territory. 

Intended. 

Rich. 

Illiterate. 

Deceit. 

Price. 

Feasting. 

Incarceration 

Spurious. 

Amendment. 

Heavy. 

Tribunals. 

Correct. 

Decisions. 


formed,  what  is  it  reasonable  to  suppose  he  ought  willingly  to  comply 
with?  22.  What  can  you  say  of  a  person  who  sutlers  innocently? 
23.  What  is  the  duty  of  every  citizen  ?  (§  9.)  24.  What  do  you  sup- 
pose was  the  ohject  of  the  pardoning  power  ?  25.  What  is  the  iHffer- 
ence  between  illiterate  and  ignorant,  in  the  111th  line?  (§10.)  26. 
Who  support  coiuts  of  justice?     27.  What  is  the  object  of  courts?    28. 


OF  CIVIL  MAGISTRATES. 


281 


vultures  to  take  precedence  of  the  'safety  of 
the  cloves?  Is  the  'happiness  of  the  many 
to  be  sacrificed  to  the  'unrestrained  inclina- 

125  tions  of  the  few?  Let  the  'people  look  well 
to  the  safety,  the  honor,  the  'dignity  of  the 
law,  so  that  no  power  can  either  open  ^Pan- 
dora's box,  or  'render  the  verdicts  of  repub- 
lican juries  a  bye-word  and  a  farce  among 

130  the  nations  of  the  'earth. 

/'§  11.)  The  lion,  o'er  his  'wild  domains, 

Rules  with  the  'terror  of  his  eye; 
The  eagle  of  the  'rock  maintains 
By  'force  his  empire  in  the  sky; 
135         The  shark,  'the  tyrant  of  the  flood, 

Reigns  through  the  deep  with  'quenchless  rage; 
Parent  and  'young,  unweaned  from  blood, 
Are  still  'the  same  from  age  to  age. 

Of  all  that  live,  'and  move,  and  breathe, 
140  Man  only  Wises  o'er  his  birth ; 

He  looks  'above,  around,  beneath. 

At  once  the  'heir  of  heaven  and  earth: 
Force,  'cunning,  speed,  which  Nature  gave 
The  'various  tribes  throughout  her  plan, 
145        'Life  to  enjoy,  from  death  to  save, — 

These  are  the  'lowest  powers  of  man. 

(§  12.)  From  strength  to  strength  he  'travels  on; 
He  leaves  the  'lingering  brute  behind  ; 
And  when  a  few  'short  years  are  gone, 
150  He  'soars,  a  disembodied  mind  : 

Beyond  the  'grave,  his  course  sublime, 

Destined  through  'nobler  paths  to  run, 
In  his  'career  the  end  of  time 
Is   'hut  eternity  begun. 


Security. 

Welliire. 

Licentious. 

Citizens. 

Respect. 

The  casket  of 
rum. 

Make. 

Reproach. 

World. 

Sun-scorch'd 
plains. 

Fire-glare. 

Crag. 

Might. 

Fell. 

Sateless. 

Child. 

AUke. 

Change  place 
Soars  above. 
On  high. 
Ward. 
Slyness. 
Numerous. 
Health. 
Humblest. 

Journeys. 

Tardy. 

Brie£ 

Tow'rs. 

Tomb. 

Higher. 

Bright  course 

Immortality. 


What  evils  do  you  suppose  would  result  from  not  enforcing  the  laws? 
29.  What  do  you  suppose  is  the  object  of  law  ?  (§11-)  30.  Who  pos- 
sesses ascendency  over  all  created  things?  31.  I'o  what  is  man 
the  heir?     32.  What  are  the  attributes  of  man?     33.  For  what  end 

— _  ,  „ 


282 


CONCLUDING  REMARKS. 


155         What  guides  him  in  his  'high  pursuit, 
Opens,  illumines,  "cheers  his  way, 
'Discerns  the  immortal  from  the  brute, 

God's  'image  from  the  mould  of  clay? 
'Tis  'knowledge: — knowledge  to  the  soul 
160  Is  'power,  and  liberty,  and  peace ; 

And  while  celestial  'ages  roll, 

The  joys  of  'knowledge  shall  increase. 

Hail  to  the  'glorious  plan,  that  spread 
The  'light  with  universal  beams, 
165         And  through  the  human  'desert  led 

Truth's  living,  pure,  'perpetual  streams. 
Behold  a  'new  creation  rise. 

New  'spirit  breathed  into  the  clod. 
Where'er  the  'voice  of  Wisdom  cries, 
170  "Man,  'know  thyself,  and  fear  thy  God." 

MoNTGOMEKT. 


Great. 

Smoothes. 

Descries. 

Likeness. 

Learning. 

Poteace. 

Seasons. 

WisJom. 

Noble. 

Dawn. 

Barren. 

Unfailing. 

Fresh. 

.Vrdor. 

Tongue. 

Scan. 


is  he  created  ?  (§  12.)  34.  What  is  the  destination  of  man  beyond 
the  grave?  35.  How  is  knowledge  the  guiding  star  of  man?  36.  Is 
there  any  limit  to  the  increase  of  knowledge?  37.  What  are  your 
reasons  for  this  opinion?     38.  What  are  the  teachings  of  wisdom? 


LESSON    XLVIII. 
CONCLUDING     REMARKS. 

(§  1.)  When  the  most  ^renowned  re-  Famous, 
publics*  were  deprived  of  their  liberty,  Freedom. 
mankind  were  oppressed  either  by  ^military  warlike. 


(§  L)   1.  How  have  the  most  renowned  republics  of  antiquity  lost 

*  "  The  gener:ils.  havin?  armies  and  kingdoms  at  their  disposal,  were  sensible  of  their  own 
strength,  and  coulu  no  lunger  obey.  Tlie  soldiers  therefore  began  to  acknowledge  no  superior 
but  their  general ;  to  found  their  hopes  on  him  only,  and  to  view  the  cily  as  from  a  great  dis- 
tance :  they  were  no  longer  the  soldiers  of  the  republic,  but  of  Sylla,  of  Marius,  of  Pompey, 
and  of  Cajsar.  The  Romans  could  no  longer  tell,  whether  the  person  who  lieaded  an  army  m 
a  province  was  their  general  or  their  enemy. 

"So  long  as  the  people  of  Rome  were  corrupted  by  their  tribunes  only,  on  whom  they  could 
bestow  notliing  but  their  power,  the  stnale  C"uld  ea.'^ily  defend  themselves,  because  they  acted 
consistently  and  with  one  regular  tenor;  whereas  the  common  people  were  continually  shifting 
from  the  extremes  of  fury  to  the  extremes  of  cowardice;  but  wiien  they  were  enabled  to  invest 
their  favorites  with  a  formidable  exterior  authority,  the  whole  wibdoin  of  the  senate  vva.s 
baifled,  and  the  comiiKmwealth  was  undone. 

•'  A  wise  republic  ouglit  not  to  run  any  biizard  which  may  expose  it  to  good  or  ill  forttnie ;  the 
only  happiness  Ihe  several  individuals  of  it  should  aspiie  after  is,  to  give  perpetuity  to  their 
state." — Montesquifit^s  Decluie  and  Fall  of  the  Roman  Empire. 


CONCLUDING  REMARKS. 


283 


despots,  or  by  degenerate  and  'corrupt  rulers,* 
5  who  silently  'vitiated  the  majority  of  the  peo- 
ple.   The  most  'unbridled  crimes  went  un- 
punished :  'anarchy  then  prevailed,  and  as  a 
resort  from  its  horrors,  the  people  took  're- 
fuge  under    'despotism.      Should    the    civil 
10  magistrates  of  our  own  'country  ever  become 
'insensible  to  their  just  responsibilities— should 
they  ever  'neglect  to  sustain,  by  appeals  to 
'enlightened  reason,  the  righteous  verdicts  of 
juries,  and  the  wise  'decisions  of  the  courts 
15  of  'justice,  the  people  may  justly  regard  the 
'boasted  institutions  of  the  republic  as  on  the 
'verge  of  ruin.     (§  2.)  We  may  then  have, 
as  now,  the  'name  of  a  republic,  but  all  the 
'evils  of  despotism  will  stride  through  the 
20  land.      Instead  of  'encouraging  the  patriot 
and  the  'philanthropist,  our  history,  like  that 
of  the  French  'republic  of  1793,  will  convey 
no  'cheering  hopes  to  the  oppressed  of  other 
countries,  but  will  only  'transmit  the  wreck 
25  of  our  'temple  of  liberty  down  the  current 


Wicked. 

Tainted. 

Unrestrained 

Disorder 

Shelter. 

Tyranny. 

Nation. 

Unmindful  of 

Forget. 

Unobscured. 

Judgments. 

Law. 

Vaunted. 

Brink. 

Title. 

Horrors. 

Stimulating. 

Lover  of  man 

Commonwoallli. 
Animating. 
Float. 
Fane. 


their  liberties?  2.  What  usually  precedes  despotism?  3.  Can  des- 
potism ever  exist  in  an  intelligent  and  virtuous  community?  4.  What 
may  the  people  justly  apprehend  when  the  laws  are  violated  with 
impunity?  (§2.)  5.  Can  a  government  ever  exercise  the  power  of 
tyranny  under  the  name  of  a  republic?  6.  What  was  the  power  that 
existed  in  France  in  1793  called?     7.  Why?     (§  3.)  8.  What  does  the 

♦  •'  Cities  and  nations  were  now  invited  to  Rome  by  the  ambitious,  to  dlsnonrert  the  sufFrafes. 
or  influence  them  in  their  own  favor;  the  pulilic  assemblies  were  so  many  conspiracies  against 
the  state,  and  a  tumultuous  crowd  of  seditious  wretches  were  dignified  wjtli  tlie  title  of  Comitia. 
The  authority  of  the  people  and  their  laws,  nay  that  people  themselves,  were  no  more  than  so 
many  chiiuseras,  and  so  universal  was  the  anarchy  of  those  times,  that  it  was  not  possible  to 
determine  whether  the  people  had  made  a  law  or  not. 

"The  grandeur  of  the  republic  was  the  only  source  of  that  calamity,  and  exasperated  populai 
tumults  into  civil  wars.  Dissensions  were  not  to  be  prevented,  and  those  martial  spirits,  winch 
were  so  fierce  and  formidable  abroad,  could  not  be  habituated  to  any  cousiderable  moderation 
at  home." — Causes  o/the  Rise  mid  Fall  of  the  Roman  Empire. 

"  Athens  fell,  because  the  errors  of  the  people  appeared  so  lovely  in  their  own  eyes,  that 
they  would  not  be  cured  of  them." — Ibid. 


CONCLUDING   REMARKS. 


of  time,  a  mournful  and  'melancholy  me- 
mento of  human  'wisdom. 

(§  3.)  It  is  possible  in  a  'republic  for  mob- 
law  and  anarchy  to  prevail  'during  the  ad- 

30  ministration  of  'virtuous  and  wise  rulers, 
but  whenever  such  is  the  'case,  it  infallibly 
denotes  previous  'mal-administration.  Good 
rulers  countenance  and  'support  wise  and 
'virtuous  laws.     Good  rulers  raise  nations  to 

35  the  'palmiest  heights  of  prosperity,  power, 
and  happiness.  Bad  rulers  'depress  them  to 
the  lowest  depths  of  corruption,  'depravity, 
and  'misery.  (§  4.)  In  our  country,  then, 
how  'important  is  it  that  the  people  should 

40  be  'thoroughly  educated,  that  they  may  se- 
lect good  rulers,  and  'cause  wise  laws  to  be 
'enacted  and  sustained.  It  is  indispensa- 
ble for  every  one  to  'understand  the  ele- 
ments of  'political  science,  and  possess  a 

45  knowledge  of  the  laws  which  are  'designed 
alike  to  'govern  and  protect  the  rich  and  the 
poor,  the  'ruled  and  the  rulers.  "  Sine  lege, 
est  sine  ratione,  modo,  ordine."*  'Every 
one  'ought  to  know  something  of  the  duties 

50  and  'responsibilities  of  civil  magistrates,  to 
know  whether  their  'influence  be  exerted  in 
favor  of  'learning  and  virtue,  or  whether 
they  are  the  'abettors  of  vice  and  crime. 


existence  of  mob  law  denote?  9.  What  is  produced  by  good  rulers'? 
10.  What  by  wicked  rulers?  11.  What  is  requisite  to  secure  good 
rulers  (§4.)  12.  Why  should  every  one  know  something  of  politi- 
cal science?      13.  Why  should  all  understand  the  duties  of  civil  ma- 

♦  "To  be  without  law,  is  to  be  without  reason,  order,  and  safety." 


CONCLUDING   REMARKS. 


^85 


(§  5.)  The  'chronicles  of  the  day  disclose 

55  the  existence  of  'crime,  and  violations  of  the 
laws  to  an  alarming  'extent  in  our  beloved 
country.  Frauds,  breaches  of  ])ublic  'trust, 
thefts,  incendiarism,  'mobs,  robberies,  mur- 
ders, and  otlier  'revolting affairs  have  arrived 

60  to  a  'pitch,  at  which  all  patriots  may  be  justly 
'alarmed.  We  are  all  perhaps  too  certain 
that  our  country  is  'rapidly  advancing  to 
power  and  'renown — too  insensible  of  the 
'accumulating    growth    of    ignorance     and 

65  'immorality,  and  too  indifferent  to  the  gradual 
but  'silent  progress  they  are  making  towards 
sapping  the  'foundation  of  our  laws,  and 
'overwhelming  the  institutions  of  the  republic. 
Let  all  be  aroused  to  constant 'vigilance.  (§6.) 

70  At  the  present  day  a  contest  is  'commencing, 
'misrhtier  than  ever  before  was  waged  —  the 
'strife  of  reason  against  error — the  contest 
of  the  'friends  of  republican  liberty  against 
the  benighted  and  'interested  friends  of  here- 

75  ditary  kings  and  'nobles.  Our  forefathers 
'fought  with  perishable  steel  for  the  liberty 
of  a  single  country.  We  fight  with  'impe- 
rishable reason  to  'sustain  what  they  won, 
and  for  the  rational  liberty  of  the   'whole 

80  world.  Let  correct  education  'pervade  our 
land — let  the  people,  'legislators,  and  rulers, 


Newspapers. 

Wickedness. 

Degree. 

Confidence. 

Tumults. 

Horrible. 

Height. 

Frightened. 

Speedily. 

Glory. 

Increasing. 

Vice. 

Insidious. 

Basis. 

Overthrow- 
ing. 

Watchfuhioss 

Beginning. 

Vaster 

Contest. 

Advocates. 

Selfish. 

Lords. 

Contended. 

Indestruc- 
tible. 

Uphold. 
Entire. 
Permeate. 
Law-makers. 


jjistratesl  (§5.)  14.  What  may  justly  alarm  all  good  citizens?  15. 
Of  what  are  we  all  probably  too  certain?  16.  What  are  gradually 
undermining  the  institutions  of  onr  country?  (§  6.).  17.  What  is  com- 
mencing at  the  present  day?  18.  For  what  did  our  forefathers  fight? 
19.  For  what  do  we  contend?      20.  What  will  correct  education  pro- 


286 


COiN'CLUDING   REMARKS. 


bestow  upon  it  their  utmost  'a id,  then  tyranny 
in  every  part  of  the  world  will  'give  place  to 
wise  laws  and  'enduring    liberty,    and    all 

85   will   attain  the  Christian's  highest  'reward. 
(§  7.)  The  'echo  of  the  voice  of  liberty 
has  reached  every  'monarchy  in  the  world. 
The  'embers  of  the  ruins  of  former  repub- 
lics, 'consumed  by  the  arts  and  arms  of  des- 

90  potism,  are  still  'glowing  on  European  soil. 
All  the  'potentates  of  the  earth,  their  nobles, 
their  'menials,  and  their  tools,  see  in  the  pro- 
mulgation of  sound  education  and  the  'rights 
of  man,  their 'utter  ruin,  and  their  irretrievable 

95  'ignominy.  Europe  may  boast  of  her  splen- 
did cities,  her  'stately  palaces,  her  magnifi- 
cent temples.  The  Pyramids,  all  the  'gigantic 
monuments  of  the  East,  the  'herculean  works 
of  art,  remain  alike  to  show  tlieir  'inutility, 

100  and  the  'effects  of  despotism — how  the  few 
may  gradually  'possess  supreme  power,  and 
make  the  many  their  'subservient  tools.  The 
monuments  of  the  'East  are  the  works  of 
despots  and  'tyrants.     (§  8.)  But  in  America 

105  is  reared  a  'mightier  monument  than  has 
ever  before  claimed  the  'admiration  of  man. 
It  is  the  monument  of  the  'intellect,  the  work 
of  patriots  and  philanthropists,  the  'charter 


Suppurt. 
Yield. 
Pernianeat. 
Recompense. 

Reverbera- 
tion. 

Kingdom. 

Cindtrs. 

Desolated. 

Burning. 

SovereigTis. 

Underlings. 

Privileges. 

TotaL 

Shame. 

Towering. 

Stupendous. 

Alcidean. 

Uselessness. 

Results. 

Enjoy. 

Slavish. 

Orieotal  world. 

Oppressors. 

Greater. 

Wonder. 

Mind. 

Constitution. 


duce?  (§  7.)  21.  What  has  reached  every  monarchy  in  the  world? 
22.  What  will  inevitably  follow  the  promulgation  of  sound  education 
and  the  rights  of  mani  23.  Of  what  may  Europe  boast?  24.  Of 
what  may  the  East  boast?  25.  What  is  meant  by  the  East?  (§  8.) 
26.  What  has  been  reared  in  America?  27.  What  is  constantly  held 
out  to  all  industrious  citizens  in  America?  28.  What  secures  this 
privilege?      29.  Among  what  classes   were   most  of  the    framers  of 


CONCLUDING  REMARKS. 


287 


of  rational  liberty.  It  holds  out  a  constant  'in- 

110  centive  to  merit,  for  it  'guarantees  equal  pri- 
vileges to  all :  its  'framers  rose  from  the  in- 
dustrious 'classes  of  the  citizens  of  the 
country.  The  two  most  'prominent  cha- 
racters in  its  'origin  were  both,  in  their  early 

115  'career,  numbered  among  the  mass  of  the 
laboring  people.  (§9.)  ^TAe^rs^,  possessing 
limited  'advantages  in  early  life,  inferior  to 
those  enjoyed  by  the  'youth  of  the  present 
day  at   our  'common    schools,  was,  when 

120  twenty  years  'old,  without  classic  knowledge, 
'laboring  at  days'  works  in  the  wilderness, 
as  a  common  'surveyor  of  land.  He  had  no 
badge,  no  claim  to  'distinction,  other  than  an 
'honest  heart,  and  a  sincere  desire  to  promote 

125  the  welfare  of  his  fellow-men.  '  The  other, 
at  the  age  of  twenty-four,  was  'toiling  at  the 
printer's  press,  in  Philadelphia,  and  'some- 
times working  at  the  'wheelbarrow  in  the 
'streets. 

irso  (^  10.)  Who  then  would  have  'thought, 
that  the  names  of  these  3'oung  'men  would 
have  been  known  out  of  the  '  limits  of  their 
own  'neighborhood,  and  even  there  but  for  a 
'brief  period  ?     Yet,  by  unwearied  industry, 

135  by  well-meant  'exertions,  they  outlived  the 


Stimulaut. 

Secures. 

Formers. 

Ranks. 

Eminent. 

Foundation. 

Life. 

Washington 

Means. 

Youn?. 

Public. 

Of  a^e. 

Toiling. 

Measurer. 

Honor. 

Open. 

Franklin. 

Laboring. 

Occasionally. 

Go-cart. 

Public  ways. 

Imagined. 

Laborers. 

Bounds. 

Vicinity. 

Short 

Efforts 


the  Constitution'?  (§9.)  30.  What  were  the  early  advantages  ol 
Washington'?  31.  Hovv  did  he  improve  them  ?  32.  Wliat  claim  had 
he  to  distinction?  33.  What  claim  has  he  to  our  regard?  34.  What 
can  you  say  of  Franklin?  35.  Can  you  name  any  other  distinguished 
men  who  contributed  largely  in  framing  the  Constitution?  36.  Are 
not  your  advantages  of  education  better  ?  (§  10.)  37.  How  do  you 
suppose  people  looked  upon  young  Washington  and  Franklin?     38. 


288 


CONCLUDING  REMARKS. 


opposition  incident  to  all  'meritorious  efforts. 
Their  names  will  glow  with  'perennial  bright- 
ness, when  the  names  of  the  'kingly  office- 
holders, those   clothed  with   the   'robes   of 

MO  power  in  their  day,  will  moulder  in  'oblivion. 
But  let  it  not  be  'supposed  that  they  gained 
their  'fame,  or  reared  those  enduring  mental 
monuments  that  will  bless  the  latest  'posterity, 
without  'opposition.    (§11.)  Washington  was 

145  'bitterly  denounced,  as  being  unfit  to  com- 
mand the  American  army,  a  'faction  was 
organized  to  ruin  his  fame  and  blast  his  'cha- 
racter. Franklin  was  'hurled  from  office, 
and  more  than  once  'seemed  to  be  on  the 

150  'brink  of  ruin.  Yet  for  their  country  they 
forgot  their  personal  ease  and  'comfort  — 
they  sought  not  the  'praises  of  men,  but  the 
path  of  'duty,  and  the  sanction  of  an  approv- 
ing conscience.     Let  every  one  'study  well 

155  the  patriotism,  the  'philanthropy,  the  piety 
of  past  'ages,  not  only  of  our  own,  but  of 
other  countries,  that  'actuated  by  those  pure 
examples,  each  may  be  'sustained  in  pursu- 
ing 'unwaveringly,  through  every  change  of 

100  fortune,  the  path  of  ^rectitude.  It  is  by  cease- 
less ^exertion,  in  imitating  the  great  and  good, 
that  we  best  promote  our  ov?n  ^happiness,  and 
advance  the  cause  of  our  ^holy  religion. 


What  dill  ibey  do  when  surrounded  by  difficulties?  39.  Was  their 
cause  just?  40.  Should  everyone  strive  to  be  engaged  in  a  good  call- 
ing? 41.  What  should  you  do  when  encompassed  by  opposition? 
(§  11.)  42.  What  can  you  say  of  some  of  the  difficulties  Washington 
encountered?  43.  What  olistacles  did  Franklin  encounter?  44.  What 
did  tliey  do  when  surrounded  by  troubles  ?     45.  Do  all  persons  encoun- 


Li: 


CONCLUDING   REMARKS. 


289 


(§  12.)  If  this  'work  shall  tend  in  the  slight- 

165  est  degree  to  'awaken  the  dormant  talent  of 
the  land;  if  it  shall  in  any  manner  'call  to 
the  'safety  of  the  Union  some  Cincinnatus 
from  'the  "plough,  some  Sherman,  Franklin, 
or  Washington  from  'manual  labor,  to  the 

170  affairs  of  state  and  the  cause  of  'education, 
the  'object  of  the  author  will  be  realized. 
If  'diffusing  political  science  shall,  in  the 
most  'remote  way  tend  to  awaken  the  minds 
of  the  community  to  the  'superior  subject  of 

175  the  sound  and  'efficient  education  of  the 
females  of  the  'land  ;  if  it  shall,  in  the  small- 
est 'degree,  call  attention  to  the  fact,  that  the 
'invisible  influence  of  woman  is  paramount  to 
all  others ;  the  principles  of  ^patriotism  and 

180 Christianity  will  be  ^better  disseminated. 
Ladies  Hvield  a  lever,  whose  prop  is  youth, 
whose  length  is  all  time,  whose  ^weight  is  the 
world,  and  whose  ^sweep  is  eternity.  (§  13) 
Let  woman  be  ^soundly  educated  ;  let  no  art, 

185  however  skilful,  no  science,  however  'intri- 
cate, no  'knowledge,  however  profound,  be 
'withheld  from  her  grasp ;  let  woman  be  pro- 
perly educated,  and  'enlisted  in  the  cause  of 
'common  school  education.     Let  the  natural 

190  'trainers  of  the  young  come  to  the  rescue, 
and  all  will  be  'safe.  The  portentous  cloud 
of  ignorance  and  of  'delusion,  that  now  over- 
shadows   our  country,  will  'disappear   like 


Book. 

Arouse. 

Summon. 

Security. 

Husliandry. 

Labor  of  the 
hauUs. 

Instruction. 

DesigTi. 

Disseminating. 

Distant. 

Paramount. 

Adequate. 

Country. 

Extent. 

Unseen. 
I  Philan- 
thropy .2 

Sooner. 

Move. 

Object. 

Extent. 

Thoroughly 

Difficult. 

Attainment. 

Kept. 

Engaged. 

General. 

Directors. 

Secure. 

Error 

Vanish. 


ter  troubles?  46.  What  should  all  do?  (§  12.)  47.  What  subject  is  of 
paramount  importance?  48.  What  power  does  woman  exert?  49. 
What  is    the  difference    between  fulcrum    and   prop,    in  the    181st 

— 


290 


CONCLUDING   REMARKS. 


mist  before  the  rising  sun.  'Education  may 
195  then  be  'placed  within  reach  o/all — man  will 
learn  his  'duty  to  himself,  his  fellow-crea- 
tures, and  his  'Creator.  The  powerful  will 
not  'pounce  upon  the  defenceless,  like  ti- 
gers, nor  marshal  armies  and  'ravage  the 
200  earth,  like  'famished  wolves.  Men  will  no 
longer  fawn  like  spaniels  in  the  'courts  of 
kings,  nor  'crawl  in  the  dust  like  serpents. 
Guided  by  the  'hands  of  gentleness  and  of 
kindness  in  childhood,  to  the  'perennial  founts 
205  of  literature,  they  will  attain  'manhood  with 
a  better  'relish  for  knowledge.  All  raised 
and  honored  by  the  'purest  moral  education, 
will  become  the  'fit  recipients,  and  the  effi- 
cient 'protectors  of  civil  and  religious  liberty. 


Knowledge. 

£xteuJed  to. 

Obligation. 

Maker. 

Spring. 

Desolate. 

Starving. 

Palaces. 

Creep. 

Influence. 

Ever  gushing 

Maturity. 

Taste 

Holiest. 

Suitable. 

Guardians. 


line?      (§13.)   50.  Why  should   woman  be   educated? 
the  substance  of  section  nine. 


LESSON   XLIX. 


51.  Repeat 


FINAL. 

AN  EXTENSION  OF  THE  AUTHOR'S  SYSTEM  OF  MARGINAL 

exehcises. 

Curious. 

(§  1.)   'Unique  as  the  pages  of 

Singular. 

Seemed. 

this  book  must  have  'appeared  to 

Looked. 

Glanced  at. 

tiie  reader  when  he  first  'saw  them. 

Perceived. 

Undoubtedly 

the  one  he  now  beholds  is  'surely 

Certainly. 

Bizarre. 

5  much  more  'so.     At  this  stage  of 

Outre. 

Needful. 

the  work  it  can  hardly  be  'neces- 

Requisite. 

1.  Wha.  do  you  suppose  is  the  design  of  the  double  column  of  mar- 
ginal words?  2.  Is  either  bizarre  or  outre  in  the  5th  line  a  defiaition 
or  a  synonym  of  so. ?     3.  Why  may  bizarre  and  outre  be  used  ? 


L 


CONCLUDING    REMARKS. 


291 


DJate. 

Multiplied. 

Certain. 

Procure. 

Stir  up. 

Study. 

Uleft. 

Exhibit. 

Scheme. 

Granted. 

Employing. 

Expression. 

Relation. 

Advancing. 

Signification. 

Conceived. 

Gained. 

Competent. 

The  more  so. 

Frame. 

Sentences. 

Kind. 

Found  place 
in. 

Sated. 

Descried. 

Cleared. 

Pointed. 

Make  up. 

Novitiate. 


saiy  for  the  author  to  'expatiate 
upon  the  'many  advantages  of  the 
marginal  exercises,  and  their  'in- 

10  evitable  tendency  to  'secure  marked 
attention  from,  and  'excite  intense 
thought  in  the  mind  of  the  pupil. 
It  only  'remains  for  him  here  to 
'display  and  explain  an  extension  of 

15  his  own  'system.  With  the  privi- 
lege already  'accorded  to  the  read- 
er, of  'giving  either  the  marked 
'word  in  the  body  of  the  page,  its 
'relative  in  the  margin,  or  a  word 

20  of  his  ow^n,  nearly  'approaching  in 
'sense  to  both  or  either,  it  might  be 
'supposed  that  the  variety  of  ex- 
pression thereby  'attained  would  be 
'sufficient  for  all  educational  pur- 

25  poses,  'especially  since  the  learner 
w^ould  naturally  be  led  to  'form  for 
himself  corresponding  'examples  of 
every  'description,  when  the  idea 
had  once  'entered  his  mind. 

30  (§  2.)  But  the  writer  is  not  'satis- 
fied with  having  'discovered  and 
'opened  a  new  road  through  the 
'sharp  rocks  and  tangled  under- 
brush, which  'constitute  so  much 

35  of  what   is  to  a  'tyro  the  hither 


EnlOTge. 

Multitudi- 
nous. 

Sure. 

Obtain. 

Incite. 

Reflection. 

Rests. 

Show. 

Plan. 

Given. 

Using. 

Term. 

Connection. 

Approximat- 
mg. 

Meaning. 

Thought. 

Reached. 

Ample. 

Particularly. 

Make. 

Phrases. 

Sort. 

Taken  root 
in. 

Contented. 

Found. 

Cut. 

Angular. 

Comorise. 

Beginner. 


4.    Miss    ,    will    you    name    some    definitions,   in    the    mar- 
ginal   columns?     5.    Miss  ,  will  you  name  some  synonyms? 

3.  Miss ,  will  you  name   some  words  which   are  neither  dfji- 

ititious  nor  synonyms?     7.  What  terms  are  opposite  in  meaning  to  tlit 
-vords  indicated  by  the  ('),  Miss  1 


292 


CONCLUDING  REMARKS. 


Division. 

Convinced 

Road. 

l^esome. 

Halt. 

Rectilinear. 

Practicable. 

Once. 

Desirous. 

Amended. 

Succeed. 

Relation. 

Cognizant. 

Benefit. 

Clearness. 

Principal. 

Blamed. 

Ascertained. 

Adorned. 

Usual. 

Searching. 

Authors. 

Affaira. 

Avowal. 

SpeciUcation. 

Versified. 


portion  of  the  unexplored  region  of 
learning;  for,  being  fully  'aware 
that,  take  it  as  we  will,  the  'way  is 
long  and  'toilsome  enough,  he  can- 

40  not  'rest  without  making  it,  so  far 
as  in  him  lies,  as  'straight,  smooth, 
level,  and  perfect  as  'possible. — 
Having  'already  acted  as  pioneer, 
he  is  now  'anxious  to  leave  nothing 

45  to  be  'bettered,  in  the  way  of  plan 
or  system,  by  those  who  may  'fol- 
low him.  With  'respect  to  execu- 
tion, he  is  fully  'sensible  of  his  ma- 
nifold deficiencies.    However,  'use- 

50  fulness  and  'perspicuity  having  been 
his  'main  objects,  he  can  scarcely 
be  'censured  for  want  of  elegance 
in  style,  when  it  is  'known  that  he 
did  not  aim  at  the  'ornate.    He  has 

55  availed  himself  of  the  '  common 
privilege  of  'consulting  the  various 
law  and  other  'authorities,  on  the 
'subjects  of  which  he  has  treated, 
and  deems  this  a  sufficient  'acknow- 

GO  ledgement,  without  '  particulariza- 
tion.*     For   the  '  metrical    scraps 


8.  Master 


will  you  name  three  definitions,  tliree  synonyms. 


and   three  words  which   are  neither?     9.  Wluit  terms  are  o;)/iosiie  i« 
meaning  to  the  words  indicated  by  the  ('),  Master  —— —  ? 

•  The  Author  has  sr.oken  freclv  nf  threatening  evils  m  our  repuhliran  institutions,  yet  he 
lionps  none  will  consider  tlifit  he  enterl:ims  the  leiisl  fieliriL'  (jf  disivirard  towanis  those  of  his 
fi.il.iw  ntizens  who  are  mc-inbcrs  of  llie  staMdiu-  army,  or  hold  imlitaiy  or  civd  offices  under 
Ihe  sfiueral  or  state  (roveriiments.  Those  tn^'h  officers  are  o'ten  chosen  Irom  the  ranks  of  the 
al;lest  men  in  the  Union ;  and  tlie  Aulhnr  believes  that  no  one  a iii;  them  would  be  so  incon- 
siderate as  to  take  olfence  at  remarks  which  are  necessiiry  for  a  foil  discussion  ot  the  jiolitical 
institutions  of  our  country;  he  has  spoken  not  of  the  office-holders,  hut  ot  the  system,  1  he 
evil  IS  not  the  work  of  the  st;m<lini  army  and  of  the  civil  miiKist rates,  but  is  upheld  by  and  in- 
cludes the  whole  community.  The  Author  would  further  oh.serve,  that  ho  has  endeavored  to 
say  notliinn  that  would  iii  any  manner  whatever  conflict  with  tlie  sound  opinions  of  any  politi- 
cal part)  or  Clu-islian  sect  m  the  Union. 


CONCLUDING  REMARKS. 


293 


Spread. 

Quondam. 

Scholar. 

'I'liought. 

List. 

FoUo. 

The  row. 

Perhaps. 

Work. 

Pre-repre- 
seuted. 

Pass  on. 

Secondary. 

Association. 

Pristine. 

Methods. 

Select. 

Elucidations. 

Pointed. 

Severally. 

Equivalent. 

Place. 

Following. 

Preceding. 

Example. 

Points. 

Different 
from. 

Modes. 
Depicted. 


'scattered  through  this  work,  he  is 
indebted  to  his  friend  and  'former 
'pupil,  Charles  J.  Lukens. 

65  (§  8.)  The  '  notion  of  a  second 
'line  of  marginal  words,  on  the  left 
of  the  'page,  to  correspond  with 
and  balance  'that  on  the  right, 
would   'probably  occur,  to   many 

70  persons  on  seeing  this  'book : — such 
thought  is  here  'anticipated.  The 
author  will  now  'proceed  to  explain 
and  illustrate  the  use  of  the  'sup- 
plementary line  in  'connection  with 

75  the  'original  one.  It  is  obvious  that 
we  have  two  distinct  'ways  from 
which  to  'choose,  as  the  marked 
word  may  either  have  two  'defini- 
tions or  synonyms,  or  two  'marked 

80  words  in  one  line  may  have  'each 
a  definition  or  'synonym  —  that  of 
the  word  first  in  'order  on  the  left 
of  the  page,  and  that  of  the  'second 
word  on  the  ri2;ht.     In  the  'former 

85  'case  but  one  mark  is  needed,  as 
usual ;  in  the  latter,  two  'marks  are 
required,  which  must  be  'unlike 
each  other.  Both  'methods  will 
now  be  'described  at  length,  pre- 


Dispersed. 

Late. 

Student. 

Idea. 

Column. 

Leaf. 

The  file. 

Likely. 

Volume. 

Foreshown, 

Go  on. 

Additional. 

Conjunction. 

Primary. 

Jlodes. 

Pick. 

Explanations 

Designated. 

Singly. 

Like  term. 

Rank. 

Succeeding. 

First. 

Instance. 

Cliaracters. 

Dissimilar  to. 

Plans. 

Represented. 


10.  Mr.. 


-,  how  many  words  conveying  a  similar  idea  can  you 


auhitltute  fov  scattered,  former,  pupil,  and  notion,  in  the  G2d,  63d,  64th, 
and  65ih  lines  respectively  1  11.  What  is  the  meaning  of  the  prefixes 
to  the  words  in  the  72d  and  the  74th  lines,  Mr. ?  12.  Illus- 
trate the  meaning  of  each  prefix  with  some  other  words,  Mr. . 

13.  The  Class. —  Spell  hy  letter  the  marginal  words.  14.  Name 
the  reverse  of  the  marginal  words. 


25* 


294 


CONCLUDING  REMARKS. 


Comiuctedly. 

NteJcd. 

Want. 

Unit. 

Do. 

Therefore. 

In  case. 

Used. 

Proposed. 

Allude. 

Confine. 

Borne  in 
mind. 

Special. 

Design. 

Off. 

After  all. 

Tlie  two. 

Permitted. 

Stations. 

Committed. 

Strait. 

Extension. 

Fix. 

Can. 

Troublesome 

Lone. 

Reach. 

Descripnon. 

Large. 


90  mising  that  they  may  be  used  'toge- 
ther in  the  same  page  if  'desirable. 
(§  4.)  If  we  'wish  to  define  the 
same  word  twice,  the  simple  'one 
[ '  ],  as  before  used,  will  'suflice,  and 

95  this  character  has  been  'accordingly 
selected  ;  but  'if  two  words  in  each 
line  are  to  be  'taken,  the  matter  is 
not  quite  so  clear.  It  might  be  'said 
that  1  should  'refer  to  the  left  hand 

100  'margin,  and  2,  to  the  right ;  but  it 
must  be  'remembered  that  2  has 
already  been  used  for  a  'specific 
'purpose  in  connection  with  the 
'right   margin,  and   that  it  would 

105  'still  be  needed  there.  (§  5.)  On 
the  whole,  in  'both  cases  the  1  and 
2  have  been  'suffered  to  keep  their 
old  'positions,  and  to  the  period  [•] 
is  'deputed  the  task  of  guarding  the 

ijo  left  margin.  In  a  page  so  'narrow 
as  this,  the  first  plan  is,  in  general, 
much  the  easier  to  'arrange,  for  it 
'will  be  seen  at  a  glance,  that  it  is 
rather  a  'difficult  thing  to  find  two 

115  words  in  any  'one  line  of  the  pre- 
sent 'length,  which  may  each  be 
supplied  with  a  -definition  or  'syno- 
nym, on  account  of  the  -great  'pre- 


lu  company. 

Wished. 

Desire. 

Prime. 

Answer. 

Conformably 

When. 

Defined. 

Affirmed. 

Direct. 

Border. 

Recollected 

Particular. 

Object. 

Second. 

Yet. 

AU. 

Allowed. 

Posts. 

Delegated. 

Contracted. 

Project. 

Order. 

May. 

Hard. 

Smgle. 

Extent. 

Equivalent. 

Outweighing 


15.  Miss 


-,  will  you    name   some  words    in    the    marginal 


columns  which  are  definitions  of  the  corresponding  words  in  the  texf? 
16.  What  words  in  the  marginal  columns  do  you  call  synonyms, 
Miss  1  17.  Name  some  words  which  are  neither  definitions* 
nor  synonyms,  Miss 18.   What  terms  are  in  opposite  mean- 


to  the  words  indicated  by  the  ('),  Miss 


conclBding  remarks. 


295 


Little. 

WorcU. 

Wlidlly. 

System. 

Brund. 

Questioned. 

Amplification 

One. 

Changed. 

Piimary. 

Drain. 

Appropriate. 

Can. 

Contain. 

Permitted. 

Text. 

Simple. 

E.-tplained. 

Arranse- 
ments. 

Head. 

Would. 

Leaf. 

Points. 

Learner. 

Connection. 

Terms. 

Hard. 

Jlay. 

Commence  rs 

Enjoyment. 


ponderance  of  -small  'undefinable 

120  •particles;  'therefore,  a  book  written 
•entirely  with  'double  margins  on 
the  second  -plan,  must  have  'com- 
paratively -wide  'pages.  It  may  be 
•doubted,  indeed,  'whether  such  se- 

125  cond  •extension  would  be  'more 
than  the  •single  margin  'under  a 
•different  'garb ;  every  long  line  re- 
presenting two  of  the  -original  'ones. 
To  -exhaust  the  'subject,  it  is  as 

130  'well  to  'say,  that  as  many  marginal 
lines  -may  be  'used  on  each  side  as 
the  page  will  -hold,  and  that  'they 
may  be  -allowed  to  'encroach  upon 
the  •story  itself,  till  that  is  'narrowed 

135  to  a -mere  thread,  with  'every  word 
in  it  •defined  and  're-defined,  and 
having  -provision  for  'extra  notes 
at  -top  and  'bottom. 

(§G.)  It  may  be  an  advantage  to 

HO  have  a  page  prepared  without  re- 
fei'ence  marks,  to  exercise  the  judg- 
ment of  the  scholar  in  designating 
the  correspondence  of  the  marginal 
words  with  those  in  the  text ;  and 

uo  this  is  not  such  a  difficult  task  but 
that  it  can  even  be  accomplished 
by  beginners,  who  will  take  the 
same  pleasure  in  it  as  in  solving  a 


Uiiinterpret- 
able. 

ConBequeuUy. 

Two. 

Relatively. 

Leaves. 

If. 

Better. 

In. 

Dress. 

Lines. 

Matter. 

Observe. 

Placed. 

The  margins. 

Intrude. 

Decreased. 

Each. 

Explained 
over. 

Further. 

Foot. 

Interest. 

Provided. 

Employ. 

Showing 

Bordering 

Narrative 

Thing. 

Done. 

Have. 

Explaining. 


19.  The  Class. —  Mention,  in  rotation,  the  opposite  of  each  mar- 
ginal word,  beginning  at  the  top  of  the  left-hand  cohimn.  20.  Name, 
in  rotation,  tlie  definitions,  synonyms,  and  the  words  which  are  neither 
Iclinitions  nor  synonyms,  in  the  marginal  columns. 


296 


CONCLUDING   REMARKS. 


n 


Charade. 

Pointers. 

Preceding. 

Intended. 

Like. 

Higher. 

Suitable 

When. 

Accurately. 

Change. 

Way. 

Alteration. 

Want. 

Apparently. 

Things. 

Concerning. 

A  singular. 

Complete. 

Put. 

Five  or  six. 


!    1    1    I    ! 
()      () 
Remarking. 
Punctuate. 
Liked. 
Division. 
Foregoing. 


riddle.     This  section  is  left  without 

150  the  references  as  a  specimen.  (§  7.) 
The  'above  remark  will  'also  apply 
to  an  -entire  omission  of  punctua- 
tion for  a  "similar  'purpose  but  only 
•advanced    scholars  should  be  're- 

155  quired  to  fill  in  the  -proper  'points 
and  -after  they  shall  have  'done  it 
•correctly  they  should  be  'instructed 
to  -vary  the  points  in  every  'possible 
•manner  they  will  'thereby  learn  the 

100  great  -change  of  meaning  'occa- 
sioned by  the  -omission  or  'mis- 
placement of  such  -seemingly  'in- 
significant -characters  When  'dis- 
putes -about  pointing  ran  high  years 

165  ago  -an  eccentric  'individual  pub- 
lished a  -whole  book  without  'stops 
and  -placed  at  the  'end  by  way  of 
appendix  -several  pages  of 'commas 
-semicolons  'colons  "periods  marks 

no  of  -exclamation  and  interrogation 
-parentheses  and  so  'forth  quaintly 
•observing  that  the  'reader  was  at 
liberty  to  -pepper  the  'hash  as  he 
-pleased    The  punctuation  is  'want- 

175  ing  in  this  -section  and  in  both  'this 
and  the  -preceding  the  reader  'will 


Printed. 

Sample. 

Further. 

Stopping, 

Design. 

Asked. 

Stops. 

Finished. 

Desired. 

Practicable. 

Thence. 

Caused. 

Wrong  posi- 
tion. 

Trilling. 

Contentions. 

Were  violent 

Personage. 

Dots. 

Close. 


?  I  T  i  I 
[]-*t  t  § 
Peruser. 

Alatter. 

Omitted. 

The  present 
section. 


21.  The  Class. —  Give,  in  rotation,  the  words  in  the  text  corre- 
sponding to  the  marginal  words,  beginning  witli  the  139lh,  and  ending 
with  the  150th  line.  22.  Name,  in  rotation,  the  places  where  pauses 
ought  to  be  made,  and  the  kind  of  stops  proper  to  insert,  beginning 
with  the  I51st,  and  eniling  with  the  lS4th  line.  23.  Mention,  in 
rotation,  the  definitions,  the  synonyms,  and  the  words  which  are  neither 
Iclinitions  nor  synonyms,  in  the  marginal  columns. 


CONCLUDING    REMARKS. 


297 


A  loss. 

Furiiish. 

Frubablo. 

Perfectly. 

Diversified. 

Eiluhited. 

Attachuig. 

Accuracy. 

May. 

Prior. 

Gives. 

Closely. 

Threads. 

Can. 

Constant. 

Make. 

Complete. 

Should. 

Said. 

Use. 

Different. 

The  ones. 

Pertain. 

Matter. 

Essentially 

Accompany- 
mg  passages 

A  number  of. 
Main  part. 
Moment. 


be  at  -sea  until  he  shall  'stop  and 
•supply  the  'points 

(§  8.)  It  is  not  -likely  that  'any 

185  one  should  -fully  'comprehend  the 
•varied  beauties  of  the  'system  here 
•presented,  and  the  happy  'effect  it 
must  have  in  -giving  'copiousness 
and  -precision  to  the  'style  of  such 

190  as  -shall  be  'drilled  by  it,  without 
•previous  'acquaintance  by  use. — 
It  -affords  us  three  separate,  'yet 
very  -nearly  connected  'narratives 
in  one :  three  -strands,  if  the  'ex- 

195  pression  -may  be  'allowed,  which, 
by  -continual  interweaving  'go  to 
form,  and  do  -form,  one  'strong  and 
homogeneous  cord — a  -perfect  'tria 
juncta  in  uno.   It  -may  likewise  be 

200  -remarked,  that  it  gives  'opportunity 
for  the  -employment  of  'phrases, 
totally  -distinct  in  'meaning  from 
•those  they  supply,  if  taken  'sepa- 
rately, but  which  •belong  'naturally 

205  to  the  -subject  in  'hand,  and  do  not 
•materially  'alter  the  meaning  of  the 
•context:  the  reader  may  have  'ob- 
served -many  such  'instances  in  the 
•body  of  the  'work.     (§  9.)  At  the 

210  same  -time  the  'writer  will  say,  that 


Proper  nlia- 
raclei's. 

Every. 

Understand. 

Plan. 

Result. 

.\mpUtude. 

Manner. 

Taught. 

Knowledge. 

But. 

Accounts. 

Mode   of 
speech. 

Permitted. 
Tend. 

Sound. 

Three  joined 
in  one. 

Aho. 

A  chance. 

Sentences. 

Signification. 

Apart. 

Properly. 

Progress. 

Change. 

Seen. 

Examples. 

Book. 

Author. 


24.  The  Class  — Name,  in  rotation,  the  opposite  of  each  marginal 
word.  25.  Name,  in  rotation,  the  definitions,  the  synony7ns,  and  the 
words  which  ai-e  neither  definitions  nor  synonyms,  in  the  marginal 
columns.  26.  Name,  in  rotation,  the  reverse  of  the  marginal  words. 
27.   Spell  by  letter  the  marginal  words. 


il 


298 

CONCLUDING   REMARKS. 

Deems. 

he  -considers  the  one  'marginal  Hne 

Border. 

EquaL 

•adequate  to  most  'purposes,  espe- 

Ends. 

Reason. 

cially  on    -account    of   the    'great 

Vast. 

'I'ltrows. 

labor  it  -entails  upon  all  'connected 

Concerned. 

Wntiiig. 

215  with  the  -composing  and  'compo- 

Printing.          ( 

Volume. 

siting  of  a  -book  of  this  'kind.     In 

Description. 

Truth. 

-fact,  the  public  can  have  no  'con- 

Idea. 

Prolix. 

ception   of  the  -tedious   and  'ha- 

Fatiguing. 

Character. 

rassing  -nature  of  the  'service  re- 

Duty. 

For 

220  quired;    -and  even  'those  used  to 

Psrsons. 

Come. 

publishing  would  -fall  far  'short  of 

OfE 

Reality. 

the  -truth  in  making  an  'estimate. 

Estimation. 

Conceded. 

This  being  -granted,  no  'one  will 

Person. 

Gainsay. 

-deny  that  a  double   'margin   must 

Edge.                ) 

Augment 

225  -increase  the  'difficulties  more  than 

Embarrass- 

Verily 

half:   -indeed,  the  writer   is  'truly 

Really. 

Pleased 

•delighted  to  find  himself  thus  'near 

Nigh. 

Termination 

the  -end  of  his  'self-imposed  "task — 

Self-created. 

and 

»  Labors. 

Placid. 

So  -gentle  'readers  al  1,  of  sexes  both  and  ev'ry  age. 

Hearers. 

Unyieldmg. 

From  this  time  forth  -unceasing  'war  with  error 
may  you  wage : 

Strife. 

Darkness  fell 

May  -ignorance  your  'presence  flee, 

Nearness. 

Heap  up. 

And  may  you  -gather,  'like  the  bee, 

As. 

Blossoms. 

Sweets   from   the    thought-flow'rs   'found  in 
books, — 

Grown. 

Bitter. 

The  -poison  'leave  behind, — 

Let. 

Stow. 

And  honey  -store  in  'ready  nooks 

Open. 

Crannies, 

And  -corners  'of  the  mind. 

In. 

Sedulous. 

On  -careful  'retrospection  you  will  find, 

Retracement 

Tracked. 

That  we  have  -traced  the  'jirogress  of  mankind 

Trials 

28.  The 

Class.  —  Name,  in   rotation,  terms  which  may  be  substi- 

tilted  foi-  tl 

e  words  indicated  in  the  text,  besides  those  in  the  margin. 

Name,  in 

rotation,  the  contrary  of  each  marginal  word.     29.   Name, 

ill  rotation, 

the  definitions,  the  synonyms,  and   {Ir^ivords  which  are  nei- 

ilier  dcfini' 

ions  nor  .synonyms,  in  the  tnnrt;inHl  columns.        30.   What 

1                                                                                                                             ~- — — — ■ II 

CONCLUDING   REMARKS. 

299 

Polity. 

In  -governtnent,  e'en  from  its  'very  birth 

Early. 

Current. 

Up  to  its  -present  'state  upon  the  Earth : 

Lot. 

Rough. 

Its  first  -rude  'elements  we  've  seen  resolved 

Principles. 

Heap. 

Into  a  -mass  of  codes  'crude  and  involved, 

Harsh. 

Darker. 

The  -complex  parts  of  which  'have  their  solution 

Reach. 

I.ast. 

At  -length  within  our  own  'free  Constitution. 

Great. 

Right. 

Of  -course  not  'perfect,  yet  so  near  perfection. 

Finished. 

That  Past 
Tune. 

•The  By-gone  well  may  'pardon  this  reflection, 

Sleep  on. 

Now  here. 

To  which  the  -Present  'offers  no  objection  ; 

Proffers. 

Coming. 

And  if  the  -Future  should  'propose  rejection 

Desire. 

Lesser. 

Of  -minor  'portions  of  our  glorious  laws. 

Clauses. 

Should. 

Care  -must  be  taken  that,  in  'mending  flaws, 

Helping. 

Larger. 

•Greater  mistakes  are  "haply  not  committed. 

Chauce-hke. 

By  it. 

So  that  they  'd  -thereby  be  for  'good  unfitted. 

Use. 

Cit'zen's. 

A  -voter's  'obligations  have  been  told. 

Bounden  du- 
ties. 

Ballot-box 
men. 

And  all  our  -sufl'rage-holders  'fully  warned 

Rightly 

Mmd. 

To  -see  that  freedom  is  not  'lightly  sold. 

Freely. 

Gone. 

For,  once  -lost,  'fruitlessly  will  it  be  mourn'd. 

Uselessly. 

Counsel. 

-Advice  is  'given  to  our  jurymen 

Offered. 

Wei»h  with 
care. 

To  .ponder  xcell  all  'facts,  so  that  they  may 

Truths. 

Render. 

•Bring  in  a  righteous  'verdict  ever,  when 

Judgment. 

Sworn. 

-Called  to  determine  truth,  and  'error  stay. 

Falsehood. 

Of  governors 

The  right  -executive  to  'pardon  crimes 

Free  from. 

Scanned. 

Hasbeen'examinedandall  its 'evils shown; 

Mischiefs. 

Indeed. 

•In  fact,  'amelioration  of  the  times 

A  hetter  pos- 
ture. 

On. 

Can  be  accomplished  -in  one  'way  alone. 

Plan. 

Vile  culprit. 

Let  the  -offender  'feel  that  punishment 

Learn. 

Fust. 

Is  sure  to  follow  -in  the  'steps  of  guilt; 

Track. 

Work.  out. 

Then  shall  our  laws  -effect  their  'full  intent. 

True. 

Green. 

And  flourish  -fair,  where  now  they  'droop 
and  wilt. 

Pine. 

Justices. 

Our  -magistrates  are  'counselled  to  beware 

Warned  here 

Perjured  evi- 
dence. 

Of  -testimony  false  ;  in  'short,  to  sift 

Fine. 

Causes. 

All  -cases  to  the  'bottom,  taking  care 

Utmost. 

Keep. 
1 

To    -guard    with    conscience    'whole    the 
people's  gift. 

Clear. 

will  be  foi 

md  on  retrospection?    31.  Into  what  have  we  se 

in  the  first 

rude  priiic 

■iples  of   government  resolved?      32.  Where  dc 

the  corn- 

plexities  o 
L 

fold  codes  find  their  solution?    33.  What  may  be 

pardoned 

300                           CONCLUDING   REMARKS. 

Women. 

The  claim  of  -females  to  'good  education 

Sound. 

Tlie  more 
impressed. 

Has  been  -insisted  on,  'because  our  youth 

For  that. 

Obtain. 

•Receive  of  them  first  'lessons ;  and  the  nation 

Teachings. 

Soar. 

Must  -rise  or   'fall  as  they  are  taught  the 
truth 

Smk. 

Falsehood. 

Or  -error — for  their  'potver  reaches  far, 

Influence 
spreads. 

As. 

And  -like  the  mothers  still  the  'children  are. 

Daughters. 

Close. 

To  -end — let  ev'ry  'reader  now  suppose, 

Person. 

Writer. 

That  here  the  -author  takes  with  'tremb- 
ling grasp 

Quiv'ring. 

Palm. 

His,  or  her  -hand,  'anxious  before  he  goes 

Yearning. 

Give  and  take 

To    -hiterchange    with    each    a    'friendly 
clasp ; 

Hearty. 

'Mongst. 

For -midst  the  living  Time 'remorseless  mows, 

Regardles!?. 

Smce. 

And,  -as  they  ne'er  may  'meet  again,  with 
gasp 

Join. 

Of  sorrow. 

-Convulsive  hear  him  falter  'feebly  fordi 

Faintly. 

Livers. 

To  -dwellers  'in  the  East,  West,  South,  and  North, 

Of. 

Sound. 

That  -word  which  still  will  'linger  in,  the 
throat. 

Halt  witliin. 

Enounced. 

-Pronounced  in  any  'form,  abroad,  at  home, — 

Way. 

Round. 

Adieu,  or  -fiank    'Good-bye,  which  most 
we  note 

God  speed. 

Heart. 

For  -truth  : — but  still,  within  'another  tome 

A  second. 

CompaniorL 

They  may  -encounter,  and  'together  roam 

In  concert.. 

Patlis. 

The  -fields  of  'knowledge  yet,  if  all  shoidd 
float 

Wisdom. 

Buoyant. 

-Lightly  upon  life's  sea,  nor  'sink  beneath  the 
swell 

Fall 

Raging. 

Of  trouble's  -stormy  waves — So  now  'at  length, 
Farewell. 

A  kind. 

by  the  Past?     34.  When  must  care  be  taken?     35.  Wliat  ba.ve  voters 

been  warned  to  see?     36.  Wliat  should  jurymen  ponder?     37.  How 

only  can    the  condition   of  society  be  made   more   safe?     38.  What 

should  be  guarded  by  magistrates?     39.  What  does  the  author  say  in 

conclusion?     40.  What  is  a/^t/era/jon.?     41.  Point  out  the  instances  of 

alliteration  in  section  nine.     42.  What  words  on   page  300  are  defini- 

tions?    43.  What  words  are    synonyms?     44.  What  words  are  nei- 

ther?    45.  What   is    the   object    of   gaining    knowletlge  ?     40.  How 

should  each  one  strive  to  live  ? 

I  .    ..                      . 

LESSON    L 


ONWARD — UPWARD. 

1.  Thou'  who  sitt'st  in  'mournful  silence, 

'Brooding''  o'er  the  ills  of  life ; 
Turn  not/  0  disconsolate  'brother/ 
From  the  'murky  field  of  strife  !^ 

2.  Up/  and  'gird  thyself  with  firmness  I'^ 

'Say'  "I  will !"' — and  it  is  done  ;^ 
'Boldly  tread  the  lists/  defying 
Trials/  and  the  'race  is  won  !^ 

3.  Weak'  may  be  thy  best  'endeavor,^ 

Still  'go  on' — act  well  thy  part  I'^ 
Lakes'  and  mighty  'rivers    often 
E'en'  from  'puny  fountains'  start.^ 

4.  Every  'great  result'  accomplished/ 

Has  been  'won'  by  tedious  fight ;'' 
'Weary  months'  and  years  of  effort' 

Have  from  'darkness'  brought  the  light.^ 

5.  Men  have  'trod  the  path'  before  you ;'' 

'Reached  the  highest  point'  of  aim  ;'' 
Up/  then,^  up/  disheartened  'brother  !^ 
'Launch  thy  fragile  bark'  again  !"> 

HiJGHAN. 

26 


Gloomy. 
Pining. 

Mortal.2 

Troublea. 

Clothe. 

Speak. 

Firmly. 

End. 

Exertion. 
Push. 
Waters.2 
Petty. 

Grand. 
Gained. 
Tiresome. 
Blindness. 

Walked. 
Touched. 
Sister.2 
Float. 


(301) 


302 


THE    LOVE    OF    COUNTRY    AND     OF    HOME. 


LESSON    LI. 


THE    LOVE    OF    COUNTRY    AND    OF    HOME. 


1.  There  is  a  'land'',  of  every  land  the  pride''. 
Beloved  by  heaven^  o'er  all  the  'world  beside^  ; 
Where  brighter  suns'*  dispense  'serener  light\ 
And  milder  'moons^  imparadise  the  night^ ; 

A  land  of  beauty  ,  virtue,  'valor,  truth,'' 
'Time-tutored  age',  and  love-exalted  youth''. 

2.  The  wandering  'mariner',  whose  eye    explores' 
The  wealthiest  isles',  the  most  'enchanting  shores'', 
'Views  not  a  realm'  so  bountiful  and  fair,' 

Nor  breathes  the  spirit'  of  a  'purer  air^ ; 
In  every  'clime,  the  magnet  of  his  soul'. 
Touched  by  remembrance  ,  trembles  to  'that  pole'' : 

3.  For  in  this  'land  of  heaven's  peculiar  grace,' 
The  heritage  of  nature's  'noblest  race,' 
There  is  a  'spot  of  earth'  supremely  blest^, 
A  dearer',  'sweeter  spot^  than  all  the  rest'', 
Where  man,  creation's  tyrant,  'casts  aside 

His  sword'  and  'sceptre'',  pageantry'  and  pride^. 


Place. 

Earth. 
Purer. 

Stars.2 
Honor. 
Venerable.2 

Seaman. 

Alluring 

Sees. 

Serener. 

Land. 

The. 

Clime. 

Purest. 

Land. 

Better.  2 

Puts. 

Salire.2 


4.  While',  in  his  'softened  looks',  benignly  blend'  j  aumor.a 
The  'sire^,  the  son^,  the  husband'',  father',  friend^,     j  protector. 
Here  woman  'reigns^;  the  mother',  daughter',  wife  ,  Rules. 
Strews  with  'fresh  flowers'  the  narrow  way  of  life'' ;  j  New. 

In  tlio  'clear  heaven'  of  her  delightful  eye',  I  Pure. 

An  'angel-guard  of  loves  and  graces  lie'' ;  Seraph. 

5.  'Around  her  knees'  domestic  duties  meet'',  About.2 
And  fireside  pleasures'  'gambol  at  her  feef".  Frolic. 
Where  shall  that  land,  that  spot  of  'earth,  be  found  ?  Ground.2 

Glance. 
Wilt.2 


Art  thou  a  man'  ?  a  patriot'  ?  'look  around^  ; 

Oh !  thou  'shalt  find',  howe'er  thy  footsteps  roam,' 

That  land  thy  country',  and  tliat  'spot'  thy  home^.  ',  Place. 


OUR   COUNTRY. 

303 

LESSON    LII. 

OUR   COUNTRY. 

1.  'Our  country''  ! — 'tis  a  glorious  land  !^ 

America.2 

With  broad  'arms^  stretch'd  from  shore  to  shore,'* 

Wings.2 

The  proud  Pacific  'chafes  her  strand,^ 

Washes. 

She  hears  the  'dark  Atlantic  roar  ;^ 

Deep.2 

2.  And,  'nurtur'd^  on  her  ample  breast, 

Cherished. 

How  many  a  'goodly  prospect  lies^ 

Noble.2 

In  Nature's  'wildest  grandeur  drest,'' 

Sublime. 

Enamel'd^  with  'her  loveliest  dyes.'^ 

The.2 

3.  Rich  prairies,  deck'd  with  'flowers  of  gold,'' 

Roses.2 

Like  sunlit  oceans  'roll  afar  ;"* 

Move.2 

'Broad  lakes  her  azure  heavens  behold,'' 

Wide. 

Reflecting  clear  each  'trembling  star,^ 

Twinkling. 

4.  And  mighty  'rivers,  mountain-born,-' 

Torrents.2 

Go  sweeping  'onward,^  dark  and  deep,'' 

Forward. 

Through  forests^  where  the  'bounding  fawn'' 

Running.2 

'Beneath  their  sheltering  branches  leap.^ 

tJnder.2 

5.  And  'cradled  mid  her  clustering  hills. 

Nursed.2 

'Sweet  vales^  in  dreamlike  beauty  hide,'' 

Green. 

Where  love^  the  air  with  music  'fills. 

Trills. 

And  calm  'contenf  and  peace  abide  ;^ 

Repose.2 

6.  For  plenty  here''  'her  fullness  pours'' 

In. 

'In  rich  profusion^  o'er  the  land,^ 

Her.2 

And  sent  to  'seize  her  generous  store,'' 

Take.2 

There  'prowls  no  tyrant's  hireling  band.^ 

Creeps.2 

Give  the  reverse*  of  some  of  the  marginal  words. 

*  The  reverse  of  several  hundred  words  is  given  In  the  Practical  Sp 

elling  Book 

by  Joseph  Bnrtlett  Burleigh. 

-,-u 

304 


UNION LIBERTY. 


LESSON    LIII. 


UNION — LIBERTY. 

1.  Hail/  ^our  countufs  natal  morn,^ 
Hail/  our  ^spreading  kindred  born,^ 
Hail/  thou  'banner  not  yet  torn, 

'Waving'  o'er  the  free!^ 
'While,  this  day  in  festal  throng/ 
'Millions'  swell  the  patriot  song,^ 
Shall  not  we  thy  'notes  prolong/ 

'Hallowed  Jubilee  ?^ 

2.  Who  would  'sever  freedom's  shrine  ? 
Who  should  'draw  the  invidious  line  ? 
Though  by  birth,  one  'spot  be  mine,'' 

'Dear'  is  all  the  rest  :^ 
Dear'  to  me  the  South's  'fair  land,"^ 
Dear/  the  'central  Mountain  band,'' 
Dear,'  Now  England's  'rocky  strand,'' 

Dear'  the  'prairied  West.^ 

3.  By  our  'altars,'  pure  and  free,'' 
By  our  Law's,  'deep  rooted  ti-ee,^ 
By  the  past's  'dread  memory,'' 

By  'our  Washington  ;^ 
By  our  common  'parent  tongue,^ 
By  our  hopes,  'bright,  buoyant,  young,^ 
By  the  'tie'  of  country  strong,' 

We  will  'still  be  one.'' 

4.  'Fathers  !^  have  ye  bled  in  vain  V 
Ages  !''  'must  ye'  droop  again  ?' 
'Maker  !^  shall  we  rashly  stain'' 

'Blessings  sent  by  Thee  ?' 
No !    receive  our  'solemn  vow,'' 
'While  before  thy  throne  we  bow/ 
Ever  to  'maintain  as  now' 

'Union  — Liberty.^ 

Give  the  reverse  of  some  of  the  marfijinal  words. 


YOUTHFUL    AMBITION. 


305 


LESSON    LIV. 


YOUTHFUL    AMBITION. 


1.  'Higher,  higher,  -will  we  climb'' 

Up  the  'mount  of  glory  ;^ 
That  our  names^  may  'live,  through  time, 

In  our  'country's  story  ;^ 
'Happy,  in  our  country's  cause/ 
To  'defend  our  rights  and  laws!^ 

2    'Deeper ;    deeper  ;    let  us  toiF 
In  the  'mines  of  knowledge  :^ 

Nature's  wealth,  and  learning's  'spoil/ 
'Win  from  school  and  college  ;^ 

'Delve  we,  there,  for  richer  gems'* 
Than  the  'stars  of  diadems.^ 

3.  'Onward ;  onward ;  will  we  press'' 

In  the  'path  of  duty  :^ 
'Virtue  is  true  happiness  ; 

Excellence,  'true  beauty  :"*' 
Minds  are  of  'supernal  birth  / 
Let  us  'make  a  heaven  of  earth.^ 

4.  'Closer ;  closer ;  let  us  knif 

Hearts  and  'hands  together,^ 
Where  'our  fire-side  comforts  meef 

In  the  'wildest  weather  ;'^ 
0,  they  wander  'wide,  who  roam'' 

For  the  'joys  of  life,  from  homel^ 

5.  Nearer;  nearer;  'bands  of  love'' 

Draw  our  'souls,  in  union. 
To  our  Father's  'house  above  ;^ 

To  the  'saints'  communion  :'^ 
Thither  may  our  'hopes  ascend,'' 

There^  'may  all  our  labors  end.^ 

26* 


Upward. 

Hin. 

Last. 

Union's. 

Blissful. 

Know.2 

Further. 

Depths. 

Gain.2 

Get. 

Search. 

Crowns. 

Higher, 

Way. 

IIonor.2 

Real. 

Heavenly. 

Form. 

Nearer. 

Heads.2 

The. 

Stormiest. 

Far.2 

Bliss. 

Cords.2 

Minds.3 

Home.2 

Spirits.2 

nearts.2 

Let.2 


306  THE    THRIVING    FAMILY;     THE    STATES. 


WASHINGTON.  PBNN. 

LESSON    LV. 

THE   THRIVING   FAMILY;    THE   STATES. 

1.  Our  'father  lives  in  Washington/ 

And  *has  a  world  of  cares,"^ 
But  gives  his  'children  each  a  farm/ 
Enough  for  them  and  'theirs  ;^ 

2.  Full  thirty-one  grown  'boys  has  he/ 

A  numerous  'race  indeed,^ 
Married  and  settled,  'all,  d'ye  see/ 
With  boys  and  'girls  to  feed,^ 

3.  And  if  we  'wisely  till  our  lands, 

We  're  sure  to  'earn  a  living,'' 

And  have  'a  penny,  too,  to  spare,^ 

For  ^spending  or  for  giving.^ 

4.  A  'thriving  family  are  we,^  ^ 

No  'lordling  need  deride  us,'' 
For  we  know  'how  to  use  our  hands,^ 
And  in  our  'wits  we  pride  us  ;^ 

'Ilail,^  brothers,''  hail  !^ 
Let  noughf  on  earth  'divide  us.'' 


Pareiit.2 
Sees. 

Offspring. 
Heirs. 

Lads. 
Clan. 
Each. 
Maids. 

Sagely. 
Get. 

Some 
money. 

Laying 
out  or 

Thrifty. 

Nabob. 

Wheu.2 

Tact. 

Joy. 

Sunder. 


THE   THRIVING   FAMILY;    THE    STATES. 


307 


5.  Some  of  us  dare  the  'sharp  north-east,"* 

Some,  clover-fields  are  'mowing  ;^ 
And  others  Hend  the  cotton-plants'' 
'That  keep  the  looms  a-goiug.^ 

6.  Some  build^  and  steer^  the  white-winged  'ships,^ 

And  few  in  speed  can  'mate  them  ;"* 
While  others  'rear  the  corn^  and  wheat,^ 
Or  grind  the  flour,''  to  'freight  them.^ 

7.  And  if  'our  neighbors  o'er  the  sea'' 

Have  e'er  'a;t  empty  larder, 
To  'send  a  loaF  their  babes  to  cheor,^ 
We  '11  'work  a  little  harder. 

8.  No  old  'nobility'  have  we,"* 

No  'tyrant-king  to  ride  us  ;"** 
Our  'sages  in  the  CapitoF 

Enact  the  'laws  that  guide  us.^ 

Hail,'  'brothers,'  hail  !^ 
Let  nought  on  earth  'divide  us.'' 

9.  Some  'faults  we  have,'  we  can't  deny ; 

A  'foible  here  and  there  ;'' 
But  'other  households'  have  the  same,^ 
And  so,  we"ZZ  not  despair.^ 

10.  'Tvrill  do  no  good  to  'fume  and  frown,^ 

And  call  'hard  names,  you  see,^ 
And  't  were  a  'burning  shame  to  parf 
So  'fine  a  family.^ 

11.  'T  is  but  a  'waste'  of  time  to  fret,'' 

Since  nature  'made  us  one,^ 
For  every  quarrel  'cuts  a  thread' 
That  'healthful  love  has  spun.^ 

12.  So  draw  the  'cords'  of  union  fast,"* 

Whatever  may  'betide  us,"* 
And  closer  'cling'  through  every  blast,'^ 
For  many  a  'storm  has  tried  us.^ 

Hail,'  'brothers,'  hail  I"* 
Let  nought  on  earth^  'divide  us."*     [Mrs.  sigoumey. 


Keen. 

Sowmg.2 
Watch.2 
Wliich. 

Barks. 
Match. 
Raise. 
Load. 

Good  2 
A  sc8.iity.2 
GiTe.2 
ToU. 

Aristocrats 

Kuthless.2 

CongTess.2 

Rules. 

Brethren. 

Sever. 

Sins. 

Weakness. 
Many. 
Won't. 

Fret. 
Bad. 
Lasting. 
Fair. 

Loss. 
Formed. 
Parts. 
Truthful. 

Bonds. 

Befall. 

Hold. 

Gale. 

Partners. 

Destroy. 


Give  the  reverf  e  of  some  of  the  marginal  words. 


308 


WOODMAN    SPARE    THAT    TREE. 


LESSON    LVI. 


WOODMAN    SPARE    THAT    TREE. 


,  Woodman^  'spare  that  tree  ?^ 

'Touch  not'  a  single  bough  T 
In  youth'  it  'sheltered  me/ 

And  I'll'  'protect  it  now.'^ 
'Twas'  my  'forefather's  hand' 

That  placed  it'  'near  his  cot  ;^ 
There  'woodman'  let  it  stand, 

Thy  axe'  shall  'harm  it  not  !^ 

That  old'  'familiar  tree/ 

Whose  'glory'  and  renown' 
Are  'spread'  o'er  land  and  sea,^ 

And  would'st'  thou  'hack  it  down  ? 
Woodman/  'forbear  thy  stroke  !^ 

'Cut  not'  its  earth-bound  ties  ;^ 
Oh !  spare'  that  'aged  oak/ 

Now  'towering'  to  the  skies  V^ 

When'  but  'a?i  idle  boy/ 

I  sought'  its  'graceful  shade' 
In  all'  my  'gushing  joy  ;^ 

Here  too'  my  sisters  'played.^ 
My  mother  'kissed  me  here  ;^ 

My  father'  'pressed  my  hand — ^^ 
■Forgive'  this  foolish  tear,"* 

But  let'  that  'old  oak  stand.^ 

My  heart-strings'  'round  thee  cling, 

Close  as  thy  bark,'  'old  friend!'' 
Here'  shall  the  'wild  bird  sing. 

And  still'  thy  branches  'bend.^ 
Old  tree !    the  'storm'  still  brave  V" 

'And,'  woodman,'  leave  the  spot  ;^ 
While  ^I've  a  hand  to  save,^ 

Thy  axe'  shall  'harm  it  not.^ 


SPORTSMAN   SPARE   THE   BIRD. 

309^ 

LESSON    LVII. 

SPORTSMAN   SPARE   THE   BIRD. 

1.  'Spare''  the  gentle  bird, 

Save. 

Nor  do^  the  'warbler  wrong  ;^ 

Singer. 

In  the  green  'wood^  is  heard^ 

Tree.2 

Its  sweet^  and  'happy  song  ;^ 

Blissful. 

Its  song'  so  'clear  and  glad/ 

Piire.2 

Each  list'ner's  'heart'  hath  stirred,^ 

Breast. 

And  none/  however  "sad/ 

Bad.2 

But  bless'd'  that  'happy  bird,'*' 

Peaceful,2 

2.    And  'when/  at  early  day/                                  "" 

I£ 

The  'farmer'  trod  the  dew, 

Plougman. 

It  'met  him'  on  the  way' 

Greets. 

With  'welcome/  blithe  and  true.'' 

Singing. 

So/  when/  at  'weary  eve/ 

Lonely. 

He  homeward'  'wends  again, 

Goes. 

Full  'sorely'  would  he  grieve' 

Sadly. 

To  'miss'  the  well-loved  strain.'' 

■Want.2 

3.  The  'mother,'  who  had  kept' 

Parent.2 

'Watch'  o'er  her  wakeful  child, 

Guard. 

'Smiled"^  as  the  baby  slept,' 

Laughed.2 

'Soothed'  by  its  wood-notes  wild  j'' 

Lulled. 

And  gladly'  had  she  'flung' 

Swung, 

The  'casement'  open  free,^ 

Window. 

As  the  'dear'  warbler  sung' 

Prized. 

From  out'  the  'household  tree.^ 

Homestead 

4.  The  'sick  one'  on  his  bed' 

Poor.2 

Forgets  his  'weariness,' 

Tiredness. 

And  'turns'  his  feeble  head' 

Bends. 

To  'list  its  songs,'  that  bless' 

Hear. 

His  spirit,'  'like  a  stream' 

Aa. 

Of  'mercy'  from  on  high,^ 

Kindness. 

Or  'music'  in  the  dream' 

Gladness. 

'That  seals'  the  prophet's  eye.** 

Which. 

310                                ALL  'S    FOR    THE    BEST. 

5.  0  !  'laugh  not^  at  my  words/ 

Smile. 

To  warm^  your  'childhood's  hours,"^ 

Youthful. 

'Cherisl/  the  gentle  birds/ 

Nourish. 

'Cherish^  the  fragile  flowers;"^ 

Prizo  well. 

'For  since  man  was  boreff 

And. 

Of  Paradise^  in  'tears, 

Fear8.2 

God^  these  'sweet  things^  hath  leff 

Dear. 

To  'cheer''  our  eyes  and  ears.    Bethdne. 

Greet.2 

LESSON   LVIII. 

all's  for  the  best. 

1.  All  's  for  the  best  ;^  be  'sanguine  and  cheerful  ;^ 

Hopeful. 

Troubles^  and  'sorrows^  are  friends  in  disguise  ;^ 

Mourning. 

Nothing^  'but  folly'^  goes  faithless^  and  fearful  ;"* 

Save. 

'Courage  for  ever^  is  happy  and  wise  i'^ 

Bravery. 

All 's  for  the  best^ — if  'man  would  but  know  it  ;^ 

We.2 

Providence'  wishes  'ws  all  to  be  blest  -^ 

Each  one.2 

'This  is  no  dream'  of  the  pundit'  or  poet ;'' 

It. 

Heaven  is  'gracious,  and' — All 's  for  the  best  !^ 

Friendly. 

2.  All  'a  for  the  best  T  'set  this  on  your  standard,' 

Put. 

Soldier  of  'sadness,'  or  pilgrim  of  love,^ 

Sorrow. 

Who'  to  the  'shores  of  Despair'  may  have  wandered. 

Beach. 

A  'way-wearied  swallow,'  or  heai-t-stricken  dove  :'^ 

Sorrowing. 

All 's  for  the  best  ]> — be  a  man,  'but  confiding,^ 

Be.2 

Providence'  'tenderly  governs  the  rest,'' 

Kighteoua- 

And  the  'frail  bark'  of  his  creature'  is  guiding, 

Weak. 

'Wisely'  and  warily,'^  all  for  the  best.'' 

Rightly. 

3.  All's  for  the  best!^ — then  'fling  away  terrors. 

Tlirow. 

'Meet  all  your  fears'  and  your  foes  in  the  van,^ 

Got.2 

And'  in  the  midst  of  'your  dangers'  or  errors,'' 

Thy. 

'Trust  like  a  child,'  while  you  strive  like  a  man:** 

Hope. 

All 's  for  the  best  I'' — 'unbiassed,'  unbounded/ 

Unsullied. 

Providence'  'reigns  from  the  east'  to  the  west  -^ 

Rules. 

And  by  both  wisdom'  and  'mercy  surrounded,'' 

Goodness. 

'Hope'  and  be  happy  that' — All 's  for  the  best.^ 

Trust. 

TtrppER. 

1 

Give  the  reverse  of  some  of  the  margLaal  words. 

THE   REAPER   AND   THE   FLOWERS. 

311 

LESSON    LIX. 

THE   REAPER  AND   THE   FLOWERS. 

1.  There  is  a  'Reaper^  whose  name  is  Death^, 

Cra'IIer.2 

And^,  with  his  'sickle  keen', 

Cradle. 

He  'reaps''  the  bearded  grain''  at  a  breath^, 

Cuts. 

And  the  'flowers''  that  grow  between^. 

Blossoms. 

2.  "  Shall  r  have  nought'  that  is  fair  ?"  'salth  he^ ; 

Quoth. 

"  Have  nought''  but  the  'bearded  grain  ? 

Headed. 

Though  the  'breath  of  these  flowers'  is  sweet  to  me^, 

Life. 

I  will  ^give  ihem''  all  back  again""." 

Return 
them  all. 

3.  He  gazed   at  the  flowers''  with  'tearful  eyes, 

Wishful. 

He  kissed'  their  'drooping  leaves^ ; 

With'ring. 

It  was  for  the  'Lord'  of  Paradise^, 

God. 

He  'bound  them'  in  his  sheaves^, 

Tied. 

4.  "  My  Lord'  'has  need  of  these  flowerets  gay  ", 

Hath. 

'The  Reaper  said',  and  smiled^  ; 

This. 

"  'Dear  tokens'  of  the  earth'  are  they, 

Fine. 

Where  he""  ^was  once''  a  child^. 

Hath  heen. 

5.  "  They  'shall  all  bloom'  in  fields  of  light, 

Will. 

'Transplanted'  by  my  care'". 

Removed. 

And  saints',  upon  their  'garments  white. 

Vestments. 

These  sacred  'blossoms'  wear'"." 

Leaflets.2 

6.  And  the  'mother  gave',  in  tears  and  pain, 

Parent.2 

The  'flowers'  she  most  did  love'" ; 

Treasures. 

She  'knew'  she  should  find  them  all  again', 

Sa-w. 

In  the  'fields'  of  light  above"". 

Land.2 

7.  0,  not  in  cruelty',  'not  in  wrath'", 

Nor.2 

The  Reaper'  came  'that  day'" ; 

This.2 

'Twas  an  angel  'visited  the  green  earth', 

Came  to. 

And  took'  the  'flowers  away'".     Lrnigfoimo. 

Children.2 

312 


THE   WASTE    OF   WAR. 


LESSON    LX. 

THE   WASTE   OF   WAR. 

1.  Give  me  the  'gold'  that  war  has  cost/ 

'Before  this  peace-expanding  day  ;^ 
The  'wasted  skilF  the  labor  lost' — 

The  mental  treasure'  'thrown  away ;'' 
And  I  will  ^buy  each  rood  of  soil' 

In  every  'yet  discovered  land,^ 
"Where  hunters  roam,'  where  'peasants  toil/ 

Where  'many  peopled'  cities  stand.^ 

2.  I'll  'clothe  each  shivering  wretch'  on  earth"' 

In  needful/  nay/  in  'brave  attire  ;^ 
'Vesture  befitting  banquet  mirth' 

Which  'kings'  might  envy  and  admire.^ 
In  every  vale/  on  every  'plain/ 

A  school'  shall  glad  the  'gazer's  sight, 
Where  every  'poor  man's  child'  may  gain' 

Pure  'knowledge,'  free  as  air  and  light.^ 

3.  I'll  'build  asylums'  for  the  poor,' 

By  age  or  'ailment'  made  forlorn ; 
And  none'  shall  'thrust  them  from  the  door,^ 

Or'  sting  with  'looks'  and  words  of  scorn.^ 
I'll  'link'  each  alien  hemisphere  ;^ 

Help  'honest  men'  to  conquer  wrong ;'' 
Art,'  Science,'  Labor,'  'nerve  and  cheer; 

'Reward   the  poet  for  his  song.^ 

4.  In  every'  free  and  peopled  clime,' 

A  'vast  Walhalla*  hall'  shall  stand  ;^ 
A  marble  'edifice  sublime,' 

For  Hhe  ilkistrims^  of  the  land  ;^ 
A  Pantheon't  for  the  'truly  great,' 

The  'wise,  beneficent  and  just  ;^ 
A  place'  of  wide  and  'lofty  state,' 

To  honor'  or  to  'hold  their  dust,^ 


Sum. 
Afore. 
Ruined. 
Cast. 
Purchase 
all  the. 
Now. 
Fanners. 
All  the.2 

Drape. 

Fine. 

Garments. 

Chiefs. 

Main.2 

Looker's.2 

Low.2 

Tower. 

Rear. 

Sickness. 

Push. 

Taunt. 

]3ind. 

Upright. 

Aid. 

And  pay. 

Nohly.2 
Great. 
Museum.2 
Each  inhar 

bitant. 
Really. 
Pure. 
Swelling. 
Keep. 


Give  (.hoTcverse  of  some  of  the  marginal  words.  [See  the  Practical  Spelling  Book, 
pages  4(3,  81,  82,  and  83,  by  Joseph  Bartlett  Burleigh.] 

*  Tlif  name  of  a  large  marble  hall  or  museum  in  the  kingdom  of  Bavaria,  which 
contains  marble  busts  of  the  most  celebrated  personages  of  ancient  and  modern  times. 

X  The  most  celebrated  of  all  the  Grecian  temples. ^^^^^ 


LESSON    LXI. 

ARMY  OF  THE  ALLIED  POWERS  AT  PAKIS,  1815. 

*1.  They  met'  upon  the  banks  of  Seine/ 

A  stern'  and  haughty  baud  ;^ 
Proud  leaders'  in  the  battle's  van,' 

The  llower  of  all  the  land;^ 
Whose  fiery  hearts'  had  fearless  pressed^ — 

Whose  ringing  arms'  had  gleamed' 
Where  loudest'  hissed  the  iron  hail,^ 

And  woful'  pennons  streamed.^ 

INDTJSTRfAL   KXHIBITIOJf   AT   LONDON,    1851. 

f  1.  Where  England'  by  the  Thames  is  washed' 
Behold'  a  noble  palace  stand  j*" 
As  fragile'  as  the  human  heart,' 
The  cnjstal  wonder'  of  the  land.^ 

2.  And  gathered  there'  are  Jews  and  Greeks,' 
Americans/  and  lliudoos  too,^ 
Who  come/  the  triumjihs  of  the  world,' 
In  arts  and  sciences,'  to  view. 

J3.  The  Spaniard'  and  the  Frenchman  here/ 
Forget'  they  once  were  foes,^ 
And  here'  in  amity^  have  met' 
The  Shamrock'  and  the  Roso.'^ 

4.  Italia's  sons/  and  farther  north,' 
The  children'  of  the  Dane/ 
Have  left  their  hapjij'  homes,'  and  sought' 
Brittauia's'  busy  plain/ 

^5.  They  come/  as  votaries  to  the  shrine' 
Of  hallowed  intellect  divine  / 
And  bring  their  gifts'  from  land  and  sea,^ 
Where'er  the  bright  and  glorious  be/ 

6.  Oh  !  may  they  also'  tribute  bring' 

To  THRE,'thou  great  and  glorious  King,^ 
And  praise  Thee'  for  the  holy  tie' 
That  binds  the  world'  in  unity.^ 

*  Composed  by  Miss  V.  F.  W.— f  Miss  J.  E.  T.— 
X  Miss  M.  A.— 2  Miss  M.  A.  AV.— pupils  of  tlie  Nor- 
mal School,  Philadelphia. 


27 


(313) 


314 


CLEON   AND    I. 


LESSON    LXII. 


CLEON   AND   I. 


1.  Cleon''  "hath  a  million  acres'' — 

Ne'er  'a  one^  have  I  ;^ 
Cleon^  'dwoUeth  in  a  palace'' — 

In  a  'cottage/  I  ;^ 
Cleon^  'hath  a  dozen  fortunes'' — 

Not  a  penny/  ■!  ;^ 
But  the  poorer  of  the  'twain''  is 

Cleon/  and  not  'I.^ 

2.  Cleon/  true,  'possesseth  acres/ 

But  the  'landscape/  I ;'' 
Half  the  charms^  to  me  it  'yieldeth 

'Money^  cannot  buy ;'' 
Cleon^  'harbors  sloth  and  dulness/ 

'Fresh'ning  vigor/  I  ;'^ 
He  in  'velvet/  I  in  fustian  — 

'Richer  man^  am  I.^ 

3.  Cleon''  is  a  'slave  to  grandeur^ — 

Free  as  'thought^  am  I  ;^ 
Cleon^  'fees  a  score  of  doctors'' — 

'Need  of  none''  have  I ;'' 
Wealth-'surrounded/  care-environed/ 

Cleon  'fears  to  die  ;^ 
Death  'may  come/  he'll  find  me  ready'' — 

Happier  'man^  am  I.^ 

4.  Cleon''  sees  no  'charms  in  nature'' — 
In  a  'daisy/  I  ;^ 
Cleon^  hears  no  anthem  'ringing^ 

In  Hlie  sea^  and  sky  ;^ 
'Nature^  sings  to  me  forever^ — 

'Earnest  listener/  I  ;'^ 
^Staie  for  state/  with  all  attendants/ 
Who  would  'change  ?'— Not  I> 

Mackat. 


Has. 

Any. 
I  Liveth. 
Cabm.2 
Owns.2 
We.2 
Two. 
Me.2 

Owneth. 

All  nature. 

Giveth. 

Wealth. 

Shelters. 

Livening. 

Purple.2 

Wealthier. 

Tool.2 
Mind. 
Pays. 
Want. 
Encom- 
passed. 
Dreads. 

Can.2 
One.2 

Bliss. 

Flo-iTer.2 

Singing.2 

Ocean. 

The  world. 

Zealous. 

Condition. 

Barter.2 


._- 


Give  the  reverse  of  some  of  the  marginal  words. 


IMPORTANCE   OF   TRIFLES.  315 

LESSON   LXIII  . 
IMPORTANCE    OP   TRIFLES. 
Since  trifles^  make  the  ^sum  of  human  things/ 
And  half  our  misery  from  our  'foibles  springs ; 
Since  life's^  *best  joys  consist  in  peace  and  ease, 
And  tho'  but  ^few  can  serve/  yet  all  may  please ; 
5.  0  let  th'  ungentle  ^spirit  learn  from  hence/ 
A  small  *unkindness  is  a  great  oflfencc  h 
To  spread  large  bounties/  tho'  we  *wish  in  vain/ 
Yet  all  may  *shun  the  guilt  of  giving  pain/ 
To  bless  mankind  with  Hides  of  flowing  wealth/ 

10.  With  rank  to  *grace  them,  or  to  crown  with  health,'' 
Our  little  ^lot  denies ;  yet,^  liberal  still,'' 
God  gives  its  ^counterpoise  to  every  ill  / 
Nor  let  us  murmur  at  our  ^stinted  powers,'' 
When  ^kindness,^  love,''  and  concord  may  be  ours. 

15.  The  *gift  of  minist'ring  to  others'  ease,'' 
To  all  her  sons  ^impartial  Heaven  decrees  / 
The  gentle  'offices  of  patient  love,^ 
Beyond  all  *flattery,^  and  all  price  above  / 
The  ^mild  forbearance  at  a  brother's  fault,^ 

20.  The  ^angry  word  suppress' d,^  the  taunting  thought ; 
Subduing  and  ^subdued  the  petty  strife 
Which  clouds  the  *color  of  domestic  life  / 
The  ^sober  comfort,''  all  the  peace  which  springs 
From  the  large  ^aggregate  of  little  things  / 

25.  On  these  small  ^cares  of  daughter,^  wife,''  or  friend,^ 
The  almost  *sacred  joys  of  Some  depend  :^ 
There,''  Sensibility  thou  *best  may'st  reign  / 
Home^  is  thy  true  ^legitimate  domain. 

"  Drop  pleasant  'words^  where'er  you  go,'' 
In  cot^  or  'crowded  mart,^ 
And  light^  and  pcace^  and  'love  will  glow' 
In  many  a  wretched  'heart.^" 


816 


TUE     UNION. 


LESSON  LXIV. 


THE    UNION. 


1.  'Giant  aggregate  of  nations, 

Glorious  'Wliole  of  glorious  parts,'' 
Unto  ^endless  .qjenerations^ 

Live  United  'hands  and  hearts^  1 

2.  Be  it  storm  or  'summer  weather, 

Peaceful  'calm  or  battle  jar^. 
Stand  in  beauteous  'strength  together'' 
'Sister  States  as  Now  ye  are  1 

3.  Every  'petty  class  dissension 

'Heal  it  up  as  quick  as  thought^ ; 
Every  'paltry  place-pretension^, 
^Cjiish  it,  as  a  thing  of  nought^ : 

4.  Let  no  narrow  'private  treason' 

Your  'great  onward  progress  bar^, 
^But  remain,  in  right  and  reason', 
'Sister  States,  as  Now  ye  are^  ! 

5.  'Fling  away  absurd  ambition'^, 

People  leave  that  toy  'to  Kings^ : 
'Envy,  jealousy,  suspicion^, 
'Be  above  such  grovelling  things^  ! 

G.  In  each  other's  'joys  delighted', 

All  your  'hate  be' — joys  of  war,^ 
And  by  all  means  'keep  United,' 
'Sister  States,  as  Now  you  are^  ! 

7.  Were  I  but  some  'scornful  stranger, 

Still  my  'counsel  would  be  just^ ; 
*Break  the  band',  and  all  is  dajiger, 
Mutual  fear  and  'dark  distrust^ : 

8.  But,  you  know  me  'as  a  brother 

And  a  friend  who  'speaks  from  far^, 
Be^as  o?tethen  with  each  other', 
'Sister  States,  as  Noay  ye  are^  ! 


Noble. 
One. 

Countless. 
Heads. 

Pleasant. 
Blis8.2 
Union. 
Brotlier.2 

Little. 
Bind. 
Knavery  .2 

Destroy. 

Sordid. 
Vast. 
Only  be.2 
United.2 

Cast. 
ror.2 
Hatred. 
Soar.2 

Good.2 
rret.2 
Stay. 
Unlon.2 

Vengeful  .12 
Advice. 
Bend. 
Snd. 

Like.2 
Talks. 
United. 
Noble.2 


BROTHER,  COME   HOME. 


317 


AN  OCEAN  STEAMSHIP. 


LESSON  LXV.* 


BROTHER,   COME   HOME. 

'Come  home, 

Would^  I  could  send  my  spirit^  o'er  the  'deep^ 

Would^  I  coukl  'wing  if  like  a  bird  to  thee, 

To  'commune^  with  thy  thoughts,^  to  fill  thy  sleep 

With  these  'unwearying  words^  of  melody ;'' 

Brother,^  'come  home.^ 

'Come  home, 
Como''  to  the  hearts^  that  'love  theo,^  to  the  eyes' 

That  'beam  in  brightness''  but  to  gladden  thine,^ 
Come''  where  'fond  thoughts''  like  holiest  incense  risc,"^ 
Where  cherished  memory^  'rears  her  altar's  shriae ; 
Brother/  'come  home.^ 


R  . 

s.. 

F.. 
M. 
U. 
R., 

R.. 
P.. 
G., 
K. 
B.. 
R. 


*  Sec  the  Thtjjker,  by  Joseph  Bartlett  Burleigh,  pages  21,  24,  38,  87, 110,  and  141. 
Also,  the  SSth,  S9th,  90th,  91st,  92d,  and  93d  pages  of  Burleigh's  Practical  Spelling 
Book. 


27* 


318                   THE  brother's  answer. 

'Come  home, 

R 

Come''  to  the  hearth-stone^  of  thy  'earlier  days,'' 

Y 

Come^  to  the  ark,^  'like  the  o^er-wearied  dove,'^ 

A. 

Come^  with  the  'sunlight  of  thy  heart's  warm  rays,^ 

S 

Come^  to  the  'lire-side  circle^  of  thy  love  ;^ 

s 

Brother,^  'come  home.'' 

R 

'Come  home. 

R 

It  is  'not  home'  without  thee  ;^  the  lone  scaf 

N. 

Is  still  unclaimed'  where  thou  ^wcrt  wont  to  be.'' 

0 

In  every  'echo  of  returning  feet 

s.... 

In  'vain'  we  list'  for  what  should  herald  thee  ;^ 

W.2 

Brother,'  'come  home.'' 

R 

'Come  homo. 

R 

AVe've  nursed'  for  thee'  the  sunny  'buds  of  spring,'' 

G.... 

Watched  every  'germ'  the  full-blown  flowers  rear,'' 

B... 

Seen'  'o'er  their  bloom'  the  chilly  winter  bring' 

0.2 

Its  'icy  garlands,'-  and'  thou  art  not  here ;' 

S.... 

Brother,'  'come  home.^ 

R 

'Come  home. 

R 

AYould'  I  could  'send  my  sjjirit'  o'er  the  deep,'' 

W... 

Would'  I  could  wing  it'  like  a  'bird  to  thee,'' 

D... 

To  commune  with  thy  thoughts,'  to  fill  thy  'sleep'' 

R... 

With  these  'unwearying  words'  of  melody;^ 

U 

Brother,  'come  home.' 

R 

Mrs.  EsLiNG. 

THE   brother's   ANSWER. 

I've  'roved'  through  many  a  weary  round,' 

L... 

I've  'wandered'  east  and  west ;'' 

T 

Pleasure'  in  every  'clime  I've  found/ 

P ....  2 

But'  'sought  in  vain'  for  rest.''' 

L 2 

While  glory  'sighs'  for  other  spheres/ 

L.... 

I  'feel  that  one 's  too  wide  ;'' 

T.... 

And  'tliink  the  home'  that  love  endears,' 

F... 

Is  worth  ^the  worhV  beside. 

A 

I  MISS   THEE,    MY  MOTHER. 


319 


LESSON   LXVI. 


I   MISS    THEE,    MY  MOTHER. 


1.  I  MISS  thee/  my  'Mother T     Thy  image  is  stilF 

The  deepest  'impressed  on  my  heart, 
And  the  'tablet^  so  faithful  in  dcath^  must  be  chill'' 

Ere  a  'line  of  that  image  depart.^ 
Thou  wert  torn  from  my  side^  when  I ' thee  most^ 

When  my  reason^  could  'measure  thy  worth  ;'^ 
When  I  knew  but  too  welK  that  the  'idol  I'd  lost^ 

'Could  be   never  replaced^  upon  earth."^ 

2.  I  miss  thee/  my  'Mother,"*  in  circles  of  joy,'' 

Where  I've  mingled  with  rapturous  'zest;'^ 
Fur  how  'slight  is  the  touch^  that  will  serve  to  destroy' 

All  the  fairy  web  'spun  in  my  breast  I"* 
Some  melody  sweet'  may  be  'floating  around' — 

'Tis  a  ballad'  I  'learnt  at  thy  knee;"' 
Some  strain  maybe  played,'and  I ' from  the  sound,^ 

For  my  iingers'  oft  'woke  it  for  thee.^ 

3.  I  miss  thee,'  my  ' ,"*  when  young  health  has  fled,' 

And  I  'sink'  in  the  languor  of  pain,^ 
Whore,' where  is  the  arm'  that  once  ' my  head,' 

'And  the  ear'  that  once  heard  me  complain?"^ 
Other  'hands  may  support,'  gentle  accents  may  fall'-  - 

For  the  fond'  and  the  true'  are  'yet  mine:"" 
I've  a  blessing  for  each/  I  am  ^grateful  to  all' — 

But  whose  care'  can  be  'soothing  as  thine  ?^ 

4.  I  miss  thee,'  my  Mother,^  in  summer's  'fair  day,'' 

When  I  rest  in  the  ivy-wreathed  'bower,^ 
When  I  'hang  thy  pet  linnet's  cage'  high  on  the  spray,^ 

Or  '(/aze'  on  thy  favorite  flower.'' 
Tliere's  the  bright ' '  where  I  played  by  thy  side,' 

When  time'  had  scarce  'wrinkled  thy  brow,^ 
Where  I  'carefully  led  thee  with  worshipping  pride' 

When  thy  'scanty  locks^  gathered  the  snow,'* 


Father.2 

Engraved  .2 

Feeling. 

Trace. 

Treasured. 

Compass. 

Treasure. 

Would.2 

Father.2 

Glee. 

Light. 

WoYC.2 

Flitting. 

IIeard.2 

Shrink. 

Tuned. 

Mother. 

l'ine.2 

Pillowed. 

With.2 

Arms. 

stm. 

Mindfulof.2 
Lulling. 

Bright. 
Tower.2 
Swing.2 
Olance  at. 
Gravel- 
path. 
Furrowed. 

Cautiously 
Iloary. 


320 


WHAT    CONSTITUTES   A   STATE? 


5.  I  'miss  thee/  my  Mother,^  in  winter's  long  night:^ 

I  rememb-T^  the  tales  thou  'wouldst  telF — 
The  rem  mce  of  wild  fancy/  the  'legend  of  fright' — 

Oh!'  who  could  'e'er  tell  them  so  well?^ 
Thy  'corner  is  vacant  :^  thy  chair  is  removed  :^ 

It  was  kind'  to  take  ^tliat  from  my  eye :'' 
Yet  relics  are  round  me^ — the  'sacred  and  loved' 

To  ^call  up''  the  pure  sorrow-fed  sigh.^ 
G.  I  miss  thee/  my  Mother!^     Oh,  when  'do  I  not?*" 

Though  I  know'  'twas  the  'wisdom  of  Heaven' 
That  the  'deepest  shade'  fell  on  my  sunniest  spot/ 

And  'such  tie'  of  devotion'  was  riven ;'' 
For  when  thou  wert  ^with  »ie'  my  soul  was  below,'' 

I  was  chained'  to  the  'world'  I  then  trod;^ 
My  affections,' my  thoughts,' were ' ,^  but  now' 

They  have  'followed  thy  spirit'  to  God!^ 

Eliza  Cook. 

LESSON    LXVII. 
WHAT   CONSTITUTES   A   STATE? 

"What  'constitutes  a  State?' 
Not  high-'raised  battlements'  or  labored  mound,'' 

'Thick  wall,'  or  moated  gate ;'' 

Not  bays'  and  'broad-armed  ports,' 
Where,'  laughing  at  the  storm,'  rich  'navies  ride  j'* 

Not  'starred'  and  spangled  courts,' 
Where  low-bound  'baseness'  wafts  perfume  to  pride.'' 

No  :^ — men,    high-'minded  men, 
With  powers'  as  far  above  'dull  brutes'  endued 

In  forest,'  'brake,'  or  den,^ 
As  beasts  'excel  cold  rocks'  and  brambles  rude:^ 

Men,'  who  'their  duties  know,^ 
But  know  their  'rights,'  and,  knowing,'  dare  maintain  ; 

'Prevent  the  long-aimed  blow. 
And  crush  the  tyrant'  while  they  'rend  the  chain  r'' 

These'  'constitute  a  State  ;^ 
And  sovereign  law,'  that  State's  'collected  will,' 

O'er  thrones'  and  'globes  elate,' 
'Sits  empress,'  crowning  good,'  repressing  ill.^ 


Mourn. 
Didst. 
Story.2 
Rehearse. 
rarlor.2 
It. 

Holy. 
Summon. 
Shall. 
Kmdne8s.2 
Darkest. 
The. 
Here. 
Earth.2 
All     earth- 
bound. 
Traced. 


Does    com- 
pose. 
Reared. 
Iluge. 
Wide. 
Vessels.2 
Gemmed. 
Meanness. 
Soulud. 
Dumb. 
Fern. 
Surpass. 
A11.2 
Weal  .2 
Hinder. 
Break. 
Only  form. 
United. 
Worlds. 
Rides. 


LIVE   TO   DO    GOOD. 


321 


LESSON    LXVIII. 
LIVE   TO   DO   GOOD. 

"  Not  'to  myself  alone," 
The  little  opening  flower  'transported  cries ; 
"  Not  to  myself  alone  I  'bud  and  bloom — • 

With  'fragrant  breath  the  breezes  I  perfume, 
And  'gladden  all  things  with  my  rainbow  dyes ; 
The  bee  'comes  sipping,  every  eventide, 

His  'dainty  fill ; 
The  butterfly  'within  my  cup  doth  hide 
From  'threatening  ill." 
"  Not  'to  myself  alone," 
The  'circling  star  with  honest  pride  doth  boast — 
"  Not  to  myself  alone  'I  rise  and  set ; 
I  write  upon  night's  'coronal  of  jet 
His  power  and  skill  who  formed  our  'myriad  host ; 
A  friendly  'beacon  at  heaven's  open  gate, 

I  'gem  the  sky. 
That  man  'might  ne'er  forget,  in  every  fate. 
His  'home  on  high." 
"  Not  'to  myself  alone," 
The  'heavy-laden  bee  doth  murmuring  hum — 
"  Not  to  myself  alone  from  'flower  to  'flower 

I  rove  the  wood,  the  'garden,  and  the  bower, 
And  to  the  hive  at  'evening  weary  come  ; 
For  man,  for  man  the  'luscious  food  I  pile 

With  'busy  care, 
Content  if  this  repay  my  'ceaseless  toil — 
A  'scanty  share," 
"  Not  'to  myself  alone," 
The  'soaring  bird  with  lusty  pinion  sings — 
"  Not  to  myself  alone  I  'raise  my  song ; 

I  'cheer  the  drooping  with  my  warbling  tongue. 
And  bear  the  mourner  on  my  'viewless  wings ; 
I  bid  the  hymnless  'churl  my  anthem  learn, 

^And  God  adore ; 
I  call  the  worldling  from  his  'dross  to  turn. 
And  'sino;  and  soar." 


r..2 

T 

W.2 

D 

C 

S 

D... 
M.. 
P.... 

P.. 
W.... 

B 

0 

N 

S 

c 

c 

M 

P.. 

T 

T... 
Q.... 

L 

C... 

T 

G...2 
P 


o±2                                 THE   CONSTITUTION. 

"  Not  'to  myself  alone,^" 

P.. 

The  streamlet'  whispers  on  its  'pebbly  way^ — 

K.... 

"  Not  to  myself  alone'  I  'sparkling  glide  ;'^ 

G 

I  scatter  ^liealW  and  life'  on  every  side/ 

L 

And  strew  the  'fields'  with  herb  and  flow'ret  gay.^ 

P 

I  sing  unto  the  common,'  'bleak  and  bare,' 

D.... 

My  'gladsome  tune ;'' 

J 

I  sweeten'  and  refresh'  the  'languid  air' 

S 

In  'droughty  June."^ 

T 

"  Not  'to  myself  alone  -J'^ 

F.. 

0  man,'  forget  not  thou  earth's  'honored  priest  !^ 

P 

Its  'tongue,  its  soul,  its  life,  its  pulse,  its  heart — 

v.... 

In  earth's  great  chorus  to  'sustain  thy  part ; 

U 

'Chiefest  of  guests  at  love's  ungrudging  feast, 

G 

'Play  not  the  niggard,  spurn  thy  native  clod, 

A.. 

And  self  'disown ; 

A.... 

Live  Ho  thy  neighbor,  live  unto  thy  God, 
Not  'to  thyself  alone. 

F 

F.. 

LESSON   LXIX. 

THE   CONSTITUTION. 

1.  Those  'names'  shall  long  remembered  be/ 

Men. 

"Who  made  'the  declaration  ;^ 

Tbis.2 

That  blest  by  'Providence'  they  'd  be' 

Smiling 
Heaven. 

A  free'  and  'happy  nation.^ 

Peaceful.2 

Let  each  'young  heart  be  glad  that  hears' 

Youth's. 

About  our  'nation's  glory  ;^ 

Country's. 

And  every  one'  in  'infant  years' 

Tender. 

Be  taught'  the  'joyful  story.'' 

Glad'ning. 

2.  The  eagle'  o'er  our  'banner  flew. 

Pennon. 

^An  emblem^  proud  of  freemen  ;^ 

A  Bymbol.2 

To  guard  'Columbia's  gallant  few 

America's. 

Of  'landsmen'  and  of  seamen.^ 

Farmers. 

And  'now  secure'  in  peace  we  rest. 

When. 

^Lefs  join  the  resolution,' 

We'll. 

While  ^still  by  Providence^  we're  blest,' 

By  our  Cre- 
ator, 

To  'guard'  the  Constitution.'^                Seton. 

Shield. 

DO  A  GOOD  TURN  WHEN  YOU  CAN.  323 


LESSON    LXX. 
THE   EAINY   DAY. 
The  day  is  cold/  and  dark/  and  'dreary  ;^ 
It  rains/  and  the  wind  is  never  'weary ; 
The  vine^  still  clings  to  the  'mouldering  wall/ 
But  at  every  'gust  the  dead  leaves  fall/ 

And  the  day'  is  'dark  and  dreary."" 
My  'life  is  cold/  and  dark/  and  dreary  / 
It  rains/  and  the  wind  is  'never  weary  / 
My  'thoughts''  still  cling  to  the  mouldering  past/ 
But  the  'hopes  of  youth'  fall  thick  in  the  blast/ 

And  the  'days'  are  dark  and  dreary.^ 
Be  still,    sad  heart/  and  cease  'repining  / 
Behind  the  clouds'  is  the  sun  still  'shining  / 
Thy  fate'  is  the  'common  fato  of  all  :^ 
'Into  each  life'  some  rain  must  fall/ 

'Some  days'  must  be  dark  and  dreary.^ 


DO   A   GOOD   TURN   WHEN   YOU    CAN. 
It  'needs  not  great  wealth'  a  kind  heart  to  display  / 
If  the  hand'  be  but  'willing'  it  soon  finds  a  way  / 
And  the  poorest  one  yet/  in  the  'humblest  abode/ 
^lay  help'  a  poor  'brother'  a  step  on  his  road."*' 
Oh  !'  whatever  the  fortune'  a  man  may  have  won/ 
A  kindness  'depends'  on  the  way  it  is  done  / 
And  though  poor  be  our  purse/  and  though  'nan*owour  span/ 
Let  us  all  try'  to  do  a  'good  turn  when  we  can.^ 
The  fair  bloom  of  'pleasure'  may  charm  for  a  while/ 
But  its  'beauty  is  frail/  and  inconstant  its  smile  / 
Whilst  the  beauty  of  'kindness/  immortal  in  bloom/ 
Sheds  a  'sweetness  o'er  life/  and  a  grace  o'er  our  tomb.^ 
Then  if  ice  'enjoy  life/  why  the  next  thing  to  do' 
Is  to  see'  that  'another  enjoys  his  life  too  / 
And  'though  poor  be  our  purse/  and  though  narrow  our  span/ 
Let  us  alV  try  to  do  a  good  'turn  when  we  can.'^ 


324  THE    SPARKLING   BOWL. 


LESSON   LXXI. 
THE   SPARKLING   BOWL. 

1.  Thou  'sparkling  bowl !  thou  sparkliug  bowl !'' 

Though  lips  of  'bards^  thy  brim  may  press/ 
And  eyes  of  'beauty''  o'er  thee  roll/ 

And  song^  and  dance^  thy  'power  confess,'' 
I  will  not  'touch  thee  ;^  for  there  clings^ 
A  'scorpion^  to  thy  side^  that  stings  ^ 

2.  Thou  crystal  glass  V  like  'Eden's  tree/ 

Thy  'melted  ruby^  tempts  the  eye/ 
And/  as  from  that/  there  'comes  from  thee'' 

The  voice/  ''  Thou  'shalt  not  surely  die." 
I  dare  not  lift^  thy  'liquid  gem  ;^ 
A  snake''  is  'twisted  round  thy  stem  ^ 

3.  Thou  'liquid  fire  !  like  that  which  glowed'' 

On  'Melita's  surf-beaten  shore/ 
Thou  'st  been  upon  my  'guests  bestowed, 

But  thou^  shalt  'warm  my  house^  no  more.^ 
For/  wheresoe'er  thy  'radiance  falls, 
Forth, ^  from  thy  heat,''  a  'viper  crawls  !^ 

4.  AVhat,^  though  of  gold  the  'goblet  be,'' 

Embossed^  with  'branches  of  the  vine. 
Beneath^  whose  'burnished  leaves^  we  see'' 

Such  'clusters^  as  poured  out  the  wine  ?'' 
Among  those  'leaves''  an  adder  hangs  !'' 
I  fear  him  / — for  Fve  felt  his  'fiings.^ 

5.  The  'Hebrew,^  who  the  desert  trod,^ 

And  felt  the  fiery  'serpent's  bite,^ 
Looked  up'  to  that  'ordained  of  GrOD, 

And  'found^  that  life  was  in  the  sight.^ 
So,''  the  'iwrm-bitten's  fiery  veins' 
Cool/  when  he  'drinks  what  God  ordains.^ 


TO   FREEDOM.  325 


6.  Ye  'gracious  clouds  !^  ye  deep,  cold  wells  V 
Ye  gems/  from  'mossy  rocks  that  drip  V 
Springs/  that  from  earth's  'mysterious  cells^ 

Grush  o'er  your  'granite  basin's  lip  V 
To  you'  I  look  ;^ — your  'largess  give/ 
And  I  will  'drink  of  you/  and  live.'^  PlERPONT. 

LESSON    LXXII. 
TO   FREEDOM. 
Sun  of  the  moral  world  V  'eiFulgent  source'' 
Of  man's  best  wisdom  and  his  'steadiest  force/ 
Soul-searching  'Freedom  V  here  assume  thy  stand/ 
And  'radiate'  hence  to  every  distant  land  / 
5.  Point  out''  and  'prove  how  all  the  scenes  of  strife/ 
The  shock  of  states/  the  'impassioned  broils  of  life/ 
Spring  from  unequal  'sway  /  and  how  they  fly' 
Before  the  'splendor'  of  thy  peaceful  eye  / 
Unfold'  at  last'  the  'genuine  social  plan/ 

10.  The  mind's  full  'scope/  the  dignity  of  man/ 

Bold  nature'  'bursting  through  her  long  disguise/ 
And  nations'  daring  to  be  'just  and  wise.^ 
Yes  !'  righteous  'Freedom/  heaven  and  earth  and  sea-' 
Yield'  or  'withhold^  their  various  gifts  for  thee  / 

15.  Protected  Industry'  beneath  thy  'reign' 
Leads  all  the  'virtues  in  her  filial  train  / 
Courageous  Probity/  with  'brow  serene/ 
And  Temperance  calm  presents  her  'placid  mien ; 
Contentment/  'Moderation/  Labor/  Art/ 

20.  Mould  the  new  man'  and  'humanize  his  heart  ;^ 
To  public  'plenty  private  ease  dilates/ 
Domestic  peace  to  'harmony  of  states.^ 
Protected  Industry,  'careering  far/ 
Detects  the  cause'  and  cures  the  'rage  of  war, 
And  sweeps/  with  'forceful  arm/  to  their  last  graves/ 
Kings  from  the  earth'  and  'pirates'  from  the  waves.'' 

28 


326  THE  BUCKET. 


LESSON   LXXIII. 
THE   BUCKET. 

1.  How  dear  to  this  hearf  are  the  scenes  of  my  'childhood/ 

When  fond  'recollection^  presents  them  to  view  ^ 
The  orchard/  the  meadow/  the  deep-tangled  'wildwood,'' 

And  every  loved  spot^  which  my  'infancy  knew  !^ 
The  'wide-spreading  pond/  and  the  mill  that  stood  by  it/ 

The  bridge/  and  the  rock  where  the  'cataract  fell/ 
The  cot  of  my  father/  the  'dairy-house  nigh  it/ 

And  e'en  the  rude  'bucket^  that  hung  in  the  weir — 
The  old  oaken  bucket/  the  'iron-bound  bucket/ 
The  'moss-covered  bucket^  which  hung  in  the  well.'^ 

2.  That  moss-covered  'vesseF  I  hailed  as  a  treasure/ 

For  often  at  noon/  when  'returned  from  the  field/ 
I  found  it  the  source  of  an  'exquisite  pleasure/ 

The  purest^  and  'sweetest''  that  nature  can  yield. ^ 
How  'ardent  I  seized  it/  with  hands  that  were  glowing/ 

And  quick^  to  the  %hite-pebbled  bottom  it  fell  / 
Then  soon/  with  the  ^emblem  of  truth  overflowing/ 

And  Gripping  with  coolness/  it  rose  from  the  welh — 
The  old  *oaken  bucket/  the  iron-bound  bucket/ 
The  moss-covered  'bucket/  arose  from  the  well.^ 

3.  How  sweet^  from  the  green  ^mossy  brim^  to  receive  it/ 

As  *poised^  on  the  curb  it  inclined  to  my  lips  !^ 
Not  a  full  blushing  ^goblet   could  tempt  me  to  leave  it/ 

The  ^brightest  that  beauty^  or  revelry  sips."* 
And  now/  far  removed  from  the  loved  'habitation/ 

The  tear  of  regret/  will  'intrusively  swell, 
As  fancy^  reverts  to  my  father's  'plantation/ 

And  'sighs^  for  the  bucket^  that  hangs  in  the  well^ — 
The  old  oaken  bucket/  the  'iron-bound  bucket/ 
The  'moss-covered  bucket^  that  hanos  in  the  well ! 


SUCCESS   ALONE   SEEN.  327 


LESSON    LXXIV. 
AYOMAN'S   FORTITUDE. 
Warriors^  and  'statesmen'  have  their  meed  of  praise/ 

And  what  they  do/  or  'suffer,  men  record  ;^ 
But  the  long  'sacrifice'  of  woman's  days 

Passes  'without  a  thought/  without  a  word  j^ 
And  many  a  lofty  'struggle  for  the  sake 

Of  duties  'sternly/  faithfully  fulfill' d— 
For  which  the  'anxious  mind  must  watch  and  wake/ 

And  the  'strong  feelings  of  the  heart  be  still' d — ' 
Goes  by  'unheeded'  as  the  summer  wind/ 

And  leaves'  no  memory  and  no  'trace  behind  ^ 
Tet  it  may  be/  more  lofty  'courage  dwells 

In  one  meek  heart  which  braves  an  'adverse  fate/ 
Than  his  whose  'ardent  soul  indignant  swells 

Warm'd  by  the  fight',  or  cheer'd  'through  high  debate  :'' 
The  soldier  dies  'surrounded  :    could  he  live 

Alone  to  'suffer^,  and  alone  to  strive  ?' 

SUCCESS   ALONE   SEEN. 
Few  know  of  life's  'beginnings' — men  behold 
The  goal  achieved  / — the  warrior/  when  his  sword 
Flashes  red  'triumph  in  the  noonday  sun  ;^ 
The  poet',  when  his  'lyre  hangs  on  the  palm  / 
The  'statesman,'  when  the  crowd  proclaim  his  voice,' 
And  'mould  opinion,  on  his  gifted  tongue : 
They  count  not  'life's  first  steps,'  and  never  think 
Upon  the  many  'miserable  hours 
"When  hope  deferr'd'  was  'sickness  to  the  heart.^ 
They  'reckon  not  the  battle  and  the  march,' 
The  long  'privations  of  a  wasted  youth  ;^ 
They  never  see'  the  'banner  till  unfurl'd.^ 
What  are  to  them  the  'solitary  nights 
Passed  pale  and  'anxious  by  the  sickly  lamp,' 
Till  the  young  'poet  wins  the  world  at  last 
To  'listen  to  the  music  long  hisownT^ 


328  WAR. 

The  'crowd  attend^  the  statesman's  fiery  mind 
That  'makes  their  destiny  ;^  but  they  do  not  trace 
Its  'struggle/  or  its  long  expectancy.'^ 
Hard  are  'life's  early  steps ;  and/  but  that  youth 
Is  'buoyant/  confident/  and  strong  in  hope/ 
Men  would  'behold  its  threshold,  and  despair.'^ 


LESSON    LXXV. 

WAR. 
0  war/  'what  art  thou  ? 
After  the  'brightest  conquest/  what  remains 
Of  all  thy  'glories?''     For  the  vanquish'd/  chains;^ 
For  the  'proud  victor  — what  ?■'     Alas  !^  to  reign 
O'er  'desolated  nations  — a  drear  waste, 
By  one  man's  'crime,  by  one  man's  lust  of  power,' 
Unpeopled  !^     Naked  'plains  and  ravaged  fields 
Succeed  to  'smiling  harvests  and  the  fruits 
Of  peaceful  olive^ — luscious  'fig  and  vine  l^ 
Here'' — rifled  temples  are  the  'cavern'd  dens 
Of  savage  beasts,^  or  'haunt  of  birds  obscene  ;^ 
There  — populous  cities  blacken  in  the  'sun, 
And  in  the  'general  wreck  proud  palaces 
Lie  undistinguish'd,  'save  by  the  dull  smoke 
Of  recent  'conflagration  !^     When  the  song 
Of  dear-bought  'joy,  with  many  a  triumph  swell'd, 
Salutes  the  victor's  'car,^  and  soothes  his  pride,'' 
How  is  the  'grateful  harmony  profan'd 
With  the  sad  'dissonance  of  virgin's  cries,'' 
Who  'mourn  their  brothers  slain  !^  Of  matrons  hoar, 
Who  clasp  their  wither'd  'hands^  and  foudly  ask,'' 
With  'iteration  shrilF — their  slaughter'd  sons  l"" 
How  is  the  laurel's  'verdure  stain'd  with  blood,'' 
And  soiled  with  'widow's  tears.^ 


HUMAN    LIFE.  329 


LESSON    LXXVI. 
HUMAN   LIFE. 

'  lu  the  morning  it  flourisheth,  and  groweth  up ;  in  the  evening  it  is  cut 
down  and  withereth." — Pa.  xc.  6. 

1.  I  walked  the  fields  at  morning's  ^prime/ 

The  grass  was  *ripe  for  mowing  -^ 
The  ^skylark  sang  his  matin  chime/ 
And  all  was  ^brightly  glowing.^ 

2.  "  And  nhus,"  I  cried/  ''the  ardent  boy, 

His  ^pulse  with  rapture  beating/ 
Deems  life's  ^inheritance  is  joy — ' 
The  ^future  proudly  greeting.'"' 

3. 1  wandered  ^forth  at  noon  :^ — Alas  h 
On  earth's  ^maternal  bosom 
The  scythe^  had  left  the  ^withering  grass" 
And  ^stretched  the  fading  blossom.^ 

4.  And  thus  I  thought/  with  many  a  *sigh, 

The  hopes  we  ^fondly  cherish/ 
Like  ^flowers  which  blossom  but  to  die, 
Seem  only  *born  to  perish.'' 

5.  Once  *more  at  eve/  abroad  I  strayed/ 

Through  ^lonely  hay-fields  musing/ 
While  every  ^breeze^  that  round  me  played 
Rich  ^fragrance  was  diflPusing.'' 

6.  The  'perfumed  air/  the  hush  of  eve/ 

To  purer  *hopes  appealing, 
O'er  thoughts^  ^perchance  too  prone  to  grieve, 
Scattered  the  %alm  of  healing. 

7.  For  thus  "  the  %ctions  of  the  just," 

When  ^memory  hath  enshrined  them,'' 
E'en  from  the  *dark  and  silent  dust 
Their  'odor  leave  behind  them. 

28* 


330  FATHER,  MOTHER,  BROTHER,  SISTER. 

LESSON    LXXVII. 
FATHER,  MOTHER,  BROTHER,  SISTER. 

1.  Be  'kind^  to  thy  father"" — ^for  when^  thou  wert  young,'' 

Who  lovcd^  thee  so  'fondly  as  he  ?'' 
He  caught  the  first  'accents  that  fell  from  thy  tongue/ 

And  joined  in  thine  'innocent  glee.'' 
Be  'kind  to  thy  father,^  for  now  he  is  old. 

His  'locks^  intermingled  with  gray,^ 
His  'footsteps^  are  feeble,^  once  fearless  and  bold  ',^ 

Thy  'father^  is  passing  away.^ 

2.  Be  kind  to  thy  'mother'' — for  lo  V  on  her  brow 

May  traces  of  'sorrow  be  seen  ;^ 
0  well  may'st  thou  comfort  and  'cherish  ber  now,'' 

For  'loving  and  kind  hath  she  been.'' 
'Remember  thy  mother^ — for  thee''  will  she  pray,'' 

'As  long  as  God  gives  her  breath  ','^ 
With  'accents  of  kindness,''  then  cheer  her  lone  way,'' 

E'en  to  the  dark  'valley  of  death.'' 

3.  Be  kind  to  thy  brother'' — his  'heart  will  have  dearth,'' 

If  the  smile  of  thy  'love  be  withdrawn  ;^ 
The  flowers  of  feeling  will  'fade  at  their  birth,'' 

If  the  'dew  of  affection  be  gone.'' 
Be  kind  to  thy  brother,^  'wherever  you  are'' — 

The  love  of  a  brother  'shall  be'' 
An  ornament  'purer  and  richer  by  far,'' 

Than  'pearls  from  the  depths  of  the  sea.^ 

4.  Be  kind  to  thy  sister^ — not  'many  may  know 

The  'depth  of  true  sisterly  love  ;^ 
The  wealth  of  the  Ocean  lies  'fathoms  below'' 

The  surface  that  'sparkles  above.'' 
Thy  'kindness  shall  bring  to  thee  many  sweet  hours,'' 

And  'blessings  thy  pathway  to  crown,^ 
Affection  shall  'weave  thee  a  garland  of  flowers'' 

More  precious  than  'wealth  or  renown.^ 


4^ 

TOMB  OF  WASHINGTON, 


WASillAGTO:*  AS  A  siiBVEyoa 


1.  To  THEE,'  beneath  whose  eye"' 
Each  circling  century 

Obedient'  rolls,^ 
Our  nation,'  iu  its  prime,"' 
Looked'  with  a  faith  sublime,^ 
And  trusted,'  in  "the  time 

That  tried  men's  souls/" 

2.  Nor  was'  our  fathers'  trust,' 
Tliou'  mighty  one'  and  just. 

Then  put  to  shame  :' 
"  Up'  to  the  hills"'  for  light' 
Looked'  they  in  peril's  night,' 
And,'  from  yon  guardian  height,'* 

Deliverance  came/ 

3.  God  of  our  sires'  and  sons, 
Let  other  Washingtons' 

Our  country'  bless,^ 
And,' like  the  brave  and  wise' 
Of  by-gone  centuries,"" 
Show'  that  true  greatness  lies' 

In  righteousness/ 

*  Frnm  Doroliestcr  hoifrhts  Washington  fon:ed 
the  British  army  to  quit  Boston. 

(331) 


332 


STATISTICAL   TABLES. 


TABLE  I.  Exhibiting  the  term  of  Office,  the  Salary  and  the  Qualifica- 
tions for  Governor  in  each  of  the  different  Stales  in  the  Union;  also,  the 
requisile  Qualifications  of  a  Cilizen  to  Vote  for  atiy  political  purpose 
whatever  within  the  Jurisdiction  of  the  several  Stales. 


Miiiue, 
N.ll. 

Vt. 
Mass. 
K.I. 
Cumi. 

N.  Y. 


IN.  J. 
Del. 

nw. 

3Va.* 

■IN.  C. 

Ga. 

6Fa. 

■lAla. 
4  Miss. 
5 1, a. 
iTex. 
CArk. 

'Ten. 

8|Cv. 

Oiilo. 
2|nJ. 

am. 

5Ml). 


Wj.q. 
Mich. 
Or.  T. 
Min.T. 
N.Mex 


Qualifications  of  the  Governors. 


l.OOi) 


7.W 
2,.'il)l) 


l.Ki'i 
4,00'  i 


l.fiW 
3.11(10 


5  years  a  resident,  3"  years  of  age. 
30  years  of  as;e,  7  years  resident  in  the 

slate,  'SML  property. 
4  yeais  a  resident. 
7  years  a  resident  in  the  state. 

'       I'       r  :   i',  6  months  resident,  ®7 

'    i    i      I:  rullie. 

,  5  years  a  resident,  a 


3,Gl)0 
3,333| 

2,000 
3,.'ilKI 
3,U0U 

1,500 

$2.fm\ 
3.000 1 
6,tK;0' 
2,iXXi 
1,800 

2,000 
2,.'j00 
1.20(1 
1,300 
l,.n('0 
2,000 
1.000 
10,000 

J,2.'")0 
1,500 
3,0110 
2,500 
2,5(0 


Ireeliolder. 

IsOys.  ofase,  20ys.  in  U.  S.,  7  in  state. 
|3o  years  of  ase.  7  years  a  resident. 
|30  years  of  age,  12  years  res.  in  the  U. 

S.,  of  vvhicli  6  shall  he  in  Del. 
30  years  of  age,  5  years  a  resident. 
30  years  of  age,  5  years  a  resident. 

30  years  of  age,  5  years  a  resident, 
30  ys.  of  age,  10  ys.  a  res.,  l,600i.  freeh. 
30  vs  of  a?e,6res.  in  tliestate,  12intiie 

U.  S.,  $1,000  prop'y  or  .500  ac.  land. 
30  years  of  age,  10  years  res.  in  the  U. 

S.,  of  which  6  shall  he  in  Florida 
[30  ys.  of  age,  4  ys.  resident  in  the  state, 
130  years  of  age,  20  in  U.  S.,  5  in  state. 
|35  ys.  of  age,  15  in  U.  S.,  15  in  the  state. 
30  years  of  age,  3  years  a  resident. 
30  years  of  age,  born  in  the  U.S.,  4 

years  resident  in  the  state. 
30  years  of  age,  7  years  a  resident. 
35  years  of  age,  6  yeai's  residence. 
30  ys.  of  age,  12  in  the  U.  S.,4  in  the  st, 
30  ys.  of  age,  10  in  U.  S.,5  in  llie  state. 
30  years  of  aye,  5  ys.  res.  in  the  state 

30  years  of  age,  2  ys.  res.  of  the  state. 


30  ys.  of  age,  5 in  tlieU.  S.,2intliest. 


Quulificfitions  of  Voters. 


21  years  of  age,  1  year  a  resident. 
21  ys.  of  age,  a  ta.x-payer,  6  nio.  in  the 

state,  3  nio.  a  res.  of  the  place. 
21  ys.  of  age,  1  y.  res.,  of  good  behav'r. 
21  ys.  of  age,  1  res.  state,  6  ni.  of  place. 
21  ys.  of  age,  2  ys.  a  res,,  a  ta.x-payer. 
"1  ys.  of  age,  6  mo.  a  res.,  $^  freeh.  or 

a  tax-payer,  subj.  to  military  duty. 
21  ys.  of  age,  1  y.  res,  state,  4  m  place, 

tax-payer,  subject  to  niiht'y  duty. 

Negroes,  3 ys.  res.,  S!;2ul)  freehold. 
21  ys.  of  age,  1  m  .state,  5  ni.  in  place. 
21  ys.  of  age,  1  y.  r.,  '.ax-payer,  lOds.  p. 
21  years  of  age,  1  year  a  resident,  a 

tax-payer,  1  m.  res.  in  the  place. 
21  ys,  of  age,  1  y.  st.,  6  m.  pi. 
21  years  of  age,  a  freeliolder,  house- 

hukler,  and  tax-payer. 
1  ys.  of  age,  1  y.  a  res.,  a  tax-payer. 
21  ys.  of  age,  2  ys. res.,  freeh, &  tax-p'r. 
6  months  a  resident,  a  tax-payer. 

21  ys.  of  age,  2  j's,  res.  in  the  state,  6 
mo.  in  the  county,  subj.  to  mil  d'y. 
21  ys.  of  age,  1  year  res., 3m.  inplace. 
21  ys.  of  age,  1  year  i-es  ,  i  m.  in  place. 
21  ys  of  age,  tax-payer,  2  ys.  st.,  1  y.  pi. 
21  ys.  of  age,  1  y.  in  state, '6  m.  in  place. 
21  years  of  age,  6  months  a  resident. 

21  years  of  age,  6  months  a  resident. 

21  ys. of  age,2ys  instate,  ly.  inplace. 

21  ys.  of  age,  ly.  res.,  liable  to  pay  lax. 

21  years  of  age.  1  year  a  resident. 

21  years  of  age,  6  months  residence. 

21  ys.  of  age, 1  y.  instate,  3  ni.iii  place. 

21  ys.  of  age  (idiots,  insane  or  infunious 
persons  excepted,)  a  resident  of 
the  state  6  mo.,  of  the  co.  20  days. 

!1  years  of  age,  6  montlis  a  resident. 


6  .Not  eligible  for  more  than  8  years  in  12. 
'  Not  eligible  for  more  than  6  years  in  8. 
e  N'lt  eligible  for  the  next  7  years, 
s  Not  ehgible  more  than  4  years  in  8. 


1  Not  eligible  for  the  next  3  yeai-s. 

"  Not  elig'ble  for  more  than  6  years  in  9. 

3  Not  eligible  for  two  coiisecniive  terms, 

■i  .Not  eligible  for  more  than  4  years  in  6. 

^  Not  eligible  for  the  next  4  years.  | 

The  District  of  Columbia  is  under  the  immediate  government  of  Congress,  and,  by  an  act  of 
Congress  in  1816,  now  includes  only  Georgetown  and  Wasliinglon,  whicli  lie  on  the  Maryland 
side  of  the  i'otoniac  river. 

1  For  how  long  a  term  is  the  governor  of  this  State  elected  ?  2.  What  qualifications  are 
required  by  the  constitution  of  this  State?  3.  By  whom  is  the  governor  of  this  State  elected  ? 
4  What  is,  in  every  Stal.e,  the  legal  age  for  voting?  5.  What  is  the  salary  of  the  governor  of  tins 
State  ?  6.  What  is  the  meaning  of  the  word  freehold  ?  7.  What  does  the  figure  at  the  left  of 
N.  J.,  and  sevci.il  of  tlic  following  States,  dencile  ?  8.  What  peculiarity  exists  in  each  of  those 
.St.ilis  ill  relVreiu'p  to  llie  olFice  of  governor  ?  9  In  what  States  is  the  governor  elected  for  4 
years — 3  years — 2  years — 1  year?  Nole. — Should  the  class  be  advanced,  similar  questions  may 
bi:  asked  in  rerereiice  to  every  State  in  the  Union. 

"  Elected  by  the  Legialatuti 
ral  camlijales.  aii'l  no  one  hai 
of  the  promiQPVt  ranJulati.-s. 


um>'j 


I  the) 


STATISTICAL   TABLES. 


333 


TABLE  II.  A  Synopsis  of  the  Constitutions  of  the  several  Stati%  ar- 
'■avged  in  Geographical  Order,  exhibiting  the  number  of  State  Senators 
and  ReprcsenlatiLcs,  their  respective  Terms  of  Office,  and  requisite  Quali- 
ficulioiis. 


'n 

^ 

En 

«i 

*;; 

r-1 

r-^ 

^' 

'^J 

"J:. 

lii 

-^ 

■^ 

'< 

fi 

^ 

s 

N 

Me,, 

31 

1 

151 

1 

25 

N.H., 

12 

1 

iSfi 

1 

30 

VL, 

■M 

1 

2:^1) 

1 

30 

Mass., 

W 

1 

.i:.ti 

1 

it) 

R.  1.. 

•il 

1 

m 

1 

3.1 

Couu., 

^1 

1 

215 

1 

21 

N.  Y., 

■Si 

2 

128 

1 

35 

N.  J., 

la 

•A 

.5S 

1    3(1 

Pa., 

y;i 

H 

1(10 

1    2b 

Del., 

y 

4 

21 

2  27 

Md., 

22 

4 

74 

2  25 

Va., 
N.(3., 

.Ml 

4 

\h->. 

?  ;io 

5(1 

2 

120 

2I2I 

S.C, 

46 

i 

121 

2 

30 

Ga., 

47 

1 

1.10 

1 

25 

Fa., 

ill 

4 

4(1 

•} 

25 

Ala., 

3:i 

4 

IIKI 

7. 

27 

Miss., 

■sz 

4 

02 

2 

30 

La., 

M2 

4 

97 

2 

27 

Texas, 

21 

4 

m 

?, 

30 

Ark., 

•Zb 

4 

75 

2 

311 

Teiin. 

2.-- 

2 

75 

2 

3(1 

Kv., 

:ih 

t 

10(i 

2 

30 

Ohio, 

3o 

2 

lUO 

2|30 

InU., 

50 

.1 

ino 

2  25 

111., 

2.1 

4 

75 

2  25 

Mo., 

18 

4 

49 

2  |3(: 

Iowa, 

19 

1 

■Ai-. 

2  ,2,5 

Wis., 

la 

2 

54 

1 

Mich., 

22 

2 

(ifi 

1   21 

0.  T. 

M.  T. 

1 

N.  T. 

Qxialifications  of  Senators. 


5  years  citizen  of  U.  S.,  1  year  in  the 

stale,  and  3  nionths  ni  the  town. 
7ys.  res.,  freehold  in  the  state  of200i 
^  vs.  resident  of  the  state,  1  y.  town, 
vs.  res. of  st,,  dwelling  in  dist.  rep. 
ti  vears  resident  of  the  state, 
Rp.'^iiient  of  the  state,  freehold  of  40 

hillings,  or  40;  personal  estate, 
fi  years  resident  of  the  state. 

4  ys.  citizen  of  state,  1  y.  of  county, 
t  ys.  citizen  of  state,  1  y.  of  district. 
3  ys.  cit.  of  state,  1  y.  of  county,  200 

acres  freeh.,  or  any  estate  of  lOOOi. 

3  ys.  resident  of  the  state  or  county. 
Kes.  freeholder  of  dist  represented. 

1  y.  res.,  3(XI acres  in  fee  in  dist.  rep. 

5  ys.  res.  of  the  slate,  300i.  freeii. — if 
non-resident,  lOOUi. 

9  ys.  cit.  U.  S.,.3ys.  state,  1  y.  county. 

2  ys.  res.  of  the  state,  1  y.  of  county. 
2  ys.  res.  of  state  1  y.  of  the  district. 

4  ys.  cit.  of  U.  S.,  res.  1  y.  in  district, 
lOys.  cit.  U.S., res  inst. 4y.,dist.  ly. 
Voter;  res.  3 ys. instate,  ly.  district. 
Kes.  of  St.  1  y.,  of  dist.  at  election. 
Voter;  res.  of  state  3  ys.,  county  ly. 

6  ys.  res.  of  the  state,  1  y.  of  district. 
Citizen  of  the  U.  S.,  resident  of  the 

county  or  district  2  years. 
Cit.  of  U.  S.,  2  ys.  res.  st,,  1  y.  in  dist 
Cit.  U.  S.,1.  y.  res.  st.  <S£dist.,tax-p'r 
Cit.  U.S  ,4ys.res  St.,  ly.  dist.,tax-p 
1  y.  res.  of  state,  30  days  of  district 

Qualified  elector,  res.  of  the  district. 


Qualificattons  of  Rrprescntalivcs. 


5  years  citizen  of  U.  S,  1  year  in 
the  state,  3  months  in  the  town 
2ys.  res.,  lOOi.  half  frceh.  in  dist. 
,2  ys.  res.  in  tlie  state,  1  y.  town. 

1  y.  res.  of  the  town  represented. 

2  years  resident  of  the  state. 
Kesident  of  the  state,  freelt  of  40 

shillings,  or 401.  personal  estate. 
2  years  resident  of  tlie  state. 

2  ys.  cit.  of  the  state,  1  y.  of  co'ty. 

3  ys.  cit.  of  slate,  1  y.  of  district. 
3  years  citizen   of  the  state,   1 

year  of  the  county. 
1  year  in  tlie  state  and  county. 
Res.  freeh.  of  place  represented. 

1  y.  res.,  100  acres  freeliold  t 

3  ys.  res.  st,  freeh.  est.  in  dist.  of 
500  acres  and  10  negroes — non- 
residents, freeliold  of  500/. 

7  ys.  cit.  D.  S.,  3  ys.  state,  1  y.  co'ty. 

2  years  res.  of  state,  1  y.  county. 
2  years  res.  of  state,  1  y.  district. 
Res.  2  ys.  of  St.,  1  y.  of'^  place  rep. 
3ys.  cit.  U.S,  state  3  ys.,  parish  ly. 
IVoter ;  res.  2  ys.  of  St.,  1  y.  district. 
Resident  of  the  county. 

Voter;  res.  of  st.  2ys.,  county  ly. 
2  ys.  res.  of  state,  1  y.  of  county 
Cit,  of  state  and  U,  S  ,  1  y.  res.  of 

the  county,  and  a  tax-payer. 
Cit.  U.S  ,  1  y.  state  and  Co.,  tax-p'r. 
[Cit.  U.S.,  1  y.  state  and  co,,  tax-p'r. 
Cit.  U.S.,  2ys.st.,  1  y  CO  ,  tax-]i'r. 
1  y.  res.  of  state,  30  days  of  dist. 


21iQualified  elector,  res.  of  county. 


!.  How  many  Senators  has  this  State  7  2.  How  many  Representatives  ?  3.  What  is  the  term 
of  office  of  a  Senator  of  this  State  ?  4.  What  is  the  term  of  office  of  a  Representative  ?  5. 
How  old  must  a  Senator  be  ?  6.  How  long  a  resident  of  the  State  ?  7.  Of  his  district  ?  8,  How 
much  property  must  he  own  1  9.  How  old  must  a  Representative  be  ]  10.  A  resident  of  the 
State  how  long  ?  11.  Of  his  town,  (or  township.)  county,  or  district,  how  long  ?  12  What 
amount  of  properly  must  he  own  ?  13.  What  is  the  proportion  of  Senators  to  Rein-esentatives 
in  this  State  >.  14.  What  is  the  excess  of  Representatives  oker  Senators  in  this  State  ?  1.5.  Are 
these  numbers  always  the  same  ?  16.  What  is  the  reason  of  this?  17.  Which  State  has  the 
greatest  number  of  Senators  ?  18.  Which  State  has  the  least  number  of  Senators  ?  19.  Which 
State  has  the  greatest  number  of  Representatives?  20,  Which  State  has  the  least  number  of 
Representatives?  21.  In  which  State,  or  States,  is  the  Senators'  term  of  years  the  longest? 
22.  In  which  State,  or  States,  is  the  Senators'  term  of  years  the  shortest?  23.  In  which  State 
is  the  Re]n-esenlat,ives'  term  of  office  the  longest?  24.  In  which  State  is  their  term  shortest? 
25  In  your  opinion,  which  State  has  the  most  advantageous  representation  with  regard  to  pro- 
portional number  !  26  Which  State  has  the  most  advantageous  term  of  service  for  legislative 
purposes  ? 

*  This  IS  increased  to  33  by  the  governor  of  the  State,  who  is  presiding  oflicer,  and  by  the 
lieutenant-govenior,  who  presides  in  the  governor's  alisence. 
t  Representatives  are  called  '  Commons'  in  this  State. 

The  largest  nund)er  of  Stale  Senators  and  Representatives  allowed  by  the  respective  Consti- 
tutions is  here  given.  The  State  Legislatures  are  liable  to  variation  on  account  of  peculiar 
municipal  regulations,  and  contingent  circumstances. 


Table  3.  exhibiting  the  Seats  of  Government,  the   Times  of  the  Election  of 
Slate  Officers,  and  the  Meeting  of  the  Legislatures  of  Each  State. 

States.!  ^^''•'*'  °f  , 
1  Government. 

Times  of  Holding 
Elections. 

Times  of  the  Meeting 
of  the  Legislatures. 

Maine,  Augusta, 

2d  Monday  in  September, 

2d  AVednesday  in  Jan. 

N.  H.,  Concord, 

2d  Tuesday  in  March, 

1st  Wednesday  in  June. 

Vt., 

Montpelier, 

1st  Tuesday  in  Sept., 

2d   Thursday   in    Oct. 

Mass., 

Boston, 

2d  Monday  in  November, 

1st  Wednesday  in  Jan. 

R.  I., 

Prv.  k  Newp't 

1st  Wednesday  in  April, 

IstTu.inMay.lastM.Oc. 

Conn., 

Hart.  &  N.  II. 

1st  Monday  in  April, 

Ist  Wednesday  in  May. 

N.Y., 

Albany, 

Tu.  after  1st  Mon.  in  Nov. 

1st  Tuesday  inJanuary. 

N.  J., 

Trenton, 

Tu.  after  1st  Mon.  in  Nov. 

2d  Tuesday  in  January. 

Pa., 

Harrisburg, 

2d  Tuesday  in  October, 

IstTuesdayin  January. 

Del., 

Dover, 

2d  Tuesday  in  Nov., 

1st  Tues.in  Jan.jiimn.* 

Md., 

Annapolis, 

1st  AVednesday  in  Nov., 

1st  Wed.  in  Jan.,  bienn. 

Va., 

Richmond, 

4th  Thursday  in  April, 

1st  Mon.  in  Dec,  bienn. 

N.  C, 

Raleigh, 

1st  Thursday  in  August,   3d  Mon.  in  Nov.,  bienn. 

s.  c, 

Columbia, 

2d  Monday  in  October, 

4th  Monday  in  Nov. 

Ga., 

Milledgeville, 

1st  Monday  in  October, 

1st  Mon.  in  Nov.,  bienn. 

Fla., 

Tallahassee, 

1st  Monday  in  October, 

1st  Mon.  in  Nov.,  bienn. 

Ala., 

Montgomery, 

1st  Monday  in  August, 

2d  Mon.  in  Nov.,  bienn. 

Miss., 

Jackson, 

1st  Mon.  and  Tu.  in  Nov., 

Ist  Mon.  in  Jan.,  bienn. 

La., 

Baton  Rouge, 

1st  Monday  in  November, 

3d  Mon.  in  Jan.,  bienn. 

Texas, 

Austin, 

1st  Monday  in  August, 

December,  bienn. 

Ark., 

Little  Rock, 

1st  Monday  in  August, 

1st  Mon.  in  Nov.,  bienn. 

Mo., 

Jefferson  City, 

1st  Monday  in  August, 

Last  Mon.in  'Dec, bienn. 

Iowa, 

Iowa  City, 

Ist  Monday  in  August, 

1st  Mon.  in  Dec,  bienn. 

Tenn., 

Nashville, 

1st  Thursday  in  August, 

1st  Mon.  in  Oct.,  bienn. 

Ky., 

Frankfort, 

1st  Monday  in  August, 

1st  Monday  in  Dec. 

Ohio, 

Columbus, 

2d  Tuesday  in  October, 

1st  Mon,  in  Jan.,  bienn. 

Ind., 

Indianapolis, 

1st  Monday  in  August, 

Th.af.lstMon.inJan.,Si. 

111., 

Springfield, 

Tu.  after  Ist  Mon.  in  Nov. 

2d  Mon.  in  Jan.,  bienn. 

Wis., 

Madison, 

Tu.  after  1st  Mon.  in  Nov. 

1st  Monday  in  January. 

Mich., 

Lansing, 

1st  Tuesday  in  November, 

1st  Monday  in  January. 

Cal., 

San  Jos6, 

Tu.  after  1st  Mon.  in  Nov. 

1st  Monday  in  January, 

*  Biennially,  that  is,  every  other  year,  or  once  in  two  years. 

(334) 


TABLE  IV. 

Popul.il'n  of  cities  over  SOOO 
in  the  U.  S.,  with  their 
decenniAl  increase  per  ct. 
from  1S30  to  1S50. 


Pop.  of 
1830. 


Pop.  of 
1840. 


Ratio  of 
increase. 


Pop.  of 
18-10. 


Pop.  of 
1850. 


Ratio  of 
increase. 


Bangor  (Me.) 

Portland 

.Augusta 

Bath 

^lanclicster  (N.  II.)... 

Boston  (Mass.) 

Lowell  

Salem 

Koxbury  

Charlestown 

Worcester 

New  Beilford 

Cambridge 

Lynn 

Springfield 

Taunton 

Providence  (R.  I.) 

.\ew  Haven  (Conn.) .. 

Xorwicb 

Hartford  , 

NewYorli  city  (N.Y.)... 

Brooklyn 

Albany  

Buffalo  

Rochester 

William.sburg 

Troy 

Syracuse  

Utica 

Poughkeepsie 

Lockport 

Oswego  

Newburgh 

Kingston 

Newark  (N.  J.) 

Paterson  

New  Brunswick 

Pliila.  city  and  eo.  (Pa.) 

Pittsburg 

Alleghany 

I?eading 

Lancaster 

Wilmington  (Del.).. 

Baltimore  (Md.) 

Washington  (D.  C). 
Richmond  (Va.)  ..  .. 

Norfolk 

Petersburg 

Mheeling 

Charleston  (S.C.).... 

Savannah  (Oa.) 

Mobile  (Ala.) 

New  Orleans  (La.)... 

Lafayette  

Memphis  (Tenn.).... 

Na.<hville  

Louisville  (Ky.) 

Cincinnati  (Oliio) 

Columbus  , 

Cleveland , 

Dayton  

Madison  (Ind.) 

Chicago  (111.) 

Detroit  (Mich.) 

.St.  Louis  (Mo.) 

Milwaukee  (Wis.) 


2,867 

12,598 

3,980 

3,77.3 

877 

61,392 

6,47-i 

13,895 

5,247 

8,783 

4,173 

7,592 

6,072 

6,138 

6,784 

6,042 

10,833 

10,678 

5,161 

7,074 

197,112 

15,394 

24,209 

8,668 

9,207 

1,117 

11,556 

2,565 

8,323 

7  222 

3,'823 

2,703 

6,424 

4,170 

10,953 


7.831 

188,797 

12,508 

2,801 

5,S,56 

7.704 

6,028 

80.620 

18,826 

6,055 

9,814 

8,322 

5.276 

30.289 

7..302 

3,194 

49,826 


5,566 
10,341 
24,831 
2,435 
1,076 
2,950 
2,500 
None 
2,222 
4^977 


8,627 

15,218 

5,314 

5,141 

3,2;35 

93,383 

20,790 

15,082 

9,089 

11,484 

7,497 

12,087 

8,409 

9,367 

10.985 

7,645 

2.3,171 

12,960 

7,2:39 

9,468 

312,710 

36,2.33 

33,721 

18,213 

20,191 

5,094 

19,334 

6,.500 

12,782 

10,006 

9,125 

4,665 

8,933 

5,824 

17,290 

7,596 

8,063 

258,037 

21,115 

10,089 

8,410 

8,417 

8,367 

102.313 

23,364 

20,153 

10,920 

11,136 

7,885 

29,261 

11.214 

12,672 

102.193 

3.207 

2,026 

6,929 

21,210 

46,.33S 

6,048 

6,071 

6,067 

3,798 

4,470 

9,102 

16,469 

1,712 


200.9 
20.79 
33.51 
36.25 

2(38.87 
52.1 

221.22 
8.54 
73.22 
30.75 
79.65 
59.2 
38.48 
52.6 
61.92 
26.53 
37.65 
21.37 
40.26 
33.84 
58.64 
35..37 
39.29 

110.11 

119.3 

356.04 
67.3 
153. 
53.57 
38.54 

138.68 
72..58 
39.05 
39.66 
57.85 


10.62 
36.07 
68. 

260.19 
43.61 
9.25 
26. 
26.9 
24.1 

232.83 
11.26 
33.81 
49.45 
decs. .39 
53..'37 

296.74 

105.09 


24.48 
105  1 

86.01 
148.37 
464.21 
105.66 

51.68 


309.03 
230.9 


8,627 

15,218 

5.314 

5,141 

3,2.35 

93,383 

20,796 

15,082 

9,089 

11,484 

7,497 

12.087 

8,409 

9,367 

10,985 

7,645 

2.3,171 

12,960 

7,239 

9,468 

312,710 

36.233 

33.721 

18,213 

20,191 

5,094 

19,334 

6,500 

12,782 

10,006 

9,125 

4,665 

8,933 

5,824 

17,290 

7,596 

8,663 

258.0.37 

21.115 

10,089 

8,410 

8.417 

8,3(;7 

102,.313 

23,364 

20,1.53 

10,920 

11,136 

7,885 

29,261 

11,214 

32,672 

102,193 

3,207 

2,026 

6,929 

21,210 

46,.33S 

6,048 

6,071 

6,067 

3,798 

4,470 

9,102 

16,469 

1,712 


14,432 

20,815 

8,225 

8,020 

13,932 

136,871 
33,383 
20,264 
18.364 
17,210 
17,049 
16,443 
15,215 
14,257 
11,766 
10,441 
41.512 
20.345 
10,205 
13.555 

515,507 
96,838 
50.763 
42.261 
36,403 
30.780 
28.785 
22,271 
17,665 
13.944 
12,323 
12,206 
11,416 
10,2.33 
38,894 
11..338 
13.387 

408.762 
46,601 
21.201 
15,748 
12.365 
13.979 

169,0.54 
40,001 
27,482 
14,326 
14,010 
11,391 
42,985 
16,060 
20.513 

119,461 
14.190 
8,!-39 
10.478 
43.196 

115,4.36 
17,883 
17.0.34 
10.977 
8.005 
29.963 
21.019 
77,800 
20,061 


67.28 

36.77 

54.77 

56. 

330.67 

46.56 

60.52 

34.35 

102.04 

49.91 

■127.41 

36.03 

80.93 

62.2 

7.1 

36.57 

79.15 

56.98 

41.8 

43.16 

64.85 

167.26 

50.53 

132.03 

80.29 

504.24 

48.88 

242.63 

37.41 

39.35 

35.04 

161.62 

27.78 

75.7 

124.95 

49.26 

54.53 

58.41 

120.7 

110.73 

87.25 

46.9 

67.7 

65.23 

71.2 

36.36 

31.19 

25.8 

44.46 

40.9 

43.21 

61.87 

16.89 

342.46 

336.27 

51.21 

103.65 

149.11 

195.68 

180.57 

80.92 

110.76 

570.31 

130.92 

372.76 

1071.78 


335 


336 

STATISTICAL     TABLES. 

TABLE  v.       Exldhiting  the  mimber  of  BwelUnga,  Families,  White  Males, 

Slaves, 

Deaths,    Farms,    Mann/acturing 

Eatahliahrnents,    Federal    Re- 

STATES. 

Dwellings. 

95,797 

IbmUies. 

Wlute  males. 

White 
Females. 

Cnlorrd 
Males.  - 

Colored 

ikmalf^. 

Maiue, 

103,787 

296,635 

285,128 

705 

620 

N.  H. 

57,389 

62,287 

155,902 

161,487 

243 

232 

Vt. 

56,327 

58,475 

159,374 

153,.528 

36i; 

343 

Mass. 

152,835 

192,679 

484,284 

501,420 

4,314 

4,481 

R   I. 

22,379 

28,216 

70,417 

73,583 

1,660 

1,884 

Conn. 

64,013 

73,448 

180,001 

183,304 

3,749 

3,737 

N.  Y. 

473,956 

566,862 

1,545,052 

1,504,405 

22,998 

24,939 

N.  J. 

81,064 

89,080 

233,746 

232,494 

11,542 

11,551 

Pa. 

386,292 

408,421  1,142,863 

1,115,600 

25,057 

28,266 

Del. 

15,209 

15,439 

3.5,771 

35,518 

8,989 

8,968 

Md. 

81,708 

87,384 

211,495 

207,095 

34,914 

39,16a 

D.  of  C. 

7,917 

8,292 

18,548 

19,479 

4,210 

5,763 

Va. 

165,797 

167,512 

451,510 

443,726 

25,843 

27,986 

N.  C. 

105,542 

106,023 

272,789 

280,506 

13,226 

13,970 

s.  c. 

52,642 

52,937 

137,773 

136,8.50 

4,110 

4,790 

aa. 

91,011 

91,471 

266,096 

255,342 

1,368 

1,512 

Florida. 

9,022 

9,107 

25,674 

21,493 

420 

505 

Ala. 

73,070 

73,786 

219,728 

206,779 

1,047 

1,225 

Miss.* 

77,699 

78,103 

145,775 

145,761 

491 

407 

La. 

49,101 

54,112 

141,059 

114,357 

7,598 

9,939 

Texas, 

27,998 

28,377 

84,803 

69,237 

171 

160 

Ark. 

28,252 

28,416 

85,699 

76,369 

318 

271 

Tenn. 

129,420 

130,005 

382,270 

37,427 

3,072 

3,191 

Ky. 

130,769 

132,920 

392,840 

368,848 

4,771 

4,965 

Ohio, 

336,098 

348,523 

1,004,111 

951,997 

12,239 

12,061 

Indiana, 

170,185 

171,564 

506,400 

471,205 

5,472 

5,316 

Illinois, 

146,544 

149,153 

445,644 

400,460 

2,756 

2,610 

Mo. 

96,849 

100,890 

312,986 

279,091 

1,338 

1,206 

Iowa, 

32,962 

33,517 

100,885 

90,994 

16S 

167 

Wis. 

56,117 

57,319 

163,806 

139,794 

365 

261 

Mich. 

71,616 

72,611 

208,471 

186,026 

1,412 

1,145 

Cal.* 

25,000 

47,987 

158,000 

41,000 

800 

200 

Min.  T. 

1,102 

1,016 

3,695 

2,-343 

21 

18 

N.  Mex. 

13,453 

13,502 

81,706 

29,782 

14 

3 

U.  T.* 

2,000 

3,000 

16,000 

8,.500 

300 

200 

Or. 

2,374 

2,374 

8,142 

4,945 

119 

87 

*  Estima 

tod.    The  returns  at  the 

)  Census  Office 

being  incomplete. — The  above  tables 

script  at  the 

Census  Bureau,  and  a 

re  probably  pu 

Wished  six  or  eight  months  in  ad- 

' ] 1 

STATISTICAL    TABLES.                                    1537^ 

WJtite    Females,    Colored    Males,    Colored    Females,    Total    Free   Foundation, 

presentative  Population,    Total  Population. 

Total  Free    \ 
Pnpulatlrin. 

Slaves. 

Deaths. 

Farms. 

Manuf. 
Fatah. 

Federal  jRep. 
Fopulation. 

Total  Pop. 

583,088 

)(.;  0,000 

7,545 

46,760 

1,682 

583,088 

583,088 

317,864 

)(:0,000 

4,268 

29,229 

3,301 

317,804 

317,864 

313,611 

('il.'OjOOO 

3,130 

29,687 

1,835 

313,611 

313,611 

994,499 

000,000 

19,414 

34,235 

9,637 

994,499 

994,499 

147,544 

000,000 

2,241 

5,385 

1,144 

147,544 

147,544 

370,791 

000,000 

5,781 

22,445 

3,913 

370,791 

370,791 

3,097,394 

000,000 

44,339 

170,621 

23,823 

3,097,394 

3,097,394 

489,333 

222 

6,467 

23,905 

4,374 

489,466 

489,555 

2,311,786 

000,000 

28,318 

127,577 

22,036 

2,311,786 

2,311,786 

89,246 

2,289 

1,209 

6,063 

513 

90,619 

89,246 

492,667 

90,368 

9,594 

21,860 

3,803 

546,887 

583,035 

48,000 

3,687 

846 

264 

427 

No  Delegate. 

51,687 

949,005 

472,461 

19,053 

77,013 

4,433 

1,234,541 

1,421,526 

580,491 

288,412 

10,207 

56,916 

2,523 

753,538 

868,903 

293,523 

384,984 

7,997 

29,969 

1,473 

514,513 

668,507 

624,318 

3^1,681 

9,920 

51,759 

1,407 

753,326 

905,999 

48,092 

39,309 

933 

4,304 

121 

76,947 

87,401 

428,779 

342,892 

9,804 

41 ,964 

1,022 

634,514 

771,671 

282,434 

300,419 

10,016 

27,897 

1,3S9 

472,685 

592,853 

272,953 

239,021 

11,948 

13,424 

1,021 

416,365 

511,974 

154,431 

58,161 

3,046 

12,198 

307 

189,327 

212,592 

162,657 

46,982 

2,987 

17,758 

271 

190,846 

209,639 

763,164 

239,461 

11,759 

72,710 

2,789 

906,840 

992,625 

771,424 

210,981 

15,206 

74,777 

3,471 

898,012 

982,405 

1,980,408 

000,000 

28,949 

143,887 

10,550 

1,980,408 

1,980,40S 

988,416 

000,000 

12,728 

93,805 

4,326 

988,416 

988,416 

851,470 

000,000 

11,619 

76,208 

3,099 

851,470 

851,470 

594,621 

87,422 

12,211 

54,458 

3,030 

647,074 

072,043 

192,214 

000,000 

2,044 

14,085 

482 

192,214 

192,214 

304,226 

000,000 

2,884 

20,177 

1,273 

304,226 

304,226 

397,654 

000,000 

4,520 

34,089 

1,979 

397,654 

397,654 

200,000  000,000 

15,000 

3,000 

50 

200,000 

200,000 

6,077  000,000 

30 

157 

5 

6,077 

6,077 

61,505  000,000 

1,157 

3,750 

20 

61,505 

61,505 

25,000         500 

i,ooo;  4,000 

30 

25,300 

25,500 

13,293  000,000 

47 

1,164 

51 

13,293 

13,293 

have  cost  much  labor  anJ  expense.    Tbey  have  been  copied  from  the  original  inanu- 

Timce  of  the  Government. 

29 


338 


STATISTICAL    TABLES. 


TABLE  VI.     Official  Synopsis  of  the  Census  of  Great  Britain.     [^Tahen 
March  ZUt,  1851.] 


Entjland  and  Wale: 

Sootlaiiil 

Isles  in  Uritish  seas 

Total 

Ireland  (1S51)  

"       (ISil)  

Decrease  in  10  y'rs 


HOUSES. 


Inhabited.     Uninhabiled. 


3,280,961 

366,fi50 

21,826 


3,609,437 

1,047,739 

1,328,839 
281,900 


152,898 

11,956 

1,077 


165,931 

65,159 
52,208 
12,951t 


Building. 


26,534 

2,378 
202 


2,113 
3.313 
1,200 


POPULATION. 


8,762,588 

1,363.622 

6,651 


9,160,180  17,922,768 

1,507,162    2.870,784 

76,405       142,916 


10,192,721.10,743,747  20,936,468* 

3,176,727    3,339,067    6,515.794 

4,019.576   4,1.5.3.548    S,n<i,727 

842,849       816,481    1,660,933 


POPULATION    AT   VARIOUS   PERIODS. 


England,  Scotl'd 
and  Wales 


Inc.  for  10  years  ... 
Per  ct.  for  10  year.' 


10,567,893 


1811 


12,047,455 

1,479,562 
14 


1821 


14,180,351  16,364,893 


2,132,896 
IS 


2,184,542 
15 


1841 


18,658,372 

2,'260,T49 

14 


1851 


20,936,468 

2,227,438 

12 


POPULATION  OF  THE  UNITED  STATES  AT  SIMILAR  PERIODS. 


1790 


1840 


3,929,827 

Inc.  per  ot.  \ 
in  10  years  j 


5,305,940 
35 


7,239,814 
36U 


9,638,191 
33 


12,806,020 
S3M 


17,068,666 
32 


THE   PROMINENT   POWERS   OF  EUROPE   CONTRASTED. 


Gr.  Brit.  &  Irel'd   27,452,262 

France  36,000,000 

Russia 70,000.000 

Austria I  37^000,000 

Turkey 1 12.500,000 

Spain i  13,000,000 


129,000 
205.000 
700,000 
500.000 
220,000 
160,000 


T.ixes  pi  id 
to  support 
army,  &c. 


$3,333,333,333 
886,666,666 
488,666.666 
733,333,3.33 
266,606,660 
866,666,666 


250,000,000 
335,000.000 
550,000,000 
500,000.000 
75.000,000 
400,000,000 


Yearly  income 

of  all 

the  pe.^pIe. 


2,750,000,000 

1,600,000,000 

Unknown 


if^ 

6 

30 


*  Persons  in  the  army,  the  navy,  and  the  merchant  vessels,  and  out  of  the  country 
when  the  census  w.as  taken,  167,604.  f  Increase  of  uniuhahitetl  houses. 

J  The  whole  deht  of  all  the  powers  of  Europe  is  about  ton  billions  of  dollars,  (which 
has  been  incurred  to  sustain  the  wars  of  kings  and  em))crors.)  This  gives  an  ave- 
rage, for  each  family  of  five  per.'sons,  of  nearly  $200.     [Sec  page  312.] 

§  The  amounts  in  this  cnlninn  go  to  the  annual  support  of  the  army  and  government,  and  not  to  pay 
the  national  debt.  The  Englishman  pays  an  annual  lax  to  support  the  army,  *c.,  to  the  amount  of  one- 
eleventh  of  all  his  income;  while  the  Frenchman,  for  the  same  purposes,  pays  one-fiflh.  The  yearly 
income  from  the  productive  industry  of  the  36,000,000  of  people  in  France  is  but  little  more  than  haff 
that  of  the  27.000,000  in  Great  Brila'in,  In  England  there  are  630,721  voters;  in  Wales,  37,P24  ;  in 
Scotland,  72,720;  and  in  Ireland,  9,h.006.  In  France  there  are  only  2->0,000  voters.  In  England,  one 
person  out  of  every  2G  is  a  voter:  in  W&les,  1  to  23;  in  Scotland,  1 'to  38;  and  in  Ireland,  I  lo  81.  In 
France,  there  is  only  I  voter  to  137  persons.  In  the  United  Slates,  there  is  1  voter  to  7  persons.  [This 
nubjecl  is  illustrated  at  length  in  nURLEIGH'S  LEGISLATIVE  GUIDE.] 


r ■ — 

BIOGRAPHICAL   TABLE    OF   SOME   OF   THE   DISTIN-     || 

GUISHED  DECEASED  AMERICANS. 

STATESMEN  AND  JUHISTS 

J^'"'l'J'                MISCEI.LANKOUS. 

r)i«i, 

A    P, 

MlS.JKLLANEOUS. 

Died, 
A.  D. 

John  Carver-    -    - 

U"B!     John  iiohiiison  -    -    -    - 

h;i;5 

John  I.edvard   -    -    -    - 

1789 

Joliii  Sniiili  -    -    - 

liCe     Fraiir-isHigginson-    -    - 

163U 

Israel  Pn'nam  -    -    -     - 

1790 

r„-iir^'«  Calvert-    - 

IfiGl  J, ,1,11  Harvard    -     -     -     - 

ii;:!8 

.I..fe|.h  Bellamy     -    -    - 

179(1 

Jolui  Willi  lain.-    - 

ii.V.)  1  Will, am  I'r.  wster      -     - 

16  U 

I'redenek  Wni.  Steuben 

1794 

l^dward  Wnisidw  - 

lto5     TliomaK  1  !oo!:er    -    -     - 

1617 

.lohn  Wilhei-spoon     -    - 

179! 

William  EiuJfuril  - 

n:r.7     Thomas  Sli,-ijard  -    -    - 

1619 

Ezra  Stiles  ----- 

1795 

Theopliilus  Ealun  - 

1H57     John  Cotton      -    -    -    - 

1052 

John  Sullivan   -    -    -    - 

1795 

Jiilin  Eniljooll   -    - 

1(1().T 

Xathaiiiel  Ward   -    -    - 

1653 

Francis  Maram      -    -    - 

1795 

Leonard  Calvert    - 

167ti 

Mil>-sSiandi>li-    -    -    - 

i65tr 

Anthnnv  Wavne    -    -    - 

1790 

Willmin  CcKldiiii^ton 

1678 

John  Norton      -    .    -    - 

1663 

David   Rit'enhouse     -    - 

1790 

WilliiiiiiPliipps-    - 

1695 

Kichanl  Mai  her    -    -    - 

1669 

Jeremiali  I'.elkiiap     -    - 

1798 

Willmm  I'tnn    -    - 

1718 

John  Davenport    -    -    - 

16:il 

John  Clarke      -    -    -    . 

1798 

WilliamBmiiet-    - 

1729 

Charif-s  Ch.miicy  -     -     - 

1672 

Patrick  Henry  -    -     .    - 

1799 

1  Elislia  VVilliaitis     - 

1755 

Edward  Johnson  -    -    - 

1672 

Artemas  Ward-    -    -    - 

1H(K1 

1  James  Delaiicy-    - 

176n 

JohnMas,.ii-     -    .    -    - 

1673 

George  R.  Minot  -    -    - 

1802 

1  John  Chambers-     - 

i7(i5 

Joseph  Wiuslow   -  _  -    - 

168(1 

John  Evving      -    -    -    - 

1802 

1  Kofer  Wolcott  -    - 

1767 

Urian  Cakes      -    -    -    - 

1081 

Samuel  Hopkins   -    -    - 

1803 

William  Shirlev      - 

1771 

Roger  Williams    -    .    - 

1083 

PhilinS<iiuvler     -    -    - 

1801 

i  William  Johnson   - 

1771 

Nafhaniel  Morton      -    - 

1(tN5 

William  Moultrie-    -    - 

18(15 

1  Richard  Peters  -    - 

1775 

Samuel  Gorton     -    -    - 

1687 

Henry  Knox     -    -    -    - 

1800 

John  Quiiicy-    -    - 

1775 

Daniel  Gookin  -    -    -    - 

1687 

Horatio  Gates  -    -    -    - 

1806 

Pevton  Randolph   - 

1775 

John  Eliot    ----- 

1690 

Edwiird  Preble      -    -    - 

1807 

1  Robert  I,ivni!;.sinn- 

1775 

William  Hubbard-    -    - 

17(14 

William  Eaton-    -    -    - 

1807 

1  Joseiih  MurravJ     - 



Samuel  WiUard    -    -    - 

1707 

Oliver  Ellsworth  -    -    - 

1807 

I  WiUiam  Smith-     - 



Robert  Beverly     -    -    - 

1716 

Fisher  Ames     -    -    -    - 

18(18 

1  John  Penn     -    -    - 



Benjamin  Church  -    -    - 

1718 

Charles  B.  Brown      -    - 

1809 

I  Samm-nVi-lles-    - 



Increase  Mather  -    -    - 

1723 

Benjamin  Lincoln      -    - 

1810 

1  John  Chandler  -    - 



Cotton  Mather-    -    -    - 

1728 

Joseph  Dennie  -    -    -    - 

1812 

1  2  Oliver  Parlrid?e     - 

— .- 

Jonathan  Dickinson  -    - 

1747 

James  Clinton  -    -    -    - 

1812 

1  Richard  Wibird-    - 



Benjamin  Colinan     -    - 

1747 

Joel  Bariow      -    -    .    . 

1812 

•  Mesheck  VVeare     - 



David  Bramerd     -    -    - 

1747 

Joseph  Biickminster-    - 

1812 

1  Henry  Sherburne  - 



John  Calleiider     -    -    - 

171« 

Theo|,hilns  Parsons  -    - 

1813 

1  William  Pilkin  -    - 



Thomas  Godfrey  -    -    - 

1749 

Zebiilon  M.  Pike  -    -    - 

1813 

1  Mart  in  Howard-    - 



William  Stitli   -    -    -    - 

1750 

James  Lawrence  -    -    - 

1813 

1  Isaac  N.ii-ns-     -    - 



James  Logan    -    -    -    - 

1751 

William  Heath      -    -    - 

1814 

1  Benjamin  Tasker  - 



Jonathan  Edwards    -    - 

1758 

Samuel  Dexter      -    .    . 

1815 

1  Ainaliani  Barnes   - 



Tliomas  Prince     -    -    - 

1758 

Robert  Fulton  -    -    -    - 

1815 

3  Button  Gwinnet    - 

1777 

William  Peiiperell     -    - 

1759 

David  Ramsey  -    -    -    - 

1815 

2  3  John  Morton      -    - 

1777 

Samuel  Davies  -    -    .    - 

1761 

John  S.  Copely  -    -    -    - 

1813 

2  3  Philip  Livinsston   - 

1778 

Gilbert  Tennent    -    -    . 

1704 

John  Carroll     -    -    -    - 

1815 

3  Joseph  Hewes  -    - 

1779 

Jonaihan  Mayhew     -    - 

17«i 

Benjamin  S.  Barton  -    - 

1815 

2  3  George  Ross  -    -    - 

1779 

Zalidiel  Boylston  -    -    - 

1766 

Henry  E.  Muhlenberg    - 

1815 

1  Theodore  Atkinson 

1779 

Thomas  Clap    -    -    -    - 

1767 

James  A.  Bayard  -    -    - 

1815 

3  Thomas  Lynchjr.  - 

1779 

Samuel  Johnson   -    -    - 

1772 

Theodore  Dehon  -    -    - 

1817 

3  John  Hart     -    -    - 

1780 

John  Mitchell    -    -    -    - 

1772 

Timothy  Dwight  -    -    - 

1817 

3  Richard  Stockton  - 

1781 

John  Clayton    -    -    -    - 

1773 

Arthur  St.  Clair    -    -    . 

1818 

3  Georsje  Taylor  -    - 

1781 

Joseph  \Varren     -    -    . 

1775 

Caspar  Wistar  -    -    -    - 

1818 

2  James  Oils    -    -    - 

1783 

Richard  Montgomery     - 

1775 

Samuel  S.  Smith  -    -    - 

1819 

2  3  Ca!sar  Rodney  -    - 

17« 

John  Thomas  -    -    -    - 

1776 

Jesse  Appleton      -    -    - 

1819 

<  Joseph  Rffd  *    -    - 

1785 

Cadwallader  Golden  -    - 

177G 

Jo.seph  Lathrop      -    .    - 

182(1 

1  3  Stephen  Hopkins  - 

1785 

Hugh  Mercer    -    -    -    - 

1777 

Benjamin  Trumbull  -    - 

1820 

3  William  Whipple  - 

1785 

David  Wooster-    -    -    - 

1777 

Oliver  H.  Perry     -    -    - 

1820 

3  Arthur  Middleton  - 

1787 

John  Bartrain  -    -    -    - 

1777 

Stepilien  Decatur  -    .    - 

1820 

3  Thomas  Stone  -    - 

1787 

Elcazar  Wheelock    -    - 

1779 

Benjamin  West     -    -    - 

1820 

3  *  John  Penn    -    -    - 

1788 

Count  Pulaski  -    -    -    - 

1779 

Sainoei  Worcester     -    - 

1821 

1  Thos.  Hutchinson  - 

1789 

Tliomas  Hutchinson-    - 

1780 

John  Stark  

1822 

3  Tlios.  Nelson.jr.    - 

1789 

Jonathan  Carver  -    -    - 

178(. 

Thomas  'I'ruxton  -    -    - 

1822 

1  3  4  Bmiiimin  Franklin  - 

1790 

Charles  Lee      -    -    -    - 

1782 

Samuel  Hcckewelder    - 

1823 

4  David  Brearley  -    - 

179(1 

William  Alexander   -    - 

1783 

Divie  Bethune  -    -    -    - 

1821 

2  Metcalf  Rowler     - 



Ant  hony  Benezet  -    -    - 

1781 

Sanoieirampbell-    -    - 

18-21 

2  Hen rv  Ward-    -    - 



Nathaniel  Greene      -    - 

1786 

Elisha  Whitney     -    -    - 

182.5 

2  David  Rowland-    - 



Charles  Chauncy  -    -    - 

1787 

James  Wilkinson  -    -    - 

182.5 

2  John  Cruwrt   -    - 



Mather  Bvles    -    -    -    - 

1788 

Thomas  Macdonough    - 

1825 

2  William  Bayard     - 



Ethan  Allen     -    -    -    - 

1789 

Liudley  Murray     -    -    - 

1826 

*  The  names  of  all  the  signers  of  the  Articles  of  Conf 

ederation  will  be  found  attache 

d  to 

those  Articles,  Appendix,  paare  44. 

t  Writer  of  the  Bill  of  Rights.        t  The  dash  (  — )  deuu 

tes  that  the  year  is  not  ascertain 

ed. 

The  Bill  of  Rights,  the  Declaration  of  Independence, 

and  the  Constitution  of  the  Ur 

ited 

States,  were  signed  only  by  part  of  the  members  appointed 

tofi-ume  those  enduring  moiium 

iuts. 

1  Members  of  the  Congress  that  met  at  Albany,  175i. 

2  Signers  of  the  Declaration  of  Kiijlits.                         4  Sign 

ers  of  the  Articles  of  Confederal 

on. 

3  Sifiieis  of  the  Declaration  of  Indupendence.         6  Sigi 

ers  of  the  Coiislilulion. 

1 
jj 

p3yy 


340 


BIOriRAPHICAL    TABLE. 


STATCSMEN  AND  JURISTS 


Leonnni  Lispenard 
Hendrick  P'lsher  - 
Jiiines  Bordeu  -  - 
I'homas  Rmsffold  - 
William  A'lurduck  - 
Kilward  Tilghniaa  - 
'riiiirnas  Lyncli  -  - 
William  liioper  - 
William  Ijviri'^sUjii 
Kr.uiris  Hcipkinsou 
(,vmuii  Hall  -  -  - 
lli-njaiiiin  Hariisun 
(iHi'ipc  Br.van  -  - 
I  letiry  [.aureus  -  - 
RiHlir  Shrrmml  -  - 
.I.iliii  lluiioick  -  - 
Aliraham  Clark-  - 
I!lfli;inl  Hcnrv  \.<-a 
.lr,;,u\V,tlii-rsrHioii- 
.Ins::ili  IhirtlnU  -    - 


olivr  Uo!ri,;t  -     - 

17H7 

L<-\vis  Horns     -    - 

171 IH 

C-orgfi  Read      -    - 

1798 

J;iinL-s  Wrson   -    - 

1798 

Ninholas  Gilman    - 

— — 

.luiiatlian  Davtnn   - 



Tlios.  FitzSuiions 



Janob  Broom      -    - 



.limicsAlcUmiiy     - 



Daiuol  Carroll    -    - 

. 

Tlioains  Jenifer     - 



K'd  DolibR  Spraigllt 



Grorij''  Wrisliinolon 

VIVJ 

VV  lUiam  Paca    -    - 

17!  ID 

f„ur-j,-ilnss-    -    - 

r/;)(i 

.lolni  Blair     -    -    - 

180(1 

William  tilount-    - 

l.-^JKI 

Jrilm  lUule?e    -    - 

I81KI 

riiuuias  Milfiin-    - 

ISIKI 

IJhvard  Kii'lMiire- 

1  SI  III 

Ji.lm  WortUin?tou- 

18(KI 

I'l.-iiicis  Lewis    -    - 

imjJ 

MaiUiew  Thornton 

isii;j 

Sainw  I  A'i/inis  -    - 

l.SIU 

Robiit  Treat  Paine 

1801 

(J,  or-.-  Wall  on-    - 

18111 

A'txu'ulir  llnviilton 

ISIU 

ilM  IS, ,;.-r  Gadsden 

l,-lil;') 

W  ilhaiii  Patterson- 

18(111 

linhril  Mm-m    -    - 

18(11. 

Jii.uis  Smith-    -    - 

iHix; 

i; -e  Wvthe   -    - 

18IHi 

Khplialet  Over  -    - 

18(17 

Abialia.nP.aldwm- 

18117 

.lohnliirkinson-     - 

1>SII8 

■n.  .,  i:.  •.••-,, i.jr. 

|!«I'J 

i ,,,. ',,'.-     . 

1811 

i  M .  ■     :     ■     .•',,-     - 

1811 

1 ;  .    ■ .  1   •  M  '■  '    -  '    -     - 

181.-, 

1  .-',■.■  !  ■!'    '   '  \,\ns 

I81ii 

1   'i    .;.!   1       ■  1         ,■   111       - 

1S!7 

.1'  ''l:i     1    ,IJ1        ,    •:!      -        - 

1S14 

Wir  Naiii'l  Jolinsoii 

ItU!) 

llii-h  Williamson - 

1H1;> 

\\illiam  lalerv-    - 

l.s-.ill 

Will, am  Klov.l    -     - 

IH'il 

.lared  insersoU  -    - 

wa 

I'lerr.e  Butler     -    - 

1.8'.« 

WiUiam  Piiu-kiiey  - 

1822 

MIS0F,I.LAXEOU8. 


Jedeiliali  Aloise     -  - 

Kdward  I'ayson     -  - 

Thomas  I'liickiiey  - 

.lacob  Brown    -    -  - 

Be  Wilt  Clinlon    -  - 

Tiimitliy  Piekeriiig  - 

William  Bambndse  - 

John  M.  Mason      -  - 

John  Henry  Hobart  - 

James  P.  \Vilson  -  - 

Stephen  Kll.ott      -  - 

J, ,1m  n   Culman  -  - 

haiahlliomas-     -  - 

Samuel  L.  Mitchell  - 

J.ihn  H.  Riee    -    -  - 

Stephen  Girard     -  - 

Thomas  S'lmter    -  - 

J.iliii  II.  .Ash.iem  -  - 

i;,,bert  C   San,ls    -  - 

Warren  ("oibiirn  -  - 

S Tucker     -  - 

John  Collee  -    -    -  - 

William  Banibndge  - 

Eh  Todd-    -    -    -  - 

Lorenzo  Dow    -    -  - 

Ehenezer  Porter  -  - 

George  T.  Bedell  -  - 

.lames  Whitlield   -  - 

Thomas  Say     -    -  - 

David  Ilossaek-    -  - 

Thomas  S.  Grimke  - 

Satnuel  Buker-    -  - 

Wilham  Wirt    -    -  - 

Win.  H.  Crawford  - 

Nathan  Dane  -    -  - 

Luther  Martin  -    -  - 

John  Emory      -    -  - 

William  Nevins     -  - 

V\'ilham  White      -  - 

David  Crockett      -  - 

John  Lowell     -    -  - 

Kilwaid  Livinsston  - 

Pliilip  Sym,'  I'hvsiek  - 
Naliiami-l  I5ovvditch- 

Wilham  M.  Stone-  - 

Samuel  L.  Knapp-  - 

John  Kodsers  -    -  - 

Thomas  Cooper    -  - 

Hez.'klah  N,l.--s     -  - 

Wiiham  Sullivan  -  - 
J.' 


Willi, 


I  Baiirnifl      -  -  - 

■olburu    -     -  -  - 

ir  Fiske    -    -  -  - 

jO^'deii     -    -  -  - 

Hobert  Y    flayne  -  -  - 

I'eliv  Grimily    -    -  -  - 

Phihp  P  Barbour-  -  - 

Timothy  Plmt  -     -  -  - 

Charles  Bonnycaslle-  - 

.i,,sei)h  Parri.sh-    -  -  - 

Milthew  Curey     -  -  - 

William  Le!,-etl   -  -  - 

Ivaae  C!ia,iiie.-y     -  -  - 

George  (i.  Co  ikman  -  - 

William  P.  Dewees  -  - 

Alexander -Macomb  -  - 

llim'h  S.  Lesare     -  -  - 

John  1'or.svlhe  -    -  -  - 

Saiii'l  L.  Southard  -  - 

\oah  Webster-  -  -  - 
\Silliam  Ellerv  Channmg 

J,,lm  liii-land'  -    -  -  1 

John  Trumbull      -  -  - 

Lewis  F.  Linn  -    -  -  - 

Robeit  Adraiii  -    .  -  - 


Died. \ 

A.  D.  i 


DISTINGtnSHKD  FK-MALES. 


\  Rebei^ea  Poealiontas- 

,  Arabella  Jolinsou-  - 

Ann  lluiehinson  -  - 

Mary  Pv.-r    -    -    -  - 

Anne  Pirailstreet  -  - 

Mai-- S;a,l,uek-    -  - 

Sarah  i;>,ii,Tts-    -  - 

Mary  Sail, install   -  - 

Hannah  Duston    -  - 

Esllier  r.uiT      -    -  - 


SiLsaima  Anlhony-    -  - 

Marv  Wolsloncraft    -  - 
iMargaretta  V.  Fausreres 

.^Iarllla  WiLsliiiigton  -  - 

Elizabeth  Fergusson-  - 

Puebe  H.  Abbot    -    -  - 

Maiv  While-     -     -    -  - 

.Mali  ha  I,    l;:inisay    -  - 


3:u 
18:il 
1854 
ISil 
18:it 
18:U 
1854 
18U 
1S31 


Jiiililh  S.  Gi-,int     -    ■ 
Mere.y  Warren-    - 
Isabella  Graham   -    • 
Mary  J.  Grosvenor    ■ 
.Mary  Dwight    -    - 
Phebe  Phillips  -    - 
Abigail  Adams  -    - 
.Tuilith  Murray  -    - 
Sarah  Holfmaii 
Calliariiie  Brown  - 
Su.saii  lIimtin:;ton 
V.  Anna  P.  Canfield 
Elizabeth  Gray      - 
I.ui-ia  Knox-    -    - 
Susan  Kowson  -    - 
L.  Maria  Davidson 
Eleanor  Davis  -    - 
Ann  H.  Jndson-    - 
Sarah  Hull  -    -    - 
Anna  Bates  -    -    . 
Dorothy  Scott  -    - 
E.  Ann  B.  Morse  -    ■ 
MarciaHall-    -    - 
Mana  M   Alien     - 
Sarah  Hall  -    -    - 


8T.VT1-;SMF.N  AND  JURISTS. 


5(1 

irles  Pmekney  - 

6Ch 

I's  C  Pmekney - 

3  Jiilin  Aiiiims  -    ■     - 

3  7Vl 

wins  Jtffnsun    - 

6R, 

bis  King  -    -    - 

6  V\ 

Uiam  Few     -    - 

Jv'm  Jny  -     -    -    - 

J'^ 

lus  Monroe    -    - 

3(1 

irles  1  arrol!  -    - 

John  MarslwU    -    - 

Ja 

nis  M'niiiim  -    - 

V, 

III  li.  llnmsmx  - 

Jo 

•rph  Story  -    -    - 

At 

ihnn  Jackson  -    - 

Si! 

IS  Wright-    -    - 

Jamis  Ki  III    -     -    - 

JuUn  (Jrinici/  Adams 

11. 

Whealou      -    - 

A. 

Gallatin   -     -    - 

J. 

iC.  Polk     -     -    - 

J. 

C.  Calhonn  -    - 

Z. 

Tavlor      -    -    - 

L. 

Woodbury    -    - 

11818 
,1,110 
1819 
IS.''* 
ll8.T() 
11831 


APPENDIX. 

LESSON    I. 

RULES    FOR    READING. 

Rule  I.  Study  every  reading  lesson,  and  endeavor  to 
understand  thoroughly  the  meaning  of  each  word. 

Rule  II.  Always  strive  to  enter  into  the  spirit  of  the 
piece,  and  impart  the  sentiments  of  its  author. 

Rule  III.  In  reading,  as  well  as  in  talking,  always 
sit  or  stand  erect ;  hold  up  your  head,  and  throw  back 
your  shoulders. 

Rule  IV.  Avoid  beginning  to  read  when  you  are  out 
of  breath.     Do  not  hold  your  book  too  near  your  face. 

Rule  V.  Strive  to  pronounce  distinctly  and  correctly 
each  letter,  syllable,  and  word.  Aim  to  make  what  you 
read  perfectly  plain  to  your  audience. 

Rule  VI.  Neither  mumble  nor  clip  your  words.  Al- 
ways begin  a  sentence  so  as  to  be  able  to  rise  or  fall,  as 
the  sense  may  require. 

Rule  VII.  Be  very  careful  neither  to  read  too  fast 
nor  too  slow.  Strive  to  speak  deliberately  and  distinctly, 
so  that  you  may  be  clearly  understood. 

Rule  VIII.  When  you  read  to  pei'sons  in  a  small 
room,  you  should  speat  lower  than  in  a  large  one. 
Reading  is  talking  what  is  written. 

Rule  IX.  Keep  your  voice  perfectly  -Tiatural,  and 
read  just  as  if  you  were  telling  the  same  information  to 
those  present  without  a  book.  The  best  readers  are 
those  who  talk  the  exercise  best. 

Rule  X.  Look  ahead  of  the  word  you  are  speaking, 
so  as  to  lay  stress  on  the  right  syllables,  emphasize  the 
proper  words,  and  avoid  repeating  or  miscalling  them. 

Rule  XI.  Raise  your  eyes  in  every  line,  and  look  at 
the  audience,  the  same  as  though  you  were  talking  to 
those  present  about  the  subject. 

Rule  XII.  Let  your  manner  be  suited  to  the  subject, 
the  style,  and  the  occasion.  Always  read  as  though  you 
had  something  worthy  of  attention  to  say. 


APPENDIX. 


LESSON    II. 

Rule  XIII.  Strive  to  enlist  the  attention  of  your 
hearers.  Keep  your  mind  on  the  subject,  and  try  to 
convey,  easily  and  naturally,  its  meaning.  Pay  proper 
attention  to  ail  the  pauses. 

Rule  XIV.  All  conversation  between  two  persons, — 
between  more  than  two,  and  all  kinds  of  stories,  both  in 
prose  and  poetry,  should  be  read  the  same  as  if  you  had 
no  book,  and  were  talking  to  those  present. 

Rule  XV.  Guard  against  all  singing  tones.  Always 
read  carefully.     Never  hesitate  or  drawl  your  words. 

Rule  XVI.  Read  poetry  slowly,  distinctly,  and  in  a 
natural  tone.  Aim  to  get  the  sense.  Pause  not  at  tlie 
end  of  a  line,  if  there  be  no  stop,  nor  unless  the  sense 
requires  it. 

Rule  XVII.  Poetry  requires  the  closest  attention. 
Pay  particular  notice  to  the  length  of  the  lines.  Guard 
against  singing  tones. 

Rule  XVIII.  All  cheerful,  gay,  and  humorous  pieces 
should  be  read  in  a  quick  and  animated  way. 

Rule  XIX.  Descriptions  of  hurry,  violent  anger,  and 
sudden  fear,  should  be  read  in  the  quickest  waiy. 

Rule  XX.  Words  or  phrases  conveying  new  or  im- 
portant ideas  ;  all  exclamatory  words  ;  the  most  weighty 
parts  in  a  sentence ;  repetitions,  and  words  contrasted 
with,  or  opposed  to,  other  words,  should  be  emphasized. 

Remarks. — Good  books,  systematic  rules,  skilful 
teachers,  and  excellent  schools  are  of  very  great  benefit ; 
but  all  united  can  never  make  good  readers,  or  profound 
scholars  of  those  who  are  not  attentive,  and  do  not  TiiiNK. 

[JlE.U)  THE  FOUKGOI^iO  RUIJiS  AGAIN  FOE  LESSONS  m.  <fe  IV.J 

LESSON  V. 

The  oLjcct  of  the  figures  5,  10,  15,  &c.,  on  the  loft  margin,  [sec 
page  30,]  is  to  secure  the  closest  possible  attention  to  the  rcadin"- 
exercise.  For  example,  the  first  pupil  ends  the  5th  line  [page  30] 
with  the  word  human,  the  voice  being  suspended,  the  next  pupil 
takes  the  sentence  instantly  with  the  word  7iature,  and  proceeds 
without  the  slightest  i)ause.     This  plan  may  be  pursued  through- 


APPENDIX. 


out  the  book.  When  a  pupil  arrives  at  the  end  of  any  numbered 
line  the  next  immediately  takes  the  sentence,  and  continues  it  in 
a  proper  tone  from  the  pupil  above,  whose  voice,  in  case  there  be 
no  pause,  will  terminate  as  if  he  were  going  to  read  further.  The 
proper  pauses  and  inflections  should  always  bo  observed  by  pupils 
in  transferring  unfinished  sentences  from  each  other.  The  acute 
accent,  [']  see  page  301,  denotes  the  rising  inflection  of  the  voice. 
The  grave  accent  denotes  the  falling  inflection.  The  marginal 
exercises  may  bo  applied  in  many  ways.  Some  may  find  it  best 
to  use  them  only  for  definitions,  others  for  spelling,  teaching  the 
rudiments  of  composition,  the  parts  of  speech  in  grammar,  articu- 
lation, correct  pronunciation,  tracing  words  to  their  roots,  or  fol- 
lowing out  their  derivatives.  Youth  derive  great  benefit,  and 
generally  take  much  delight  in  using  the  marginal  words  in  com- 
posing sentences  and  paragraphs.  The  first  3,  5,  10,  or  15  words 
may  be  assigned  for  a  written  exercise  in  geography,  chronology, 
biography,  history, — any  scientific  or  literary  exercise. 

Tlie  lessons  in  this  book  are  not  all  of  the  same  length. 
Neither  are  the  questions  all  of  the  same  character ;  those  on 
the  Constitution  require  it  to  be  memorized,  [see  page  118]  and 
relate  chiefly  to  the  difference  between  the  meaning  of  words. 
The  questions  on  the  Commentary  [see  page  167]  are  intended 
as  a  review  of  the  Constitution,  and  are  designed  to  rivet,  in- 
delibly, its  principles  in  the  minds  of  the  learners.  The  ques- 
tions belonging  to  the  Commentary  are  of  a  totally  diflerent 
character ;  and  would  be  the  best  to  use  at  examinations, 
where  it  is  desirable  to  show  the  acquaintance  of  the  class  with 
the  supreme  law  of  the  Land.  In  reading  the  commentary 
reference  should  be  constantly  made  to  the  Constitution.  The 
particular  article  treated  of  is  referred  to  at  the  bottom  of  each 
page,  beginning  on  the  167th  and  ending  on  the  220th  page.  It 
is  to  be  hoped  that  no  teacher  will  lose  sight  of  the  great  benefit 
to  be  derived  from  reading  .and  answering  the  numerous  questions. 
If  the  queries  should  over  be  used  for  other  purposes  tlaan  read- 
ing, they  ought  to  )je  suggestive  only.  Both  teachers  and  pupils 
will  bo  most  Ijenefited  by  relying  on  their  own  resources.  Origi- 
nal queries  and  responses  cannot  be  too  much  encouraged.  They 
tend  alike  to  invigorate  and  enliven  the  class ;  both  the  teacher 
and  the  taught  are  more  benefited,  and  insensildy  acquire  what  Is 
of  the  utmost  moment  to  the  American  teacher,  as  well  as  pupil, 
research,  attentive  habits,  and  self-reliance  in  the  acquirement  of 
knowledge.  If,  however,  a  teacher  should  prefer  to  ask  the  ques- 
tions verbatim,  and  finds  the  questions  too  numerous  for  the  class, 
he  may  ask  the  1st,  3d,  5th  and  7th,  or  the  1st,  4th,  8th  and  12th 
questions,  or  any  other  proportion.  Whenever  the  figure  2  occurs 
at  the  end  of  any  marginal  word  (see  page  301)  the  pupil  should 
tell  the  difference  In  meaning  between  It  and  the  one  In  the  same 
line  Indicated  by  the  figure  1. 

Sep  notes  at  tbo  1x>ttora  of  pngo  30.     Also  the  first  16  pages  of  Burleigh's  Thinker. 


APPENDIX. 


Kach  lesson  nnd  question  in  this  Appendix 
IS  a  key  to  tlie  corresponding  lesson  and  qnes 
tion  in  the  body  of  tlie  b.iok.  One  pnpil  of  the 
class  should  read  [ask]  the  1st  (piestion  in 
I,esson  VI.,  (see  pa°:e  28,)  and  another  shonld 
read  the  answer  to  it,  (Lesson  Vl.,  quesiion 
1,  this  page.)  and  so  on  through  tliis  and  each 
of  the  following  letsons. 


LESSON  VI. 

1.  Elizaheth  answers  Mary  by  reading,  [say- 
ing,] ItriLic  means,  pertaining  Id  Italy,  and  is 
applied  parlicularly  to  a  kind  of  liichning 
type,  fir^t  used  by  Italian  pniikrs.  Hence 
lla/ics  means  letters  first  used  in  Italy,  and 
which  stand  inclining;  they  are  used  to 
distin^Miish  words  for  emphasis,  importance, 
aniithrais,  Ac.  The  words  emphasis,  ifcc, 
are  printed  lu  italics. 

2.  Maria  reads  [answers]  Jane.  By  suppres- 
sing we  abridge ; — by  extending  we  enlarge. 

3.  Nancy  answers  Sarah.  An  opinion  or  de- 
cision of  the  mind  formed  without  due  ex- 
amination of  the  facts  or  arguments  which 
are  necessary  to  a  iust  anil  impartial  de- 
terniiinition. 

4.  Laura  answers  Susan.  Its  effect  is  to  nega- 
tive the  balance  of  the  word;  unabridged, 
not  abridged,  <5cC. 

The  following  essay  on  primitive  and  deri- 
vative words  is  intended  to  be  read  as  Lesson 

vn. 

LESSON  vn. 

[Let  each  pnpil  read  only  to  a  period.]  All 
words  are  called  either  primitive  or  derivative 
in  reference  to  their  origin— and  simple  orcom- 
[lound  in  reference  to  Iheir  form.  Strictly 
speaking,  a  primitive  is  a  simple  word  in  its 
original  form;  consequently,  nearly  all  the 
words  111  our  language  can  be  traced  lo  £urope ; 
and  the  European  languages,  in  like  manner, 
trace  their  origin  to  Asia.  It  should  he  borne 
in  mind,  that  all  languages  having  sprung  from 
one  source,  the  original  words  from  w  hich 
they  have  been  foitned  must  have  been  of  equal 
antiquity.  Philology  is  a  study  which,  in  itself, 
might  occupy  the  life-time  of  the  most  indus- 
trious. The  peculiarity,  however,  of  our  po- 
litical instituuons,  and  the  beauties  of  our  lan- 
guage, alike  demand  only  proper  improvement 
of  opportunities  within  the  reach  of  every  one, 
in  order  to  obtain  a  knowledge  of  our  lan- 
guage sufficient  for  all  useful  and  practical  pur- 
poses: indeed,  those  who  h.ave  reflected  the 
Iiighest  honor  upon  the  American  name  have, 
by  their  own  application  and  perseverance  in 
studying  the  philosophy  of  their  mother  tongue, 
obtained  the  respect  of  the  civilized  world.  It 
is  miended,  in  this  work,  to  give  only  a  synop- 
sis of  those  general  principles  which  are  of  the 
utmost  practical  use  to  all :  no  one  who  reads 
our  language  should  allow  the  veil  of  igno- 
rance to  obscure  its  elements  of  pliilc>lo'_'y, 
which  are  a  perpetual  source  of  gra'.ificatioii 
and  improvement. 

A  derivative  word  is  one  whose  origin  may 
be  traced  to  a  primitive  root,  as  bookseller  (see 
page  1,  Appendix).  A  word  may  combine  both 
a  derivative  and  a  compound  character,  as 
uniUr-viarkman.  Words  are  often  ckussed  into 
groups  or  families,  and  several  hundred  words 
ar»  ofien  traced  to  a  single  root;  the  Latin 
roots  facio  (to  make)  and  pono  (to  place)  are 


examples  of  this  descriptiim— and  a  majority 
of  all  the  words  in  our  language  may  be  traced 
to  a  few  hundred  primitive  roots.  Our  lan- 
guaye  has  many  .se's  of  derivative  words  ex- 
pres.ving  the  same  thing,  with  slight  sliades  of 
diilerciice  in  their  application;  the  most  nu- 
merous are  of  Saxon  origin — the  next,  those  of 
Latin^the  third,  of  Greek. 

Saxon.  Latin.  Greek. 

Teacher,  Usher.  Pedagogue. 

Talk,  Colloquy,  Dialogue. 

Top,  Summit,  Acme. 

Warriors,  Jlilitia,  Heioes. 

School,*  Seminary,         Academy. 

Woid-hook,t       Dictionary,       Lexicon. 

A  few  nouns  are  of  Saxon  origin  and  the  cor- 
responding adjectives  are  from  the  Latin. 
Brother,      Fraternal.      Year,         AnnuaL 
Father,       Paternal.        Glass,         Vitreous. 
Dog,  Canine.  Water,       Aqueous. 

Earth,        Terrestrial.     Cat,  FeUne. 

A  word  not  combined  with  any  other,  and  in 
its  simplest  form,  is  called  a  simple  word,  asil, 
foot,  moral,  school.  A  compound  word  is  com- 
posed of  a  simple  word,  with  a  lelter,  syllable, 
or  word,  either  prefixed  or  affixed,  as  itself, 
afoot,  immoral,  sclioul-ZiOiise.  When  a  com- 
pound word  is  composed  of  two  simple  words, 
they  are  usually  connected  by  a  hyphen,  as 
book-oath.  As  a  general  rule,  peniianeiit  com- 
pounds should  be  written  without  the  hyphen 
— those  that  are  not  permanent  should  be  used 
with  the  hyphen.  Thenumberof  simple  words 
in  our  language  is  exceedingly  small  compared 
with  the  compounds — the  particle  un,  which 
always  conveys  a  privative  or  negative  mean- 
ing, is  pretixed  to  aboin  four  thousand  words. 
Wlien  a  letter  or  syllable  is  placed  before  a 
word,  it  is  called  a  prelix ;  when  placed  after 
a  word,  it  is  called  an  aliix,  suffix,  or  post-fix. 
In  examining  derivative  words,  the  following 
order  should  be  observed  :  1st,  ihe  root  from 
which  the  word  is  derived  ;  2d,  the  prefix ;  3d, 
the  affix;  and  Itli, the  euphonic  letters. 

Synopsis  ofprijixts. — A,  of  Saxon  origin,  sig- 
nifies on,  in,  to  or  at,  (see  *  after  answer  to 
question  20,  lesson  IX.,  page  7.  in  the  Appen- 
dix.) A,  ab,  and  abs,  when  of  Latin  origin,  sig- 
nify/row  or  away — as,  avert,  to  lurn  from;  ab- 
breviate,  to  make  short,  from  aistain,  to  hold 
from.  Ad  is  of  Latin  migin,  and  admits  of  ten 
variations  for  the  sake  of  agreeable  sound  and 
ea.se  in  pronunciation ;  ad,  and  all  its  varia- 
timis,  signifies  to — as,  adhere,  to  stick  to;  (ad) 
ascribe,  give  lo  ;  iad)  occede,  to  yield  to  ;  {ad] 
a/fix,  lo  fix  to;  {ad)  aggruwMe,  to  make  worse  ; 
{ad)  a/leviate,  to  ease ;  (i/tZ)  OHnihilate,  lo  make 
(0  nothing;  (nrf)  "Wertain,  to  belong  to;  iad) 
arrogate,  to  assume  to  one's  self;  {ad)  n.wiini- 
hite.  to  make  like  to :  {ad)  attest,  to  bear  wit- 
ness to.  It  will  be  perceived  by  the  above  ex- 
amples that  d  before  the  letier  s  is  either  omit- 
ted or  is  changed  to  s,  and  before  the  words 
beginning  with  the  letters  c.  f,  g,  I,  n,  p,  and  t, 
the  d  IS  changed  to  llio.se  letters  respei  tively. 
As  a  general  rule,  tlie  last  Irlli  r  of  anii  of  the  vari- 
ous prefixes  may  be  chamicd  inlv  the  first  litter  oj 
tlu:  ii'ords  lo  w'irh  it  is  prifijed,whi:nevrr  by  so 
doing  ease  o/  jtronuneuttinn  may  be  ohlained  and 
agrceableru.ss  of  sounds  producid.  Ante  signifies 
before,  as  aii/ediluvian,  bifore  tlie  flood  ;  pre,  be- 
fore, as  prefix,  to  fix  before;  anti  signifies  again-tl 
or  opposed  lo,  as  anti-social,  opposed  to  society. 
Be,  of  Saxon  origin,  signifies  to  mafe,  as  if  calm, 
to  mate  calm.  /iMiemi^s'-mf.Acmt,  signify  half,  as 


•  See  note,  latter  part  of  this  article,  page  &,  Appendix. 
•J-  Little  iliied  (friim  the  German). 


APPENDIX. 


bisect,  to  cut  nr  divide  into  two  parts  ; 
rf/.7/u-wcj!f,  li:ilf  wolf;  4«;i(-aii!iual,  lialf  a 
year  ;  hemi^^i-'iwvo,  iialf  a  fpln-ie.  Co,  con, 
coL  CO./,  com,  cor.  usually  si^nily  with  or  to- 
gtlher  i  ra/i  scjiiieliines  siRuilics  (73«;n.vl,  (;is 
pro,  tor,  and  cwi,  a^jaiust,)  as  coleuiporary, 
living  together  or  at  i  tie  same  tinje,  connect, 
to  join  together ;  colXecX,  to  bring  together ; 
coviiate,  allied  witli;  cowiply,  to  accord 
with ;  correspond,  to  agree  witii,  &c.  Con- 
tra and  counter  signities  aginnst,  as  conlrw- 
dict,  to  speulc  against;  couH/crmand,  to 
coniniaud  against  what  wiis  commanded 
before.  De  signifies  damn  or  Jnim,  as  ile- 
scrihe,  to  write  down;  del»\a,  to  hold  from. 
E,  ic,  ex,  ef,  el,  er,  signily-  out  or  out  of, 
as  tduce,  to  lead  out;  ecceiurit;,  out  of  Itie 
centre  ;  esclaini,  to  cry  out;  c/llux,  a  flow- 
ing out;  (/icit,  to  draw  out;  erase,  to  rub 
out.  Eftni  siguilies  equul,  as  ey»i-d;stant, 
at  an  equal  distance.  Extra  sigmlies  be- 
yond, as  caVraoriliiiary,  beyond  ordinary. 
Em  and  en,  of  Sa.\;on,  French  and  Ureelc 
origin,  signiiy  in,  into,  or  to  make,  as  encir- 
cle, to  put  in  a  circle ;  e«cainp,  to  form 
into  a  camp  ;  eniboldeii,  to  make  bold.  Ge 
signiliesfarM,  asj/eode,  eartlisloue.  Hydro 
sigmlies  water,  as  Aji/ro-siatics,  the  science 
whicli  treats  of  the  weight  of  lluids.  In  is 
of  Lai  in  origin,  and  admits  of  four  varia- 
tions for  tlie  sake  of  euphony,  viz  :  il,  ig, 
itn,  ir.  In,  before  verlis,  usually  has  an 
augmentative  nieaiimg,  and  signi.ies  in, 
into,  on,  or  ujion,  as  i/jsert,  to  put  m ;  il\\i- 
niine,  to  put  lisht  into  (in) ;  inqiel,  to  drive 
on  (in) :  ;ynite,  to  set  on  lire  ;  z/radiate,  to 
tlirow  light  on  or  tipon;  m,  before  all  other 
parts  of  speech,  and  the  furins  it  assumes, 
usually  has  a  privative  or  negative  mean- 
ing, a.s  ?;ideceiit,  not  ilecenl  (in) ;  ?yiiorant, 
nut  knouing  ((?();  i/hberal,  «o/ liberal  (in); 
!/«lKU-tial,  not  partial  (m) ;  irregular,  not 
regular.  Inttr  sigmlies  amoiuj  or  ticluxen, 
as  mttrnux,  to  mix  aniomi ;  interims,  to 
make  hues  betwren.  Juns  signiiies  teijat,  as 
;urijtlicl.ioii,  liyal  power.  Non  and  tin  sig- 
nify Jiot,  as  no/icomimltal,  not  coninutLed  ; 
u.iabridged,  not  abridged.  Ob,  with  its 
variations  oc,  of,  sigmlies  in  llw.  way  or 
aijniiist,  as  oistacle,  something  in  tlie  way ; 
occur,  to  run  in  the  way ;  q/fend,  to  make 
aoamst.  Per  sigmlies  through.,  as  pervade, 
to  pass  through.  Post  sigmlies  ufter,  as 
Pos<-ineridiaii,  a/i!er  mid-day.  Pre  signifies 
heJore,As  predict, /bretell.  Pro  sigmlies/or 
or  forward,  as  i7roiioun,  for  a  noun ;  pro- 
iiiote,  lo  put  forward.  Re  sigmlies  back  or 
again,  as  revoke,  to  call  bach ;  retake,  to 
take  again.  I'heo  sigmlies  God,  as  Theo- 
logy,  study  of  the  Law  of  God.  Trans  sig- 
luiies  across,  as  fraiisatlantic,  across  the  At- 
lantic. Uni  sigmrtes  one,  as  uiiitond,  one 
axal. 

Synopsis  of  affixes. — An,  ian,  ical,  ic.  or, 
ary,  ory,  at,  lie,  inc,  ish,  nus.  nc,  imply  he- 
lonifing  or  relxiting  to,  as  Americu;i.  retating 
to  America;  ChrisiKm,  relating  to  Christ; 
acadeiiuca^,  ri.htmg  to  an  acailemy  ;  he- 
roic, relatirvj  to  a  hero;  solar,  rLlaliitj  to 
the  sun ;  literurj/,  relating  to  letters ;  pre- 
fatory/, relating  lo  a  preface  ;  mental,  relat- 
iny  to  the  mind  ;  j  uveu/fc,  beloiuimg  to  youth; 
iiifa^ittTie,  ieion{>v/i<;  to  an  infant;  Scoltii/i, 
belonging  lo  Scotland  ;  bilioii.?,  belotujing  to 
bile  ;  elegioc,  belonging  to  elegy.  Acy,  ance, 
aiicy.  ant,  ale,  doin,  cnce,  eiicy,  ent,  we,  id, 
ion,  ism.  mail,  monii,  ness,  ry.  ship,  ludc,  ure, 
y,  aiie,  deno'e  biimj  or  stnti:  of  bi  iiig.  as  ob- 
slmacy,  being  obr-lmate;  vi-AiUmce,  stole  of 


being  vigilant ;  cnnsta^icv,  slate  of  being  con- 
stant ;  depcchkii/,  stale  of  dependance ; 
adequate,  being  equal  to;  irendimi.  stnle  of 
bcT.ng  free  J  ab.se;ic^, /^ri;*// away ;  iniioc/.7icv, 
state  of  bang  innocent;  justice,  beaui  just; 
ingid,  being  cold;  precision,  state  of  biiwj 
precise;  paganum.  sUtte  0/ tons  a  pagan; 
embarrassment,  5/u/e  of  being  cmbarrassiii ; 
sanclintonii,  slate  of  being  sacred;  hapiii- 
ness,  state  of  being  happy ;  slaverji,  liciny  a 
slave;  riva\ship, state  0}  a  rival;  quiet«(»e, 
the  state  of  being  quiet ;  ctposKre,  slate  of 
being  exposed  ;  mastery,  sLuie  of  being  mas- 
ter; orphanoge,  staie  ciT' being  an  orphan. 
Ant,  ar,  ard,  ary,  ee,  eer,  ml,  er,  isl,  lie,  ive, 
or,  stcr,  denoi  e  one  who,  as  nwrchanl,  one 
who  trades ;  beggar,  wie  who  begs ;  dotarfi, 
one  who  has  an  impaired  intellect;  mis- 
sionary, one  who  is  sen:, ;  refugee,  one  who 
fbes ;  engineer,  o;ie  who  has  charge  of  an 
engine ;  student,  o;ie  ir/to  stiulns  ;  teacher, 
one  who  teaches ;  artist,  07ic  iclio  practises 
an  art ;  Israelite,  one  who  is  descended  from 
Israel:  operatiiie.  one  who  works;  delitor, 
one  who  is  in  debt ;  youngster,  one  who  is 
young.  Ary,  dom,  ory,  denote  tAe  place 
where,  as  library,  t/u:  place  where  books  are 
kept ;  kingdom,  tlie  place  where  a  king  go- 
verns ;  observatory,  t/i«  pluce  where  obser- 
vations are  made.  Ate,  en,  fy,  ize,  ise,  ish, 
signify  to  make,  us  facilitate,  to  make  easy  ; 
shorten,  to  make  short ;  recti/y,  lo  make 
right ;  legalise,  to  moke  legal ;  franchise,  to 
make  free ;  publi^vi,  to  make  public.  It 
should  always  be  borne  in  mind,  that  the 
meaning  of  the  prelLxes*  and  affixes,*  like 
most  of  the  words  in  our  language,  vary 
greatly,  owmg  lo  their  athhatiou  with 
words  and  their  posiiii>u  in  sentences,  and 
occasionally  to  the  origin  of  the  primitive 
words;  for  example,  iaivi,  a  vessel,  is  de- 
nved  from  the  French  word  barque,  or  the 
Itahan  aiid  Suamsii  barai,  which  also  mean 
vessel  —  whereas  bark,  the  covering  of 
a  tree,  is  derived  from  the  Danish  word 
bark,  the  Swedish  barck,  or  the  German 
barke.  It  will  at  once  be  perceived,  that 
the  correct  way  to  learn  the  Irue  meaning 
of  words — to  see  their  mce  shades  of  sig- 
mfication — the  changes  they  are  liable  lo 
undergo  in  time,  is  to  observe  tlieir  use  and 
application  in  sentences  ;  this  is  the  foun- 
tain from  which  alone  all  the  dictionaries 
of  the  language  derive  their  authority. 
No  one  can  make  any  proticiency  in  the 
use  of  language  without  the  closest  obser- 
vation. Furthermore,  the  cunstajit  and 
close  discnmmatiou  in  tlie  use  and  appli- 
cation of  the  words  of  our  own  language 
artijrds  the  besl  possible  disciiilme  to  the 
mental  powers ;  it  is  alike  one  of  the 
strongest  incentives  to  mental  industry, 
and  of  tlie  purest  sources  of  intellectual 
enjoyment — and  it  is  not  saying  too  much 
to  athrin,  that  industrious  or  careless  habits 
often  formed  or  allowed  in  the  school- 
room, contribute  more  to  the  success  or 
failure  of  youth  in  after  lite  tlian  any  other 
cause.  It  li.is  been  obseiTed,  that  most  of 
the  words  in  common  use  are  either  deriva- 
tive words  from  other  languages,  or  they  are 
formed  from  primitive  words  111  the  Ku^hsh 
by   means  of  prefixes   and   affixes.      The 


rhuB  tlie  prefix  pro  may  mean  for,  forward,  furf, 
as  ^r.i'-«iii8;il. /or  a  lOiisul  ;  pro\ni\,  to  tlri  vc /uripu-c 

use,  piiiif  Jortu  ;  pruvoiif,  call  out  ;  aiiil  Ihe  .-ufliK 
mean  jiole  of  bctnf,  or  full  oj,  or  consisltng  v/. 

terj.  .iot«  ofticiTiemMe.i;  Juslj, /uU  o/dubl;  oil 

islite  of  oil. 


APPENDIX. 


plan  intended  to  he  pursued  in  this  honk  is 
of  tlie  simi^li'St  pos^ihle  character.  The 
ni;rri;!nal  exercises  atiord  examples  so  sim- 
ple that  clui'Ii'eii  can  ec-uipose,  verhaliv, 
plirases  and  s!]ii|iiH  seiilfiiei'-s  hei'ore  they 
can  wnic;  li  isjr.ily  snrpnsiiis  ti>  witness 
Ihi  iij;  nil  -s  i.f  v,)iie!.'  children  to  en^are 
in  :  ;.  ii.;i:  "^al  exerci>es  ;  and  in  aiincst 
1-^'  :i  ■.  r,  .f -ratevv  weeks'  practice,  the 
pi  -ii.  ,1  ar:y  made  ill  jud«ms  of  rig-|it  and 
\vi(.iiK — III  I'laininR  sentences,  Ac.  Will  he 
iiiiri  (lible  to  those  wljo  have  never  pnn 
peiiy  iixtrcis.d  tlie  menial  and  moral  pow- 
ers of  youth.  IS'o  pupil  or  person  who 
reads  or  attempts  to  read  the  Ens^lish  lan- 
Ruap^t^,  or  even  hears  it  spoken,  should  re- 
main ii<noraii!  of  the  power  of  its  simplest 
and  iiM'st  coniiiion  prefixes  and  affixes. 
The  single  particles  un  and  tii,  with  tlieir 
e'piivah-nis,  are  joined  with  several  thou- 
sand vv(]rds;  yet  there  ale  nulhniis  who, 
for  the  want  of  one  hour  of  suitable  iii- 
stniclion  intlie  jiliilosof.hy  of  our  laiif:iia?e, 
grope  tlieir  way  through  life  m  philological 
darkness. 
•  Note.  A  few  distinguished  authors  have 
derived  school  from  the  Dutch  v/ord  school, 
which  is  tlie  same  as  the  German  srhide, 
hoth  of  winch  words  signify  a  place  lor 
iniparling  instrnclioii.  Most  authors  da- 
rn ti  «/ioo/  tVoiii  the  Latin  stnola.  which  is 
the  same  as  the  Greek  scholc,  hotli  of  which 
nn:an  leisure  or  vacation  from  business. 
As  iiiaiiv  words  are  of  uncertain  derivation, 
it  was  tlioii-lit  l),-sl  to  insL-rt  the  worif 
school,  that  the  alUniinn  ni  teachers  might 
he  direclfd  ociasion;illy  lo  this  subject. 
The  pidhabihly  is,  that  the  German  word 
schulc  and  the  Greek  word  schok  may  both 
De  traced  to  the  Sanscrit  of  Asia. 

LESSON  VIII. 

1.  To  marked  words. 

2.  In  many,  as  follows: — 1st.  Book — The  work 
IS  v\ ell  written.  2d.  Labor— lie  is  at  icor/i. 
3d.  Manage — WorLuut  your  own  salvation. 
4th.  Ufierate — The  principle  works  well, 
5th.  Become — .Mac^hinery  taorks  loose  hy 
friction.  6th.  Ferment— .Malt  h')Uors  loor/c. 
7lh  Remove — By  motion  the  plaster  u>orfa 
out  of  place.  Htli-  Knead — We  work  pastry. 
91  h.  Eitl-ct — By  reasoning  we  work  a  change 
of  purpose.  lOlli  Embroider — Young  la- 
dies work  purses,  ic. 

3.  A  distinct  part  of  a  discourse  or  writing. 
A  paragraph  may  consist  of  a  single  sen- 
tence, hut  it  usually  embraces  many  sen- 
tences. 

4.  To  resolve  the  compound  sentence  to  its 
elementary  principles  or  suhdivi.sions. 

5.  Varied  definitions,  synonyms,  all  the  words 
in  the  margin  of  every  jiage. 

6.  Usually  a  single  sentiment ;  it  can  never 
contum  but  one  finite  verb  and  lis  subject. 
But  ihere  may  be  various  degrees  of  sim- 
plicity; thus 'God  made  man"' IS  a  simple 
sentence  ;  '■  On  the  sixth  day  God  made 
man  out  of  the  dust  of  the  eaVlli,  alter  his 
own  linage,"  is  siill  a  Miniilr  sentence,  hut 
it  is  le.is  saiiple  lli.iiitlir  iMiiner  on  account 
of  the  circumstaii:  I's  spii'inod. 

7.  A  compound  scntriM\- 1  oiiianis  two  ormore 
subjects  or  nom^iiiitire  ca.^es,  and  two  or 
nicne^«jteufr6iorverhsnot  in  the  infinit.ve 
mood,  as  in  this  vorse  .  He  fills,  he  boui.-ls. 
connects  and  equals  all. 

6.  It  IS  a  good  plan,  and  admirably  trains  the 
mmd  for  the  duties  of  after  life. 


9.  By  the  voice;  unwritten. 

10.  D'jijtiiinn  —  description  of  a  word  hy  its 
|if, ..,,.,.... .^  .  .,,.  j:,i:rrnnl — jwrtaiiiiug  to  a 
fa:  I  ■  '  '  ■  I— 1,'xplanaiion  bv  ;i  word 
of';.       I    ,.■    .   -iiing.     J'a'irnat—U<in\W. 

11.  i»'i,/i ,  /  .  -.  ,  1  I  IniL'.  opening.  Sirinulli- 
tJunj.  est:il.|.s,ijn-',  making  firm.  •  Eltuat- 
ituj,  raising  up.  making  lot;  v.  The  nursery 
deveiopcs  the  iiitellcci.  tin;  .school  strenjth- 
eils  it,  and  the  cln-ge  cit  mirs  it. 

12.  liilirivi,:  p.nM  ;^,,(■  Ihrmnid.  Mie  immjnta- 
twitAMv  jinhiuii  il.  mid  the  tiinnory,  &c. 

13.  It  subsiiniti's  rxircl  for  umx ,  xnin  for  thnvi 
^gnijied,  place  Ibr  its  inhiit/iltinls,  lorili/ii/s 
for  the  author ;  as,  we  read  Virgil,  that  is, 
Ills  writing.'.,  <tc. 

14  Ml  orator  v«hi)  is  jiresumed  to  combine  rhet- 
<^nc  with  other  principles  of  elocution. 

15.  /ntcUictual  consists  in  perceiving  by  the 
operation  of  the  mmd ;  vwral  in  dis(aimi- 
iialiiig  between  virtue  and  vice.  An  inttl- 
lectual  man  may  therefore  pursue  a  very 
immoral  course. 

16.  Progression — forward  motion  with  refer- 
ence only  to  the  moving  oliject.  Ailvance- 
ment~\.\\e  result  of  motion  with  reference 
to  .some  goal  or  statiim. 

17.  From  the  Latin  word  se?itio.  perceiving 
feeling.  Applicable  only  to  the  feehng  of 
the  mmd. 

18.  Incite  embraces  the  idea  of  communication 
from  ttte  teacfier  to  excite  the  emotions  ol 
the  pupiL 

19.  Several,  as  follows:— 1st.  Command — His 
power  is  CO  extensive  with  his  empire.  2d. 
Ability — God's  pownr  is  adequate  to  Ins  will. 
3d.  Momentum — lOU  horse  power.  4th. 
Mental  faculty— Yiy  the  power  of  his  mind. 
5th.  Military  force— The  collected  powersuC 
Europe. 

20.  Strenijth  is  might  depending  on  personal  or 
inherent  vitality.  Power  may  also  include 
the  concurrence  of  external  circumstances. 
Authority  is  delegated  power.  A  prisoner 
may  therefore  have  strength  to  leave  liis 
cell,  hut  his  power  to  do  so  is  restriuiied  by 
the  wiUls  until  the  sherilf  receives  author- 
ity to  liberate  hnn. 

21.  Pause — a  suspension  or  cessation  of  the 
voice,  it  may  be  either  sentential,  with  re- 
ference to  the  sense  and  grammar,  or  rhe- 
topcal,  with  reference  to  the  elocution. 
7'o«e— modulation  of  the  voice  in  express- 
ing the  passions  or  sentiments.  Emiihasis 
— the  particular  force  of  the  voice  on  im- 
portant words,  or  parts  of  a  discourse. 

22.  Scientific — certain  knowledge,  or  general 
knowledge,  which  may  include  the  arts, 
mechanical,  artistical,  and  practical.  Lite- 
rary— that  knowledge  which  is  acquired 
from  language,  books,  letters. 

23.  Sentence — a  collection  of  words  containing 
a  specific  sentiment.  Parauraph—a  con- 
tinuation of  sentiments  on  the  same  sub- 
ject. ''Essay— an  attempt  to  establish  sen- 
timents or  propositions.  Treatise— a  full, 
finished,  and  laborious  discussion  and  elu- 
cidation of  a  SCTies  of  .sentiments. 

24.  That  which  be.st  qaahiies  ua  for  the  dis- 
charge of  our  various  duties;  and  inas- 
much as  the  proper  training  in  reading  lias 
a  better  and  a  more  powerful  infiuence 
over  the  moral  and  intollectual  faculties 
than  any  other  study,  it  must  consequently 
be  paramount  to  any  other  branch  of  edu- 
cation. 

•  From  mt'itetty,  elaborate  produrtionH  and  masterly  dis- 
riuisilioiis  arc  homelimca  UTinod  Enayi  ;  uti,  Lockt'B  bs. 
baj»* — I'f'pe'B  Essiiy  nn  Maji,  A:c. 


APPENDIX. 


LKSSOX  IX. 

1.  It  emhraces  all  ages ;  and  the  subject 
should  employ  the  youtli  in  ptirsiiil,  the 
mature  lu  pradicc,  and  tlie  affed  in  com- 
niiiKintwn.  sim^fion  and  promolwnoi  it. 

2.  And,  which  hivarjal)ly  denotes  conjoined 
addition,  as,  both  tlie  young  and,  that  is, 
add  Hie  old. 

3.  As  mornlily  and  Christiamly  are  'within 
your  reach,  embrace  bolh. 

4.  Because  an  means  tlie  same  as  the  article 
a,  and  is  used  instead  of  a,  for  the  sake  of 
an  agreeable  sound  or  eupliony,  when  tlie 
next  word  begins  with  a  vowel  or  vowel 
sound. 

5.  Probably  the  United  States.  There  can  be 
no  doubt  upon  tliis  subject,  wherever  har- 
mony and  union  prevail. 

6.  Christianity,  iiioial  virtue  and  intelliienre. 

7.  Pcr^ecutloll  and  mtoleiance  with  reference 
to  rehgions  sentiiiifiits,  a  desire  for  ra- 
tional liberty,  enterprise  and  philanthropy. 

8.  Their  aiiri  at  national  virtue, liberality  and 
pie'y.  and  the  blessings  of  heaven  approv- 
ing those  laiid>ible  efforts. 

9.  Bocaii.se  our  self-interest,  happiness,  and 
our  future  prosperity,  depend  on  a  know- 
ledge of  it. 

10.  That  he  may  guard  the  Conatitntinn.  the 
palhuliniu  of  all  the  inesliniiihle  htussings 
we  enjoy,  with  prudence  and  jiulgnieiit. 

11.  V^'e  lake  the  comnienceniciit  of  the  C'hiis- 
tian  era  for  the  base  line.  Previous  to 
tliat  is  ancient ;  subsequent  to  it  modnn. 

12.  The  Jews,  Egyiitians,  iledes,  Persians, 
Babylonians,  Greeks,  &c. 

13.  Rnui  owes  it*  onsin  to  mhrrent  causes,  De- 
stiiiclion  to  exUrnal  violence.  A  person 
may  be  ruined  by  the  destruclion  of  liis 
prospects. 

14  The  whole  art  of  managing  the  affairs  of  a 
nation,  and  ineluiles  tlie  fnndaniental  rules 
and  principles  by  which  indiviilual  n:eni- 
bers  of  a  body  polilic  are  to  regulate  their 
■  socuil  actions.  The  yovcrnmrnl  of  the 
linited  States  is  founded  on  the  uahiral 
authority  of  the  iieople.  and  may  justly  be 
regarded  as  the  luihvark  of  human  Uberty. 

15.  Several ;  Mtm'iijtinf-itl — under  the  tjiwcrn- 
wie?*/ of  directors,  btjiwno' — exercise  your 
govtrnment  over  hini.  Mn,jislrnri/ — as  the 
mayor  and  alderineii  of  a  cilv.  Ue  will 
refer  the  matter  to  the  mmiii'mmt  of  the 
city.  Granwwr — as  the  subject  of  a  verb  or 
tlie  antecedent  of  a  pronoun,  The  noun 
exercises  government  over  the  verb,  pro- 
noun, ic. 

IC.  Because,  in  a  republic,  each  man  is  con- 
cerned in  its  correct  adrninistralion. 

17  It  IS  especially  iiece.-sary  m  the  United 
States  iind  every  representative  or  dele- 
gated democracy. 

18.  Because  Ihit/  are  more  especially  charged 
wiih  Its  administration,  and  directly  inte- 
rested m  Its  equity. 

19.  It  is  desirable,  as  virtue,  mondity  and 
religion  go  liMiid  in  hand  with  intelligence. 

20.  Because  it  is  loiiiided  uii  the  natural  free- 
doin  111  winch  eviiy  one  is  burn;  ami  tlie 
basis  on  which  s.hiik  ufourmost  mipi. riant 
poliiic-al  regulations,  ic.,are  founded,  can 
be  traced  back  to  the  earliest  ;iges 

♦  This  quesiioii  is  inserted  to  show  the  varied 
applications  of  the  simplest  words,  and  the 
importance  of  attending  to  thing.?  appa- 
rently trivial— and  the   necessity  of  tho- 


rousjli  investigation  before  deviating  from 
long-established  Usages.  The  author  has 
repc  atedly  heard  it  affirmed  that  there  is 
no  dill'erence  between  a  and  o»w.  The  fol- 
lowing are  .some  of  the  differences  between 
a  and  nite:  1st.  one  may  be  more  general 
in  Its  meaning— 1  bought  OTily  one  htble  at 
the  .sale,  implies  that  I  may  have  bought 
siimtthinu  besides  the  bible ;  whereas,  I 
bought  only  a  ftiifc  at  the  sale,  implies  that 
I  bought  noihimi  but  the  bible.  2d.  Again, 
one  may  be  more  restricted  in  its  meaning 
— we  believe  implicitly,  and  stake  our  sal- 
vatioii  on  the  d(K;irines  contained  inn  book, 
denotes  that  we  believe  impliciUy,  Ac, 
any  book,  whereas  we  believe  implicitly, 
&c.,  one  book,  conveys  the  idea  that  (me  is 
more  rxrlusive  in  its  a[iplication,  and  em- 
phaltcnlly  narrows  dovvn  our  inipbcit  belief 
to  only  ow  book.  3d.  A  is  often  the  first 
syllable  infants  utter,  whereas  one  is  seldom 
or  never  uttered  first  by  infants.  4th.  A  is 
used  as  the  first  letter  of  the  Alphabet,  and 
is  roiisecpieiitly  a  nnnn.  5th.  A  is  not  used 
belore  words  beginning  with  a  vowel  or  a 
vowel  sound.  6tli.  A  is  used  before  a  par- 
ticipial or  a  participial  noun,  and  means 
the  same  as  ut  or  on,  as,  go  a  hunting,  come 
a  begging.  7th.  A  is  often  prefixed  to 
nouns,  and  means  the  same  as  in,  as,  abed, 
in  bed,  asleep,  za  sleep.  8th.  A  may  mean 
the  same  tis  on,  as,  aboard,  on  board,  alire, 
on  tire.  .Qtli.  A  niav  mean  the  same  as  at, 
as,  afar,  at  a  disliince,  rzside,  at  a  side. 
10th.  A  may  mean  the  same  as  to,  as, 
ahead,  to  the  head,  astern,  to  the  stern. 
11th.  A  may  mean  the  same  as  Jrom,  as, 
overt,  to  turn  from.  12th.  A  may  mean 
the  .same  as  mtlioul,  as  cnheist,  one  without 
God,  (7ii»nyniou^.?/vW,o»/  n  name,  llitli.  A 
may  be  uted  brl'on:  oneness,  as,  a  oneness. 
14th.  A  IS  th,'  first  of  the  seven  Uomimcal 
letters,  (a  Doiinmeai  letter  is  the  letter 
which,  in  the  a  u.an.ics,  denotes  the  Sab- 
bath, or  ditis  DiniunK\.\\e  Lord's  day;  the 
first  seven  letters  ol  the  Alphabet  are  used 
for  this  purpose.)  15Lh.  A  Is  also  used  for 
Anno,  as,  A  D.,  Anno  Domini,  in  the  year 
01  our  Lord,  A.  M.,  Anno  Muiidi,  in  the 
year  of  the  wcnld.  Ibili.  A  is  used  for 
Mii.'c,  as,  A.  iM  ,  Anie  Meridiem,  before  noon. 
17th.  A  is  used  lor  Arts,  as,  M.  A  ,  Master 
o(  Arts.  181  h.  yl  is  used  in  algebra  to  repre- 
sent known  quantities.  Wlh.  A  mav  be  a 
noun,  as  lialic  a.  20th.  A  Inus  also  a  tech- 
nical meaning  m  Music— 21st.  Chemistry— 
22d.  Pharmacy— 2lid.  Commerce— 21th.  Lo- 
gic—2oth.  Geometry.  2Gth.  A  is  never 
u.sed  as  a  substitute  for  a  noun,  whereas 
one  IS,  as,  one  is  at  a  loss  to  assign  a  reason 
for  such  (Conduct.  27th.  A  is  prefixed  to 
few  and  many,  kc  ,  iic.  One  has  also 
many  different  meanings,  as,  oiit's  self,  all 
one,  one  another,  the  great  ones  of  the 
world,  etc  ,  &.C 

21.  Animated  nature. 

22.  The  propensities  peculiar  to  each  specific 
class  are  to  herd  and  lloi^k  together. 

2.3.  Man  in  particular;  fish  are  alsogregarious. 

2i.  In  addition  to  the  in.stiiicts  enjoyed  in  coai- 
nion  with  all  animated  nature,  .s/c-Wi  and 
rmsiin  are  his  peculiar  characteristics  and 
clevaie  him  far  above  them  all. 

25.  Fori  St  IS  the  generic  term,  which  includes 
all  districts  of  that  kuid. 

26.  It  is  a  pronoun,  representing  the  word 
history. 

27.  See  Genesis,  chap,  xx.fii  ,  verse  28 

2a.  Several;  Histori/ — the  «/(;?j/ of  our  wrongs 


Tak — the  story  of  Siiihad  the  sailor.  False- 
hood—  repiiiiuiiiiled  for  telliiip;  a  stori/. 
Tier  —  another  story  was  added  to  the 
hfMise,  &c. 

29.  lUslory. 

30.  Kehitins?  to  dates  or  time. 
Clironoloyiral  difficulties. 
Ciiiitaiiird  in   the  first  five  books  of  the 
Old  Testanienr,. 

It  occurred  A.  M.  1656.  It  had  been  threat- 
ened by  the  Almighty,  as  a  punishment  for 
the  incorrigihle  corruption  of  the  human 
race.  It  was  produced  by  a  constant  rain 
of  forty  successive  days;  in  addition  to 
the  ram,  it  is  supposed  by  many  learned 
men  that  other  causes  miist  also  have  con- 
tributed to  the  great  rise  of  water,  and 
amon?  the  numerous  conjectures,  is  the 
opinion  that  the  watei-s  were  augmenteil 
by  a  volcanic  eruption  under  the  bed  of 
the  ocean.  So  great  was  the  efflux  of  wa- 
ter, that  one  hundred  and  fifty  days  were 
occupied  in  returnmg  it  to  its  natural  chan- 
nels, and  drying  the  earth.  All  the  human 
race,  and  all  land  animals  were  destroyed 
by  it,  except  the  few  of  each  species  re- 
tained with  Noah  and  his  family,  in  the 
ark  built  by  him  at  the  command  of  God 
for  tlieir  preservation.  See  Genesis,  chap- 
ters 6tli,  7th  and  8lh. 

34.  Not  any.  inasmuch  as  printing;  was  not  in- 
vented till  1135. 

35.  By  writing  or  engraving ;  some  have  con- 
jectured tiiat  It  was  written  or  painted  on 
parohmeiit  in  hieroglyphics. 
The  facilities  were  limited,  the  materials 
were  scan*,  the  labor  great ;  and  Mo.ses 
saw  fit  to  re(;ord  not  hing  except  that  dio- 
tal-ed  by  inspiration. 

37.  In  tlie  control  exercised  by  a  parent  over 
hi.s  family. 

38.  As  parental  control  continued  after  the  fa- 
milies incre.ised,  the  younger  members  of 
the  fanulies  would  naturally  reverence  the 
authority  they  had  been  taught  to  obey 
when  young;  tlie  original  jurisdii-tion  of 
many  ea.sti:ni  iniiiian:li.s  very  iiiucli  resem- 
bled thatof  a  parent  Kings  vvure  frequeiiUy 
called  the  la'liers  of  their  subjects. 
Adam 

JJeprived  of  natural  ease  and  happiness  by 
his  disobedience  of  a  known  law,  he  was 
expe.lled  from  a  state  of  primeval  beati- 
tude, and  had  the  grief  and  murlilii-aiion 
to  see  lus  posterity  mutate  his  exaiii;ile  nf 
insuljoi'dinatioii  and  declension  in  vu  tiie, 
until  hcentiousness,  murder,  and  other 
crimes,  had  "  filled  the  earth"  with  cor- 
ruption and  blood.  Indeed,  he  was  eutem- 
poraiy  with  tliose  whose  lives  became  .so 
depraved  that  the  Almighty  determined  to 
annihilate  most  of  the  race  of  wliicii  .\dain 
was  the  progenitor  and  the  original  ciu'- 
rupter — an  impressive  lesson  to  us,  as  he  is 
nut  known  to  havecominitted  another  error. 
I'ersons. 

Pleasvtg,  adjective.    Neglected,  verb.    Con- 
clwk,  verb.     Fattit.rly,  adj.,  &c. 
Persons  differ  in  this  respect. — Nouns  and 
verbs  are  generally  considered  easiest. 
Oldest  direct  forefather,  Adam. 
He  probably  excelled  Ihein  all. 
In  many.     In  protection,  in  defence,  in  re- 
straint, in  inst'^iiction,  in  syinpathi/,  ic. 
Amo;ig    polf.ical    rulers,  lHoses;    among 
slatesnien,  Washington. 

48.  Jesus  Christ. 

49.  Envy.    The  root  is  more  frequently  used 
in  a  bad  sense.    Enviable  ma;  be  used  in 


a  despicable  application,  as  envy  is  man's 
nieanest  attribute,  or  a  gnodone,  as  Wash- 
ington's fame  is  to  be  envied. 
■50.  The  original  root  of  sacred  may  be  either 
to  bless  or  curse 

51.  To  artjuire  signifies  to  gain  by  exertion, 
which  presupposes  a  desire.  To  rcrnve 
mayevclude  ourvolition.  A  criminal  may 
rece/v  punishment  from  the  law  for  turpi- 
tude which  he  acquired  by  guilty  indul- 
gence. 

52.  Falliers  exercised  an  absolute  sway  over 
their  families. 

53.  Fathers  exercised  an  absolute  sway  over 
their  families,  and  considered  it  lawful  to 
deprive  even  tlieir  children  of  hfe. 

54.  The  whole  of  the  Uth  section. 

55.  The  destruction  of  children  by  their  pa- 
rents under  various  pretences  and  circuin- 
sfaiices. 

.56.  Peculiarities. — Alonfment,  the  restirreclinn, 
absoluliiin,  &c.  Advantages. — Diffu^nn  of 
the  tiosiirl.  simplirity  ofprirepis,  &.C.  Bless- 
ings— Freedom  of  saivatimi,  its  requirement 
of  peace,  &c. 

57.  That  of  China. 

53.  About  twelve  times  larger. 

.59.  Pr.ibahly  Great  Britain  ortlie  United  States. 

60.  In  civil  privileges,  the  United  States. 

61.  China  is  f  imoiis  for  its  numerous  and  valu- 
able products,  among  which  tea,ricem\A 
silk  are  the  most  important.  Among  its 
works  of  art  are  its  numerous  ciimiLs,  the 
porcelain  towrr,  the  f/reat  watt,  and  the 
walls  of  its  numerous  cities.  Wiih  its  lite- 
rature we  are  little  acquainted,  bul  lc;.irn- 
ing  is  held  in  high  repute,  and  is  the  piin- 
ciiial  passport  to  dignified  stations  in  the 
goviTiimeiit;  it  is  confined  to  Iheir  own 
laiigu.iL'e.  Nvhieli  rniisi.sts  ol"  about  eighty 
thiinsaud  arbitrarv  I'haracters,  written  and 
read  111  perpendicular  coliinms.  Their 
mode  of  education  consists  rather  in  t}ain- 
iwj  than  instructuuj. 

62.  It  is  more  absolute  over  a  population  va- 
riously estimtited  at  from  two  to  three 
huodiril  millions. 

r,:l.    Til.;  lilllled  Slates. 

61.  It  '•.iiljiaces  more  civil  and  religious  free- 
dom, and  has  greater  scope  for  enterprise. 

65.  Liberty  of  conscience  and  the  ligiit  of 
Christianity. 

LKSSON.  X. 

1.  As  synonymous  with  the  present  term, 
Christ.iaiii'y.  the  reWjinnof  Ckristinns ;  and 
Ciirisliaiiil.il  was  then  used  in  the  present 
SBMSH  of  Christen.loin. 

2.  The  former  miy  be  more  rigid  and  less 
tenihr.  winle  the  latter  is  preparatory  to 
the  loriiuM-.  lo  '.vhich,  at  a  certmn  age,  it 
traii-lers  its  subjects. 

3.  No  varliiular iIjiiim  preference  to  another 
can  be  iniiveisally  eligible.  Children  stand 
to  their  parenis.  in  some  measure,  m  the 
relation  of  apprentices  ;  their  services  be- 
ing a  recompense  for  their  support  during 
childhood.  As  a  general  average  rule,  at 
their  twi.aity-first  year  this  obligation  may 
be  consiilered  liquidated;  and  at  this  age 
their  jnilginenl  and  characters  are  mea- 
suratily  matured,  and  they  become  fit  sul)- 
jects  of  natiiinal  government:  this  period 
has,  therefore,  been  generally  adopted  for 
umfbrmity. 

4.  That  which  deprives  the  subject  of  life. 

5.  Prevention  of  crime  and  the  amendment 
of  the  offender. 

6.  Rewards  have  been  attempted. 


APPENDIX. 


The  crrtainty  of  tlie  punishment  should 
secure  sotnetv  from  future  aggressions. 
Want  of  the'  test  of  exi)erience  ui  fabri- 
cating them,  and  aJso  deviation  Ironi  the 
Pivuie  law. 
Undoubtedly;  it  detects  errors  and  sug- 

fes!s  imi)r<>vemeiits. 
'hey  were  very  crude  and  imperfect.  The 
laios  have  been  rendered  less  sanguinary, 
the  wis  liave  increased  in  number  and  fa- 
cility, and  the  sciencis  have  expanded  not 
only  in  number  but  in  perfection. 
Uncontrolled  authority  exercised  with 
rigour. 

Only  among  ignorant  persons  and  slaves. 
Ui'der  despotic  sway  and  coosequeut  want 
of  proper  order  and  f;"V(rninent. 
A  universal  and  destiucuve  inundation. 
Because  human  capacity  can  perceive  no 
limits  to  the  universe. 
It  is  entirely  too  vast  for  description  or 
conception. 

They  are  equally  undefinable — all  infinite 
or  incomprehensible. 

Profound  humility,  and  the  necessity  of 
implicit  reliance  on  Divine  revelation. 
They  afi'ord  no  comparison  whatever,  and 
are  as  nothing, 
it  is  fairly  to  be  presumed. 
The  great  length  of  life  of  the  antediluvi- 
ans, wliich  exceeded  the  present  averase 
about  twenty  times,  so  that  a  son  or  daugh- 
ter and  a  parent  of  the  twentieth  degree 
were  often  cotemporary.    It  is  easy  to  see, 
that  if  all  wlio  have  died  within  nine  hun- 
dred years  were   now  alive,  the  present 
population  of  the  earth  would  sink  into 
utter  insignificance  compared  with  what 
would  then  exist. 

Because  that  article  would  then  precede  a 
consonant. 

I  am  delighted  with  its  variety  and  novelty. 
I  begin  to  perceive  it  is  vastly  so. 
Those  of  my  present  age.    Perhaps  some 
of  the  members  of  this  school. 
Constantly  entertain  a  deep,  full  and  ad- 
nutted  acknowledgement  of  my  various 
responsibilities  and  my  duties  to  my  con- 
stituents, myself  and  my  country,  and  a 
coiithiual   and  unwavering  sense   of  my 
amenability  to  our  common  Creator. 
My  fame   must  descend  tarnished,  if  not 
execrable  ; — 1  must  appear  before  the  Bar 
of  God  to  receive  retribution. 
At  the  tribunal  of  heaven,  to  submit  our 
earthly  career. 

It  should  make  them  cautions  and  prudent 
to  preserve  their  innocence  and  eslahlish 
habits  of  virlue.  which  will  incalculably 
influence  their  future  course. 
It  should  induce  a  thorough  review  of  the 
past,  the  correclioii   of  lis  errors,  and  a 
umform  course  of  virtue. 
Five  thousand  eight  hundred  and  fifty-two 
(5862)  years  (in  the  year  1848). 
It  IS  variously  estimated  from  8(X),000,000 
to  1,(X10,0(10,000. 

Into  various  nations  or  political  subdivi- 
sions and  tribes. 

It  hiis  generally  been  hostile  to  each  other 
and  frequenlly  destructive. 
Quite  !lie  ronirary.    These  are  associated 
for  their  mutual  benefit. 
Denote— \o  murk  out  specifically.     Signify 
— to  imply  by  any  o'  her  means.     A  number 
is  denolid  by  a  figure  which  signifies  the 
quantity  expressed. 
.  Scparntr — asunder,  not  mixed.     Distinct — 
bounded  bv  limits  or  chiU'acter.     A  com- 


pound may  contain  sevc.rn\  distinct  proper 
ties,  but  iioi  separate  unless  aimlyzeil. 
Variotis — diirereiit.  ScuonZ— divided  asun- 
der. An  apple  may  be  diviiled  into  sirveral 
pieces  but  not  various  because  all  alike. 
Different  —  separate.  Dissimilar  —  unlike. 
Though  our  Crieiiils  are  different  persons 
they  may  not  be  dissimilar,  because  they 
resemble  each  other. 

One  hundred  ,oiil  two  (102)  years.— The 
time  of  commencing  the  tower  might  not 
have  been  exactly  simullaueous  with  the 
time  of  occupying  its  site. 
Genesis  IX.,  1. 

The  son  of  Cosh,  and  great-grandson  of 
Noah. — Beins  fond  of  the  chase,  his  hunt- 
hig  exiieilitions  had  protmbly  led  to  the 
discovery  of  the  beautiful  plain  of"Slii- 
nar,"  and  his  ambition  and  mtiueiice  to  its 
colonization. 

His  great  age,  and  especially  his  donestic 
pursuits,  were  unfavorable  "to  ro\-iiig  am- 
bition; furthermore,  it  is  rea.sonable  to 
suppose  that  Noah,  with  all  piuus  persons 
then  living,  would  not  be  concerned  in 
any  dereliction  of  duty. 
Because  we  are  expressly  informed  else- 
where of  the  national  location  of  other 
tribes  or  hordes. 

In  the  valleys  of  the  Euphrates  and  Tigris, 
now  embraced  in  the  kingdoms  of  Persia 
and  Turkey. 

Disimited — distracted  by  factions.  Diirided 
— separated.  A  community  may  be  very 
disunited  before  it  submits  to  be  divided. 
Other  reasons  are  expressly  assigned  for 
its  erection ;  and  as  the  delude  had  co- 
vered the  tofis  of  the  hiyhist  mountains. 
they  could  not  have  erected  anything  ol 
sufficient  height  and  slrenj-'th  to  protect 
them  fiom  another  inundation;  and  had 
their  folly  led  them  to  attempt  it,  they 
would  have  laid  the  foundation  of  the 
tower  upon  the  summit  of  Ararat,  and  not 
in  the  midst  of  the  "  Plain"  in  Shniar. 
No  doubt  Its  principal  object  was  to  estab- 
lish a  fame,  other  iiiltntioiis  may  also 
have  been  entertained— as  a  rallying  pom), 
defence,  presumption  and  pride,  if  not 
idolatry. 
Babel. 

Confusion,  unintelligibility. 
The  vanity  of  wishing  to  have  but  one  na- 
tion and  one  ruler. 
He  signally  defeated  it. 
It  increases  such  power. 
It  generally  decreases  it. 
Several.     An   entertainer — our  host  gives 
luxurious  banquets.     Kesidents  of  paradise 
— "The  heavenly  hosts phtise  him."   People 
— Christ  went  in  front  of  the  host.    Tavern- 
keeper— the   tiost  furnished   him   lodging. 
Mass — The  priest  celebrates  the  host,  &v,. 
Yes.     "The  innkeeper  says  of  the  travel- 
ler, he  has  a  good  host,  and  the  traveller 
savs  of  his  landlord,  he  has  a  kuid  host." 
The  United  States. 
France  at  its  revolution. 
.  It  has  slidden  into  either  anarchy  or  des- 
potism. 

Some  have  thought  tha*  it  implied  merely 
the  cimfusion  of  speech  attending  a  vio- 
lent quarrel  about  the  right  of  directing 
the  work  or  plan  of  the  tower  &c.. 
Before  that  time  we  hear  of  but  one  lan- 
guage, whereas  ever  since  there  have  been 
many,  and  at  present  over  three  thousand 
dialects  are  spoken. 
One   thousand   seven   hundred   and  fifty- 


10 


APPENDIX. 


seven  (1757)  y(?ars ;  but  viirious  authors 
iKive  estimated  it  dill'ereiuly.  tlius  : — Sep- 
Miu^uit  vei'sion,  A.  M.  7S8.  SaniHritan  text, 
10(W.  Eii^lisli  Bible,  1056.  Hebrew  text, 
1716.  Jiiseplius,85S.  Vulffar  Jewish  com- 
pulation, miO.  Hales,  »19.  Usher,  1656. 
Calinet,  1660. 

62.  Geographical  divisions  naturally  insur- 
mountable ;  as  impassable  mouiitanis, 
i)road  oceans,  S.:c 

03.  Tlity  ap|ie:ir  to  indicate  tliat  there  should 
be  iiuiiiorous  nations,  and  separate  govern- 
niciits. 

64.  'Ihc  natural  distance  from  the  seat  of  g-o- 
veniment  occasioning  difficulty  and  delay 
of  lesislative  and  executive  intercourse 
with  the  remote  extremities  opposes  con- 
clusive objections;  moreover,  the  more 
extensive  the  region  and  people  governed, 
the  more  exalted  the  ruler;  and  it  appears 
evident  that  the  Lord  designs  that  homage 
should  not  be  paid  to  any  mortal  man,  in- 
asmuch as  those  of  the  greatest  power  on 
earth  have  had  their  plans  most  signally 
frustrated.  Nebuchadnezzar,  Alexander, 
Cajsar,  and  Napoleon,  who  attained  at  one 
time  tiie  highest  pinnacle  of  earthly  fame, 
were  most  signally  abased,  and  closed 
their  earthly  career  in  the  most  humiliat- 
ing and  :ibjert  cuiMliIiun. 

65.  '1  hey  have  fulled  from  the  want  of  virtue 
and  mlelhgenoe  among  the  people. 

66.  It  is  undoubtedly  the  purest;  butcompar- 
mg  the  hiHuence  of  Koine  on  the  world 
of  her  day,  with  our  own  influence  on  the 
world  ot  the  present  day,  the  United  States 
is  not  the  most  powerful,  but  is  far  inferior. 

67.  'I'lie  enjoyment  of  morality  and  religion 
mider  a  good  govenmient. 

LESSON  XL 

1.  To  promote  the  permanent  happiness  and 
prosperity  of  its  subjects. 

2.  By  coiii-enlni'ing  tin;  opinions  founded  on 
the  local  iiif  jiiniitioii  iiiid  iiitolligence  of  all 
the  ineiiit.ers  ol  the  nuiiun.  the  lru!h,  pro- 
priety and  eipulyor  the  subject  under  dis- 
cussion are  elicited,  and  correct  dL'ductions 
ami  decisions  may  result. 

3.  Under  Christian  governments  where  the 
people  elect  then-  rulers,  and  hold  them 
resi'OM^ible  for  the  abuse  of  power. 

4  I  iiiloiibtedly  there  were  persons  of  physi- 
cal siriMigth  and  mechanical  ability. 

5.  Ninirod,  their  leader,  m  particular. 

6.  He  should  possess  vigor,  intelligence,  and 
viitue. 

7.  Undeviatiiig  piety. 

8.  It  is  obtainable  by  all. 

9.  Such  as  were  distinguished  for  valor  or 
other  pubhc  services. 

It).   Ninirod. 

11.  -Moses,  in  sacred  history,  informs  us  that 
Niinrod  was  Jrniiglity  hunter,  and  became 
a  mighty  one  m  the  earth. 

12.  That  wiKten  in  conformity  to  the  in.spira- 
tion  of  God  and  contained  in  the  holy 
Scri|itures. 

-W.   Be(;ause  the  o's  then  precede  vowels. 

14.  They  wfere  generally  arbitrary  and  vin- 
dictive. 

15.  As  IS  usually  the  effect  of  such  laws,  they 
hardened  the  people  and  rendered  them 
refractory. 

16.  1  hey  produced  sectional  hostility  between 
them. 

17.  They  rendered  them  luxurious,  eifeminate, 
and  corrupt. 


18.  Generally,  and  the  people  especially  ape 
their  venality  and  vices. 

19.  They  most  assuredly  do,  for  the  reason 
last  given. 

20.  They  are  apt  to  imitate  their  rulers,  though 
they  cordially  despise  them. 

21.  Their  virtuous  example  would  be  likely  to 
ameliorate  and  purify  the  propensities  of 
the  people  and  win  llieiii  to  virtue. 

22.  Pious  rulers  would  be  one  great  preventive 
of  degeneracy. 

23.  Never ;  eventually,  either  here  or  here- 
after, punishment  is  certain. 

24.  It  IS  undoubtedly  the  height  of  folly. 

25.  It  is  peculiarly  the  mark  of  littleness  and 
meanness. 

26.  Matthew,  v.  48,  "Be  ye  therefore  perfect, 
even  as  your  Father  which  is  in  heaven  is 
perfect. 

27    The  latter. 

28.  The  latter. 

29.  A  record  of  past  events. 

30.  Herodotufs. 

31.  History  not  dictated  and  sanctioned  by  Di- 
vine revelation. 

32.  Very  little  is  known  with  certainty  of  the 
early  hi.story  of  this  empire.  Iroin  itsestab- 
lisliment  by  Nimiod  (!he  Bc/us  of  profane 
history)  until  the  joint  reign  of  Niiius  and 
Semiramis.  when  ii  embraced  the  po;iulims 
cities  of  Nineveh  and  Babylon,  and  was 
the  most  renowned  and  powerful  empire 
of  the  world  until  during  the  reign  of  Bel- 
shazzar,  whenCyrus.Ihe  Persian  monarch, 
diverted  the  Euphrates  from  its  channel 
and  marched  his  army  in  the  bed  of  the 
river,  under  the  walls  of  Babylon,  and  cap- 
tured the  city  and  its  emperor. 

33.  The  luxury,  voluptuousness  and  dissipa- 
tion oi^  Its  moaareh. 

31.  Anarchy,  succeeded  hy  a  conupt  govem- 
nieni  with  all  its  «rtevous  consequences, 
until  the  election  of  Oejoces. 

35.  The  people  had  too  lit  le  virtue  and  intel- 
ligence to  govern  iheniselves. 

36.  From  the  people  hy  election ;  and  some- 
times by  direct  appiniitineuL  from  God. 

37.  A  delegated  Tlieocr.icy. 

38.  "  They  have  rejected  me  that  I  should  not 
reign  over  them,"  1  Si.im.  viii..  7.  I.  Sam., 
chap.  X.,  17,  •'  And  Samuel  called  the 
people  together  uiiio  th':  l,o:d  to  .\Iizpeh  ; 
18.  And  said  unto  the  cirldren  of  :sraeL 
Thus  salt  lithe  Lord  God  of  Israel,  I  brought 
up  Israel  out  of  Kgij.t.  and  delivi;re,l  you 
out  of  the  hand  of  the  E,-yp;iaiis,  and  out 
of  the  hand  of  all  kui-ilo.n-..  and  of  tin  m 
that  oppressed  you  :  19,  And  ye  have  this 
day  rejected  your  God,  who  himself  sav>  d 
you  out  of  ail  your  advrrsilies  anl  your 
tribulations ;  and  ye  h.ive  said  unto  hiiii, 
Nny,  but  set  a  king  over  us  " 

39.  Tneocracy.  a  governiiient  by  God  himself 

40.  Patriarchal,  a  government  tjy  ihe  father  of 
a  tamily  or  irii.e 

41.  Monarchical,  accruing  hy  the  accumulation 
of  families  or  tribes  under  an  anibiiious 
man. 

42.  Judicial  excellence  or  military  tact  and 
vaUir. 

43.  The  hereditary  kings  are  universally  far 
from  It. 

41.  Comparatively  few  have  loved  or  made 
lileialure  the  r  pursuit.  Suriouudsd  by 
luxury  and  llatery,  ihey  have  relied  on  the 
viitues  an!  talents  of  their  minisiers  or 
cabinets,  and  neglected  llie  Chribiiaii  reli- 
gion. 

45.  They  were  very  limited. 


APPENDIX. 


11 


Almost  every  city  had  its  kin?. 
It  wasurifjiiiidly  divided  mto  several  States. 
Snored  history  proves  tlie  narrow  bounds 
of  ancient  Icingdoms ;  Joshua  defeated 
thirty-one  Itin^s,  and  Adonibesek  seventy 
kings.  See  Judges,  cliap.  i.,  verse  7. 
They  have  gKnerally  ceased  to  be  so,  and 
become  liercditary. 

Tlie  ambition  of  monarchs  to  transmit 
their  power  and  fame  to  posterity  has  pre- 
vailed ;  and  modern  kingdoms  are  governed 
by  hereditary  sovereigns  and  their  iiobihty. 
Africa,  part  of  Asia,  and  tlie  aboriginal  pos- 
sessions of  America. 

The  universal  behef  of  all  mankind  from 
the  earliest  ages,  and  theinimensiiy  of  the 
universe ;  it  can  also  be  diieolly  proved  by 
analogy,  for  as  hunger  and  thirst  presup- 
pose the  e.dstence  of  food  and  drink,  so 
also  the  all-pervading  desire  for  immor- 
tality establishes  an  eternity  of  being  for 
the  spirit. 

Natural  affection  and  ambition  are  its 
cause  and  foundiition. 
The  quiet  of  society  and  the  prevention  of 
contention  render  it  desiraljle;  and  the 
law  of  inheritance  serves  to  keep  harmony 
and  peace  in  families  after  the  death  of 
their  head  members,  and  protects  alike 
the  defenceless  and  the  powerful,  operates 
as  an  incentive  for  all  to  use  proper  indus- 
try and  economy,  in  order  to  assist  those 
that  are  bound  to  them  by  the  tenderest 
ties. 

All  political  power  and  office  are  the  natu- 
ral  and   inalienable  rights  of  the  people, 
and   all  rulers   are  only  temporarily  em- 
ployed by  them. 
It   has   degenerated  into  hereditary  des- 


potism and  tyranny. 
7.    I'he  same  ;  but  mod 


lodified  in  its  aspect  by 
external  circumstances. 
Under  all  the  restraints  of  civilization  and 
retinement,    men    have    often  exhibited 
ninch  wea"kness  and  vanity. 
There   is;  they  may  sometimes  abuse  it; 
but  the  limited  time  for  which  it  is  dele- 
gated to  tliem  prevents  serious  and  irre- 
parable evils  before  it  reverts  fo  the  people, 
it  is  the  natural  result  of  power  delegated 
to  imperfect   men.  and   daily  experience 
oonlirnis  the  hypothesis. 
The  compact  i.s  dissolved. 
The  rulers ;  the  people  are  the  employers 
and  masters. 

They  should  receive  adequate  punishment. 
Being  unable  to  peruse  the  ollicial  pro- 
ceediuus  of  their  agenls.  tiiey  can  form  no 
just  ci>iMparison  of  their  acts,  or  decision 
about  thi'ir  propriety. 
It  has  made  Ihein  arrogant,  overbearing, 
luxunoiis  and  luluuiiaii. 
It  has  rendered  them  servile, obstinate,  re- 
bellious and  degraded,  and  therefore  mise- 
rable. 

The  want  of  integrity  and  piety. 
Wars  have  generally  been  originated  by 
the  influence  of  ambitious  rulers;  and 
when  we  consider  that  two  hundred  thou- 
sand hves  have  been  sacrificed  in  a  single 
battle  of  a  single  war,  and  multiply  the 
result  of  loss  and  misery  occasioned  in  a 
battle  by  the  number  of  battles  in  one 
war,  aiul  that  product  by  the  number  of 
wars,  1  he  legions  of  victims  overpower  our 
compreliension,  and  humanity  bleeds  and 
sickens  at  tlie  spectacle. 
The  uii'ivaiilnblc  expenses  of  a  war  are 
eniirinous.     Uucounled    sums    were    ex- 


pended in  the  wars  of  Napoleon ;  and  it 
was  in  battlmg  him  that  England  incurred 
most  of  her  present  enormous  natiimal 
debt,  which  oppresses  her  people  beyond 
endurance,  and  shakes  the  foundation  of 
her  government. 

70.  The  whole  world  might  have  been  Chris- 
tianized, and  the  blessings  of  edviJation 
universally  disseminated. 

71.  Such  a  supposition  is  contrary  to  his  well- 
known  attributes;  yet  in  the  completion 
of  his  grand  designs  he  permits  the  unholy 
passions  of  men  to  subserve  his  overruling 
plan  for  effecting  his  inscrutable  purposes. 

72.  By  commanding  us,  (which  m.ay  be  con- 
strued nationally  as  well  as  personally,) 
"To  do  unto  others  as  we  would  they 
should  do  unto  us;"  he  has  prohibited  the 
indulgence  of  discord  and  strife,  and  thus 
virtually  interdicted  them  and  their  effects. 

73.  As  men  become  intelligent,  and  discern 
the  wickedness  of  war,  they  will  cease  to 
suffer  themselves  to  be  led  to  slaughter  to 
promote  the  aggrandizement  of  a  few  men. 

74.  Among  many  other  texts,  we  have  the  fol- 
lowing: Isaiah,  ii.,  4,  And  he  shall  judge 
among  the  nations,  and  shall  rebuke  many 
people ;  and  they  shall  beat  their  swords 
into  plough-shares,  and  their  speai-s  into 
pruning-hooks  ;  nation  shall  not  lift  up 
sword  against  nation,  neither  shall  they 
learn  war  any  more. 

LESSON  XII. 

1.  The  following  order  is  pronably  correct : 
1st.  The  institution  of  marriage.  2d.  The 
punishment  of  crime.  3d.  The  recognition 
of  the  right  of  properly. 

2.  These  usages  have  generally  retained  their 
substance,  but  varied  essentially  in  their 
details. 

3.  Marriage  is  gener.ally  recognized,  but  in 
some  countries  polygamy  is  allowed— va- 
rious acts  allowed  m  one  country,  are  in 
another  punished  as  crimes.  The  ?nemn 
and  tiium  generally  sanctioned  is.  in  some 
places,  exchanged  for  a  conununity  of  pro- 
WXXy,  &c- 

4.  Undoubtedly. 

5.  We  are  informed  by  holy  writ,  that  he  in- 
stituted them  and  coinnianded  their  ob- 
servance. See  Genesis,  i.,  2lJ— 23.  and  li., 
ly— 25.  The  sin  of  murder  had  been  com- 
initied  in  the  very  infancy  of  the  world, 
by  Cain,  wlio  was  punished  therefor  by  the 
Ciea'or.  Keasoniiig  upmi  this  known  fact 
of  the  fiossibility  of  crime,  the  antediluvi- 
ans would  be  led  to  invent  corresponding 
penalties.  Tilliige  being  man's  primitive 
occupatiDii,  each  would  probably  become 
altaclied  to  the  soil  and  the  rude  instru- 
ments tie  I'ud  Willi  iiiiicli  labor  formed,  to 
cultivate  it.  Lands  would  then  be  equita- 
bly divided  by  general  consent,  and  the 
right  of  every  one  to  his  implements  and 
the  ground  he  tilled,  acknowledged  and 
respected. 

6.  In  ancient  times,  Xerxes ;  in  modem,  Na- 
poleon. 

7.  No ;  they  were  very  severe. 

8.  The  severity  of  the  laws  of  Moses,  which 
were  mild  compared  with  those  of  antiqui- 
ty, and  of  Gentile  nations  of  the  same  time. 

9.  The  seventh  day  of  the  week,  devoted  to 
rest  and  coiLsecrated  for  the  worship  of  the 
Lord. 

10.  At  the  close  of  the  work  of  creation. 

11.  As  the  sabbath  was  expressly  instituted 


12 


APPENDIX. 


fi)r  rest  and  rili.'ious  worship,  our  pursuits 
.'t!i}\ilil  he  n!!i;i:i.jus)y  dcvnicil  to  th:it  end. 
Pn'.-  :  :i!  n  !:r:i'ion  is  alisulNlelv  ueci-ssiuy 
ti!  ',     ]  III  of  ()\u' bodily  tK.'aith,  and 

;i  I.   '  ;    ifquisilo  for  those  religious 

(M  ;r:it(iry  to  thai  eternal  sab- 

I  :     .     ■  ,  'iiey  tend. 

s  •  I  '  I  ful  nations  have  renounced 
li:  I  ;.i,-ii:  I  icliffion,  profnninff  the  sab- 
b:i!  h.  Iiiit  Ihey  have  invariably  met  with  a 
si'^'iimI  overthrow. 

The  prosre.ss  of  civilization  has  increased 
llieir  number  and  ameliorated  their  rigor. 
The  refinements  of  civilized  life.und  espe- 
cially the  influence  of  Christiamty,  have 
measurably  extinguished  the  f'erocily  of 
savage  life,  and  subjected  men's  passions 
to  reason. 

Thoiii-'h  in  many  minor  details  they  are  not 
ad;ipted  to  the  present  state  of  nniirove- 
nient,  yet  their  fundamental  principles  rest 
on  tlie  immutable  basis  of  justice,  and 
must  be  reverenced  auifeoopied  by  the  ad- 
vocates of  tlie'rights  of  man  in  all  coming 
time. 

In  the  Pentateuch,  or  first  five  books  of  the 
Old  Testament. 

18.  They  are  based  upon  them,  varying,  of 
cour^g,  in  confoniiity  to  circumstances  of 
time,  place,  character  and  pursuits. 

19.  Our  legislatures  aim  to  imitate  them,  and 
ourjudiciaiy  consider  laws  nugatory  which 
clash  with  the  Divine  law. 

20.  Bec:;use  they  were  dictated  by  Divine  in- 
spiration. 

This  IS  one  of  the  exceptions  to  the  rule 
that  mi  before  adjectives  means  not ;  im  is 
soiiieiimes  of  Saxon  or  Greek  origin;  in 
both  cases  it  has  an  augmentative  mean- 
ing— the  Latin  in,  which  is  the  original 
word  for  im,  occasionally  retains  its  primi- 
tive augmentative  meaning,  but  in  these 
cases  im  is  always  inseparable,  i.  e.,  the 
adjective  of  which  im  is  a  prefix  is  never 
used  without  its  prefix  im  in  English,  but 
ill  Latin  im,  mineo  and  porta,  are  used  se- 
parately ;  it  ofl  en  happens  that  the  prefixes 
which  are  inseparable  in  English  are  se- 
parable in  the  languages  from  which  they 
are  derived ;  im,  m  the  2.3d  line,  means 
weighty,  and  lias  an  augmentative  meaning. 
Tlie  man  was  in  miminent  danger,  is  ano- 
ther instance  where  im  forms  a  part  of  the 
a<ljective.  yet  it  has  not  a  negative  mean- 
ing. In  both  of  the  latter  examples,  im  is 
of  Latin  origin.  Im  is  only  one  of  the 
many  institnces  in  which  words,  in  their 
modern  usage,  have  a  meaning  either  very 
diil'erent  or  even  directly  contrary  to  their 
original  significalion. 

Condition  or  state  of  being ;  as  society, 
conditicm  of  many  in  a  community. 

23.  Im,  a  prefix.     Ty,  an  affix. 

21.  I'rrfix,  placed  before.  Affix,  added  at  the 
end. 

2.*).   Stale  of  ba'nij  r\ni  nriolis. 

26.  Stale  of  bfitv}  vaWil. 

27.  The  prefixes  and  affixes  are  not  uniform  in 
their  meaning. 
It  has  not. 
It  IS  not. 

30.  It  IS  a  constituent  part  of  the  primary  word 
or  rnot. 

31.  Usually  before  original  roots ;  some  words, 
liowever,  contain  two  or  more  prefixes  and 
affixes,  as  con-suf)  sianM-ality. 
Nolorifty  2 — knowkdije  and  erposrire.  The 
notorifty  of  the  position  that  2  +  2=4.  His 
valor  has  become   a  matter  of  notoriily. 


Vfilidity  2 — certainty  and  vnJve.  The  vali- 
dity of  the  story  is  admitted.  The  step 
WHS  of  dnubtful  vnlidilii.  Forms 5— shapes, 
hinuty,  nits,  hnirli.s,  mnkrs,  he.  The  par- 
tinlf's  of  iii;'tt(;r  v\  liitiit  varioas/on;js.  La- 
dies pr-sen'  uiilt-KMil/OTrHS.  TWe.  forms  of 
the  episcopal  church.  Tlie  pupils  sit  on 
forms.  Evaporation  of  sea-water  forms 
salt.  Ih-awim/,  nnmy  — hauling,  enticing, 
gaining,  limnmg,  &c.  Elepliants  are  seen 
drfiwinij  timber.  Amusements  are  drawing 
youth  from  virtue.  He  succeeded  in  draw- 
inn  pn.lii  liv  thi'  eiiterpri.se.  The  scholar 
Ifiini  I       Sacredness2 — tioliiiess 

ami  riiey  worship  with  great 

sii' ■  i'lmise  is  of  positive  sa- 

a-'iini-.x  J:'j'i';iiiii'7Us  3 — Contracts,  em- 
plviminls.  cj7ij!irts,  6cc.  His  engagnnenls 
may  be  relnd  on.  Our enyngemi-nls occapy 
our  entire  alien!  ion.  They  v.'ere^uctorious 
in  several  oujuijements.  Dmds,  several — 
title-papers,  acts,  <kc.  The  dteds  are  re- 
corded.   We  shall  be  judged  by  our  deeds. 

33.  From  the  Latin  word  safer. 

34.  Its  original  root  may  mean  either  to  bless 
or  to  curse. 

35.  Webster's  unabndged  Dictionary  of  1&48. 
also  Richardson '.■*  Dictionary,  sanction  both 
nieaiiings ;  in  the  term  sacred  majesty,  as 
applied  to  kings,  it  seems  to  be  blasphemy. 
Sacre  was  formerly  used  m  the  same  way 
we  now  use  consecrate.  The  general 
usage  of  modem  writers  sanctions  the  ap- 
plication of  sacred  to  holy  purposes,  and 
consecrate  may  have  cither  a  holy  or  an 
unholy  signification. 

36.  Wm  ur  togellier. 

37.  A  prefix. 

38.  Because  put  before  the  primitive  word  or 
root. 

39.  See  Lesson VI. .Question  4,  page  4  of  the 
Appendix. 

40.  Convey,  to  cany  with.  Consume,  to  bum 
together.     Convoke,  to  call  together,  &c. 

41.  Evidences  of  contracts  for  transferring 
property. 

42.  Transfers  effected  by  word  of  mouth  only, 
without  writing,  often  accompanied  bj^ cer- 
tain ceremonies,  intended  to  make  an  inde- 
hble  impression  on  the  witnesses;  as,  for 
the  grantor  to  pluck  off  his  shoe  and  give 
it  to  the  grar.tae ;  or  the  dehvery  of  a  clod 
as  the  symbol  of  the  estate,  6ic. 

43.  By  a  written  contract  between  the  parties, 
which  is  delivered  in  piesence  of  witness, 
as  the  symbol  of  the  property  conveyed,  and 
acknowledged  to  be  such  in  the  presence 
of  a  legally-constituted  officer. 

44.  Necessary,  naturally  obligatory;  reqitisite, 
made  obligatory  by  statute.  A  sabbath  is 
necessary  to  man.  but  I  he  fourth  article  of 
the  decalogue  has  made  the  observance  of 
ttie  seventh  day  requisite  for  that  purpose. 

45.  Entrances  through  the  city  wall. 

46.  Because  our  cities  are  not  enclosed  by 
surrounding  walls. 

47.  Many  of  the  considerable  cities  of  the 
eastern  continent  litive  eitlier  fortifications 
or  gates,  as  Paris.  Pekin,  <tc  ,  and  some  on 
our  own  continent,  as  lle.xico,  Quebec,  6x. 

48.  Yet. 

40.  Though  implies  an  admitted  position,  yet, 
its  consequence.  It  is  thence  called  its 
corresponding  or  cor-relaiive  conjunction. 

50.  It  means  0!i  or  uj!on,  as  the  first  dwellers 
on  or  vpon  the  earth. 

51.  When  in  is  the  prefix  of  an  adjective,  it 
usually  has  a  privative  or  negative  mean- 
ing, but  when  in  is  the  preftx  of  a  verb  or 


APPENDIX. 


13 


a  word  (Icnveil  from  a  verb,  it  usu:illy  lias 
an  ;iii;jiiiciitrtl]ve  iiiciining;  the  woij  in- 
habitiiiiis.  111  tin;  iSlli  line,  is  ilerivej  from 
Vi£  l.alin  verb  jjiliabilo,  cunseqUenUy  in 
bus  an  iiiiLriinMit:ilivc  im^iinins. 
By  oral  luncraiion.  by  jjillars  oreoted  and 
somuUiiics  in:;ravt;d  wiUi  bieroglyplucs, 
iiivttntiii,;;  siiruificaiil  iiuines,  >kc. 

53.  Tlic  Jewisli  exodus  from  Egyiit,  Homer's 
Ihad,  ic. 

54.  Aiicionl  rulers  Reuerally  concentrated  in 
themselves  all  the  functions  of  govern- 
ment; modern  im]jiovenients  especially 
ainoii;;  tlie  most  enlii,'hieued  nations,  have 
sepiiaii'ili'CcltiMaslical  Irom  civil  rule  and 
disirihu  i,l  liie  lallt-r  into  several  dcpart- 
iiiL'iilj,  li  i;islalivi;,  jiidici-.U  and  executive, 
and  as.Mgmd  tlie  duties  of  each  deparl- 
nieut  to  separate  fuiiclionanes. 
Wntms. 

oG.  Tuyetlur,  to  Iniiig  together.  See  Lesson 
V'l.Questicm  4. 

57.  Verse,  the  metrical  rhyming  of  sounds; 
Poetry,  lofty  sentiments  melncally  written : 
thus  verse — 

"  You  /lave  one  book,  I  have  two, 
Mme  are  old,  yours  is  new." 
Poetry — 
"Arouiid  thee  shall  glisten  the  loveliest  tmnrr 
That  ever  the  sorrowiwj  seabird  hath  wepl." 

58.  Over  or  down.  Transmitted — sent  or  passed 
over  or  doton  to  posterity,  ic. 

59.  Across— Traiis-AilaiiUc,  across  the  Atlan- 
tic. Through — (rroiifuse,  to  mix  through- 
out. To  cross — Jra'LSgress,  to  go  contrary 
to,  ic. 

Their  resort  to  other  modes  of  commemo- 
rating events  is  the  best  evidence  of  it. 

61.  Muses,  in  writing  the  Pentateuch. 

62.  The  former  is  a  judicial  officer  in  temporal 
alfairs ;  the  latter  an  executive  or  media- 
torial officer  of  ecclesiastical  jurisdiction. 

G3.   In  IS  the  prefix  of  a  verb  and  consequently 

lias  an  augmentative  meaning. 
64.  i/ifalbble,  not  fallible ;  our  Creator  is  an 

infallible  judge  of  all  our  actions.     i;ideti- 

nite,  not  definite.     7;ifmite,  loilhout  bniit. 

Space  may  be  wtlelimte  yet  not  iHlimte. 

Augmentative  meaning. 

Augmentative. 

Tlie  Teacher  //lustrates  and  wicites  in  all 

the  pupils  a  desire  to  improve. 

They  usually  have  a  privative  or  negative 

signilication. 

69.  There  are  only  a  few  exceptions  to  tliis  as 
well  as  to  rules  in  general. 

70.  /Miiiorality  often  results  from  mattentive 
baliits;  iynurant. irreligious, Jifglectful  and 
rfusipatetl  people  complain  most  of  i/legal 
proceedings. 

71.  Those  of  both  ecclesiastical  and  civil  go- 
vernment, and  m  the  latter  all  its  func- 
tions, legislative,  judicial  and  executive. 

72.  In  general  he  is  not,  especially  as  each  re- 
quires ilie  highest  moral  and  intellectual 
endowments  m  communities  of  consider- 
able extent. 

Moral  and  other  important  qualifications 
are  iiidis|iensable  in  all  of  them. 
Wise  men  of  the  greatest  probity  of  char- 
acter; generally  the  priests. 
Proliably  the  allotting  and  securing  to  each 
man  a  certain  portion  of  land. 
Progressive  movement,  or  advance. 
The  word  is  of  ditferent  origin,  in  which  it 
means    stead.     It   was    formerly   written 
stead,  but  was  cliaiiged  to  step  for  euphony. 
Movement  —  this   was   an   iniporlaut  step. 


Short  distance — it  is  but  a  step.  Gait — his 
i'/r/Ms  liiiii.  Toadvnnce — they.?/epbriskly. 
In  iiliire  o/— she  is  my  slcpmoth(^r,  <i.c. 
In  cuinmon ;  no  one  having  claim  or  the 
means  of  olitaining  a  peiiiiaiient  title  to 
any  particular  part. 

Chiclly  by  hunting,  fishing  and  using  spon- 
taneous productions. 

The  laws  of  which  experience  has  sug- 
gested the  necessity,  and  to  which  they 
are  all  supposed  to  assent,  among  which 
are  ttie  nieles  and  boundaries  of  their  se- 
veral estates. 

To  promote  peace  and  harmony  in  society, 
that  the  possessions  of  each  may  be  uni- 
versally known  and  observed,  and  every 
one  claim  indisputable  enjoyment  of  his 
exclusive  patrimony. 

Tiie  nialuri'd  ])ri)duce  separated  from  the 
sod  sa\e  ri.se  to  personal  property,  winch 
required  other  and  ditferent  rules  for  its 
regulation. 

As  all  derive  their  sustenance,  either  di- 
rectly or  indirectly,  from  the  earth,  it  is 
evident  that  a  majority  in  all  extensive 
countries  must  devote  their  time  to  agri- 
culture; and  reason  and  revelation  abke 
show  the  necessity  of  zealous  exertion  for 
the  accomplishment  of  vital  objects.  The 
desire  for  the  possession  and  enjoyment  of 
pro|ierty  presents  the  strongest  stimulant 
in  huniau  society  for  exertion  and  unwea- 
ried labor;  hence,  the  greatest  good  to  the 
greatest  numbers  always  results  from  the 
most  desirable  and  permanent  of  all  pro- 
perty being  open  for  competition  and  the 
possession  of  those  who,  by  exemplary  so- 
briety and  industry,  merit  its  enjoyment. 
1st.  Uppression  generally  resulf.s  from  an 
extravagant  landed  aristocracy.  2d.  Ina- 
bility to  procure  or  possess  permanent 
property  engenders  supmeness,  indolence 
and  depravity,  and  thus  society  is  demo- 
ralized. 3d.  The  undue  proportion  of 
power  possessed  by  the  proprietaries  in- 
duces despotic  rule  over  the  populace,  and 
resistance,  factions  and  tumults,  degrada- 
tion, famine,  and  its  natural  attendaut,pes- 
tilence.  are  the  consequence. 
To  denote,  liy  prominent  land-marks,  the 
precise  limits  of  their  estates. 
From  removing  or  obhterating  those  land- 
marks. 

Usually  by  tracing  the  exact  course  of  their 
lines  with  a  compass,  and  measunng  their 
distaiices  by  a  chain,  pole,  paces,  &c. 
By  accurate  re-measurement,   bv  survey- 
ors, the  precise  angles  can  be  found. 
The  Egyptians,  on  account  of  their  land- 
marks being  aiinu;dly  lost  by  the  overtlow- 
ing  of  the  Nde. 
A  hyphen. 

Frequently  :  as  when  you  wish  to  unite 
compound  words,  and  pirticularlv  to  unite 
the  last  syllable  of  a  line  (for  want  of 
room)  to  the  remaining  syllable  of  the 
same  word  m  the  ne.xt  line. 
The  sense  in  a  great  niea.sure  depends  on 
them;  and  a  distinct  articulation  frequently 
requires  it. 

Book  and  rase  are  two  distinct  articles ;  vet 
if  we  unite  their  names  by  a  hvphen,  the 
compound  word,  book-case,  is  the  name  of 
an  article  distinctly  ditferent  from  either; 
so,  mk-staiul.,  tuni-cap,  butter-nuik,  turn- 
table, ginger-bread,  water-melon,  land-marks. 
tiini'Sttle. 

Land-marks,  or  monumental  stations  in 
tlie  angles  of  boundary  hues. 


30* 


14 


APPENDIX. 


That  they  were  fictitious,  and  that  the 
works  attril)uted  to  Homer  were  in  fact 
the  prod  uctioii  of  several  wandering  song- 
sters. 

A  famous  Latin  poet. 

Tilhiije,  or  tlieir  industrious  and  perma- 
nent iniprovemcnt. 

99.  Affeciion  for  llieir  oliildren  as  their  own 
"  (lesh  and  blood,"  joined  to  ambition  for 
the  fame  of  its  accumulation. 

100.  NuCf-ssity. 
.  .^t  death,  the  law  of  nature  would  permit 

the  properly  of  the  deceased  to  revert  to 
the  common  stock,  the  eagerness  of  ttiose 
at  hand  to  grasp  it  would  occasion  strife, 
and  the  quiet  of  society  be  dislurlied;  to 
prevent  this  disturbance,  the  law  of  inhe- 
riiiuioe  was  interposed. 
1.  Pence,  exemption  from  external  commo- 
tion ;  traiKpoUily,  calmness  of  miud.  So- 
rrales  was  trajiquil  in  his  chair,  while 
XjiiI  ip[ie  very  much  disturbed  the  peace  of 
tlie  mom. 

103.  The  whole  body  of  laws  relating  to  the 
rights  of  property,  real  and  persoiial. 

104.  Need,  vvaiut.  Necessity,  want,  indispensibly 
pressing.  We  are  frequently  under  the  ne- 
cessity of  going  without  tliat  of  wliich  we 
stand  most  in  need. 

I.  Invent,  to  liglit  upon  something  new.  Dis- 
cover,  to  find  wliat  before  existed.  Gut- 
teniberg  invented  the  art  of  printing.  Co- 
lumbus discovered  America. 

.  Pennanent,  enduring.  Fij:ed,  firm,  estab- 
lished. The  Fiesident's  salary  is  fixed  but 
not  permanent. 

.  Patnmony,  right  or  estate  derived  from 
one's  ancestors.  Inheritance,  right  or 
estate  derived  from  any  person. 

.  Devises,  hcqursts.  Wills,  tlie  instruments 
by  which  legacies  are  bequeathed. 

.Property,  as  there  used,  and  ownership  are 
synonymous. 

.  Rights,  indisputable  titles.  Claims,  privi- 
leges to  which  we  are  entitled  by  asking. 

.  Compose,  to  put  together.  Constitute,  au- 
thtiritatively  to  saiirtion. 

112.  Code  and  buok  ol  linos,  as  used, synonymous. 

113.  A  negative,  equivalent  to  not. 
.  Tlie  same. 

115.  Very  incomplete, 
no.  Certainly  not. 

117.  Unforeseen  exigencies. 

118.  They  have  been  changed  from  time  to 
time  to  conform  to  thee.vigeucies  of  civili- 
zation. 

119.  New  pursuits,  discoveries,  inventions,  im- 
provements and  the  progress  of  civiliza- 
tion, and  especitdly  the  introduction  of  the 
panlic  instiimions  of  Christianity. 

120.  Jesus  Clirist. 

121.  In  the  New  Testament. 

122.  Injustice  would  cea.se,  and  viith  it  all  its 
penalties  and  their  intlictioii ;  arrogance 
anil  ii.uightiness  be  succeeded  by  modesty 
aihl  meekness;  umvei-sal  pojileness  would 
be  practised;  true  praciioal devotion,  with 
cheerfulness,  supply  the  place  of  au.stere 
bigotry  and  gloomy  .sanctinKmiousiie.ss ; 
broils,  sedition,  ami  retaliaiion  no  more  be 
iikbilu'ed  in;  and  "]ieaee  on  earth  and 
good  will  to  men,"  pervading  the  world, 
the  grand  milleiiiuuui  would  commence. 

LE.SSON  XIII. 

I.  The  generally-received  account  of  all  past 

events. 
i.   Unerring,  undeviating.    hifaUible,  exempt 


from  mistake.  A  uniform  coui'se  may  be 
wurriity,  thougli  directed  to  a  JaliiOle 
issue. 

3.  Extensive  communities ;  as  states,  na- 
tions, &c. 

4.  A  noun. 

5.  Of  the  plural  number. 

6.  See  Lesson  VI.,  t/iustion  i,  pages  4th  and 
6th  of  the  Appendix. 

7.  By  changing  v/ into  Ks. 

8.  Conimonwcalths. 

9.  An  important  proportion,  literally  half. 

10.  Always,  when  used  as  a  distinct  prefix. 

11.  Because  that  is  its  umform  character  in 
all  standard  authorities. 

12.  SOTii-circle,  half  a  circle.  /Scmt-quaver, 
half  a  quaver.  &»i(-fluid,  proportionally 
fluid. 

13.  Before,  previously. 

14.  Always. 

15.  i're-mise,  to  put  before.  Pre-conceive,  to 
believe  before.  Pre-destinate,  previously 
to  fix  tlie  destiny. 

16.  In  its  most  extended  application  it  per- 
vades the  universe. 

17.  It  embraces  every  tiling  in  animated  na- 
ture. 

18.  The  specification  is  more  emphatic  by  dis- 
tributing the  meaning  to  each  separate 
individual. 

19.  It  IS  not  only  quite  reasonable,  but  neces- 
sary to  the  object  of  the  institution. 

20.  The  former;  the  latter  generally  results 
in  injury  rather  than  benefit. 

21.  Certainly;  at  least  by  personal  acquies- 
cence. 

22.  Perfection  in  social  virtue  might  etfect  that 
desideratum. 

23.  All  history  proves  the  imperfection  of  hu- 
man nature  and  its  proneiiess  to  eviL 

24.  The  restraints  of  law. 

25.  That  man  is  formed  for  society,  and  that 
he  must  live  in  society  to  answer  tlie  end 
for  which  he  was  created. 

26.  Disposed,  adapted,  hielined,  bent  towards. 
A  man  may  thei'efore  be  disposed  to  liappi- 
ness  though  not  mrlined  to  the  course  re- 
suliinginit.  S/ncWy,  nicely  exact.  Eigor- 
ously,  severely  exact.  We  may  be  stricl. 
without  riyor.  Due  and  riyht,  synony- 
mously used  as  just  clmm.  Need,  absolute 
lack.  Want,  desire.  One  may  need  pun- 
ishment and  not  lennt  it  History,  an  au- 
thentic and  digiiilied  narrative.  Account, 
a  simple  narrative.  Poioi/s,  divisions  of 
time.  Aijes.  the  lives  of  men  within  those 
pc-riods.  Wcdkniss.  want  of  physical  or 
moral  slreiiL'th.  Itijirmity,  inelliciency  aris- 
ing from  disease  or  maltbrmation. 

27.  For  its  compreheiisivene.'is ;  man  being  the 
generic  term  for  llie  liuman  species. 

28.  That  man,  in  embracing  socitil  privileges, 
relinquislied  a  portion  of  his  natural  riglits. 

29.  It  IS  not. 

30.  lna^much  as  man  was  formed  fiir  society 
by  Ins  Creator,  the  laws  of  nal  ure  were 
made  in  accordance  with  that  design  by 
Jehovah,  and  iiKin  never  did  and  nevercaii 
possess  any  rights  independent  of  liis 
Creator. 

31.  Several :  condition — the  horse  is  in  good 
case.  Slieath  —  lli«  scissors  are  in  their 
case.  Con/fWi/fnce— circumstances  alter  the 
case,  grammatical  inflection  of  nouns,  <tc. 

32.  Not  in  every  point  of  equahty. 

33.  They  are  born  of  unequal  size,  weight, 
color,  fomi,  robust,  sickly,  <tc.,  Ac. 

34.  That  they  have  equal  claims  to  the  pro- 
tection of  society,  and  equal  privilege  of 


APPENDIX. 


15 


volition  and  action  within  the  restraints  ne- 
cessarily m.stitutfil  lor  ijintual  protection. 
The  natural  rishts  helun^inj;  to  others — 
and  tiie  iuioui  that  no  one  lias  a  right  to 
seize  the  fruits  of  another's  labor,  or  ap- 
propriai  e  to  his  own  use  all  that  comes 
witiiin  hisg'iasp. 

36.  The  ch.irJs  winch  unite  society  would  be 
severed, and  revoltaiid  insnrrccliou weaken 
if  not  deitroy  our  compact. 

37.  A  subjeciiun  lo  the  laws  that  mutually 
protect  his  n»hts. 

The  state  or  community  of  which  one  is  a 
member. 

They  may,  under  peculiar  circumstances 
or  conditions. 
'I'lie  Uivine  hiws. 

The  weak  would  be  liable  to  oppression 
from  the  strong,  and  bollt  from  lawless 
comhinalions. 

12.  None ;  ;liose  nations  have  attained  the 
most  renown  who  have  rsgr.ird»;d  most  the 
Uiviiie  law  or  its  cardinal  principles. 

43.  Undoubtedly;  the  sources  of  many  of  our 
bles.sinjs  elude  not  only  careless  observa- 
tion, but  fieqiieully  the  closest  scrutiny. 

44.  No. 

43.  The  operation  of  laws  is  restraint,  and 
most  of  our  laws  were  enacted  before  we 
had  any  participation  in  them. 

46.  Many  of  them  from  time  immemorial,  and 
others  from  the  organization  of  the  na- 
tion. 

47.  The  carelessness  of  their  representatives 
olten  .sacnlices  their  voice. 

&.  feopl' — the  whole  body  of  the  population, 
embracing  all  ages  and  both  sexes.  Citi- 
zens— those  freemen  entitled  to  suffrage. 
Governed  and  niled,  syuonyincms.  Laws — 
rules  of  goveruiiient.  Siatules  —  written 
eiiactmenls.  Enacted — established  by  pub- 
lic decree.    Maile — formed  in  any  manner. 

49.  Si/noni/ms  —  evident  and  plain,  governed 
and  riilfd.  lives  and  existence.  Drfimtmns 
— reinaiked.  depend  on,  framing.  Confede- 
racy, operaiioti,  citizens,  made. 

50.  The  I  X|i!e-sii)n  means  the  largest  possible 
n  uiii):i  ,  l;9I  mcnihei-s  alkiwsWisconsin  3 
n'pre-~eii!uiives.  Congress,  in  its  legisla- 
tive ca;p.ici;y,  inclu  les  the  Pre.sident  of  the 
Uni'.el  States,  and  also  the  Vice-Prfesident, 
who  IS  e.x-otficio  president  of  the  senate. 

51.  There  are  3U  Srates,  each  State  .sends  two 
senators,  30  x  3  =  fill  senators ;  subtract  60 
from  291  =  231  members  in  the  house  of 
representatives. 

52.  No,  each  State  is  entitled  to  but  two 
senaloi-s. 

53.  Certainly;  equal  to  the  whole  number  of 
members,  minus  double  the  number  of 
Stai  es. 

One  hundred  and  sixteen. 
Tliirty-one. 
Fifty-eight. 
Sixteen. 

The  house  of  representatives  must  have  a 
speaker,  which  leaves  U5  members  who 
vote ;  and  58  is  a  sulEcient  number  to  pass 
a  bill.    The  speaker  gives  the  casting  vole 
when  Ihere  is  a  tie. 
Such  a  contingency  might  occur. 
They  should    be   faithful,  conscieutious, 
and  punctual  in  their  aiteudance. 
Unquestionably  the  former. 
The  veto  of  the  President. 
Every  bill,  afier  it   passes  both  houses  of 
congress,  is  presented  to  the  President;  if 
he  .'■igiis  the  bill  il,  becoiiies  a  law,  but  if 
he  dues  not  approve  of  the  measure,  he 


writes  the  word  veto  on  the  back  of  the 

bill,  which  iirevciits  it  from  being  a  law. 
To  the  house  whence  it  originated. 
VV'tiin  a  bill,  after  it  has  been  vetoed  by 
the  President,  is  re-considered  by  both 
houses  and  pa.ssed  by  a  majorily  of  two- 
thirds  of  each  house,  it  then  Ix^conies  a 
law,  uotwilh.standing  the  PivsidcMifs  vio. 
In  ciLse  of  there  being  lnit  a  bare  q'uiniin 
in  the  senate,  a  bill  might  pass  Tiiiani- 
mously  the  .house — by  receiving  a  m-gativo 
vote  of  eleven  senators  it  would,  with  the 
President's  veto,  be  defeated. 
For  wise  purposes  (which  will  hereafter 
be  explained)  llie  frainers  of  the  coiislilu- 
tion  allowed  the  smallest  State  to  have  a 
representation  in  the  senate  equal  to  the 
Ingest  Slate. 

!■•  cause  all  the  United  States  senatoi-sare 
elfCioJ,  not  by  the  people  directly,  but  by 
the  legislatures  of  their  respective  States 
and  the  constituents  of  the  meinbei-s  oi 
legislature  of  the  largest  Sttile  would  bf 
more  than  two  tunes  greater  than  the  r  il- 
lected  constituents  of  the  members  of  th< 
SIX  sinidlest  States  in  the  Union. 
The  United  States  senators  are  alvays 
elected  by  the  State  legislatures  for  the 
term  of  six  yetirs  (unless  otherwise  .s-'pu- 
lated,  as  in  case  of  tilling  a  vacancy  occa- 
sioned by  death,  &c  )  The  representa  .ives 
in  congress  are  chosen  directly  by  the 
people,  usually  for  two  years. 
Seldom,  if  ever. 

There  are  many  different  opinions  even  oh 
the  most  important  subjects,  and  oi.e  of 
the  excellent  traits  of  the  constitution  is  V 
the  freedom  in  the   expression  of  lenti- 
nienis. 

Congress,  like  all  o' her  human  tribunals, 
is  liable  to  err,  and  cuii.^eqiiently  to  pass 
evil  laws ;  but  if  the  people  are  intell  gent 
they  have  the  power  eventually  of  recti- 
fying the  error. 

Because  laws  are  often  passed  by  one  con- 
gress and  repealed  by  another. 
The  wisest  and  the  best  men. 
Generally  speaking,  they  are  the  worst; 
and  the  history  of  the  Roman  republic  ex- 
hibiis  in  a  striking  manner  the  danger  of 
eni|i!oying  fea.stiiig  legislators. 
Many ;  Ciesar  was  among  the  most  promi- 
ueiiL— he  l'e;isted  the  people  of  Kume  witli 
the  most  sumptuous  luxuries  for  forty  suc- 
cessive days,  at  22,0ij0  tables.  The  thea- 
tres Were  thrown  open;  games  and  festi- 
vals were  exliilined  gratis  to  the  people, 
but.  like  the  sialled  ox,  they  were  feasted 
solely  for  the  benefit  of  the  power  that 
supplied  them;  for,  in  reiurn,  the  people 
of  Koine,  in  their  erstacy,  yielded  their 
lilierties.  If,  111  the  pla-:e  ot  intoxicating 
liquor,  the  candidates  seeking  ihe  votes  of 
the  people  contribute  in  any  manner  to 
their  real  and  permanent  welfare,  then 
philanthro[iy  (and  nut  selfish  motives)  may 
actuate  the  donor:  liut  everyone  should 
have  sufficient  educatioa  to  discriminate 
between  olijects  for  persbnal  aggnuidize- 
meiit  and  disinterested  benevolence. 
Undoubtedly  there  is  much  danger.  The 
representatives  of  the  nation,  botli  at  home 
and  abroad,  are  usually  considered  among 
the  most  honorable  and  gifted  of  the 
country.  Some  of  the  greatest  and  the 
best  of  men  have  been  legislators.  The 
natural  love  of  fiower  and  of  olBce — the 
pecuniary  emoluments,  Sec.  olfer  mdiice- 
ineiits  both  lo  ilie  good  and  the  evU ;  and 


16 


APPENDIX. 


no  nation  can  (innskler  its  liherties  safe  if 
a  majoritv  of  llie  people  ave  ignorant. 
Tliiit  no  one  has  perfect  liberty. 
With  the  utmost  fidelity  and  patriotism. 
In  the  people. 

Power  5iven  by  the  people  to  one  of  their 
number,  to  act  in  llieir  place,  and  to  the 
best  of  his  ahilily  fir  lljcir  advanta.:,'e. 
Tlie  word  ilcvuli.:f  is  mver  used  iii  Eng- 
land, but  it  is  in  ciaimion  use  in  America. 
Tile  English  call  this  word,  with  some 
otlieis  that  are  used  only  in  our  country, 
Aiiienraiii.^ins- 

83.  Ii  ■•■  iiiii    ;  I  :  -  lm:lm!ois  at  the  expiration 

84.  'I  III  ,  I  .  .!•'  slaves  of  tyrants — 
picjcJ  u.'.i.  '-::Ji  iiiher  in  a  slate  of 
anarchy— and  geuciuUy  lived  without  the 
full  eujoynitnt  of  the  blessings  of  Chris- 
tianitv. 

Education  in  its  most  comprehensive  sense. 
Because  the  Americans  successfully  re- 
sisted the  most  powerful  monarchy  of  the 
world— that  tliey  formed  a  repulilican  go- 
vernment granting  perfect  freedom  in  the 
enjovnient  of  civil  and  religious  rights— 
and  "  because  thither  the  oppressed  and 
trodden-down  millions  of  Europe  look  for 
light  and  for  freedom. 
That  science  which  treats  of  the  respective 
duties  of  those  who  make  or  adnnmster 
the  law,  and  those  who  are  governed  by 
it;  and  generally  of  all  the  privileges  and 
immunities  of  citizens. 
An  art  is  tlial  which  depends  on  practice 
or  performance,  and  .science  that  which 
depends  on  abstract  or  speculative  prin- 
ciples. The  llieory  of  music  is  a  science ; 
the  practice  of  it  an  art. 

89.  i^i ales  111  which  the  exercise  of  the  save- 
reign  power  is  lodged  in  representatives 
elected  by  the  peojile. 

90.  Greece,    in    letters;   Carthage,  in    com- 
merce ;  and  Rome,  in  arms. 
Because  the  fact  is  generally  conceded  that 
human   nature   is  the  same  now  that  it 
alwavs  has  been. 

Bee  aiise  the  reasons  that  produced  the 
rum  of  oilier  republics  may,  if  not  pro- 
perly heeded,  sever  or  overthrow  our 
Union. 

To  prevent  their  own  subjects  from  desir- 
ing a  republican  government,  and  thereby 
retain  their  own  hereditary  power  and 
property. 

i'he  large  number  of  people  in  the  United 
States  that  can  neither  read  nor  write — 
the  prevalence  of  Atheism,  and  conse- 
quently the  want  of  moral  or  Christian 
principle,  would  also  endanger  our  liber- 
ties. 

Their  immediate  persona!  interest  un- 
doulitedlv  leads  them  to  wish  for  our  dis- 
union and  overthrow. 
As  philanthropists,  they  are  interested  in 
the  perpetuity  of  imr  institutions;  but 
either  not  rightly  understanding  the  true 
teiiuencv  of  our  "republic,  or  not  wishing 
to  offend  their  sovereigns,  they  generally 
extol  their  own  governments  and  dispar- 
age ours. 

We  should  always  be  tolerant;  it  is  the 
nature  of  man  to  err ;  we  may  ourselves 
often  be  in  the  wrong,  yet  think  we  are 
right :  our  institutions  allow  to  each  entire 
freedom  of  opinion. 

The  want  of  moral  or  Christian  principle 
among  rulers,  and  the  ignorance  of  the 
mass  of  the  people. 


99.  By  enormous  taxes  to  support  in  magnifi- 
cence hereditary  sovereigns  and  nobles. 

100.  Because  all  power  is  lodged  with  the 
people. 

101.  102,  103.  (See  some  Ancient  History  or 
Biographical  Dictionary.) 

104.  From  the  Latin,  palma ;  it  originally  meant 
superiority,  vidory,  or  prosperity.  The 
branches  of  the  palma  were  formerly  worn 
in  token  of  victory.  The  palma  was  ad.ipted 
as  an  emblem  of  victory,  it  is  said,  because 
the  tree  is  so  elastic  as,  when  pressed,  to 
rise  and  recover  its  correct  position. 

105.  Becao.se  it  denotes  Greece  and  Rome  in 
the  plenitude  of  tli'-ir  victorious  career. 

106.  Literary  and  moral  or  Christian  efforts, 

107.  A  combination  of  people  distinguished  for 
firmness  and  s(.'lidity  of  union. 

108.  Christian  education  imparled  to  every  in- 
dividual. 

109.  To  promote  the  happiness  and  prosperity 
of  all. 

110.  They  are  in  theory,  and  they  should  be 
preeminently  so  in  practice. 

111.  That  we  not  only  praise  our  illustrious  an- 
cestors in  words,  hut  that  we  imitate  them 
in  actions,  and  exhibit  the  transcendent 
excellence  of  rei>ublican  institutions. 

112.  To  imitate  their  wisdom,  and  aim  to  trans- 
mit in  misulhed  purity  the  incomparable 
institutions  they  founded. 

113.  They  should  be  purely  republican  in  their 
character,  and  their  tendency  the  dissemi- 
naliou  of  letters,  political  wisdom  and 
Christianity. 

LESSON  XIV. 

1.  Dltparily  signifies  unfitness  of  objects  to 
be  by  one  another.  Inrqualily  signifies 
having  no  regularity.  The  dispnn/y  biv 
tween  David  and  Goliah  was  such  as  to 
render  the  success  of  the  former  more 
strikingly  miraculous.  'J'he  inequality  in 
the  conditions  of  men  is  not  attended  with 
a  corresponding  inequnlily  in  their  happi- 
ness. For  the  signification  of  the  prefixes, 
see  Lesson  V.,  Question  4th.  page  3,  Ap. 

2.  Iijnorant  is  a  comprehensive  term  :  it  in- 
cludes want  of  knowledge  1o  any  degree, 
from  the  highest  to  the  lowest.  Ignorance 
is  not  always  one's  disgrace,  since  it  is  not 
always  one's  faul  t.  Illiterate  is  less  general 
in  its  application,  but  it  is  generally  used 
as  a  term  of  reproach.  The  poor  vjnorant 
savage  is  an  object  of  pity,  but  the  illiterate 
quack  is  an  object  of  contempt.  For  the 
signification  of  the  prefixes,  see  Lesson  VT, 
Question  4th,  page  4,  Appendix. 

3.  It  would  tend  to  render  the  sense  obscure, 
and  nU  would  then  denote  all  the  rights. 
It  is  now  used  as  a  noun,  and  denotes  all 
pei"sons. 

4.  Kclinqidsh  means  to  give  up  that  which  we 
would  gladly  retain.  Quit  means  to  leave 
that  to  w  Inch  we  return  no  more.  The 
widows  and  the  orphans  qxtil  their  tipuses 
and  relinquish  their  property  to  the  ruth- 
less conquerors. 

5.  To  renounce  all  claims  of  being  his  own 
judge,  and  of  inflicting  punishment  upon 
others  for  real  or  supposed  injuries. 

6.  Preapitmicy,  the  want  of  knowledge  or 
talent. 

7.  To  force. 

8.  It  is  the  substitute  for  a  noun,  and  lia.s  a 
plural  signification  equivalent  to  jjopfisois. 

9.  Admmistcr  is  generally  used  in  a  good 
sense — amlrilmic,  either  in  a  good  or  a  had 
sense.    Thus :  the  good  Samaritan  admin- 


APPENDIX. 


17 


istercd  to  tlie  cornfart  of  the  man  thai  had 
fallcii  aiiioiiR  Mm-ves.  Ai.ilhuis  sometimes 
cimlribulr  to  the  vices  and  follies  of  man- 
kmil.  Kor  prelixes.  spo  Lesson  VI., Ques- 
tion 4th,  pajje  4,  Appendix. 

10.  Many ;  1st  Sjiare  in  prnijrrsnnn — as,  Men 
are  yet  in  the  first (/rvrce  of  improvement; 
it  should  lie  their  aim  to  atiam  the  highest 
def/rer.  2d.  .4  step  in  thmutu  or  rank — as,  It 
is  supposed  there  are  diU'erent  degrees  »T 
orders  of  Aiisels.  3d.  \n  iieifnlngij — a.s,  A 
relalinn  in  the  seoond  or  third  (fetjree.  4th. 
]iTie)il — We  siilVer  an  exiri'ine  rfwrte  of 
lieat  or  colil.  5th.  In  ,jeometry—t\  deuree  is 
one  division  of  a  cirole,  iiicludins  a  Ihlhe- 
hiindredlh  and  si-xlieth  part  of  its  c.ircum- 
fereiiee.  SUi.  In  ali/'hrii  —  A  deijree  is  a 
term  applied  to  eqnations.  71h.  Space  on 
niatheinatical  and  other  instriinienls — The 
freezini;  point  is  usually  marked  on  thep- 
niometers  at  :i2rfo;)vc.!.  8tli.  Profeasionnl — 
Pliysicians  receive  I  lie  drijree  of  Doctor  of 
Medicine.  f)ih.  By  moderate  advances  — 
Dniikmsr  stiirituous  liquor  forms  by  degrees 
aconliriiied  haliit  of  intemperance.  10th. 
Liltnaru — 'I'lie  si  udeiit,  havius  finished  the 
presorilied  course  of  study,  received  the 
degree  of  Bachelor  of  Arts,  iic. 

11.  What  is  per|.'etual  admits  of  no  terminntion. 
Constant  admits  of  HO  cAoJioe.  The  Divine 
Law  is  a  r^rpitual  guide  to  happiness,  it 
should  be  tlie  constant  endeavor  of  all  to 
live  111  accordance  with  its  precepts.  See 
pretixes,  pai;e  4,  Appendix, 

12.  CoinmunUies. 

13.  They  contribute  in  the  liisliest  possible  de- 
gree to  man's  present  and  turnre  happi- 
ness— maintaiu  authority  without  oppres- 
sion—resulate  private  conduct  witliout  in- 
vading the  rishts  of  individuals,  or  enacting 
any  prescribed  mode  of  worsuip. 

14.  Tiie  Koinaiis  formerly  used  the  term  Law 
of  iNatioiis  to  denote  the  instituted  or 
positive  law  common  to  all  naUons.  Inter- 
uatioiial  Law  literally  means,  law  between 
nations.  The  term  Law  of  Nations,  like 
many  other  phrases  now  m  use,  differs  es- 
sentially from  lis  ancient  meaiimg;  it  now 
denotes  lHt.ei-n,ili(mat  Law,  or  law  between 
nations.  Inter  signifies  between.  See  Les- 
son VI., Question  4tli,  pase  4,  Appeudii. 

15-  Though  It  IS  generullv  laid  down  by  writers, 
that  the  Law  of  N'atioiis  is  founded  on 
customs,  ctmipacts,  treaties,  leagues,  ancl 
asreemenls,  yet  these  have  uniformly  been 
violated  when  nations  have  not  been  gov- 
erned by  a  sense  of  religious  duty.  It  may, 
therefore,  be  safely  asseried  that  the  only 
permanent  and  valid  basis  of  tlie  Law  of 
IS'ations  is  Ciiristiamti/. 

16.  Simply  a  moral  or  religious  relation,  all 
being  on  an  equality  simriar  to  that  of  indi- 
\'iduals  if  all  the  courts  of  justice  were 
abolished. 

17.  See  seel  ion  G. 

18.  Con/roi'c.sj/ IS  applied  to  speculative  points, 
and  implies  opposition  ;---d/s;)K(c,  to  nia'- 
ters  of  fact,  and  implies  doubl.  Though 
the  autlieiil icily  of  the  Bible  has  been  ilis- 
jmled  by  numbers  in  latler  tunes,  yet  few 
have  had  the  hardihood  to  controvert  the 
justice  and  pvrity  of  .ts  preco[)ts. 

19.  Disregiwd  jipplies  to  warnings,  words,  and 
opinions; — stig'it,  to  persons.  Young  peo- 
ple cannot  stight  those  to  whom  tliBy  owe 
personal  attentions,  without  disrtgarding 
all  that  luis  been  taught  them  of  polite- 
ness. 

20.  As  usage  relatfes  to  what  has  long  been 


done,  it  is  a  stronger  temi  than  custom, 
which  is  used  for  wliai  is  generally  done. 
Tlie  aisloms  of  I  he  present  century  are 
more  or  less  inniieneed  by  the  tisanes  of 
every  preceding  one. 
See  section  7. 

Famous  IS  imlfifinite  and  may  he  nsed  in  a 
good  or  bad  sense  ■,—renowiii:d  has  always 
agoml  meaning.  While  George  Wxsliing- 
ton  is  equally  renownixl  for  braver,'  and 
pruilence,  when  commander- in  cliii  f  of 
the  American  army,  and  for  wisdom  and 
probity  when  Presiilent  of  the  United 
Stales; — Be'iiedict  Arnold  la  farniiHS  alike 
for  Ins  daring  valor  m  I  lis  beginning  of  the 
revolutionary  struggh',  and  his  after  unsuc- 
cessful attempt  to  betray  his  country. 
The  feelings  of  heart  and  head  are  in- 
volved 111  regard. ; — the  intellect  only  is  con- 
cerned in  respect.  Though  subjects  pay 
renpect  to  their  monarch,  they  rarely  liave 
much  rf(/«n/ for  him, 

Kigiiratively,  as  used  here,  fruitful  means 
possessing  abundani  ly,  and  prol-ific  implies 
creative  power.  A  prolific  genius  is  much 
aided  by  nfruiifid  imagination. 
Iiislniction  compreliends  greater  know- 
ledge and  higher  stali(m  ; — teaching  onjy 
embodies  superior  knowledge.  The  school 
commissioners  instructed  tlie  master  to 
tcacti  the  children  in  the  most  plain  and 
thorough  manner. 

We  use  eongwred  for  persons  and  things ; 
— vanquished,  for  persons  only.  The  latter 
is  the  stronger  term.  As  long  as  a  people 
are  unsubdued  their  country  cannot  be 
called  coriijuercd,  Ihougii  its  armies  are 
vani/aished. 

Of  the  tyranny  and  perfidy  of  Rome. 
The  illustrious  Tisiis  far  above  the  celebrated 
m  digni;y,  ii^suring  reganl  and  veiieraiion. 
'I'he  name  of  tiie  reteliraled  philanthropist 
Howard  is  rendered  illustrious  by  liis  many 
Christian  virtues. 

Insidious  signifies  addicted  to  vicious  stra- 
tagems;— Ireaclicrous  means  disposed  to 
betray ; — perfidious  denotes  breach  of  fail  h, 
with  the  addition  of  hcstility.  He  had 
pursued  this  insidious  ce.urse  fur  a  long 
time,  wheu,  one  day,  I  delected  his  pcrfidii, 
and  cliarged  him  with  it,  but  I  did  not 
know  the  full  exient  of  his  (reacAfri/ for 
some  months.  ( The  text  lias  but  two  words.) 
Registered  applies  to  persons  and  things  ; — 
recorded,  to  things  only.  The  former  is 
used  tor  domestic  and  civil  transactions, 
the  latter  for  public  and  polit  cal  events. 
Those  who  record  deeds,  ic,  ri.gistcr  the 
titles  of  such  lusi  runients  in  sipaiil  e  bo.  iks 
alphabetically,  in  order  to  lacilitate  the 
necessary  exainuialions. 
See  section  8. 

Rcreiit  IS  said  of  what  has  lately  passed  ;— 
modern,  of  what  li.a.s  happened  in  the  pre- 
sent egeorday.  T!ie  nece.-sity  of  inai<ing 
modern  languages  the  b.isis  of  siijidy  fiir 
nioder.i  lim.is,  was  not  ascertained  until  a 
comparatively  recent  day, 
Peacv,  though  the  more  general  term,  is 
relative  in  its  meaiiiiig.  being  :n  opposition 
to  strife,  and  iiniilyne;  crsv^iiioii  from  it; — 
tranijuil'ifij  m  iiioie  :ihs"liite,  and  exprt-sses 
a  siluatioii  as  It  exists  at  pre-rnl.  iiuhpen- 
dent  of  what  has  gone  before  or  will  come 
after.  On  the  return  u{  pence.  I[w  Iran- 
gvilliiy  of  society  is  m  danger  ol  lupins  ilis.- 
turbed  by  the  lawlessness  of  a  disbanded 
soUliery. 
Equal  IS  said  of  degi'ee,  quantity,  number, 


ami  dimensions  ; — uniform,  of  correspond- 
ii!K  filiiess.     Yiinr  hnrses  are  crinal  in  size, 

tint    not    tm'fnrt"    m    oolor,      Pu.Mir:itiv«ly, 

In, I/:   t.:  !■   lli.M-.   !,.:.!     ,  '    ':      '    !■   liV,  :uul   COn- 

\\\..1,  t  liiv  M.'i  il  •  h,''-,:^  ;■]''  iniiKil/iLami 
his  sense  ot"  jiisl  ice  is  nut  Duly  rqnnl  to  I  hat 
of  his  neJKlihors.  hut  lie  is  more  exaeting 
of  himself  than  of  any  one  else. 
Power  is  the  Reneral  term ; — slrinijth  is  a 
mode  of  power.  Tlie  siraialh  of  a  nation's 
armies  often  give  it  tlie  power  to  subjugate 
a  nei^lili'iriij^'  wcalcer  stale. 

i,  .      .,  ::kcs  of  the  nature  of  counsel 

ii!  ■  nl  lias  notliing  of  coniinand; 

— IjuI  lLl.u/l  luuounts  to  even  more  tlian 
coiuniand.  I  will  cheerfully  follow  the 
course  you  prescribe,  but.  at  the  same  time, 
T  cannot  siilfer  my  brother  Xudiclnic  lo  me. 
Method  is  said  of  what  requires  contri- 
vance;— Mor/e,  of  that  winch  demands 
practice  and  habitual  attention.  The 
swordmaster  teaches  the  best  wodf.  of 
holilniL'^  the  foil,  and  the  easiest  method  of 
till ii.-tiim  and  warding. 
Furm  IS  the  general  term; — ceremony  \s  a. 
piuticular  kiiid  of  form,  llie  artmonies 
of  MalionmiiMlanisrn  must  apjiearin  a  very 
curious  light  to  a  person'  unacquamled 
with  Its  funns. 

Eiinally  means  alike;  —  equably,  evenly, 
'llie  latter  is  .seldom  used  in  any  but  a 
moral  sense.  By  observing  ths  planets 
move  so  i<ivnbhi,  we  are  equally  convinced 
of  the  si  ability  of  the  .solar  system,  and  the 
perfect  adajitedncss  of  all  its  parts  to  each 
other. 

Object  signifies  lliat  for  which  we  strive  ; — 
end  is  more  general,  implying  the  consum- 
mation of  our  wishes  and  endeavors.  We 
cannot  proiierly  accomplish  any  objixl  with- 
out keeping  Ihc  nid  con.vranlly  in  view. 
Honor  ts  the  aiiiinibatiMi  conferred  on  a 
man  by  others,  coiiiprelieuuiiig  also  the 
malenal  tok;iiis  of  aiiproval ; — dhjnily  is 
the  north  or  value  added  to  his  roiidilion. 
The  acceptance  of  these  ill-deserved  ho- 
nors rather  diniiuished  than  incieai>ed  his 
digtuly. 

LESSON   XV. 
Of  the  necessary  or  fundamental  law  of  na- 
tions. 

I'rinriple  is  applied  to  the  radical  parts  of 
things; — precept,  to  rules  laid  down.  A 
precept  supposes  the  authority  of  a  supe- 
rior;— a  principle,  only  an_inustrat<)r.  I 
would  impress  it  U[ion  you  as  a  precept, 
never  toimhibe  prmc/i;fcs  without  a  search- 
ing examination. 

Both  convey  the  idea  of  ssperiority  in  the 
countenancer  and  sanctioner;  but  sanc- 
tion has  more  of  aulhority.  Persons  are 
eonnlinaneed;  things,  sanctioned.  As  I 
caiiiiol  gnnrtimi  his  acts  onacoouiit  of  their 
sli;ini(  li :  siH  ss.  you  mu.st  not  expect  me  to 

C.iinlnm,:,,    ii;ni. 

(  '/'III.,:  iMi;  'IS  a  substitution; — alter,  a 
puitiul  diJi  leiice.  To  pursue  your  journey 
m  safely,  you  will  have  to  cliinuje  your 
horse,  and  a.,.er  your  wagon.  You  will 
cense  to  he  lespeced,  if  you  do  not  ai7tr 
y  HI  .  I  ti.  II  ■  iMid  (fc/wi/r  your  re.-idence. 
('     '    '  \    ,  or  iiitemutional  law   as 

^^.iji;.',  ;  1  .1  ..>  to  undivided  power,  but 
doi's  iiiit  driiiie  its  ex'ent; — sonere/im,  to 
the  highest  dogiec  of  iiower.    The  extent 


of  the  dominions  of  Great  Britain  fully  en- 
titles its  monairh  to  the  name  o(  sovrrfiejn. 
Conlist  is  always  aiiplied  to  mailers  of  per- 
sonal iiilcrcst  ; — (f?Sfmtf',  mostly  to  specula- 
tive opinions.  While  John  conteslid  wiMi 
the  landlord  about  Ihe  charges  in  the  bill. 
his  falliir  and  I  ilisjiuted  on  the  advantages 

We  e.r/i,l,il  ami  tbxplay  with  express  inten- 
tion, and  mosily  to  please  ourselves;  but 
exhibit  IS  mostly  taken  in  a  good,  or  an  in- 
different sense,  and  display  m  a  bad  one. 
To  say   nothing  of  his  arrogant  and  con- 

tciii|ii l^   .IcMin.iior,   a   fi.|)   lUsiiUnis   his 

cni|i:iiii.Nl:v  MiiHili  ;.  |.iii;:,l  :„li,,„lnrnts; 
l.i:(  :i  ;'.  iilliii:i;i  i.ri,::iils  In-;  Miisr  by  a 
iic'ii  ilii  ss  :iial  uuabbuiiaiig  couvuiial.ion. 


Arjriement  applies  to  transactions  of  every 
description,  particularly  lo  such  as  are  be- 
tween individuals  \—cocenant,  to  compacts 
between  conimunities,  commoijy  to  na- 
tional and  public  contracts.  The  plenipo- 
tentiaries met  the  next  day  according  to 
agreement  and  concluded  the  covenant. 
Sanction  implies  authoritative  approbation ; 
—support  is  a  stronger  word,  embodies  ac- 
tual help  and  co-operation,  but  does  not 
require  authority.  The  President  sanc- 
tioned the  treaty,  and  was  supported  by  the 
senate. 

Restrict  is  the  action  of  persons  on  per- 
sons;— circumscribe,  the  action  of  things  on 
things  or  persons.  On  account  of  beiiig 
much  restricted  in  his  quarterly  allowance 
by  his  father,  Henry's  power  to  .squander 
was  so  circumscribed  that  the  necessary 
foretlioUKlit  exercised  in  providing  for  lus 
daily  wants  taught  him  frugality. 
It  leaves  each  one  in  statu  quo  ante  helium, 
that  is,  in  the  state  in  which  it  was  before 
the  war. 
See  section  4. 

V\  e  ackniMi'ledge  facts — we  recognize  that 
which  comes  again  before  our  notice. 
All  rational  men  acknowledge  the  exist- 
ence of  (iod,  and  when  conscience  threat- 
ens punishment  to  secret  crimes  it  mani- 
festly recognizes  a  supreme  governor  from 
whom  nothing  is  hid. 

Abolish  means  to  lose  every  "trace  of  former 
existence  ; — alncyate  signifies  to  do  away 
wi:  h  any  thing ;  abolish  is  a  more  gradual 
proceeding.  Disuse  abolishes,  a  positive 
inlerlVieiice  is  necessary  toohropate.  Abol- 


ab 


■d  with  regard  to  customs, 
q-ard  to  any  authorized 
trail- Hi:  1)1-  III  iri:iiikiiid.  Althoimh  Great 
Brii.iiii  ii'/n,,./.,/  iiy  war  idl  claims  lo  the 
frniiil  lii(i  of  her  cohniies,  yet  long-con- 
tinued [leace  has  abolished  the  unnatural 
cnnuly  between  the  United  Slates  and 
England. 

Coalescence  means  the  act  of  growing  or 
coming  together; — union  sigiulies  agree- 
ment, or  the  act  of  joining  l,v.io  or  more 
things  into  o;ie.  Coalisrcnce  of  nations 
and  nmoii  of  families  conlnbule  lo  the 
liyplHiiess  of  niaiikiiid. 
To  itniiinr  is  a  progressive  mode  of  injuring. 
An  injury  may  take  place  either  by  degrees 
cu'  l.y  an  in.slantaneous  act.  By  over- 
strainiii"  our  eyes,  we  impair  the  sight;  a 
blow  luiuris  I  hem. 


lilll 


JSvusiiin  is  always  used  in  a  bad  sense; — 
sublerjuyc  is  a  mode  of  evasion  in  which 
one  has  recourse  to  some  screen  or  shel- 
ter.   Persons  who  wish  lo  justify  them- 


APPENDIX. 


19 


selvfs  in  a  \vu\  cause  have  recourse  to 
evasions,  but  candid  nnnds  JcSpise  all  eva- 
sions. 

21.  UnqfemJing  denoles  simply  tliostate  of  not 
oflendliig  \—m(\ffhulma  denotes  tlie  want 
of  power  to  odend.  The  muxffcmUng  sav- 
age wiis  seen  by  tlie  inoffendiiuj  cliildren 

22.  I'urrosc  is  applied  to  tilings  only ; — salie 
applies  generiiUy  to  persons,  but  may  be 
said  of  tilings.  For  your  sake  alone,  and 
fertile  purpose  of  preventing  dissatisfac- 
tion, was  this  change  made. 

23.  Both  signify  the  act  of  taking  away  by  vio- 
lence, but  depretlalwii  also  includes  spoil- 
ing, or  laying  waste.  'I'herekire,  while 
every  depredation  is  a  robbery,  every  rob- 
bery is  not  a  depredation.  '1  lie  march  of 
the  army  wa.s  marked  by  public  depreda- 
tion anil  private  robbery. 

24.  See  section  6. 

25.  Emploij  expresses  less  than  use,  and  is  in 
fuel  a  species  of  partial  using.  We  must 
emiiloy  when  we  use,  but  we  may  employ 
anil  not  use.  While  employ  apjilies  to  per- 
sons, use  never  does  except  in  a  most  de- 
grading sense.  A  hu.lder  savs  to  a  car- 
penter, '  1  will  einplny  you  at  nine  dollare  a 
wt-ek,  but  expect  you  to  use  your  own 
tools.' 

26.  Jiiili/vimt  enables  a  person  to  distinguish 
right  and  wrong  in  general  ,—discrelion 
serves  the  same  purpose  in  particular 
cases.  Judgment  decides  by  positive  in- 
ference ;— discretion,  by  intuition.  1  leave 
the  whole  matter  to  your  disci-etion.  and 
promise  to  be  satisfied  with  your  jiul<iment. 

2  Surrender  is  a  much  more  general  term 
than  cede,  which  implies  giving  up  by 
means  of  a  treaty.  France  having  been 
forced  to  cede  the  island  to  Great  Knlain, 
the  governor  surrendered  and  evacuated 
the  town,  according  to  his  official  instruc- 
tions. 

<!8.  Ojilion  means  freedom  from  external  re- 
straint in  the  act  of  choosing ;—iA(«ce,  the 
simple  act  itself,  or  llie  thing  chosen.  I 
had  no  option,  and  was  forced  to  take  his 
choice. 

29.  See  section  7. 

30.  The  adjoining  must  touch  in  some  part  ;— 
the  runti'/iioiis  must  touch  entirely  on  one 
sidi\  The  two  houses  are  cojUvjuous,  and 
have  woods  and  meadows  adjoining  their 
grounds. 

31.  Tliese  words  are  elsewhere  explained,* 
but  may  he  given  again  for  tne  sake  of  a 
diilereiit  illuslnition  fsoi/c,  or  what  has 
long  been  done,  acquires  force  and  sanc- 
tion by  dint  of  time  ;— ci/s/om,  or  that  winch 
is  generally  done,  obtains  saiicticni  by  the 
frequency  of  its  being  done,  or  by  the 
numbers  doing  it.  About  three  hundred 
years  ago,  tlie  practice  ofliard  drinking 
had  (nime  to  be  considered  necessary  and 
meritorious  from  the  more  antiquity  of  the 
usane ;  so  thai  to  refuse  to  be  made  beastly 
drunk  at  Ihe  dinner-table  of  your  enter- 
tainer, was  lo  offer  him  a  mortal  alfiont ; 
but,  happily  for  brains  and  bodies,  if  not 
for  glass-lrou.-es,  such  is  no  longer  the  cus- 
tom:— and,  as  a  toper  sinks  lower  and 
lower  in  the'eslimalion  of  society  day  liy 
day,  let  us  hope  that  this  crying  sin  will 
be  entirely  and  for  ever  eradicated  at  no 
distant  time. 

32.  Vessel  is  the  general  term  ;  ship  is  a  parti- 
cular kind  of  vessel.     All  ships,  then,  are 


J  Question  20,  Lesson  XIV. 


vessrls,  but  all  vessels  are  not  ships.  It 
may  be  well  to  remark  here,  that  vesserl 
and  bark  are  perfect  synonyms  as  regards 
the  iiU-a  ciiiiveyed,  but  hnrk  \s  the  pcielicid 
and  vissci  t  he  commercial  word.  Further, 
shiii  IS  soiiietimes  used  generally,  and  bark, 
in  Common  usage,  is  a  distinctive  name — 
in  this  case,  oft<iier  spelled  barque.  In 
fact,  boat  is  somitinies  synonymous  with 
vessel,  bark,  and  ship;  as  when  sailors 
speak  of  a  good  seu-boat.  '  Tlie  cafitains 
of  these  ships,  on  opening  their  instruc- 
tions, were  much  vexed  to  find  that  they 
were  to  convoy  a  number  ol  vessels  known 
to  be  mostly  dull  sailers.' 

33.  Provided  refers  to  the  future ;— furnished, 
to  the  present.  I  furnished  liim  with  a 
portable  table,  chair,  and  bed,  in  order 
that  he  might  be  fully  provided  for  his 
journey. 

34.  Of  tlie  nature  of  a  passport. 

35.  Under  denotes  a  sitoalion  of  retirement  or 
concealment; — bettath,  one  of  inferiority 
or  lowness.  f'ass,ng  under  a  low  porch 
and  through  a  narrow  doorway,  we  de- 
scended a  flight  of  steps  and  were  soon 
far  beneath  tlie  surface  of  the  earth. 

36.  Leave  is  a  more  familiar  word  than  per- 
mission. As  you  have  repeatedly  given  me 
permission  to  avow  my  senliments  boldly,  I 
do  not  think  it  necessary  to  ask  Leave  in 
the  present  instance. 

37.  Harbor  is  vague  m  signification  -.—port,  de- 
terminate. Harbor  affords  little  nine  than 
the  idea  of  a  resting  or  anchoring  place, 
but  port  conveys  that  of  an  enclosure. 
Stress  of  weather  obliged  the  ship  to  take 
refuge  in  the  nearest  harbor,  but,  on  the 
storm  abating,  she  [lUisned  her  voyage  and 
reached  her  destiiied  port  in  sal'ety. 

38.  Minute  expresses  much  mure  than  cirmm- 
slanlial.  A  circumsiantiul  account  gives 
all  leading  events ; — a  minute  one  omits 
nothing  however  trivial  We  were  pleased 
with  the  circumstantial  narration  of  John, 
but  the  minute  description  of  Henry  af- 
forded the  greatest  satisfaction  to  all. 

39.  Amicable  signifies  able  or  lit  lor  a  friend  ; — 
friendli/,  hke  a  friend.  His  ilispositiou  is 
as  amicable  as  his  miuiner  is  friendly. 

40.  Pursue  is  not  so  expressive  as  prosecute. 
Botli  mean  lo  continue  by  a  prescribed 
rule,  or  in  a  particular  manner.  In  prose- 
culmg  my  studies,  I  pursue  tlie  plan  laid 
down  in  this  book. 

41.  An  affront  is  a  mark  of  reproach  shown  in 
the  presence  of  others,  and  marks  defi- 
ance ; — insult,  an  attack  made  with  inso- 
lence, marks  scorn  and  tniiinpli.  I  might 
have  thought  his  former  insults  uninten- 
tional but  tor  lliis  last  affront. 

42.  Of  the  various  classes  of  national  agents. 

43.  Mutual  supposes  a  sameness  of  condition 
at  the  same  time  ; — reciprocal,  an  alterna- 
tion or  succession  of  returns.  Friends  ren- 
der one  another  mutual  services,  but  the 
services  hetween  servants  and  imrsters  are 
renprociil.  The  reciprocal  fiiltilinent  of 
proiuisbs  by  two  individuals  will  teninnale 
ill  a  mutual  good  understanding  between 
them. 

44.  Class  and  order  are  said  of  the  thing  dis- 
tinguished ; — rank,  of  the  distmctiun  i'.self. 
Men  belong  to  a  certain  class  or  ort/n  ,  and 
hold  a  certain  rank.  Men,  springing  from 
the  most  degraded  class  of  the  lowest  ordtr 
of  society,  have  become  possessed  of  high 
rank  by  persevering  exerciae  of  theit  na- 
tive talents 


20 


APPENDIX. 


S;;e  sention  10. 

A  dcnuind  is  positive  and  admits  of  no 
question,  wiiei'e:us  n  rttjttirrrnent  is  liable  to 
b>j  lioth  questiiM.nl  ;uil1  rtfuscJ.  It  is  un- 
reasonable to  riiiinir  lit' a  person  what  is 
not  m  his  pow.  I  tu  >\r.\  ;irnl  unjust  to  rfe- 
mmd  of  him  that  winch  he  has  no  right  to 
give. 

Commensurate  is  employed  in  matters  of 
distribution  ; — adequate,  in  equalization  of 
powers.  Unless  a  person's  resources  are 
alff/iiate  to  the  work  he  undertakes,  he 
will  not  be  able  to  give  his  assistants  a 
ccmtneiunirate  recompense. 

48.  St-e  section  11. 

49.  Itme  is  the  generic  term,  and  is  taken  for 
the  whole  or  a  part  \—srnson  means  any 
portion  of  time.  Econntnise  y(\\\rtime,  for 
youth  is  the  srason  of  nnpinvpiiuuit. 

50.  Grandeur  is  llie  peiier.il,  and  inivjitificence 
the  particular  term;  they  ditiVr  m  desree 
when  applied  to  the  same  objects,  magni- 
ficence being  the  highest  point  of  gran- 
deur. Such  wealth  as  falls  to  the  lot  of 
many  may  enable  them  tu  display  grandeur, 
but  nothing  short  of  a  princely  fortune 
gives  til  her  title  or  capacity  to  aim  at 
jiw</tiificcnce. 

LESSON  XVL 

1.  See  section  1. 

2.  Wurd  is  generic,  and  term  specific  ;  every 
term  is  a  word,  but  every  word  is  not  a 
term.  Usage  determines  words  ;  science 
fixis  terms.  We  behold  the  grammarian 
writing  on  the  nature  of  words,  and  the 
philosopher  weiglung  the  value  of  scien- 
tific tirms. 

3.  Eiifiency  expresses  what  the  case  de- 
nia.ids;  emergency,  that  which  rises  out  of 
the  case.  As  I  had  only  brought  with  me 
money  enough  to  meet  the  exigcnaes  of 
my  journey,  I  scarcely  knew  how  t(j  act 
in  this  emrrgency,  but  my  host  had  the 
kindness  to  lend  me  fifty  dollars. 

4.  See  section  2. 

5.  Correct  is  negative  in  meaning,  and  ticai- 
raU:  positive.  Information  is  correct  when 
it  contains  nothing  but  fact^,  and  accurate 
when  It  embodies  a  vast  number  of  details. 

6.  Countenance  is  direct ;  encourage,  genend 
and  indefinite.  When  a  good  man  believes 
himself  countenancid  by  the  Almighty,  Ite 
is  encouraycd  to  act  with  vigor  and  suffer 
with  patience  more  than  human. 

7.  See  section  3. 

8.  Busmess  is  that  which  engages  our  atten- 
tion ;  concern  is  what  interests  our  feelings, 
prospec'.s,and  condition,  advantageou.sly  or 
otherwise.  It  is  the  business  of  a  lawyer 
to  manage  the  concerns  of  his  client  to  the 
best  possible  advantage. 

9.  Factor  is  used  in  a  limited,  and  agent  in  a 
general  seii.se.  An  agent  transacts  eveiy 
sort  of  business ;  a  factor  only  buj's  and 
sells  on  account  of  others.  Attorneys  are 
frequently  employed  as  agents  to  receive 
and  pay  money,  transfer  estates,  etc.,  and 
somi;tiicies  to  bring  defaulting  factors  to 
account. 

10.  See  section  4. 

11.  'I'o  tear  is  to  take  weight  upon  one's  self; 
to  currii  is  to  move  that  weight  from  the 
spot  where  it  was — consequently  we  al- 
ways bear  in  carrying,  but  we  do  not  al- 
ways carry  when  we  bear.  That  which 
we  cannot  bear  easily  must  be  burdens<ime 
to  carry.    Bear,  being  confined  to  personal 


service,  mav  be  used  in  the  sense  of  carry, 
when  the  latter  implies  removal  of  one 
body  by  means  of  another.  The  bearer  of 
a  letter  is  he  who  carries  it  in  his  hand. 

12.  The  idea  of  a  transfer  is  common  to  both ; 
the  circumstances  , under  which  this  is 
performed  constituting  the  diflferenoe.  Af- 
ter having  had  judgment  rendered  in  his 
favor,  a  creditor  may  authorize  the  magis- 
trate to  empowtr  the  officer  to  proceed 
against  a  debtor. 

13.  See  section  5. 

14.  Both  exclude  the  idea  of  chance,  and  pre- 
suppose exertions  directed  to  a  specific 
end;  but  while  obtain  may  include  the  ex- 
ertions of  others,  procure  is  particularly 
used  for  one's  own  personal  exertions.  A 
man  obtains  a  situation  through  the  recom- 
mendation of  a  friend ;  he  procures  one  by 
applying  for  it  himself. 

15.  To  make  known  Is  the  idea  common  to 
both,  but  while  we  may  decbire  privately, 
we  can  proclaim  only  in  a  public  way.  A 
man  declares  his  opinions  in  society  on 
what  the  government  has  proclaimed 
through  the  newspapers. 

16.  See  section  6. 

17.  Evident  is  applied  to  what  is  seen  forcibly, 
and  leaves  no  hesitation  on  the  mmd ; — 
manifest  is  a  greater  degree  of  the  evident, 
striking  upon  the  understanding  and  forc- 
ing conviction.  It  is  mamjest  that  a  proof 
is  evulcnt  when  it  has  nothing  claslung  or 
contradictory  in  it. 

18.  Enormous  applies  more  particularly  to 
magnitude,  and  vast  to  extent,  quaj»lity, 
and  number.  The  vast  rises  very  high  in 
calculation,  but  the  enormous  exceeds  in 
magnitude  not  only  every  thing  known, 
but  every  thing  thought  of  or  expect*iU. 
When  we  reflect  upon  the  vast  number  of 
extravagant  feasts  provided  for  the  later 
Roman  emperors,  we  can  scarcely  wonder 
at  tlie  enormous  aggregate  expense. 

19.  See  section  7. 

20.  Pn«ai(fe  may  sometimes  mean  motive,  hnl 
there  is  often  aiinnciple  where  there  is  no 
motive,  and  there  is  frequently  a  motive 
where  there  is  no  principle.  A  boy  with 
bad  principles  will  always  lead  a  wicked 
course  of  life,  and  clo.se  his  earthly  career 
in  wretchedness;  willi  had  motives,  he 
may  be  led  to  commit  good  as  vveU  as  bad 
deeds. 

21.  The  instances  ip  history  are  innumerable ; 
the  most  noted  are  Sylla,  .\Iarius,  and  C'le- 
sar,  of  the  Koitian  republic  ;  Danton,  Ma- 
rat, Robespierre,  and  Bonaparte,  of  the 
French  repuljlic;  and  Arnold,  of  the  Ame- 
rican republic. 

22.  Because  the  history  of  every  age  and 
country  shows  that  those  who  are  the 
fondest  of  human  butchery  and  war  are 
the  greate.st  tyrants,  and,  like  Nero,  they 
wheedle  and  Hatter  the  people  till  tliey 
obtain  power. 

LESSON  XVII. 

1.  Encompass  means  to  bring  within  a  certain 
comiiass  formed  by  a  circle ;  surroutuL 
means  to  enclose  an  object,  either  directly 
or  indirectly,  without  reference  to  its  shape 
or  extent.  The  .\merican  continent  is  sur- 
rounded by  oceans ;  tlie  earth  is  encom- 
passed  by  the  atmosphere. 

2.  Apprize  is  <lerived  from  the  French  pHser, 
and  ad  means  to  prize,  to  value,  and  is 
synonymous  with  npprai.-ie,  wliiclr  jneans 
to  set  a  value  or  price  upon ;  whereas  ap- 


APPENDIX. 


21 


pi-isf  IS  (lerivinl   tVdin  llie  Freni-h  aii'ris, 
anJ  nis:iris  lo  iiifuriii,  Vi  Rive  imticc  of. 
Six;  coiTtsiioiidiMK  to  tlio  six  liiiiti'  vcrlis 
ami  tlieir  mmimalives, cither  exprcssuil  or 
inipliwl. 

Of  a  lilciclcade.  See  section  1. 
RtTiv-d  IS  from  the  l.utiu  t'wo,  to  live,  and 
si!rii:fios  Id  liniij  to  life  -.israiii.  Rennonl  is 
from  the  Latin  re  and  nora,  aiid  sismfius  to 
IiwUM-  af;:iiii.  'I'ht  niuinositiKS  of  their  an- 
cestors were  riTivrd,  and  they  renneid  lios- 
tihties  and  liniiiglit  upon  themselves  irre- 
trievalile  iihseiy. 

See  Lesson  VL.Question  4th,  Appendix. 
Tlie  nieaniiisre  of  a  truce  and  of  an  armis- 
tice.   See  section  2. 
See  section  3. 

Traffic  is  a  sort  of  personal  trade,  a  send- 
in?  from  hand  lo  hand  ; — dialings  isa  har- 
gainiuicorcaloiilalinskind  oftrade.  Truffle 
is  carried  on  between  persons  at  a  dis- 
taiii'e; — dci.Lnns  are  made  in  matlers  tliat 
admit  of  a  variation.  His  dealings  are 
moslly  in  priRliiee,  Imt  his  IrnJ/ic  is  exten- 
sive Willi  distant  correspondents. 
Baratun,  m  its  proper  sense,  applies  solely 
to  iiiatlx'is  of  titule,  and  is  generally  verbal ; 
^hut  a  contract  must  be  written  and  le- 
gally executed.  He  had  inanil'e.sled  a  dis- 
position to  evade  some  of  the  conditions  of 
our  la:-t  hnrmm,  so,  in  tins  rase.  I  thought 
it  prudent  to  have  a  formal  coiUract. 

.  See  sec' ion  4. 

.  Refitse  is  unqualified  and  accompanied 
with  no  expression  of  opinion  ;• — dicime  is 
a  senile  and  indirect  form  of  refusal.  In 
politiri.s..  we  decline  participatins:  in  what 
IS  I  lip.  i-id  Ironi  motives  of  discretion ; 
but  if  liirther  pressed,  we  refuse,  thus  ex- 
pressing our  disapprobation  in  a  more  di- 
rect way. 

.  Both  words  imply  direction  of  sound  to  an 
object ;  but  naming  isconlimd  lo  a  distinct 
and  sigiiilicaiit  sound  ;  calling  is  said  of  any 
sound  whatever:  we  may  call  without 
nainiiii;.  but  we  cannot  name  without  call- 
ing.    Fiialiiig   It   iinpo'^sible  to  atlnicl  his 

attention  many  other  manner, lrffi^.'(i ^ 

he  came  t*i  ine  and  nuttied  the  books. 

.  Of  ^I'realies.     See  section  5. 

.  AgrnnuHt  is  general  in  its  application,  and 
applies  to  transactions  of  every  descrip- 
tion. A  simple  agreanent  niay  he  verbal, 
but  a  conlrarl  must  be  written  and  legally 
executed.  The  boy  paid  for  the  books  ac- 
cording to  aiiTfeiiient — the  man,  for  the 
lands  according  to  contract. 

.  Three  nouns,  three  adverbs,  two  verbs,  two 
adjectives,  and  the  perfect  partiiaple  np- 
proved,  which  is  joined  with  the  neuter 
verb  are,  in  the  63d  line,  also  one  adverbial 
phrase. 

.  Changes  consist  in  ceasing  to  be  the  same ; 
vicissitudes  signify  a  changing  alternately; 
every  variation  or  vicissitude  is  a  change, 
bul  every  change  is  not  a  vici.ssitude.  All 
created  things  have  their  changes  and  pass 
away — the  seasons  of  the  year  have  their 
vicissitiutes  and  return. 

1.  To  mete  out  even-handed  Justice  to  all, 
and  apply  the  same  rules  to  tlieinselves 
that  liny  apply  to  their  weaker  neighbors. 

.  See  section  fi, 

I.  Liti-rallv  speaking,  they  are  synonymous. 
Close  IS  from  the  Latin  c/z/twi^ffi,  and  means 
to  shut ;  conclude  is  from  the  Latin  con  and 
claudo.  and  means  also  to  shut.  By  gene- 
ral usage,  close  is  employed,  in  the  common 
transactions  of  life,  in  speaking  of  times, 


seasons,  pcrioil>.  ,^c  ;  wln-reas  coiiclud''  is 
used  Ml  speakiii:;  of  moral  aiid  intulloc' nil 
opeiatioiii.  Tin:  liislor..iii  w iis  comiudi.ij 
his  work  at  the  doling  of  the  vacation. 

21.  See  feci  ion  7. 

22.  The  universal  diffusion  and  comprehension 
of  the  true  spirit  of  the  Divine  law. 

23.  Those  who  deal  with  justice  and  humanity. 
Nation.s  are  composed  of  individuals,  and 
it  is  the  du'v  of  each  one  to  use  all  n  a- 
sonable  exertion  lo  prevent  national  fraud 
and  oppression. 

LESSON  XVTH. 

1.  See  section  1. 

2.  To  Moses,  and  are  contained  in  the  Bible. 

3.  The  discovery  of  America  by  Columbus, 
in  1492. 

4.  It  is  far  more  enlightened,  the  civil  and 
religious  rights  of  man  are  belter  estab- 
lished— and  the  facilities  of  travel  and  in- 
tercourse now,  would,  by  the  people  then 
living,  have  been  deemed  utterly  impos- 
sible. 

5.  See  section  2. 

6.  The  oppressions  of  monarchical  govern- 
ments—the  innate  love  of  rational  liberty — 
enterprise  and  philanthropy,  were  some  of 
tlie  causes ;  but  for  a  full  account  of  this 
absorbing  subject,  see  .some  good  history 
of  the  United  Slates. 

7.  It  was  in  the  highest  degree  gloomy;  im- 
prisonment, the  iuoste.\cruciatmg  tortures, 
and  the  most  cruel  capital  punishments 
were  liable  to  be  inflicted  m  every  oouiitiy 
in  Christendom. 

8.  The  universal  dissemination  of  knowledge 
and  the  possession  of  true  Christian  prm- 
ciples. 

9.  .See  section  3. 

10.  Examples  are  set  forth  by  way  of  illustra- 
tion or  instruction;  instances  are  adduced 
for  evidence  or  proof.  Every  instaftce 
may  sei-ve  as  an  example,  but  every  ex- 
ample is  not  an  instance.  The  Romans 
atlbrd  us  many  extraordinary  instances  of 
devotion  to  one's  country,  but  their  ex- 
amples in  most  other  respects  are  not  to 
be  followed. 

11.  Easting  designales  simply  the  event  of  be- 
ing: subsisting  conveys  the  accessory  ideas 
of  the  mode  and  duration  of  existuig.  The 
subsisting  friendship  between  those  persons 
for  years  is  a  mark  of  existing  excellence. 

12.  See  section  4. 

13.  Feared  ex^presses  more  than  apprehended. 
Apprehenswn  implies  uneasiness ;  — fear, 
anxiety.  As  his  liorse  had  lost  a  shoe,  and 
there  was  no  time  to  replace  it,  he  appre- 
hcndid  lameness,  and  feared  that  this  acci- 
dent wcmld  prevent  him  from  accomphsh- 
ing  his  important  purpose. 

14.  Savages  is  a  general  term  for  all  human 
beings  in  a  state  of  native  rudeness  ;  In- 
dians,  therefore,  are  a  kind  of  savages. 
The  Indians  of  North  America  are  intel- 
lectually a  superior  race,  compared  with 
the  saviiges  of  South  Africa. 

15.  See  section  5. 

16.  An  assembly  is  simply  a  number  of  persons 
collected  to  transact  any  business;  a  cun- 
vocatiuH  IS  an  assembly  called  for  a  special 
purpose,  generally  an  ecclesiastical  oiie. 
As  the  convocjtiion  deemed  the  Sunday 
mails  a  necessary  evil,  it  was  not  thought 
advisable  to  recommend  their  discontinu- 
ance to  the  assoiMy. 

17.  Bajfkd  does  not  express  as  much  as  de- 


SI 


22 


APPENDIX. 


feahd.     He  was  hnfflrd  liy  the  vnliibility  of 
Ills  Dppoiient,  but  not  ilifentcd,  for  iiis  ur- 
SuiiicTils  were  unanswerable. 
Set-  ^trtion  6. 

Wlit-n  thiMss  are  spoken  of.  embrace  re- 
g;ii lis  np^resate  value,  quantity,  or  extent ; 
^iiicliidc.  iniJiviJual  thnigs  forming  tlie 
wliole,  Be^jules  anbracijirj  a  commentary 
on  the  constitution,  tliis  hook  incbulns  a. 
great  luinilier  of  contrasted  and  illustrated 
synonyms. 

20.  Rnial  means  pertaining  to  a  king; — Idngly, 
like  a  king.  He  sits  in  regal  state  with 
kmjlii  mien. 

21.  Of  the  machinations  of  English  emissa- 
ries, designed  to  foment  jealousies  among 
the  .American  colonies. 

22.  Multitude  is  applicable  to  all  kinds  of  ob- 
jects, at  rest  or  in  motion ; — swarm,  to  ani- 
mals m  a  moving  state.  The  passing  and 
repassing  multitudes  of  a  great  city  have 
lieen,  not  inaptly,  compared  to  siaanns  of 
bees. 

.  Jealousy  is  the  fear  of  losing  what  one  has ; 
— envy  is  pain  felt  on  seeing  the  successor 
possessions  of  another.  Being  the  envy  of 
all  nations,  America  should  regard  kingly 
interference  with  extreme  jealousy. 

.  The  indi°nation  and  resist.ance  amused 
throughout  America  by  the  passage  of  the 
Stamp  Act. 

.  We  liear  I'rom  innate  capacity,  hut  support 
by  means  of  foreign  aid.  I  had  borne  my 
misfortunes  with  manliness  for  a  long  time, 
but  was  about  being  ovcrwlicliiied.  v.lieii, 
by  turning  to  the  r.il.li',  I  w:is  not  only  re- 
assured, hut  effeftu:il;y  sTijii'ininl. 

:  Like  expres.ses  more  of  resi-mlilance  than 
similar.  With  respect  to  mere  (luestmns, 
many  books  are  similar  to  the  American 
Manual,  but,  if  we  consider  the  marginal 
exercis'-s,  no  work  is  like  it. 

.    Si-e  si-ition  9. 

.  Pcrmnnrnt  is  by  no  means  as  expressive  as 
Irislmi,  which  is  applied  to  what  is  sup- 
posed to  be  of  the  longest  duration.  The 
prrmaitfiit  occupation  of  the  conquered 
Chinese  proviiit^es  woulil  liave  been  a  last- 
1711}  (hs^'iace  to  the  liniisli  name. 

.  Conrrulion  and  mreliju]  are  more  nearly 
synonymous lliaii  most  words  of  this  class; 
both  signify  an  informal  assembly.  Con- 
ventions, however,  are  called  to  discuss  or 
propose  some  matter  of  domestic  or  politi- 
cal interest,  while  meetings  are  held  by 
tho.se  having  common  business  to  arrange, 
or  pleasure  to  enjoy.  During  my  length- 
ened sojourn  I  enjoyed  mj'self  very  much 
at  social  meltings,  and  had  also  the  plea- 
sure of  attending  several  ccnvrnliotis  of 
gentlemen,  held  to  take  into  consideration 
the  propriety  of  repairiiii  and  restoring',  as 
far  as  possible,  the  beauiiful  (Jothic  ruins 
of  the  neighborhood. 

LESSON    XIX. 
Sep  section  1. 

Several;  1st.  JWay  is  the  fifth  month  of  the 
year,  according  to  our  present  mode  of 
computing  tune.  2d.  The  legal  year  in 
England,  previous  to  )7.'J2.  cominenceil  on 
the25thof  :\farch;  Mayvi;is[\\on  thetinrd 
month  in  the  year.  3d  May  is  nielajilior- 
•cally  used  for  the  enrlii  part  nf  liie,  as  ■'  llis 
Afnj/ of  youlh  and  bloom  of  lustiliood."— 
Sliaksinart.  41  h.  Maii  was  ancienHy  used 
in  the  same  sense  we  now  use  maul,  and 
jreant  t  young  woman.  5th.  To  gather 
flowers  —as,  the  children  went  to  May.    6th. 


To  he  ahte~a<<,  "  make  the  most  of  life  you 
may."  7tli.  To  be  pussible—as,  the  event 
may  happen.  8lh.  To  express  desire — as, 
may  we  never  experience  1  he  evils  of  war. 
9th.  To  have  liberty — as,  he  moygn  home,  &.C. 

3.  Season  is  used  in  its  widest  or  most  ex- 
tended sense  ;  it  usually  denotes  one  of  the 
four  divisions  of  I  he  year,  as  winter,  spring, 
summer,  or  au'unm. 

4.  In  many;  1st.  So7(rcp— as.  the  principles  of 
action.  2d.  Foundation — as,  on  what  prin- 
ciple  can  this  be  atfiriiied  !  3d.  A  general 
truth — as,  the  principles  of  morality.  4th. 
Tenets,  whether  true  or  false— as,  the  prin- 
ciples of  f'hristianity,  the  principles  of  Ma- 
hometanjsm.  .'ith.  A  rule  of  action — as,  it 
is  a  principle  in  human  nature  to  repel  in- 
sults, &c.,  Slc. 

5.  From  infringe,  which  is  derived  from  the 
Latin  ijt  and  frango. 

6.  See  section  2. 

7.  There  is  more  caution  or  thought  in  con- 
sidering, more  personal  interest  in  regard- 
ing, boys  have  often  reijarilid  mercantile 
business  as  the  surest  way  of  making  a 
fortune,  without  having  duly  co/uidered  the 
numerous  liabdities  of  loss. 

8.  See  section  3. 

9.  Several;  1st  Externa),  appearance •^ as, 
"  The  form  of  his  visage  was  changed." 
2d.  System — as,  a/oiTnof  fjovemment.  3d. 
Regularity — a  rough  surface  may  tje  re- 
duced to  form.  4lh.  External  show — as, 
"having  the /orm  of  godline.ss."  ."ith.  Ce- 
remony— as,  it  is  a  mere  matter  o(  form. 
6l,h  DctinninaSe  .shape — as,  "  the  earth  was 
without  Jorin  and  void."  7th.  Likeness — 
"  he  took  on  him  the  form  of  a  servant,"  ic. 

10.  Systein  is  more  extended  in  its  meaning, 
and  applies  to  a  complexity  of  objects; — 
form  IS  generally  applied  to  individual  ob- 
jects. Our.??/5/<^ffiof  government  comprises 
tlie  essential  forms  of  monarchy,  aristo- 
cracy and  democracy,  without  the  evils  of 
either  despotism  or  anarchy. 

11.  Because  dependent  is  derived  from  the  La- 
tin de  and  pendeo,  and  literally  means  pai- 
deo,  to  hang  de,  from  ;  and  when  the  ob- 
ject comes  .after  the  verb,  as  in  the  present 
case,  the  preposition  fillovvnig  the  verb 
depends  on  the  nature  of  the  prelix  of  the 
preceding  verb,  and  whatever  hangs  from 
any  power  is  consequently  dcpeniient  on 
that  power.  Subservient  is  derived  from 
tlie  Latm  sub  a'nd  servio,  and  literally 
means  servio,  to  serve,  siib,  under;  and,  liy 
a  parity  of  reason,  whatever  serves  under 
any  power  is  subservient  to  that  power. 
For  a  further  illustration  of  the  use  of  ap- 
propriate prepositions  in  following  verbs, 
participles',  nouns  and  adjectives,  see  the 
latter  part  of  the  Appendix.  It  should  be 
borne  in  mind,  that  many  words  having  no 
pretixes  must  always  be  followed  by  par- 
tirular  prepositions,  and  that  there  are  oc- 
c:isional  exceptions  to  the  above  rule ;  but 
a  correct  observance  of  the  meaning  of  the 
prefixes  will  he  of  much  service  in  deter- 
mining the  succeeding  prepositions. 

12    See  section  4. 

13.  See  section  5. 

H.  Because  convey  \s  derived  from  the  Latin 
con  and  veho,  which  means  to  carry  ;  and 
whatever  is  carried  mu.st  necessarily  be 
conveyed  to  some  place ;  consequently  to  is 
always  the  appropriate  preposition.  See 
Question  11  of  Lesson  XIX.,  Appendix. 

15.  Prorogue  means  to  put  olT,  ajjd  is  used  m 
the  general  sense,  defernng  for  au  iudefi- 


APPENDIX. 


23 


nite  perioil ; — adjourn  si?tiif5«s  only  to  put 
off  fur  a  &,ty.  or  suiiiK  sluut  purio.1.  I'ro- 
rwui-  is  upplleil  In  li:ili.iliiil  ;i>sunil)lies 
only:— mOouni  is  ^inpl't-iiMi  Ui  ;iiiv  nieKL- 
111-.  'I'll.-  kin^'  ,>'nr,v:n,;l  tlic  ii.iiMii:ii  ;ui- 
SKiiihlv,l)U'  llif  |..>nile  K.riiied  small  sure- 
ties, mljuurniih)  110111  day  to  duy  (ill  all 
matters  of  public  iiiti-iest  were  aJjustetl. 

16.  Ill  many;  (adjecuvus,)  1st.  Straujhl—-As,  n 
rujki  liiie  may  be  liorizoiital,  perpendicular, 
or  iiu-liued  to  the  plane  of  the  hoiiz.iu 
2d.  In  Rcl.i!n<m—:vi,  tliat  alone  is  mht  m 
the  sight  of  Uod  wliirli  is  coiisoiiaiil  to  his 
law.  3d.  In  sociiil  miii  votiliail  affairs— as, 
tliat  is  riglit  wliicli  is  cousonaiit  to  the  just 
laws  of  one's  country.  4th.  Pro/ier— It  is 
ruiht  for  everv  family  to  choose  tlieir  own 
time  tor  meals  5th.  Lniofid—dfi,  the  ni/A( 
heir  of  an  estate.  6th.  Correct — "Yon  are 
ny/i^,  j  ustice  and  you  weigh  tliis  well."  7th. 
Most  direct— -.IS,  the  right  way  from  St. 
Louis  to  Philadelphia.  &\.l\.  Denoting  the 
outward  side — as,  1  lie  right  side  of  a  piece 
of  cloth.  (Adverbs,)  9lh.  Directly— us.''  Let 
thine  eves  look  riyht  on."  10th.  According 
to  fact— as,  to  tell  astory  ri'jht.  llth.  Pre- 
fixed to  titles — as,  right  reverend.   (Nouns,) 

12th.  Justice— as,  to  do  right  to  every  man. 
13th.  Freedom  from  error— Seldom  your 
opinions  err,  your  eyes  are  always  in  the 
riyhl.  lUh.  Just  (-^(ffi— A  deed  vests  the 
right  of  possession  1  n  the  purchaser  of  land. 
15th  Immuia/ies—Rigfds  are  natural,  civil, 
relisious.  political,  and  public.  16ih.  Au- 
thortty—T\\e  sheriif  li;is  a  right  to  arrest 
crinniials.  (Verb,)  ITtli.  To  do  justice— ds, 
to  right  an  injured  person,  ic.  &c. 

17.  The  overbearing  acU  of  the  governors,  and 
the  exercise  of  despotic  power  by  the  king. 

18.  From  the  time  of  the  declaration  of  rights. 

19.  Fidelity  to  a  prince  or  sovereign;  but  it 
is  occasionally  used  lu  a  more  extended 
sense. 

20.  The  Constitution  of  the  Doited  Stales. 

21.  To  declaration. 

22.  In  the  plural  in  one  sense,  namely :  wise 
men — as,  "  Groves  where  immortal  sages 
taught."  lu  the  singular,  sage  admits  se- 
veral vanations.  1st.  The  TUime  of  a  pkmt 
used  iu  cookery  and  medicine — as,  "  1  sea- 
soned It  with  sage;"  '•  He  drinks  sa/je  tea." 
2d.  Prudent— as,  "  a  sage  counsellor." 

3d.  Wise — as,  *'  sage  advice." 

23.  A  patriot  is  a  person  who  loves  his  coun- 
try, and  zealously  supports  and  defends  it 
and  its  interests ; — champion  meant  origi- 
nally a  man  who  undertook  to  fight  in  the 
place  or  cause  of  another.  Hence,  a  hero ; 
a  brave  w.irnor ;  one  bold  in  contest,  lite- 
rally and  figuratively ;  as  "  a  champion  for 
the  truth." 

LESSON  XX. 

1.  By  the  continental  congress,  Oct.  14, 1774. 

2.  See  section  1. 

3.  The  pretence  and  pretext  alike  consist  of 
what  is  unreal ;  but  the  former  ig  not  so 
great  a  violaiion  of  the  truth  as  the  latter ; 
the  pretence  may  consist  of  truth  and  false- 
hood blended  ;  the  jirelext,  from  prmlego, 
to  cloak  or  cover  over,  consists  altogether 
of  falsehood.  Neii  her  his  ;«■  lenos  nor  his 
pretexts  availed  him,  for  1  sifted  out  the 
former  and  detected  the  latter. 

4.  See  section  2. 

5.  To  judges,  in  the  16th  line. 

6.  See  section  3. 

7.  Restrain  means  to  hinder  from  rising  be- 
yond a  certain  pitch ; — suppress,  to  keep 


under,  or  to  prevent  from  coming  into  no- 
tice or  appearing  111  piililic.  The  nouns  in 
this  inslance  have  the  same  difference  as 
the  verbs  from  which  tliey  are  derived. 
For  fear  that  lie  iiii;;hl  iiii'ire  his  cause  by 
speakinir  too  freely,  I  advised  the  suppres- 
siim  of  his  feelni;^s  m  this  instance  ;  and 
was  pleased  10  observe  that  the  unusual 
reslrainment  was  not  so  diliicuil  for  him  as 
1  had  :i|ipiehended. 

b.  Lhsiiiiiii  conveys  the  idea  of  superiority  of 
nimd.  leal  or  imaginary,  in  the  exerciser; 
and  implies  hatred,  anil  sometimes  anger; 
— contempt,  or  the  act  of  despising,  is  said, 
by  Dr.  Webster,  to  be  one  of  the  strongest 
expressions  of  a  mean  opinion  afforded  by 
the  English  laiigu:ige ;  but  it  is  evident 
that  a  thing  may  be  too  conteniplibte  to 
excite  either  hatred  or  anger,  consequently 
disilain  is  in  some  respects  the  stronger 
term.  I  treated  Ins  insidious  propositions 
with  merited  disdain,  and  have  ever  since 
regarded  hiin  with  uniuiugled  contempt. 

10.  See  section  5. 

11.  Agreement  is  general,  and  comprehends 
transactions  of  every  description ; — a  com- 
pact is  an  agreimrnt  between  communities. 
At  the  close  of  the  exercises,  the  debaters 
made  an  aiireement  to  discuss,  at  their  next 
meeting,  the  question,  "  whether  the  strict 
fulfilment  of  a  compact  is  obligatory  upon 
the  parlies  in  all  cases." 

12.  See  section  6. 

13.  Both  are  the  lowest  parts  of  any  structure, 
but  foundation  lies  under  ground,  and  basis 
stands  above.  The  foundation  then  sup- 
ports some  large  and  artificially  erected 
pile ; — the  basis  upholds  a  simple  pillar. 
I'he  Insis  of  the  low  monolith  marking  the 
site  of  the  large  elm-tree,  under  which 
William  Penn  made,  with  the  Delaware 
tribe  of  Indians,  "the  only  treaty  never 
broken,"  is  a  plain  square  stone,  cut  few 
of  the  strangers  who  sojourn  at  Philadel- 
phia ever  visit  Kensington;  fewer  still 
make  a  pilgrimage  to  the  above  humble 
memento  of  an  act  so  far-reaching  m  its 
consequences ;  but  none  neglect  that  in:ig- 
uificent  "  home  of  the  orphan,"  Girurd  Col- 
lege, which  stands  on  a  firm  and  massy 
fouiidation. 

14.  Though  restrain  and  restrict  are  but  varia- 
tions of  the  same  verb,  they  have  acquired 
a  distinct  acrepta'.ion.  Restrict  ajiphes 
only  to  the  outward  conduct ; — restrain,  to 
the  desires,  as  well  as  to  the  external  con- 
duct. Being  much  restricted  in  his  semi- 
annual allowance,  he  was  forced  to  re- 
strain, unwillingly  enough,  his  iuordiuate 
passion  for  display. 

15.  See  section  7. 

IB.  Experience  may  mean  either  the  act  of 
bringing  to  light,  or  the  thing  brought  to 
light; — trial  signifies  the  act  of  trying, 
from  try ;  m  Latin,  lento,  to  explore,  exa- 
mine, search.  Experience,  or  that  which 
has  been  tried,  serves  to  lead  us  to  moral 
truth; — tnai,  being  iu  prospect,  has  the 
character  of  uncertainty.  1  will  take  my 
uncle's  advice,  because  1  know  it  to  be 
good  by  expirvnce,  but  I  am  afraid  to  make 
atrial  of  your  supplementary  admouitions. 

17.  See  section  8. 

Iti.  Keep  generally  signifies  to  reserve  for  use, 
and-its  leading  idea  is  continuance  of  ac- 
tion. Retain  is  a  mode  of  Iteeping.  The 
coach  was  encountered  by  a  highwayman 
and  dctmned,  but  our  friend,  being  well 


24 


APPENDIX. 


armod,  dufieJ  the  robber,  retainni  Ins  seat, 
and  /tept  his  money. 

19    See  seel  ion  9. 

21).  Chinujc,  ill  French,  changer,  i.s  probiihly  de- 
rived from  the  middle  Latm,  canibio,  to 
txcliiuiie,  siijnifying  to  take  one  thing  for 
another;  alley,  from  the  Latin,  o/.'cr,  an- 
other, signifies  to  make  a  thin?  otherwise. 
'J'lie  .scholar,  in  usiiifj  this  book,  is  at  lib- 
erty to  chumie  any  murkid,  or  in  fact  any 
other  word  or  pliiase  lor  another,  provided 
that  by  sucli  siihsiitiition  he  does  not  ma- 
tt.'rially  olt^r  tiie  sense. 

21.  "In  this  manner,"  or  "on  this  wise." 

22.  Revere  is  derived  from  the  Latin  re  and 
vtreor,  and  means  to  regard  with  fear  min- 
gled with  respect  and  a.Tection ; — veiierale 
is  from  the  I^atiii  venervr,  and  means  highly 
to  regard,  respect  or  esteem.  Ret'ete  and 
vetierate  may  be  applied  to  human  beings. 
On  account  of  their  character  and  endow- 
nieaits,  they  are  also  applicable  to  mani- 
niate  as  well  as  animate  objects.  We 
ought  to  venerate  all  Indy  good  men  while 
living,  and  to  revere  their  memories  when 
they  are  dead. 

23.  Of  the  meeting  and  proceedings  of  the 
second  continental  congress. 

21.  "  Time  and  again,"  •'  ag-aiu  and  again,"  and 
re  than  once." 


25.  Several;  1st.  To  . 
sod  your  coat  w; 
tiiige — a-s.  To  nnil 
3d.  In  Jurminij.  In 

JOOd  cut   llll.ll/    ;/(;.,' 

suU  cattlr.  uh. 
gown  has  :iii  iml. 
— lus,  liiiniir  1 


,/rf?/,— as.  Yon  will 
-t  -M.  To  cover  or 
r;Mlll    With    blood. 

inlii  'jrass  or  green 
I  paslurvig — as,  To 
r.ss,  sjiol — as.  Your 

oth.  SUnn,  tarnish 
soil.     6th.  Mould, 


i|'h.  21151  h, 

,   111  .V   !■;■  COIi- 

.,;,.    .1  noi-ds 

lii.  -'.:'lll,2U2d 

sidered  .syno- 
iigiiatrd  words  in  the  lyoth, 
,  may  be  considered 


Kyij'tr  strulnm  uj  earth — as.  The  soil  of  the 
western  states  is  generally  deep  and  rich. 
7tli.  Land,  cvuntry — as,  We  love  our  native 
soil. 

26.  See  Paste  7, 1,essoiilX,Question  4.  Appen- 
di.x.     The  designated  wonts  in  the  191st, 
192d,  193ii,  19«th,  201st,2 
2oGl  h,  2U3th,  and  2(i!ltli   h 
sidered  detinitioiis;  tin    - 
in  the  189lh.  191th,  19r.ili. 
and  207th  hues,  i: 
iiynis;  the  d 
19tith,  2(i0lh  : 

as  words  and  plir.i.ses conveying  nearly  the 
meaning  of  the  text,  yet  the  words  used 
are  neither  deiiiiiiions  nor  synonyms  of 
those  marked.  Strictly  speaking,  there 
are  no  synonyms  in  section  II,  but  if  one 
phrase  conveys  the  same  meaiinigihtit  an- 
other phra.se  does,  then  those  phrases 
Would  be  synonyms;  phrases,  as  well  as 
w.irds,  may  be  synonymous,  and  for  ad- 
vanctil  pupils,  composing  at  proper  times 
syuoiiynious  phrases  constitutes  a  must 
Interesting  and  uselul  exercise. 

27.  The  two  most  important  baitles  were  the 
batile  of  Lexington,  April  19th.  the  battle 
of  Bunker's  HiU,  June  17th,  1773. 

LESSON  XXI. 

1.  .Tuly  llh,  1776. 

2.  By  the  Ivepre-eata'ivi^soflhe  United  States 
in  coiigrtis  ■.■.s-cinlilud. 

3.  'I'he  propo.-iitiou  v\a^  iiiade  .Iiine  10th.  ir/R, 
but  congress  wisely  took  time  to  consider 
the  subject  in  all  its  bearings. 

4.  See  section  1. 

5.  Di stray  \s  derived  from  the  Latin  dc  and 
struo,  and  h'-erally  signifies  to  pull  down, 
to  demolish; — disso'.ve  is  from  the  Latm 
dis  and  solvo,  and  means  to  melt,  to  disu- 


nite, to  separate.  The  former  word  usually 
denotes  violence,  the  lattermay  be  exempt 
from  It ;  thus.  Merchants  often  mutually 
dissolve  their  partnership  and  destroy  tlieir 
contracts. 

6.  Declare  is  derived  from  the  Latin  ie  and 
clarus,  and  means  to  make  known,  to  pub- 
lish ;  we  may  declare  by  word  of  mouth  or 
by  writing.  Avow\^  from  the  Latin  at/ and 
vovco,  and  means  to  declare  openly,  to  ac- 
knowledge and  justify  ;  we  usually  avow 
our  sentiments  by  word  of  month.  De- 
clare IS  applied  by  nations  ;  avow  by  indi- 
viduals—nations  (/tc/ure  war;  individuals 
avow  their  sentiments. 

7,  8,  9,  10,  11,  are  all  answered  in  section  se- 
cimd.     (See  section  2.) 

12.  See  former  elucidation,  Lesson  XV.,  Ques- 
tion 16,  Page  18,  Appendix. 

13,  U,  15,  see  section  3. 

16.  Light — gay,  airy,  cheerful.  Trivial — con- 
temptibly trifling,  petty.  One  may  be  face- 
tiously light  and  airy  witlnmt  degrading 
himself  with  a  triirial  manner. 

17.  Abuses — rude  personal  reproaches.  Wrongs 
— injuries  inflicted.  Vituperative  abuse  may 
proceed  from  a  source  so  notoriously  cor- 
rupt as  to  produce  no  serious  wrong  or 
injury. 

18.  19,  20,  see  section  4. 

21.  See  former  elucidation.  Lesson  XVII., 
Question  12,  Page  21,  Appendrx. 

22,  23,  24,  see  section  5. 

Z.'j.  Elected — selected  by  the  concurrent  choice 
of  many.  Chosen — selected,  but  the  choice 
may  be  the  act  of  one  agent.  Representa- 
tives to  congress  are  elected.  His  private 
secretary  is  chosen  by  the  president. 

26.  Annihilation  —  reducing  to  nothing.  De- 
struction— ruin,  disorganization.  The  de- 
slruclion  of  a  house  may  be  occasioned  by 
a  tornado,  but  its  materials  are  not  anmfii- 
laled. 

Zt,  28,  29,  30,  31,  32.  see  section  6. 

3J.  Sakirics — stated  or  tixed  wages.  Emolu- 
ments— prolits  arising  from  employments 
or  stations.  The  i^'esident  and  Vice-Pre- 
sident of  the  United  States  enjoy  salaries. 
The  emoluments  of  Justices  of  the  peace, 
in  many  states  in  this  country,  accrue  from 
perquisites  of  office. 

34,  3;j,  36,  see  section  7. 

37.  Jinposiny  signifies  dereininij  others  for  pur- 
poses of  gam  or  amhiiion  ; — obtruding  sig- 
nifies forcing  upon  others  from  vanity,  cu- 
riosity or  pleasure.  The  nl>lruiling  linguist 
weaned  the  company  by  the  monotony  of 
his  conversation.  The  merchant,  in  liis 
anxiety  to  sell  his  goods,  forgot  he  was 
imposing  upon  the  ladies. 

38.  Tool,  instrument,  (synonymous  as  applied 
to  manual  apparatus.)  In  their  personal 
application,  tool,  a  contemptible  parasite  ; 
instrument,  a  useful  auxiliary.  'I'he  tools 
of  the  mechanic  aiv-  the  ins'rummts  of  his 
success.  A  brawling  jioliticiau  is  the  tool 
of  an  nitrigunis  cleinai;o!;ne.  A  candid,  or 
aueloqui'iit  and  iiig;iiiuiis  oratoris  a  u.seful 
inslnnu'nt  m  elu'i'liii!;  the;  object  of  a  party. 

39.  40,  4 1 ,  4'2,  .see  section  9. 

43.  i'lundered — carried  nil hlessly  away.  PiU 
layed — ^stealthily  ob'Tihicd.  Victorious  ar- 
mies plunder  cimiiuhied  cities,  and  rapa- 
cious soldiers  pilUige  their  private  dwell- 
ings. 

44  Brethren — men  social  like  brothers.  Bro- 
thers— children  of  the  same  parents.  Natu- 
ral brothers  may  be  brelliren  of  the  same 
social  fraternity. 


APPENDIX. 


25 


4.'i,  46,  see  section  10. 

47.  It  was ;  tlie  .savases  often  massacred  wo- 
men ami  cliildien,  buint  their  captives,  ami 
coninntteil  tlie  most  revolting  ciuulties 
against  tlie  aced,  the  weak,  the  innocent 
and  the  inoffensive. 

48,  49,  M,  see  section  10. 

61.  Redress— restoration  of  rielits.  ilfHe/— al- 
leviation of  misery.  Redress  is  soup;lit  as 
an  act  of  justice,  relief  3S  an  act  of  mercy. 

.52,  63,  see  .section  11. 

64.  £He»i/es— persons  nnfriendly  disposed.  Foes 
— persons  possessing  active  luitred.  Per- 
sons poliliouUy  or  socially  opposed  to  ns 
may  be  our  rneniies  quoad  hoc,  without  the 
personal  liatred  necessary  to  constitute 
them  onr  foes. 

55,  56,  57,  58,  59,  CO,  61,  see  spction  12. 

62.  Upon  our  omniscient  and  omnipresent  Cre- 
ator; the  same  God  who  sustained  and 
upheld  our  forefathers. 

LESSON  XXII. 

1.  "Anterior  to,"  and  "  Prior  to." 

2.  Sketch  expresses  more  than  outline.  The 
latter  comprehends  only  exterior  parts  or 
surfaces ; — the  former  embraces  some  par- 
ticulars. As  a  sketch  presents  some  of  the 
features  of  a  country,  it  may  serve  as  a 
landscape ;  but  the  outlines  are  merely  the 
bounding  lines  within  which  the  skftch  may 
be  formed.  Used  figuratively,  they  have 
tlie  same  difference.  1  have  now  given 
you  an  outline  of  the  plan,  and  advise  you 
to  make  a  sketch  of  it,  to  be  perfected  at 
your  leisure. 

3.  Although,  as  there  given,  it  signifies  to 
write,  to  compose,  which  is  the  sense  m 
v/hich  form  is  used,  it  generally  means  to 
select  and  put  together  parts  of  a  book,  or 
of  different  books ;  or  to  collect  and  ar- 
range separate  papers,  laws,  or  customs,  iu 
a  book,  code,  or  .system. 

4.  The  articles  of  confederation. 

5.  They  are  not.  Tlie  crown-lands  were  un- 
occupied tracts,  which  had  not  been  dis- 
posed of  in  any  way  by  the  British  govern- 
ment ;  but,  being  within  the  established 
boundaries  of  the  colonies,  these  lands 
pa-ssed  out  of  the  possession  of  England 
along  with  them,  and  became  the  property 
of  the  United  States  in  the  manner  ex- 
plained in  section  3.  The  lerm  pubtic  do- 
main has  been  applied,  of  late  years,  to  all 
lands  owned  by  the  American  Kepublic. 
They  are  chiefly  situated  in  the  western 
and  southwestern  states  and  territories, 
and  are  statedly  sold  to  private  iiulividuals, 
in  lots  of  not  less  than  8U  acres,  at  the 
minimum  price  of  one  dollar  and  twenty- 
five  cents  per  acre.  These  public  auc- 
tions, held  in  the  neighborhood  of  the 
tracts  to  be  sold,  are  called  land-sales. 

6.  Advantage  respects  external  or  extrinsic 
circumstances  of  profit,  honor,  and  conve- 
nience;— bcnrjit  applies  to  the  coiiseqiieiices 
of  actions  and  eviiiis.  1  have  received 
much  bairfit  Iruiii  daily  exercise,  and  find 
that  a  residence  iii  the  c<mntry  is  of  great 
advan/ayc  to  an  invalid.  ' 

7.  Good-bye  has  exactly  the  same  meaning  as 
farewell,  and  is  much  oflener  used  tlian 
either  tiiut  or  adiiH,  because  it  carries  with 
it  more  of  fnendlme.ss ;  but  in  the  present 
case  It  would  have  conveyed  a  ludicrous 
idea. 

8.  Adieu  is  the  French  ' o  Dieu'  to  God  ;  an 
elliptical  form  of  speech,  for  /  commaid 
you  to  God.    Hence  its  use  [or  farewell,    lu 


the  common  phrase  qnod-bye,  bye  signifies 
passing,  yoimi ;  the  wiiole  sigmries  u  good 
going,  a  prosperous  passage,  and  is  pre- 
cisely eqoivah'iit  til  farewell  [Saxon, /n;aH, 
to  go,  go  well],  may  you  have  a  good  going, 
synonymous  with  good  speed  in  tlie  plaa.se 
"  to  bid  one  good  speed." 
9.  They  are  not.  Rfvolutionary  means  per- 
taining to  a  material  or  entire  change  in 
the  cunslilutioii  of  Koverninent.  Traiisi- 
tiouiii  mcjans  reialiiig  to  a  passage  from  one 
place  or  slate  to  another;  change.  As 
revolutioiwry  cannot  be  defined  by  a  saiLjle 
word,  and  Iransilionul  is  the  nearest  ap- 
proximation to  It,  the  latter  has  been  used 
to  supply  the  former  m  this  and  several 
following  cases. 

10.  Step  by  step. 

11.  Use  those  means. 

12.  1st.  To  possess — I  hnd  a  pen  yesterday,  hut 
have  mislaid  it.  2d.  To  maintain,  to  hold 
in  opinion — Your  version  of  the  matter  is 
quite  dill'erent  from  tlie  way  in  which  he 
had  It.  3d.  To  be  urged  by  necessity  or  obli- 
gation ;  to  be  tmiiclled  by  duty — He  had  lo 
depart  at  once,  on  account  of  the  alarming 
illness  of  his  father.  4th.  To  contain— The 
poem  had  many  beauties,  but  it  did  not 
plea.se  the  reading  public.  5th.  To  gain,  to 
procure,  to  receive,  lo  obtain,  to  purchase — 
He  had  three  liundred  dollars  a  year— He 
always  had  a  high  price  for  his  work. 

13.  Common  danger. 

14.  At  the  time  of  the  Declaration  of  Rights. 
16.  On  the  1st  of  March,  1781. 

16.  By  the  tille  of  the  United  States. 

17.  Admit  IS  a  general  tr'rm,  and  has  but  a 
relative  impoil; — receive  has  a  complete 
sense  m  itself,  and  its  meaning  ts  always 
positive.  1  WiLs  uiiinitted  into  the  house  by 
a  servant,  and  very  hospitably  received  by 
my  friend. 

18.  That  Its  powers  were  inadequate  to  the 
objects  of  an  effective  national  government. 

19.  Because  they  form  a  compound  noun,  and 
are  already  connected  by  hyphens,  which 
show  that  the  wonls  are  to  be  taken  to- 
gether. 

20.  "Vainly,"  "to  no  purpose,"  "  without  ef- 
fect." 

21.  In  the  congress  of  the  confederation,  dur- 
ing the  liist  years  of  the  revoluiionary  war, 
and  those  of  pe.ace,  immediately  following, 

22.  At  Mount  Vernon,  the  residence  of  General 
Washington. 

23.  Notorious  means  evident ;  manifest  to  the 
world;  publicly  known;  known  to  disad- 
vantage ;  hence  almost  always  used  in  an 
ill  sense.  Gtaiing  signifies  clear;  open 
and  bold  ;  bare-faced  ;  and  therefore  m:iy 
sometimes  be  substituted  for  notorious. 
The  crime  of  which  you  speak  would  ap- 
pear more  gUirmy,  had  it  not  been  com- 
mitted by  such  a  Ho^onotti- person. 

24.  They  are  not.  Peujile  is  there  applied  to 
all  the  individuals  composing  the  nation. 
Populace  is  an  invidious  term,  and  sigmhes 
the  most  ignorant  part  of  society. 

25.  "I'liey  are.  The  term  axiom,  however,  is 
generally  used  in  mathematical  works. 

LESSON  XXIII. 

1.  See  section  first. 

2.  The  violation  of  the  essential  principles  of 
rational  liberty  and  the  common  law  of 
England. 

3.  lu  many;  1st.  To  take  the  «!^o?«—a.s.  Nei- 
ther business  nor  amusement  should  f;»- 
gross  our  whole  time.    2d.  To  copy — as. 


31* 


26 


APPENDIX. 


Deeiis  are  often  engrossed  on  parchment. 
Sd.  To  take  in  uniltij  quantities — as.  Rule  re 
sonietnnes  engross  the  power  of  the  peo- 
ple, &c. 
•1.  It  was  a  mark  of  more  respect,  and  carried 
with  it  more  immeiiiiite  aulhonry ;  more- 
over, it  would  Ije  dissc'uiuialod  among  the 
people  by  means  of  llie  newspapers.      .„ 

5.  See  section  2. 

6.  It  is  a  ii^urative  expression,  and  means  that 
it  should  be  read  ni  a  prominent  place  or 
places,  so  that  each  and  every  m<hvidu;d 
HI  the  army  misht  nnderstand  it. 

7.  There  are  two  kinds  ; — tirsf,  an  ag^egate 
corporation  is  any  number  of  persons  au- 
thorized by  law  to  act  as  a  single  indi- 
vidual, or  any  society  liavmg  the  legal  ca- 
pacity of  transacting  business  as  a  single 
jierson.  Corporations  have  usually  the 
power  of  filling  vacancies  that  occur  in 
tlieirbody;  hence  they  continue  forages, 
unless  otherwise  restricted.  Second,  A 
sole  corporation  consists  of  one  person 
only  and  his  successors,  as  a  bishop. 

8.  See  section  3. 

9.  Whole  is  used  substantively  here,  and  de- 
notes the  whole  liouse  or  meeting. 

10.  From  the  British  Parliament.  At  the  time 
of  the  revolution,  all  forms  of  legislaiion 
were  essentially  the  same  in  iliis  country 
that  they  were  m  Kiighind.  In  the  Bri;ish 
Parliament  all  iiiati  ers  of  great  importance, 
and  especially  those  which  effect  the  great 
body  of  the  peojjle,  aie  usually  referred  to 
a  committee  of  the  whole  house ;  most  of 
the  rules  of  Congress,  at  the  present  time, 
are  essentially  the  same  as  those  of  the 
I'arlianient  of  L'ngland. 

11.  The  chairman  of  the  committee  of  the 
whole  rises; -the  speaker  of  the  house 
re-occu|iies  his  chair  and  calls  the  house 
to  Older.  It  may  be  remarked  here,  that 
comnntlees  of  the  whole  are  sometimes 
very  noisy  and  disorderly. 

12.  The  sense  of  the  entire  assembly  is  better 
a-scertained.  The  members  are  not  re- 
stricted by  parliamentary  usage,  because 
each  member  speaks  as  often  as  he  pleases. 

13.  See  section  5. 

li.  To  avoid  tautology.  Matters,  as  used  in 
the  Otlth  line,  signifies  the  entire  business 
contained  in  the  resolutions. 

lo.  Because  to  is  the  appropriate  preposition 
which  should  follow  ought;  custom  has 
sanctioned  the  use  of  should  without  any 
succeeding  preposition,  and  the  addition  of 
to  in  the  latter  case  would  be  as  improper 
as  its  omission  in  the  former. 

IG.  1st.  To  make  ready — The  minister  is  jire- 
j)oWn3  his  sermon.  2d.  I'ofll — The  farmer 
is  preparing  his  ground  for  the  spring.  3d. 
To  ad.ipt  —  The  author  is  preimring  his 
book  for  schools.  To  provide — The  ants 
are  preparing  their  win'er  supplies. 

17.  That  it  might  be  vvritten  in  proper  form 
and  with  due  care.  It  is  the  business  of  a 
committee  of  the  whole  to  discuss  simply 
general  principles  anil  block  out  the  work. 

18    It  is,  both  in  this  country  and  in  England. 

19.  Because  the  resolution,  on  the  10th  of  June, 
was  not  passed ;  but  was,  by  vole  of  con- 
gress, held  under  consideration.  No  reso- 
luiion  can  be  considered  passed  till  it  re- 
CLives  the  legal  sanction  of  a  majority  of 
an  assembly. 

20.  Of. 

21.  1st.  A  tool — Axes,  hoes,  and  hammers  are 
tn.?/ri(nw:«/s  of  husbandry.  2d.  Subsermmt 
lo  the  production  of  any  (ffcct — A  bad  man 


is  the  instrument  of  ruin  to  others.  The 
distribution  of  the  Scriptures  may  he  an 
instrument  of  extensive  relonnalion  in  mo- 
rals and  religion.  3d.  An  arlifirial  mnrhine 
— A  flute  IS  a  musical  inslrumcnt.  41  h.  In 
law  a  writing  ronluining  the  tains  ofennlract 
— A  deed  of  conveyance  is  an  mstrument 
in  writing.  5th.  Aprdi'd  lo  persons — The 
governor,  the  agent  of  the  Britisli  crown. 
Wiis  an  izislrument  of  oiipiessiou  lo  the 
colony. 

22.  Because  congress,  previous  to  the  adoption 
of  the  constitu:  ion,  consisted  of  only  one 
body. 

23.  Ad/ypted  is  derived  from  the  Latin  ad  apto, 
and  signifies  to  fit,  to  make  suitable;  adopted 
is  from  the  Latin  ad  opto,  and  signifies  to 
desire,  to  choose,  to  take  or  receive  as 
one's  own.  We  have  provision  aoapted  to 
our  wants.  The  skilful  husbandman  adopts 
all  modern  improvements  in  agdoulture. 

21.  See  section  9. 

25.  Monumcnl — an  outward  and  visible  remem- 
brancer; memento — a  mental,  oblique  iiiu- 
endo  of  memorial.  A  hint,  a  significant 
wmk,  may  be  a  monenio;  but  solid  mute- 
rials  are  necessary  to  the  ci«istruction  of  a 
vionument. 

26.  Constitution. 

27.  Offended  is  derived  from  the  Latin  offcndo, 
(of  and  fendo,!  and  signifies  to  strike 
against,  to  insult,  to  hurt,  or  wound  ; — an- 
gry is  from  the  Latin  ango,  and  signifies  to 
choke,  ici  strangle  ;  hence  a  violent  passion 
of  the  mind,  excited  either  by  real  or  sup- 
posed injuries.  In  coiitioversics  or  discus- 
sions, persons  are  often  very  onory  about 
imaginary  wrongs,  and  are  not  unfrequently 
offeiuttd  at  trdies. 

28.  Offendtd  and  angry  should  be  usually  fol- 
lowed by  with  before  persons,  and  at  or 
ai/out  in  all  other  cases. 

29.  In  lis  most  extended  or  comprehensive 
sense. 

30.  A  metaphor. 

31.  Charybdis  was  a  celebrated  whirlpool  on 
the  coast  of  Sicily ;  it  was  anciently  dread- 
ed by  navigators,  because  in  endeavoring 
to  escape  it  they  ran  the  ri.sk  of  being 
wrecked  upon  SCYLL.\,  a  rock  opposite  to 
it,  on  the  coast  of  Italy.  Charybdis  is  no 
longer  dreaded  by  navigators.  The  earth- 
quake of  1783  is  said  to  have  much  dimin- 
ished Its  violence.  Its  present  names  are 
Calofaro  and  La  Kema.  For  the  fabulous 
account  of  the  rock  Srylla  and  the  whirl- 
pool Charybdis  see  some  classical  dic- 
tionary. 

32.  Asbestos  is  a  fibrous  mineral,  usually  of  a 
white  or  gray  color.  The  finer  kinds  of  it 
have  been  wrought  into  gloves  and  cloth, 
which  are  incombu.stible :  the  cloth  was 
formerly  used  for  siirouds.  Asbestos  is 
now  employed  in  the  manufacture  of  iron 
safes. 

33.  A  trope.  A  trope  is  a  word  or  expression 
used  ni  a  different  sense  from  what  it  pro- 
perly signifies ;  or  a  wold  changed  fioin 
Its  original  signification  to  anoiher.  for  the 
sake  of  giving  life  or  emphasis  to  an  idea. 

34.  To  signers,  m  the  18blh  line. 

35.  Treason. 

36.  They  are  usually  so  considered,  and  in  the 
eyes  of  the  British  government  all  the 
leaders  of  the  Revolution  were  guilty  of 
treason. 


APPENDIX. 


27"! 


38.  A  niefaphor.    A  metaphor  is  a  word  ex- 

I         pr^s.^nis   siuuUluJe  williuut   Uie  sijiis  of 
ciiiiipiirlsim. 

39.  As  1'neni.ls. 

I  1(1.  'I  lie  burninsr  of  villascs  bv  the  traitor  Ar- 

j         imkl.  and  iiie   rlla^sa(;rt!  at  Wyoiiiins,  l^a., 

([lerhaps  llie   most  revollms;  ol  any  that 

occurred  durint;  the  Kuvoliilioimry  war,) 

was  ur^id  on  liv  American  torics. 

41.  Tlie  celciinited  specclics  of  I'll  t  and  of  Col. 
I'airy  liavc  .seldom  t)cen  equalled. 

42.  lly  emulating:  their  virtues. 

I  1j.  See  tiie  wliole  of  Lesson  XXllI. 
I  LESSON  XXIV. 

1.  See  the  preamble. 

2.  See  section  1. 

3.  See  section  3. 

4.  Both  mean  to  stmiglhrn  ;—ronfi)-m,  witli 
respect  to  the  mmd,  and  tstablish.  witli  re- 
pud  to  external  ihiii':;s.  A  report  is  cmi- 
Jiniiid  ;  a  repulalmn  is  fSlaUislie.d. 

5.  Wiljiirv  is  applied  to  thini,'s  more  immedi- 
altlv  allectiiis  our  existence;  Frosvtrity 
cumpreliends  welfare,  and  likewise  all  that 
can  add  to  our  eiijoymenls.  A  father  is 
naturally  anxious  for  tlie  welfare  of  his  son, 
and  hopes  that  he  may  experience  pros- 
ptrily  through  life. 

C.  Cliosen — liui'en  from  amon?  others,  and 
may  be  used  of  two  ; — stlerlcil,  picked  wii  h 
care ;  used  of  several  or  niany.  We  may 
dioose  a  book  out  of  two,  but  we  select  one 
from  a  parcel,  or  out  of  a  hbrary. 

7.  Disiributeil  is  a  general  term,  meanins  al- 
loiitd  to  several; — api/orliuned  siRiufics 
assigned  for  a  certain  purpose.  A  wise 
Iiriiice  apportions  to  each  of  his  ministers 
an  employment  suited  to  his  pecuLarquali- 
liealions;  state  business  tlius  distributed, 
jiroceeds  with  regulari'y  and  exactitude. 

8.  Actual  IS  applied  to  the  thing  done  ; — real, 
to  the  thing  as  it  is.  Actual  is  opposed  to 
the  suppo.sitjous,  and  riul  to  the  imaginary. 
ll  IS  an  actual  tact  that  there  are  but  few, 
if  any,  red  objects  of  Compassion  among 
couuoun  be:;j;ars. 

9.  Vole  lb  the  wisli  itself,  whether  told  or 
not  ;■ — voice  is  the  wish  expressed.  As, 
■•  Having  the  privilege  of  a  vote  on  that 
question,  he  gave  his  voire  to ." 

10.  Ctos  IS  more  general  than  0!'(fcr.  Men  be- 
hmg  to  a  certain  class  or  order.  During 
the  French  Revolution,  the  most  wortliless 
class,  from  all  orders,  obtained  the  supre- 
macy only  to  sacriiiee  such  as  possessed 
any  power,  name,  or  wealth. 

U.  Temporary  means  las'.ing  only  for  a  time, 
in  disiinction  from  the  permanent; — tran- 
sient, that  is,  passing,  or  in  the  act  of  pass- 
ing, cUarac'erizes  lliat  which  necessarily 
exists  only  for  the  moment.  A  transient 
glance  will  show  that  offices  depending  on 
a  state  of  war  are  temporary. 

12.  The  purpose  is  the  tiling  proposed  or  set 
before  the  mind,  which  we  t.die  immedi- 
ate measures  to  acconiphsh  ; — the  intni- 
Iwn,  being  the  thhig  to  which  the  mind 
bends  or  inclines,  is  vague  and  may  be  de- 
layed. Though  a  man  of  resolute  temper 
IS  not  to  be  diverted  from  his  purpose  by 
trifling  obstacles,  yet  he  may  be  disap- 
pointed in  h.s  intentions  by  a  variety  of  un- 
foreseen and  uiicoiitroUable  events. 

13.  Marnier  is  general,  and  nearly  allied  to 
way ; — mode  is  usually  ap[ilied  to  m-icha- 
nical  actioiLs.  I'he  scholar  has  a  good 
mode  of  holding  his  pen,  but  writes  in  a 
very  careless  manner. 


14.  £chm>ior  respects  .ill  actions  expo.sed  to 
the  view  of  others; — conduct,  the  general 
hue  of  a  person's  moral  proceedings.  As 
our  behairioT  is  gooil  or  bad,  our  conduct 
will  be  wise  or  foolish. 

15.  Concurrence  is  applied  to  matters  of  general 
concern; — cotiscnt  to  those;  of  personal  in- 
terest. As,  "  1  cannot  cmu-^rnt  to  behold 
the  concurrence  of  the  House  with  the.se 
aniendmenis  of  the  Seiiaie,  without  utter- 
ing my  seiiliiijent."  asnii^l  it. 

16.  Flace'ii  general,  and,  bring  limited  to  no 
size  or  quantity,  may  be  large  or  extensive, 
whereas  s'pot  is  a  very  small  [ilace,  such 
as  figuratively  may  be  covered  by  a  spot  or 
dot.  For  instance,  "  I  know  the  place 
where  my  uncle  is  buried ;  but,  as  he  was 
interred  "by  strangers,  who  neglected  to 
mark  his  grave  by  a  stone,  I  am  unable  to 
designale  the  spot." 

17.  See  section  6. 

18.  Felony — any  crime  which,  by  the  ancient 
law,  incurred  capital  punishment.  Breach 
of  the  peace — any  disturbance  of  the  tran- 
quilhty  of  society,  either  with  respect  to 
the  commnnily  or  an  individual  member 
of  it.  These  terms  are  both  general,  in- 
cluding several  particular  cases  or  varie- 
ties of  crime.  Those  guilty  of  felony  are 
public  offenders,  traitors  to  the  common- 
wealth, dangerous  to  society  in  an  immi- 
nent degree ;  those  guilty  of  simple  breach 
of  the  peace  have  olfeiided  in  a  less  aggra- 
vated manner  and  against  a  smaller  portion 
of  society.  Murder,  arson,  ic,  are  felo- 
nies;  assault  and  battery,  not,  ic,  are 
breaches  of  the  peace. 

19.  SpeecA— harangue,  oration.  Debate — dis- 
pute, controversy.  Speech  is  the  abstract 
term,  and  prinianly  implies  utterance ;  de- 
bale  is  concrete,  and  signifies  biith  speak- 
ing and  disputing  with  oihers.  A  speech  is 
simply  an  address;  a  debate  implies  con- 
tested discussion.  A  speech  may  l)e  an  ad- 
dress to  an  audience  ;  a  debate  may  be  a 
discussion  before  an  audience.  Speech  im- 
plies one,  debate  two  or  more  speakers. 
Speech  conveys  no  allusion  to  contention, 
but  debate  implies  a  war  of  words,  and 
sometimes  angry  strife. 

"We  use  great  plainness  of  speech."  Paul. 
"  Behold,  ye  fast  for  strife  and  debate."  Isa. 

20.  OJice  sigmlies  either  the  duty  performed, 
or  the  situation  in  which  the  duty  is  per- 
formed. An  office  imiKlses  a  task,  or  some 
performance ; — a  ckarqe  imposes  a  respon- 
sibility ; — we  have  always  something  to  do 
in  ojjice,  always  sometlung  to  look  at"ter  in 
a  charge.  The  chanjc  of  instructing  youth 
is  of  far  more  importance  than  the  Qjficeof 
any  civil  magistrate. 

21.  Continuance  is  used  in  reference  to  the 
time  a  thing  lasts.  Continuation  expresses 
the  act  of  colli  mumg  what  has  lieeii  be- 
gun. The  continuance  of  the  war  is  de- 
structive both  to  the  wealth  and  the  morals 
of  the  nation.  The  continuation  of  history 
is  the  work  of  every  age. 

LESSON  XXV. 

1.  See  sections  7  and  8. 

2.  Also,  compounded  of  all  and  so.  signifies 
literally  all  in  the  same  manner ; — likewise, 
compounded  of  lilie  and  wise,  or  manner, 
sigmlies  in  like  manner.  Also  is  the  more 
general  term,  and  has  a  more  comprehen- 
sive meaning ; —likewise  is  more  specific 
and  limited  in  its  acceptation.    iMy  fneud 


28 


APPENDIX. 


John,  who  is  a  k""(1  scholar,  an  excellent 
drauglusman.  and  lih  w  se  an  elegant  pen- 
man, was  also  with  the  party. 

3.  It  means  cu/am.  iCeconsidcr,  to  consider 
aiam. 

i.  Ii  njeans  to.    Adjonrn,  to  [or  itU]  a  day. 

5.  Adduce,  In  draw  Iv  ;  0(/joiii,  Vi  join  lu  ;  ad- 
mit,  to  s::nd  lo;  m/vert.  to  turn  to,  Sic. 

6.  It  means  7iot.     Dtsn\)\>r(ive,  not  to  approve. 

7.  It  is  prefixed  to  the  prelix  ap. 

8.  DiS'dgreKi.  not  to  oijrie ;  rffsallow,  not  to  al- 
low ;  rf(sbeheve,  not  to  btlitve ;  dis\).\{.e,  not 
to  like,  &c. 

9.  It  means  before.  Provide,  to  gel  [or  make 
rtadijl  before. 

10.  Five,  as  follows :  rc-pre-sentatives  twice, 
and  re-con-sider  and  its  variations  three 
times. 

iJe-con-duct,  [duco,  to  lead,]  to  conduct 
back,  or  a^ain ;  re-con-vey,  \veho,  to  carry,] 
to  convey  back  or  lo  its  former  place,  A-C. 

1-2.   See  section  8. 

13.  A  manifesto  ;  which  is  a  public  declaration 
made  by  tiie  supreme  authority  of  the 
state,  setting  fortli  its  grievances,  claiming 
nght  for  Itself,  and  appealing  to  the  civil- 
ized world  for  the  rectitude  of  its  cause. 

14.  See  Lesson  XVII.,  Section  4. 

15.  Five,  as  follows :  jwovide  four  times,  and 
promote  once. 

Insurrection  is  a  general  term ;  it  is  used 
in  a  good  or  bad  sense,  according  to  the 
nature  of  tlie  power  against  which  one 
rises  up;  rebellion  is  more  specific,  and  is 
always  taken  in  the  bad  sense  of  unallowed 
opposition  to  lawful  authority.  The  insur- 
rections in  America,  at  the  beginning  of  the 
revolutionary  war,  were  a  natural  conse- 
quence of  the  usurpation  of  unwarrant- 
able authority  by  the  British  government, 
wlucli  w,is  plca^^d  to  style  them  rebellions. 
Some  political  truths  were  maintamed  by 
those  who  engaged  in  the  insurrection 
headed  by  V\'at  1  yier,  in  the  reign  of  Kicli- 
ard  II  ,  but  their  movement  failed  because 
the  body  of  the  Englisli  people  was  ad- 
verse to  them  and  their  principles  for  ob- 
vious reasons.  The  rebellion  which  cost 
Cliarles  1.  of  England  his  hfe,  proves  that 
tlie  throne  is  an  insecure  seat  even  for  a 
comparatively  good  man. 

la  Eight. 

19.  Ten. 

i!0    Fifty-six  square  miles. 

21.   Eight  miles  square    is  8  2c8  =  &4  square 

miles,  of  which  area  8  square  nnles  would 

be  but  the  length  of  one  side,  a  mile  in 

width. 

See  section  9. 

23.  It  denotes  act  of,  or  state  of  being.  Capita- 
tion,  the  act  of  numbering  by  the  head. 

24.  In  eight,  as  follows :  migraiton,  importatton 
twice,  capita((on.  propor(;oH,  enuiuera/tun, 
regulatton,  and  apjiropria^;07is. 
It  means  to.  Appropriation,  the  act  of 
making,  or  the  slate  of  being  made  pecu- 
liar lo. 

In  this  case  it  is  a  prefix  to  the  prefix  pro. 
It  IS  originally  ad,  which  has  many  forms, 
for  which  see  Lesson  V.,  Appendix,  ante. 

27.  See  section  10. 

28.  The  term  imports  is  applied  to  that  which 
is  imported  or  brought  into  a  country  from 
another  country  or  state ;  exports,  to  what 
is  conveyed  from  one  country  to  another. 
The  trade  of  a  state  is  in  a  flourishing  con- 
dition when  the  export*  exceed  the  imports. 
There  is  one. 
Controul  (now  spelled  control)  is  the  only 


word  in  section  10  differing  from  present 
usage. 

LESSON  XXVL 

1.  See  section  1. 

2  Or  is  a  com  ractinn  of  tlie  Latin  lir,  a  man, 
or  is  from  the  same  radix.  It  means  an 
a^'nt,  as  elector,  an  ojjent  {or  man)  to  elect. 

3.  ArAur,  one  whi)  acts ;  creditor,  one  who  cr«/- 
Hs ;  governor,  one  who  governs,  or  the 
agent  for  gooerning,  &;c. 

4.  The  words  choose  aiiti  choosing  are  spelled 
chusc,  chusing,  and  the  word  two-thirds  is 
given  thus,  twothirds.  In  this  last  respect, 
the  Constitution  does  not  agree  with  itself, 
for  in  Seel  ion  7  of  Article"  I.  (p.  125.)  tlie 
parts  of  the  word  are  written  separately, 
two  thirds. 

5.  A  natural  (or  native)  born  citizen  of  the 
United  States  means  a  person  born  within 
the  hmits  of  the  American  Republic; — !« 
citizen  of  the  United  States  at  the  time  of 
the  adoption  of  the  Constitution  denotes  a 
foreigner  who  was  then  an  inhabitant  of 
the  country.  Washington  was  a  native- 
born  citizen  of  the  United  States,  and  Com. 
Barry  was  a  citizen  at  the  adoption  of  the 
Constitution. 

6.  Twenty-five  thousand  dollars  a  year. 

7.  An  oath  is  a  solemn  declaration,  made  with 
an  appeal  to  God  for  the  truth  of  what  is 
uttered.  The  appeal  implies  tliat  the  per- 
son imprecates  God's  vengeance,  and  re- 
nounces his  favor  if  the  declaration  is 
false ;  or,  if  it  is  a  promise,  the  person  in- 
vokes the  retribution  of  God  shouhl  it  not 
be  fulfilled.  T.aking  a  false  oath  is  called 
perjury.  An  affirmation  is  a  solemn  declara- 
tion,made  underlhe  penalties  of  perjury,  by 
persons  who  conscientiously  decline  taking 
an  oath,  to  which,  in  law,  it  is  held  equiva- 
lent. As  the  witness  declined  taking  the 
oath,  on  account  of  religious  scruples,  the 
judge  directed  the  clerk  to  administer  an 
offirmalion. 

8.  See  section  2. 

9.  The  compound  word  commander-vi-chief  is 
written  without  the  hyphens;  thus,  com- 
mander in  chief. 

10.  Four  times,  if  its  variations  are  counted  ; 
namely,  orfvice,  and  oj7pointment  twice  in 
the  singular  and  once  in  tlie  plural  form. 

11.  Absence  is  the  state  of  being  at  a  distant 
place,  or  not  in  company.  It  is  used  to  de- 
note any  distance  indefinitely,  either  in  the 
same  town,  or  country,  or  in  a  foreign 
country,  and  primarily  supposes  a  prior 
presence.  Recess  is  applied  to  a  withdraw- 
ing or  retiring;  hence  its  use  for  a  remis- 
sion orsuspension  of  business  or  procedure. 
During  the  recess  of  Congress  and  conse- 
quent absence  of  its  members,  and  of  the 
multitudes  who  visit  the  metropolis  to 
liear  the  debates,  tlie  city  of  Washington 
has  a  comparatively  deserted  aspect. 

V2.  Ab  signifies  frojn  or  nway ;  absent,  (ens,  be- 
ing) being  away.  Jie  signifies  iocA  or  aijam, 
anew ;  recess,  (cedo,  to  go.  &,c.)  a  moving 
back,  or  state  of  being  moved  back. 

13.  See  answer  to  question  31  of  Lesson  XIII., 
ante. 

14.  See  section  3. 

15.  See  section  4. 

16.  It  means  m  place  ofi  as,  wiceroy,  in  place  of 
the  king,  ic. 

17.  In. several;  1st.  A  voluntary  deviation  from 
the  rules  of  moral  rectitude  or  of  pro- 
priety— as.  The  vice  of  drunkenness.  2d. 
Depravity  or  corruption  of  manners-— as, 


APPENDIX. 


29 


An  atre  of  vice  3d.  A  fiiiilt,  or  bad  trick- 
as, 'I'l. is  horse  hasllie  via  of  kicking.  Ith. 
All  lion  or  wooden  press,  v.ilh  a  screw, 
iisiil  Ijv  t'.ie  liliicksinilli, curiieiiler,  etc  ,  for 
lidldmi;  arlicles  fast— :ls.  He  screwed  up 
tlie  \;'-ci^  of  iron  ill  his  vice  and  filed  it  to 
liie  requiiud  sliapo. 

LESSON  XXVII. 

1.  See  section  1. 

2.  See  section  2. 

3.  In  several ;  1st.  A  sing-le  clause  in  a  treaty, 
contract,  or  other  writing;  a  separate 
charge  or  item  ni  .in  account ;  or  a  cimdi- 
ticMi  or  stipulation  in  a  liap-cani— as.  An  oh- 
jtictiuii  was  made  to  the  tit'lli  nrtirlc  of  tlie 
Irealv;  the  hill  coiilaimd  many  Hr/i<7«; 
lie  did  not  fulfil  the  coodilioiis  of  the  se- 
cond nrluU  of  cmr  agreement.  2d.  A  point 
of  tail  li  or  doctrine,  or  a  proposition  in 
theology— 6s,  The  tliirty-nme  n;7irt«.  3d. 
Coiiipreliension — as,  .\  siml  of  great  artete. 
— Shakspcare.  4th.  A  disiinol  part  —  as. 
Each  article  of  human  duly. — Patty.  5th. 
A  particular  coniniodity  or  substance — as, 
I  bousrht  a  table  and  several  otliar  nrttcles ; 
salt  is  a  necessary  article.  In  this  sense 
the  word  has  a  very  extensive  application. 
6tli.  In  yrammnr,  a  part  of  speech  placed 
before  nouns — The  articles  nre  a  or  on,  and 
the.  7tli.  Jn  tlie  article  of  ilrnlh  [Latin,  in 
arliculo  mortis,']  means  literally,  in  the  mo- 
ment of  death;  in  the  last  struggle  or 
agony.  8\h.  Articles  of  war — tlie  code  or 
reguial  ions  for  the  government  of  the  army 
and  navy  m  the  United  States,  and  for  the 
army  alone  in  Great  Bntain,  where  the  na- 
val code  IS  called  articles  of  the  navy.  9th. 
Lords  of  articles — in  Scottish  history,  a  com- 
mittee wliose  business  was  to  prepare  and 
digest  all  matters  that  were  to  be  laid  be- 
fore the  parliament,  including  tlie  prepa- 
ration of  all  bills  for  laws ;  called  also 
lords  art/ciilars. — Robertson. 

4.  See  sections  9,  W,  11.  of  Lesson  XV.,  and 
1,  2,  3,  4,  of  Lesson  X\T. 

5.  The  word  law  has  a  very  wide  application  ; 
its  general  sense,  however,  is  that  of  a 
rule  or  principle.  1st.  An  established  or 
peniianeut  rule,  prescribed  by  the  supreme 
power  of  a  state  for  regulating  the  actions 
of  Its  subjects,  particularly  their  social  ac- 
tions— Law  is  beneficence  acting  by  rule. — 
Burke.  2d.  A  rule  of  civil  conduct  pre- 
scribed by  the  authority  of  a  state,  com- 
manding what  its  subjects  are  to  do,  and 
from  what  they  are  to  refrain — as,  Munici- 
pal law;  often  equivalent  in  this  sense  to 
decree,  edict,  or  ordinance.  3d.  Law  of  na- 
ture is  a  rule  of  conduct  arising  out  of  the 
natural  relations  of  human  beings,  estab- 
lisheil  by  the  Creator,  and  existing  prior  to 
any  positive  precept — It  being  a  biw  of  na- 
ture that  one  man  should  not  injure  an- 
other,— murder  would  be  a  crime  indepen- 
dent of  any  human  statute.  4th.  L'lws  of 
animal  nature  are  the  inherent  principles 
liy  wliirii  th.!  fuucticms  of  animal  bodies 
are  pi  rfunncil — as.  The  circulation  of  the 
1iloi«l.  duestion,  ic.  5th.  Laws  of  viact'i- 
tiun  are  tlie  priiiciplos  by  wliicU  plants  are 
produced  and  liroiiglit  to  perlectioii.  tith. 
Moral  law  is  I  hat  which  leaclieM  men  tlieir 
duties  to  God  and  to  each  other — the  moral 
law  IS  contained  in  the  decalogue,  or  ten 
coininandiiiKiits.  7th.  Eccle.siustical  liiw ; 
a  rule  ot  action  pre.scribed  for  the  goverii- 
niml  of  a  church.  »lh.  Cumn  hw;  the 
bodv   of  ecclesiiLvlical   Roman  law.     atli. 


Wiitten  or  statute  law  is  that  enacted  by 
the  legislative  iiower,  and  promulgated  and 
recorded  in  writing;  called,  in  detail,  sta- 
tutes, ordimmcrs.  decrees,  eihcts,  ito.  10th. 
Umoritlen  or  common  law  is  a  rule  of  ac- 
tion, deriving  its  authority  from  long  usage 
or  established  custom,  wliicli  has  been  im- 
memorially  received  and  recognized  by 
judicial  tribunals.  As  this  law  cannot  be 
traced  to  positive  statutes,  its  iii-inci[iles 
are  to  he  found  only  in  the  records  of 
courts,  and  m  the  reports  of  judicial  deci- 
sions, llth.  By-law,  [Dam.sli.  hi/,  a  town,] 
a  law  of  a  citv,  town,  m  pnv.ite  coipora- 
tion.  12lh.  Mosaic  hw;  the  inslimtions  of 
Moses,  or  the  code  prescribed  to  the  Jews, 
as  distinguished  from  the  ijosinl.  ]3ih. 
Ceremonial  law  ;  the  Mosaic  institutions 
which  prescribe  the  ext'enial  riles  and 
ceremonies  to  be  observed  by  the  Jews,  as 
distinct  from  the  moral  precepts,  which  are 
of  perpetual  obligation.  Uth.  The  Old 
Testament— la  it  not  written  in  yonr  kiw,  1 
said.  Ye  are  gods? — John,  x.  15th.  The 
institutions  of  .Moses,  as  distinct  from  the 
other  parts  of  the  Old  Testament — as,  The 
Inw  and  the  prophets.  16th.  A  rule  or 
axiom  of  science  or  art — as.  The  laws  of 
versification  or  poetry.  17th.  Law  martial 
or  martial  law — the  code  for  governing  an 
army  or  military  force.  18;h.  Marine  Uiws 
— rules  for  regulating  navigation  and  the 
coinmercial  intercourse  of  natnms.  19th. 
Commercial  law,  laic  merchant — the  sj'Stem 
by  which  trade  is  regulated  between  mer- 
chants. And  several  oilier  distinctive 
phrases,  or  meanings  of  minor  importance, 
besides  the  laws  of  nations,  which  have  been 
already  defined  and  illustrated  in  the  body 
of  the  hook,  The  .above  definitions  afford 
the  scholar  a  wide  field  for  the  construc- 
tion of  onginal  sentences :  let  every  pupil 
improve  the  ojiportunity 
In  fourteen,  as  follows  Congress  four 
times,  continuance,  constitution,  consuls 
twice,  confession,  compensation,  commuted 
twice,  comfort,  and  coiruption. 
The  clause  commencing  with  the  51st  line, 
and  ending  vvitli  the  55lh. 
Attaindrr  is  an  immediate  and  inseparable 
effect  of  a  judgment  (without  trial  by  jury) 
of  death  or  outlawry ;  tlic  consequences  of 
which  to  the  person  attainted  art!  forfeiture 
of  lands,  tenements,  and  hereditaments  ; 
corruption  of  blood,  \>y  which  he  can  no 
longer  inherit  or  transmit  an  inheritance  ; 
ami  loss  of  reputation  and  of  civil  riglits 
generally.  According  to  the  Constitution, 
the  otfender  alone  pays  these  penalties, 
which  have  no  effect  upon  his  descendants. 
1st.  Unclosed,  not  shut— as.  An  open  door, 
an  open  book,  open  eyes.  2d.  Not  covered — 
as.  The  open  air,  an  open  vessel.  3d.  Not 
fenced  or  obstructed — as.  An  o;jcn  road.  4th. 
Public — as.  In  open  court.  5lh.  Free  to  all 
comers — as.  Open  house.  61  h.  Not  clouded; 
having  an  air  of  frankness  and  sincerity — 
•■IS,  An  open  countenance.  7th.  Unsettled; 
not  balanced  or  closed — as,  An  open  ac- 
count, 6ic. 
.See  section  1. 
See  section  2. 

1st.  A  demand  of  a  right  or  supposed  right 
— as,  A  claim  of  wages  for  work  done.  2d. 
A  nijht  to  demand ;  a  title  to  anything  in 
the  possession  of  another — as,  Tlie  house 
is  now  ni  his  possession,  but  I  have  a  claim 
to  it.  3d.  The  tiling  claimed  or  dem;uided 
— as,  The  cUtiin  is  a  desirable  one. 


30 


APPENDIX. 


Union  is  the  state  (if  heiii^  joitieil,  or 
fiirmed  m'o  ;i  coiiipoiirul  body  or  mixture; 
stales  jimiec],  in  whirli  sense  it  ;ippii)  ic!rs 
Iieafest:  lo  roiftulcirif/on,  wlncli  is  ;t[t[il  ed 
to  a  Conip;ic.t  fur  iimlii;il  siippurt;  leiisne; 
or  alliance,  particuluily  of  pnuces,  natimis, 
or  slates. 

Perfect  u7iion  sliould  subsist  between  id! 
the  members  of  a  family.  No  conjiicra- 
tion  of  states  can  Inns  exist  wiihimt  a 
union  of  aims  and  actions  among  iio  com- 
ponents. Perislillio.se  traitors  who  would 
dissolve  the  ro7\frikralion .' 
16.  J^ee  answer  to  tlie  last  question  of  Les- 
son 111.,  also  that  to  question  35,  Lesson 
XIV. 

See  section  3. 
See  section  4. 

The  word  labor,  which  occurs  three  times 
is  spelled  labour. 
Twenty- one. 
Seven. 

See  Article  V. 

D^fftreni  is  the  more  indefinite  term  ;  it  is 
opposed  to  singularity;  but  iet'frrii  is  em- 
ployed positively  to  express  niiiny,  being 
derived  from  the  verb  seoer,  and  signifying 
split  or  made  into  many  things  or  parts, 
winch  may  he  either  different  or  alike. 
1  have  here  S'-ceral  books  on  differint  sub- 
jects. Tlie  same  disease  does  not  alfect 
differetd  persons  m  the  same  way.  I  liave 
siilfered  from  the  headache  setio aZ  times 
lately,  &c. 

Part  IS  not  only  more  generally  used,  but 
has  a  more  comprehensive  meaning  tlian 
portion,  wliich  is  a  particular  sort  of  divi- 
sion. Portion  is  applied  to  individuals; 
part,  to  persons  and  tlungs  also. 
The  pupil  asks  '  what  vart  of  this  chapter 
am  1  to  .study;  the  teacher  answers,  'tlie 
first  paragraph  is  your  imrlion.'  I  did  not 
receive  any  vrl  of  Ihc  profits  of  that  ad- 
venture, alt  liiiiigli  liy  a^'ret•lllent  my  portion 
should  have  beun  considei-able. 
A  convention  is  a  simple  informal  meeting 
of  persons,  generally  of  one  neighborhood  ; 
sometimes,  however,  the  members  of  a 
convention  are  from  very  distant  places  as 
compared  witli  each  other.  A  convocation 
is  an  assembly  called  for  a  special  purpose ; 
it  is  in  religions  matters  what  a  convention 
is  in  civil  ones.  Sec  also  the  answers  to 
questions  Iti  and  29  of  Lesson  XVTU.,o«/e. 
Con  means  toijelhir  or  with.  Convention, 
Ivemo,  to  come.]  the  slate  of  being  (or  hav- 
ing) come /osre^Aer  ;  convac.aJwn,  [voco,  to 
call,]  the  state  of  being  called  totjelhtr. 
Condole,  [doleo,  to  grieve,]  to  grieve  wilh ; 
consort,  [sors,  to  go,]  to  go  Willi,  Ac. 
Low,  in  Its  general  acce,ptation,  means  a 
rule,  and  is  sometimes  synonymous  with 
decree,  &.C.,  as  has  been  before  staled. 
Slatule  IS  commonly  apphed  to  the  acts  of 
a  legislative  body  consisting  of  rejiresenta- 
tives,  and  is  consequently  more  definite 
than  Uiw. 

Though  the  act  you  mention  is  not  ex- 
pressly prohibited  in  any  slalule,  it  is  un- 
doubtedly against  the  biw.  The  slatule  de- 
clares plaiiilv  enough  the  objects  to  he  ac- 
complished, but  it  does  not  provide  pro- 
perly for  their  execution.  See  ako  the 
answer  to  question  5,  ante. 
See  Ariicle  VI. 

I/ind  signifies  an  open,  even  space,  and  re- 
fers strictly  to  the  earth  ;  country  signifies 
lands  adjoining  so  tis  to  form  one  portion. 
The  term  land,  therefore,  properly  excludes 


the  idea  of  hatiitatioii ;  the  term  country 
exfkides  that  of  the  earth,  or  the  parts  of 
whirh  It  is  composed  In  an  extended  afj- 
plu;:il:iiii,  liovvevi  r.  these  wolds  may  be 
us-d  fir  one  another 

34.  Thi-  land  of  l  lie  valley  of  the  Mississippi  is 
generally  very  rich;  and  the  valley  itself 
is  destined  lo  form  a  most  important  part 
of  our  co«n(ry.  All  men  lake  pleasure  in 
travelling  through  a  cultivated  country. 
Woe  to  the  inau  who  flees  wlien  his  coun- 
try is  in  danger.  We  should  all  love  our 
nai  ive  l/ind,  itc. 

35.  Nererlh'irss  and  notwithstaniling  are  mostly 
einpkiycd  to  set  two  specific  proposition's 
either  in  conlrast  or  in  direct  opposition  to 
each  other;  they  correspond  nearly  with 
j/f/,  hut  point  out  opposition  in  a  more  par- 
ticnh^r  mtmiier.  Tliere  are  cases  in  which 
neverlhiltts  is  peculiarly  proper;  others 
wherein  nolmllistiinding  is  preferable.  The 
examples  of  question  36  give  some  instan- 
ces in  which  tliey  cannot  be  substituted  for 
each  other,  and  others  in  which  they  may 
be  used  indifferently. 

36.  He  has  acted  shamefully ,  nevertheless,  on 
account  of  the  regard  1  have  for  his  father, 
I  will  be  a  friend  to  him.  Nolwithslanding 
aL  1  could  say,  he  persisted  in  his  slander- 
ous charges  again-st  you.  There  are  many 
persons  who  will,  when  in  a  reasoning 
mood,  admit  the  futility  of  a  belief  in  ghost 
stories,  yet  {nevertheless  or  notwithstanding) 
these  same  individuals  can  never  pass  a 
lonely  churchyard  in  a  dark  night  without 
a  nneasy  feeling  approaching  to  dread, 
Caused  probably  by  an  mdisiinot  remem- 
brance of  tales  heard  in  childliood.  They 
pique  themselves  upon  their  strict  morality, 
and  yet  (nevertheless  or  notwithstanding)  ad- 
mit of  many  tilings  inconsistent  with  moral 
principle. 

37.  Qualification  is  applied  to  any  natural  en- 
dowment, or  any  acquirement  which  fits  a 
person  for  place,  office,  or  employment,  or 
enables  him  to  sustain  any  character  with 
success;  hence,  legal  power  or  requisite. 
Prerequhile  has  reference  to  something 
previously  required  or  necessary  to  the  end 
proposed. 

38.  An  acquaintance  with  Latin  and  Greek  is 
a  prereguisile  to  the  admission  of  a  young 
man  into  a  college.  The  Constitution  de- 
fines the  qiujlifications  of  voters,  Sic. 

39.  JVf«(/<  signifies  put  together  with  art;  done, 
put  in  order  or  brougiit  to  pass.  We  can- 
not make  without  doing,  but  we  may  do 
without  making. 

40.  An  employer  says  to  his  workman, '  have 
you  done  what  1  desired  V  The  workman 
answers, '  Yes,  sir,  1  have  made  the  article 
you  ordered.'  When  the  scholar  shall 
have  made  several  similar  examples,  that 
part  of  his  ta.sk  relating  to  tliis  question 
may  be  considered  as  done. 

41.  Ill  the  sense  here  used  tliey  are  synony- 
mous, the  only  difference  being  that  '  in 
wilnrss  whereof'  is  aset  phrase  in  law, often 
met  with,  whereas  '  m  testimony  whereof,' 
is  not  so  frequenily  seen. 

42.  He  bore  witness  to  the  truth  of  the  main 
points  affirmed  by  your  counsel,  and  his 
testimony  had  a  powerful  effect.  The  wil- 
nrss was  self  possessed  and  would  not  suf- 
fer liiinself  to  be  browbeaten.  The.se  facts 
do  not  rest  on  the  testimony  o[ n  single  his- 
torian. Sic. 

43.  The  Preamble  has  1;  Article  l.,151;  Ar- 
ticle II.,  M;  Article  111,21;  Article  IV., 


APPENDIX. 


31 


21 ;  Article  V,,9;  Artirie  VI..  11  ;  Article 
VII, 1;  ami  llieAu!lieiiliCiition,2;  inakiui; 
atoi;il  cif  271. 

The  TrcMmblc  has  1  parngraph  ;  Article  1., 
53;  Article  II.,  14  (inelinliiig  the  one  can- 
celleil);  Article  III,  6;  Article  IV.,  7;  Ar- 
ticle v.,  \  ;  Article  VI.,  3;  Article  VII.,  1 ; 
ami  the  Altesiatum,  or  Aulheniication,  1. 

45.  Arliclcs  V.,  VI.,  ami  VU. 

16.  Arlicle  I..  10  sedioiis;  Article  II.,  4 ;  Ar- 
ticle III.,  3;  and  Article  IV.,  4. 

LESSON  XXVUI. 

1.  See  Article  I. 

2.  See  Article  IT. 

3.  Rule,\he  thing  that  rules  or  regiilates,  and 
taw,  the  thing  specially  chosen  or  marked 
out.  borrow  their  weicht  from  some  exter- 
nal circumstance.  The  latter  IS  a  species 
of  the  lornier,  deriving  its  weight  from  the 
sanction  of  power.  See  the  answers  to 
questions  5,  30,  and  31  of  Lesson  XXVII., 
ante. 

4.  You  will  avoid  much  trouble  by  making  it 
a  nilf  to  oliey  the  hw  in  all  cases.  It  is 
inipo.'^sible  to  make  poetry  by  rule,  though 
hards  are  nrct-ssanly  gnvemed  by  certain 
Uiu's,  Ac.     Refer,  as  above. 

5.  Fnedtmiflhi:  abstract  noun  of /cfp,  is  taken 
in  all  the  senses  of  the  primitive;  liberty 
[Latin,  liber,  free]  is  only  taken  in  the 
sense  of  free  from  external  constraint,  or 
the  ac'ion  of  power.  Freedom  is  personal 
and  private  ;  libtrty  is  public. 

6.  The  Constitution  guaranties  the  freedom  of 
speech  ami  the  liberty  oi nn\^CAvnc.e.  The 
slave  obtained  Ins  freidom  by  the  will  of 
his  master.  The  captive  gained  Ins  liberty 
through  an  accidental  remissness  of  the 
prison  guards,  <tc. 

7.  I'hat  of  the  capitals  to  hegin  nouns. 

8.  Gnrvanee  is  that  which  burdens,  oppresses 
or  injures,  causing  thereby  grief  or  unea- 
siness; it  implies  a  sense  of  wrong  done. 
Wro7iy  is  any  injury  done;  a  trespass;  a 
VMilaiion  of  right.  Wroiuj  applies  to  the 
thing  as  done;  ffrievniice,  lo  the  thing  as 
fell.  If  one  person  does  a  tvronn  to  an- 
other, the  sulferer  is  very  apt  to  complain 
of  the  ijrievaiwe. 

9.  The  term  arms,  from  the  Latin  arma,  is 
now  properly  used  for  instruments  of  of- 
fence, and  never  otherwise,  e.vcept  by  a 
poetic  license  of  arms  for  armor ;  but  the 
word  weapons,  from  the  Geniiim  wnffen, 
may  be  employed  eilherfor  instiumeiits  of 
olfepce  or  defence.  We  s;iy  tire-r7r;/i5.  but 
not  fire-voeiipnns ;  and  wiapons  offensive  or 
defensive,  but  lU't  arms  oli'.nsive  or  defen- 
sive. Arms  likewise,  ag  eeably  lo  its  ori- 
gin, is  used  for  whatever  is  intentionally 
made  as  an  nistruinent  of  olfence  ;  wea- 
TpttTis,  according  to  its  expended  and  mdeti- 
nite  application,  is  employed  for  whatever 
may  be  acciden'ally  used  ior  that  purpose ; 
guns  and  stvords  are  always  firms  ;  slmin, 
bi'iclibats,  and  pticliforlis,  may  be  occasion- 
ally «'ci;)o;is.  Hearing  tlie  clash  of  nrnis, 
he  seized  his  weapon,  which  was  a  heavy 
club,  and  prepared  to  defend  himself. 

10.  See  Article  111. 

11.  Peace  is  a  term  of  more  general  applica- 
titin,  and  has  a  nioreC'>iuprelu:iisire  mean- 
ing than  qxnet  Peace  re-pects  t-i:  her  com- 
munities or  individuals  ;  but  quiet  relates 
only  to  individuals  or  small  communities.  ■ 
Nations  are  said  to  have  peace,  hut  '*.ot 
(piiet ;  persi  us  or  families  may  have  both 
peace  and  quiet.    As  his  peace  of  nund  was 


somewhat  disturbed  by  such  unwelcimie 
intelligence,  he  retired  to  his  room  awliile, 
in  order  to  regain  Ins  sell-posses-sion 
through  qmet. 

12.  Both  words  denote  the  steps  pursued  from 
the  beginning  to  the  completion  of  any 
Work.  Way  is  both  genr.'rai  and  iiidetiiiite, 
and  IS  either  taken  by  accident  or  chosen 
by  desiKU ;  manner  is  a  species  of  way 
chosen  for  a  particular  occasion.  When  I 
told  hiin  in  the  kindest  manner  tliat  he 
worked  in  an  awkward  toay,  he  appeared 
to  be  quite  displeased. 

13.  See  Article  I V. 

14.  See  answer  to  question  7,  of  Lesson  XXVL, 
ante. 

15.  See  Article  V. 

16.  In  their  general  acceptation,  duty  is  that 
vrhich  a  ]ierson  is  bound,  by  any  natural, 
moral,  or  legal  obligation,  to  pay,  do,  or 
perform ;  service  is  labor  of  bi->dy  or  mind, 
performed  at  the  command  of  a  sufitrior, 
or  for  the  benefit  of  another.  As  u.sed  in 
Article  v.,  they  are  synonymous,  the  only 
ditference  being  that  duly  is  generally  pre- 
ceded Ity  the  preposition  on,  while  sertnce 
admit-s  of  both  in  and  on.  It  is  the  duty  of 
all  to  refrain  from  prolamty.  He  rendered 
me  good  service.  The  man  is  out  of  ser- 
vice. How  Uing  were  you  m  the  naval  ser- 
vic€.  He  has  seen  service,  and  has  proved 
himself  every  inch  a  soldier.  That  was 
indeed  a  service.  The  company  is  on  duly. 
The  regiment  did  duly  in  Mexico,  ic. 

17.  Botli  danger  and  jeupurdy  mean  exposure 
to  death,  loss,  or  injury;  risk;  hazard; 
periL  Jeupaidy  applies  to  peril  at  h.md; 
danjer,  to  peril  more  remote.  Though 
these  terms  convey  very  nearly  tiie  same 
meaning,  they  cannot  be  used  in  tlie  same 
coimuctioii  111  sentences;  tor  ms  aiire.  in 
the  phrase  'you  are  in  d'lnner  of  losing 
your  life,'  we  cannot  supply  jeopardy  lor 
(i*/7ij;tr,  but  would  be  forced  to  say 'your 
life  is  m  jeopardy.'  In  this  latter  case, 
however,  danger  could  be  put  for  jeopardy. 

18.  In  the  sense  of  a  return  ior  sei  vii'es  done  ; 
both  are  obligatory.  Compensation  is  an 
act  of  justice,  for  as  the  service  performed 
involves  a  debt,  the  omission  of  paying  it 
wouUI  be  an  injury  to  tlie  performer.  lie- 
muneralion  is  a  higher  species  of  compensa- 
tioji ;  It  IS  a  matter  of  equity  dependent 
upon  a  principle  of  honor  in  those  who 
make  it.  and  dilfers  from  the  ordinary  fw;i- 
pensaliun,  both  in  thi;  naluie  of  the  service 
and  of  the  return.  Compensation  is  made 
to  inferiors  or  suhoidiiiate  persons;  remu- 
neration, to  equals,  or  even  lo  superiors  m 
education  and  talent,  though  not  in  wealth 
As  he  received  an  adequaie  compensation 
for  his  work,  1  owe  hiin  iiotlnng.  If  you 
will  lend  me  your  aid  m  tins  matter,  I  will 
give  you  a  liberal  remuneratiun,  and  be 
mui:li  obliged  to  you  besides. 

19.  See  Ariicle  VT. 

20.  They  have  the  same  general  signification, 
but  ditfer  in  their  use.  When  we  say  of  a 
man, 'he  is  srieedy,' v/e  mean  that" he  is 
swift  of  foot ;  when  we  say  '  he  is  g-iick.' 
we  mean  that  he  apprehends  readily. 
Again,  in  the  phrase  'As  his  movements  are 
qun>.,  his  return  will  be  speedy,'  the.se 
v.iirds  Cannot  be  made  to  change  places 
with  propriety. 

21.  Clime  consists  in  the  violation  of  human 
laws;  and  misdemeanor  is,  in  the  tecliuical 
sense,  a  minor  crime.  Housebreaking  is 
a  crime ;  shophftmg  or  pdferiiig  amounts 


APPENDIX. 


only  to  a  rmsdrmeanor.  The  punishments 
of  crime  are  coiiiiiionly  corporeal ;  those  of 
misdemeanors,  frequently  pecuniary.  Indo- 
lence and  vice  afliird  an  easy  transition  to 
misdemea?iors  and  crimes. 
Cause,  is  the  tlnnp;  happening  before,  and 
producing  anol her;  reason,  the  thiiiK  act- 
ing on  the  understanding.  Every  rmsoie  is 
a  cause,  hut  every  cause  is  not  a  riasan. 
The  end  of  a  cause  is  the  effect ;  the  end  of 
a  reason  is  the  conclusion,  if  you  were  to 
asli  lum  the  caitseof  such  strani^e  conduct, 
he  could  not  probably  i-ender  a  single  rea- 
son. 

In  law,  the  course  of  measures  in  the  pro- 
secution of  actions  isdenominatfjdprycctiZ- 
ings.  Procfsi' is  the  wjiole  course  it{  pro- 
ceedings, in  a  cause  real  or  personal,  civil 
or  criiiiinal,  from  the  origuial  writ  to  the 
end  of  the  suit.  Original  process  is  the 
nieuns  taken  to  coripel  the  defendant  to 
appear  in  court.  Mesnie  process  is  that 
which  issues  upon  some  collateral  or  inter- 
locutory manner  pending  the  suit.  Final 
process  is  the  process  of  execution.  Talien 
in  their  common  sense,  proceeding  is  the 
more  comprehensive,  as  it  simply  e.vpresses 
the  general  idea  of  the  manner  of  going 
on ;  wiiile  process  applies  to  things  done  by 
rule  :  the  former  is  considered  in  a  niordl 
.point  of  v.ew ;  the  latter,  m  a  scientitic  or 
technical  one.  Becoming  angry,  and  ac- 
tuated by  a  spirit  of  r-veime,  W  expost-d 
the  whole  process,  which  was  a  very  un- 
fair proceeding,  as  he  had  pieviou^ly  bound 
himself  by  a  solemn  promise  not  to  re- 
veal it. 

It  has  but  one  compound  sentence. 
See  Article  VU. 
Tliree. 

.See  Article  VIII. 

Used  asiii.\r:ic:e  VIII.  they  share  the  same 
idea  ot  someihiiig  given  or  done  to  secure 
peace  or  good  behavior,  or  as  a  voucher 
for  the  apijeaiance  of  a  person  to  .stand  a 
trial.  lln<l  and  .sv  i/r/'v  are  not,  however, 
used  indili'en  II  K  ;  t'r  iiisiance,  we  may 
say, '  1  Weill  l.l^  .  .<  /./,,'  and  '  He  is  out  on 
bad,'  and  ais^i  i  ui m  ins  hail,'  but  we 
cnnol  .--iiy  'lir  r>  u  ii  on  xirurily.'  Bail  is 
also  list. I  loiiijr  |icr-Mii  uliu  procures  the 
releasi-  oi  a  pii  oih'i  i cusliKly,  by  be- 
coming surety  lui  ins  a;>jnrui'auce  :n  court. 
It  IS  either  s.ngular  or  plural.  Security  is 
proteclion,  or  that  which  protects;  free- 
dom from  fear  or  apprehension;  confidence 
of  safely;  safety;  certainly.  A  chain  of 
forts  was  erecied  for  the  security  of  tlie 
fronliers.  Tiie  navy  constitules  the  sei-u- 
nlaoi  ourcomn.ercial  marine.  This  sense 
of  security  proved  fatal,  as  it  caused  linn 
to  neglect  making  any  prei'arations  for  do- 
fence.  A  nation  tifu  n  owes  lis  security  to 
its  former  acts  of  prowess,  &.c. 
See  Article  IX. 

See  answer  to  question  18  of  Lesson  XX., 
ante. 

See  answer  to  question  2t,  Lesson  XXVIII. 
See  Article  X. 

Both  terms  are  used  to  denote  either  all 
the  residents  or  citizens  of  a  town,  comity, 
dislriC.  or  nation,  or  a  portion  of  tln'in; 
tliey  have,  however,  tins  dilfereiice,  that 
rnh/ibilants  implies  persons  taken  sepa- 
rately, and  reoiik  refers  to  individuals  taken 
soUectively  or  as  one  body.  Both  are  also 
applied  to  animals,  but  in  thi.s  respect  in- 
habitants  has  ihe  more  general  use.  The 
people  of  Philadelphia.    Boston  has  over 


one  hundred  thousand  inhabitants.  Peoiile 
bring  niisiortunes  upon  themselves  by  inis- 
coiidiici,  and  llieii  cxclaun  against  fortune. 
Till  :"!'  :  .■■.!■  a  /.-;,'/.  not  .strong,  yet  they 
P' I  u '  imim  ;;  <  /  M  '  !i»i  summer. — Prov. 
X'".  i  :  i I.-,  '  ■:'.,  and  other  beasts  o) 
pK.y,  air  /.:,.i,',.;,.,iioul  that  wild  and  beau 
tiful  region.  Ac. 
3i.  See  Article  Xi. 

35.  State  is  that  consolidated  part  of  a  nation 
in  which  lies  its  power  and  grealness; 
cominoniwaUh  is  the  grand  body  of  a  na- 
tion, mcludiug  both  goveniinent  and  peo- 
ple, which  lorin  its  commonwealth  or  com- 
tnonwtal.  The  ruling  idea  of  the  word 
slate  is  that  of  government  in  its  most  ab- 
stract sense,  but  the  term  commonwealth 
refers  rather  to  the  aggregate  body  of  men, 
and  their  possessions,  than  to  the  goveiii- 
nient  of  a  country.  Stale  is  aiiiiiicd  to 
communities,  large  or  small,  living  under 
any  form  of  government ;  commonwealth, 
more  apjiroiiriately  to  republics.  We  may 
look  111  vain  among  the  states  of  the  old 
world  for  many  of  the  excellencies  of  our 
own  favored  commonwF.allh. 

36.  Distant  signilics  remote  in  place  indefi- 
nitely ;  Jomgn,  belonging  to  another  nation 
or  country.  Therefore  Canada  is  foreign 
to  New  York ;  and  Texas  is  foreign  to 
Mexico,  though  the  countries  designated 
are  in  both  cases  contiguous  Un  the 
other  hand,  Portland,  iMe  ,  aud  New  Or- 
leans, La.,  are  merely  distant  from  and  not 
foreign  to  each  other,  because  both  are  in 
the  United  States,  though  very  far  apart. 

37.  See  Article  Xll. 

38.  Assemble  is  simply  to  come  together;  meet 
is  to  come  together  for  a  particular  pur- 
pose. Both  are  applied  to  the  gathering  of 
an  indefinite  number  of  persons,  but  in 
this  respect  assemble  is  more  comprehen- 
sive than  meet. 

If  oil  the  plain  ttje  adverae  hosts  assemble. 
And  mwi  in  battle  Hhock,  the  earth  will  tremble. 

See  also  the  answers  to  questions  16  and 
2!)  of  Le.sson  XV[[l..ante. 

39.  iJ<///<jMs  a  ball  used  m  voting.  Ballots  a.Te 
of  dilTeient  colors;  those  of  one  color  give 
an  atliriiiative  ;  those  of  another,  a  nega- 
tive. Tliey  are  privately  put  into  a  box  or 
urn.  Ticket  is  a  writ  ten  or  printed  paper 
given  instead  of  a  ballot,  as  being  more 
convenient  in  public  elections:  from  this 
circunislimce, /(c/«7s  are  often  called  bal- 
lots. Two  black  balls  being  found  among 
the  ballots,  he  was  declared  mit  to  have 
been  elected.  At  9  o'clock.  P.  M.,  the  polls 
were  closed,  and  the  judges  proceeiled  to 
Count  the  tickets. 

40.  .\  cullection  of  objects  brought  into  some 
kind  of  Older  is  the  common  idea  of  these 
terms.  A  list  ciinsis's  of  little  more  than 
nimies  arranged  under  one  another  in  a 
long  narrow  line ;  catalogue  involves  more 
details  than  a  simple  lisl^M\&  specifies  not 
only  names,  but  dates,  qualities  and  cir- 
cumstances. You  hold  m  your  hand  but 
a  mere  list,  hul  here  is  a  catalogiu:,  wluch 
probably  contains  what  you  seek  for. 

41  Presence  denotes  a  being  in  company  near 
or  before  the  face  of  another  ;  sight  signi- 
fies a  being  in  open  view  of  a  per.son  at 
almost  any  distance,  from  proximity  to 
comiiarativeremotcn  ss.  If  a  man  is  blind, 
we  may  be  in  his  presmce,  without  being 
in  his  sight.  vvhii;h  in  this  case  has  no  ex- 
istence ;  we  may  also  be  in  the  sight  of  an 


APPENDIX. 


33 


indiviilual  witliout  beinsr  in  his  presence. 
This  disgraceful  affray  naripened  in  the 
presence  of  Ihe  House.  Tlie  eiig:ii;emeiit 
took  place  in  tlie  sujht  of  tlie  general,  anil 
onr  men,  desirous  of  his  good  opinion, 
foiiglil  with  such  desperate  valor  thai  they 
soon  drove  the  enemy  otf  the  field. 

42.  Oj>e7t  means  to  unclose,  unbar,  unlock,  or 
to  remove  any  fastening  or  cover  and  ex- 
pose to  view ;  it  is  consequently  used  m  a 
great  variety  of  ways.  To  brealc  the  seal  of 
IS  applied  only  to  a  letter,  or  other  sealed 
writing  or  document.  '  Did  you  open  my 
letter  .''  '  Yes,  but  1  did  not  break  the  seal 
of  it,  as  it  was  already  detaclied.'     '  No 

■  matter  for  tliat,  the  act  is  still  dishonor- 
able.' Somebody  has  opened  my  desk. 
Please  to  opeji  the  door,  &c. 

43.  i'hese  two  words  can  be  best  contrasted 
through  tlieir  positives.  Great  is  applied 
to  all  Kinds  of  dimensions  in  whicli  things 
can  grow  or  increase  ;  large,  to  space,  ex- 
tent, and  quantity.  It  sliould  be  tlie  aim 
of  a  statesman  to  secure  the  greatest  good 
to  tlie  largest  number. 

44.  These  two  words  have  an  extensive  appli- 
cation, both  singly  and  in  phrases.  "  On  is 
being  in  contact  with  the  surface  or  upper 
part  of  a  tlung  and  Supported  by  it ;  upon 
has  the  sense  of  oh.  and  might  perhaps  be 
vfhoUy  dispensed  wAh."— Webster.  Your 
book  IS  on  iupon)  the  table.  The  fleet  is 
on  {upon)  the  coast  of  Africa.  He  stood  on 
(upon)  my  right  hand.  New  York  is  situ- 
ated on  (upon)  the  Hudson.  He  was  sent 
071  {viion)  a  bold  enterprise.  He  had  a 
white  li.it  on  (upon)  his  head,  and  a  black 
coat  on  (upon)  his  back.  Upon,  however, 
cannot  be  used  for  on  in  such  a  phrase  as 
'put  071  your  cloak.'  Neither  can  on  be 
supplied  fur  upon  in  the  expression  '  to 
take  upon,'  that  is,  to  assume.  To  take  on, 
indeed,  is  a  vulgar  form  of  speech  for 
scolding  or  complaining.  From  these  ex- 
amples it  wUl  be  perceived  that  "  upon  is 
used  111  the  same  sense  with  on,  often  with 
elegance,  and  frequently  without  necessity 
or  advantage." 

45.  The  orthography  of  the  Amendments  is 
more  like  the  present. 

46.  The  Amendments  are  more  in  accordance 
with  present  usage,  for  we  tind  that  the 
Duuns  are  not  commenced  wiih  capital 
letters,  unless  where  they  begin  a  period 
or  are  important  in  themselves;  and  the 
spelling,  with  the  exception  of  a  single 
word,  IS  the  same  as  at  present.  1  he 
heads  of  the  Amendment  Articles  are 
printed  between  parentheses,  thus :  (Ar- 
ticle I.)  ic. ;  and  the  Articles  themselves 
have  no  sections.  The  twelve  Additional 
Artidles  are  also  much  shorter  than  the 
sevm  Articles  of  the  Constitution;  the 
former  only  occupy  Jive  pages — the  latter, 
tiomli/tliree. 

47.  On  tlie  supposition  that  those  nouns  in 
which  the  capitals  are  wantuig  were  over- 
looked. 

48.  Certainly  not.  The  works  of  man  abound 
in  errors,  even  when  constructed  with  the 
greatest  care. 

19.  Our  comparative  nothingness,  and  entire 
dependence  upon  our  Heavenly  Father. 

50  In  ihe  ( 'oiislituuon,  ti'J  limes,  in  the  Amend- 
ments. 9 

5L  In  the  Constitution,  111  times,  in  the 
Amendments,  19. 

52.  In  the  Constitution,  40  times,  in  the  Amend- 
ments, 27. 


In  the  Constitution,  27  times,  in  the  Amend- 
ments, 7. 

In  the  Constitution,  34  times,  in  the  Amend- 
ments, 2. 

In  the  Constitution,  77  limes,  in  the  Amend- 
ments, 14. 

In  the  Constitution,  17  times,  in  the  Amend- 
mentjj,  2. 
Note. — The  cancelled  paragraph  is  omitted 

in  all  these  and  the  following  answers. 
Eleven  ;  a,  ac,  ad,  af,  ay,  ul,  an,  ap,  ar,  as, 
and  at. 

In  order  that  its  sound  may  correspond 
with  that  of  the  first  letter  of  the  word  lo 
whicli  It  is  prefixed,  and  thus  render  the 
compound  word  euphoiiMUs. 
Because  its  framers  intended  to  have  its 
meaning  perfectly  understood,  even  by  the 
plainest  capacities  and  most  uneducated 
minds ;  it  was  therefore  necessary  to  avoid 
every  thing  in  the  least  degree  ambiguous 
or  obscure. 

This  question  answers  itself.  The  frequent 
recurrence  of  the  same  word  or  words  m 
the  same  paragraph  is  called  repililion ;  in 
prose  it  is  rarely  elegant,  and,  indeed,  its 
use  is  only  sanctioned  in  the  preparation 
of  constitutions,  treaties,  legal  documents, 
Slc,  in  which  strength  is  the  main  object; 
in  poetry,  however,  it  is  often  singularly 
beautiful.  Repetitto/i  differs  from  tautology/ 
(which  is  the  reiteration  of  the  s;mie 
meaning  in  different  words,  or  the  needless 
occurrence  of  the  same  words),  and  also 
from  catachresis  (or  the  use  of  the  same 
word  m  different  senses). 
Perspicuity  or  clearness. 
Ad  means  to ;  con,  together  or  with ;  pre, 
be/ore;  pro,  for, forward,  forth  or  out,  ar  I 
ob,  in  the  way,  against,  out. 
Adeqnate,  [L.  f^jjits,  equal,  <tc.]  egiial  to, 
coHceiitrate,  [ce7ilrui7i,  llie  middle]  to  bring 
to  the  cinlre  ;  prepense,  [pendeo,  to  hang,  or 
peiulo,  to  weigh!  thought  before;  jviotl'er, 
[fero,  to  carry  or  bring]  to  b7'i/ig  forward  or 
ofTcr ;  oitrude,  [Irudo,  to  thrust]  to  thrust 
in  the  way  or  against. 

While  the  American  Manual  may  be  used 
by  beginners  with  great  advantage,  it  is 
also  adequate  to  the  wants  of  comparatively 
advanced  pupils,  who  should  roncmtrate 
all  their  powers  of  mind  upoii  the  suhjects 
of  which  it  treats.  Thai  heinous  crime 
was  evidently  committetl  with  malice  pre- 
pense:  the  perpetrator,  who  was  caught 
almost  in  the  act,  seemed  so  despeiate. 
that  1  proffered  my  services  to  the  officers, 
in  order  that  he  might  be  more  safely  con- 
veyed to  a  place  of  security ; — they  civilly 
declined  my  aid,  saving  that  they  would 
not  obtrude  an  unpleasant  duty  upon  one 
so  manifestly  unused  to  such  scenes. 
Eleven. 

Only  one  ;  namely,  favor,  which  is  given 
favour. 

The  Constitution  of  the  United  States 
The  Germans  begin  all  their  nouns  with  a 
capital  letter,  both  in  writing  and  printing. 
Advantage. — The  reader  perceives  all  the 
nouns  at  a  glance.  Disadvantages. — The 
nouns  being  already  designated  by  their 
capitals,  so  far  as  they  are  concerned,  ihe 
discriminating  powers  of  the  student  can- 
not he  exercised.  From  the  abundance  of 
capitals,  the  page  has  a  look  of  confusion, 
and  wants  clearness,  as  may  be  determined 
by  coinparing  the  typography  of  the  Con- 
stitution with  that  of  any  other  part  of  this 
book.    Again,  the  name  of  the  Supreme 


32 


34 


APPENDIX. 


Beins  must  always  coiiuiience  with  a  ca- 
pital ;  this  is  also  the  case  with  all  proper 
nouns  and  their  derivative  adjeciives,  and 
with  all  words  whicli  besiii  periods  ;  coii- 
seiiueiitly  iii  words  as  above  necessarily 
eiiiplialic.  no  distinction  could  be  couv.- 
nieiitly  made,  were  all  nouns  headed  with 
capitals  as  formerly. 

70.  As  has  been  repeatedly  shown,  their  or- 
thoRTaphy  differs  occasionally  from  that  of 
the  present  day.  In  the  use  of  capital  let- 
ters, the  Constitution  does  not  agree  with 
itself  for  m  Article  1.,  section  5,  page  123, 
we  have  'Yeas  and  Nays ;"  and  in  section 
7,  pa:,'e  125,  "  yeas  and  Nays ;"  in  section  8, 
page  126,  we  see  "  Post  Offices  and  post 
Koads;"  in  Article  1.,  section  5,  page  122, 
the  word  "Beliaviour"  appears,  but  in  Ar- 
ticle HI.,  section  1,  page  135.  it  is  given, 
'•Behavior."  All  these  instances  are  evi- 
dently mistakes  as  well  as  peculiarities. 

71.  1  hey  were  no  doubt  occasioned  by  over- 
siglit  in  the  clerk,  and  so  crept  into  the 
engrossed  copy ,  this  being  read  by  the 
clerli,  the  members  of  the  convention 
could  not,  of  course,  detect  errors  appa- 
rent only  to  the  eye. 


LESSON  XXIX. 

2,  see  section  1. 

1st.  Corporeal  frame — The  lady's  constitu- 
tion was  impaired  by  over-exertion.  2d. 
Tanperament  o/mhid—Thnt  gentleman  has 
a  constitution  so  mild  that  even  the  most 
unexpected  ilittiriiltK^  have  never  annoyed 
liirii.  3J-  Fiirni  ni  i/m,  nimcnt — The  cott- 
stiliitionot'  IJmhuhl  is  different  from  that 
of  the  Uiiiti'il  ."^tairs  ItU.  Supreme  law — 
Tlie  coiislilulKiii  of  the  United  Stalfs  is 
paramount  to  all  oilier  aallmiity  in  the 
Union.  .5th.  male  of  Ixinn — Hit  conslilu- 
tion  of  society  is  sucli  in  t'liuia  lliat  the 
people  are  totally  igiioiant  of  tlie  blessings 
of  a  repulilican  govvrnoMMit.  6lli.  A  si/s- 
tem  of  pnnriples — Tlie  Bible  is  the 'moral 
conslilulian  of  mankind. 
Ill  uiir  rountry,  the  constitution  secures  to 
tlir  peiijile  the  right  of  electing  their  own 
governors.  In  England,  the  rulers  are  he- 
reditary. 

It  IS  accurately  and  clearly  delinKd  in 
willing  so  intelligible  that  iL  can  be  under- 
stood by  all. 

7,  8,  see  section  3. 

1st.  Noun — A  preamble,  usually  precedes 
the  enactments  of  a  li:gislal  ure.  2d.  A 
verb — Legislatures  preamble  their  enact- 
menlji. 

U,  see  section  4. 

None;  those  that  tend  to  administer  most 
to  the  Welfare  of  all  the  people  have  re- 
ceiveil  the  most  minicrous  and  artful  lu- 


etallDl 


leri 

(the  lioU  r^cnptu 
resoried  to  by  the 
and  numerous  e 
secure   its   total 


ily 


iif  perfc'Cti.i 


i;;i^  h.-.-:i  iiii-i-.ssantly 
-niiimnil  ihewirked. 


made  li: 


13, 


liilaiioii;  hence  the 
necessity  of  universal  nitrllectual  and  mo- 
ral intelligence  among  the  mass  of  the 
people. 

H,  see  section  5. 
See  section  6. 

See  I  he  first  part  of  section  6,  terminating 
at  !f:;isl;itures,  in  tlie  Vllii  line. 
S.c  siviion  7. 

Tin:  tiuaiinig  of  a  word  or  sentence  is  that 
whitli  Ine  person  writing  or  speaking 
wislies  to  convey  by  It ; — the  siynijitatiun 


includes  either  the  whole  or  a  part  of  what 
is  understood  from  it.  1  know  the  general 
siijiiificatinn  of  the  terms  used  by  that  au- 
thor, but  I  confess  myself  miable  to  fathom 
his  mriiniii'j. 

19.  See  section  8. 

20.  The  sigaifiration  of  both  terms  is  nearly 
the  same,  but  comment  generally  iiii|>lies 
censure.  Among  his  mi.ny  observalwtis  I 
detected  not  a  lew  ill-natured  comments. 

21.  The  words  are  very  near  alike.  'Hie  latent 
IS  the  secret  or  concealed,  in  cases  wliere 
it  ought  to  be  open;— the  faildin  is  dor- 
mant, and  may  be  known  to  none  though 
concermngall.  The  means  of  accomplish- 
ing his  latent  motives  were  as  yet  hidden 
even  from  himself 

22.  Of  the  opposition  to  the  adoption  of  the 
Constitution. 

23.  Both  signily  full  of  power.  Powerful  ap- 
pUes  to  strengtli  as  well  as  power  ; — potent 
to  power  alone,  in  which  sense  it  is  a 
stronger  term  than  the  former.  The  cele- 
brated Charlemagne  was  a  powcrjul  man, 
a-s  well  as  a  potent  prince. 

24.  See  section  lU. 

25.  Things  must  have  some  sort  of  connexion 
with  each  other  to  form  a  series,  hu:  they 
need  simply  to  Jillow  in  order  to  form  a 
course.  After  delivering  a  course  of  lec- 
tures, he  alleied  the  matter  in  a  degree, 
and  had  it  published  in  a  series  of  numbers. 

26.  Practice  simjily  conveys  the  idea  of  actual 
perforir.iance; — custom  includes  also  the 
accessory  idea  of  repetition  at  stated  pe- 
riods. By  iiiiiialiiig  many  prevalent  prac- 
tices, you  will  liil|i  to  e.stablish  bad  customs. 

27.  It  meant  [iiiiiKinly  a  statue  of  the  goddess 
Pallas,  or  .Miiiei  va,  re|iresenting  her  as  sit- 
ting with  a  pike  in  her  right  hand,  and  a 
disiaff  and  spindle  in  her  left.  The  safety 
of  Troy  depended  on  the  preservation  of 
this  statue  ;  hence  palladiiiin  is  applied  to 
anything  lliat  affords  effectual  defence, 
prolection  and  salely. 

28.  See  section  11. 

29.  Pafect  signifies  the  state  of  being  done 
thoroughly; — complete,  the  quality  of  hav- 
ing ail  lliat  IS  nece.ssary.  Tlie  book  of 
■which  you  speak  is  complete  in  all  its  parls, 
and  nearly  perject  in  its  style. 

30.  To  see  is  the  general  term,  and  may  be 
either  a  voluntary  or  an  involuntary  ac- 
tion ; — to  j>erreive  is  always  a  voluntary  ac- 
tion. 1  liad  seen  him  several  times  before 
I  perceiotd  llie  great  change  in  his  appear- 
ance. 

31.  Of  tlie  duty  incumbent  on  all  Americans, 
■witlicmt  disiinclion  of  age  or  sex,  to  under- 
stand the  Consliliition  thoroughly. 

32.  Riijlit  is  the  general  term; — iiroper  ex- 
presses a  mode  of  right.  Knjhl  is  absolute 
and  admits  of  no  coin;)ansoii,  for  what  is 
riijht  cannot  he  more  or  less  so — was.  and 
will  always  he  milit ;  but  projier  is  relative 
and  allows  grad.itinii,  as  soiiHfthing  may 
be  proper  to-day  that  was  not  so  yesterday, 
and  will  not  be  to-morrow,— or  it  may  lie 
more  or  less  proper.  Though  it  may  be 
proper  to  conform  ourselves  m  a  inea>iiie 
to  the  habits  of  the  company  in  which  we 
may  happen  to  be  placed,  it  can  never  be 
riuht  to  hear  a  member  of  such  coiniiany 
slander  an  absent  person,  without  defend- 
ing the  one  attacked. 

33.  Seeserlloll  13. 

34.  Rinstd  may  have  a  good  or  an  indifferent 
meaning  ■.—elreated  is  always  used  in  the 
best  sense.    George  raised  himself  by  his 


APPENDIX. 


35 


business  habits,  and  William  was  elevated 
for  iiis  suiienor  genius. 

35.  Imperfect  is  tlio  opposite  of  perfect,  and 
dijiclive  is  opposed  t.o  complete.  See  an- 
swer lo  question  29,  ante,  I  did  not  ad- 
mire tlie  orator  at  all,  for  liis  grammar  was 
dtferttt'e  and  liis  enunciation  imperfect. 

36.  See  section  U. 

37.  Autlonty  confers; — cliarily  or  generosity 
bestows.  If  tiie  lung  sliall  confer  the  pro- 
mised rank  on  him,  he  will  be  able  to  be- 
stow on  yiiu  many  favors. 

'J8.  Difficutly  hes  most  in  the  nature  and  cir- 
cumstances of  the  thing  it.-elf ; — obslticle 
coiLSists  of  tliat  which  is  external  or  fo- 
reisn.  Beside  tlie  miiale  difficulties  of  the 
enterprise,  1  had  not  a  little  trouble  to  sur- 
mount some  unexpected  obstucies. 

39.  It  enlarges  on  the  folly  of  the  people  per- 
mitting the  violation  of  the  principles  ein- 
boilied  ui  the  American  palladium. 

10  Kjiional  signilies  having  reason  in  it;— 
reiisonable,  accordant  with  reason.  Tliere 
are  many  rational  beings  who  do  not  act 
in  a  reasorwJile  manner. 

41.  There  is  no  diilerence,  except  that  main  is 
more  poetical  than  ocenn. 

42.  It  i^an;  it  may  mean  either  the  sea,  as 
above,  or  the  land  of  a  continent,  in  dis- 
tinction from  an  l^land.  Having  lived  for 
some  years  m.iinly  upim  the  main.  1  can 
truly  say  that  notiuiig  gives  me  more  plea- 
sure than  to  discover,  over  the  bow  of  the 
ship,  a  cioud-baiik  m  the  liorizon,  as  it  an- 
nounces a  near  approach  to  the  tnam. 

43.  See  section  16. 

44.  Hailowed  siiriiifies  made  lioly ; — consecrated, 
made  sacred  by  a  special  act.  The  temple 
was  conse.cruted  upon  a  hallowed  day. 

45.  To  reflect  is  a  mode  of  thinking,  and  to 
ponder  a  mode  of  retlectnig.  In  reflecting 
w6  com[jare,  combine,  and  judge  of  ideas 
that  pass  througli  the  mind  ;— m  pondering 
we  dwell  upon  and  weigh  those  ideas  with 
the  greatest  cure.  The  prepositions  on 
and  upon  tbllow  reflect,  and  are  often  but 
improperly  used  after  ponder,  which  re- 
quires no  preposition.  He  said  unto  me, 
"  I  would  Uke  yon  to  rejlect  upon  these 
things,  and  ponder  well  the  course  you  are 
pursuing." 

16.  Of  the  comparatively  small  number  nf  per- 
sons who  have  read,  or  know  anything 
about,  the  CoiisUtutum. 

47.  Calculate  is  the  generic  term ; — compute, 
the  specific.  I'he  former  comprehends 
arithmetical  operations  in  general ;  the 
latter,  combinations  of  certain  given  num- 
bers in  order  to  learn  the  grand  result. 
This  chronological  compulation  involved 
great  com[ilexity.  as  it  was  drawn  from  a 
uiimber  of  intncale  cakiUnlions. 

48.  Bliss  expresses  more  than  felicity,  in  regard 
both  to  degree  and  nature  of  enjoyment. 
I  knov  of  no  belter  wisli  than  tiie  follow- 
ing :  -May  yim  experience  felicity  here, 
and  bliss  liereafter. 

49.  They  are  the  same,  hut  bra7\d  is  only  used 
in  poetical  composition. 

50.  It  means  eucr,  and  is  used  only  in  poetry. 
"  For  aye"  is  foreva- ;— "  Forever  and  aye," 
forever  awl  ever. 

51.  GUtivc  means  broadsword,  or  falchion,  and 
IS  only  used  in  poetry. 

LESSON'  XXX. 
1.  To  the  liberal  education  of  females,  as  it 
is  from  them  our  earliest  instruction  is  de- 
rived. 


2.  From  the  name  of  Christopher  Columbus, 
It  IS  a  poetical  term  for  Americx 

3.  See  seciion  2. 

4.  The  model  serves  to  guide  in  the  execution 
of  a  work  ; — the  paili  rn,  either  to  regulate 
the  work,  or  simply  to  determine  the 
choice.  The  iiaval-cdiistructer  plans  a 
vessel  after  a  particiilur  jnodel,  and  tlie 
ship-carpenter  sha|)es  its  timbers  iiccord- 
ing  to  a  certain  pattern. 

5.  In  the  sense  of  exemption  from  danger, 
safety  expresses  much  less  than  security, 
for  we  may  be  safe  without  using  any  par- 
ticular ineiLsures,  l"it  we  cannot  be  secure 
without  taking  great  precaution.  As  the 
ma-,-.izine  was  in  a  saj'e  position,  and  extra- 
ordinary preparations  had  been  made  for 
defence,  the  commandant  deemed  the  fort 
secure  against  any  attack. 

6.  Of  the  security  iiforded  to  all  by  the  na- 
tional judiciary. 

7.  Kf.sl  simply  denotes  cessation  of  motion  ; 
— repose  is  that  kind  of  rest  which  is  agree- 
able after  labor.  The  time  for  rest  has 
come,  then  let  us  repose  as  comfortably  as 
possible. 

8.  We  may  be  disturbed  inwardly  or  out- 
wardly, but  can  be  interrupted  only  from 
witliout.  Wlien  nne:isy  thoughts  disturb 
our  iniiids,  friends  do  a  kindness  if  they 
interrupt  us. 

9.  From  the  Latin  in.  de,  and  pendeo,  to  liang. 
10.  De,  the  first  prefix,  denotes  from,  and  de- 

pemient  signilies  to  hang  from,  to  rely  on. 
IL  The  second  prefi-\,  in,  sisiiitiesjioi.    Hence 
indtipeiident  signilies  literally  in,  not.  de, 
from,  pendeo,  to  hang ;  not  to  liang  from. 

12.  The  prefix  last  joined,  or  the  first  syllable 
of  the  word, 

13.  Contentions  are  generally  produced  by  a 
collision  of  interests ;  dissensions  are  en- 
gendered by  a  collision  of  opinions.  Dis- 
sensions are  peculiar  to  large  bodies  or 
coiniiiunities  of  people  ;  contentions,  to  in- 
dividuals. Dissensions  not  only  tend  to 
alienate  the  minds  of  men  from  each  other, 
but  to  dissolve  the  bonds  of  sociely;  con- 
tentions tend  to  destroy  the  happiness  of  a 
family ; — both  are  alike  contrary  to  the  in- 
junctions of  the  holy  scriptures,  and  should 
be  avoided  as  the  bane  of  national  gran- 
deur and  individual  happines,s. 

14.  Dis  signifies  asumler.  Dissension  is  derived 
from  the  Latm  seiilio,  to  think,  and  dis, 
asunder ;  and  literally  means  to  tliinJc  asun- 
der or  apart,  but  in  its  general  acceptatiim 
it  denotes  a  strife  or  a  quarrel.  Conten- 
tions is  from  the  Latin  contentio,  and  signi- 
fies ttsirije,  a  vwknt  effort  to  obtain  some- 
thing ; — for  the  prefix  con,  see  question  4, 
Lesson  VI.,  page  ^,  .\ppsndix. 

15.  Quarrels  signify  the  most  serious  of  all  dif- 
ferences, and  lead  to  every  species  of  vio- 
lence. Quarrels  generally  spring  from  in- 
juries, either  real  or  supposed,  may  exist 
between  nations  or  individuals,  and  be 
carried  on  by  acts  of  otience  either  directly 
or  indirectly. 

"  UuvexM  will]  quarrel",  undisturb'd  wifli  noise. 
The  school-girl  her  improving  task  enjoys." 

For  the  meaning  oi  dissensions,  see  the  an- 
swer to  the  preceding  question  13. 

10.  Qu'f,rel—Ul.  (v.^rb)  The  dogs  quarrel:  2d, 
(luiim)  Herodias  hud  a  quarrel  against  him, 
— Mark,  vi.  Dissensions  sometimes  pro- 
duce war;  both  quarrels  and  dis'iens'ons 
are  often  produced  for  the  want  of  thought 
and  reflection.     It  is  to  be  hoped  that  all 


■J 


36 


APPENDIX. 


who  study  the  American  Manual  will  dis- 
counleimiice  quarriU  and  diSSfiisions. 

17.  Every  is  universal  in  its  sisnitioatiun ;  each 
is  restrictive.  Each  relates  to  two  or  more  ; 
every  always  relates  to  many. 

18.  Every  person  should  use  all  reasonable  ef- 
forts to  disseminate  intellictence  and  mo- 
rality, inasmuch  as  er:ch  has  an  iiilluence 
that  may  contribute  to  the  weal  or  woe  of 
tho.sH  who  may  live  in  ages  yet  to  come. 
2d.  Eciry  tree  in  the  orchard  hears  apples, 
but  each  tree  produces  its  per  uliar  fruit. 

19.  Because  the  happiness  and  greatness  of 
nations  depend  upon  it. 

20.  See  answer  to  question  44,  of  Lesson 
XXVIll.,a7i(e. 

21  to  S3.  See  section  6, 

^.  The  bchoiar  thereby  Rains  a  better  and 
more  extended  knt^wleds^e  of  the  lan- 
guiige,  which  contains  about  K'.i,rR)0  words, 
but  a  comparatively  small  portion  of  which 
is  to  he  found  in  any  spellini<-hook. 

25.  By  the  practice  of  spelling  words  seriatim 
the  pupil  becomes  critically  acquainted 
with  all  the  little  particles  of  the  language, 
which  are  far  more  ditficult  thau  its  large 
words. 

LESSOiM  XXXI. 


2.  See  section  1. 

Inheritance,  is  an  estate  which  falls  upon  a 
child  or  other  person,  as  the  representa- 
tive of  a  deceased  tincestor  or  relation ; — 
kijncy,  a  bequest ;  particular  thing,  or  cer- 
tain SUM)  of  money,  given  by  last  will  or 
trslanieiit. 

Bfin?:  aiisent  from  home  at  tlie  death  of 
his  falhur,  some  pretended  Irieiids  thought 
to  obtain  ins  inheritance,  under  pretence  of 
securing  it  li)r  linn  ;  hut  on  his  return, 
after  comploiely  batlling  their  schemes,  he 
had  the  good  fortune  to  receive  a  leyacy  of 
two  thousand  dollars  from  a  distant  rela- 
tive. 

Among  [or  amongsti ;  mixed  or  mingled 
Willi ;  conjoined  or  associated  with  ;  of  the 
iimnher.  Between,  [or  betwixt,  which  is 
the  same  thing,  and  not  obsolete.]  in  the 
intermediate  space,  without  regard  to  dis- 
tance ;  from  one  to  anollier;  belonging  to 
two  or  more,  111  common  or  partnership; 


having 


il    rehi 


to  tv 


more 

noiin^'  cliitrrcnri!  or  cliv<'niiimalion.  His 
).l,i.T.  wliirli  lies  hriv'irn  ri.dimiore  and 
\\a^liini.-l,,ii.  h:l^  ^oiii-  a  n.iiiani  1.:  aspect, 
as  ihe  house  si  anils  innoiu;  lar^e  trees,  and 
is  almost  iuilden  liy  I  heir  luxuriant  foliage. 
Things  go  heltor  betwien  James  and  Philip, 
than  between  any  other  two  among  all  my 
friends.  These  four  men  own  the  tract 
betic'in  thein,  anil  have  such  a  niulual 
good  undei  standing,  I  hat  a  like  party  could 
not  perhaps  be  found  amuni  a  thousand. 
Perfect  harinony  exists  between  the  fami- 
lies. Learn  to  judge  between  the  specious 
and  the  true. 
It  is  not. 

One  familiar  phrase,  given  above,  proves 
that  it  may  be  properly  used  of  any  whole 
number  ex<:eedtng  one. 
See  section  3. 

See  answer  to  question  104,  of  Lesson  XII., 
ante. 

Gi.ographirally,  ocfOTi  is  used  for  the  vast 
body  of  watiT  which  covers  more  than 
Ihiee-lifllis  of  the  globe's  surface;  it  is 
usually  considered  m  five  great  parts  — 
the  Ailantic,  Pacific,  Indian,  Arctic  and 
Antarctic  oceans;  and  its  .smaller  compa- 


rative, though  often  really  large  branches, 
are  called  seas,  as  the  Mediterranean  Sea, 
&c.  In  general  applicaiion  they  are  ap- 
plied almost  indifferently,  each  one  to  be 
sure  having  its  peculiar  office  in  phrases. 
Thus,  we  say, '  go  to  sea,'  and  '  at  sea,'  but 
not  ocean,  in  eitlierca.se;  and  the  corre- 
sponding phrase  to  ' mtjh  seas'  is  'open 
ocean;'  we  can  however  say  'open  sea' 
with  propriety.  'To  ship  'A  sea'  is  said  of 
a  vessel  when  deluged  by  overhreaking 
waves.  Figuratively,  there  is  no  difference 
in  these  words,  and  we  talk  of  '  the  sea  of 
time,'  and  '  the  ocean  of  eternity.' 
See  se("tion  4. 

Deviitid,  IS  applied  to  both  temporal  and 
spirilQal  matleis;  coiisccrato/,  to  spiritual 
ones  only.  .AiToiiling  to  this  distinction, 
it  m:i\'  Im^  s;i;r.l  [!i;i!  c07isecrated  is  used  iin- 
propi'i  !y  on  ]i.i'jv  li;2.  but  it  must  he  re- 
men. !i.M'd  ili:ii  liie  Indians  always  iiiLxed 
war  ami  ri-liL;ioii  together. 
The  seilleis  were  not  unmindful  of  pious 
tilings,  for  tiny  ili  eoted  part  of  their  sub- 
stance to  religions  u.ses,  and,  after  encoun- 
tering many  Jitliculties,  erected  and  conse- 
crated a  place  ol  worship,  &.c. 
Trilie  IS  tlie  general  term,  and  means  a 
family,  race,  or  series  of  generations,  de- 
scending from  the  same  progenitor,  and 
kept  distinct.  Sept  signifies  a  race  or  fa- 
mily, as  above,  but  is  only  u.sed  of  tubes 
in  Ireland  and  Scotland  ;  it  is  synonymous 
with  clan. 

Rob  Roy  collected  about  him  a  lawless 
se/it.  The  Duke  of  Buccleuch  is  the  head 
o(  ctan  Scott.  The  old  Irish  chieftains  ex- 
ercised despotic  authority  over  their  re- 
spective septs.  The  twelve  tnbes  of  Israel 
proceeded  from  J  acob.  Most  of  our  Indian 
tribes  are  fast  becoming  extinct. 
Their  history,  written  by  the  whites. 
By  fraternal  union. 

Generation  is  said  of  the  persons  who  live 
during  any  particular  period ;  age,  of  the 
period  Itself.  Those  born  at  the  same 
time  constitute  the  generation  ;  the  period 
of  time  included  m  the  life  of  man  is  the 
age.  Consequently,  several  generations  may 
spring  up  and  pass  away  in  the  course  of 
an  age. 

During  the  dark  ages,  many  generations  ap- 
pear to  have  risen,  lived,  and  died,  to  little 
purpose,  &c. 
See  section  6. 

Wisdom  consists  in  speculative  knowledge ; 
prudence  in  that  which  is  practical.  The 
former  knows  what  is  past ;  the  latter  by 
foresight  knows  what  is  to  come.  For 
want  of  prudence  many  men  of  wisdom  fail 
to  secure  a  competence.  Illiterate  men, 
if  prmlent,  may  become  very  rich,  ikc. 
As  used  in  section  6,  there  is  no  difference. 
Both  mean  a  person  of  rank  above  a  com- 
moner ;  as,  a  duke,  marquis,  earl,  viscount, 
or  baron.  In  lis  original  and  broad  sense, 
peer  means  an  equal.  According  to  our 
law,  every  man  iiulicted  for  an  offence 
must  be  tried  by  a  jury  of  his  peers.  Only 
peers  of  the  realm  and  the  bishops,  (who 
are  so  considered,  with  one  exception,)  can 
sit  m  the  British  House  of  Lonls.  Many 
of  the  niiblis  lead  a  dissolute  life,  <kc. 
Because  the  apostrophe  or  mark  of  the 
posse.ssive  case  is  placed  at  the  end  of  the 
word,  thus — tyrants';  had  it  been  intended 
to  give  the  .singular  idea,  it  would  have 
been  wrillen  tyrant's. 
It  once  happened  that  a  careless  clerk  had 


APPENDIX. 


37 


occasion  to  read  the  foUovvins  notice  in 
cliuif.li. — "  A  man  eone  tosfo.  (lis  wife  de- 
siics  tlie  prayers  ul'ilic  congrcffjitiun  "  I!y 
unfiiruniaioly  cliii'iiffinp;  Uie  Cdiiiina,  lie 
nuiile  tlie  people  iinilei-slaiid  that  "a  man 
gone  lo  set:  Ins  wile,  desires  the  prayers  of 
the  coiigreL'atiiMi."  A  line  travesty,  truly  I 
26.  See  sec.liuii  7. 
'I'here  is  nut. 

OwMi^  lo  natural  distinctions  of  climate 
and  soil,  the  [uoducts  of  one  section  are 
very  dilleieiit  tVom  tho-ie  of  another  The 
inaiiulaeliiiintc  and  a^Ticullural  portions 
of  the  oountiy  would  each  seein  to  u;;ed 
peculiar  modiiicatioiis  of  system. 

29.   See  section  8. 

3().   See  section  9. 

31.  Taken  distinctively,  citizen  means  a  per- 
son, native  or  natui-alized.  qnaliticd  to  vole 
for  rulers,  and  buy  and  hold  real  estate  ;— 
dfmziit,  ni  KiiKJand,  siijnities  an  alien  who 
i.s  made  a  subject  liv  lliB  lung's  lettei-ii  pa- 
tent, ami  li(itd^>  a  middle  state  between  a 
I'oieiuiier  and  a  native  :  he  may  hold  land 
by  pureincse  or  devi.se.  but  he  cannot  tal<e 
by  inheritance.  Used  generally,  both  mean 
a  dvieller,  but  atizm  carries  with  it  the 
idea  of  a  more  iiernianent  residence. 

32.  Many  citizens  of  tlie  United  States  are  at 
present  dmizeius  of  .Mexico,  &c. 

33.  At  present,  Jlrig  is  applied  lo  any  military 
or  civio  ensign,  of  ;in  ohioiig  scpiare  shajie, 
fastened  at  one  end  to  the  top  of  a  pole  or 
stall  wueii  intended  lo  be  Itorne  by  a  man, 
or  to  a  rope  running  through  a  ]julley.  by 
means  of  which  it  can  be  hoisted  to  the 
top  of  a  ship's  mast,  or  of  a  stationary 
mast  on  shore.  Banner  applies  to  square 
ensigns,  as  above,  depending  from  a  cross- 
piece  secured  at  the  top  of  a  staff;  they 
are  sometimes  weighed  down  by  a  cioss- 
piece  at  the  botloni,  for  the  sake  of  better 
display,  and  are  generally  restrained  by 
cords  attached  to  their  lower  corners. 
Flags  are  blown  out  laterally  by  the  wind  ; 
banners  hang  vertically.  Flags  are  com- 
monly made  of  tinnliiiy,  a  sort  of  hsht, 
thin,  semi-transparent  woollen  stuff;  baii- 
ncrs,  of  .silk  or  other  flexible  niaienal. 
Formerly,  however,  Jlriy  and  banmr  were 
synonymous,  and  indeed  are  often  so  now. 
Ill  feudal  limes,  land  was  held  on  ciuidition 
of  military  service,  and  the  vassal  was 
forced  to  atlend  the  banner  of  Ins  lord  not 
only  when  the  nation  was  at  war,  but 
also  whenever  his  leader  had  occasion  to 
oppress  a  weaker  neighbor,  or  defend  him- 
self from  the  attack  of  a  stnmger  one. 
The  national  JUiy  of  the  Uruted  States  is 
known  far  and  wide  as  the  'star  spangled 
batin^T.^ 

35.  To  secure  the  blessings  of  liberty  to  them- 
selves and  their  posterity. 

36.  By  an  iimnense  saciUice  of  treasure  and 
life. 
See  section  1 1. 

38.  That  of  testing  the  practicability  of  a  re- 
Iiubliean  government. 

39.  Miinitlilh  means  a  pillar  or  column,  of  any 
size  or  form,  made  of  a  single  stone.  Obe- 
lisk IS  a  term  api.lied  to  an  IOi;yptiaii  mono 
liUi  of  one  mvanable  lonii ;  namely— tour- 
sided,  square,  and  diniiiiisiiing  gradu.illy 
from  the  base  to  the  ape.v,  which  is  itself 
of  a  four-sided  pyramid  shape  'I'iie  word 
obelisk  js  from  the  Latin  obelisats,  a  dimi- 
nutive of  the  Greek  ohelos,  a  s;ni;and 
monuments  of  i  his  species  are  often  called 
necUks  by  ourselves. 


40.  As  tlie  Constitntion  forms  a  perfecl  whole, 
it  is  called,  on  page  li'.U,  a  mormtith,  ami 
obelisk  is  used  for  a  delimtion  as  being  tlie 
nearest  single  word.  Tlie  celebrated '  Cle- 
opatra's Needle'  is  an  obtlislt. 

LESSON  XXXU. 

1.  As  separate  Sta'es  look  only  to  the  inter 
esis  of  their  own  people,  petty  jealousies 
arise,  coniinerce  languishes,  and  misery, 
imbecility  and  ruin  follow. 

2.  In  a  Congress  of  llie  United  States  of 
America. 

3.  Of  two  branches. 

4.  5,  tj.  See  section  1. 

7.  Every  two  years. 

8.  By  the  people. 

9.  They  must  be  free  white  male  citizens  of 
the  United  States,  21  years  old. 

10  to  14.  See  section  2. 

l,"),  16.  See  Article  1.  of  the  Constitution,  sec- 
tion 2,  page  119. 

17  to  20.  See  section  3. 

21,  22. 23.  See  Constitution,  Article  L,  section  2, 
page  120. 

21.   See  section  4. 

25  to  3.').  See  section  5 ;  also  Constitution,  Art. 
I.,  section  3,  pp.  120,  121. 

30  to  42.  See  sections  6  and  7;  also  Constitu- 

liim.  Article  1.,  section  3,  page  121. 
43,  44,  45.  See  section  8;  also  Const,  as  above. 

46.  See  section  9. 

47,  48,  49.  See  section  10. 

5(1.   By  the  several  stale  legislatures. 

51.  Congress. 

52.  With  tlie  exception  of  the  places  of  choos- 
ing senators. 

53.  See  section  11. 

LEssox  xxxin. 

1  to  7.  See  section  1 ;  also  Constitution,  Art. 

1.,  section  5,  page  122 
8  to  15.  See  section  2;  also  Constitution,  Art 

1.,  sections  6  and  6,  page  123. 
IG  to  19.  See  seelion  3. 

20  to  30.  See  sections  4  and  5;  also  Constitu- 
tion, .\rt.  I.,  sections  6  and  7,  pp.  123  to  125, 

31  to  35.  See   section   6;  also  t^onstilution  as 

above,  with  the  addition  of  section  8. 

36.  Tax  is  more  general,  and  applies  to  what- 
ever IS  paid  by  tlie  people  to  the  govern- 
ment according  to  a  certain  estimate ;  duty 
is  more  positive  and  binding,  being  a  spe- 
cific estimate  of  what  is  due  upon  goods 
according  to  their  value.  Commonly  lax 
is  understood  lo  be  a  sum  laid  upon  polls, 
lands,  houses,  horses,  cattle,  professions 
and  occupations  ;  duly,  a  sum  required  by 
governnient  on  llie  importation  or  exporta- 
tion of  goods. 

37.  The  above  terms  refer  to  what  is  levied 
by  the  government,  but  they  do  not  ex- 
pressly convey  the  idea  of  levying  or  p;iy- 
iiig  ;  m'posl,  on  the  contrary,  signifies  lite- 
rally that  which  is  imposed  and  will  be 
exacted  if  not  promptly  [laid.  Exiise  is 
an  inland  duty  laid  on  articles  produced 
and  consumed  in  a  country,  and  also  on 
licenses  to  deal  in  certain  comniodities 
The  word  lax  may  comprehend  all  these 
terms. 

38.  llcMiarchical  countries,  m  general,  are 
heavily  burthened  with  taxes.  Duius  upon 
goods  imported  make  up  most  tif  the  na- 
tional revenue.  A  heavy  impost,  to  pay 
the  expenses  of  the  war,  was  laid  upon 
the  conquered  country.  The  iiec,jle  of 
England  groan  undera  multitude  of  ercisci, 
from  u  Inch  we  are  happily  e-'sempt. 


S2* 


39  to  42.  See  section  7;  also  Coiistitutiou,  Art. 

I.,  section  8. 
43,  44,  45.  See  section  8 ;  refer  as  before. 
46,  47,  48.  See  section  9. 
49  to  5-1.  See  section  10. 
.55,  56,  57.  See  section  11. 
58,  59.  See  section  12. 

6(1,  01.  Sge  Lesson  XVII.,  section  4,  page  73. 
62,  63,  64.  See  section  12. 
65  to  68   See  seclion  13. 
69  to  73.    See    pdge  181 ;     also  Constitution, 

Art.  I.,  section  8,  page  127. 

74.  Insurrection  is  used  for  a  general  risingr  up 
against  the  eslaWislied  Ruvemmeiit.  See 
answer  to  question  16,  Lesson  XXV.  ante. 
Riot  is  applied  to  a  turnultm mis  disturbance 
of  tlie  peace  by  three  or  more  persons, 
mutually  aiding  and  assisting  each  other, 
whether  the  act  they  originally  intended 
to  perform  was  in  itself  lawful  or  unlaw- 
ful. The  Pennsylvania  'wliiskey  insurrec- 
tion' happened  soon  after  the  eslalilish- 
nient  of  our  present  government.  Rwts 
occur  occasionally  in  dllferent  parts  of  the 
country. 

75,  76.  See  section  15. 

77.  The  city  of  Washington,  in  the  District  of 
Columbia. 

78.  liy  Washington. 

79.  80.  See  section  16 ;  also  Constitution,  Art. 

I.,  section  8,  page  128. 
81.  Want  of  power  to  make  wholesome  laws 
effective,  when  enacted,  is  tlie  bane  of 
governments;  and  from  the  himr  that  con- 
cessions are  exacted  of  Ikeir  weakness,  sta- 
bitity  forsakes  them. 

LESSON  XXXIV. 
1  to  4.  See  section  1 ;  also  Constitution,  Art.  L, 

section  9,  page  128. 
5,  6,  7.  See  section  2. 

8  to  11.  See  section  3;    also  the  answer  to 
question  8  of  Lesson  XXVII.  ante.    Kefer 
as  m  questions  1^4. 
12, 13.  See  section  t. 
14  to  18.  See  sections  5  and  6. 
Irt,  20.  See  section  7. 
21.  See  section  8. 
22  to  25.  See  section  9 ;  also  Constitution,  Art. 

I.,  section  10,  pp.  129  and  130. 
26  to  29   See  section  10. 

30.  See  section  1 1. 

31,  32.  See  section  12. 

33,31,35.  See  section  13;  also  Constitution, 
Article  11 ,  section  1,  page  136. 

36.  The  chief  ordained  to  rule  our  country's 
muMv  sm\s,  derives  no  pretensions  from  he- 
reditary right — here,  no  famous  warrior, 
grasping  as  a  robber,  can  reach  power  In/ 
means  of  bayonets ;— and  as  our  freemen 
pnini  prowlly  to  the  law  which  gives  us  re- 
lief from  all  such  despots,  kings  tremble 
for  tlieir  authority  and  see  with  chagnn, 
llirongs  moving  witli  unrtstraincd  steps 
towards  open  polls,  wliere,  exempt  from 
military  coercion,  they  silently  deposit  their 
votes.  Mote. — The  words  in  italic  are  not 
111  the  originals.  Of  course  the  sense  of 
this  example  and  that  of  question  81  of 
lesson  XXXIU.  ante, can  be  given  in  many 
different  ways. 

LESSON  XXXV. 

I  to  8.  See  section  1 ;  also  Const.,  Art.   II., 

sec  1,  pp.  130  and  131;  and  Amendments, 
Art  Xif,  p,  11.5. 
9,  10.   See  seclion  2. 

II  to  17.  Sees-iction  3. 

18  to  21.  See  sections  6  &  7. 


22  to  28.  See  sections  8-9  &  10. 
29,30.  See  section  11. 


29  to  31.  See  section  11 ;  also  Constitution 
Article  II.,  section  2,  page  134. 

LESSON  XXXVL 

I  to  4.  See  section  1. 
5  to  8.  See  sectiim  2. 
9, 10.  See  section  3. 

11, 12,  13.  See  section  4. 

14.  Subject  IS  one  that  owes  allegiance  to  a 
sovereign,  and  is  governed  by  his  laws. 
The  natives  of  Great  Britain  are  subjects  of 
the  British  government.  The  natives  of 
the  United  States,  and  naturalized  for- 
eigners, are  subjects  of  the  federal  govern- 
ment. Men  ill  free  goverimients  are  sub- 
jects as  well  as  citizens  ;  as  citizens,  they 
enjoy  rights  and  franchises;  as  subjects, 
they  are  bound  to  obey  the  laws. — Dr. 
Webster.  For  citizen,  see  answer  to  ques- 
tion 48,  of  Lesson  Xlll..  also  that  to  ques- 
tion 31  of  Lesson  XXXI.  ante.  In  tliis 
country,  a  good  citizen  must  be  a  peacea- 
ble subject. 

15.  Destruction  is  an  act  of  immediate  vio- 
lence ;  ruin  is  a  gradual  process.  A  thing 
is  destroyed  by  external  violence ;  a  Hung 
falls  to  rum  of  itself  But  i{  destntction  is 
more  forcible  and  rapid,  ruin  is  more  sure 
and  complete.  The  destroyed  may  be  re- 
built or  replaced ;  the  ruined  is  past  reco- 
very. A  continuance  in  your  present  vi- 
cious course  of  life  will  be  the  destruction 
of  your  character,  and  the  ruin  of  your 
health  and  morals.  See  the  answer  to 
question  13  of  Lesson  IX.  ante. 

16.  See  section  6. 

17  to  20.  See  seclion  7. 

21.  They  do  not. 

22,  23,  21.  See  section  8. 

35.  A  learned  Frenchman  celebrated  as  an 
author. 

26  to  29.  See  section  9. 
30,  31.  See  seclion  10. 
32,  33,  34.  See  section  11. 

35  to  42.  See  section  12 ;  a  so  refer  to  the  Con- 
stitution. 

LESSON  xxxvn. 

1,  2,  3.  See  section  1, 

4  to  7.  See  section  2. 

8  to  13.  See  section  3. 
14  to  20.  See  sections  4  and  5. 
21  to  23.  See  section  6. 
2t  to  26   See  section  7. 

27  to  32.  See  section  8. 

33  to  36.  See  section  9 ;  also  refer  to  the  Coa 
stitution. 

LESSON  XXXVHL 
1  to  5.  See  sections  1  and  2. 
6,  7,  8.  See  section  3. 
9,  10.  See  section  4. 

II  to  16.  .See  sections  5  and  6 
17  to  20.  See  sections  7  and  8. 

21.  See  section  9. 

22.  Gan  is  a  general  term,  comprehending  all 
instruineiits  of  destruction  com|iosed  of  a 
barrel  or  tube  of  iron,  or  other  metal, 
fixed  in  a  stock,  or  on  a  carriage,  from 
which  balls,  shot,  or  other  deadly  missiles 
are  discharged  by  the  explosion  of  gun- 
powder, with  the  single  exception  of  pis- 
tols.   The  lari;er  species  oi  guns  are  named 


APPENDIX. 


39 


cannon ;  and  the  smaller  kinds  are  called 
muskets,  carbmis,  rijks,  Jowlmg-pieces,  cto. 
Musket  is  applied  to  that  sort  of  small- 
aims  most  coiniiiDnly  used  in  war.  OriRi- 
nallv,  muskets  were  very  clumsy  weapons, 
resied  on  a  stalT  and  set  off  by  means  of  a 
lighled  match  ;  the  name  is  now  piven  to 
fusees  or  fire-locks  tired  by  a  vpring-lock. 
The  ship  carries  44  guns.  The  infantry 
arm  was  sadly  deficient  in  muskets.  The 
arlillery-nien  were  forced  to  abandon  their 
gun.  1  observed  several  men  carry  guns. 
Some  soldiers  were  ridins  upon  guns,  lu 
llie  former  of  these  two  last  instances,  the 
gjtns  are  of  course  smalt-arms ;  in  the  lat- 
ter, they  are  cannon  or  great-guns. 

21.  See  section  9. 

to  30.  See  sections  10  and  11. 
In  a  >i(ry  trial,  a  man  is  judged  by  his 
equals,  who  will  naturally  feel  syni(>atliy 
for  liini ;  in  a  trial  by  court-martial,  his 
coiuliict  is  examined  and  passed  upon  by 
\\KSuuinors,  who  have  hut  Uttle  in  com- 
mon Willi  him. 

32,  33.  See  section  11. 
34  to  37.  See  section  12. 

33.  The  burden  falls  eventually  upon  the 
people. 

39.  See  section  13. 

40.  The  people. 

41.  It  does  undoubtedly. 
43,  44.  See  section  14. 

Because  usage  has  u  long. 

LESSON  XXXIX. 
2.  See  section  1 ;  also  Amendments,  Ar- 
ticle IV. 
to  6.  See  section  2,  and  Amendments  Ar- 
ticles V.  and  VI. 
8,  9.  See  section  3. 
10, 11    See  section  4. 

12.  See  section  5. 

13.  See  section  6. 
14, 15.  See  section  7. 
16,  17,  See  section  8. 
18,  19.  See  section  9. 
20  to  23.  See  section  10 
24  to  28.  See  section  11. 

29.  See  section  12. 

30,  31,  32.  See  section  13. 
33,31.  See  section  11. 

35.  They  are. 

36.  Because,  if  they  have  the  proper  talent  to 
fill  the  office,  they  are  equal  to  the  richest. 
In  fact,  if  the  opulent  want  capacity  they 
are  not  so  good  as  the  industrious  poor. 

37.  38.  See  section  15. 

39.  Tlie  value  of  the  national  Union. 

40.  Unquestionably. 

41.  It  IS. 

42.  Without  doubt. 

43.  Yes— with  great  care. 

44.  As  the  palladium  of  our  public  prosperity. 
45    No — It  would,  on  the  contrary,  be  very  un- 
reasonable. 

)6  to  53.  See  section  17. 

51.  Yes — not  only  to  imitate  and  equal  his  vir- 
tues, but  to  surpass  them,  if  [lossible. 

55.  Yes— for  the  higher  a  man  aims,  the  more 
he  will  accomplish. 

56.  The  good— the  wicked  have  no  real  hap- 
piness. 

LESSON  XL 

1,  2,  3.  See  section  1. 

4.  See  section  2. 

5,  6.  See  section  3. 
7,  8.  See  section  4. 
9.  See  section  5. 


10,  11.  See  section  6. 
12,  1.3.  See  section  7. 
U,  1.5.  See  section  8. 
10  to  19.  See  section  9. 
20,  21.  See  section  10. 
22  to  25.  See  section  11. 

26,  27.  See  section  12. 
28,  29.  See  section  13. 
30,  31.  See  section  14. 

32.  In  Greece  we  have  Thales,  Pjthagorns. 
So(Tates,  Plato,  Aristotle,  and  Zeuo;  in 
Kome,  Seneca  and  Pliny. 

33.  Demosthenes  in  Greece,  .and  Cicero  in 
Rome. 

34.  See  section  15. 

35.  Because  every  thing  should  be  done  in  the 
best  manner,  and  comparative  perfection, 
at  which  we  should  all  aim,  can  only  be 
attained  through  extensive  knowledge ; 
liierefore  the  person  who  neglects  to  im- 
prove opportunities  is  inexcusable. 

36.  37,  38   See  section  lb. 

39.  Yes — for  the  cause  of  Christianity  must  he 
advanced  by  action;  behef,  alone,  is  not 
sufficient. 

LESSON  XU. 
1  to  4.  See  section  1. 

5.  All  the  meniliers  of  society. 

6.  That  the  attention  of  the  community 
should  be  steadily  directed  to  education, 
so  that  it  may  be  spread  throughout  tlie 
land.  Also  an  absorbing  desire  to  learn 
existing  in  the  scholar's  mind  :  this,  how- 
ever, will  be  more  or  less  excited  by  the 
good  teacher. 

7.  8.  See  section  2. 

9.  Uur  forefathers,  who  received  instruction 
from  the  exaiii|iles  of  their  ancestors. 

10.  It  refers  to  tlie  prophetic  sentence  written 
by  the  ■fingers  of  a  man's  hand'  upon  the 
wall  of  Belshazzar's  palace  at  Babylon. 
As  the  characters  could  not  be  deciphered 
by  the  'astrologers,  Chaldeans,  and  sooth- 
sayers.' the  king  had  recourse  to  Daniel, 
who  explained  them  to  decree  the  C(m- 
quest  of  the  Assyrian  empire,  and  tlie 
death  of  Belshazzar.  The  prophecy,  as 
all  know,  was  strictly  fulfilled  that  very 
nitrhi.  The  wliole  storv  is  sublimely  tolil 
in  the  fifth  chapter  of  tiie  Book  of  Darnel. 

11.  A  trope. 

12  to  1.5.  See  section  4. 
16  to  20.  See  section  5. 
21  lo  21.  See  section  6. 
2.=>,  215    See  section  7. 

27.  See  section  8. 

LESSON  XLII. 

1.  See  section  1. 

2.  1'hat  it  IS  the  best  possible  way  of  dis- 
pensing justice. 

3.  if  the  power  to  settle  disputes  or  to  dis- 
pose of  life  were  left  to  a  single  perma- 
nent judge,  he  might  be  corrupted,  or  liis 
mental  vision  might  be  unconsciously 
warped  in  favor  of  this  or  that  side.  But 
a  combination  of  twelve  men  secures  due 
dehlieration  and  free  interchange  of  sen- 
timent, going  to  remove  undue  prejudices ; 
and  as  juries  are  taken  at  random  from  the 
people,  their  members  behig  previously 
unknown  as  such  to  all  the  parties,  and 
holding  office  but  for  the  term  of  one  trial, 
it  is  impossible  to  bribe  them. 

4.  See  answer  to  question  31,  Lesson  XXXI. 
ante. 

5.  See  section  I. 

6.  They  can. 


40 


APPENDIX. 


7.  For  tlie  reason  that  jiid^inent  on  iinpeacli- 
nieiit  only  extends  to  tlieir  removal  from 
oHice,  alter  winch  they  are  liable  to  be 
calleil  to  answer,  and  tried  for  Iheir  crimes, 
the  same  as  any  other  caiztns.  Eut  if 
life  could  be  taken  as  an  effect  of  impeach- 
nnnil,  a  nnm  who  had  once  escaped  con- 
viction on  such  trial,  could  he  re-arraigned 
and  re-lried  before  a  jury,  and  so  have  Ins 
life  twice  put  in  jeopardy. 

8.  They  can  nut. 

9.  By  the  officers  of  a  court-martial. 

10.  There  can. 

11.  See  section  2. 
12, 13^  See  section  3. 

14.  They  are  very  nearly  svnnnymous,  and 
mean  purpose  or  aim.  Design  is  a  general 
term,  and  also  more  vague  than  object. 
We  iiiiiy  entertain  a  (hshjn  for  a  long  lime 
willuiut  talcing  measures  to  accomplish  it; 
but  we  usually  try  to  otl'ecl  an  object  as 
soon  as  possible.  Well  knowing  that  he 
had  an  obj'Ct  m  qnestioning  me. I  took  care 
not  to  let  hini  penetrate  my  dtsiyns. 

15.  See  section  4. 
16, 17.  See  seel  ion  f>. 
18,  19.  See  section  6. 
30,  21.  See  section  7. 
22^  They  do  not. 

23.  Two  kinds. 

24.  An  officer  in  each  county  to  whom  is  in- 
trusted the  exeeiilion  of  the  laws.  In 
t'ngl:iiid,.';V'j-;7/;<;iie  ap;ioiiiteil  by  Ihe  king. 
In  the  Uored  ,si:,ies.  iheyare  elected  by 
the  let;i^'  •lee  .  .h-  hv  the  people,  or  ap- 
n  noted  ;.ii  I i  d  by  the  governors. 

25.  The  otiie  ,  m  1.  Imd,  is  judicial  and 
minister::il  ;  liiie,  ;i  iv  innsily  or  wholly 
miiiisteriiil  'I  h"  .-I'liniy.  by  iiiniseif  or  de- 
puties, even!  e  vil  :i;i.l  cnniiii.pl  process 
throughout  Ills  e  luuty  ;  Ka<  charge  of  Ihe 
lail  and  imsoners;  attends  courts,  and 
keeps  the  peace 

26.  .\  schedule,  containing  the  names  of  per- 
soiissuniMioiieil  by  thesherilf;  hence, 7Hore 
tjcnrrnVy,  the  wh'ile  jury. 

27.  I'finel  IS  a  jury,  as  aliove  ;  also  a  piece  of 
board  wi:li  its  edges  in.^erted  in  the  groove 
of  a  thicker  surrounding  frame  ;  as,  a  door 
jHineL  I'nniiel  is  a  kind  of  rustic  saddle. 
He  knocked  so  hard  at  the  door  Ihat  he 
broke  Ihrongh  a  panel.  He  lost  his  seat  in 
consequence  of  the  breaking  oi\i\spam>cl- 
girth. 

28.  Twentv-three. 

29.  30,  31.  See  section  8. 

32.  Any  whole  number  that  cannot  he  divided 
by  2  without  1  remainder.  1  is  the  first 
odd  number. 

.13.   .'^ee  seetlonS. 


31.    ^ee  section  9. 

35.  Sworn  iikmiis  caused  to  take  onlh  ;  affinrud, 
caused  lo  take  nffiiinotwn.  For  Ihe  dltt'ei- 
ence  between  oath  and  affirmation,  see 
answer  to  iitieslion  7,  Lesson  XXVl.,  a7tte. 

36,  37,  38.  See  .section  10. 
39  to  42  See  seciion  11. 
43  to  47.  See  section  12. 

LKSSON  XLin: 

1,  2.  See  section  1. 

3,  4.  See  seciion  2. 

5.  An  indiclviml.  is  a  written  accusation  or 
formal  charge  of  a  crime  or  mi.MleTiieanor, 
preferred  to  a  court  by  u  i;r,iiid  jury  ;  also 
tue  paper  or  parchment  eonlaiiiiiig  the  ac- 
cusaion.  '•  In  law,  a  prcsenlmenl,  properly 
speaking,  is  the  notice  taken  by  a  grand 
jury  of  ally  olfence  from  their  own  know- 


ledge or  obsei-vation,  without  any  bill  of 
iinliclinent  hud  before  them;  a.s,  the  pre- 
i:ctitfncii/  (jf  a  nuisaiiee,  a  libel,  or  the  like  ; 
oil  wliieh  ihe  oiiirer  of  the  court  must  af- 
tervvaid  IVaiiie  an  vidictiiirnt,  before  the 
parly  preseiileil  can  be  put  to  aii.svver  it." 
"  ill  a  more  gt-iieral  sense,  ;jrfSfn^«<H/  cum 
preliends  im|ui.-ilions  of  office,  and  iii,hi[- 
nini/s  "—."!.!  !..\,'ime.      The    ahiiVd    is    the 

E,c:li-''  f  ;    -  ,,  :l"i.  ,;'  ,    •:,:■■  ii,  means 

tl ■ ■     .^i     .    .'  /.,.-. .7,  and  also 

the  ,'  '  '  '  .  /'  1  .1  111  .i,i,piic.iti{>n  of 
the  ••■.oiu  !i  a.unLil  Lu  ucGUia.juus  by  grand 
jurors. 

6.  See  section  2. 

7,  8.  See  suction  3. 

9.  The  sentence  would  then  declare  that  the 
foreman  should  write  all  three  phrases  on 
the  back  of  the  bill. 
10,  11.  See  section  3. 
12,  13.  See  section  4. 
It,  15.  See  section  5. 
16,  17    See  section  6. 
18,  19.  See  section  7. 
20  to  26.  See  seel  ion  8. 
27  to  30.  See  sei'tion  9. 
31,  32.  S^e  seciion  10. 
33,  31,  35.  See  section  11. 

36.  Ail  adverb. 

37.  Four. 

38.  When  it  can  be  changed  into  except  with- 
out destroying  the  sense. 

39.  When  It  ciui  be  changed  into  only  without 
destroying  the  sense. 

40.  Wiieii  It  connects  sentences  not  having 
either  of  the  former  .senses. 

41.  Among  the  Roitums,  client  meant  a  citizen 
who  put  himself  under  Ihe  protection  of 
some  man  of  distinction  and  imiuence; 
hence,  with  us,  one  who  applies  to  a  law- 
yer or  counsellor  for  advice  and  direction 
in  a  qiieslion  of  law,  or  coininils  to  his 
m.magement  the  prosecution  of  a  claim,  or 
defence  of  a  sun,  m  a  court  of  jii.stice. 
Patron,  with  the  Romnits,  w.as  a  master 
who  retained  .so.ne  lights  over  a  slave  after 
having  emancipaied  him;  also,  a  man  of 
rank  under  whose  protecticMi  another 
placed  himself;  hence,  in  English,  one 
who  countenances,  sup^iorls,  and  protects 
either  a  person  or  a  work.  In  these  days, 
the  old  distinctions  between  patron  and 
clwiit,  as  above,  are  very  oddly  intermin- 
gled; for  so  far  as  the  liiwycr  affords  de- 
fence or  protection,  he  is  his  client's  patron, 
but  inasmuch  as  he  is  supported  by  the 
fees  paid  him  by  his  client,  the  latter  is  also 
the  lawyer's  patron, 

42  to  15.  See  section  12. 
40.   They  wi.uld  not. 

47.  As  the  wisest  are  not  always  free  from  fal- 
lacies of  judgment,  the  court  might  be 
wrongfully,  yet  sincerely,  swayed  to  this 
or  Ihat  side.  Juries,  finding' that  their 
work  was  already  done  by  the  judge, 
would  not  trouble  themselves  with  an  ex- 
ammiUion  of  the  merits  of  a  ca.se,  and 
niuoli  mischief  would  hiippen  in  court  by 
such  neglect.  When,  on  the  expiralion  of 
their  term,  the  jurymen  sliouhl  return  to 
society,  instead  of  thinking  for  themselves, 
they  would  be  apt  to  take  at  second-hand 
the  opinions  of  any  man  who  might  ad- 
vance pretensions  to  leuriiiiig  or  experi- 
ence. 

48,  49,  50.  See  section  12. 

LES.SON  XLIV. 
1,  2,  3,  4,  5.  See  .section  1. 


APPENDIX. 


41 


6.  It  is  true  tliat  Die  word  court  implies,  and 
gciierully  iiieaus,  several  persMiis,  hut 
courts  are  ot'leii  lielil  liy  one  juc!;;'',  whii  is 
thru  lliu  lOiirt.  VVlieu  there  ure  several 
jutl:{es,  they  ooiisull  ti>a;elher,  and  tlie 
opmiiiu  of  the  luajurily  is  :;iveii  hy  tlie  pre- 
siduia;  j'ldtte,  unless  he  is  iei  the  nnnonty, 
when  lie  ftives  his  individual  cliarge,  and 
aU'rhtr  nieinberof  tiie  cuiirl  will  deliver 
thoupiiiiiiu  olthc  rest;  or,  the  cliief  judse 
b.'iii;;  with  the  iiiajuiity  and  givin;;  their 
opmiun,  an  associaie  jnilje  may  also  ex- 
pi ess  his  iiv,  11  views.  'I'he  case  supposed 
IS  one  m  wiiieh  the  court  has  severnl  iiiem- 
bers.  hence  the  use  of  the  two  words  in 
the  sense  above  explained. 

7,  8    See  sec  ion  2. 

9.  Because  our  be.st  wrilcrs  have  so  prefixed 
it  for  such  a  lensrth  of  time,  that  it  h;is  be- 
come a  part  of  liie  language.  But  no  valid 
reason  can  be  given  for  writing  socirtij 
without  the  definite  article  and  coinmumty 
with  it. 

10,  11    See  section  3. 

12,  13.  See  seel  ion  4. 

H  to  20.  See  section  5,  and  its  note  at  tlie  bot- 
tom of  page  25t.      - 

21  to  25.  See  section  6. 

26.  See  sect  ion  7. 

27, 28,  29.  See  section  8. 

30.  Relative  pronoun. 

31.  When  it  can  be  changed  into  who  or  which 
without  destroying  the  sense. 

32.  Wlieii  It  points  out  the  subject  to  which  it 
relates. 

33.  When  it  connects  sentences,  being  neither 
of  the  above  parts  of  speecli. 

31,  35.  See  section  9. 

36.  See  section  10. 

37.  It  means  not,  implying  negation,  privation, 
or  want.  7«ipuiiily,  [L.  pumo,  to  puni»h,] 
without  punishment. 

It  sii;iiili>  s  not.  In,  not — se,  without — cure, 
Icurn,  care,  concern,  or  charge,]  not  wuh- 
oul  care  ;  a  deduction  readily  enough  un- 
derstood, for  if  a  thing  is  known  to  he  te- 
cure  we  have  no  concern  about  it,  and  m- 
secure  is  not  secure,  or  unsnfe.  /Huncent, 
[noceo,  to  hurt.]  not  hurlmii.  /;iliiiitely, 
Ifims,  the  end,  bound,  or  limit.]  without 
bounds.  In-rnm  petent,  [//r/o,  to  seek.  ai>k,] 
unfit  to  strive  for,  or  perforin  a  thing. 
Jurors,  triers — retunied,  given — t. diets,  pa- 
pers— receptacle,  box — the  requisite  num- 
ber, twelve  suitable  jurors. 

40,  41,  42.  See  section  11. 
43.  See  section  12. 

,  45,  46.  See  section  13. 
to  51.  See  section  14. 

LESSON  XLV. 

,  2   See  section  1. 

.  4.  See  section  2. 

.  They  should  not. 
'I'lie  people  may  cause  it  to  be  changed. 

.   See  section  2. 

.   See  section  3. 

.  Mob  law  and  anarchy. 

.   See  section  4. 
The  erroneous  opinion  that  law  .should  not 
be  binding  upon  society,  will  lead,  as  im- 
plied in  section  4,  first  to  anarchy  and  then 
to  despotism. 

,  1  i,  11-  See  section  5. 

.  See  section  6. 
Nothing  sublunary  is  stationary  for  any 
length  of  time.     E.xperience  has   proved 
that  there  must  either  be  a  growing  or  a 
wasting,  a  better  or  a  worse  state:— an 


approximation  to  perfection,  or — the  high 
est  [iracticabie  point  once  reached — a  ten 
dency  to  decay,  ending  in  ruin  or  death. 

17.  Voters,  all  pel-sons  having  the  right  to 
choose  officers  to  make,  exict:te,  or  deter- 
mine laws  Juries,  collections  of  persons 
to  decide  fact.s  in  controversy  acconlinglo 
law.  All  jurors  are  supposed  to  be  voters, 
but  tliou'.'h  all  vomers  may  be,  they  are  not 
neCfssarilv  jurors. 

18.  .See  sertinii  6. 

19.  21).  See  section  7. 

21.  There  is  no  ditfi^rence,  except  that  counsel 
is  a  noun  smgular  used  in  the  plural  sense. 

22.  See  section  7. 

23.  It  may  be  eii  her  singular  or  plural,  accord- 
ing to  the  context. 

24.  It  IS  not. 

25.  Ilumniiily  means  kindness  or  benevolence ; 
geiu-rat  excelti nry  implies  many  good  quali- 
ties. The  former,  applying  to  one  attri- 
bute, is  determinate ;  the  latter,  having 
reference  to  many  things,  is  vague. 

26.  Arquiltnl  is  a  judicial  setting  free,  or  deli- 
verance fruin  the  cliaige  of  an  otfence, 
ami  ;us  I  he  prisoiu-r,  who  was  contiiied  dur- 
ing the  trial,  thereby  gains  his  lUierli/.  the 
words  may  be  called  synonymous  in  tliis 
use,  though  they  are  not  generally  so. 

27.  The  clearing  of  the  guilty. 

23.  Because  our  executives  possess  the  pa>  don- 

ing  power. 
29,  30.  See  section  9. 
31.  32.  See  section  lO. 

33.  The  one  who  has  sustained  the  loss. 

34.  They  are  oppressors,  and  should  receive 
condign  punishment. 

35.  The  perjieirator. 

36.  The  one  hy  whom  it  has  been  vioUated. 

37.  Ytis — It  is  spelled  by  Wtbsler,  defense. 

38.  3y.  See  section  11. 
40  to  43.  See  section  12. 
44  to  48    See  section  13. 

49.  .See  section  14. 

50.  Ili/yal  means  contrary  to  law :  unjust,  con- 
trary to  jusnce  and  right.  lUeyal  has  re- 
feieni:e  to  human  laws  alone,  and  before 
these  were  instituted  it  was  impossible  for 
any  act  to  be  illrtjal,  though  many  might 
be  unjust.  (Jvviiig  to  imperfections  ever 
atteiiil.iul  upon  iiian's  works,  justice  and 
leijaiity,  and  their  correlatives,  art*  occa- 
sionally at  variance. 

51.  See  section  14. 

LESSON  XLVI. 

1.  Duties  —  common  noun,  plural  number, 
is  in  the  objective,  case,  and  goverm^d 
by  the  preposition  to  understood.  With 
the  ellipses  fully  supplied,  the  sentence 
would  read  '  to  those  duties.' 

2.  Rehitive  pronoun,  third  person,  plural  num- 
ber, refers  to  dutiis  for  Us  antecedent,  ob- 
jective case,  and  governed  by  'should  un- 
derstand.' 

3.  Bel'ore  the  verb  by  which  they  are  gov- 
erned. 

4.  Whom. 

5.  Pardon  and  .forgive  both  signify  not  to  in- 
fiict  the  punishment  that  is  due.  Forgire 
IS  the  familiar  term  :  vurdon  is  adapted  to 
the  serious  style.  Personal  injuries  are 
Jorymn  ;  otfeiices  against  law  and  morals 
are  pardoned — charity  governs  the  first  act  ; 
clemency,  the  second.  The  governor  will 
probably  pardon  a  most  atrocious  criminal, 
but  should  he  do  so  the  people  will  never 

forijive  him 
6    It  means  n  artyrdoin  by  fire.    The  person    i 


42 


APPENDIX. 


coiulemned  to  die  in  this  liorrij  manner 
w:us  bound  by  chains  to  a  sl;il<e,  post,  or 
pdlar,  planted  fost  in  Mie  eailh,  and  fa- 
Kois,  often  fcreen  s<i  that  Ins  (li-soliilion 
nnsht  lie  lim-enn;.  svcic  ariaii!,'i'd  alioiit 
hnn  breast  Inali.  and  kui'll.'d  by  Ins  tor- 
nieutiirs.  'To  suiier  by  the  farjol'  is  also 
Used  lisnratively  for  tins  kind  of  execu- 
tiMii,  which  was  generally  adjudged  to 
those  convicted  of  supposed  reliffious  he- 
resy in  past  times,  when  deluded  persons 
have  bunit  each  other,  under  the  pretence 
of  doins  good.  Let  us  be  thankful  that  we 
live  in  an  ace  wliin  the  true  spirit  of 
Cbnsliaiiilv  is  bemuiinii;  to  lie  understood, 
and  lliut,  iri^:tead  of  allaekins  and  destroy- 
ing men.  we  are  cunient  to  battle  with 
their  opinions.  The  world  has  been  slow 
indeed  to  discover  that  arguments  and 
tenets  are  immaterial,  and  consei)Uently 
that  they  cannot  be  refuted,  uprooted,  or 
established  by  tbrce. 

Near  the  middle  of  the  nineteenth  cen- 
tury. 

By  takin;  the  number  next  above  that 
which  designates  the  hundreds  of  any 
Riven  century  or  year;— this  in  1818  is  19. 
It  is  evident  that  all  the  years  from  tlie 
first  after  the  birth  of  Christ  to  the  hun- 
dredlk  inclusive,  were  in  the  first  century, 
and  tlie  }iu7idrfd'iind first,  second,  and  so 
on,  up  to  the  /u'0-//iHi(/r«//A  inclusive,  were 
in  the  second  crrUury,  and  so  forth.  The 
reader  is  aware  that  the  chronology  of 
events  which  happened  before  Christ's 
hirth  is  determined  backwards  in  a  similar 
manner. 

The  wnrl  7'.  N  iim  aiis  only  the  inhabit- 
ants of  /  '  ■■ 1  have  been  pro- 
perly li'  ,  '  'H.nnans.  The  term 
Mosltrn.i  .m,:i...;i  -^  MiLanimtdciTis,  and  com- 
prehends Turks,  i'trsuins.  AraliS.fcv,.  On 
my  journey  I  fell  in  with  a  Turk,  a  true 
Moslem,  who  abominated  all  Fraukish  in- 
novations. 

it  IS— (irmonmc  means  a  human  being  pn.s- 
sissed  by  a  demon ;  and  possessed  pirsmi  is 
a  perfect  synonym  of  it—'  by  a  demon'  be- 
ius  understood  after  '  possessed.' 
To  the  influence  of  Christianity. 
11,  15.  See  section  4. 

13  ctiu.'-e  the  arts  and  sciences  may  be  said 
l(j  hive  lloiiiis'.icd  lone  in  Greece,  as  truly 
as  to  liave  liud  origin  there. 
Ustriicism. 

Lecause  the  name  of  the  shell  which  had 
inscribed  on  it  the  note  of  condemnation, 
was  ostracon. 

Before  and  at  the  revolution. 
It  means  ijreal  charier,  so  called  because  it 
secured  to  the  English  people  many  im- 
portant ri;,'hts  and  privileges.     This  name 
is  also  civen  to  a  charter  jiranted  to  the 
pco|ilu  in  the  iiir.lh  year  of  Henry  III.,  and 
niiitinned  by  Kdward  I. 
Kioin  Km-  John,  A.  D.  1215. 
23,  2\    See  sections  5  and  6. 
The  individuals  from  whom  most  persons 
Iivinc;  in  this  country  have  descended — 
those  to  whom  we  owe  language,  customs, 
and  most  of  our  laws. 
Very  hishly. 

Tl  e  wresting  of  the  Magna  Charta  from 
King  John,  and  compeHmg  of  sucx^eeding 
kiigs  to  confirm  it;  the  obtaining  uf  the 
Cliurler  of  the  Forest,  ic. 
See  secti(m  7. 

Confidence  expresses  more  than  tnist.  Wc 
always  titisl  when  we  confide,  but  we  do 


not  always  confide  when  we  trttst.    When 
we  tiusl'-.i  nc-rsnii  v.r  ii-ly  iipiin  Ills  iiiieg- 


Will 


rily 

also  upon  r  "i   I    ■    '|:.  .1111- 

cations.     I  ;  ■  -'■  1 

knew  his  (ji ^. --■  .i.ii  -...i.-.  .;..iijii;;jil 

of  his  honesty,  but  he  shamelutly  abased 
the  trust. 

That  they  act  contrary  to  trust— a  thin? 
dishonor.dile  in  all  men,  but  much  more 
so,  for  obvious  reasons,  in  those  holding 
lii;;h  places. 

A  verv  diircl  beariner,  as  they  show  the 
cul|i.iiHlii\  oi'  ll:nse  who  would  carry  elec- 
tions mi!  Ill  iy,  '<v  liribe,  or  influence  in 
any  nii,U maud  manner,  ofiicers  already 
elfci,-(l. 

Cut  luetins  to  separate  with  some  sharp 
instrmiii:iit ;  tear,  lit  separate  by  violence 
or  jiulling,  witli  or  without  an  instrument. 
The  act  of  ailtimj  may  be  an  easy  one, 
both  lo  llie  operator  and  the  thing  ni<; 
but  tearing  t)l^^ays  requires  force,  and  is 
more  or  hss  d;  ^iniiiive  to  the  subject. 
Vo  cut  up  IS  to  nuilna'o;  to  tor  up  is  to 
pull  out  bv  ilir  vriv  1 1  i '' s  '  Many  cluldren 
are  m  the  li:iliit  oi  uluising  books  by  ct<^ 
ting  or  tcannij  their  leaves.'  Here  the  niu- 
tilaiion  first  meiilioned  is  that  of  knife  or 
scissore ;  the  second  is  that  of  the  hand. 
34.  See  section  8. 

In  the  sense  there  used,  they  are  synony- 
mous. True  might  be  supposed  to  mean 
real,  but  after  all  both  terms  rest  on  the 
idea  of  firm  adherence  to  duty. 
Washington  was  a  faithful  Iriend  and  a 
true  patriot.  That  account  is  not  true. 
The  narrative  is  a  faitfijiil  one. 
Because  onf,  as  there  piven,  is  a  vague  and 
general  word,  referring  to  any  person 
whatever.  y 

V\'e  Icani  oiu:  of  another.     One  should  be 
very  careful  not  to  tell  as  true,  stories  re- 
ceived at  second  hand.     Different  persons 
make  different  deductions  from  the  same 
statements ;  otic  will   beheve   one   thing, 
one,  another. 
See  section  10. 
41,42   See  section  11. 
Because  if  the  profligate  would  take  time 
to  reflect,  they  would  cease  to  be  so  ;  and 
the  needy  are  generally  too  much  occu- 
pied with  1  heir  wants  to  think  about  any 
thing  else  than  the  easiest  way  of  satisfy- 
ing them. 

Abiior  signifies  to  start  from,  with  a  strong 
emotion  of  horror ;  detest,  to  tuni  away 
from,  with  the  utmost  aversion.  '\\\e  ab- 
horred IS  lepiigiiaiit  lo  our  moral  feelings; 
the  detested  contradicts  our  moral  priu- 
ciple. 

Ile  detests  those  who  wantonly  injure  oth- 
ers, and  abhors  every  kind  of  immorality 
and  vice.    Traitors  are  detested.    Lies  are 
abhorred,  <tc. 
47    See  section  13. 

Murk  is  the  general  term,  and  is  employed 
eith>T  in  a  good,  bad,  or  nidilli-ivnt  sense  ; 
Sudiie  IS  specific,  and  is  used  in  an  indif- 
ferent sense.  A  thing  may  be  eilher  a 
mark  of  honor,  of  disgrace,  or  simply  of 
distinction ;  a  bitdoe  is  merely  a  mark  of 
distinction.  A  mark  is  conferred  on,  or 
attaclics.  or  is  aHixed  to  a  person.  A  badge 
is  vohmtaiilv  assumed  by  one's  self  ac- 
cording to  esiablislied  custom.  Dress  is  a 
bad(/c  of  station,  and  oflioe  should  bo  a 
mark  of  merit. 
50,  51.  See  section  U. 


APPENDIX. 


43 


LESSON  XLVIl. 
3,  3.  Soe  seel  ion  1. 
n.  Soe  soc.tiori  2. 


ClKi 


Anarchy  or  pulitical  roiifusion. 
A  state  of  society  in  which  might  made 
ritflil,   iiiul    the    weaker    innocent    were 
ciushcJ  by   tlie   stronger    guilty:— when 
evt-ry   man  tooli   the    law   into  his  own 
hands,  and   iiersonally  avenged   personal 
wrongs.     In  such  tnn'es,  law  was  admm- 
isti-rnd  :us  it  IS  occasionally  at  present  on 
our  own  l)nrders.  and  familiarly  known  to 
us  as  '  l.vnrh  Law'— or  as  it  was  of  old  at 
Jedhnrgh,  in  Scotland,  and  called  '  Jeddart 
Justice"— and  at  Lydford,  lu  England,  of 
wliicli  place  It  IS  writlini, 
"  OH  ham  1  hmrd  of  Lydford  law ; 
Hull)  in  the  mom  thirn  hnmj  and  draw, 
And  sit  in  judgmnit  aJLtr." 
See  section  4. 
They  do. 

It  is  said  that '  misery  loves  company,'  and 
the  same  is  true  of  guilt.  The  vile,  on 
losing  respect  for  themselves,  cease  to  re- 
spect others,  and  endeavor  to  inveigle  the 
unwary  in  order  that  their  own  degrada- 
tion iii:iy  he  merged  in  some  degree  in  that 
of  tlieii"  fellows.  Instances  daily  occur  of 
the  enticement  of  the  idle  and  careless  by 
the  vicious. 

,  13    See  section  5. 

.  See  the  answer  to  question  13  of  Lesson 
IX. :  also  tliat  to  question  15  of  Lesson 
XXXVI..  f"i/e. 

,  16.  See  secl  ion  6. 

.   By  no  means. 

.  11  implies  the 'reformation' of  the  crimi- 
nals spoken  of. 

.  211.  See  section  7. 

,  22,  23    See  section  8. 

.  To  set  at  liberty  persons  proved  to  be  in- 
nocent of  the  crimes  for  which  they  were 
convicted. 

.  See  answer  to  question  2  of  Lesson  XIV., 
ante. 

to  29.  Sec  section  10. 

to  33.  See  section  IL 

,  35.  See  section  12. 

.  With  respect  to  man  the  increase  is  un- 
limiU-d. 

.  I  liH  life  of  man  is  so  short,  that  it  is  im- 
posMlile  for  anyone  individual  to  make 
mucii  comparative  progress  in  any  branch 
of  kuowUxIge,  even  wiih  the  utmost  assi- 
duity The  liisiory  of  the  world  shows 
that  in  spite  of  partial  failures,  there  has 
been  a  steady  advancement  from  the  be- 
ginning, and  lliat  no  matter  how  much 
lias  licL'ii  accomphshed  much  more  re- 
mains to  be  done. 

.   See  sect  lull  12. 

LESSON  XLVIII. 

,  2.  3,  4    See  section  1. 

',  6.  7.  See  seclion  2. 
to  13.  See  sections  3  and  4. 

.  15,  IH.  See  -section  5. 
to  20.  See  section  6. 

to  21.  See  section  7. 

.   Ill  speaking  of  the  East,  we  are  supposed 
to  mean  more   particularly  Asia  and  the 
North  e.istern  part,  of  Africa, 
to  29.  Sue  sect  ion  8. 

,  31,  32.  See  section  9. 

.  That  of  having  faithfully  performed  every 
duty. 

.  See  section  9. 


Roger  Sherman  and  Robert  Morns  may  be 

named  among  tliose  who  were  the  aiclii 

tccts  of  their  own  fc«-tiines. 

Tlicy  are  better  m  many  respects. 

Pidbalily  iieii  her  was  considered  to  possess 

great  abilities. 

They  pressed  steadily  onward. 

It  wits 

Undoubtedly. 

Strive  the  harder. 

43,  41.  See  section  U. 
Yes— troubles  belong  to  the  lot  of  all. 
See  section  IL 

48.  See  section  12. 

Prop  IS  that  which  sustains  an  incumbent 
weight ;  fulrrmn  is  the  point  on  which  a 
lever  resis  and  turns.  A  fulcrum  may  be 
a  prop,  hut  a  prop  is  not  neci^ssarily  a  ful- 
crum. The  legs  of  a  table  may  be  called 
props,  as  tliey  support  the  top  or  leaf,  but 
prop  is  generally  applied  to  a  temporary 
supporter.  A  fulcrum  may  consist  of  many 
things;  a  stone,  or  even  tlie  earth  itself,  is 
often  a  fulcrum.  In  lifting  heavy  weights, 
a  firm  fulcrum  is  needed,  and  a  prop  is 
often  used  to  retain  what  has  been  gained. 
See  section  13. 
See  section  9. 

LESSON  XLIX. 

to  16.  See  sections  1  and  2. 

to  26.  See  sections  3  and  4. 

to  37.  See  sections  5  and  6. 

to  44.  See  section  7. 

to  47.  See  section  8. 
in  lines  192  to  199,  section  8,  the  same  idea 
is  twice  given. 

In  order  to  make  a  stronger  impression. 
51.  See  section  8. 

to  67.  See  section  9. 

,  It  is  the  occurrence  of  the  same  letter  at 
tlie  beginning  of  two  or  more  words  suc- 
ceeding each  other  iinintdiately  or  at  short 
intervals.  The  following  quotations  are 
remarkable  instances  of  allUeraiion. 

"The  /ordly  lum  teaves  his  /onely  fair." 

"  Begot  6y  Autchers,  hat  by  fcishops  Ared  ; 
How  'ngh  his  /lonor  /lolds  his  /laughty  /read." 

,  The  instances  here  given  are  of  three  or 
more  letters.  Lines  231,  234,  253, 277, 281, 
282.  286,  283,  and  294 

.  Uefimtions  :  —  because,  for  that  —  inter- 
change, give  and  lake — anolher,  a  second 

,  Synonyriis  mtlie  senses  used,  though  many 
of  them  are  not  generally  sti : — women, 
femalbS — good,  sound — obtain,  reCvMve — 
lesbims,  teachings— rise,  soar— smk,  fall- 
error,  falsehood — |iower  reaches,  mlluence 
spreads  —  like,  as  —  end,  close  —  author, 
writer  —  treiuhiiiig.  quiv'nng  —  anxious, 
yeanling- lVieudly,heart.y— 'inij.st.  'nmnnst 
— as,  since — meet,  join — feebly,  faintly — 
dwellers,  livers — pronounced,  euuuiu'ed  — 
fitrm,  way — good-bye,  God-speed  —  !oge- 
ther,  in  concert — knowledge,  wisdom — 
lightly,  buoyant — sink,  fall — stormy,  raging. 
Neither  : — insisted  on,  the  more  iiii].-;  i-.srd 
— chUdren,  daughters  —  reader,  person — 
hand,  palm — remorseless,  regardless — con- 
vulsive, of  sorrow — in,  of — word,  .sound — 
linger  in,  halt  within — t'rank,  round — truth, 
heart. — encounter,  C'jinpatiiou—lit-lJs,  paths 
— at  length,  a  kind. 

,  To  enalile  us  to  contribute  to  the  present 
and  future  wants  of  ourselves  and  others. 

,  So  as  to  contribute  the  greati^st  possible 
good  to  the  world,  and  be  prepared  at  any 
time  to  render  an  account  of  our  eartlily 
stewardship  to  our  Creator. 


44 


APPENDIX. 


SPECIMENS  OF  OLD  ENGLISH  POETRY. 

The  following  is  a  description  of  Robert,  surnamed  Courthose,'  eldest 
son  of  William  the  Conqueror : — 

"  He  was  y-wox  2  ere  his  fader  to  England  came, 
Thick  man  he  was  enow,  but  not  well  long; 
Square  was  he,  and  well  made  for  to  be  strong-. 
Before  his  fader,  once  on  a  time,  he  did  sturdy  deed, 
Whan  he  was  young,  who  beheld  him,  and  these  words  said: 
*  By  the  uprising  of  tjod,  Robelyn  me  sail  see 
The  Courthose,  my  young  son,  a  stalwart  knight  sail  he ;' 
For  he  was  somewhat  short,  so  he  named  him  Courthose, 
And  he  might  never  after  this  name  lose. 
He  quiet  of  counsel  and  speech  and  of  body  strong, 
Never  yet  man  of  might  in  Christendom  ne  3  in  Puynim, 
In  battail  from  his  steed  could  bring  him  down." 

The  death  of  Matilda  of  Scotland,  wife  of  Henry  L,  is  chronicled  by 
Ilardinge  as  follows  : — 

"  The  year  of  Christ  a  thousand  was  full  clear. 
One  hundred  eke*  and  therewithal  eighteen. 
Whan  good  queen  Maude  was  dead  and  laid  on  bier, 
At  Westminster  buryed,  as  well  was  seen ; 
For  heaviness  of  wluch,  the  king  I  ween, 
To  Normandy  tlien  went,  with  his  son. 
The  duke  William,  and  there  with  did  won."» 

FREEDOM. 
(John  Barbour,  14th  century.) 
"  A !  freedome  is  a  nobill  thing ! 
Freedome  mayse  man  to  haiff  liking  I 
Freedome  all  solace  to  man  giffis: 
He  levys  at  ese  that  frely  levys !" 

The  two  following  are  from  Chaucer,  a  few  years  later : — 

THE     WIFE. 

"  A  good  wife  was  there  of  beside  Bath, 
But  she  w;is  some  deal  deaf,  and  that  was  scatlie,  • 
Of  cloth  making  she  hadde  such  a  haunt, ' 
She  passed  them  of  Ypres  and  of  Ghent." 


THE    MONK.  ^, 

*A  monk  ther  was,  a  fayre  for  the  maistrie,  .  /  i^  f  ^J  ''    * 

An  outrider,  that  loved  venerie ;  8 
A  manly  man  to  ben  an  abbot  able. 
Ful  many  a  dainte  hors  hadde  he  in  stable : 
And  whan  he  rode,  men  might  his  tuidle  here 
Gnigehng  in  a  whistling  wind  as  clero. 
And  eke  as  loude,  as  doth  the  chapell  belle, 
Ther  as  this  lord  was  keper  of  the  celle." 


1  Short-stocking.  •  Nor.  »  Dwell.  1  Custom. 

» Grown.  4  Also.  « Harm.  8  Hunting. 


^0^. 


,iir  ii'iii  ;rfir 


1  AC  isif  ri  p~ 


.  r  tinr\i  i\\/ j 


,^WE•UNlVEr'• 

AWEUNIVERJ//, 

<riia3Nvsu!- 


Uniuersity  of  California.  Los  Angeles 


L  007  280  603  7 


UC  SOUTHERN  REGIONAL  LIBRARY  FACILITY 


AA    000  814  417    2 


</^niMmi'iViy 


^Okwmin^ 


^l•UBRARYQ<^        <^IUBRARYQ^ 


^OFCAIIFOM^      ^OF'CALIFOM^ 


j^^JAavasn^-       '-^o 


f 


"^AiiSAiNn-awv* 


5J;\EUNIVERVa       ^lOS'ANCEl^T/ 

f .  f^m  in        ^        —  ..  "i. 


I 

=»  .       y     V  O 


%iilAlNfl-3WV' 


,\WEUNIVERS/A. 


"<ril33NVS01^ 


^lOSANCEUf^ 
o 


^         -^l-UBRARY-Oc;,      a^NHIBRARYOc 

^    si  irr ?  B 1  irr ! 


■%a3AINn-3WV^ 


^itfojiivDJo'^    \^myi^ 


^lOSANCElfj-^ 

SO 

I 


.JiOFCAllFORfe,       AOFCAUFOefc 


'iriilii'iliiiliii 


